
Hi 




Glass _>. 
Book 



DEPOSIT 



at 






DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

THEIR PATHOLOGY AND 
TREATMENT 



BY 

MILTON B. HARTZELL, A.M., M.D., LL.D 

PROFESSOR OF DERMATOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



51 COLORED PLATES AND 2A7 CUTS IN THE TEXT 



SECOND EDITION REVISED AND ENLARGED 




PHILADELPHIA & LONDON 
J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY 

1919 






COPYRIGHT, I QI 7, BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY 
COPYRIGHT, 1919, BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY 



DEC 10 1919 



Electrotyped and Printed by J. B. Lippincott Company 
At the Washington Square Press, Philadelphia, U.S.A. 



©CI A 53691 7 



PLATE I 









Lichen planus. 



Pagd SI 



TO 

THE MEMORY OF MY FATHER 

EZEKIEL HARTZELL, M.D. 

I DEDICATE THIS BOOK 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION 

The rapid exhaustion of the first edition within less than eighteen 
months after its appearance has made necessary a new one. In the 
preparation of this new edition the text has been carefully gone over, 
a number of minor errors corrected and some new material added 
containing largely matter omitted through inadvertence in the first 
edition. The most important change is the addition of an entire new 
section in which are discussed some affections of the mucous mem- 
branes continuous with or adjacent to the skin which occur either in 
connection with certain cutaneous affections, or as independent dis- 
eases which frequently come under the observation and care of the 
dermatologist. Among the latter are discussed leucoplakia, a most 
important affection, to the symptoms and etiology of which consid- 
erable space is devoted, exfoliatio areata linguae (the so-called geo- 
graphical tongue), black or hairy tongue, Moller's glossitis, median glos- 
sitis, a variety of inflammation of the tongue quite recently described for 
the first time by the French, cheilitis glandularis, cheilitis exfoliativa, 
perleche, aphthous stomatitis and Fordyce's disease. A number of new 
illustrations, both clinical and histological, have been introduced, and the 
index has undergone a most thorough revision and considerable amplifica- 
tion, for which the author is indebted to his onetime assistant, Dr. Samuel 
Horton Brown, to whom he here expresses his thanks. 

In conclusion, a few words may be said about the classification 
which, perhaps, ought to have been said in the preface to the first 
edition. In order to make the classification a uniform one based only 
upon pathology and histopathology, the class of Parasitic Diseases 
based upon etiology has been abandoned and the members of the 
group, with one exception, transferred to the Inflammations where 
they may very properly be placed. Under this arrangement, however, 
tinea versicolor, not being in any sense an inflammatory affection, had 
to be separated from the other members of the group and another 
place found for it ; on account of its most prominent and characteristic 
symptom it has been placed for the present among the Anomalies of 
Pigmentation. 

M. B. Hartzell. 
Philadelphia, April, 1919. 



PREFACE 

This treatise, which is based very largely upon the author's own ex- 
perience as a worker and teacher in this special department of Medicine 
for more than twenty-five years, has been prepared as a text-book for the 
student of Medicine, as a practical guide for the general practitioner in 
the recognition and treatment of diseases of the skin and as a work of 
reference for the dermatologist. 

In the preparation of the work the author has not only drawm upon his 
own experience, but, in order to present the views held by the most eminent 
authorities, he has made liberal use of the standard treatises of other 
authors, both American and European, and he desires here especially 
to acknowledge his indebtedness to those two monuments of industry 
and learning, La Pratique Dermatologique and Mracek's Handbuch 
der Hautkrankheiten. 

While the author has endeavored to fully present the views held by his 
co-workers in this very active field of medical research, he has not hesi- 
tated to express his own when they differed from those generally accepted ; 
and when he has thus differed it was because he believed his experience 
justified it. 

A not inconsiderable experience in general medicine extending over 
some years has especially enabled the author, as he believes, to survey the 
subject from the view-point of the general practitioner as well as from 
that of the specialist, and, keeping the special needs of the former promi- 
nently in mind, he has endeavored to describe the numerous varied and 
ever-varying symptoms of cutaneous disease lucidly and concisely, 
avoiding overelaboration and at the same time omitting nothing of 
real importance. 

Considerable space has been given to the subjects of etiology and 
pathology, since a knowledge of these must lie at the foundation of all 
rational treatment and prophylaxis ; indeed, without such knowledge treat- 
ment is a mere blind groping in the dark and prophylaxis a vain delusion. 

In the sections devoted to treatment every effort has been made to 
include all the remedies and methods of treatment of approved value and 
especially those which the author's own experience has led him to rely 
upon. The manner of using local remedies has been gone into at consid- 
erable length, since success or failure depends quite as much upon the 
manner of their employment as their selection ; indeed, an indifferent 
remedy used with intelligence is frequently more efficacious than the best 
used without attention to apparently unimportant details. 

Recognizing the great aid to be derived from well-made illustrations, 
liberal use has been made of the author's own large collection of photo- 
graphs, a considerable number of them color photographs, which represent 



VI 11 



PREFACE 



cutaneous eruptions with an accuracy and fidelity to nature quite unat- 
tainable in any other form of illustration. A very considerable number of 
photomicrographs have been introduced which the author hopes will aid 
materially in the elucidation of the text devoted to pathology. 

In conclusion the author desires to express his great appreciation of the 
liberality and unvarying courtesy of the publishers, the J. B. Lippincott 
Company. 

M. B. H. 
Philadelphia, October, 1917. 



CONTENTS 



Chapter Page 

I. Anatomy i 

II. General Symptomatology 17 

III. General Etiology 24 

IV. General Pathology 29 

V. General Diagnosis 35 

VI. General Therapeutics 38 

VII. Congestions — Hypercmic 48 

VIII. Inflammations — Exudationes 51 

IX. Inflammations Due to Vegetable Parasites 398 

X. Inflammations Due to Animal Parasites 437 

XI. Hemorrhages — Hemorrhagic 461 

XII. Hypertrophies — Hypertrophic 469 

XIII. Atrophies — Atrophic 520 

XIV. Anomalies of Pigmentation — Anomalic Pigmentationis 530 

XV. New Growths — Neoplasmata 544 

XVI. Neuroses 625 

XVII. Diseases of the Appendages — Morbi Appendicium 634 

XVIII. Some Diseases of the Mucous Membranes Continuous with or 

Adjacent to the Skin 726 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



PLATES 

PAGE 

I. Lichen planus Frontispiece 

II. Psoriasis 97 

in. Erythematous eczema 119 

IV. Erythematous and vesicular eczema 119 

V. Eczema rubrum 121 

VI. Eczema rubrum with crusts , 121 

VII. Eczema rubrum with chronic leg ulcer " 121 

VIII. Squamous and fissured eczema 121 

IX. Eczema of the beard 146 

X. Seborrhceic dermatitis , 149 

XI. Herpes simplex 154 

XII. Chronic pemphigus 180 

XIII. Raynaud's disease 204 

XIV. Dermatitis factitia 221 

XV. Lupus vulgaris (elbow) 236 

XVI. Initial lesion of syphilis. Maculopapular syphiloderm 268 

XVII. Late squamous syphiloderm of the palm 270 

XVIII. Ulcerating syphilitic gummata 293 

XIX. Granuloma fungoides 323 

XX. Granuloma fungoides , 325 

XXI. Erythematous lupus 357 

XXII. Variola. Varicella 373 

XXIII. Scarlet fever 382 

XXIV. Measles 388 

XXV. Favus of the scalp 398 

XXVI. Ringworm of the scalp 407 

XXVII. Ringworm of the beard 410 

XXVIII. Ringworm of the thighs. Eczemated ringworm of the toes 412 

XXIX. Deep ringworm 415 

XXX. Scabies . 444 

XXXI. Scabies 444 

XXXII. Purpura simplex 461 

XXXIII. Circumscribed scleroderma 506 

XXXIV. Xanthoma tuberosum 581 

XXXV. Colloid degeneration of the skin 585 

XXXVI. Epithelioma 598 

XXXVII. Sycosis vulgaris 676 

XXXVIII. Acne vulgaris 693 

XXXIX. Acne vulgaris 693 

XL. Acne rosacea 702 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SKIN 

CHAPTER I 

ANATOMY 

The skin is an elastic membrane of variable thickness covering 
the entire body. It varies in color from the pinkish-white of the Euro- 
pean through various shades of brown to the black of the African, 
the variations in color depending chiefly upon the amount of brown 
pigment present. Even in the white races there is considerable pig- 
mentation, which is more marked in particular localities, such as the 
axillae, the areola of the nipple, the external genitalia, and the eyelids. 
It is not perfectly smooth, but is marked by numerous furrows and 
ridges which divide its surface into small lozenge-shaped areas, or, 
upon the palms and soles, produce peculiar patterns, each individual 
having his own special pattern. About the joints where the skin is 
subject to extensive movement these are much more marked than in 
other situations. It is to be regarded not simply as a protective 
membrane, but as an organ of great complexity, abundantly pro- 
vided with blood-vessels, lymphatics, nerves, having certain append- 
ages, such as the sweat- and sebaceous glands, the hair and nails, 
and having certain functions the proper performance of which is 
more or less necessary, not only to the maintenance of the health 
of the skin itself, but to the health of the individual. It is divided 
into three parts, which are, beginning with the surface, the epidermis, 
the corium, and the subcutaneous connective-tissue ; the two former, 
while closely united, are yet quite distinct the one from the other 
in structure and origin, the epidermis being derived from the ecto- 
derm, while the corium is of mesoblastic origin (Fig. i). 

The epidermis is composed of four layers of epithelial cells, more 
or less distinct, which are, proceeding from without inwards, the corne- 
ous layer or stratum corneum, the clear layer or stratum lucidum, the 
granular layer or stratum granulosum, and the stratum germinativum, 
also known as the rete mucosum, the rete Malpighii, or the prickle-cell 
layer. This last layer is the actively growing part of the epidermis 
and is the most important portion of it. 

The stratum corneum or horny layer (see Fig. i, s. c.) is of variable 
thickness. In certain regions, such as the palms and soles, it is very 
much thicker than upon the trunk. According to locality, it is com- 
posed of a few or many layers of flat, in section quite elongate, translu- 
cent cells, of horny material from which the nuclei have disappeared, 



2 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

although here and there remains of a nucleus may be perceived in some of 
the cells of the lowest layer. The cells of this layer are being constantly 
exfoliated and as constantly renewed from below. Its function is chiefly, 
if not exclusively, a protective one, protecting the soft mucous layer 
which lies beneath it. 

Immediately beneath the stratum corneum are two or three rows 
of flat, clear cells — the stratum lucidum — which in sections of the 
skin appear as a narrow, bright band separating the stratum corneum 
above from the stratum granulosum below. This layer is practically 
a part of the corneous layer. 








Hf. ■-";: 



Fig. i. — Section of the epidermis and upper portion of the corium. s. c, stratum corneum, horny 
layer; 5. /., stratum lucidum, clear layer; s. g., stratum granulosum, granular layer; r. m., rete 
mucosum; c, corium; s.d., upper portion of sweat-duct. 

The granular layer, which in stained sections (see Fig. i) of the 
skin is one of the most conspicuous layers of the epidermis, consists 
of two or three rows of cells which in section are elongate ovals, lying hori- 
zontally, containing rather ill-defined, imperfectly staining nuclei, in the 
protoplasm of which are numerous granules. The nature of these granules 
is still a matter of some debate. It is supposed by some investigators 
that there are two substances — eleidin, which exists as droplets of 
fluid in the cell, and keratohyalin, a solid substance exhibiting the 
reaction of hyaline material. It seems most likely that there is a 



ANATOMY 3 

single substance, keratohyalin, which is fluid or solid according to 
the age of the cell, and that the appearance of this material in the 
cell is a part of the process of cornification. 

The stratum germinativum, or, as it is more commonly called, 
the rete mucosum (Fig. i), is the thickest of the layers of the epi- 
dermis and is composed of oval, polygonal, and columnar cells with 
large round nuclei, the oval cells being situated in the upper part, 
the polygonal in the middle and lower portions, while the columnar 
cells form a single row, the basal-cell layer, standing more or less 
at right angles to the undulatory line separating the epidermis from 
the papillary layer of the corium. The cells of this portion of the 
epidermis are connected with one another by slender protoplasmic 




Fig. 2. — Cells of the rete mucosum, the so-called "prickle-cells." Note fine intercellular filaments. 

bridges (Fig. 2) which give them, when seen in profile, the appear- 
ance of being covered with small spines like a burr, and for this 
reason they are sometimes spoken of as prickle-cells. The cells of 
this layer contain numerous fine fibres running in various directions 
in those centrally situated, but in the columnar cells they pursue a 
course parallel with the long axis of the cell. These fibres, which 
were designated protoplasmic fibres by Kromayer, are supposed by 
Weidenreich to form the intercellular bridges which connect the cells 
of this layer. Between the cells of the basal layer, starting at the 
junction of the epidermis with the corium, are numerous fine spiral 
fibrils. These fibres, which require special methods of staining to 
demonstrate them, were first described by Herxheimer and are con- 
sequently known as Herxheimer's spirals. Although most abundant 



4 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

in the lowest parts of the epidermis, they may, under certain patho- 
logical conditions, extend up to and within the horny layer, accord- 
ing to Eddowes. The nature of these spirals is somewhat uncertain ; 
Herxheimer thought they represented juice channels; Eddowes re- 
gards them as fibrin, while Kromayer thinks he has demonstrated their 
protoplasmic nature. 

The corium (Fig. i, c.)) derma, or true skin, as it is sometimes called, 
lies immediately below and in contact with the epidermis, sharply 
separated from it by an undulatory line. It is composed of coarse 
bundles of interlacing fibrous tissue, collagen, surrounded by finer 
elastic fibres composed of elastin, and a moderate number of con- 
nective-tissue cells, most abundant in the neighborhood of the larger 
vessels. It contains blood-vessels in abundance, nerves, lymphatics, 
hair follicles, sebaceous glands, and muscles. It is divided into two 
parts — the pars papillaris, the portion immediately underlying the 
epidermis, and the pars reticularis, the deeper portion — these two not 
being separated by any sharp line of division, but passing insensibly 
into each other. The pars papillaris is made up of numerous small 
nipple-like elevations which fit into corresponding depressions on the 
under surface of the rete mucosum. Most of these papillae are provided 
with blood-vessels running parallel with their long axis and termi- 
nating in capillary loops. A lesser number also contain nerve-endings 
in the shape of tactile corpuscles. The number, size, and arrange- 
ment of these papillae vary greatly according to location. Upon the 
palms and soles they are arranged in curving lines, while upon the 
finger-tips they form oval patterns of concentric lines which, owing to 
the fact that no two individuals have precisely the same pattern, 
are employed under certain conditions for purposes of identification. 

In the pars reticularis the bundles of fibrous tissue are coarser 
than in the papillary portion and form a looser mesh-work. Imme- 
diately beneath the pars reticularis, and practically forming a part 
of it, is the subcutaneous connective-tissue or stratum subcutaneum. 
In this portion of the derma the meshes formed by the fibrous tissue 
are large and usually contain a considerable number of fat-lobules. 
The sweat- or coil-glands, some of the hair papillae, and the Pacinian 
corpuscles are found in this portion of the derma. 

In those regions where the fat is abundant it forms the pannicu- 
lus adiposus. 

The skin contains a brown pigment, melanin, which in the white 
races is much more abundant in some regions than in others, such as 
the genitalia of both sexes and the areola of the nipple in women. 
It occurs as yellowish or brown granules, which in white-skinned 
individuals are found almost exclusively in the lowest layer of cells 
of the rete, but in the negro are present in all parts of the rete up to 
the stratum corneum. Scattered pigmented cells are also present in 
the upper portion of the corium. 

Blood-vessels. — The skin contains numerous blood-vessels which form 



ANATOMY ' 5 

two horizontal plexuses, a superficial and a deep one. The former, lying 
just beneath the papillary layer of the corium, sends minute capillary loops 
to the papillae, while the latter, composed of much larger vessels and 
lying much deeper in the subcutaneous tissue, supplies the sebaceous 
and sweat-glands and the hair papillae. The epidermis is without 
blood-vessels. 

The lymphatic circulation of the skin consists of an extensive 
arrangement of channels without special walls, the so-called juice 
spaces of Unna, and lymphatic vessels lined with endothelium. The 
juice spaces are found between the cells of the rete mucosum, in 
the papillae, about the excretory ducts of the sweat-glands, the seba- 
ceous glands, hair follicles, about the fibres of the corium, and the 
muscles. The lymphatic vessels form plexuses corresponding in a 
general way with the blood-vessel plexuses. The lymph flows from 
the apices of the papillae into the epidermis and returns by way of 
the interpapillary prolongations of the rete. 

Nerves. — The skin contains many nerves both of the medullated and 
non-medullated varieties. The trunks which supply the skin accompany, 
for the most part, the larger vessels situated in the subcutaneous tissue, 
and give off branches which ascend through the corium, supplying in 
their course upwards the various glands, muscles, and hair papillae 
found in this structure, and forming a fine network of nerve-fibres 
immediately beneath the epidermis, from w r hich fine fibrils penetrate 
the rete. The medullated nerve-fibres end in certain peculiar corpuscles, 
of which there are three principal varieties — the corpuscles of Krause, 
the corpuscles of Meissner, and the Pacinian corpuscles or corpuscles 
of Vater. 

The corpuscles of Krause (Kolbenkorperchen) are globular or 
ovoid bodies surrounded by a connective-tissue capsule having two 
or three layers composed of flat cells and containing an inner bulb 
penetrated by a nerve fibril or fibrils which have lost their medulla. 
These bodies are found on the glans penis, the clitoris, the inner 
surface of the prepuce, the mucous membrane of the lips, the tongue, 
and conjunctiva of the lids. 

The corpuscles of Meissner and Wagner, tactile corpuscles (Fig. 3) 
(Tastkorperchen), are oval bodies surrounded by a thin, occasionally 
laminated capsule, the surface of which is transversely striated. These 
bodies receive medullated nerves, which on entering the corpuscle 
lose their medulla and divide up into numerous fine branches which 
present irregular or spindle-shaped thickenings or swellings, and which 
form an irregular network within the corpuscle. They are found in 
the papillae of the corium, most abundantly on the palms of the 
hands and soles of the feet, each papilla containing usually one, but 
sometimes several, corpuscles. 

The Pacinian corpuscles, or corpuscles of Vater, are the largest of 
the corpuscular nerve-endings, being visible to the naked eye. They 
are ovoid or pear-shaped bodies, found most abundantly in the skin 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 










v.- 



of the finger-tips, but are present also upon the palms and soles, 
the backs of the hands and feet, upon the upper extremities, the 
nipples, and the genitalia. They are situated in the deepest part of 
the reticular portion of the corium and in the subcutaneous connec- 
tive tissue. Like the other nerve corpuscles, they are surrounded by 
a laminated capsule composed of many concentric layers of connec- 
tive tissue, within which is a central core containing the terminal 

nerve-fibre, which loses its medulla on 
passing from the capsule into the core. 
The terminal nerve-fibre passes through 
the centre of the corpuscle, in the 
direction of its long axis, terminating 
at the distal pole in a club-shaped 
thickening, or, what is less frequent, 
dividing up into two or three small 
branches with slightly thickened ends. 
Each corpuscle is supplied with blood 
by two or three small vessels which 
enter it usually at the poles and divide 
into a fine vascular network under the 
external layer of the capsule. 

Still another form of nerve end- 
organ, situated in the lowest portion 
of the corium and in the subcutaneous 
tissue, has been recently described by 
Ruffini. These are spindle-shaped 
bodies composed of connective tissue 
and elastic fibres running in the direc- 
tion of their long axis. 

Each of the corpuscles is provided 
with a single nerve branch which enters 
at the side, or, less frequently, at the 
end, and divides up within the connec- 
tive tissue to form an anastomosing 
network of fine fibres upon which are 
numerous swellings (Rabl, Mracek's 
Handbook). The blood supply is ob- 
tained from a rich capillary network which covers the surface but does 
not penetrate the interior of the organ. 

As "touch-cells," Merkel has described certain oval nucleated cells 
found in small numbers only in the epidermis and upper portion of 
the corium ; these he regards as nerve-cells which are connected with 
nerve-fibres. Krause, however, does not consider them as in any 
way connected with the nerves, but as epidermis cells which have 
undergone mitosis. They are found in those localities where tactile 
corpuscles are few, as the skin of the abdomen, although Kolliker found 
them upon the finger-tips and upon the soles. The real nature of these 
cells is still a subject of debate. 




Fig. 



-Tactile corpuscle. 



ANATOMY 7 

Muscle. — Both striped and unstriped muscles are present in the skin. 
The former are found chiefly in the face and neck as scanty fibres which, 
taking their origin from more deeply-seated muscles, are distributed 
to the lips, nose, eyebrows, and chin. These are analogous to the 
muscles which exist in certain of the lower animals by which exten- 
sive movements of the skin may be produced. 

The unstriped or smooth muscles exist as fasciculi associated with 
the hair and glands or as membranous expansions in the scrotum, 
forming the tunica dartos, in the areola of the breast, and in the 
nipple, the last arranged as circular bundles. The unstriped muscles 
connected w r ith the hair follicles, named arrectores pilorum, usually 
arise by several small fasciculi from the papillary layer of the corium, 
and are inserted in the side of the hair follicles, which they join at an 
acute angle about the level of the hair papilla, including in the angle 
thus formed a sebaceous gland. Within and around these muscles 
are numerous elastic fibres by which they are connected with the 
fibrous bundles of the corium and subcutaneous connective tissue. 
Contraction of the arrectores pilorum causes that peculiar condition of 
the skin known as cutis anserina, or "goose skin," and the erection 
of the hair such as is seen in some of the lower animals when enraged. 
Owing to their situation in the angle between the muscle and the 
hair follicle, the sebaceous glands are compressed by the arrectores, 
which thus serve as expulsors of the sebum ; and they also serve 
by their contraction and relaxation to regulate the amount of blood 
in the vessels of the corium. 

Pigment. — The color of the skin, while due in some part to other 
causes, depends chiefly upon the presence of a yellowish-brown granular 
pigment, melanin, contained in the cells of the epidermis, especially 
in those of the lowest layers of the rete, although in the dark races 
and in certain pathological conditions pigment-bearing cells are found 
in the upper part of the corium as well. In the white races the 
pigmentation of the skin is not uniform, but varies considerably in 
different parts of the body, being most marked in the axillae, in the 
nipple and its areola, the external genitalia, and about the anus. Ac- 
cording to most authors, pigment granules are never present in the 
cells of the horny layer of the epidermis, even in" the dark races, there 
being only a slight diffuse discoloration of these ; but Rabl found 
them in the corneous cells of the nipple of a nursing woman. In 
fair skins it is found almost exclusively in the basal cells of the rete 
mucosum deposited about the nucleus, but in dark skins several rows 
of cells contain pigment scattered throughout the body of the cell, 
this pigmentary deposit showing as a dark-brown undulatory line 
following the contour of the papillary layer of the corium. The origin 
of melanin is still a matter of debate. Some investigators (Aeby, 
Riehl, Ehrmann) maintain that it is carried from the corium and 
subcutaneous tissues to the cells of the epidermis by certain pigment- 
containing cells, chromatophores, w r hile others (Jarisch, Schwalbe) 
believe that the pigment is formed in the epidermal cells themselves. 



8 DISEASES OF THE SKIM, 

The experiments of Karg, while not conclusive, would seem to favor 
the former view. This investigator, who transplanted white skin 
into the skin of the negro, found large branched cells at the boundary 
line between the corium and the epidermis, which, sending long proc- 
esses upward into the spaces between the epidermal cells, transferred 
pigment to them so that at the end of six weeks the transformation 
of the white into black skin was complete. The function of this pig- 
ment is without doubt to protect the skin from the injurious effects 
of the actinic rays of light, and it is greatly increased in quantity in 
parts exposed for any length of time to the rays of the sun, of the 
electric arc light, and to the X-rays. 

Hair is present upon all parts of the skin except the palms and 
soles, the dorsal surface of the terminal phalanges of the fingers 
and toes, and the penis. There are three quite distinct varieties: 
long, soft hair, such as is found upon the scalp, in the axilla, and 
upon the pubes ; short, stiff hair found in the eyebrows, eyelashes 
(cilia), in the nostrils (vibrissas), and in the external auditory meatus; 
and soft, fine, for the most part unpigmented, hair or down designated 
lanugo, present upon the face outside of the bearded region, the 
trunk, and extremities. 

The hair is contained in tube-like depressions extending deeply into 
the corium and subcutaneous tissues, lined with epithelium, known 
as hair follicles, each follicle containing, as a rule, one hair, but not 
infrequently two, three, or more. The portion which projects be- 
yond the mouth of the follicle is known as the shaft, while that within 
the follicle is called the root, terminating in a swollen extremity, the 
hair bulb, which surrounds the hair papilla at the bottom of the fol- 
licle. It is composed of three parts — the cortex, the cuticle, and the 
medulla, this last being absent in the lanugo hair and in the free 
extremity of the long hair. The cortex, which forms the principal 
part of the hair, is composed of slender bundles of long spindle-shaped 
horny cells, usually without nuclei, whose long axis corresponds with 
that of the hair, frequently containing granules of dark pigment. 

In the lower portion of the root the cells of the cortex are less 
elongate, contain nuclei, and are softer, owing to less complete corni- 
fication, and, as one approaches the bulb, the cells become oval or 
polygonal, resembling those of the rete mucosum of the epidermis. 

The cuticle of the hair (cuticula pili) , which covers it, consists 
of thin, translucent, irregular quadrilateral cells without nuclei, which 
overlap one another like tiles on a roof, their free borders projecting 
at a slight angle and directed toward the end of the hair. 

A medulla is present, as a rule, only in the thicker hairs, being 
absent in the foetal and lanugo hairs, and it is occasionally absent 
even in the hair of the scalp. It consists of clear, nucleated cubical 
cells contained in a central canal, and extends from the bulb to within 
a short distance of the free end, where it disappears. These cells 
contain a few granules of keratohyalin and of pigment and numerous 
air vesicles which give to the marrow, black by transmitted light, 



ANATOMY 9 

a lustrous white appearance when viewed by reflected light. In the 
upper portion of the hair the cells of the medulla undergo atrophy, 
the nuclei disappear, and air vesicles appear between the cells as well 
as within them. 

The hair follicle ( Fig. 4) , in which the hair is contained, may be 
regarded as an invagination of the epidermis into the corium. It is a 
narrow tube composed of connective tissue lined with epithelium, with a 
funnel-shaped mouth, slightly constricted some distance below the 
external opening at the point where the sebaceous-gland duct opens 
into it, with a bulbous expansion at the bottom into which projects 
the hair papilla. The connective-tissue portion of the follicle is de- 
rived from the corium and consists of two layers — an external layer 
in which the fibres run parallel with the long axis of the follicle, and 
an internal one in which the fibres are arranged circularly around it 
and contain numerous rod-shaped nuclei. In the lower half of the 
follicle the inner fibrous layer is separated from the epithelial lining 
by a thin, transparent membrane, the vitreous membrane, w r hich in- 
creases in thickness as the bottom of the follicle is approached, then 
becomes thinner until it disappears completely at the base of the 
papilla. The internal surface of this membrane, or the one turned 
toward the epithelial lining of the follicle, presents numerous trans- 
verse ridges or furrows which fit into corresponding depressions and 
elevations in the basal layer of the epithelial cells. 

The epithelial lining of the follicle is continuous with the epidermis, 
and down to the neck of the follicle, the point where the sebaceous 
glands open into it, is identical in structure with it, but at this point 
the stratum corneum and the stratum granulosum disappear. It is 
divided into two layers or sheaths, the external root-sheath and the 
internal root-sheath. The external root-sheath is a continuation of 
the rete Malpighii of the epidermis and is composed of nucleated polyg- 
onal cells resembling the cells of that portion of the epidermis. Its 
thickness diminishes as the bottom of the follicle is approached until, 
at the base of the papilla, it may contain but a single row of cells. 
Unna has proposed to call this the "prickle-cell layer of the hair 
follicle" instead of external root-sheath. 

The inner root-sheath, closely connected with the external sheath, 
extends from the neck of the follicle to the neck of the hair papilla, 
and is composed of three layers of cells more or less distinct — an 
outside layer, the layer of Henle, consisting of a single row of polyg- 
onal nucleated cells ; a middle layer, the layer of Huxley, in which 
the cells are also polygonal and contain granules of keratohyalin ; 
and an inner layer, the cuticle of the follicle, consisting of elongate 
cells which have their long axes transverse to the axis of the follicle, 
and which, as they approach the follicular neck, become more or less 
oblique and interlock w T ith the cells of the cuticle of the hair shaft. 
The cells which compose the several layers of the inner root-sheath 
undergo cornification as they near the mouth of the follicle, become 
more elongate, and lose their nuclei. 



10 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The papilla which occupies the bottom of the follicle is a pear- 
shaped projection composed of connective-tissue fibres from which 
the hair is produced, the medulla growing from the top, while the 
cortex of the shaft is produced by the sides. According to Rabl, 
hairs which show a strongly growing medulla are seated upon papillae 
which have pointed tops, while the lanugo and hair in which the 
growth of the medulla has come to a standstill are found on papillae 
with rounded tops. 

The follicles may occur singly or in small groups, the latter being 
the usual arrangement upon the scalp. They are never placed at right 
angles to the skin, but more or less obliquely, extending to a depth 
varying from 2 to 7 mm., in the case of the strong hairs, down into 
the subcutaneous tissue, while the lanugo hair does not reach below 
the corium. 

Sebaceous Glands. — All hair follicles, practically without exception, 
are provided with glands, known as sebaceous glands, which secrete a 
fatty substance, the sebum, which is discharged into the follicle, or, in some 
instances, directly upon the skin, and serves to lubricate the hair and the 
skin. The number occurring within each follicle varies from two to six 
or eight (Fig. 4). 

They occur in several forms, the simplest being a rather short 
pyriform tube lined with epithelium, while those connected with the 
follicles of well-developed hairs, such as the hairs of the scalp, are 
racemose glands with a variable number of lobules, and a duct through 
which the sebum is discharged into the follicle some distance below 
its mouth. In the case of the lanugo hairs, the gland is often quite 
as large and well developed as the follicle, the hair occupying the 
excretory duct of the gland which opens directly upon the surface. 
They are provided with a connective-tissue covering derived from 
the corium, which is lined with a thin membrane, the membrana pro- 
pria. The lobules have no lumen, but are filled with epithelial cells, 
the most external layer of which, cubical in shape, with a round or 
oval nucleus and granular contents, are seated upon the membrana 
propria. Those occupying the more central part of the lobule are 
polygonal in shape and contain a clear protoplasm in which are minute 
drops of fat, the amount of fat increasing as the centre of the lobules 
is approached. Among the largest and most complex of these glands 
are those found upon the nose ; they are frequently quite large and 
contain many lobules. The ducts are lined with several layers of epi- 
thelium which are continuous with the rete mucosum lining the mouth 
of the follicle. 

While occurring for the most part as appendages to the follicles, 
they are also found in regions where hairs do not exist, such as the 
border of the lips, the inner surface of the prepuce, the glans penis, 
and the nipple and its areola ; these discharge their secretion directly upon 
the cutaneous surface. 

The largest glands are found in the free borders of the eyelids 



ANATOMY 



11 



and are designated by a special name, the Meibomian glands. The 
sebaceous glands found on the glans penis and on the inner surface 
of the prepuce are known as Tysonian glands. 

Sweat-glands. — In addition to the sebaceous glands the skin contains 
another form of gland, known variously as coil-glands, sweat-glands, or 
sudoriparous glands (glandulae sudoriparse). These are found in great 




FjG. J — Hair-follicle of the scalp, i, intrafollicular portion of hair-shaft; 2, hair papilla; 3, smooth 
muscles attached to follicle (arrectores pilorum) ; 4, sebaceous gland. (After Sappey.) 

numbers in the meshes of the reticular portion of the corium and in the 
subcutaneous connective tissue. 

The glands, which are globular in shape, are made up of coiled 
tubules surrounded by an external layer of connective tissue and elas- 
tic fibres the inner surface of which forms the membrana propria, 
and an inner layer of smooth muscle fibres upon which is seated a single 
layer of cylindrical epithelial cells (Fig. 5). There are two kinds of coil- 



12 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



glands, distinguished from one another chiefly by their size, but also 
by slight differences in structure. The large glands are found in the 
axilla, the areola of the nipple, around the anus, and in the external 
auditory meatus, the largest in the first-named situation, where they 
form an almost continuous mass. 

Unlike the small glands in which the lumen of the tubules is of 
fairly uniform size, the large glands show constrictions and dilatations 
and those of the axillae short tubular branches with blind ends. 

The glands which occur in the lids, which are also known as the 
glands of Moll, are so modified in shape that they present a spiral 




Fig. 5. — Swpat-gland. 

arrangement instead of a coil, and they empty into the hair follicles 
instead of upon the surface, unlike the other coil-glands. 

The excretory duct is smaller in diameter than the secreting tubules 
of the gland. It is lined by two rows of cubical or cylindrical epi- 
thelial cells, the inner row of which is covered by a delicate membrane, 
the cuticula, and in the corium is surrounded by a continuation of the 
membrana propria of the gland and a thin layer of connective tissue. 
Upon entering the epidermis, which it always does at an interpapillary 
depression, it loses its membrana propria and connective-tissue cover- 
ing, retaining only the epithelial lining in which the cells become 
flatter as the surface of the epidermis is approached. In the corium 
the duct is straight, or sometimes slightly undulatory, but upon enter- 



ANATOMY 



13 



ing the epidermis it assumes a markedly spiral course, terminating 
in a funnel-shaped opening, the sweat-pore, around which the cells 
are arranged concentrically (Fig. 6). The secretion of the coil-glands is 
in most instances a watery fluid, the sweat or perspiration; but those 
found in the external auditory meatus, the glandulae ceruminosae, secrete 
a fatty material, the cerumen. 

The nails are horny, translucent plates covering the dorsal sur- 
face of the distal ends of the terminal phalanges of the fingers and 
toes. They are approximately quadrilateral in shape, convex from side 
to side, the free distal end projecting slightly beyond the finger-pulp, 
while the lateral and proximal borders are contained in a groove, the 
nail groove, the fold of skin forming this groove being designated 
the nail fold. 




r 



,■>:.«* 



Fig. 6. — Spiral portion of sv/eat-duct in epidermis. 

They present three quite distinct divisions : A convex free margin, 
which projects beyond the finger-tips and is an opaque white ; the 
body, which is translucent, pink in color, and covered with fine longi- 
tudinal striae ; and a small semilunar area at the posterior border, the 
lunula. The posterior border or root of the nail is covered over by 
a narrow fold of the epidermis, the eponychium. 

The nail bed, upon which the body of the nail rests, is divided 
into two portions, a posterior portion, the matrix, from which the 
growth of the nail takes place, and a larger anterior portion, the nail 
bed proper; it is composed of epidermis, corium, and subcutaneous 
connective tissue. The epidermis has neither a corneous nor granu- 
lar layer, and corresponds to the mucous layer of the skin. The 
corium beneath the matrix presents numerous small papillae without 



14 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

any definite arrangement; anterior to the lunula there are no papillae, 
but these are replaced by numerous fine longitudinal ridges running 
parallel with the long axis of the phalanges. The connective tissue 
of the nail bed is usually free from fat and consists of fasciculi, which, 
starting from the periosteum of the phalanges, diverge in a fan-like 
arrangement to all parts of the nail bed. The nail bed is liberally 
supplied with blood through numerous capillary loops. 

The nail substance is composed of nucleated polygonal cells re- 
sembling the cells of the corneous layer of the epidermis. Quite fre- 
quently they contain minute air vesicles, and when a considerable 
number of cells adjoining contain such air vesicles they give rise to 
the opaque white spots which are often seen in the nails. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

The skin performs a variety of functions more or less important 
to the general economy. First, it serves in a purely mechanical way 
as a protective covering. The firm and elastic corium and the subcu- 
taneous connective tissue with its cushion of fat serve admirably 
to protect the underlying organs and tissues from external violence. 
The impervious and insensitive horny layer of the epidermis serves 
to protect the skin itself from injury by the innumerable chemical 
and physical irritants with which it daily and hourly comes in con- 
tact, acts as a barrier to bacterial invasion, and, aided by the fat 
which it contains, derived from the glands of the skin, it prevents 
undue loss of the fluids of the body by evaporation and the excessive 
loss of heat which such evaporation would bring about. The pigment 
contained in the upper portion of the corium, and more particularly 
in the epidermis, serves to protect it from the frequently injurious 
effects of the actinic rays of light. 

The skin, through the sebaceous and coil-glands, performs im- 
portant secretory functions. 

The sebaceous glands secrete a fatty substance, the sebum, which 
constantly anoints the hair and skin, and serves, together with the 
secretion from the coil-glands, to keep the latter soft and pliable. 
In the glands it exists as a thick, oil-like fluid, but in the excretory 
ducts it is of much firmer consistence and may be readily expressed 
from them as a butter-like mass. It is of somewhat uncertain composi- 
tion, containing glycerin fats, fatty acids, cholestenn, soaps, and 
drops of fat mixed with epithelial debris. The secretion of sebum is 
a continuous one. 

The coil-glands are usually spoken of as sweat-glands or sudorip- 
arous glands, since they are for the most part concerned in the pro- 
duction of the sweat ; but certain of these, as has already been pointed 
out, such as those in the external auditory meatus, produce a fatty 
secretion. The sweat is a watery fluid composed of a little more than 
99 per cent, water and about 0.9 per cent, solids, and usually acid in 



PHYSIOLOGY 15 

reaction, although not infrequently alkaline, the reaction changing 
from acid to neutral or alkaline in the excessive secretion induced arti- 
ficially and under a variety of other circumstances. The solids of the 
perspiration consist of inorganic alkaline salts, chiefly sodium chloride, 
small quantities of earthy phosphates and iron oxide, and organic 
substances, the chief of which is urea, and volatile fatty acids, such 
as formic acid, acetic acid, butyric and propionic acids. In patho- 
logic conditions in which the secretory function of the kidneys is 
much impaired, leading to suppression of urinary excretion, the coil- 
glands may vicariously assume the function of the kidneys, when the 
amount of urea in the sweat is considerably increased. The secretion 
of the sweat is not a continuous one, but varies greatly according to 
a number of circumstances. It is chiefly dependent upon nervous 
influences transmitted through nerve-fibres which are abundantly dis- 
tributed to the glands, the centres for which are situated in the ante- 
rior horns of the spinal cord. It is likewise influenced by muscular 
activity, temperature, and a few drugs, the chief of which is pilo- 
carpine. 

As the result of the early investigations of Simon, Kolliker, and 
Meissner and the later studies of Unna, it seems to be pretty certain 
that the sweat-glands also secrete fat at times, if not continuously. 

The skin possesses the power to absorb various substances when 
brought into contact with them. The horny layer of the epidermis, 
anointed as it is by the fatty secretion of the glands of the skin, 
presents an effective barrier under normal conditions to the absorp- 
tion of watery fluids, but when this is removed, and the rete mucosum 
is laid bare, absorption takes place quite readily, so that various chemi- 
cal substances in watery solution may thus be introduced into the 
system. Fats, solid or fluid, are taken up by the skin, especially when 
pressure is employed, and various substances, when mixed with these, 
may be made to enter the system. These probably pass through the 
skin chiefly by way of the excretory ducts of the glands. 

Various gases and volatile substances are absorbed by the skin 
with more or less readiness. 

Through its permeability by gases and vapors, the skin also per- 
forms a respiratory function, oxygen being taken up, and CO. and 
water being given off. As compared with the lungs, however, the 
interchange of gases is very slight, only about one one-hundred-and- 
twenty-seventh (1/127) as much oxygen being taken up by the skin 
as by the lungs, while the C0 2 varies from 1/25 to 1/92 of that ex- 
creted by the pulmonary surface. The amount of water given off 
by the skin is greatly in excess of that given off by the lungs, being 
about twice as much (Kreidl, Mracek). 

One of the most important functions performed by the skin is 
that of the regulation of the temperature of the body. Through it 
the animal heat is maintained at a constant figure. When the exter- 
nal temperature rises, the blood-vessels of the skin dilate through. 



16 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the vasomotor centres, and the quantity of blood thus brought to the 
surface is greatly increased, and heat is lost by radiation. The activity 
of the coil-glands is greatly increased at f he same time and the evapo- 
ration of the perspiration very materially helps in the dissipation of 
bodily heat. When the external temperature is lowered, the blood 
recedes from the skin, and radiation from it is greatly lessened, thus 
conserving the animal heat, since the skin itself is a poor conductor 
of heat. The contraction and relaxation of the smooth muscles of 
the skin likewise influence the amount of blood in it, and consequently 
the dissipation of heat. 

No less important than the regulation of bodily temperature are 
the functions which the skin performs as an organ of sensation. It 
was formerly supposed that the various sensations experienced through 
the skin were simply qualitative variations of a single sense — that of 
touch; but the studies of Blix (1883) and Goldscheider (1885) have 
shown conclusively that the nerve end-organs contained in the skin 
vary much in the manner of their response to stimulation, some re- 
sponding only to touch, others to heat and cold, and still others to 
pain, each requiring its own special stimulus, responding to no other. 
Thus we have in the skin tactile sensibility, temperature sensibility, 
pain sensibility, each of these having its own special nerve end-organs, 
through which these various sensations are produced. 



CHAPTER II 

GENERAL SYMPTOMATOLOGY 

Diseases of the skin may be accompanied by both constitutional 
and local symptoms. The former are frequently absent, but when 
present differ in no respect from the constitutional symptoms which 
accompany general and visceral diseases and, therefore, need no 
special description ; but the local symptoms present a special group 
of morbid phenomena peculiar to the skin and must, on that account, 
be specially considered. 

The symptoms of disease of the skin are of two kinds, viz., objec- 
tive symptoms, those which are perceived by the sight and touch of 
the patient or other observer, and subjective symptoms, or those which 
are perceived by the patient alone, upon whom we must depend for 
a knowledge of their existence and character. 

The objective alterations, which occur upon the skin as the result 
of pathological processes and commonly called eruptions or efflores- 
cences, are made up of various lesions which are divided into two 
classes — primary and secondary lesions. The former are among the 
early symptoms and are those which give to each disease its special 
characters, without which it cannot exist, while the latter, usually, but 
not always, the result of the former, may or may not be present in any 
given case. A thorough acquaintance with the primary lesions is of 
the utmost importance, indeed it is necessary for any intelligent com- 
prehension of cutaneous diseases — it is the very A B C of the subject. 

The primary lesions of disease of the skin are : Maculae (spots, 
stains ; Fr., Taches ; Ger., Flecken) ; Papulae (papules ; Ger., Knotchen) ; 
Pomphi (wheals, urticae ; Fr., Plaques ortiee ; Ger., Quaddeln) ; Vesic- 
ulae (vesicles; Fr., Vesicules; Ger., Blaschen) ; Bullae (blebs, blis- 
ters; Fr., Bulles ; Ger., Blasen) ; Pustulae (pustules; Ger., Pusteln) ; 
Nodulae (nodules, tubercles; Fr., Tubercules ; Ger., Knoten) ; Tumors 
(phymata; Fr., Tumeurs ; Ger., Geschwiilste). 

Macules are variously sized and shaped, more or less definitely 
circumscribed changes in the color of the skin, which are neither 
elevated above nor depressed below the surrounding healthy skin ; 
they are visible, but not palpable lesions. They are of various colors, 
presenting various shades of red and brown and combinations of these, 
yellow, black, and white. They vary in size from a mere dot up to 
the size of the hand and even larger. They are produced by a great 
variety of causes. A large number are the result of hyperaemia, active 
or passive ; these are bright red or violaceous, and disappear tem- 
porarily under pressure ; they may be caused by permanent dilatation 
of the capillaries of the skin, as in the so-called port-wine stain ; they 
may be the result of hemorrhage into the skin, as in purpura, when 
2 17 



18 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

they undergo the changes in color peculiar to extravasated blood and 
cannot be made to disappear by pressure. Yellowish, brown, and 
even black, macules occur as the result of abnormal deposit of pig- 
ment in the skin, a familiar example of this lesion being the ordinary 
freckle ; pigmentary macules also frequently follow the eruptions of 
syphilis, lichen, or long-continued inflammation, especially upon the 
lower extremities, or prolonged venous stasis. White macules result 
from pigment atrophy, such as occurs in vitiligo. 

Papules are small, circumscribed, solid elevations of the skin, 
usually more or less firm to the touch, with flat, rounded, or acumi- 
nate summits and round or angular bases. They are red, yellow, 
or brown in color, or may be the color of the normal skin. They 
vary in size from a pin-point to a split pea and may be due to morbid 
changes in the epidermis, in the corium, in the hair follicles, and in 
the sebaceous and sweat-glands. They may be the result of inflamma- 
tion, as in eczema, and may undergo further transformation into vesi- 
cles or pustules ; they may result from the retention of secretion 
(sebum), as in milium and comedo; from abnormal production and 
accumulation of cornified epithelium, as in keratosis follicularis ; from 
hemorrhage. Exceptionally the summit may show a central depres- 
sion, as in the papule of lichen planus. The duration of these lesions 
varies greatly — they may run an acute or chronic course, or they 
may be permanent. Not infrequently they are accompanied by sub- 
jective symptoms, the most frequent being itching of varying degrees 
of severity. 

Wheals are circumscribed, flat elevations of the skin, varying in 
size from a small pea to the palm of the hand, and even larger, the 
larger wheals being formed, usually, by the coalescence of a number 
of smaller lesions. They vary in color from a whitish pink to crim- 
son and, under moderate pressure, show quite white against the pink 
of the normal skin. They present a great variety of shapes — round, 
oval, gyrate, and not infrequently linear, these last resembling a 
stroke with a whip-lash. They are accompanied by burning and itch- 
ing, frequently extreme. One of the most striking features is the 
extreme suddenness with which they frequently appear and disap- 
pear, individual lesions lasting but an hour or two, and sometimes but 
a few minutes ; exceptionally they are more permanent, lasting some 
days. Occasionally they are of unusual size, as large as a small egg ; 
these so-called "giant" wheals are usually hemispherical in shape and 
not infrequently are the color of the normal skin. The wheal is an 
angioneurotic phenomenon, the result of a sudden circumscribed 
oedema taking place in the upper portion of the corium. It usually 
disappears without leaving any trace, but may be followed by slight 
transient pigmentation, or, as in urticaria pigmentosa, considerable 
pigment may be left, which disappears only after the lapse of a con- 
siderable time. These lesions are seen in urticaria, in the sting of 
the nettle, and after the stings and bites of insects. 



GENERAL SYMPTOMATOLOGY 19 

Vesicles are rounded or acuminate, occasionally umbilicated, ele- 
vations of the epidermis, varying in size from a pin-point to a small 
pea, filled with transparent or turbid fluid, usually, but not always, 
serum. They may contain fluid from the beginning or they may 
begin as papules, fluid appearing only after some hours; they may 
contain but a single cavity or they may be multilocular. They may 
be discrete or they may occur in small groups or variously-sized 
patches in which the lesions tend to become confluent. When very 
numerous and closely aggregated they may coalesce, so that the epi- 
dermis is- elevated over considerable areas, and bullae, or blebs, are 
formed. Spontaneous rupture of their walls frequently occurs, and 
the escaped serum dries into yellowish crusts; or the fluid in them 
may be absorbed without rupture and the epidermic covering desqua- 
mate. Through secondary infection of their contents they are often 
transformed into pustules. They may be seated in any portion of 
the epidermis, immediately beneath the horny layer or deeper in the 
rete mucosum. They occur in many inflammatory diseases of the 
skin, such as eczema, when they are seated upon an inflammatory 
base, or they may result from the retention of sweat, as in sudamen, 
or from dilatation of lymph-spaces, as in lymphangioma circumscrip- 
tum. Their course is, with but few exceptions, acute, and when a 
symptom of inflammation they are usually accompanied by more or 
less severe itching and burning. 

Blebs, or bullae, are elevations of the epidermis varying in size 
from a pea to an egg, filled with fluid which is usually transparent, 
straw-colored serum. They may contain turbid sero-pus, pus, or 
blood mixed with serum or pus. They are usually hemispherical in 
shape, with tensely distended walls, which do not, as a rule, tend to 
spontaneous rupture, but they may be irregular in shape and may 
be only partly filled, with flaccid walls which easily break. They 
usually rise abruptly from apparently normal skin, but may be sur- 
rounded by a slight areola, especially when their contents are puru- 
lent. As a rule they are not accompanied by any decided subjective 
symptoms, but exceptionally itching and burning are present. The 
anatomical seat of the bleb varies somewhat. 

The effusion of fluid may take place immediately beneath the horny 
layer of the epidermis, which then forms the roof of the bleb, in the 
deeper portions of the rete mucosum, or between the epidermis and 
the papillary layer of the corium ; in the last-named case the entire epi- 
dermis, which is stripped off bodily from the underlying papillae, forms 
the roof of the bleb. 

Blebs occur in pemphigus, of which they are a characteristic feat- 
ure, in dermatitis venenata, in dermatitis herpetiformis, and in other 
inflammations of the skin. 

Pustules are elevations of the epidermis containing pus. They 
vary in size from that of a small pea to a thumb-nail, are usually 
rounded, but may be flat, acuminate, or umbilicated. They are usually 



20 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

surrounded by an inflammatory halo and are often accompanied by 
more or less induration of their bases. They may begin as pustules, 
but are frequently preceded by papules or vesicles, from which they 
develop. They are accompanied by tenderness and pain, but itching 
is an infrequent symptom. They pursue an acute course and may 
terminate in discharge of their contents with the formation of thick 
yellow, greenish, or blackish crusts, or they may dry up with moder- 
ate crusting. Occasionally ulceration takes place beneath the crusts. 
When the inflammation is severe, and the corium is involved to any 
depth, scarring follows. Pustules may be seated in the epidermis, 
in the sebaceous glands, as in acne, or in the hair follicles, as in 
sycosis. They occur in acne, in syphilis, in variola, in ecthyma, in 
which disease they. are frequently followed by permanent scarring. 
They are also seen in eczema, scabies, and other inflammations of 
the skin, in which they usually disappear without leaving any trace. 

Nodules, or tubercles, are circumscribed, usually firm, elevations 
of the skin, varying in size from a split pea to a hazelnut. They 
may be the color of the normal skin or various shades of red, and 
are usually rounded in shape. They differ from papules not only 
in being larger as a rule, but by being more deeply seated, and are 
much less frequently caused by inflammation. They are seen most 
commonly in the infectious granulomata, such as syphilis and tuber- 
culosis, when they are usually a brownish or yellowish red, and in 
the new growths, both benign and malignant, such as fibroma, carci- 
noma, sarcoma. They pursue a varied course. They may be absorbed, 
they may undergo ulceration, or they may remain unchanged for 
months or years. 

Tumors are more or less definitely circumscribed swellings, vary- 
ing in size- from a pea to a fist, which may have their origin in any 
portion of the skin or its appendages. They are firm or soft, accord- 
ing to their composition, and are usually globular in shape. They may 
be attached to the skin by a broad, flat base, sessile, or they may 
be attached by a pedicle. They are most frequently new growths, 
benign or malignant, resulting from the hyperplasia of some of the 
elements of the skin or its appendages ; they may be produced by the 
retention of the secretion of a gland, as in the so-called wen or 
steatoma. Their causes are many and various, and their evolution 
is usually slow, but exceptionally may be quite rapid. 

The secondary lesions are : Squamae (Scales ; Fr., Squames ; Ger., 
Schuppen) ; Crustse (Crusts ; Fr., Croutes ; Ger., Borken, Krusten) ; 
Excorationes (Excoriations; Fr., Excorations ; Ger., Hautabschiirfun- 
gen) ; Rhagades (Fissures ; Fr., Fissures ; Ger., Rhagaden, Hautschrun- 
den) ; Ukera (Ulcers ; Fr., Ulceres ; Ger., Geschwure) ; Cicatrices 
(Scars; Fr., Cicatrices; Ger., Narben). 

Scales are laminated masses of horny epithelial cells which are 
being cast off from the epidermis, having lost their attachment to it 
through some morbid condition of the skin. They are of various 



GENERAL SYMPTOMATOLOGY 21 

sizes and vary in color from silvery white to yellowish or grayish 
white. They may be fine and bran-like, furfuraceous, as in the desqua- 
mation which follows measles, or they may form extensive sheets, 
as after scarlatina, or they may occur in thick laminated plates, as 
in psoriasis. They may be readily detached or firmly adherent; they 
are usually dry and brittle, but they may be greasy ; they vary much 
in amount, in some instances being cast off in great quantities. They 
are usually the result of inflammation, but may result from an ab- 
normal dryness of the skin. They occur in a great variety of dis- 
eases of the skin, such as psoriasis, ichthyosis, eczema, the vegetable 
parasitic diseases, and some of the exanthemata. 

Crusts are masses of dried exudate or other product of disease. 
Their presence is, with few exceptions, indicative of the preexistence 
of moisture of some sort upon the skin. They are usually composed 
of dried serum, pus, or blood, occasionally of a mixture of sebum and 
epithelial scales, as in seborrhcea, and in a few instances they are 
made up almost entirely of vegetable fungi, as in favus. They may 
be quite thin, or form thick masses with uneven surface, or they 
may be laminated like the shell of an oyster, as in the rupial crusts of 
syphilis. They are yellow, greenish, brown, or black in color. Those 
formed of dried serum are quite light yellow in color; those composed 
of pus are yellow or greenish-yellow, while a dark-brown or blackish 
color usually indicates a considerable admixture of blood. 

Excoriations are superficial losses of substance rarely extending 
deeper than the rete mucosum of the epidermis. They are the result 
of mechanical injury to the skin, usually inflicted by scratching with 
the nails or rubbing, or are the product of traumatism. They exhibit 
a variety of forms, dependent upon the mode of production ; when 
due to scratching with the nails they are punctate or linear in shape ; 
when the result of friction, they are usually irregular in outline. Their 
surfaces are frequently moist from oozing of serum or blood, which 
dries into thin reddish or brownish crusts. Quite frequently secondary 
infection takes place and suppuration occurs, with more or less in- 
flammation of the skin and the formation of pustules. Excoriations 
are common lesions in many itching diseases, such as eczema, pruritus, 
pediculosis, and their form, distribution, and localization afford valu- 
able aid in diagnosis. 

Fissures are linear cracks in the skin, of variable length, usually 
limited in depth to the epidermis, but sometimes extending down 
into the corium. They occur most commonly in the natural furrows of 
the skin in parts subjected to movement, as the palms and soles and 
the fingers and toes ; they are also frequently seen at the angles of 
the mouth and about the anus. They are especially apt to occur in 
such diseases as impair the elasticity of the skin through inflamma- 
tory thickening, hence are often observed in chronic eczema, psoriasis, 
and other inflammatory diseases, accompanied by infiltration of the 
skin. They may ooze and often bleed, and are frequently quite pain* 
ful, interfering seriously with the movement of the parts affected. 



22 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Ulcers are circumscribed losses of substance in the skin extending 
through the epidermis into the corium or deeper, the result of dis- 
ease. They vary in size from that of a small pea to the palm of the 
hand, and even larger. They may be round, crescentic, kidney-shaped, 
or serpiginous, with sharp-cut, infiltrated, elevated, or overhanging 
edges. They may be shallow, involving only the upper portion of 
the corium, or they may be deep, extending through the entire thick- 
ness of the skin into the subcutaneous tissue. They are accompanied 
by more or less discharge of serum, pus, or blood, which frequently 
dries into thick crusts, covering the ulcer. They are usually tender 
and painful, but these symptoms may be entirely absent, the patient 
experiencing but little subjective discomfort. Their course may be 
acute or chronic, although it is most commonly the latter. Ulcers 
occur in a large number of diseases of the skin, in the infectious 
granulomata, such as syphilis, tuberculosis, lepra, and in the malig- 
nant new growths, such as carcinoma and sarcoma. They are com- 
mon lesions on the lower extremities, where they are frequently the 
result of varicose veins and of long-standing eczema ; they may also 
occur as the result of defective innervation, the so-called trophic ulcer. 
They heal with the formation of scars. 

Scars or cicatrices are new formations, composed of connective tis- 
sue, which follow and replace losses of substance, the result of disease 
or injury, extending into the corium or deeper. They are of all sizes 
and shapes, according to the lesions which have preceded them. They 
are red or pink when recent, but are white and glistening when old. 
They may be smooth and level with the normal skin, or they may 
be depressed and pit-like, or elevated, with uneven nodular surface ; 
they may be soft and pliable or hard and unyielding. Occasionally 
they undergo contraction, producing great deformity ; they may like- 
wise undergo more or less marked hypertrophy, forming disfiguring 
growths known as keloid. Although scars usually follow some solu- 
tion of continuity, they may result from the absorption of pathological 
tissue which has taken place without any previous breach in the skin. 
They are composed of connective tissue and contain neither papillae, 
hair follicles, nor glands. Usually there are no subjective symptoms, 
but occasionally they are accompanied by itching or pain and tender- 
ness. A knowledge of scars is frequently of much service in diagnosis, 
since a number of diseases, e.g., syphilis, produce scars which are more 
or less characteristic. 

The foregoing primary and secondary lesions are the elements out 
of which are made up the numerous eruptions characteristic of dis- 
eases of the skin, and these exhibit a great variety of combinations, 
which, with the type of lesion, give to each disease its peculiar stamp. 
An eruption may contain but a single form of lesion, when it is 
spoken of as a uniform eruption, or several types of lesion may co- 
exist to form a multiform or polymorphous eruption. The manner 
in which the lesions are arranged varies greatly ; they may be isolated 



GENERAL SYMPTOMATOLOGY 23 

or discrete ; may be arranged in solid rounded or discoid patches 
with well-defined borders, or in irregular patches with margins which 
gradually fade away into the surrounding normal skin ; they may occur 
in rings, forming annular patches, or in segments of a circle which may 
join to form gyrate figures ; or, lastly, they may be scattered about over 
the surface without any definite arrangement. The various patches 
which go to make up an eruption may exhibit more or less symmetry 
in their arrangement and distribution, both sides of the body being 
affected in an equal degree and presenting the same arrangement of 
the lesions, as is frequently seen in psoriasis. Eruptions may be 
unilateral or bilateral, general or universal, the term general being ap- 
plied to those eruptions in which all regions of the skin are affected, 
but in which areas of normal skin are present, while the term uni- 
versal is applied to those in which no portion of the skin is free from 
disease. They may be limited to certain regions, affecting these ex- 
clusively or in large part, while the remainder of the body remains 
free. 

The distribution and arrangement of eruptions is largely condi- 
tioned by the anatomical structure of the skin, by the distribution of 
its nerves and blood-vessels. What has been described by Simon 
as the cleavage of the skin, the direction which the fibres of the corium 
take in various regions, plays an important role in this respect. Certain 
affections, such as herpes zoster and unilateral nsevi of a certain type, 
follow the distribution of nerve branches, while the distribution of 
the terminal capillaries without doubt frequently determines the 
configuration of eruptions. 

SUBJECTIVE SYMPTOMS 

The subjective symptoms of diseases of the skin are itching, burn- 
ing, formication, tingling, and pain ; less frequently, increased sensi- 
bility, hyperesthesia, or more or less complete loss of sensation, 
anaesthesia. These vary greatly in degree, and may be entirely ab- 
sent, many diseases of the skin occasioning the patient no physical 
discomfort, or they may be of such severity and of such a character 
as to produce the greatest distress. The commonest of all the sub- 
jective symptoms is itching, which may be present in all degrees of 
severity ; it may be a slight and occasional sensation, or may be so 
severe and long-continued as to drive the patient beyond all self- 
control in his efforts to relieve it. Severe itching is far more intoler- 
able than pain, a fact seldom realized by any but the sufferer. Pain 
occurs with a fair degree of frequency in cutaneous diseases, espe- 
cially in inflammations of the deeper parts of the skin resulting from 
local infections, and in some of the malignant new growths. 



CHAPTER III 
GENERAL ETIOLOGY 

The causes of disease of the skin are exceedingly numerous and 
of the most varied character. They may exist within the organism 
itself and be produced by it as the result of disturbed function or 
abnormal metabolic processes. They may gain access to it from 
without, or they may be and remain wholly external to it, producing 
only local alterations. Not infrequently the morbid changes in the 
skin are but a part of some general disturbance — symptomatic dis- 
eases ; or they may be limited to the skin alone — idiopathic diseases of 
the skin. 

Certain conditions, both within and external to the body, while 
not directly productive of pathological alterations in the skin, favor 
its occurrence, and the importance of these varies greatly. Some of 
them are a necessary prerequisite, certain affections, although not 
directly produced by them, being unable to occur without their co- 
operation ; while others are of comparative insignificance or even of 
doubtful influence. These indirect or predisposing causes of disease 
are : climate, season, race, heredity, age, sex, occupation. They all 
exercise more or less influence upon the incidence of cutaneous dis- 
eases, and in respect to some of them it is not always possible to deter- 
mine whether they exert only a predisposing effect or are the actual 
direct causes of disease. 

Climate exerts a decided predisposing influence upon cutaneous 
diseases. Certain affections, particularly those due to parasitic organ- 
isms, are much more frequently seen in the tropics than in temperate 
climes ; certain of them are confined to these regions, and for that 
reason are called tropical diseases, while others, which, in temperate 
regions are comparatively insignificant affections, take on greatly in- 
creased virulence when transferred to the tropics. 

Many diseases of the skin exhibit a more or less marked seasonal 
predisposition ; examples of this are erythema multiforme, which is 
much more common in the spring than in other seasons of the year; 
herpes zoster, likewise, is seen much oftener in the spring and autumn ; 
while certain forms of eczema and pruritus appear with the advent 
of cold weather, to disappear more or less completely in the summer. 

Although little is known that is definite about the influence of 
race upon the occurrence of cutaneous disease, yet it exerts an un- 
doubted effect. It has long been observed that fibrous overgrowth, 
such as keloid and related affections, is much more common in the 
negro than in the white races, while psoriasis, a common affection in 
Europeans, is quite unusual in the negro. 

Heredity has long been regarded as an undoubted factor in pre- 
24 



GENERAL ETIOLOGY 25 

disposing to disease, but it has lost much of its importance in this 
respect in recent years, owing to the rapid increase in exact knowl- 
edge concerning the causes of disease in general. Much of what was 
formerly looked upon as the result of heredity is now known to be 
the result of prolonged contact with affections feebly contagious. It 
would be an error, however, to deny to this factor considerable im- 
portance in predisposing to certain affections, such as ichthyosis, 
xeroderma pigmentosum, and, perhaps, psoriasis. 

Age plays an important role in the occurrence of many affections 
of the skin. It is a well-known fact that certain diseases, like ring- 
worm of the scalp, are confined to childhood ; that certain others, like 
lupus vulgaris, almost always begin in this period of life, but con- 
tinue in later years, while others, like epithelioma, are seen as a rule 
only after middle age. Although we are well aware of the influ- 
ence of age upon the occurrence of disease of the skin, we are prac- 
tically without any definite information to explain it. 

Sex influences, sometimes very markedly, the occurrence of cuta- 
neous disease, directly through peculiarities of anatomical structure 
and physiological function, and indirectly through occupation and so- 
cial customs. Sycosis, for anatomical reasons, is a disease of men 
exclusively, while Paget's disease, although occasionally seen in men, 
is practically a disease of women. Certain affections, like acne vul- 
garis and acne rosacea, experience a more or less marked exacerbation 
at the menstrual period, while others, such as herpes gestationis (der- 
matitis herpetiformis) and chloasma, are peculiar to pregnancy. 

Idiosyncrasy. — There is no doubt that idiosyncrasy, individual sus- 
ceptibility to certain agencies which are innocuous to the majority 
of individuals, has a considerable share in predisposing to cutaneous 
disease as well as to disease of other organs and tissues. Examples 
of such susceptibility are by no means rare, being within the expe- 
rience of every observer ; they are observed in connection with a 
great variety of foods and drugs, plants and chemical substances, and 
the like. The nature of this susceptibility is as yet unknown, but 
recent observations make it extremely likely that it is largely, if not 
altogether, a manifestation of anaphylaxis. 

Food and clothing are to be reckoned among the agencies which 
predispose to disease of the skin. These agencies, too, are at times 
directly provocative of disease. Insufficient food, or food of improper 
character, may so interfere with the general nutrition as to seriously 
diminish the skin's power of resistance to morbific agencies. Certain 
articles of food in certain individuals may act as powerful toxic sub- 
stances producing various eruptions. 

Underwear made of wool in many individuals causes a most annoy- 
ing and persistent itching, and, indirectly, through the dyes which 
they contain, clothing may be the source of extensive and persistent 
inflammations. 

Occupation must be included among the influences which predis- 



26 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

pose to, or directly cause, disease of the skin. Indeed, it frequently 
plays a most important role in this respect. Many trades lead to 
disease of the skin through the unhygienic surroundings which are 
more or less inseparable from them, or, what is much more frequent, 
through the immediate and prolonged contact with chemical sub- 
stances injurious to the skin employed in them. These latter form 
a large and most important group of diseases and are known as trade 
dermatoses. Examples of disease thus produced are extremely numer- 
ous and are met with in a great variety of occupations : makers of 
artificial flowers, dyers, tanners, candy-makers, photographers, metal 
polishers, as well as workers in many other trades of a similar kind, 
are more or less subject to inflammations of the skin as the result 
of their calling. 

Disease of the skin occurs as the direct or indirect consequence of 
a considerable number of constitutional and visceral diseases. Dis- 
ease of the kidneys, of the liver, of the gastro-intestinal tract, of the 
thyroid and adrenals, of the nervous system, diabetes, rheumatism, 
and gout, are frequently accompanied by disturbances in the skin 
which can be traced with more or less certainty to the internal disease 
with which they are associated. In some of these, for example, the 
inflammations which are so frequently complications of glycosuric 
diabetes, the relationship is readily demonstrated, but in others the 
demonstration is much less satisfactory, and the relationship ib* still 
largely a matter of theory and speculation. In a small proportion of 
cases of chronic nephritis, particularly chronic interstitial nephritis, 
in which the excretory function of the kidneys is greatly damaged, 
pruritus and eczema occur, which are presumably the consequences 
of defective elimination by the diseased kidneys. The furuncles, car- 
buncles, and other infections which are frequent occurrences in saccha- 
rine diabetes are the indirect result of the saturation of the skin with 
sugar, making it an especially favorable soil for the growth of micro- 
organisms, while the genital eczemas, which are quite common, are 
the direct result of contact with the saccharine urine. 

Disease of the liver, especially when it is accompanied by jaundice, 
may occasion severe pruritus ; and xanthoma, when at all extensive, 
is very frequently associated with chronic jaundice. 

That there is a more or less intimate relationship between gastro- 
intestinal disease and disease of the skin has long been observed, but 
we are still lacking exact information, for the most part, concerning 
the precise nature of this relationship, which is, without doubt, a 
very complicated one. The several forms of acne, urticaria, some 
eczemas, and pruritus, are examples of cutaneous disease which are 
frequently associated with, and more or less markedly influenced by, 
diseases of the stomach and intestines. A very curious and interesting 
relationship has been observed to exist between cancer of the stomach 
and liver and acanthosis nigricans, a curious pigmentary affection of 
the skin. 



GENERAL ETIOLOGY 27 

Rheumatism and gout have long been regarded as frequent and 
important factors in the causation of cutaneous diseases, but it is 
becoming more and more doubtful whether these altogether deserve 
their evil reputation. As to the former affection, there seems to be 
but little doubt that it is frequently associated with certain forms of 
eczema which may alternate with the ordinary joint symptoms of 
the disease, but there is just as little doubt that a considerable number 
of so-called gouty eczemas have nothing whatever to do with gout. 
As to rheumatism, the association of certain erythemata, such as 
erythema multiforme, with pain and inflammation of the joints, and 
the occasional association of psoriasis with a chronic arthritis, are 
quite commonly regarded as pointing to a rheumatic origin of these 
affections ; but it is well to remember that not every arthritis is rheu- 
matism ; indeed, it is pretty certain that these joint affections are not 
rheumatism. Upon the whole, the evidence that rheumatism, properly 
so-called, plays any considerable role in the production of disease of 
the skin is, to say the least, unconvincing, in the author's opinion. 

Disease of the ductless glands, such as the thyroid and the supra- 
renal capsule, by causing alterations in the quality or quantity of the 
so-called internal secretions, must be reckoned among the causes of 
morbid conditions of the skin. The profound alterations in the nutri- 
tion of the skin and its appendages, which occur in myxcedema and the 
extensive pigmentation of the skin and mucous membranes in Addi- 
son's disease of the suprarenal capsules, are examples of the close rela- 
tionship between disease of such glands and disease of the skin. 

The list of diseases of the skin due to microorganisms of various 
kinds is already a considerable one, and is constantly growing. 

In some of these — syphilis, leprosy, and the exanthemata — the erup- 
tive symptoms are but a part of a general infection. They are sympto- 
matic eruptions, while in others, as in sporotrichosis and rhinoscleroma, 
the skin alone is invaded and the disease remains a strictly local one. 
In a few instances the organism produces at one time a general, at 
another a local, infection, examples of such being the bacillus tuber- 
culosis and the blastomyces, both of which may at times cause a 
general infection with cutaneous lesions, at others strictly local symp- 
toms. Certain fungi belonging to the order of moulds, such as the 
trichophyton, the achorion, the microsporon furfur, give rise to a 
group of diseases commonly designated vegetable parasitic diseases, 
which are always purely local affections. Diseases of the skin may 
likewise arise from the invasion of animal parasites, such as the acarus 
scabiei, the several varieties of pediculi, and a few other animal organ- 
isms of less frequent occurrence. 

In recent years much has been written concerning focal infections, 
particularly those situated about the teeth, in the tonsils and the antrum 
of the superior maxilla, as possible sources of cutaneous disease, and 
there is apparently but little doubt that these occasionally serve, directly 
or indirectly, as the origin of eruptions of one kind or another ; but there 



28 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

is just as little doubt that the frequency with which cutaneous diseases 
arise from such infections has been greatly overestimated, and that foci 
of infection frequently, indeed usually, exist without the coexistence of 
cutaneous symptoms of any sort. 

On account of its exposed situation, the skin is especially liable to 
disease from traumatism and from mechanical and chemical irritants 
of the most varied kind. The former is a common source of disease. 
The slight injury inflicted upon the skin by scratching, when long 
continued, is a frequent source of morbid change; the slight abrasions 
which the skin so frequently suffers are quite commonly the starting point 
for eczemas and chronic ulcers, particularly in those debilitated by im- 
proper living, disease, or age. 

Mere mechanical pressure, when long continued in the same region, 
may lead to pathological change in the skin, as in the corns and cal- 
losities which occur so frequently upon the soles from pressure of ill- 
fitting shoes, and upon the palms from pressure of some implement 
used in the daily work. 

Although not commonly regarded as an irritant, water frequently 
acts as such upon the skin when applied often or for prolonged pe- 
riods. Eczema of the hands is a common affection in washerwomen 
and others whose occupation compels them to immerse the hands fre- 
quently and for hours in water. Its injurious effects upon a skin 
already eczematous are well known to every dermatologist and fre- 
quently to the patient. 

A considerable number of plants, such as the so-called poison ivy 
(Rhus toxicodendron), the primrose (Primula obconica) , and some 
other varieties of the primula, contain substances which are violently 
irritating to the skins of many individuals, producing severe and extensive 
dermatitis. The chemical rays of light are likewise capable of exciting 
inflammation of the skin, and of causing other morbid changes, some of 
them of a quite special character; for example, the alteration in the 
process of keratinization often followed by epitheliomatous change, as seen 
in the so-called sailor's skin. Exposure to the X-ray and radium, espe- 
cially the former, produces a dermatitis with which we have become only 
too familiar in the last few years. This dermatitis may vary from a mild 
and transient erythema to complete destruction of the skin, and in the 
chronic forms arising from repeated exposures may terminate in epithe- 
lioma with all its disastrous consequences. 



CHAPTER IV 
GENERAL PATHOLOGY 

The pathology of the skin does not differ in essentials from the 
pathology of the internal organs of the body. Since the skin responds 
to morbific influences in the same manner as other tissues, and brings 
to its defence against disease the same agencies, the same morbid proc- 
esses, anaemia, hypersemia, inflammation, hypertrophy, atrophy, are 
observed in it as in the viscera. But while the pathological processes 
in the skin and the mechanism of their production are similar to those 
which take place in diseases of the viscera, the tissue alterations which 
result from these are frequently different, largely, but not exclusively, 
because of peculiarities of anatomical structure and physiological func- 
tion. The histopathology, therefore, of cutaneous disease frequently 
presents important variations from that of other tissues. 

The epidermis may undergo hypertrophy, either as a whole or in 
some one of its component layers. Hypertrophy of the stratum cor- 
neum or horny layer, designated hyperkeratosis, is a common patho- 
logical condition. It may be a congenital and generalized affection, 
as in ichthyosis, or it may be acquired and limited to circumscribed 
areas, as in callosities and cutaneous horns. There is not only a more 
or less marked increase in the number of the horny cells, but they have 
undergone a qualitative alteration ; owing to an increase in the keratin 
they are firmer than normal and have lost to some extent their cohe- 
siveness, so that they may be easily separated. Circumscribed hyper- 
keratoses are extremely common lesions, and result from a variety of 
causes. Lesions of this kind are frequently seen upon the palms 
and upon the soles, in the former as the result of pressure from the 
use of certain tools, in the latter from ill-fitting shoes. They may 
result from the ingestion of certain drugs, such as arsenic, which pro- 
duces peculiar, corn-like lesions upon the palms and soles, and from 
senile change in the skin — as in the so-called senile keratosis. It is 
an interesting and important fact that epithelioma is prone to follow 
certain circumscribed hyperkeratoses, especially those following the 
prolonged use of arsenic and the senile form. Hyperkeratosis may 
exist alone or be associated with other morbid conditions. In angio- 
keratoma, in addition to the increase in the horny layer, there is 
likewise an increase in the blood-vessels of the papillae of the corium ; 
and keratosis of the palms and soles is frequently associated with a 
marked hyperidrosis of these regions. Hyperkeratosis may occur in 
the hair follicles and about the orifices of the sweat-ducts. 

In a number of affections of the skin, chiefly inflammatory in char- 
acter, cornification takes place imperfectly. The nuclei of the horny 
cells do not completely disappear, as under normal conditions ; there 

29 



30 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

is an absence of keratohyalin granules and a diminution of cohesion 
between the cells, so that desquamation readily takes place, and small 
collections of leucocytes are frequently present between the cells. This 
condition, which is known as parakeratosis, is always preceded by 
pathological alterations in the rete mucosum and is observed in eczema, 
psoriasis, and some other affections with desquamation or scaling. 
Anomalous forms of cornification occur in the disease first described 
by Darier under the name of follicular vegetating psorospermosis and 
in epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum. In the former certain of 
the horny cells about the mouths of the follicles are transformed into 
large round bodies with a double wall resembling certain protozoa, 
for which they were at one time mistaken. 

Hypertrophy of the rete mucosum, acanthosis, occurs both as a 
benign and a malignant process. In the former, while the cells are 
increased in number, they still retain the ordinary characteristics of 
the cells of this layer, but in the latter the overgrowth is accompanied 
by alterations in the cells themselves ; they lose their intercellular 
fibrils so that they are no longer connected with one another; they 
become smaller and round or oval instead of polygonal, and undergo 
various forms of degeneration with frequent cell-inclusions. In ma- 
lignant overgrowth of the rete the columnar basal layer of cells no 
longer forms a sharp dividing boundary between the epidermis and 
the corium, but is invaded and broken up by the multiplying altered 
cells from above and by leucocytes from the corium below. 

Circumscribed hypertrophy of the rete may occur as a congenital 
affection, as in soft nsevi, or as an acquired condition, as in warts and 
condylomata. In certain affections having their seat in the corium, 
such as the infective granulomata, tuberculosis, syphilis, and leprosy, 
extensive overgrowth of the rete, resembling in many particulars ma- 
lignant hypertrophy, occurs. Long branching processes composed of 
epithelium extend down deeply into the corium, but the cells usually 
retain their special characters. Extensive diffuse acanthosis frequently 
occurs in inflammations of the skin, such as eczema and psoriasis, 
often accompanied by hyperkeratosis, or still more frequently by 
parakeratosis. 

Atrophy of the rete mucosum may occur as the result of pressure 
from within or without. It may occur as an idiopathic affection asso- 
ciated with atrophy of other parts of the skin, and is frequently the 
result of advancing years, when it is known as senile atrophy. The 
thickness of the layers of epithelial cells is diminished, sometimes 
greatly, and the interpapillary prolongations are markedly shortened 
so that the undulatory boundary between it and the corium approaches 
a straight line. 

In a large number of inflammatory conditions of the skin, such as 
eczema, herpes, and the various forms of dermatitis arising from con- 
tact with chemical substances and plants, oedema of the rete mucosum 



GENERAL PATHOLOGY 31 

takes place, which, when considerable, frequently leads to the for- 
mation of lesions peculiar to the skin and mucous membranes, known 
as vesicles. This cedema may be either intercellular, intracellular, or 
both. In the former the fluid distends the intercellular spaces to form 
unilocular cavities which may become multilocular by the coalescence 
of several adjoining lesions. They are filled with serum and a variable 
number of polymorphonuclear leucocytes with, in certain bullous dis- 
eases, such as dermatitis herpetiformis and pemphigus, a considerable 
number of eosinophiles. In the intracellular oedema the cells them- 
selves are filled with fluid and contain small cavities which coalesce 
to form multilocular vesicles. Both forms of cedema and both varie- 
ties of vesicles frequently occur together. The multilocular form of 
vesicle is best seen in the vesicles of variola and varicella. 

In the vesiculation which occurs in varicella, variola, and herpes 
zoster, a peculiar alteration of the epithelial cells about the sides and 
bottom of the lesions takes place, which transforms them into large, 
round or pear-shaped bodies frequently with double-contoured walls 
and a cavity filled with large round nuclei varying in number from 
five or six to a score or more. The " ballooned " cells of herpes zoster 
were regarded at one time by Pfeifler as a form of protozoon, and the 
probable cause of that disease ; their epithelial nature, however, has 
been definitely established by numerous observers, although the 
exact nature of the degeneration is still undetermined. 

The situation of vesicles varies considerably. They may be im- 
mediately beneath the horny layer of the epidermis or anywhere be- 
tween the horny layer and the papillary layer of the corium. 

Bullae, or blebs, may be regarded as exaggerated vesicles, since 
the mechanism of their production is practically the same as that of 
the latter. The roof of the bleb may be composed of the stratum 
corneum only, or it may consist of the entire thickness of the epidermis 
which has been lifted en masse by exudation from the papillae of the 
corium. Lesions of this sort are present in pemphigus, dermatitis 
herpetiformis, and in the severe forms of dermatitis resulting from 
external irritants, such as certain plants like the Rhus toxicodendron 
and many chemical substances. In the bullae of pemphigus and of 
dermatitis herpetiformis, many eosinophiles are commonly present. 

Pustules differ but little, if at all, in their structure from vesicles. 
Indeed, a vesicular stage often precedes the pustules, the fluid con- 
tents being clear or only slightly turbid at first, becoming purulent 
later. In certain cases, however, the pustular lesion begins as such, as 
in certain forms of impetigo (Bockhart's impetigo). 

In dermatitis, inflammation of the skin, the pathological changes 
which take place in the corium are for the most part similar to those 
which occur in inflammation of other tissues — dilatation of the blood- 
vessels, with exudation of plasma and leucocytes. The cellular exudate 
is usually most abundant in the neighborhood of the vessels, the hair 
follicles and the sweat-glands ; less frequently it is uniformly dis- 



32 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

tnbuted throughout the corium. It is composed of polymorphonuclear 
and small mononuclear cells, some of which are lymphocytes and 
others are probably derivatives of the connective-tissue cells, although 
there is considerable difference of opinion concerning the nature and 
origin of the small, round mononuclear cells. , 

Other types of cell are present in certain diseases which have more 
or less special significance. One of the most important of these, pres- 
ent especially in chronic inflammations in infective granulomata and 
certain malignant affections, is the plasma-cell. This is a large, round, 
frequently cuboidal cell with a large, round or oval nucleus eccen- 
trically situated. In certain affections, such as syphilis and Paget's 
disease, these cells may be very numerous, forming the principal part 
of the exudate ; their origin is still a matter of dispute. 

A more or less considerable increase in the number of " mastzellen " 
occurs in a number of diseases of the skin. These, which are normally 
present in small numbers in the corium, are large, round, oval, spindle- 
shaped, and frequently branched cells in the protoplasm of which are 
numerous basophilic granules. In urticaria pigmentosa the cellular 
exudate is made up almost entirely of these cells. Their exact signifi- 
cance is still quite uncertain. 

Giant-cells of the Langerhans type are met with in the corium in 
the various forms of tuberculosis of the skin so constantly as to be 
a characteristic feature of this affection, but their presence is by no 
means to be regarded as certain proof of the tuberculous character 
of the tissue in which they are found, since they are seen, although 
much less frequently, in others of the infective granulomata, syphilis, 
lepra and blastomycosis. Other types of giant-cell in which the nuclei 
are centrally instead of peripherally situated, the so-called chorio- 
plaques, are found likewise in some of the infective granulomata, such 
as lepra and yaws. 

The fibrous elements of the corium, the collagen, may undergo dif- 
fuse hypertrophy, as in scleroderma and elephantiasis, or there may 
be a circumscribed increase of these, as in keloid. Atrophy of the 
collagen occurs in many cutaneous affections. 

The elastic fibres of the corium, so far as our present knowledge 
goes, are not subject to hypertrophy, but more or less atrophy takes 
place in many diseases. It disappears in the area occupied by the 
cellular infiltration about malignant growths, such as carcinoma and 
sarcoma, and is absent in atrophic scars. Rupture of the elastic fibres 
may occur from over-distention of the skin, as in the striae atrophicse 
of pregnancy. 

Both the cellular and fibrous elements of the corium may undergo 
various forms of degeneration, such as fatty, hyaline, colloid, and 
myxomatous degeneration, which do not differ essentially from those 
occurring in other tissues. Fatty degeneration of the connective- 
tissue cells of the corium is one of the principal pathological changes 
present in xanthoma tuberosum, while the same process, affecting 



GENERAL PATHOLOGY 33 

the muscle-cells of the lids, is present, according to Pollitzer, in xan- 
thoma planum. Colloid or hyaline degeneration takes place in the 
cells of a number of affections which have their seat in the corium, 
such as syphilis, rhinoscleroma, and diseases attended by suppuration. 

Colloid degeneration of the fibres of the corium has been observed 
chiefly in connection with so-called colloid milium. 

Myxomatous degeneration occurs in various new growths, both 
benign and malignant, and in myxcedema. 

In many diseases of the skin the fibrous and elastic elements, the 
collagen and elastin, undergo degeneration, which causes them to 
lose their normal affinity for acid dyes and to become basophilic; the 
collagen is transformed into collacin and collastin, the elastin into 
elacin. This degeneration may very well be demonstrated in the senile 
skin by the use of appropriate staining methods. Our knowledge, 
however, of these degenerations is still very incomplete. 

Quantitative and qualitative alterations of the pigment of the skin 
occur as an accompaniment or sequel of many cutaneous affections, 
usually associated with other pathological changes of various kinds, but 
in a few instances alone. The pigment is of two sorts, viz., an iron- 
containing one, always pathological, composed of yellow crystalline 
granules, hccmatoidin, and dark amorphous granules, hemosiderin, 
and an iron-free pigment, melanin, which exists normally in the skin in 
certain regions. Pigmentation from deposit of haematoidin and haemo- 
siderin in the tissues follows extravasation of blood, such as occurs 
in purpura and after contusions, when it is usually of short duration. 
It also occurs as a sequel of long-standing inflammations accompanied 
by venous stasis, such as chronic eczema of the lower extremities, espe- 
cially when associated with varicose veins, when it is apt to be per- 
manent or of long duration. A more or less general pigmentation of 
the skin, due to haemosiderin, occurs in bronze diabetes (haemo- 
chromatosis). 

The origin of melanin is still a matter of debate. There are two 
theories concerning its derivation, one that it is derived from the 
haemoglobin, the other, that it is the product of epithelial cells in the 
epidermis. Hyperpigmentation due to an increase of melanin accom- 
panies or follows many affections of the skin, such as certain forms 
of chronic eczema, lichen planus, and neurofibromatosis (von Reckling- 
hausen's disease). It occurs to a marked degree in certain naevi and 
malignant neoplasms, such as melanosarcoma and pigmented epithe- 
lioma, which, as a rule, exhibit extraordinary malignancy. It accom- 
panies or follows certain general diseases, such as Addison's disease 
and syphilis. 

Hyperpigmentation may result from the ingestion of certain drugs, 
such as arsenic, which produces a diffuse, more or less general dirty 
brown discoloration of the skin when given in considerable quantities 
for a length of time. Arsenical pigmentation is apt to be most marked 
in regions subjected to mechanical irritation or inflammation. 
3 



34 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Pigmentation of an entirely different kind may result from the 
deposit of metallic particles in the skin following the continued use 
of certain salts of the metals, such as nitrate of silver, which produces 
a slaty blue discoloration. 

In all the various forms of hyperpigmentation the pigment occurs 
as golden-brown to dark brown amorphous granules which are most 
abundant in the lower layers of the rete mucosum, especially in the 
basal or columnar cells. They may be so abundant as to completely 
obscure the outlines of the cells containing them. Pigment granules 
are also present lying free between the epithelial cells in the inter- 
cellular spaces, and in certain stellate cells, the so-called melanoblasts 
of Ehrmann. The papillary layer and upper portion of the pars 
reticularis of the corium also contain pigment, but rarely in quantities 
comparable with that present in the epidermis. 

Absence, or a marked decrease of pigment, occasionally occurs as 
an inherited congenital defect, as in albinism, or it may occur in circum- 
scribed areas as an acquired condition, usually preceded by a tem- 
porary increase, as in vertiligo. 

According to Ehrmann, hemosiderin is found only in the con- 
nective-tissue spaces and secondarily in the leucocytes, while melanin 
is situated within the epithelial cells and in the melanoblasts. 



CHAPTER V 
GENERAL DIAGNOSIS 

An accurate diagnosis must of necessity precede the rational treat- 
ment of cutaneous, as well as of visceral disease, and this can only be 
arrived at by careful and methodical examination, not only of the 
disease under consideration, but of the patient as well. If we are to 
avoid error and arrive at trustworthy conclusions, a certain orderly 
procedure should be observed. 

The examination, when possible, should be made by daylight, since 
most colors are altered by artificial light, and some, such as yellow, 
may not be visible at all, unless the light is quite white, like the electric 
arc light. Every portion of the eruption should be seen, since to exam- 
ine but a part of it is to invite error, for the same eruption may, and 
frequently does, exhibit marked differences according to locality. 
One should not be satisfied with the patient's statement that all of the 
eruption is precisely like that exposed to view; one should see for 
himself. Not only should the whole eruption be examined, but in 
doubtful cases the entire cutaneous surface should be subjected to 
careful scrutiny ; in no other way can one so quickly and certainly 
learn its extent, distribution, and localization. Not infrequently faint, 
but entirely characteristic, lesions may be present of which the patient 
is entirely unaware, or which, for some reason, he desires to conceal. 
Indeed, it is an excellent rule at the first visit to strip the patient, if it 
is a man or child. Of course, when the patient is a woman we must 
often be satisfied to inspect the skin in sections. 

Age, sex, race, occupation, habits of life, should all be carefully 
noted, since these frequently have an important bearing on the 
diagnosis. 

Age. — A considerable number of diseases occur far more frequently 
in childhood than in adult age, and some are practically confined to 
this period of life. The exanthemata, impetigo contagiosa, and ring- 
worm of the scalp are diseases of childhood, while lupus vulgaris, and 
some others of the tuberculous affections of the skin, although not 
limited to this period, usually have their beginning before puberty. 
On the other hand, acne vulgaris is practically never seen before 
puberty, and epithelioma is uncommon before forty years of age. 

Sex. — For purely anatomical reasons, sycosis, both the parasitic 
and non-parasitic varieties, is exclusively a disease of the male sex, 
while Paget's disease, impetigo herpetiformis and chloasma are so 
rarely observed in the male as to be practically affections of the female 
sex. A certain variety of dermatitis herpetiformis, herpes gestationis, 
as its name indicates, is confined exclusively to women. 

Race. — Keloid is far more frequently seen in the negro than in 

35 



36 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the white race, while psoriasis is extremely uncommon in the pure- 
blooded negro. Multiple hemorrhagic sarcoma of the skin exhibits an 
extraordinary predilection for the Hebrew race. 

Occupation. — Those exposed to contact with the innumerable 
chemical substances used in the various arts and trades are much more 
likely to suffer from dermatitis and eczema than those whose occu- 
pation does not so expose them. Those whose occupation exposes 
them to the rays of the sun and to the wind are much more apt to suffer 
from certain degenerative changes of the skin leading to malignant 
disease. 

The patient's habits, especially as to his eating and drinking, also 
largely influence his liability to certain diseases, such as acne rosacea, 
pruritus, and those affections like ecthyma which depend upon sec- 
ondary infections. 

The character of the primary lesions should be carefully noted, i.e., 
whether they are macules, papules, vesicles, pustules or blebs, and 
they must be carefully distinguished from secondary lesions. The 
character of the primary lesions may best be observed in those of recent 
origin and when the eruption tends to occur in patches in which the 
individuality of the lesions is lost, in the discrete lesions about the 
border of the patch or some little distance from it. 

In studying any eruption it should be noted whether it is a uniform 
one, i.e., that composed of but a single kind of lesion, as in lichen planus 
and psoriasis, or whether it contains several varieties of lesion, as in 
scabies and eczema. The distribution, arrangement, localization and 
evolution are all matters of more or less significance in diagnosis. For 
example, a vesicular eruption distributed over the course of the brachial 
plexus, or over the intercostal nerves, arranged in groups, is distinctive 
of herpes zoster. A multiform eruption between the fingers, on the flex- 
ures of the wrists, on the anterior fold of the axillae, and, in the male, 
upon the shaft of the penis, is almost certainly scabies. 

The presence or absence of secondary lesions, such as crusts, scales, 
excoriations, should be noted. The presence of crusts is almost always 
indicative of precedent moisture, serum, pus, or blood, while excoria- 
tions, especially linear ones, point unerringly to the existence of more 
or less severe itching, and their localization often affords a clue to the 
nature of its cause. 

Not only should the history of the disease under immediate con- 
sideration be carefully gone into, but, what is just as important, indeed 
sometimes more so, the patient's previous medical history should be 
carefully considered, not only as to previous cutaneous diseases, but as 
to the constitutional affections from which he may have suffered. 
The presence or absence of the same or other cutaneous affections in 
other members of the family or household should be inquired into with 
a view to learning whether heredity or contagion plays any part in his 
disease. Inquiry should be made as to whether he has had treatment, 
local or internal, before coming under observation, and, if so, what has 



GENERAL DIAGNOSIS 37 

been the nature of it, and more especially what drugs, if any, have been 
taken internally. One should always be on the lookout for drug- 
eruptions which may complicate the diagnosis greatly. Eruptions are 
frequently greatly altered by local applications employed by the 
patient himself, or ordered by the previous medical adviser, which fre- 
quently mask the original disease by an artificial dermatitis. Under 
such circumstances the original affection only becomes manifest after 
the artificial condition subsides, either from judicious treatment or 
spontaneously. 

While the history of the case is without doubt often of great 
assistance in arriving at a correct diagnosis, it is almost as often of no 
use or, w T orse, misleading. Since patients are rarely accurate obser- 
vers ; since they often have notions of their own, which are erroneous 
concerning the nature and origin of their maladies and which materially 
influence their statements ; and since they not infrequently endeavor 
to mislead the physician when they suspect their affection to be of 
venereal origin, or when they are the subjects of hysteria, the exercise 
of a rational skepticism in the matter of histories is much to be preferred 
to a too easy credulity. 

Valuable information may occasionally be obtained from an in- 
spection of the mucous membranes adjoining the skin, more especially 
in cutaneous syphilis. The nature of a doubtful or only faintly visible 
eruption may at once be made plain by the finding of a mucous patch 
on the labial or lingual mucous membrane or a flat condyloma at the 
verge of the anus. 

The employment of tuberculin after the methods of von Pirquet 
and of Morro is often of great use in the recognition of the tuberculous 
affections of the skin, and complement fixation (Wassermann test) 
is always to be employed in obscure or suspected syphilis of the skin. 
Although far less useful than the Wassermann reaction, intradermic 
injections of luetin, killed cultures of the spirochaeta pallida are also 
useful, especially in the diagnosis of late cutaneous lesions of syphilis. 

The microscope is an invaluable aid in the diagnosis of cutaneous 
maladies, but its successful use demands not only a thorough knowl- 
edge of microscopic technic, but an extensive acquaintance with the 
histopathology of the skin. With the aid of local anaesthesia, it is 
entirely practicable to excise small portions of diseased tissue and 
subject them to microscopic study, a method of diagnosis frequently 
of the greatest value, and one which should be employed in all doubtful 
and obscure cases. The examination, however, of crusts and scales 
and hair for the vegetable parasites requires only the most elementary 
knowledge of the use of the microscope. 

The recently employed intracutaneous injection of certain soluble 
proteins promises to add a diagnostic procedure of value in certain 
inflammations of the skin, more particularly certain eczemas and 
urticaria and other affections exhibiting angioneurotic phenomena. 



CHAPTER VI 

GENERAL THERAPEUTICS 

Since pathological processes and the mechanism of their production 
are essentially the same whatever the tissue involved, and since the 
many causes of disease produce their effects in practically the same 
manner in diseases of the skin as in diseases of the internal organs, 
the same general principles which govern the treatment of the latter 
apply to the treatment of the former. The chief difference between 
the therapeutics of cutaneous maladies and the therapeutics of general 
diseases lies in the fact that in the former our remedies are very fre- 
quently applied directly to the diseased parts. Internal remedies are, 
in the great majority of cases, given in diseases of the skin, not for their 
direct effect upon the cutaneous disease, for a comparatively small 
number of drugs are capable of exerting any curative effect in this 
manner, but for their effect upon either the system at large, or upon 
the functions of the various organs with disease of which cutaneous 
affections are so often directly or indirectly connected. It should be 
constantly borne in mind that there are just as few specifics for diseases 
of the skin as for other diseases. 

In many affections, perhaps in most, both local and internal reme- 
dies are indicated, and frequently both are equally valuable. It should 
be remembered, however, that a large number of cutaneous affections 
are strictly local diseases, in no way dependent upon general con- 
ditions, and therefore curable, if curable at all, by local treatment. 
Under such circumstances, of course, internal treatment is useless and 
may be harmful. 

Since, as has already been pointed out, diet is frequently the direct 
and still more frequently a contributing cause of many affections of the 
skin, this should be regulated with care. It is useless to prescribe 
lotions and ointments for an acne rosacea, even the most effective, if 
the patient is permitted to indulge in sweets, pastry, tea and coffee and 
alcoholic drinks, and the vulvar eczema which occurs in a glycosuric 
woman will be treated in vain so long as sugars and starches form a 
part of her diet. As is well known, shell-fish, strawberries, pork, honey 
and other articles of food may, in certain individuals, give rise to urti- 
caria, and these are, of course, to be rigidly excluded from the diet of 
those who suffer from this affection. Recent studies make it seem 
most probable that food allergy, or protein sensitization, plays a very 
important role in certain inflammatory affections of the skin, especially 
those associated with angioneurotic symptoms. In acutely inflamma- 
tory conditions of the skin, especially when large areas are involved, 
the diet should be of the simplest kind : meats should be taken in great 
38 



GENERAL THERAPEUTICS 39 

moderation, and oftentimes a liquid diet will be found best, with plenty 
of milk, while tea, coffee and alcohol are best omitted altogether. 

The gouty and the rheumatic who suffer from diseases of the skin, 
especially the former, should carefully observe a regimen suited to 
those conditions. 

After all, however, there are many affections of the skin in which the 
diet is a matter of no importance. 

Attention should be paid to the patient's clothing, especially the 
underwear, which may directly cause certain disturbances, either be- 
cause of the material of which it is composed or because of the dyes 
with which it is not infrequently colored. Infants are often too 
warmly clothed, so that the skin is continually bathed in perspiration 
and the sweat-glands are constantly over-stimulated, producing a con- 
dition known as miliaria. Many individuals find woollen underwear 
intolerable, many cases of the so-called winter itch being nothing more 
than the irritation produced by woollen undergarments, and in inflam- 
matory diseases wool should not be worn next to the skin. 

Internal or Constitutional Treatment. — In the internal treatment of 
diseases of the skin the same drugs are, for the most part, employed as in 
the treatment of other affections and for the same reasons — to control 
inflammation, to relieve pain or other distressing sensations, to combat 
infection by destroying or neutralizing the effects of pathogenic organisms. 
There is a large number of drugs which are useful in diseases of the skin, 
and a small number have a more or less direct effect upon this tissue. 
Alkalies, such as the citrate or the acetate of potash, are remedies fre- 
quently found useful in extensive inflammations of the skin accompanied by 
itching or burning, or in those accompanied by symptoms of gout or 
rheumatism. They should be given in considerable doses, sufficient to 
produce and maintain alkalinity of the urine, but their administration 
should not be continued for too long a period without interruption, as 
they are likely to produce gastric disturbance and anaemia when given 
over long periods. 

Laxatives and cathartics form a most valuable group of remedies in the 
treatment of many affections of the skin, and are especially useful in 
eczema and acne. The saline laxatives may be most conveniently and 
agreeably administered in the shape of some one of the many waters 
which are to be found in the market. Fractional doses of calomel fol- 
lowed by a laxative are often of the greatest use in eczema, especially the 
eczemas of children. 

The preparations of iron are frequently of service in diseases of the 
skin when these occur in anaemic subjects, and in such affections as are 
accompanied or followed by general debility. 

Quinine is of great use in a number of cutaneous affections, such as 
pemphigus, exfoliative dermatitis, lupus erythematosus, in those accom- 
panied by evidences of malarial infection, and as a general tonic. 



40 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Cod-liver oil is a remedy of decided value, especially in children 
whose nutrition is impaired. In pustular eczema of children, asso- 
ciated with enlargement of the lymphatic glands, it is a remedy of 
undoubted value. It is also capable of rendering decided service in 
those forms of acne characterized by deep-seated violaceous lesions, 
slow in course, which occur in those with pale doughy skins and swollen 
glands. It was regarded by Hebra as a specific in lichen scrofulosorum. 

The iodides of sodium and potassium are of especial value in the 
skin lesions of late syphilis, but are of little if any use in the early erup- 
tions, a fact of which the majority of physicians seem to be unaware, if 
one may judge from the frequency with which they are prescribed 
in the secondary period of this malady. They are also sometimes 
of decided value in psoriasis, but only when given in large doses. 

While mercury displays its remedial value in diseases of the skin, 
chiefly in those due to syphilis, it is often of decided use in other 
affections. In many cases of eczema accompanied by constipation and 
coated tongue, fractional doses of calomel, or blue pill, followed by 
a saline, will often be accompanied by benefit. 

Remedies which diminish intestinal putrefaction, such as salol, 
salicylate of bismuth, creosote, guaiacol, or betanaphthol, are given in 
those affections which are attributed to absorption of putrefactive 
products from the intestinal tract. It seems doubtful, however, 
whether these are of very much value. 

Among all the drugs which have been employed internally in the 
treatment of diseases of the skin, arsenic for a long time held the first 
place. Its history as a remedy in diseases of the skin practically began 
with the opening of the last century, and for years it was regarded 
as a remedy which could be given with advantage in every affection 
of the skin. Its popularity began to decline in the last quarter of the 
past century, owing, no doubt, to the great influence of Hebra, who 
criticised the use of it in every cutaneous disease, and at the present 
time its use is very much restricted as compared with that of fifty years 
ago. Even yet it is the one internal remedy to which the general 
practitioner is apt to have recourse in a very large number of diseases 
of the skin. In eczema, an affection in which it was at one time largely 
employed, its use is of doubtful efficacy. If useful at all, it is only 
in the dry scaly forms with thickening and scaling, and should never 
be employed in the acute forms or when an acute exacerbation is pres- 
ent. In psoriasis it is often remarkably effective, causing the eruption 
to rapidly disappear, but it is not curative, nor does its continued use 
prevent relapses. In pemphigus, in lichen planus, in dermatitis her- 
petiformis, it is often of great use. It may be given in a number of 
forms— as arsenic trioxide, the solution of potassium arsenite (Fow- 
ler's solution), the solution of sodium arsenate, cacodylate of soda, 
atoxyl and salvarsan (arsenobenzol). Cacodylate of soda and atoxyl 



GENERAL THERAPEUTICS 41 

are especially adapted to hypodermatic use. By the use of these last 
two, enormous amounts of arsenic may be introduced into the system 
without toxic effect, but it is doubtful whether, except in certain specific 
diseases, they produce any therapeutic effect which cannot be obtained 
by the use of the older preparations. While undoubtedly a most 
useful drug in a limited number of diseases, it must not be forgotten 
that its prolonged use is not unattended by untoward and even danger- 
ous effects. The long-continued use of arsenic produces marked pig- 
mentation of the skin and a peculiar form of keratosis, usually confined 
to the palms and soles, which may become the seat of epithelioma in 
time. The most effective way to administer this drug is by hypoder- 
matic injection, or, as in the case of arsenobenzol, intravenously. 

Antimony has been employed in the treatment of inflammatory 
affections of the skin, especially when the symptoms of inflammation 
are acute. According to Ringer, Murrell and Nunn, it exerts an effect 
similar to arsenic upon the epidermis. Its use is contraindicated in 
the debilitated, as it is a powerful depressant. Quite recently it has 
been found to exert a specific effect upon certain infections of the skin, 
such as oriental sore and closely related tropical diseases, due to the 
organism described by Leishman. It is used as tartar emetic and given 
intravenously. From a recent experience the author is inclined to 
believe that it may also be used locally with good effect in such 
maladies. 

Phenol, the various salicylates, and salicin are internal remedies of 
decided value, especially the two latter, in affections such as psoriasis, 
lichen planus and pruritus, salicin being perhaps the most valuable of 
the three, since it may be given in larger doses for considerable time 
without disturbing the stomach or producing other untoward effects. 

Acetanilid, antipyrin, and phenacetin are frequently of decided 
service in relieving itching and burning in such affections as urticaria 
and pruritus ; indeed, in the former they often afford great, although 
often only temporary, relief. 

Sulphur has long had a great reputation among the laity as a remedy 
in diseases of the skin, but it is more than doubtful whether it deserves 
an important place among the useful internal remedies. Its internal 
administration is, however, highly recommended by Crocker in hyperi- 
drosis and other eruptions connected with sweating. Sulphide of 
calcium, which was recommended by Ringer and others as a remedy 
in furunculosis and other diseases accompanied by the formation of pus, 
is, in the author's experience, a useless drug. Ichthyol and thiol, which 
owe whatever therapeutic properties they possess to sulphur, have 
been recommended by Unna and others for a great variety of cutaneous 
affections, but the disagreeable odor of the former and the doubtful 
efficacy of both limit their use decidedly. 

Some of the ductless glands, such as the thyroid and the adrenals, 
either in substance or as extracts, are useful to a limited degree in 



42 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

dermatological therapeutics. The former produces marvellous results 
with which all are acquainted, in myxcedema. It has also been used 
with occasional good effect in psoriasis and scleroderma. 

The hyperdermatic injection of suspensions of killed microorgan- 
isms, such as the bacillus tuberculosis, staphylococci, streptococci, 
bacillus acne, and other organisms concerned in the production of 
cutaneous infection, according to the method of Wright has, in recent 
years, been attended occasionally with brilliant results, but these 
results are far from uniform, most probably because our knowledge 
concerning the etiological relationship of many of these organisms 
to the diseases in which they are found is still inexact. The method, 
erroneously called vaccine treatment, is one of considerable promise, 
although it has thus far fallen short of expectations. Suspensions 
made from the organism obtained from the patient's own lesions, so- 
called autogenous vaccines, are much to be preferred to the stock 
vaccines, but, no doubt, when our knowledge of the infecting organ- 
isms is more exact, the latter will be found quite as effective as the 
former. The diseases in which this method of treatment has been 
found useful are furunculosis, acne, and sycosis vulgaris. Doubtless 
this list will be greatly increased in the near future. 

Within the past five years injections of serum, obtained from other 
individuals, or from the patient's own blood (autoserum), have been 
employed in a number of affections, such as pemphigus, dermatitis 
herpetiformis, especially herpes gestationis, chronic urticaria, psoriasis, 
chronic eczema, and some other chronic itching diseases, with asserted 
remarkable results (Veiel, Linser, Spiethoff, Rubsamen, Gottheil and 
Satenstein, and others). Foreign serum, especially horse serum, has 
been employed in hemorrhagic purpura with occasional beneficial re- 
sults, but in most instances it has failed. The results of serum therapy 
are of such uncertain character that the whole matter must for the 
present be regarded as still in the experimental stage. The with- 
drawal of the blood, the preparation of the serum and its injection 
should be carried out with strict asepsis. From 20 c.c. to 60 c.c, and 
even more, are injected intravenously at each injection. 

External or Local Treatment. — The direct application of remedial 
agents to the diseased parts, external treatment, plays a most important 
role in the treatment of diseases of the skin. Even in those affections in 
which internal remedies are of most importance, the use of local appli- 
cations will also frequently be found indispensable, not only for the relief 
of symptoms, but as an important aid to cure. Many diseases of the skin 
yield more or less readily to local remedies, and in many more both local 
and internal treatment are requisite to recovery. It is in the use of local 
remedies that dermatological therapeutics differ from the therapeutics 
of constitutional and visceral diseases, and success in their employment 
is largely a matter of experience, so that, other things being equal, 
he will best succeed with these who has had the largest experience in 
their use. 



GENERAL THERAPEUTICS 43 

In applying remedial agents to the skin, many and various vehicles 
are employed, such as baths, washes or lotions, ointments or salves, 
dusting powders, pastes, varnishes, soaps, gelatins and plasters, and 
the selection of the vehicle in any given case is, by no means, a matter 
of indifference; indeed, it is oftentimes secondary in importance only to 
the selection of the remedy to be incorporated with it. 

It should always be borne in mind that the therapeutic effect of 
many external remedies, like that of many internal ones, varies greatly 
according to the dose. Weak preparations of salicylic acid act as a 
stimulant to keratinization, strong ones are keratolytic, softening the 
horny layer of the epidermis and causing its exfoliation. Menthol 
ointment, two or three grains to the ounce, is markedly sedative, and 
especially useful in pruritic diseases, while one containing ten or 
fifteen grains is decidedly irritating. 

In the treatment of acute inflammations of the skin washes or 
lotions, as a rule, will be found to be more agreeable to the patient, 
and at the same time more effective than ointments, while in chronic 
affections, attended by considerable tissue-change, the reverse is usually 
true. Exceptions, however, are not infrequent. 

Baths may be employed in diseases of the skin for the purpose of 
removing such pathological products as scales and crusts in order 
to facilitate the application of local remedies. When used for this 
purpose, they consist of plain water, or water to which some alkali, 
such as bicarbonate of soda, or biborate of soda, has been added, the 
latter being preferable when the accumulation of scales or crusts is at 
all considerable. The indiscriminate use of baths in acute inflamma- 
tory affections of the skin is often injurious, although the first effect 
may be agreeable. Baths to which bran, starch, or other mucilaginous 
substance has been added are frequently employed as palliatives in 
inflammatory affections attended by itching and burning. The con- 
tinuous bath in which the patient is immersed for several hours or even 
days at a time is useful in extensive inflammations of the skin, as in 
pemphigus and extensive burns. 

It is frequently necessary to remove scales and crusts from the 
skin before local treatment can be properly employed — to apply an 
ointment or lotion to a surface covered by thick crusts for the pur- 
pose of influencing the diseased skin beneath is futile. Water, either 
warm or cold, alone or with soap, is frequently sufficient, but in many 
inflammatory affections, such as eczema, the application of soap and 
water is frequently harmful and should be avoided when possible. In 
certain situations, such as the scalp, it may be difficult to remove the 
accumulation of crusts and scales by simple washing without first 
softening these. For this purpose we may employ starch poultices 
made with a saturated solution of boric acid, or the liberal application of 
bland fats, such as olive oil, oil of sweet almond or some one of the 
petroleum fats, such as vaseline or cosmoline. Where a considerable 
surface is involved, a prolonged tepid bath of plain water or, better, 



44 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

one made slightly alkaline by the addition of three or four ounces 
(90.0 or 120.0) of sodium bicarbonate or borax to thirty gallons (120 
litres) of water may be used with good effect. 

Dusting powders are composed of various vegetable and inorganic 
powders, such as starch, lycopodium, oxide of zinc, subcarbonate or 
subnitrate of bismuth, or talcum. The inorganic powders are prefer- 
able usually to the vegetable ones, because they do not readily undergo 
decomposition in the presence of heat and moisture. These are em- 
ployed as protectives in inflamed conditions of the skin, or as absorb- 
ents, and may be used either alone or combined with medicinal 
substances, such as various antiseptics like boric acid, salicylic acid, 
or with sedatives such as phenol or menthol, when it is desired to allay 
itching and burning. To obtain the best results from the use of such 
powders they should be liberally applied. 

Lotions or washes are aqueous or alcoholic solutions, usually the 
former, of various medicinal substances which are applied to the dis- 
eased parts by mopping or spraying and then allowed to evaporate. 
To apply them on lint or gauze, which is then covered over with a 
bandage or some impervious covering, such as paraffined paper or 
oiled silk, is to misuse them, since it defeats one of the purposes for 
which they are used, viz., cooling by evaporation. They are no longer 
lotions, but fomentations. The addition of insoluble powders, such 
as oxide of zinc or subnitrate of bismuth, is often desirable, since these 
form a protective covering after the evaporation of the water and prolong 
the effect of the substance in solution, or the lotion may be immediately 
followed by the application of a dusting powder. While often a most 
useful form of local application, their effect is usually much less lasting 
than other local remedies, such as ointments, and is also quite super- 
ficial. They are indicated chiefly in acute affections and those in which 
the tissue changes are superficial, and are employed for their cooling 
or sedative effect, or as astringents, stimulants and antiseptics. 

Salves or ointments are more largely used as local remedies in 
diseases of the skin than any other form of application, and are, all in 
all, the most useful form of local medication. They are composed of 
a great variety of medicinal agents incorporated with some fatty base, 
and according to the purpose in view they are merely protective or 
astringent, sedative, stimulating, parasiticide, or alterative, and the 
effect may be greatly varied merely by the manner in which they are 
employed. 

If they are to be used simply as a protective, they should be bland, 
of rather firm consistence, and should be applied with very gentle 
friction, either directly to the skin, or, if the parts are sensitive, they may 
be spread upon lint or gauze and gently laid upon the diseased area. 

If it is desired to affect the deeper portions of the skin, they should 
be thoroughly rubbed in, not merely smeared over the affected parts. 
A large number of fatty substances are employed as bases for oint- 
ments and it is by no means an unimportant matter what particular 



GENERAL THERAPEUTICS 45 

base is employed in a given case. When penetration is desired one 
of the best bases is lard, but it has the disadvantage, common to many 
animal fats, that it readily becomes rancid and is then an irritant. 
Mineral fats, such as are obtained from petroleum, have the very 
great advantage over those of animal or vegetable origin in that they 
are unalterable, but most of them have a low melting point, so that they 
readily become soft when applied to the skin and are absorbed by 
clothing or bandages. Lanolin, or wool fat, adeps lanas, a cholesterin 
fat largely employed in recent years, may be made to penetrate the 
skin quite readily, but is too viscid to be used alone. When combined 
with some soft fat, such as lard, or with an oil, such as oil of sweet 
almond, or lard oil, it forms an excellent ointment base when it is 
desired to produce a deep effect. As a rule the best ointment bases 
are obtained by combining two or more fats. 

Quite recently an admirable ointment-base, known as eucerin, has 
been introduced by Unna. It is a derivative of wool fat, adeps lanae, 
but lacks the objectionable viscid quality of that fat. It is entirely 
odorless and may be made to penetrate the skin very readily. The 
author has used it extensively in the past two or three years and finds 
it especially adapted for use upon the scalp ; indeed, it is one of the 
very best bases for ointments to be used in this region. 

The following may be mentioned as examples of soothing and pro- 
tective ointments to be employed alone or as vehicles for more active 
remedies : Unguentum Aqua Rosse, which is one of the most elegant 
and agreeable of all ; Unguentum Zinci oxidi, diachylon ointment, or 
a substitute composed of equal parts of lead plaster and cosmoline. 
The zinc ointment of the Pharmacopoeia may be advantageously re- 
placed by one containing two drachms (8.0) of oxide of zinc to six 
drachms (24.0) of the Unguentum Aqua Rosse, being far more soothing 
than the official ointment. 

A very valuable modification of the ointment is the pastes which 
are much more adhesive, form a better protective covering than the 
former, and act to a limited extent as absorbents. They contain con- 
siderable quantities of stearate or oxide of zinc, subcarbonate or sub- 
nitrate of bismuth, or talc combined with starch, gum, or dextrin, and 
some fatty base. To these, various active medicinal substances, such 
as salicylic and boric acids, tar, resorcin, ichthyol, and many others, 
may be added as indicated. They should not be applied to parts 
covered by hair unless first shaved and should be removed once a day 
by the application of some fatty substance, such as vaseline, olive oil or 
oil of sweet almond ; soap and water only make them more adhesive. 
One of the most frequently employed is one devised by Lassar and 
known by his name ; the formula is as follows : 

B. Acid, salicylic gr. x (0.65) 

Pulv. amyli, 

Pulv. zinci oxidi aa 3ii (8.0) 

Petrolat Sss (16.0) 

M. 



46 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Pastes, as a rule, are not suitable when there is free oozing. It is 
difficult to apply them to moist surfaces and they do not adhere. 

Glycerin is a valuable addition to washes and salves when suffi- 
ciently diluted, making them much less drying; undiluted, it is quite 
irritating to the skin. When combined with a considerable proportion 
of gelatin it forms the so-called glycogelatins which, solid when cold, 
become quite fluid when warmed, so that they may be readily applied 
to the skin with a flat brush. When it is desired to give them con- 
sistency, powders, like oxide of zinc, in varying proportions are added. 
These are a useful form of application when it is desired to employ 
a dressing which affords the utmost protection to the diseased surface, 
and which may be left undisturbed for a considerable period. They 
may have a variety of drugs, such as sulphur, ichthyol, calomel, am- 
moniated mercury or chrysarobin, added to them, according to the indi- 
cations of the individual case. When it is desired to remove them this 
may be readily done by the use of hot water. 

Varnishes are of two kinds — those soluble in water, which are com- 
posed of gum, such as tragacanth or gum arabic, or bassorin, with 
glycerin and water, and those, like collodion and solutions of gutta- 
percha, which are insoluble in water. These, like the glycogelatins, 
may be medicated in a variety of ways. 

Plasters are employed to a limited extent when it is desired to avoid 
the use of greasy applications or to produce a more continuous impres- 
sion upon the affected parts as well as to protect them. While they 
are convenient and cleanly, they labor under the disadvantage common 
to all fixed dressings — that they cannot be altered in composition and 
proportion to suit the individual case. Useful forms of plaster are the 
salve muslins, mulls, and plaster mulls introduced into dermatological 
therapeutics by Unna. These are cleanly and effective, but are open 
to the same objection that other forms of plaster are. They are medi- 
cated with salicylic acid, tar, salts of mercury, oxide of zinc and a 
great variety of other medicaments in varying strengths. 

Soaps are useful in the treatment of diseases of the skin as detersives 
or as vehicles for various medicinal agents. As a detersive and stimu- 
lant in various diseases of the skin, sapo viridis, soft soap, which con- 
tains a large amount of potash, is frequently useful, but owing to the 
large amount of free alkali in its composition it must be used with 
caution, otherwise it produces a considerable degree of irritation, 
removing the protective horny layer of the epidermis. In recent years 
it has been endeavored to lessen the irritating effects of soap by adding 
an excess of fat, producing so-called " superfatted " soaps. These are 
medicated with salicylic acid, tar, resorcin, ichthyol, thymol, sulphur, 
phenol and various mercurial salts. While soaps are convenient, they 
can by no means replace ointments. They are of use chiefly in parasitic 
diseases, such as scabies, and in diseases of the scalp. 

The following is a brief list of some of the more important remedies 



GENERAL THERAPEUTICS 47 

employed in the treatment of diseases of the skin arranged according 
to their therapeutic effect : 

Protectives. — Simple ointments composed of bland fats (lard, lano- 
lin, petrolatum) and oils (olive oil, oil of sweet almond, oil of sesame) ; 
dusting powders ; plasters. 

Astringents. — Acetate of lead ; acetate and chloride of aluminum ; 
tannic acid ; sulphate of zinc. 

Sedatives and Antipruritics. — Carbolic acid ; menthol ; resorcin ; 
coal-tar; hydrocyanic acid (dilute); weak alkaline solutions; dilute 
acetic acid. 

Keratoplasty Agents (those which favor keratinization and healing 
of the epidermis). — Salicylic acid (when used weak) ; resorcin (in mod- 
erate strengths); sulphur; tar; tumenol ; formaldehyde; chrysarobin ; 
salts of mercury. 

Keratolytic Agents (those which soften the horny cells of the 
epidermis and cause its exfoliation). — Salicylic acid (one of the most 
important) ; resorcin (when used in considerable strength) ; acetic acid. 

Antiseptics and Parasiticides. — Carbolic acid ; salicylic acid ; resor- 
cin ; salts of mercury, both the soluble and insoluble ; sulphur ; tar ; 
formaldehyde ; naphthol. 

Caustics. — Caustic potash; caustic soda; chloride of zinc; pyro- 
gallol (especially useful in the treatment of fiat superficial epithelioma) ; 
arsenious acid (very effective in malignant growths, but extremely 
painful) ; acetic and trichloracetic acids (superficially acting) ; nitrate 
of silver ; chromic acid ; solid carbon dioxide (carbon dioxide " snow," 
very useful when a superficial effect is desired with but little scarring) ; 
liquid air. 

The various forms of radiant energy, such as concentrated light, 
the X-ray, and the emanations from radium, form a most useful group 
of remedial agents in the treatment of many diseases of the skin. They 
are especially valuable in the treatment of new growths, both benign 
and malignant, and of the infectious granulomata, such as tuberculosis. 
The X-ray is likewise frequently of great service in chronic eczema, 
with much thickening, in acne, sycosis, and in the treatment of ring- 
worm of the scalp. Of these, the X-ray is probably the most useful 
to the dermatologist, but it is a remedy potent both for good and evil 
and should accordingly be used with care and discrimination with a full 
appreciation of its powers ; otherwise much harm may result from its 
use. Electrolysis, the high-frequency current, and the violet ray also 
find a limited use in the treatment of diseases of the skin. 



CHAPTER VII 

CONGESTIONS— HYPERjEMLE 

ERYTHEMA SIMPLEX 

By erythema is meant simply redness of the skin, the result of con- 
gestion or over-fulness of the blood-vessels. This redness may affect 
an entire region, may be limited to variously-sized, ill-defined, or well- 
circumscribed patches, or may occur as small spots or macules, varying 
in size from that of a hemp-seed to a pea, when it is often designated 
roseola. In simple hyperemia the redness can be made to disappear 
completely under pressure, but immediately returns when the pressure 
is removed. The skin may be unduly warm to the touch and the 
patient may experience more or less heat or itching, or subjective 
symptoms may be entirely wanting. The entire group of hypersemic 
erythemata are essentially mild inflammations of the skin and might 
with entire propriety and accuracy be described under the title 
dermatitis. 

Two classes of erythemata are recognized — the idiopathic, or those 
in which the skin affection exists independently of any other, and the 
symptomatic, in which the eruption is but a part of a general affection 
or the result of disturbance in some other organ. 

The idiopathic erythemata are for the most part the result of local 
conditions, such as heat, cold, traumatism, or contact of the skin with 
irritants such as various poisonous plants or chemical substances. 

The symptomatic erythemata are, for the most part, toxic manifes- 
tations and are usually part of a general infection, such as the roseola 
of typhoid and of syphilis, the erythematous eruptions which some- 
times accompany or precede cholera, variola, and other general 
infections. Or the toxic substance may be absorbed from the gas- 
trointestinal canal, as in the erythemata which accompany gastric 
disturbances in young children. 

There are a number of clinical varieties of idiopathic erythema 
which are classified chiefly according to their causes. 

Erythema Caloricum. — Under this term are included those forms 
of erythema due to exposure of the skin to heat. A common form of 
this variety of erythema is sunburn, erythema solare, although to be 
quite accurate this is due to the combined effect of heat and the chemi- 
cal rays of light. With the disappearance of the redness more or less 
pigmentation, so-called tanning, remains. 

Erythema ab Igne. — Prolonged exposure to artificial heat, as of the 
fire, will produce a retiform erythema which in time is followed by 
pigmentation presenting a similar net-like arrangement. This variety 
of erythema is seen most frequently upon the lower extremities of those 
who are in the habit of toasting their shins before an open fire or by 

48 



CONGESTIONS 



49 



sitting close to the stove. It may also follow the prolonged applica- 
tion of the hot-water bag, one of the most marked examples of the 
affection which the author has ever seen having been produced in this 
manner in the sacral region. The pigmentation, which follows the 
erythema, is frequently mistaken for a syphilitic symptom. 

Erythema Traumaticum. — Mild injuries of the skin, such as follow 
pressure or friction, may produce an erythema. 

Erythema Venenatum. — Exposure to contact with poisonous plants 
and many chemical substances, such as dye-stuffs, or medicinal sub- 
stances used as local remedies, may produce an erythema which, unless 
the exposure is short, usually passes into a dermatitis. 

Erythema Pernio. — -Exposure to cold in the young and old with 
feeble circulation produces an erythema situated upon the extremities, 
especially upon the toes, heels, and outer sides of the sole, less fre- 
quently upon the nose and ears. The affected regions are usually a 
dusky red or bluish red, and itch and burn to a marked degree, espe- 
cially when the parts become warm. The affection usually disap- 
pears in warm weather more or less completely, to recur with the 
return of cold weather year after year. Exceptionally, inflammation, 
vesiculation, and even ulceration, may occur as the result of neglect, 
or from rubbing of the shoe. Those who suffer from this form of 
erythema usually have a sluggish peripheral circulation, as shown by 
dusky extremities which may become quite livid when cold. 

In the treatment of pernio effort should be made to improve the 
circulation in the affected parts by the application of stimulating 
lotions and liniments, such as soap liniment; by alternate immersion 
in hot and cold water, and protection by warm clothing. Duhring 
found a lotion containing five grains (0.32) each of sulphate of zinc and 
sulphuret of potash to the ounce (32) of water a useful application. 
Tinctura iodi, painted on lightly once a day, is useful ; or 25—50 per cent, 
ichthyol solution may be applied in the same manner. When the parts 
are lightly frosted, Lapatin has advised the application, once a day, 
for three or four successive days, of equal parts of dilute nitric acid 
and peppermint water. If the parts are severely frozen, they should 
be kept away from the fire, and efforts to restore the circulation be 
made by friction with snow, when this is obtainable. 

Erythema intertrigo, or simply intertrigo, chafing, occurs upon 
opposed skin surfaces and is the combined effect of heat, moisture, 
and friction. It occurs in the axillae, the groins, between the but- 
tocks, on the inner surfaces of the thighs, and beneath the breasts in 
women ; in fat subjects, especially in infants, it occurs likewise in 
the flexures of the joints. The skin is bright red at first, and later 
becomes moist with maceration of the corneous layer of the epidermis. 
There is a variable amount of tenderness with heat. If neglected, or 
if injudiciously treated, a true eczema is likely to follow. It is usually 
much worse in warm weather, when it may be the source of much 
annoyance to stout subjects. 
4 



50 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The disease is produced by purely local conditions, and is the 
result of heat, moisture, and friction combined. It may result from 
neglect in infants, especially in the region of the buttocks and groins ; 
or, on the other hand, from too frequent bathing. 

It is to be distinguished from eczema by its limitation to those 
regions in which opposed surfaces of the skin are in contact, and by 
the absence of itching and infiltration of the skin. In infants it is 
to be differentiated from syphilitic erythema, which is likely to occur 
in this region, by the usually darker hue of the redness, its limita- 
tion to the buttocks, and the absence of syphilitic lesions elsewhere. 

In the treatment of intertrigo the parts should be mopped frequently 
with a saturated solution of boric acid, and afterwards freely powdered 
with a dusting powder composed of equal parts of talc, oxide of 
zinc, and boric acid. Or, in regions where there is an abundance of 
perspiration, a powder containing one per cent, of salicylic acid will 
be found serviceable. The opposed surfaces should be kept apart by 
lint or gauze, or, as suggested by Unna, by thin bags made of cheese- 
cloth or other loose-meshed cloth filled with a dusting powder such 
as has been given above. Occasional applications of weak astringent 
lotions containing acetate of lead, sulphate of zinc, or aluminum acetate 
are at times useful. In infants particular care should be taken to 
remove soiled napkins at once, and to keep the parts thoroughly dry 
by the liberal application of a dusting powder. As a rule, salves 
should not be used, although an exception may be made in favor of 
the so-called pastes which contain a large quantity of powder. 



CHAPTER VIII 

INFLAMMATIONS— EXUDATIONES 

ERYTHEMA MULTIFORME 

Synonyms. — Erythema exsudativum multiforme (Hebra) ; Fr., 
firytheme multiforme. 

Definition. — An acute inflammatory disease of the skin distin- 
guished by an eruption composed of a variety of lesions, such as 
macules, papules, nodules, and, less frequently, vesicles and bullae, in 
varying combination and arrangement. 

Symptoms. — The attack usually begins abruptly without premoni- 
tory symptoms, although in a small number of cases there are headache, 
malaise, and slight fever for some hours before the appearance of 
the eruption ; and in rare instances there is considerable elevation of 
temperature, amounting to io2°-i03° F., with muscular and joint pains 
and swelling of the joints, the eruption appearing only after twenty- 
four to thirty-six hours. As its name indicates, the eruption presents 
considerable variety in the type of lesions and their arrangement. 

In the commonest form of the disease the eruption consists of a 
variable number of, at first bright red, later violaceous, macules and 
flat papules, the latter frequently exhibiting a small central punctum 
which later may become a decided depression, occasionally transform- 
ing the larger papules into ring-shaped lesions. The eruption shows 
a decided predilection for certain localities, such as the backs of the 
hands (the most frequent site), the extensor surface of the forearms, 
the sides of the neck over the sterno-mastoid muscles, about the elbows 
and knees, and the tops of the feet. Much less frequently the erup- 
tion occurs upon the trunk, where it is most apt to be of the macular 
type (Fig. 7). 

The macules occasionally undergo involution in the centre, while 
they continue to spread peripherally, forming well-defined rings, ery- 
thema annulare. New macules may appear in the centre of these 
rings, which undergo the same development, and in this manner sev- 
eral concentric rings arise of different colors, the new ones bright red, 
the older ones bluish or greenish, erythema iris (Fig. 8) ; or several 
spreading rings may join to form gyrate figures, erythema gyratum. 
The eruption may consist of a variable number of variously sized, 
round, or irregularly shaped patches with somewhat elevated borders, 
erythema marginatum. All these varieties of macular eruption are 
seen most frequently upon the trunk. 

Somewhat exceptionally, the inflammatory process may go on 
to the production of sufficient exudation to form vesicles, or blebs, 
erythema vesiculosum, erythema bullosum, situated, in most cases, 
upon the hands and forearms, a variety occurring comparatively fre- 

51 



52 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



quently in newly arrived immigrants. The vesicles may be arranged 
about the borders of erythematous patches forming rings, herpes cir- 
cinatus ; or there may be several concentric rings of vesicles, herpes 
iris. Subjective symptoms are often entirely absent, but itching, vary- 
ing from slight to severe, is present in a certain number of cases. 

In rare cases the mucous membrane of the lips and of the cheeks 
may also be attacked. 

The number of the lesions and the extent of the eruption vary 
considerably. In the maculopapular form the number of macules 
and papules is usually quite limited. There may be no more than 
a dozen of papules on the backs of the hands, with a few on the sides 
of the neck; but occasionally there may be scores of them covering 




Fig. 7. — Erythema multiforme, papular variety. 



the hands and the forearms, the sides of the neck, the forehead, and 
cheeks. In the various macular forms, occurring for the most part 
on the trunk, the greater part of this region may be covered, although 
here, too, the patches may be quite limited in number. 

In rare cases the eruption, instead of being on both sides of the 
body, may be confined to a limited area on one side. In a case under 
the author's observation in the University Hospital, it was limited 
to the inguinal region of the left side, the lesions being of the maculo- 
papular type and typical in every respect. There were frequent recur- 
rences, three or four each year, for several years. 

In mild cases of the papular type new lesions usually continue to 
appear for two or three days, and the attack ends in a week. In the 



INFLAMMATIONS 



53 



severe forms there may be a number of crops coming out irregularly, 
prolonging the disease to two or three weeks. In rare instances the 
affection may last for months, or even several years, erythema perstans 
(Kaposi, Stelwagon). 

In a certain small proportion of cases the eruption is accompanied 
by pronounced constitutional disturbance, sometimes of a serious 
character, with visceral symptoms. Osier has reported a considerable 




Fig. 



-Erythema multiforme (erythema iris). 



series of cases in which, along with a characteristic eruption, there 
were nausea, vomiting, gastro-intestinal pains, and diarrhoea, with 
occasional bloody stools. 

Recurrences are very common in all varieties of the malady, espe- 
cially so in the papular form, and not very infrequently there are 
several attacks a year. In a young woman, under the author's care 




Fig. 8a. — Erythema multiforme. 

some years ago, there had been an attack every year in the spring for 
sixteen years. 

Etiology. — Age and season are common predisposing causes. It 
is quite infrequent in childhood and old age, but occurs most frequently 
in youth and young adults. It is much more common in the spring 
and autumn than at other seasons, although it may occur at any time 
of the year. Sex is without any appreciable influence upon its occurrence, 



54 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The association of the eruption with painful and occasionally swol- 
len joints in a certain proportion of the cases inclines many authorities 
to regard the affection as of rheumatic origin; but it need hardly be 
pointed out that there are many kinds of arthritis which have nothing 
to do with rheumatism. There is no satisfactory proof, in the author's 
opinion, of its rheumatic origin. A perfectly typical erythema multi- 
forme is occasionally produced by certain drugs and sera, such as anti- 
pyrin, the salicylates, the iodides, copaiba, and antitoxin. The author 
has seen a most characteristic eruption follow the ingestion of copaiba. 
It is occasionally observed in septic conditions, and is then apt to be 
quite extensive in its distribution. 

Crocker observed the papular variety to follow irritation of the 
extremities from exposure to cold, to the sun, and to sea-winds; but 
these could hardly have been anything more than predisposing factors. 

Pathology. — The preponderance of evidence is greatly in favor of 
the view that erythema multiforme is of toxic character; and it is 
altogether probable that diverse toxins are concerned in its produc- 
tion, a view to which its occurrence after drugs and sera lends much 
support. Its occasional association with septic conditions seems to make 
it likely that it may also at times be the result of infection. 

Erythema multiforme, urticaria, and purpura are apparently closely 
related affections, and at times seem to alternate with one another 
in the same subject. It therefore seems quite probable that they are 
due to similar or perhaps identical causes, and that the mechanism of 
their production is much the same. 

The histological features are those of a dermatitis. The papillae 
of the corium are cedematous and wider than normal, and their vessels 
are dilated and surrounded by a more or less pronounced exudate of 
lymphocytes, polynuclear leucocytes, and not infrequently a few red cells 
which give to the papules their characteristic crimson or bluish color. 
In the epidermis, in which the changes are of a secondary character, 
the cells of the rete are somewhat swollen, and the intercellular spaces 
are enlarged and contain a small number of leucocytes. In the vesicu- 
lar and bullous forms all these alterations are much more pronounced. 
The rete contains intercellular cavities filled with serum and leuco- 
cytes, and in the bullous form the horny layer, or the entire epidermis, 
is lifted up from its attachment to the papillary body by an abundant 
exudation of serum. The contents of the vesicles and blebs are usually 
sterile, but sometimes contain staphylococci. 

Diagnosis. — The multiform character of the eruption; the bright 
red color which shortly becomes bluish; the frequent presence of a 
central point or depression in many of the papules ; the pronounced 
preference for the backs of the hands ; the absence or trivial character 
of the subjective symptoms, in most cases ; and the decided tendency 
to recurrences, are the characteristic features which distinguish it from 
other eruptions. 

It is most likely to be mistaken for urticaria, especially if itching 
is present ; but the bright red or violaceous color of the papules, the 



INFLAMMATIONS 55 

presence of a central depression in many of them, and more particu- 
larly their persistence, in marked contrast to the evanescence of the 
urticarial wheal, serve to distinguish it from that affection. 

The frequently multiform character of the eruption and the large 
size and color of the papules, the absence of marked itching, and its 
characteristic localization upon the backs of the hands sufficiently dis- 
tinguish it from papular eczema. 

The bullous form is to be distinguished from pemphigus and the 
bullous variety of dermatitis herpetiformis. Both the latter are chronic 
diseases, and dermatitis herpetiformis is attended, as a rule, by vio- 
lent itching. Erythema multiforme is practically always an acute affec- 
tion, and seldom itches to any extent. It must be admitted, however, 
that in its beginning stage dermatitis herpetiformis may resemble bullous 
erythema multiforme sufficiently ,to make a positive differential diagnosis 
between the two possible only after a period of observation. 

A certain degree of resemblance may at times exist between erythema 
multiforme and erythema nodosum, but the lesions of the latter are 
decidedly larger than those of the former, are situated, in most cases, 
over the front of the leg, and are often very sensitive or painful. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — With the exception of the cases accom- 
panied by visceral symptoms and those of septic origin, the prognosis 
is always favorable. In the cases with visceral complications, and in 
those of septic origin, grave symptoms may arise, followed at times by a 
fatal issue. As already observed, recurrences are common, and may 
appear year after year, sometimes several times a year. 

The disease is probably but little influenced by any form of treat- 
ment. In cases of average severity the administration of a saline laxa- 
tive and the application of a lotion of phenol, one per cent., or of 
menthol, one-half per cent., in thirty per cent, alcohol, if itching is pres- 
ent, will usually be sufficient. When muscular and arthritic pains are asso- 
ciated with the eruption, salicylate of soda, aspirin, or salicin may be 
given with advantage in moderate doses. In those with visceral com- 
plications or of septic origin, salicylate of quinine should be given in 
considerable doses. Villemin regarded iodide of potassium as a specific, 
but it is more than doubtful whether it exercises any appreciable 
effect. For the prevention of recurrences the salicylate of soda, salol, 
or salicylate of quinine in moderate doses may be given intermittently 
for some time; but it must be confessed that these frequently fail to 
prevent them. 

ERYTHEMA NODOSUM 

Synonyms. — Dermatitis contusif ormis ; erythema contusif orme ; Fr., 
firytheme noueux ; Ger., Knotenerythem. 

Definition. — An acute inflammatory disease characterized by pain- 
ful nodes situated, in most instances, upon the legs over the tibia. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins abruptly with some constitutional 
disturbance — headache, muscular and joint pains, the latter at times 



56 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

quite pronounced, and fever. After some hours, or, less frequently, 
after a day or two, bright red, ill-defined, round or oval spots appear 
upon the legs, usually over the tibia, which are quite sensitive, and 
upon palpation are found to be deep-seated nodes. These, after a day 
or two, as they approach the surface, present some elevation and in- 
crease in size until they become as large as a small nut, or, excep- 
tionally, as large as a pigeon's egg. Bright red at first, within two 
or three days they become bluish, later greenish, and finally brownish, 
presenting the changes in color shown by an ordinary bruise, hence 
one of its names, dermatitis contusiformis. At first they are quite 
firm, but later, when fully developed, they are somewhat soft and 
elastic, and upon palpation frequently give a sensation of fluctuation 
like an abscess, which they may resemble somewhat; but suppuration 
rarely occurs, although it has been noted by a few observers. The 
number on each leg varies from two or three to a dozen or twenty; 
but as a rule they are present in moderate numbers. Occasionally 
they occur upon the forearms, usually upon the outer side ; and, quite 
exceptionally, they are seen upon the face. In rare instances they 
have been seen upon the mucous membranes of the mouth and pharynx, 
and Cott has reported a case in which they were present upon the 
tracheal mucosa, giving rise to alarming dyspnoea. In exceptional 
cases the constitutional disturbance is pronounced, the temperature 
reaching 104 or 105 ° F. ; and hemorrhage may occur in the nodes, 
giving them a crimson or purplish color, which does not disappear 
under pressure. 

Occasionally mixed cases occur, in which, along with the usual 
nodes upon the legs, there is a papular eruption on the backs of the 
hands characteristic of erythema multiforme. Such cases go far to 
support the contention of those who regard the malady as a variety of 
the latter. 

The duration of an attack varies from ten days to two or three 
weeks, but it is not very rare to see it last five or six weeks, new 
nodes appearing every few days. Second attacks are quite unusual, 
although not exactly rare. 

Etiology. — Erythema nodosum occurs most frequently in the sec- 
ond and third decades, and is decidedly uncommon at both extremes of 
life. Women are much more frequently its subjects than men, accord- 
ing to Mackenzie, in the proportion of five to one. In a series of 108 
cases this same author found the disease so frequently associated with 
arthritis, sore throat, endocarditis, and other symptoms commonly at- 
tributed to rheumatism that he concluded that it was, in most cases, 
if not invariably, a rheumatic affection; but it is hardly necessary to 
point out that rheumatism is a very elastic term applied to a number 
_of affections which are quite unrelated so far as their causation is 
concerned. Other factors which are regarded as directly causative 
or predisposing are malaria, exposure to cold, and damp and unhy- 
gienic surroundings. In a considerable number of instances, much too 



INFLAMMATIONS 57 

large to be the result of mere coincidence, it has been observed in 
connection with tuberculosis, and in a small number in the secondary 
stage of syphilis. 

Very recently Rosenow has found in the nodes a polymorphous 
diplococcus, usually in pure culture, which, when injected into the 
dog, the rabbit, and guinea-pig, exhibits a marked affinity for the 
subcutaneous tissues, where it produces localized hemorrhages, fol- 
lowed by migration of leucocytes and enlargement of the regional 
lymph-glands. He regards this organism as the cause of the affection. 
Pathology. — Erythema nodosum is regarded by many authorities 
as simply a variant of erythema multiforme, and there is apparently 
very little doubt that the two are closely related. The occurrence of 
mixed cases in which symptoms of both are present simultaneously 
affords strong proof in support of this view. It is regarded by most 
recent authors as an infection, and the findings of Rosenow, above 
referred to, seem to confirm this, although these still await the con- 
firmation of other investigators. It seems not at all improbable, how- 
ever, that a similar, if not identical, eruption may be produced by 
more than one kind of infection. There is strong evidence that it 
is in some manner related to tuberculosis and occasionally, perhaps, 
to syphilis. 

The histological changes are those of inflammation, and are much 
the same as those found in erythema multiforme. The changes in the 
epidermis are slight — some swelling of the cells, with dilatation of 
the lymph spaces, and an increased number of mitoses. In the papil- 
lary body and in the corium the vessels are dilated and surrounded 
by an abundant exudation of leucocytes. According to most authori- 
ties, there is more or less diapedesis of red blood-cells, which accounts 
for the changes in color which the nodes exhibit ; but Unna has never 
found extravasated blood. He attributes the discoloration to the 
breaking up of haemoglobin in the vessels and its absorption by the 
tissues. 

Diagnosis. — The lesions of erythema nodosum are to be distin- 
guished from bruises, from abscess, and from syphilitic gumma. 

Their number and symmetrical distribution, with the constitutional 
symptoms which are usually present in some degree in the beginning, 
differentiate them from the first. The local symptoms are usually 
much more pronounced in abscess, and this is rarely present in such 
numbers as the nodes. The multiplicity of the lesions, their tender- 
ness, and rapid change in color distinguish them from syphilitic gum- 
mata. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis is always favorable, the 
affection running a course of two or three weeks in most cases, al- 
though it may be prolonged to five or six. In rare cases, as already 
noted, the constitutional symptoms may be quite severe. 

The treatment is altogether symptomatic. We know of no reme- 
dies which directly influence the course of the disease. In all but the 



58 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

mildest cases, the patient should be put to bed, and if the pain in the 
nodes is at all severe the legs should be elevated. A mild laxative 
should be given and the diet somewhat restricted. Salicylate of soda, 
aspirin, or salicin should be given in moderate doses. Locally, lead- 
water and laudanum should be applied on gauze, or a mixture of 
ichthyol in water, one part of the former to three of the latter, may 
be applied with a camel's-hair brush twice or three times a day. 

URTICARIA 

Synonyms. — Hives, Nettlerash ; Fr., Urticaire ; Ger., Nesselaus- 
schlag, Nesselsucht. 

Definition. — An inflammatory disease of the skin distinguished by 
an eruption of whitish, pink, or red elevations known as wheals, which 
are usually quite evanescent, and are accompanied by severe itching 
and burning. 

Symptoms. — The attack usually begins quite suddenly with the ap- 
pearance of a variable number of wheals, and in a certain proportion 
of cases with some gastric disturbance, such as nausea, vomiting, and, 
exceptionally, with some elevation of temperature. In a considerable 
number of cases, however, the eruption is the only symptom. The 
wheals vary in size from that of a small pea to the palm of the hand, 
are round or irregular in shape, sometimes serpiginous, and quite often 
linear, the last looking as if produced by the stroke of a whip-lash. 
The number of the lesions and extent of the eruption vary greatly. 
There may be less than a half-dozen wheals limited to a certain local- 
ity or scattered about in various regions, or there may be hundreds of 
them covering a considerable part of every region of the body. One 
of their most striking and characteristic features is their evanescence. 
They usually last but a short time, from a few minutes to an hour or 
two, and then disappear, leaving no trace of their existence. They 
may appear with extreme rapidity, covering the greater part of the 
skin within a few minutes. 

The eruption is by no means limited to the skin, but attacks the 
mucous membranes of the lips, the tongue, the larynx, and even the 
bronchi. The lips when attacked are often greatly swollen, and the 
tongue may be so swollen as to protrude from the mouth. When the 
larynx is invaded there is more or less dyspnoea, and with the involve- 
ment of the bronchi the breathing becomes markedly asthmatic. 

In exceptional cases a small vesicle may appear upon the top of 
the wheal ; or, still less frequently, the exudation may be so great as 
to produce blebs or bullae (urticaria vesiculosa, urticaria bullosa). In 
rare instances the wheals are purplish, owing to hemorrhage into 
them (urticaria hemorrhagica, purpura urticans). 

More or less itching, burning, and tingling accompany the erup- 
tion, and are frequently of the most distressing character, driving the 
patient to desperation in his efforts to obtain relief. In women and 
children a highly nervous condition may result. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



59 



In many cases wheals may be artificially produced by stroking 
the skin with some blunt object, such as the end of a pencil, or with 
the nail. Such stroking produces at first a red streak with a white 
centre, which, within some minutes, becomes a well-developed linear 
wheal, which may last from twenty minutes to a half hour. This 
condition, known as urticaria factitia, or dermographism, autographism 
(Fig. 9), also occurs in other itching affections, such as pediculosis 
corporis, scabies, and eczema. As it is often discovered by accident, 




Pig. 9. — Dermographism. Letters and figures appeared about fifteen minutes after rubbing with 
the end of the handle of a pen-knife and lasted about a half-hour. Patient had an eczema of the face 
and neck. 

the susceptibility is no doubt present in many cases of these diseases 
without being discovered. 

Although the wheals usually last but a short time, a few hours 
at most, cases occur in which they last for some days, or even a month 
or more (urticaria perstans). 

In much the larger proportion of cases, urticaria is an acute affec- 
tion, lasting a few days or a week ; but it also occurs as a chronic 
malady, lasting months or years. As in the acute variety, the individ- 
ual wheals are of short duration, but new ones are constantly taking 



60 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the place of the old ones, and the affection is thus greatly prolonged. 
The patient is rarely quite free from eruption, there being a few wheals 
present in one locality or another continuously, and acute exacerba- 
tions occur from time to time, in which the number of lesions is greatly 
increased, with a corresponding increase in the itching and burning. 
These exacerbations may, in exceptional cases, exhibit a remarkable 
periodicity. In a case under the author's care for a considerable time, 
a furious outbreak occurred every afternoon about five o'clock for more 
than five years. 

In children, especially in those ill-nourished and badly cared for, 
an affection known as papular urticaria (urticaria papulosa), also as 
lichen urticatus, occurs which differs from other forms of urticaria. 
The eruption begins as hemp-seed sized, firm, pink or red wheal-like 
papules, which, however, do not disappear in a short time like the 
ordinary wheals, but persist as papules for days, or longer. These 
papules itch severely, and as the consequence of scratching most of 
them are covered with a small blood-crust. The eruption is most 
abundant upon the extremities, although by no means limited to these, 
and disappears largely in cold weather, to reappear with the return 
of warm weather. With some other writers, the author is inclined to 
regard this as related to mild prurigo rather than to urticaria. 

Etiology. — The sting of plants, such as the nettle ; the bites and 
stings of certain insects, such as the mosquito, the flea, the bedbug; 
and contact with certain hairy caterpillars and the jelly-fish, are fre- 
quently enumerated as among external causes of urticaria ; but, while 
it is true that these produce wheals, they do not cause urticaria — the 
presence of a few wheals from such causes does not constitute an attack 
of urticaria. 

The most frequent cause of urticaria is the ingestion of certain 
articles of food, such as strawberries, shell-fish (such as crab, lobster, 
less frequently oysters, clams), veal, pork, honey, eggs, but, in addition 
to taking such foods, there is necessary a certain predisposition on the 
part of the individual, since many, in fact most, persons may partake 
of them without any ill-effects. Many drugs may, in predisposed sub- 
jects, produce an attack. Antipyrin, the salicylates, the iodides, quinine, 
and many others are occasionally followed by urticaria. It frequently 
follows emotional disturbance. The author has seen a most extensive 
eruption follow the embarrassment of an interview with a stranger, the 
whole body being covered with wheals within five minutes. 

Malaria is likewise to be regarded as an occasional cause. The 
author has seen an instance in which an eruption of wheals occurred 
every other day, the attacks ceasing promptly with the administration 
of quinine, and H. C. Wood has recorded a similar case. 

It occasionally precedes or accompanies other affections of the 
skin. Prurigo usually begins as an urticaria in infancy, and it occurs 
with a fair degree of frequency in certain cases of dermatitis her- 
petiformis. 



INFLAMMATIONS 61 

In women functional or organic disease of the generative apparatus 
may produce it. In the classical case recorded by Hebra an attack 
invariably followed the introduction of the uterine sound, and Spencer 
Wells observed it in one case after every introduction of the vaginal 
speculum. 

It has been noted to follow the puncture or rupture of a hydatid 
cyst, the fluid escaping into the peritoneal cavity. 

Pathology. — Recent investigations make it altogether probable that 
urticaria is to be regarded as an anaphylactic phenomenon in most 
cases, if not invariably the result of a hypersensitiveness on the part 
of the subject to certain proteins, or to other substances, such as drugs, 
which may behave like proteins. 

The urticarial wheal is the product of a marked circumscribed 
oedema. By most authorities it is regarded as a vasomotor phenomenon 
resulting from the irritation produced by some toxin in the circulation. 
Vidal, who examined sections of a wheal excised during life, found the 
superficial and deep network of vessels dilated and gorged with blood 
with no alteration of the vessel-walls. Around the vessels and 
lymphatics were many leucocytes, and collections of these were 
scattered throughout the entire thickness of the corium. There 
was also a slight emigration of leucocytes into lower layers of the 
epidermis. 

Unna, in the wheals produced by the sting of the nettle, found an 
enormous dilatation of the lymph-spaces and vessels most pronounced 
in the neighborhood of the deep vascular network. The white color of 
the wheal was due to the venous stasis present which compressed the 
capillaries, driving out the blood. He found no leucocytes nor other 
signs of inflammation and regards the process as a very acute spastic 
oedema. 

Gilchrist, who studied the wheals of factitious urticaria excised 
at varying intervals after their production, found decided evidences of 
inflammation — emigration of polymorphonuclear leucocytes, lympho- 
cytes, and fragmentation of nuclei. 

Diagnosis. — The urticarial wheal is such a very characteristic lesion 
that when present the diagnosis of urticaria may be made with the 
greatest ease. But it very frequently happens that one is called upon 
to make the diagnosis when the eruption has for the time disappeared. 
The evanescent character of the eruption, the severe itching and burn- 
ing which accompany it, often with swelling of the lips or the lids, the 
white color of the wheals which the patient often describes as blisters, 
and their frequent linear shape, together with the knowledge that the 
patient has eaten strawberries or shell-fish, will usually enable the diag- 
nosis to be made without difficulty. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis in acute urticaria is 
always favorable, the attack seldom lasting more than a few days and 
often only a few hours. It is otherwise, however, in the chronic 
variety. This may persist for many months or several years with in- 



62 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

complete intermissions, in spite of the most careful attention to the 
patient's diet and mode of life, and cause him extreme distress. 

In an acute attack, if the patient is seen sufficiently early, and it is 
probable that it is due to the taking of some article of food, such as 
shell-fish, the stomach should be emptied by an emetic, or if some time 
has already elapsed since the meal, hourly doses of a tenth of a grain 
(0.006) of calomel, until ten have been taken, should be given, followed 
by a brisk cathartic. For the relief of the itching, lotions of phenol, 
one to two per cent. ; of menthol in alcohol, one-half to one per 
cent. ; of thymol, one-half per cent. ; of chloral hydrate, two to three 
per cent. ; of sodium bicarbonate or sodium biborate, one to two per 
cent. ; dilute acetic acid, two per cent., will be found more or less 
useful. Dusting powders composed of talcum and stearate of zinc, or 
subnitrate or subcarbonate of bismuth, with one-half per cent, of 
menthol added, will often prove useful if liberally applied. The diet 
should, of course, be carefully regulated to prevent relapses and new 
attacks. 

In chronic urticaria the patient's diet should be carefully and 
minutely supervised and the possible hypersusceptibility to certain 
proteins be determined by a rigid analysis of his dietary, or by the 
epidermic inoculation or intradermic injection of soluble food proteins. 
In the author's own experience, however, food is much less frequently 
the etiological factor in the chronic form than in the acute variety. 
The bowels should be kept freely open, preferably with some saline, 
and occasional short courses of small doses of calomel should be given. 
In the gouty, alkaline waters, especially Vichy, should be freely given 
and a suitable regimen adopted. Patients with diabetes or uterine 
disease should have treatment appropriate to these affections. 

Intestinal antiseptics, such as salol, guaiacol, or the salicylate of 
bismuth, are at times serviceable and have been highly commended by 
Crocker. In a number of instances the administration of thyroid gland 
has been followed by decided relief. Ir^ a case under the author's 
care at the present time, which has lasted for four or five years, this 
has been decidedly useful, much more so than the many other reme- 
dies tried. Acetanilid with bicarbonate of soda, in doses of four or five 
grains (0.26 or 0.32), or phenacetin in the same dose, will often afford 
considerable relief to the itching, although these have no curative 
effect. Calcium chloride, in doses of ten to twenty grains (0.65 to 
1.30), several times a day, has been recommended by Wright, but 
the author has found it disappointing after a considerable experience 
with it. 

Atropin or hyoscin hydrobromate will occasionally afford relief from 
the itching, but the effect of these upon the mucous membranes makes their 
prolonged use undesirable. 

Locally, the same lotions and dusting powders may be used as in 
the acute form. These are much more agreeable and usually much 
more effective than ointments. 




Fig. io. — Urticaria pigmentosa. 



INFLAMMATIONS 63 

URTICARIA PIGMENTOSA 

Synonym. — Xanthelasmoidea (Tilbury Fox). 

Definition. — A chronic affection distinguished by an eruption 
resembling urticarial wheals, which is more or less persistent and 
pigmented. 

Symptoms. — The disease begins in most cases early in life, usually 
within the first six months, and is characterized by an eruption of 
papules and maculopapules, varying in size from that of a hemp-seed 
to a pea, at first pinkish red or yellow in color, resembling the wheals 
of urticaria and, like those, coming out rapidly, ordinarily in a few 
hours. It may appear on all parts of the skin, is usually symmetrically 
distributed and is most abundant first upon the trunk, next upon the 
extremities and last upon the palms and soles, where it is rare. Occa- 
sionally it also occurs upon the mucous membranes of the mouth and 
pharynx. New lesions appear from time to time, while the old ones 
become less prominent and more pigmented. Occasionally some of the 
papules exhibit a vesicle upon the summit in their early stages, but this 
is decidedly uncommon. More or less itching, as a rule, accompanies 
the eruption, but in many cases this is not a pronounced symptom and 
may disappear entirely in the later stages. Quite commonly factitious 
wheals appear, and the old lesions become distinctly red and elevated 
when rubbed or irritated in any manner. While, as a rule, the erup- 
tion shows no definite arrangement, it is occasionally noted to follow 
a linear distribution upon the sides of the thorax, in the direction of 
the intercostal spaces, or occurs in ill-defined patches. The lesions 
are often very numerous and may cover a large part of the skin 
(Fig. 10). 

Unlike ordinary wheals, they do not disappear in a little while, 
but remain for weeks or months, changing in color from pink to vary- 
ing shades of brown and becoming flatter, with a finely granular or 
wrinkled surface. They may then remain for years, with but little 
change in appearance. As altogether exceptional, Hallopeau has re- 
ported a case in which small white cicatrices replaced the lesions. 

It usually disappears spontaneously about the time of puberty, but 
it may last much longer. Morrow observed an instance in which it 
had lasted thirty years or more. 

Duhring recognized two types of the malady, one a persistent urti- 
caria with pigmentation, the other, resembling xanthoma multiplex, 
in which the papules are distinctly yellow, the xanthelasmoidea of 
Tilbury Fox. Crocker describes three types: a nodular, or xanthelas- 
moidea form, a macular in which there is little more than pigmentation, 
and a third mixed type in which the lesions are both nodular and 
macular. 

Etiology and Pathology. — In the great majority of cases the disease 
begins in infancy, usually in the third or fourth month. Crocker saw 
one in which it was noticed at birth. Exceptionally it begins after 
puberty. 



64 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Elliot has reported a case in which it appeared first at twenty-seven 
years of age, and the author has very recently seen one in which it 
began at twenty-three. It is decidedly more frequent in males than in 
females. Six out of eight cases observed by Crocker occurred in boys. 
The direct cause is altogether unknown. 

The epidermis shows but little change beyond an abnormal amount 
of pigment in the basal-cell layer of the rete mucosum. In 1887 Unna 
announced that the cellular exudate present in the papillary and sub- 
papillary portions of the corium was composed almost entirely of 




Fig. 



-Urticaria pigmentosa. Broadening of the rete mucosum with vacuolation of some of its cells 
numerous "mastzellen" in corium. 



" mastzellen," an observation abundantly confirmed since by other 
observers. These cells are arranged in rows and columns between the 
collagen fibres of the corium and are large and frequently cubical in shape 
instead of elongate, owing probably to pressure. This " mastzellen " exu- 
date is wholly characteristic of the disease. According to Unna it is 
limited to the papillary body, but subsequent observations have shown that 
it may extend well down into the corium. According to Gilchrist the 
apparently sound skin contains an abnormal number (Fig. 11). 



INFLAMMATIONS 65 

Diagnosis. — The disease is readily recognized in most cases, but 
the author has recently seen one case in an adult male with numerous 
papules the size of a shot, which resembled very closely the maculo- 
papular syphiloderm ; but a history of a duration of a year or more 
and a biopsy confirmed the diagnosis of pigmented urticaria. The 
early appearance of the eruption in infancy, the presence of wheals 
followed by persistent pigmentation, and its great chronicity are the 
characteristic features. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The affection usually lasts for many 
years, but, as already observed, tends to disappear about the time of 
puberty. In most cases the subjective symptoms are so slight as to 
occasion but little annoyance. Its course is altogether uninfluenced by 
treatment. If itching is at all pronounced, lotions of carbolic acid or 
of menthol may be used. 

GEDEMA ANGIONEUROTICUM 

Synonyms.— Acute circumscribed cedema ; Angioneurotic oedema; 
Giant urticaria; Quincke's disease. 

Definition. — An affection distinguished by circumscribed painless 
swellings of the skin coming on suddenly and of short duration. 

Symptoms. — This affection was first described by Milton under the 
name of giant urticaria, and later cases have been reported under 
the name of acute circumscribed or angioneurotic cedema by 
Quincke, Striibing, Osier, the author, and a number of others. 
It is characterized by the sudden appearance of ill-defined swell- 
ings on various parts of the cutaneous surface, most frequently 
the face, varying in size from a nut to an egg. These are usually 
the color of the normal skin, but may be pink or bright red, are 
rather firm, do not pit on pressure and, as a rule, are unaccompanied 
by any subjective symptoms beyond a slight feeling of stiffness or 
tension. In a considerable proportion of cases their appearance is 
accompanied by nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain or other symptoms 
of gastro-intestinal derangement, but these are often entirely absent. 
The duration of the swelling is usually short, frequently only a few 
hours, and, as a rule, less than twenty-four. The number present at 
any one time is usually quite small, as a rule not more than two or 
three, and not infrequently but a single one. The mucous membranes 
of the tongue, the soft palate, and the larynx may be attacked, and when 
the swelling occurs in the last situation it may give rise to the most 
urgent dyspnoea, and may cause death from suffocation. In a case 
observed by Striibing the dyspnoea became so alarming that prepara- 
tions were made to do tracheotomy. In a certain number of cases the 
attacks recur with great regularity, coming on at a definite hour. In 
one observed by Matas the attacks came on every day between eleven 
and twelve o'clock. They frequently occur at night, the patient at 
retiring presenting his usual appearance, but arising in the morning 
with an eye completely closed or most of the features obliterated by 
5 



66 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

a formless swelling of the face. In a patient under the author's obser- 
vation for some months the attacks invariably occurred at this time. 
Occasionally the extremities may be the seat of swellings, but the trunk 
is rarely affected. In a large proportion of the cases the oedema con- 
stitutes the only symptom, but occasionally ordinary wheals, such as 
those seen in urticaria, are present or alternate with it. 

The course of the affection is an eminently chronic one, usually 
continuing for months and even years, the interval between the attacks 
varying from a few weeks to a month or more. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The causes are, in a way, much the same 
as those of urticaria, although it is much less frequently due to ingesta 
than the latter. In certain individuals cold, as a cold bath, or washing 
with cold water, will produce it, especially in regions where there is an 
abundance of loose connective tissue, as the lids, the prepuce, and the 
scrotum. The studies of Striibing, Osier, and Schlessinger show that 
heredity plays an important role in its production, these authors having 
noted its occurrence in one or more members of certain families for 
several generations. Osier has reported the history of a family in 
which it was present in five generations, including twenty-two mem- 
bers. It is an angioneurosis closely related to urticaria and. like that 
affection, probably an anaphylactic manifestation. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis is usually readily made. The sudden 
appearance of the swellings, usually in the face, the occasional involve- 
ment of the mucous membranes, the short duration of the lesions and 
the usual absence of any marked subjective symptoms, such as itching, 
burning, or pain, serve to distinguish it from other affections of the skin. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The course of the affection is usually 
a very chronic one, but little influenced by treatment. As already 
observed, sudden death may occur from oedema of the glottis. 

The diet should be carefully supervised, excluding such articles 
of food as strawberries, shell-fish, cheese, and pork ; in other words, 
the diet should be the same as in chronic urticaria, at least until it is 
definitely ascertained that the malady is in no way dependent upon 
ingesta. In the author's own experience the daily use of a mild saline 
laxative and small doses of sodium salicylate have given the best results. 

Calcium chloride or lactate may be tried, in doses of 10 to 15 grains 
(0.65 to 1.0), three or four times a day. Osier has observed great 
improvement follow the prolonged use of nitroglycerin. 

DERMATITIS EXFOLIATIVA 

Synonyms. — Pityriasis rubra (Hebra) ; Fr., Dermatite exfoliatrice ; 
Erythrodermie exfoliante (Besnier). 

Definition. — An acute or chronic, in most cases the latter, inflamma- 
tory disease, distinguished by intense redness and abundant desqua- 
mation affecting the greater part or the whole of the skin. 

Under the term dermatitis exfoliativa a number of inflammatory 
affections of the skin are included which have in common the symptoms 



INFLAMMATIONS 67 

of redness, abundant exfoliation of the epidermis and universal dis- 
tribution. While the different members of this group resemble one 
another quite closely in their clinical symptoms, they differ consider- 
ably in their course and termination, and are probably, for the most 
part, wholly unrelated etiologically. Certain of them are primary 
diseases, others are secondary to other inflammatory affections, such 
as eczema, dermatitis, or psoriasis, of which they may be the terminal 
stage or the sequel. The exact relationship of these to one another 
is still undetermined. Crocker was of the opinion that all were only 
varieties of one disease, while others regard the pityriasis rubra of 
Hebra as an independent affection quite distinct and apart from the 
rest (Jadassohn). 

There are two principal types of the affection, viz., the Wilson- 
Brocq type, which may be acute or chronic, primary or secondary, and 
the Hebra type, pityriasis rubra. Other forms are the dermatitis 
exfoliativa neonatorum described by Ritter, and the epidemic derma- 
titis described some years ago by Savill. Recurrent scarlatiniform 
erythema is regarded by Brocq and other French authors as belonging 
in the same category, but will not be considered here. (Vid. Erythema 
scarlatiniforme.) 

Symptoms. — The primary form of the Wilson-Brocq variety begins 
with redness of the skin, either diffuse or in patches, which steadily 
spreads until, within two or three days, or it may be two or three 
weeks, the greater part or the whole of the cutaneous surface is covered. 
In a considerable proportion of the cases there is some constitutional 
disturbance — headache, malaise, and fever, the last sometimes consider- 
able — which usually disappear within a day or two, but may continue for 
a considerable time, as a daily evening rise of temperature. Shortly 
after the appearance of the redness, or almost immediately, scaling 
begins on the reddened areas, which are soon covered with abundant 
thin papery scales of considerable size. Upon the palms and soles the 
scales are thick and large, or the horny layer of the epidermis may 
come off almost entire. The scalp is covered with scales and the 
hair is dry. When the disease is fully developed the skin is intensely 
red and dry and covered with thin scales, like tissue-paper, which are 
constantly cast off in great abundance, and as constantly renewed. 
Several handfuls of scales may be gathered in the patient's bed every 
day, and the carpet around him is covered with them every time he 
removes his clothing. The hair becomes thin and the nails are lustre- 
less, ridged transversely, and sometimes shed. When the disease has 
lasted for some time, the skin may lose its bright red color and become 
a slate-blue or quite brown, owing to pigmentation (Fig. 12). 

When it occurs as the terminal stage or the sequel of eczema or 
psoriasis, the primary affection, retaining for a time its usual characters, 
spreads, either as the result of an acute exacerbation, or slowly without 
any special increase in the severity of the symptoms, until the entire 
surface is involved. It then assumes the features of a universal der- 



68 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 




INFLAMMATIONS 69 

matitis with abundant scaling and loses altogether its original charac- 
teristics. In the cases which follow eczema there may be some 
thickening of the skin and slight moisture in places at times. 

While in most cases the eruption is universal, leaving no part of 
the skin unaffected, it may very exceptionally remain limited to certain 
regions, as the extremities (Crocker, Stelwagon). 

Itching is present in the majority of cases and varies from mild 
to severe ; the patient is very sensitive to cold and usually complains 
much of chilliness. 

In severe cases of long standing the mucous membranes of the 
mouth and the conjunctiva may be inflamed. Swelling of the lym- 
phatic glands is occasionally present. 

The duration of the malady varies from five or six weeks to many 
months or years. In the latter case there may be occasional remis- 
sions or complete intermission for a variable period. Relapses are 
not uncommon. 

The general health may remain quite unaffected, although in long- 
standing cases the general nutrition fails eventually and the patient 
may fall an easy victim to some intercurrent disease. Secondary infec- 
tions, such as furuncles and abscesses, are not infrequent complications. 

According to Crocker, it runs a much more acute course in children, 
in whom it is rare, than in adults, is accompanied by severe constitu- 
tional symptoms and may terminate fatally. 

In pityriasis rubra, a very rare malady, the skin is bright red and 
covered with thin papery scales which are usually smaller than those 
present in other forms of exfoliating dermatitis. Its earliest stage 
rarely comes under observation, but in two cases which Kaposi saw it 
began with redness in the axillae, groins, and popliteal spaces, which 
gradually spread to the rest of the skin. In the course of some months 
the redness and scaliness have invaded the entire surface. At first the 
patient's general condition is but little affected, and the skin retains its 
flexibility and elasticity, but in the course of years it shows thickenings 
in places and later becomes darker, begins to atrophy and shrink; the 
mouth can no longer be opened widely, ectropion of the lower lids 
occurs, the fingers are in a condition of partial flexion, and over the 
larger joints and bony prominences it is red, tense and shining and 
ulceration from pressure occasionally takes place. The hair and nails 
are also affected ; the scalp is dry and covered with fine bran-like scales 
and the hair is dry, lustreless, and scanty, while the nails are yellow, 
brittle and ridged transversely. 

The general condition is for a time but little altered, but eventually 
the patient becomes marasmic and dies of exhaustion, or from some 
intercurrent affection. 

Etiology. — Males are much more frequently affected than females, 
and it occurs most frequently between the ages of forty and sixty, 
although it is seen in a considerable proportion of cases earlier. It is 
rare in childhood. In primary cases of the Wilson-Brocq type the 



70 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

direct cause is altogether unknown. It has been observed compara- 
tively frequently in association with gout, rheumatism and chronic 
alcoholism, but there is no reliable evidence that these are anything 
more than possible predisposing factors. In the secondary forms, 
eczema, psoriasis and, in rare instances, lichen planus directly precede 
it, and it has been observed after the dermatitis produced by irritating 
ointments, such as mercurial ointment and chrysarobin or arnica. 

As has been shown by Jadassohn, Mueller and Kanitz, tuberculosis 
is present in a considerable proportion of cases of the Hebra type, pity- 
riasis rubra. Brusgaard has reported a case of universal exfoliating 
erythrodermia resembling pityriasis rubra in which tubercles contain- 
ing tubercle bacilli were present in the papillary and subpapillary 
portion of the derma. 

Pathology. — There is but little doubt that dermatitis exfoliativa 
represents a symptom-complex of varied origin. The primary forms 
are, in all probability, the result of a toxaemia of varying kind, while 
the secondary varieties are the result of local irritation occurring in 
subjects with a special predisposition. Pityriasis rubra is possibly 
a manifestation of tuberculosis, but the proof of this still awaits more 
extended observation and study. 

All those who have studied the histopathology of the malady are 
practically agreed as to its inflammatory character, but the accounts 
differ a good deal as to the details of the histological changes present. 
No doubt many of these differences are due to differences in the stages 
at which the studies were made, and perhaps not all were studying the 
same affection. It is altogether likely that the secondary forms, such 
as follow eczema, for example, present features not found in the disease 
when it is primary. 

Pathological alterations are present in both the epidermis and the 
corium, the former being secondary to the latter. The changes in the 
epidermis consist of a slight widening of the rete and alterations in 
keratinization, as shown by a diminution or entire absence of the 
granular layer and retention of the nuclei of the cells of the horny 
layer (parakeratosis). 

The papillae of the corium are somewhat oedematous, their vessels 
and those of the subpapillary network are dilated and surrounded by 
an exudation of leucocytes, connective-tissue cells and " mastzellen." 
In advanced stages there is atrophy of both the epidermis and the papil- 
lary body — the former is narrower than normal and the latter has 
entirely disappeared. 

Diagnosis. — When fully developed the affection presents a picture 
readily recognized. The intense redness of the skin, the abundant and 
continuous desquamation, and the wide distribution of the eruption 
involving the whole surface of the skin, are altogether characteristic. 
In universal eczema, which is rare, there is usually more or less thicken- 
ing of the skin, the scaling is much less abundant and oozing and 
crusting occur in places. It is to be remembered, however, that derma- 



INFLAMMATIONS 7 1 

titis exfoliativa may follow an extensive eczema. Psoriasis is rarely 
universal, the scaling is much thicker and is laminated. In its very 
early stages it may be confounded with recurrent scarlatiniform ery- 
thema, but its prolonged course and the frequent previous existence 
of an extensive eczema or psoriasis and the absence of a history of 
repeated attacks which characterize the latter will serve to distin- 
guish the two. The distinction between the erythrodermic stage of 
granuloma fungoides and pityriasis rubra may at times be very difficult 
and even impossible for a time. In a case of the former, under the 
author's observation for a number of years, the appearance of the 
tumor stage was preceded by a typical exfoliative dermatitis lasting 
for eighteen months. 

Prognosis. — The course of all forms of the disease is, in most cases, 
a more or less prolonged one, although exceptionally it may run an 
acute course of some weeks and then end in recovery, or, in rare cases, 
may terminate fatally. In the majority of cases of the Wilson-Brocq 
type, recovery takes place after some months, but relapses are not 
uncommon and the affection may last for an indefinite period. In pity- 
riasis rubra the prognosis is unfavorable, the disease continuing for 
years and eventually causing the death of the patient. All the cases 
seen by Hebra and Kaposi ended fatally, but more recent observations 
have shown that the affection is not invariably fatal. 

Treatment. — Patients usually do much better if kept in bed. They 
should have plenty of easily digestible and nutritious food, and should 
abstain from tea and coffee and alcoholic beverages. Quinine is prob- 
ably the most useful internal remedy and is especially indicated in the 
cases with fever (Crocker). Mook advocates very large doses, 30 to 80 
grains a day (2.0 to 5.30). Opinions differ a good deal about the 
usefulness of arsenic, but the majority of authorities agree that it is of 
little use in most cases, and may be harmful. If useful at all, it is so 
chiefly in the latter stages. Its uselessness in pityriasis rubra has been 
pretty definitely proved. Kaposi saw recovery take place in this 
affection after the internal administration of carbolic acid. 

Frequent warm baths, weakly alkaline or with starch, bran or 
gelatin added, followed by inunctions of some bland ointment, such as 
equal parts of lanolin and vaselin, or cold cream, will often afford 
much relief. Engman and White advocate the application of a dusting 
powder to the entire surface, in quantities sufficient to keep the skin 
dry, as the best form of local treatment, the former recommending corn- 
starch, the latter borated talcum. 

DERMATITIS EXFOLIATIVA EPIDEMICA 

Synonyms. — Epidemic eczema; Dermatitis epidemica ; Savill's dis- 
ease. 

In 1892 Savill reported an epidemic of a previously undescribed 
form of dermatitis, which occurred in several of the Poor Law Infir- 
maries of West London. His account of the affection was based upon 



72 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

165 cases under his observation in the summer and autumr of the 
previous year. Similar epidemics have since been observed in London 
(Crocker), and a few sporadic cases have been seen in America by 
Fordyce, and Colby and Winfield. 

Savill defined the disease as " a contagious malady in which the 
main lesion is a dermatitis, sometimes attended by the formation 01 
vesicles, always resulting in desquamation of the cuticle, usually accom- 
panied by a certain amount of constitutional disturbance, and running 
a more or less definite course of seven or eight weeks." 

Symptoms. — The arTection occurs under two forms, viz , a moist 
form resembling eczema, and a dry form resembling pityriasis rubra. 
It begins as patches of small red papules which appear first, in most 
cases, upon the upper extremities and the face. These spread and new 
patches appear until the greater part or the whole of the skin is covered 
with the eruption (in one-half of Savill's cases it was universal). In 
the moist form the papules are succeeded by vesicles in the course of 
two or three days which soon rupture or dry up and are followed by 
desquamation. In the dry form no vesicles appear, but the papules are 
followed directly by desquamation. In a small number of cases the 
first manifestation of the disease was an erythema resembling the papu- 
lar form of erythema multiforme. At the acme of the attack the skin 
is very red, decidedly thickened and covered with an abundance of 
epidermic scales. In all the severe cases the lingual mucous mem- 
brane is inflamed, and there is conjunctivitis with loss of the hair and 
nails. After a course lasting six or eight weeks, the redness subsides, 
the scaling grows less, the skin becomes smooth but still thickened and 
more or less pigmented. The subjective symptoms are itching and 
burning pain, which may be at times extreme. In most cases there is 
considerable prostration, and in the later stages some elevation of 
temperature, varying from 99 ° to ioo° F. Diarrhoea is a common 
symptom, and albuminuria occurs in a large proportion of the cases 
with extensive eruption. Crocker noted enlargement of the occipital 
and submaxillary glands in several of his cases. Boils and carbuncles 
are common sequelae. 

Etiology and Pathology.— In the great majority of cases the patients 
are past middle life and many of them are between sixty and seventy 
years of age. Children, however, are occasionally attacked. Crocker 
saw a case in a boy eleven years old. Men are more frequently affected 
than women. There is apparently but little doubt about its contagious- 
ness. Its rapid spread and the occasional occurrence in nurses and 
attendants cannot readily be explained in any other way. 

Risien Russell found in the scales and fluid from unbroken vesicles 
a diplococcus resembling the staphylococcus pyogenes albus, but dif- 
fering from that organism by certain cultural peculiarities. Inocula- 
tion experiments with this organism, however, were negative. Eche- 
verria, studying the histology of the arTection in Unna's laboratory, 
found that it differs altogether histologically from chronic eczema, 



INFLAMMATIONS 73 

but, like that affection, belongs to the catarrhs of the skin, more par- 
ticularly to the parakeratoses. It is especially distinguished by a peculiar 
form of degeneration of the nuclei of the cells of the prickle-cell layer 
which he designates <k peridiaphania " of the nuclei. 

Diagnosis. — As already observed, the moist cases bear some resem- 
blance to eczema, the dry ones to pityriasis rubra, but it differs mark- 
edly from both these by its epidemic occurrence, contagiousness and 
self-limited course. It differs very decidedly from eczema by the much 
more pronounced thickening of the skin, the more abundant exfoliation 
and the occurrence of death in a considerable percentage of the cases. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — In about thirteen per cent, of Savill's 
cases death occurred usually from exhaustion. In some other locali- 
ties the mortality was much lower, as low as five per cent. (Crocker). 
Relapses are frequent and second attacks occur occasionally. 

The course of the malady is but little influenced by treatment, gen- 
eral or local. The same local remedies are indicated as in other forms 
of exfoliating dermatitis — mild antiseptic ointments, or, better, dry 
treatment with dusting powders, such as the borated talcum. In a 
few instances the spread of beginning patches was apparently checked 
by painting them with collodion or tincture of iodine (Crocker). 

ERYTHEMA SCARLATINIFORME 

Synonyms. — Erythema scarlatinoides ; Desquamative scarlatini- 
form erythema; Recurrent scarlatiniform erythema; Dermatitis scarla- 
tiniformis recidivans. 

Definition. — An affection distinguished by an eruption resembling 
the eruption of scarlatina. 

Symptoms. — Erythema scarlatiniforme is characterized by a bright- 
red, usually diffuse, but occasionally somewhat punctiform, rash resem- 
bling, as its name indicates, the rash of scarlet fever. While the erup- 
tion may occupy any portion of the skin, it is seen most frequently upon 
the. trunk, which it may cover entirely, or in part only as ill-defined 
patches of varying size. The face is affected only infrequently. Its 
appearance is usually accompanied by slight, exceptionally considerable 
elevation of temperature with chilliness and malaise. After a duration 
of two or three days, it begins to fade and is followed by desquamation, 
usually of a branny character, sometimes quite abundant, lasting from 
five to eight days, the amount and duration depending upon the inten- 
sity of the eruption (vid. p. 75). 

In a rarer and more severe type, which, on account of its marked 
tendency to recurrences, is known as recurrent scarlatiniform erythema, 
the symptoms are usually much more pronounced. An attack usually 
begins with chilliness, nausea, headache and fever, which precede the 
eruption by some hours. The eruption is usually quite extensive, 
covering the entire trunk, or, at times, the entire cutaneous surface, 
is accompanied by considerable itching and burning and is followed 



74 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 




INFLAMMATIONS 75 

by an abundant desquamation beginning about the third or fourth day, 
occasionally with shedding of the hair and nails (Fig. 13). 

In this variety there may be many recurrences, but there is a decided 
tendency for the attacks to grow milder with each recurrence. In a 
marked case under the author's observation for a considerable time, 
in which there were many attacks, this progressive diminution of the 
severity of the symptoms was a very noticeable feature. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Although not yet actually proved, there 
is little doubt that this scarlatiniform erythema is a manifestation of 
a toxaemia which may be produced by toxins of diverse kinds. It is, 
at times, observed in connection with other diseases of a general char- 
acter, as a symptom of some general infection, such as rheumatism, 
syphilis, variola, and sepsis. It is occasionally produced by the inges- 
tion of certain drugs, such as quinine, belladonna, the various com- 
binations of salicylic acid, and by the injection of various sera em- 
ployed therapeutically. In these last, idiosyncrasy plays a prominent 
part, since the eruption can be produced only in certain individuals. 

According to Leloir and Vidal, Brocq and other French dermatolo- 
gists who have specially studied the affection, the recurrent form should 
be separated from the ordinary variety, not only because of the pro- 
nounced tendency to recurrences, but because it probably is due to 
different causes. 

A study of sections of the skin from the author's case above re- 
ferred to showed a pronounced parakeratosis, the horny layer being 
held in place only by a few greatly elongated slender corneous cells. 
The stratum granulosum had almost entirely disappeared, being repre- 
sented by a few cells scattered here and there at the extreme margin 
of the rete. The rete mucosum showed but little change beyond a 
slight increase in width, and vacuolation of a few of its cells. The 
most notable change was seen in the papillary layer of the corium. 
In this there was a considerable round-cell exudate situated along the 
margins of the papillae and around the vessels. In places this exudate 
was so abundant as to obscure the line of demarcation between the 
papillae and the overlying rete. 

Diagnosis. — The malady is to be distinguished from scarlatina, 
which it at times resembles very closely, by attention to the following 
points : the eruption is in most cases diffuse instead of punctiform like 
the eruption of scarlet fever, and if punctiform, it is only so in the 
beginning, usually becoming diffuse after a little time. It begins upon 
the trunk and is often limited to that region. Sore throat is, in the 
great majority of cases, absent, and if present is slight. The so-called 
strawberry tongue is never present. Desquamation begins earlier than 
in scarlet fever, as early as the second or third day. There is no his- 
tory of contagion, no nephritic symptoms, and in many instances a 
history of several, sometimes many, attacks. 

Treatment. — The treatment is largely symptomatic and expectant. 
Some restriction of the diet and the administration of a saline laxa- 



76 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

tive are all that is necessary in many cases. If there is much itching 
and burning, a dusting powder of talc and bismuth subcarbonate, with 
one per cent, of menthol, may be used, or a lotion of carbolic acid, 
one per cent., with two or three per cent, of glycerin. In the recur- 
rent variety a careful search should be made for the possible cause. 
The diet should be carefully looked after and the possibility of its 
drug origin should not be overlooked. 

DERMATITIS EXFOLIATIVA NEONATORUM 

Synonyms. — Keratolysis neonatorum ; Ritter's disease. 

Definition. — A dermatitis accompanied by exfoliation occurring 
within the first few weeks after birth. 

This rare affection was first described by Ritter, in 1878, his de- 
scription being based upon the observation of 297 cases seen in the 
Prague Foundling Asylum within a period of ten years. 

Symptoms. — It begins with an erysipeloid redness in the face, 
usually about the mouth, and spreads thence to the neck, trunk, and 
extremities. The skin is swollen and slightly translucent at first, and 
the horny layer of the epidermis, loosened from its attachment to the 
lower layers, may be readily pushed off or wrinkled up by the fingers 
or by friction of the clothing. Within a few days it dries up and 
exfoliates. In places flaccid bullae, with very scanty fluid contents, 
are formed, which soon dry into thin, rather greasy crusts. When 
fully developed the skin is covered with scales and in places with thin 
crusts, beneath which it is red and dry or slightly moist. About the 
mouth radiating fissures form, and the lips are swollen, the lids are 
covered with scales, so that the eyes cannot be fully opened, and the 
mucous membranes of the mouth, nose, and the conjunctivae may share 
in the inflammation. The disease is most pronounced in the face and 
on the trunk, the extremities being comparatively little involved. It 
is rare in the first two or three days after birth, most frequent in the 
second week, and infrequent after the fifth. It lasts from eight to 
ten days in mild cases, and from three to four weeks in the severer 
ones. The disease is usually afebrile in uncomplicated cases, but 
digestive disturbances are common and pulmonary complications occa- 
sionally occur. Furuncles and abscesses are frequent sequelae. 

When recovery takes place, the redness gradually diminishes, the 
scaling grows less and less, and finally disappears, the first signs of 
recovery appearing in the regions first attacked. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Ritter regarded it as a pyaemic affection, 
an opinion shared by Escherich. Kaposi thought it due to an increase 
of the physiological exfoliation which occurs in young infants. Luith- 
len is inclined to regard it as a toxic erythema. In a number of the 
reported cases it began with blebs like an acute pemphigus, assuming 
the features of an exfoliative dermatitis later (Knopfelmacher and 
Leiner, Hedinger). In several instances it occurred in two or more 



INFLAMMATIONS 77 

children cared for by the same nurse, an occurrence indicating the 
possibility of its transmission from the sick to the well. Indeed, there 
is considerable evidence of a convincing character, which is increas- 
ing, that it is closely related to, if not identical with, the so-called 
pemphigus neonatorum, an affection which the author, along with a 
number of other authors, believes is nothing more than impetigo con- 
tagiosa occurring in new-born infants. Winternitz, Hansteen, and 
Dalla Favera found the staphylococcus, the first-named, in the blood, 
in the crusts, and the secretion. Riehl found a fungus characterized 
by a long and slender mycelium in the scales, but this finding has not 
been confirmed by others. 

The histopathology, as described by Winternitz, Luithlen, and 
Dalla Favera, does not differ essentially from that of other forms of 
exfoliative dermatitis. The horny layer of the epidermis is wanting 
in many places, lost through exfoliation. The rete is increased in 
thickness chiefly by oedema, shows numerous mitoses, and contains a 
number of leucocytes. In places where blebs have formed the upper 
layers of the rete are separated from the deeper ones by fluid exuda- 
tion. The papillary layer and subpapillary portions of the corium are 
oedematous, the vessels dilated and surrounded by a more or less 
abundant exudate of leucocytes, connective-tissue cells, and consider- 
able numbers of "mastzellen." 

Diagnosis. — The rapidly spreading redness, the extensive exfolia- 
tion, and the patient's age are quite characteristic features. Attempts 
to differentiate it from the pemphigus of the new-born are usually 
futile and superfluous, if, as seems probable, the two affections are 
identical or variants of the same disease. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis is very unfavorable, a 
large proportion of the infants dying. One-half of all Ritter's cases 
terminated fatally, but these were all foundlings. 

Especial attention should be given to the nourishment of the infant 
and the preservation of the bodily heat. Locally, mild antiseptic oint- 
ments should be applied to the inflamed parts, or, what is probably 
better, the skin should be abundantly covered with some dusting pow- 
der, such as borated talcum, as recommended by White in the treat- 
ment of the exfoliative dermatitis of adults. Tamm obtained unusually 
good results from the dry treatment, using xeroform, a compound of 
bismuth tribromophenate. 

PRURIGO 

Synonyms. — Fr., Strophulus prurigineux; Ger., Juckblattern. 

Definition. — An extremely chronic inflammatory disease, beginning 
in very early life, characterized by an eruption of small papules, the 
color of the skin or pale red, accompanied by violent itching. 

Symptoms. — Two varieties of the malady are usually recognized, 
viz., a mild form, Prurigo mitis (Prurigo of Willan), and a severe 
form, Prurigo ferox, Prurigo agria (Prurigo of Hebra). These differ 



78 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

from one another only in degree, not in any essential feature. The 
affection begins in the great majority of cases in infancy or early child- 
hood, with an eruption of papular wheals (papular urticaria, lichen 
urticatus), accompanied by itching. After a variable period these are 
succeeded by small, at first very little elevated, papules the color of 
the skin or pale red, which are accompanied by severe and more or 
less continuous itching. As the result of scratching, many of the 
papules are capped by a small blood-crust and after a while become 
more prominent. The eruption is most abundant upon the extensor 
surfaces of the extremities, more so upon the forearms and legs than 
upon the upper arms and thighs, and in mild cases may be limited 
to these regions. In the severe form it also occurs upon the trunk, 
especially upon the sacrum and buttocks. The palms and soles, the 
flexures of the elbows, popliteal spaces, and the scalp remain free 
even in the severe forms of the disease. In the mild cases the face 
escapes completely, but may show a moderate eruption in the severe 
ones. In prurigo ferox the eruption is very abundant and extensive, 
covering the greater part of the cutaneous surface, and the itching 
is of the most distressing character. The skin is dry and harsh, the 
hairs broken off by continuous rubbing. There is more or less pro- 
nounced pigmentation and numerous small scars, which have fol- 
lowed the superficial wounds inflicted by scratching. Secondary 
changes of an inflammatory character are frequent. Small furuncles, 
pustules of an impetiginous or ecthymatous character, the result of 
infection by the nails, and oozing or crusted eczematous patches, are 
common. A noticeable and characteristic feature is enlargement of 
the lymphatic glands, which, in the inguinal region, may form nodular 
masses as large as an egg, or larger. 

The course of the malady is extremely chronic. In the severe form 
it continues throughout the patient's life. The symptoms usually un- 
dergo some amelioration in warm weather, with a corresponding ag- 
gravation in the winter. The type of the disease is usually determined 
by the character of its beginning. The cases characterized by mild 
symptoms in the early stages are likely to remain mild, while the 
severe type usually begins as such. 

Etiology. — Prurigo is a disease of the poor, of those who receive 
insufficient or improper food and live under unhygienic conditions. 
It is common in parts of central Europe, especially in Austro-Hungary, 
but is fortunately very rare in the United States, where the native 
cases are of the mild type. It begins, in the great majority of cases, 
in infancy or early childhood, but that it does so invariably, as was 
maintained by Hebra, has been disproved by later observers. Crocker 
saw it appear as late as at twelve years of age. Ehlers saw "many 
cases" in which it first appeared between ten and fifteen years of 
age, and a few between fifteen and thirty. Men are much more fre- 
quently affected than women, according to Ehlers's statistics, more 
than twice as often. The primary cause is quite unknown. 



INFLAMMATIONS 79 

Pathology. — The pathology and pathogenesis of the disease are 
still matters of debate. Hebra regarded the papule as the primary 
lesion, but Auspitz and, much more recently, Ehlers believed the pruri- 
tus to be the primary symptom, considering the papule the product 
of the scratching. Ehlers based his opinion on the fact that after 
the papules have been made to disappear by baths and ointments the 
itching still persists. There is no doubt that in most cases the malady 
begins with urticarial symptoms, much too frequently to be a mere 
coincidence, as Ehlers believes. 

The' histological features of the papule of prurigo are a spastic 
oedema of the cutis, with a moderate perivascular cellular exudate, 
swelling of the papillae, and, in the prickle-cell layer of the epidermis, 
small circumscribed areas of softening which in prurigo ferox become 
cavities containing epithelial debris. The erector pili muscles are 
more or less thickened (Unna, Holder). While the histological changes 
are described by many authorities as practically the same as those of 
papular eczema, Unna could find no resemblance between the papule 
of prurigo mitis and the papule of eczema. 

Diagnosis. — Prurigo is to be distinguished chiefly from papular 
eczema and, in the early infantile stages, from urticaria. It differs 
from the former by the uniformly papular character of the eruption, 
by its extreme chronicity, by the great severity of the itching, and 
by the occurrence of lymphatic gland enlargement. It differs from 
urticaria by the appearance of small, pale papules, sooner or later, 
which do not exhibit the transient character of the urticarial wheal. 
It is sometimes confounded with long-standing scabies, but is readily 
distinguished from that affection by the absence of the characteristic 
burrows and the differences in the distribution of the two eruptions. 
The presence of an eruption will serve to distinguish it at once from 
pruritus, a disease with which it was formerly confounded. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The affection is curable in the early 
stages, but relapses are frequent. When the malady is thoroughly 
established, or of the severe type, it is practically incurable, although 
even in these much may be done to alleviate the symptoms. 

The patient should have an abundance of easily digested, nutritious 
food, and should be placed under the best hygienic conditions. Fer- 
ruginous tonics and cod-liver oil are frequently of decided service. 
Cannabis indica, either the tincture or solid extract, is occasionally 
of decided service in allaying the itching, Crocker especially commend- 
ing its use. Kaposi occasionally observed a decided improvement of 
the symptoms from the internal use of carbolic acid in considerable 
doses. Pilocarpin, hypodermatically, has been employed with occa- 
sional good effect. 

Warm baths, either plain or made alkaline by the addition of bicar- 
bonate of soda or borax, and baths containing starch or bran are use- 
ful. These should be used in conjunction with ointments of menthol, 
one-half to one per cent., or of phenol, two to three per cent. In 



80 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

using the latter, care should be taken when applying it to large areas 
that toxic effects are not produced by absorption. A favorite remedy 
with Kaposi was an ointment of naphthol, five per cent., in adults, 
one to two per cent, in children. This is to be rubbed in every evening, 
and every second day a bath with sulphur-naphthol soap should be 
taken. Ointments of tar, of resorcin, and of salicylic acid are also of 
more or less use at times. 



PRURIGO NODULARIS 

Synonyms. — Multiple tumors of the skin, accompanied by intense 
itching ; Persistent Papular Dermatosis ; Lichen Obtusus Corneus ; 
Urticaria Perstans. 

Definition. — A rare chronic inflammatory disease characterized by 
intensely itching papules or nodules. 

Symptoms. — This affection was first described by Hardaway, in 
1880, and a very limited number of additional cases have since been 
observed and reported under various titles by Johnston, Schamberg, 
and Hirschler, Brocq, C. J. White, Hartman, and a few others. 

It is characterized by small to large pea-sized, and occasionally 
larger, rather flat, discrete papules or nodules, which are at first smooth 
and pinkish in color, but later are covered with an adherent scale, and 
become violaceous or brownish. Many of the lesions show a well-marked 
central depression or umbilication, and occasionally a small vesicle on 
the summit. Intense itching accompanies the malady, limited, as a 
rule, to the nodules, but occasionally affecting other parts of the skin. 
It is an extremely chronic affection, lasting for years, and when the 
nodules have once been fully developed they show but little or no 
perceptible change for months (Fig. 14). 

Etiology and Pathology. — With the exception of one or two doubt- 
ful cases, the disease has been seen in adult females only. Nothing 
is known about its direct cause. 

As may be readily inferred from the number of titles given it, 
there is great uncertainty concerning the exact nature and place of 
the malady. Those who have studied its histopathology (Heitzman, 
Johnston, Schamberg and Hirschler, C. J. White) are agreed as to its 
inflammatory character. The horny layer of the epidermis is greatly 
thickened, and there is a more or less pronounced increase in the 
breadth of the rete. In the papillary and reticular portions of the 
corium there is an exudation of round cells, most abundant about the 
vessels. Schamberg and Hirschler found enormous numbers of "mast- 
zellen" in their cases. In Johnston's case there were minute vesicles 
in the central portion of the prickle-cell layer of the rete, and a cellular 
exudate about the nerve-branches in the corium, as well as about the 
vessels. 

Diagnosis. — The large size and discrete character of the nodules, 
the very chronic course, and the intense itching are so characteristic 



INFLAMMATIONS 



81 



of the affection that no difficulty is likely to be experienced in the 
diagnosis. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis is very unfavorable as 
regards a cure. As already observed, it pursues an extremely chronic 
course, lasting for many years. It is extremely rebellious to treat- 
ment, but temporary relief is afforded by baths and the use of lotions 
or ointments of menthol or carbolic acid. No internal treatment has 
been found of any use. 



mHtmmmmmm, 







FlG. 14. — Prurigo nodularis. 



LICHEN PLANUS 

Synonyms. — Lichen ruber planus ; Lichen psoriasis. 

Definition. — An acute or chronic, usually the latter, inflammatory 
disease distinguished by an eruption of small red or violaceous, flat- 
topped, shining papules with angular bases, many of which present a 
shallow central umbilication (Plate I). 

This affection was described in 1869 by Erasmus Wilson as identi- 
cal with the lichen ruber of Hebra, and it is still described by most 
German authors as a variety of that disease. The studies of Robinson 
published in 1883 and in 1889 have quite conclusively demonstrated, 
6 



82 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



however, that it is related to lichen ruber neither histologically nor 
clinically, and it is regarded by most American and English writers 
as an independent disease. 




-Lichen planus. Unusually profuse eruption. 



Symptoms. — The eruption consists of small, discrete, pinkish, red, 
or yellowish-red, flat papules with glazed tops and angular or polyg- 
onal bases, which, as they grow older, usually become a dull crimson 
or a bluish-red. At first smooth, and in many instances slightly umbili- 



INFLAMMATIONS 



83 



cated, they are sooner or later covered with a thin, whitish epidermic 
scale, which is usually adherent, so that it cannot be brushed off. 
Many of the papules show grayish or whitish points and lines, a symp- 
tom to w r hich attention was called by Wickham, who considered it 
pathognomonic and therefore of much value in diagnosis. The papules 
are at first discrete and seldom increase much in size after their ap- 
pearance, but, as new lesions continue to appear between the earlier 
ones, elevated and circumscribed patches are frequently formed, viola- 




FlG. 16. — Lichen annularis. 

ceous in color and covered with a fine adherent silvery-white scale, in 
which it is no longer possible to distinguish the individual papules. 
As a rule the eruption is symmetrically distributed, but it may be uni- 
lateral or limited to a single region (Fig. 15). While it usually shows 
no definite arrangement, it sometimes occurs as rings, or semicircles 
(Fig. 16), or sharply marginate disks with depressed centres (Fig. 17) 
(lichen annularis). The larger rings are composed of a number of 
discrete and confluent nodules, but the small ones arise through the 
central atrophy and peripheral extension of single lesions. Not very 
infrequently it assumes a linear arrangement, the eruption under such 
circumstances occurring along the course of a superficial scratch (Fig. 



84 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



18) (lichen linearis). In rare instances it is distributed over the course 
of some nerve trunk, such as the sciatic nerve, forming long band- 
or ribbon-like patches (Fig. 19) several inches wide. Although it 
may occur in any region, it shows a preference for certain localities, 
such as the flexor surface of the wrists, a common site, of the fore- 
arms and the anterior surface of the knees and legs. It varies greatly in 
extent. At times it is limited to a few scattered, discrete papules sit- 
uated on the wrists, forearms, and legs, or to a single small patch ; 
at other times it is widespread and occupies the greater part of the 
skin. When the papules disappear they usually leave slightly atrophic 
spots and pigmentation, which varies from a pale sepia to dark brown 
and which usually persists for some months, sometimes for many 




Fig. 17. — Lichen planus discoides. 

months. There is usually more or less itching, and sometimes it is 
so severe as to cause the patient great distress. 

In a certain proportion of cases the mucous membranes of the 
mouth, the glans penis, and the labia are affected, usually coincident- 
ally with the skin, but in exceptional cases alone. In these situations 
the papules, constantly moist, are white instead of red, and are 
less elevated than those upon the skin. Upon the tongue they are 
frequently arranged symmetrically upon both sides of the median line, 
sometimes as a small patch occupying the centre of the organ. Upon 
the cheeks they are apt to be situated in the interdental space, forming 
slightly elevated white linear patches upon both cheeks. Upon the 
glans penis and the labia the lesions are white, as upon other mucous 
membranes, but upon the former, when it is habitually uncovered, 
they are pink in color, approaching in appearance the cutaneous lesion ; 
in this situation the eruption occasionally occurs as very slightly ele- 
vated small rings. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



85 



As a rule the malady pursues a chronic course, lasting from a few 
months to a year or two. Exceptionally it occurs as an acute affec- 
tion, either beginning as such or as the sequel of the chronic form. 





Fig. 18. — Lichen planus. Lines of papules occurring in scratch- marks. Many of the papules with 

rounded instead of flat tops. 



In the acute cases the eruption appears suddenly and spreads rapidly, 
covering the greater part of the skin in the course of a few days. 
The papules are usually bright red, quite small, and very numerous, 



86 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



and more or less pronounced constitutional disturbance, with some 
elevation of temperature, is present in the severer cases. Such cases 







Fig. 19. — Lichen planus. Band-like distribution. 

may run a rapid course, the eruption disappearing at the end of a 
few weeks, or they may assume the chronic form and last for months. 



INFLAMMATIONS 87 

Variations from the ordinary type of eruption are occasionally 
met with. Although in the vast majority of cases the eruption is 
strictly papular from the earliest to the latest stages, in rare instances 
vesicles and blebs appear at some time in the course of the affection, 
as in the cases reported by Kaposi, Unna, Leredde, and others. At 
first there was an inclination to attribute such atypical lesions to arse- 
nic, which is employed frequently in the treatment of the malady, but 
it was soon shown that they also occurred in those who had not had 
any arsenic. In a series of seventeen cases collected by Whitfield, 
nine had no arsenical treatment. 

Under the name lichen ruber moniliformis, Kaposi has described 
an extraordinary case in which the eruption, consisting of pea-sized 
nodules, formed thick bands looking like rows of beads situated in 
the flexures of the arms and legs parallel with the long axis of the 
limbs, and upon the abdomen and buttocks. Somewhat similar cases 
have been described by Rona and Dubreuilh. As lichen planus erythe- 
matosus, Crocker has described a rare form in which the papules were 
of a deep crimson color and were very soft to the touch. 

In old cases, thick, dark-red or bluish-red patches, with verrucous 
surface covered with fine scales, occasionally appear upon the legs, 
together with large, discrete, wart-like nodules (lichen sclerosus ; lichen 
verrucosus). 

Etiology. — The direct exciting cause of lichen planus is still un- 
known. Its incidence is apparently uninfluenced by sex, and it is 
most common between the ages of twenty and fifty, although it is 
not unknown in children and the aged. In a considerable proportion 
of cases the patient exhibits symptoms of nervous exhaustion, the 
consequence of worry, overwork, or insufficient or improper nourish- 
ment. Occasionally it has been observed to follow traumatism, and 
the eruption frequently occurs in those already the subjects of the dis- 
ease at the site of scratches or superficial abrasions. In recent years 
the possibility of its being due to some toxin of unknown character 
and origin has been suggested by a number of obser\ r ers (Fordyce, 
Montgomery, and Alderson). 

Pathology. — Lichen planus (Fig. 20) is an inflammation having 
its principal seat in the papillary and subpapillary portions of the 
derma. According to Crocker, the papule is situated, in most cases, 
if not in all, about a sweat-duct, but the observations of Fordyce and 
other investigators have shown this to be erroneous. Pronounced his- 
tological changes are present in both the epidermis and in the corium, 
those in the former probably being secondary. In the epidermis there 
is a pronounced hyperkeratosis, a decided increase in the thickness 
of the granular layer, a broadening of the rete (acanthosis), with inter- 
cellular cedema, and in the later stages colloid degeneration of some 
of the prickle-cells. The papillae and subpapillary portion of the co- 
rium are occupied by a very dense, abundant exudate of connective 
tissue and small mononuclear cells, which more or less completely ob- 



88 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

literates the interpapillary prolongations of the rete and the dividing 
line between the epidermis and the corium. The nature of the small 
round cells is still somewhat in doubt, but most authorities regard 
them as leucocytes. Unna asserts that plasma and polymorphonuclear 
cells are never present in this exudate, but Fordyce has seen both 
varieties of cell, and Sabouraud has found occasional giant-cells which 
he believes to be of epidermic origin. The umbilication present in 
some of the papules is the result of the peg-like thickening of the 
horny layer, which exfoliates and leaves a small depression. In the 







*r 



*mi& 



m& 




Fig. 20. — Lichen planus. 



regressive stages of the papule pigment granules are present in the 
cells of the epidermis and in the corium. 

Diagnosis. — Lichen planus is to be distinguished from other papular 
affections by the flat, shining tops of the papules, the frequent umbili- 
cation, the presence of the minute puncta and striae described by 
Wickham, their polygonal or angular bases, and their dull crimson 
or violaceous color. When the lesions are closely aggregated, forming 
thick patches with a finely scaly surface, such patches may be mistaken 
for squamous eczema or psoriasis. From these they are to be dis- 



INFLAMMATIONS 89 

tinguished by the presence of characteristic papules about the borders 
of the patch or some little distance away from them, and by the dif- 
ference in the quality of the scales, which are fine and silvery-white 
when at all abundant. 

Prognosis. — Although the affection may persist for several months 
or a year or two, recovery eventually takes place, and relapses, al- 
though occurring, are not frequent. Even in extensive cases the 
patient's general health, as a rule, is not affected, although when the 
itching is severe loss of sleep may lead to neurasthenia or a decided 
increase of this symptom when already present. 

Treatment. — When the patient shows symptoms of neurasthenia, as 
is not uncommon, he should spend considerable time in the open air, 
have an abundance of wholesome food, with plenty of milk, cream, 
and eggs, and should be freed from mental stress and worry as much 
as possible. Quinine, iron, and cod-liver oil may be given in moderate 
doses for their tonic effect. Among the internal remedies which more 
or less directly influence the eruption, arsenic and mercury occupy the 
first place. The former may be given as Fowler's solution, in doses 
of from five to ten drops three times a day, or as the solution of the 
arseniate of soda, in the same doses. Arsenic trioxide may be given 
with advantage in the so-called Asiatic pill, each pill containing one 
(0.065) grain of black pepper and from a twenty-fifth to a twentieth of a 
grain (0.025-0.003) of arsenic. Mercury may be employed as the bichlo- 
ride in doses of a twenty-fourth to a sixteenth of a grain (0.025-0.004), 
three times a day. Donovan's solution, which combines both drugs, may 
be given with good effect in doses of five drops three times a day. In the 
cases in which itching is pronounced, salicylate of soda or aspirin, in doses 
of ten grains (0.65) four times a day, will sometimes afford marked relief 
from this most annoying symptom, or salicin, in the same dose, as recom- 
mended by Crocker, may be given instead as less apt to disturb the stomach. 

Local treatment is quite as necessary as the internal ; indeed, in 
cases of limited extent, it may suffice to remove the eruption. Warm 
alkaline baths, or baths containing bran or starch, are frequently of 
use in extensive cases accompanied by itching. One of the most useful 
lotions is the following: 

R, 

Liq. carbonis detergent f§ i (32.0) 

Phenolis 3ss (2.0) 

Glycerini fS i (32.0) 

Aquse q. s. ad fSiv (120.0) 

M. 

Sig. Apply with cotton mop three times a day. 

When itching is not a prominent symptom, the phenol may be 
omitted. A lotion of thymol containing one-half grain (0.03) to the ounce 
(32.0) of lime water, with a half drachm (2.0) of glycerin to each ounce 
(32.0), is a cleanly and agreeable application which frequently proves useful. 

When the disease occurs in dry, scaly patches the local treatment 



90 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

is much the same as in psoriasis, and ointments are usually more useful 
than washes. Oil of cade in a twenty-five per cent, ointment is an 
effective remedy. It should be well rubbed in once or twice a day. 
In thick, old, and dry patches the addition of two to four per cent. 
of salicylic acid increases the efficacy of this ointment very decidedly, 
or a ten per cent, plaster of salicylic acid may be used with good 
effect. An ointment of chrysarobin, five to eight per cent, strength, 
is likewise a useful remedy in the treatment of such patches. The 
X-ray is frequently of much service, not only relieving the itching, 
but bringing about the involution of the patch within a comparatively 
short time. Occasionally, however, it fails. 

LICHEN NITIDUS 

This affection was first recognized by Pinkus as an independent 
disease in 1901, and more fully described by him in 1907. Other cases 
have since been reported by Arndt, Lewandowsky, Kyrle and Mc- 
Donagh, Sutton and Bachrach. 

Symptoms. — It is distinguished by an eruption of small, shining, 
flat-topped polygonal papules, which are red, brownish, or the color 
of the normal skin, resembling the papules of lichen planus. In the 
great majority of cases the eruption is situated upon the penis, the 
shaft, and the glans, but has also been seen upon the abdomen, the 
chest, the arms, and about the anterior border of the axillae. The 
papules are at times very numerous, covering the entire shaft of the 
penis. No subjective symptoms of any sort accompany the eruption, 
and the patient in consequence is sometimes quite unaware of its 
existence. In a number of cases it was discovered accidentally when 
examining the patient for another ailment. The course of the affection 
is sluggish, papules coming and going for months or years. Occasion- 
ally the eruption disappears completely. 

Etiology. — Little or nothing definite is known about its cause. 
With but a single exception, all the cases thus far observed have been 
in males. Kyrle and McDonagh are of the opinion that the malady 
is tuberculous, an opinion with which Sutton agrees, but animal ex- 
perimentation has failed completely so far to support this view of 
its causation, although the first-named authors obtained a mild general 
reaction after an injection of tuberculin. 

Pathology. — Histologically it is a granuloma presenting the struc- 
ture of tuberculous tissue. The papules are made up of collections 
of round, epithelioid, and giant-cells of the Langhans type, the last 
being unusually numerous. 

Diagnosis. — It is to be distinguished from lichen planus, the only 
affection for which it might be mistaken, by its pronounced predilec- 
tion for the genitalia, by the absence of itching, and by its histology. 

Treatment. — The affection is apparently but little influenced by 
treatment. In Sutton's case the eruption disappeared within a month, 



INFLAMMATIONS 91 

while using an ointment of salicylic acid and resorcin alternately with 
oxide of zinc ointment ; but, as the eruption may disappear without 
any treatment, it is uncertain how much it was influenced by the rem- 
edies employed. 



LICHEN SIMPLEX CHRONICUS (Vidal) 

Synonyms. — Lichenification ; Nevrodermite circonscrite ; Prurit 
circonscrit avec lichenification (Brocq). 

Definition. — A chronic inflammatory disease characterized by 
patches of flat, quadrangular pseudo-papules, accompanied by violent 
itching. 

Symptoms. — It begins with severe paroxysmal itching without any 
visible alteration of the skin, confined to a limited area. After a 
variable period a red, violaceous, or brownish-red patch, with ill- 
defined borders, appears in the itching area, made up of closely aggre- 
gated, square, flat papules. When the patch is fully developed it varies 
in size from that of a coin to the palm of the hand, is usually round 
or oval, with a border which blends imperceptibly with the normal skin, 
its surface somewhat elevated and traversed by numerous fine lines 
running at right angles to one another (Fig. 21), producing flat, 
quadrangular elevations resembling superficially the flat-topped pap- 
ules of lichen planus. These elevations, however, are not true papules, 
but are nothing more than an exaggeration of the quadrilateral or 
lozenge-shaped areas into which the skin is normally divided, pro- 
duced by inflammatory thickening. The itching comes on in 
paroxysms, is usually much worse at night, and is often so vio- 
lent as to interfere seriously with the rest of the patient, who is apt 
at times to become highly nervous or hysterical. There is often but 
a single patch, although there may be several. The most common 
sites are the inner and upper surfaces of the thigh and the nape of 
the neck. 

In addition to this circumscribed variety, Brocq recognizes a diffuse 
form in which the whole of a region, such as the extremities, or a 
considerable portion of the trunk, or even the greater part of the cuta- 
neous surface, may be involved. 

A similar lichenification is occasionally observed as a sequel of 
chronic eczema, particularly of the papular form. The patches are 
situated upon the sides of the neck and in the supraclavicular region, 
in the bends of the elbows and the popliteal spaces, and exceptionally 
on the buttocks where they meet. 

Fox and Fordyce have described a lichenoid affection distinguished 
by patches of papules in the axillary and pubic regions, accompanied 
by severe itching, which the latter regards as probably a variety of the 
neurodermatitis of Brocq. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The circumscribed form first described 
is much more frequent in women than in men. Indeed, almost all 



92 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



the cases under the author's care have been in middle-aged women. 
Brocq believes it largely dependent upon the nervous system and a 
symptom of neurasthenia. The direct cause is quite unknown. 

There is considerable difference of opinion among authorities as 
to the place which ought to be assigned to it among diseases of the 
skin. By most it is regarded as closely related to chronic eczema, 
if net simply a variant of it. The author is not inclined to accept this 
view, but agrees with Brocq and other French dermatologists that it 
is an independent affection. 

Brocq found an increase in thickness of the rete, its interpapillary 
prolongations greatly increased in length, and occasionally divided 
or branched. The papillae were decidedly enlarged in all directions 



F 



■ ■ — - — 






Fig. 21. — Lichen simplex chronicus (lichenification), thigh, innei surface. 



and their vessels and the pilo-sebaceous follicles were surrounded by a 
considerable exudation of lymphoid cells. In the cases of Fox and 
Fordyce the latter found an acanthosis with hyperkeratosis most pro- 
nounced about the sweat-ducts. In the corium the most marked change 
was a dilatation of the coils of the sweat-glands, about which there 
was an exudation of lymphoid and plasma-cells, as well as about the 
vessels. 

Diagnosis. — The unmistakable quadrilateral shape of the papules ; 
the localization of the patch, most frequently on the thigh or the nape 
of the neck ; the furious itching, and the very chronic course of the 
affection, are so entirely characteristic that an error in diagnosis is 
not likely to occur. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The affection is unusually rebellious 



INFLAMMATIONS 93 

to treatment, and, as already observed, is of long duration. The 
author has derived most benefit from X-ray treatment — moderate ex- 
posures at intervals of four or five days. An ointment containing ten 
to fifteen grains (0.65 to 1.0) each of phenol and camphor will often 
afford marked relief from the itching; and if this is successfully com- 
bated a long step has been made toward cure. 

PITYRIASIS RUBRA PILARIS 

Synonyms. — Pityriasis pilaris (Devergie) ; Lichen ruber (Hebra) ; 
Lichen ruber acuminatus (Kaposi). 

Definition. — A chronic affection of mildly inflammatory type, char- 
acterized by small, acuminate, firm papules covered by a horny scale, 
situated about the follicles. 

First described by Devergie under the title pityriasis pilaris and 
independently by Hebra as lichen ruber, the first recognizable case is 
to be found in Rayer's treatise on diseases of the skin, where it is de- 
scribed as a peculiar example of psoriasis affecting the hair follicles, 
the particulars of the case having been communicated to Rayer by 
Tarral, who had seen it in St. Bartholomew's Hospital. In order to 
distinguish it from the lichen ruber planus of Erasmus Wilson, Ka- 
posi gave it still another name, lichen ruber acuminatus. Although 
the relationship of the disease to Hebra's lichen ruber has been the 
subject of much discussion, it is pretty well agreed at the present 
time that the two affections are identical, and they will be considered 
so here, although the author formerly was inclined, for various rea- 
sons, to regard them as independent diseases. 

Symptoms. — Although it may begin, in exceptional cases, somewhat 
abruptly, it usually appears gradually, beginning in the majority of 
cases in the scalp, less frequently on the face, and upon the palms and 
soles. In the scalp and face it appears as a more or less abundant, 
fine, branny desquamation, usually accompanied by some redness in 
the latter region, where it is most pronounced on the forehead, in 
the brows, about the alse nasi, and, in men, in the mustache and beard. 
On the palms and soles it begins with slightly red, scaly patches, which 
spread until the whole region is covered with a diffuse thick scale. 
In rare instances it appears first upon some portion of the trunk as 
small, discrete, red, scaly papules. Shortly after its appearance in the 
scalp and upon the palms and soles, characteristic papules appear upon 
the backs of the hands, especially upon the phalanges, upon the ex- 
tensor surface of the forearms, and later upon the trunk and lower 
extremities. These papules, which are the most characteristic feature 
of the eruption, vary in size from that of a pin-head to a hemp-seed, 
are red or brownish-red in color, acuminate in shape, and are topped 
by small, horny plugs or spines frequently containing a broken hair, 
imbedded in the dilated mouths of the hair follicles. At first discrete, 
later, by increase in numbers rather than in size, they may form cir- 



94 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

cumscribed scaly patches with rough grater-like surface, resembling 
superficially patches of psoriasis. In fully developed cases the face 
and scalp are red and covered with fine white scale, looking at a little 
distance as if powdered. Although commonly quite dry, the scales 
occasionally are somewhat greasy, like those of seborrhoea, and may 
form crusts, which upon the scalp mat the hair together. Even in 
cases in which the scalp is markedly involved, the hair is seldom much 
affected until late in the disease. The palms and soles are diffusely 
thickened, the nails are lustreless, brittle, and broken, and there is 
more or less thickening of the skin in all the regions affected, with 
occasional Assuring about the joints, which may interfere more or 
less with movement. 

The eruption is usually symmetrically distributed and varies a 
good deal in extent. In mild cases it may be limited to the scalp, face, 
neck, and upper extremities. In more severe ones it may occupy the 
greater part of the cutaneous surface. 




Fig. 22. — Pityriasis rubra pilaris. 

The subjective symptoms are usually slight, and in mild cases 
may be absent altogether. There may be some itching, however, which 
in rare instances may be so severe as to interfere decidedly with the 
patient's rest at night. 

The malady pursues a chronic course and may last for an indefi- 
nite time. It may slowly and steadily advance, or there may be periods 
of remission or retrogression, followed by periods of renewed activity 
in which the areas already affected are increased in extent and new 
regions invaded. 

The patient's general health, even in extensive cases, is but little 
affected, but occasional exceptions to this rule occur (Fig. 22). 

Etiology. — The cause of the malady is altogether unknown. It 
usually occurs in those who have previously shown no evidence of 
ill-health, and is most frequent in the second and third decades of life, 
although it may occur in quite young children, even as early as the 
first year (Whitehouse). In most instances there is no evidence that 



INFLAMMATIONS 95 

heredity plays any role in its production, but recently de Beurmann, 
Bith, and Heuyer have reported four cases in one family. Sex is 
without influence upon its occurrence. Milian has recently asserted 
that it is of tuberculous origin, basing this opinion upon clinical sta- 
tistics and a positive reaction from injections of tuberculin obtained 
in cases under his observation ; and other French observers — de Beur- 
mann, Darier, Gaucher — are somewhat inclined to adopt this view. 
Vignolo-Lutati, however, reports absolutely negative results from 
tuberculin injections in a case studied by him. 

Pathology. — Little or nothing is known about the pathogenesis of 
pityriasis rubra pilaris. As already mentioned, it is believed by some 
recent observers to be of tuberculous origin, but definite proof of this 
is still wanting. 

As to its histopathology, it is a hyperkeratosis, most pronounced in 
and about the hair follicles, but not limited to these, with secondary 
inflammatory changes in the subjacent parts of the corium. The horny 
layer of the epidermis is everywhere increased in thickness, forming 
in the dilated mouths of the follicles, and to a less extent in the open- 
ings of the sweat-ducts, projecting plugs or spines which extend some 
distance into the follicles, and there is likewise a more or less pro- 
nounced acanthosis. 

In the papillae, which are increased in length, and in the subpapillary 
portion of the corium, there is a moderate exudation of leucocytes, with 
a few plasma-cells and " mastzellen," and the follicles are surrounded by 
a similar, but more pronounced, exudate throughout their length 

(Fig- 2 3)- 

Diagnosis. — The small follicular papules with horny tops, rarely ab- 
sent from the backs of the hands even in mild cases ; the bran-like 
white desquamation of the scalp and face, and the occasional rough, 
scaly patches about the elbows and knees, are features which suffi- 
ciently distinguish it from other affections. The diseases with which 
it is most likely to be confounded are pityriasis rubra and lichen planus ; 
but the former lacks the characteristic papules about the follicles and 
is characterized by abundant papery scales, while in the latter the 
papules are flat-topped, frequently umbilicated, and of a dull crimson 
or violaceous color, altogether unlike the papules of pityriasis rubra 
pilaris. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis as to recovery is unfavorable, since the 
disease tends to persist for an indefinite time. Improvement, however, 
may take place, and in exceptional cases the disease may disappear, 
but relapses are common. As already observed, the general health 
is usually unaffected, but it should be noted that all of Hebra's early 
cases terminated fatally. 

Treatment. — When indicated by the patient's general condition, 
tonics, such as quinine, iron, strychnia, and cod-liver oil, may be 
given with advantage, although these have no direct influence upon 
the course of the disease. Pilocarpine has been recommended to re- 



96 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



iieve the abnormal dryness of the skin, but as its effects are only 
temporary, and as the same result may be obtained by exercise, it is 
better to employ the latter rather than the former. There is some 
difference of opinion as to the usefulness of arsenic. Hebra found it 
of the utmost value — indeed, all his cases died until he began its use, 
but later authors have failed to obtain the same results with it, and 
some have asserted that it is injurious. It should be reserved for the 
later stages of the malady, since there is apparently but little doubt 
that it may act injuriously when given early, and it should be given 
in full doses to obtain benefit from its use. Crocker found thyroid 




Fig. 



23- — Pityriasis rubra pilaris. Note increased width of the rete and horny plug, H, in mouth of 
follicle. (Section from case under the care of Dr. H. W. Stelwagon.) 



gland, beginning with five grains three times a day, and gradually 
increasing the dose, useful when employed in conjunction with local 
treatment. 

In cases of average severity frequent alkaline baths, followed by 
inunctions with a three per cent, ointment of salicylic acid, will be 
found the most satisfactory local treatment. If the skin is inflamed 
and irritable, bran or starch baths may be used. Oil of cade, in an 
ointment such as the following, is likewise frequently serviceable : 



PLATE II 




Psoriasis. 



INFLAMMATIONS 97 

ft. 

01. cadini f 3ii ( 8.0) 

Lanolini 3vi (24.0 ) 

M. 

Sig. Rub in after the bath. 

Brocq has recommended pyrogallol, used as in psoriasis, as one 
of the most efficacious remedies, but besides being dirty and disagree- 
able, staining the underwear and bed-linen, its use over extensive 
surfaces is not unattended with danger from absorption. For thick- 
ened patches a 10 to 20 per cent, salicylic acid plaster is perhaps 
the most efficacious remedy. 



PSORIASIS 

Synonyms. — Lepra ; Alphos ; Ger., Schuppenflechte. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammatory disease of the skin character- 
ized by an eruption of red scaly papules and sharply circumscribed, 
round, sometimes annular, patches, of variable size, covered with a 
laminated, mica-like scale. 

Symptoms. — The disease begins with the appearance of small, red 
papules, which almost at once become covered with a whitish, loosely 
adherent scale. These continue to enlarge peripherally for a variable 
time, forming sharply limited patches, varying in size from that of a 
large pea to a coin, and frequently much larger, which are usually 
rounded in shape and which by coalescence with neighboring patches 
frequently form larger ones with irregular borders. With their in- 
crease in size the patches become somewhat infiltrated, so that they 
project slightly above the surrounding skin even when the scale is 
removed. If, after removal of the scale, the underlying red surface is 
lightly scraped with the nail, a number of bleeding points appear, 
owing to the nearness of the vessels of the papillae of the corium to the 
surface. The eruption is invariably dry from beginning to end, and 
is remarkably uniform in its appearance, varying less from the type 
than almost any other affection of the skin. While the essential feat- 
ures of the lesion vary very little, the course, arrangement, and dis- 
tribution of the eruption as a whole present numerous variations. The 
entire eruption may be made up of shot to pea-size scaly papules and 
patches (psoriasis guttata et punctata) ; it may consist of a few or 
many dime- to half-dollar-size disks (psoriasis numularis), and these 
may coalesce to form extensive, irregularly shaped plaques the size 
of the hand or much larger, sometimes covering a half of an extrem- 
ity or the greater part of the trunk (Plate II) (psoriasis diffusa). Quite 
frequently discoid patches undergo involution in the centre and are 
thus transformed into rings (Fig. 24), which, extending, coalesce with 
neighboring rings, forming gyrate and serpiginous figures (psoriasis 
circinata, psoriasis gyrata). In exceptional cases the eruption covers 
the entire body (psoriasis universalis). 
7 



98 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The course of the eruption is somewhat variable. While it usually 
exhibits irregular exacerbations, it frequently, after reaching a cer- 
tain stage, remains practically unaltered for months or even years. 
This is especially apt to be the case in so-called psoriasis inveterata, 
in which the skin is markedly thickened, covered with abundant ad- 
herent scales, and frequently fissured around the joints. Quite com- 
monly the exacerbations and remissions show a seasonal variation, the 
eruption being much worse, as a rule, in cold than in warm weather. 

The mode of evolution varies a good deal. As a rule, the eruption 
extends slowly, requiring weeks and months to reach its full develop- 
ment ; but in a fair proportion of cases it comes out quite acutely 
and spreads over a large surface within a few days or a week. In 
these rapidly spreading cases scaling is less noticeably laminated than 
in the slowly extending ones, and there is frequently quite severe itch- 
ing and burning. According to Crocker, a certain proportion of the 
cases begins with one or two patches, "primary plaques," which re- 
main alone for weeks or months, or even years, before new ones 
appear. It is not uncommon for the disease to consist of a few insig- 
nificant patches, usually situated upon the points of the elbow, for 
many years, then, without any evident reason, a sudden exacerbation 
occurs, new lesions appear rapidly and abundantly, until a considerable 
part of the cutaneous surface is affected. 

The disease exhibits a marked predilection for the extensor sur- 
faces of the extremities, being very commonly found on the points of 
the elbows and over the anterior surface of the knees ; but these re- 
gions may escape entirely, even in extensive cases. The scalp is also 
a favorite region, particularly on the forehead at the margin of the 
hair and behind the ears. Indeed, the disease may be confined to 
this region, although a careful search in the cases in which it seems 
to be the only part affected will often reveal one or two insignificant 
papules elsewhere, usually upon the elbows. 

There is frequently a quite remarkable symmetry in the arrange- 
ment of the eruption. The patches occupy practically the same re- 
gions and have, in a general way, the same shape on both sides of 
the body (Fig. 24) . Quite exceptionally it may be unilateral or limited to a 
single region. The palms and soles are not often affected, although, 
according to Neilsen, these regions are more frequently affected than 
is commonly supposed. In these localities it seldom presents the cir- 
cumscribed patches seen in other parts, but occurs as a diffuse thick- 
ening of the horny layer, or as small scaly elevations. The face is 
quite often exempt, even in extensive cases, and when attacked the 
eruption is usually less marked than elsewhere, the patches being ill- 
defined and only slightly scaly. 

The nails are occasionally involved, usually along with the skin, 
but the disease may be limited to these, at least for a time. They 
become thickened, brittle, lustreless, and deformed, and beneath them 
is an accumulation of dirty white scales. Neilsen asserts that psoriasis 



INFLAMMATIONS 99 

never attacks the nails alone and never begins in these ; but this is 
certainly an error, since we have had a case under our own observa- 
tion in which the nails were the only part attacked for a period of 
some months. 

The amount of scaling is likewise variable. While in most cases 
it is abundant, it may, on the other hand, be quite scanty ; in the scalp 
it may amount to no more than a well-marked dandruff, although 
usually quite thick in this region. Exceptionally the scales may form 
thick, oyster-shell-like, adherent crusts (psoriasis rupioides, psoriasis 
ostreacea). 

In certain cases not very uncommon the eruption presents some 
of the features of an eczema — the scaling is scanty, the patches are 
not well circumscribed, and there is more or less severe itching — so 
that it may be difficult to decide whether one has to do with a psoriatic 
eczema or an eczematoid psoriasis. 

In certain regions, as, for example, the scrotum, the inflammatory 
symptoms are unusually pronounced. There is frequently considerable 
swelling, with pain and tenderness, occasionally Assuring, with more 
or less moisture. 

In those the subjects of psoriasis irritation, such as may result 
from the application of a mustard plaster, or slight traumatism, such 
as a scratch, may be followed by a psoriatic eruption in the irritated 
or wounded region. In all probability, some of the cases of psoriasis 
which have been reported as following vaccination have been of this 
sort. Former sites of the eruption are much more likely to be affected 
in recurrences than other parts of the skin. 

In the great majority of cases, when the eruption disappears no 
trace of its existence is left, but not uncommonly a faint discolora- 
tion may remain for a short time, or, exceptionally, a decided pig- 
mentation may follow, this last being especially apt to occur in those 
who have taken large doses of arsenic for some time, but not ex- 
clusively in these. In rare cases loss of pigment (leucoderma) may 
follow at the site of the patches, and this leucoderma may be perma- 
nent (Hallopeau). 

In a small number of cases, which is gradually increasing, epithe- 
lioma has occurred at the site of circumscribed keratoses, but this com- 
plication is to be regarded as the result of arsenical treatment rather 
than as a sequel of the psoriasis. Wart-like growths have been ob- 
served in a few instances at the site of patches, and superficial scarring 
has been noted in a small number of cases (vid. p. 98). 

Etiology. — The direct cause of psoriasis is unknown. It is slightly 
more frequent in men than in women, the proportion of the sexes 
being three of the former to two of the latter. The great majority 
of cases begin between the ages of ten and forty, and almost one-half 
before fifteen. It is uncommon before ten years of age, and decidedly 
rare in infancy, although Rille has reported a case which began on 
the sixth day, and Kaposi one at eight months. It almost never ap- 



100 



DIESASES OF THE SKIN 



pears for the first time after fifty, but Crocker saw it begin at eighty- 
one and Neilsen at eighty-five. It is uncommon in dark-skinned races 
and rare in the full-blooded negro. 

Opinions vary greatly as to the possible influence of heredity in 
predisposing to the affection, and these opinions vary all the way 
from ascribing the chief role in its production to inheritance to deny- 
ing its influence altogether. Most authors are agreed, however, that 
the malady is never directly transmitted in this manner. Crocker was 




quite certain that a proclivity to the affection was inherited, and the 
author has at least once seen it occur in three generations in the male 
line. Neilsen very pertinently remarks, however, that the occurrence 
of the affection in several members of the same family can just as well 
be explained by contagion as by heredity. 

The affection apparently has no relationship to any definite con- 
stitutional condition ; it occurs in those who are apparently in robust 
health as well as in the debilitated. It has been attributed to nervous 



INFLAMMATIONS 101 

disturbance and nervous shock, and gout and rheumatism have long 
been regarded as having an etiological relationship to it, as to many 
other skin affections, and with just as little foundation. In my opin- 
ion, there is no evidence worth the name that these affections exer- 
cise the slightest influence in producing psoriasis. The French have 
especially called attention to its occasional association with chronic 
arthritis, especially of the arthritis deformans type, and have made a 
special variety of these cases (psoriasis arthritica), but the evidence 
for a causal relationship between the joint trouble and the cutaneous 
affection is far from sufficient to prove it. It has been noted, how- 
ever, that the cases of psoriasis associated with chronic arthritis are 
apt to be unusually severe (psoriasis inveterata) and to show a more 
or less marked tendency to terminate in a dermatitis exfoliativa. 

As has already been noted, slight mechanical injuries, such as abra- 
sions or scratches, or the application of local irritants, may be followed 
in psoriatic subjects by eruptive lesions at the site of injury or irri- 
tation, especially if the disease is advancing. Kobner was able to pro- 
duce eruptive designs by superficially scratching the skin of individuals 
with psoriasis. 

A number of cases have been observed to follow vaccination, the 
eruption beginning at the point of inoculation and spreading to other 
parts of the body. Whether these are to be classified with the cases 
in which a local irritation simply serves to call out the eruption in a 
subject already predisposed, or whether they are to be considered as 
a real transference of the disease, cannot yet be definitely determined, 
although the weight of opinion is in favor of the former view. 

Under ordinary conditions psoriasis is not contagious, although 
the view that it is due to some as yet unknown organism has many 
supporters. Numerous attempts to transfer it by inoculation have 
been made, in most cases with entirely negative results; but Destot 
apparently succeeded in transmitting the malady to himself from an 
infant with vaccinal psoriasis. A few examples of supposed contagion 
have been reported. Unna, for example, observed three children who 
were supposed to have contracted the disease from a nurse with psori- 
asis, in whose care they were. The number of such cases, however, 
is very small, much too small to base any trustworthy conclusions upon. 

Pathology. — There are many theories as to the nature and patho- 
genesis of psoriasis, and all of them, or most of them, have, as a mat- 
ter of course, something in their favor, but each and every one is as 
yet nothing but a theory. The chief views as to its nature are : First, 
that it is due to vasomotor or trophoneurotic disturbance ; second, that 
it is an infection ; and, third, that it is a toxaemia, the result of some 
metabolic disturbance. The author is much inclined to the view that 
it is a dermatomycosis, an infection of the skin. While none of the 
organisms which have been reported by various investigators from 
time to time as the causative agent, beginning with the "epidermophy- 
ton" of Lang, have been able to stand the test of subsequent investi- 



102 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



gation, yet the apparent success of one experimental inoculation, the 
slowly growing number of cases in which vaccination seems to have 
been the starting-point of the eruption, and the scattered cases of 
apparent contagion from ordinary intercourse, cannot be disregarded 
in a consideration of the causes of the disease. The manner in which 
the eruption spreads, extending at the border and often undergoing 
involution in the centre of the patch ; the disappearance of the spread- 




*\^ SEsSr '^',7- '&&£ •. i* * ! %ar. 



.u*^? * 



s* *.... 3V 



Fig. 25. — Psoriasis (recent papule). Note increased thickness of the horny layer of the epidermis 
and its arrangement in lamellae with retention of nuclei in the lower layers. The rete mucosum is widened 
and there is a moderate exudate of lymphoid cells in the papillae of the corium most noticeable at left of 
section. 

ing rings at the point of contact, as if a temporary immunity had been 
created by the previous existence of the eruption; the well-known ten- 
dency of the affection to recur at the site of previous lesions ; and, 
lastly, the fact that the most efficacious local remedies are, as a rule, 
parasiticide, are facts most readily explained by the theory of infection. 
Pathological alterations occur in both the epidermis and the corium, 
but there is a difference of opinion as to where these changes begin — 
that is, whether the disease is primarily an affection of the epidermis 
or of the papillary layer of the corium (Fig. 25). 



INFLAMMATIONS 103 

There is a considerable proliferation of the cells of the rete (acan- 
thosis), occurring chiefly in the interpapillary prolongations, the layer 
of rete cells over the congested papillae being comparatively thin, so 
that punctate bleeding from the papillary vascular loops readily occurs 
when the scales are scratched off. Cornification of the upper layers 
takes place in an incomplete manner ; the cells retain their nuclei, are 
somewhat moist, so that they adhere in layers, between which are 
small, round, and linear collections of leucocytes (parakeratosis). The 
silvery-white color of the scales is due to the collection of air between 
the lamellae. Owing to the interference with the process of cornifica- 
tion, keratohyalin is no longer formed, and the granular layer disap- 
pears in consequence. 

The papillae of the corium are enlarged, chiefly in the direction of 
their length, and their vessels are dilated, more particularly the venous 
capillaries. About the vessels, the hair follicles, and the sweat-glands 
there is a fairly abundant round-cell exudate, consisting of mononuclear 
and polymorphonuclear leucocytes, with a slight increase in the number 
of connective-tissue cells. The amount of these changes is largely 
dependent upon the age of the lesion, being most marked in the older 
papules. 

Schamberg, Kolrner, Ringer, and Raiziss, in a study of the metab- 
olism of psoriatic patients, found a notable disturbance of protein 
metabolism, as shown by an enormous retention of nitrogen, but their 
findings still await confirmation by other investigators. They attribute 
great importance to this nitrogen retention in the causation of the 
disease. 

Diagnosis. — The invariably dry character of the eruption ; the 
abundant mica-like scales ; the almost invariably sharp circumscrip- 
tion of the patches ; its predilection for the extensor surfaces, and fre- 
quently symmetrical distribution, are features so characteristic of the 
malady that the diagnosis is usually made without difficulty even by those 
with limited experience. 

The diseases with which it is most apt to be confounded are squa- 
mous eczema, seborrhoea, especially of the scalp, lichen planus, ring- 
worm, pityriasis rosea, and the squamous syphilodermata. 

Psoriasis, as has already been pointed out, is invariably dry from 
the beginning to the end of its course, while in eczema there is fre- 
quently more or less discharge, or a history of its occurrence, at some 
time or other. The scale of psoriasis is laminated and composed 
entirely of horny epithelium, while the scale of eczema is frequently 
bran-like, or a mixture of crust and scale — that is, a mixture of epithe- 
lial scales and dried discharge. The patches of psoriasis are sharply 
marginate, while those of eczema commonly have no well-defined 
border, but merge insensibly with the healthy skin. Psoriasis attacks 
by preference the extensor surface of the extremities, while eczema 
shows no such preference. In psoriasis severe itching is exceptional ; 
in eczema it is the rule. While the differential diagnosis between 



104 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

psoriasis and scaly eczema may usually be made without much dif- 
ficulty, the reverse is true when the latter affects the elbows or 
knees, as it occasionally does ; and the distinction between the two 
can be safely made only by a careful examination of the entire cuta- 
neous surface, and especially of the sites of predilection of the former. 

Psoriasis and seborrhcea occurring upon the scalp may resemble 
each other quite closely, and are frequently confounded ; indeed, no 
other error of diagnosis is quite so common. Psoriasis in this region, 
as elsewhere, occurs in circumscribed patches covered by dry, brittle 
scales, beneath which the skin is more or less red, and in the great 
majority of cases evidences of the disease exist elsewhere. In seborrhcea 
of the scalp the area affected is not sharply delimited, the scales are 
fatty or greasy, and the scalp beneath them is either of a normal color 
or paler than in health. In seborrhceic eczema of the scalp or seb- 
orrhceic dermatitis the scales are less abundant than in psoriasis ; 
there is usually more or less moisture beneath them, and the disease 
of the scalp is apt to coexist with the same affection in the eyebrows 
and other hairy regions. 

Psoriasis and lichen planus resemble each other only when the 
latter occurs in patches, but the distinction between the two is usually 
quite easy, since the flat-topped, angular papules characteristic of the 
latter may always be found about the border of the patch or at some 
distance from it. The papules of psoriasis are red, while those of 
lichen are usually violaceous, and the amount of infiltration in a patch 
of lichen is much greater than in a patch of psoriasis. The discrete 
papules of lichen are usually without scales, and it is only when patches 
are formed that scaling becomes at all pronounced, while the earliest 
lesions of psoriasis show a distinct scale. The scale of the two 
diseases is quite different; that of psoriasis is laminated and re- 
sembles mica somewhat, while the scales of lichen planus are small, 
quite white, and somewhat scanty. The distribution of the two mal- 
adies is different, psoriasis affecting the extensor surfaces, lichen 
the flexor surface of the extremities. 

When the patches of psoriasis are ring-shaped and few in number, 
they are sometimes mistaken by the inexperienced for ringworm or 
tinea circinata, but in the former the scaling is quite abundant and 
the extension of the rings much slower than in the latter. No fungus 
can be detected in the scales of psoriasis, while in those of ring- 
worm the spores and mycelia of the trichophyton fungus may always 
be quite readily demonstrated. 

A superficial resemblance may exist between mild cases of psoriasis 
and extensive cases of pityriasis rosea, but the latter is an acute 
affection, running a course of two to three weeks, while the former 
is a chronic disease, lasting often for years. Scaling in the latter 
is usually quite insignificant, altogether unlike the laminated scales 
of the former. 

Psoriasis with small lesions, the so-called guttate psoriasis, and the 



INFLAMMATIONS 105 

papulosquamous syphiloderm of the secondary stage, may occasionally 
resemble one another very closely. In psoriasis the eruption is a 
uniform one, the lesions are all scaly papules which vary only in size ; 
in the papulosquamous syphiloderm there are sure to be found papules 
without scales, and here and there a pustule covered with a crust. 
Psoriasis affect c by preference the extensor surfaces and usually spares 
the face or atfects it but slightly. Syphilis affects all parts alike, occur- 
ring quite frequently in the face, and characteristically on the palms 
and soles, regions which psoriasis attacks only infrequently. The 
syphilitic eruption is usually accompanied by a general adenopathy, 
and lesions upon the mucous membranes of the lips, tongue, and 
cheeks are often present, together with moist papules (condylomata) 
at the verge of the anus and on the scrotum. The scaly lesions of late 
syphilis often occur upon the palms and soles, regions which, as al- 
ready noted, are infrequently attacked by psoriasis. 

Prognosis. — The outlook as to a complete and radical cure is un- 
favorable, although there are few cases of the disease in which the 
eruption cannot be made to disappear for a longer or shorter time 
by judicious treatment. Relapses occur, however, in the larger pro- 
portion of cases at varying intervals, although it occasionally happens 
that a period of years may elapse during which there is no trace of 
the disease. 

Treatment. — Both internal and external remedies are employed in 
the treatment of psoriasis, and a judicious combination of both usually 
gives the best results, although there are cases in which one or the 
other form of treatment may be successfully employed alone. On 
general principles the patient's general health should be carefully 
looked after, but in many cases, if not in most, the patient's general 
condition affords no indication for systemic treatment. In a general 
way, everything which tends to lower the patient's vitality should 
be avoided. Although it is the custom to regulate the patient's diet, 
the author does not believe that any particular form of diet influences 
the disease, either favorably or unfavorably. Quite recently it has 
been asserted (Schamberg) that under a low protein diet the erup- 
tion tends to disappear more or less completely. It is true that some 
individuals, while on such a diet, apparently improve, but the im- 
provement is usually very brief, and the eruption promptly reappears 
after a return to the ordinary diet, and in a considerable proportion 
of cases such a diet exerts no apparent effect upon the disease. The 
inordinate use of alcohol is undoubtedly bad, and it should be inter- 
dicted in most cases. 

Among the systemic remedies employed in the treatment of psori- 
asis, arsenic easily takes the first place, but it is not to be used indis- 
criminately nor by any means in every case, since it is capable of 
doing quite as much harm as good — indeed, more when used injudi- 
ciously. The cases in which it acts best are those in which the erup- 
tion is either stationary or extending very slowly, with no signs of 



106 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

acute inflammation and little or no itching. It should not be em- 
ployed when the eruption is spreading rapidly, is bright red, with 
rather fine scaling, and marked itching. In such cases it almost in- 
variably makes the patient's condition much more uncomfortable. Not 
uncommonly, even in chronic cases, its administration is followed 
"by a marked increase in itching, and exceptionally this increaseditch- 
ing is so severe as to make the continuance of the remedy almost 
impossible for a time. There are many preparations of arsenic, and 
special therapeutic properties are claimed for some of the recently 
introduced organic arsenical compounds, but there is little or no 
evidence that the new preparations are any more effective therapeutic- 
ally than the old ones, although some of them, such as the cacodylate 
of soda, are especially adapted to hypodermatic use. In order to 
obtain satisfactory results from arsenic in psoriasis, it should be given 
in doses as large as the patient can comfortably and safely take. Small 
•doses are of little or no use. Of course, the patient should be under 
-constant and careful supervision while taking the remedy. It should 
always be given immediately after meals, and the liquid preparations 
should be taken largely diluted with water, or, better, with milk, 
in order to avoid as much as possible its local irritant effects upon 
the gastric mucosa. Arsenic trioxide or arsenious acid may be given 
in doses of one-twentieth to one twenty-fifth grain (0.002 to 0.003) 
three times a day, and my own experience is much in favor of giving 
it in combination with black pepper in the shape of the so-called 
Asiatic pill. 

Pulv. piper, nig gr. i. (0.05) 

Pulv. arsenic, trioxid gr. V>o (0.003) 

M. 

Sig. To be taken three times a day. 

This seems to be more active therapeutically than the arsenic tri- 
oxide alone, and better tolerated by the stomach. Fowler's solution 
(liquor potassii arsenitis) is one of the most commonly employed forms 
■of arsenic, and may be given in doses of five to ten drops in half a 
tumblerful of water after meals. The author much prefers, however, 
the liquor sodii arsenatis given in the same dose, since it is tasteless 
and odorless and is apparently somewhat less irritating to the stomach 
than the potash salt. It may be given conveniently and effectively 
in a glass of water taken with the meals, or in milk. If the patient 
is anaemic, either one of the above solutions may be advantageously 
•combined with the wine of the citrate of iron, giving one or two 
teaspoonfuls of the latter as a dose. Recently the cacodylate of soda, 
which contains as much as fifty-five per cent, of arsenic, has been 
recommended as an especially effective arsenical preparation. It may 
be given in doses of one-half to three-quarters of a grain (0.03 to 0.05) 
three times a day, and even larger doses may be given without pro- 
ducing symptoms of arsenical poisoning. When taken by the mouth 



INFLAMMATIONS 107 

it imparts an intensely disagreeable odor of garlic to the breath, ex- 
tremely unpleasant for those who come in contact with the patient. 
A large experience with this preparation has convinced me that it 
possesses no advantages over other preparations of arsenic except 
that it is quite soluble in water, making an unirritating solution par- 
ticularly well adapted to hypodermatic administration. Atoxyl is 
another of the more recently introduced arsenical preparations which 
may be administered hypodermatically, but it is much too dangerous 
for ordinary use. Certain untoward effects are apt to be produced 
by the prolonged use of arsenic in large doses, such as pigmentation 
of the skin and the formation of keratoses, particularly in the palms 
and on the soles, and, since these latter are occasionally followed by 
epithelioma, their production is to be carefully avoided. 

Salicin and the salicylates, remedies which were first recommended 
by Crocker in the treatment of psoriasis, are of considerable value, 
but they must be given in fairly large doses in order to obtain the 
best effect. Salicin is preferable to the salicylates because it rarely, 
if ever, disturbs the stomach and seems to be quite as effective as 
the latter therapeutically. It may be given in doses of from ten to 
fifteen grains (0.65 to 1) three or four times a day, and may be in- 
creased to twenty grains (1.50) without any untoward effect. It 
seems to be especially useful in those cases in which arsenic is contra- 
indicated — cases in which the eruption is rapidly extending and in 
which there is considerable itching. Salicylate of soda may be given 
in the same doses, preferably in carbonated water, to avoid upsetting 
the stomach. Unlike salicin, it is at times quite depressing, in addition 
to its nauseating effect. 

Iodide of potassium in large doses, as advocated by Haslund, is 
a remedy which is occasionally of service, but it should be given in 
large doses, not less than a drachm (4.0) a day, and should not be given 
to patients with cardiac or renal insufficiency. 

The alkalies, such as potassium citrate or acetate, or the liquor 
potassse in full doses, largely diluted with water, are sometimes of 
service, especially in subacute cases with a spreading eruption occur- 
ring in robust individuals, but these should not be continued for any 
considerable period. 

Other remedies which are occasionally useful, but much more 
uncertain in their effects than the foregoing, are phenol in doses of 
one grain (0.06) three times a day, carefully increased to three or 
four grains (0.20 to 0.25) three times a day; turpentine, ten to thirty 
minims three times a day, recommended by Crocker in hypersemic 
cases ; wine of antimony in ten-drop doses three times a day in mark- 
edly inflammatory cases occurring in robust subjects ; and, lastly, thy- 
roid gland (Bramwell). This last sometimes proves effective in cases 
which have resisted other forms of treatment, but it should be given 
with care, and upon the appearance of symptoms of hyperthyroidism, 
such as vertigo, increased rapidity of pulse, and restlessness, it should 
be suspended. 



108 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The local treatment of psoriasis is no less important than the sys- 
temic treatment, and requires even more skill and judgment. It is 
quite possible to remove the eruption by external treatment alone, 
and in cases in which it is not very extensive internal treatment may 
be dispensed with, if there are any contra-indications to its employ- 
ment. The first step in the local treatment should be the thorough 
removal of the scales. When they are scanty, simple inunction with 
some bland fatty substance, such as petrolatum, benzoated lard, olive 
oil, or oil of sweet almond, may be sufficient to remove them. In 
cases in which the scales are abundant more active measures are 
necessary, such as prolonged immersion in a warm alkaline bath and 
the use of the tincture of green soap. If the scales are unusually thick 
and adherent, the wet pack may be employed. In very extensive cases 
rubber clothing or, when an extremity is involved, a rubber bandage 
may be used; these, by retaining perspiration, produce thorough mac- 
eration of the epidermic scales, so that they may be completely re- 
moved. 

In mild and recent cases the use of baths, followed by emollient 
ointments, may be sufficient to remove the eruption when employed 
in conjunction with internal treatment, but in most cases more active 
local treatment is required. 

One of the most efficient of all the local remedies is chrysarobin, 
which may be used as an ointment, paste, or varnish, the first being 
the most efficacious. Certain disadvantages, however, attend its use, 
which restrict to some extent its employment. The first and most 
important of these is its tendency to occasionally produce a severe 
dermatitis, which may extend far beyond the point of its application. 
When applied to the face and scalp, a severe conjunctivitis may result, 
and for this reason it should not be used at all in the former region 
and only with caution in the latter. A second disadvantage is the 
staining of the skin, hair, nails, and clothing which it causes, the last 
being stained an indelible mahogany red. The most efficient manner 
of applying it is as an ointment, containing from two to twelve per 
cent. This should be thoroughly rubbed into the patches, first freed 
of scales, once a day. Made up in a paste as in the following, staining 
is reduced to a minimum : 
B 

Chrysarobini gr. xx-xxx (1.5-2) 

Pulv. amyli, 

Pulv. zinci oxidi aa 3ij (8) 

Petrolati 3ss (16) 

M. 

Sig. Apply once a day. 

This paste is not quite as effective as an ointment, but it is much 
more agreeable to use, greasing and staining the clothing much less. 
The staining may be quite prevented by dissolving the chrysarobin 
in liquor gutta-percha and painting it on the patches, first thoroughly 
freed of scales, with a flat brush. It may be mixed with flexible collo- 



INFLAMMATIONS 109 

dion and applied in the same manner; or it may be mixed with chloro- 
form, thirty grains (2.0) to the ounce (32.0), and painted over 
the patches, which are then covered with collodion after the chloroform 
has evaporated. The strength of these ointments, pastes, and solu- 
tions must depend upon the degree of inflammation and the amount 
of infiltration present. If the inflammation is at all acute, with much 
itching or burning, chrysarobin should not be used at all, or at least 
not until these have measurably subsided. In sluggish, long-standing 
cases, with considerable thickening, the addition of two to three per 
cent, of salicylic acid adds materially to the effectiveness of the chrysa- 
robin applications. Should a dermatitis be produced, the use of the 
remedy should be suspended until this subsides. 

Tar is an old and valuable local remedy in the treatment of psoriasis. 
The ordinary tar ointment of the Pharmacopoeia, unguentum picis 
liquidse, is effective, but dirty and disagreeable, and may advantageously 
be replaced by other tarry preparations, such as the oil of cade 
(oleum cadini) or oil of birch (oleum rusci). These may be used com- 
bined with some ointment-base, such as lanolin or benzoated lard, in 
the proportion of one or two drachms to the ounce (4-8 to 32), and 
should be thoroughly rubbed in once a day, or they may be mixed 
with some fluid fat, such as fluid cosmoline, oil ot sweet almond, or 
olive oil, and thoroughly rubbed into the affected areas with a flannel 
cloth or stiff brush. In inveterate cases with much infiltration the 
pure oil of cade or oil of birch may be employed in tnis manner. The 
curative effect of the tarry preparations is materially enhanced by 
following their application by prolonged immersion in a warm alka- 
line bath. They are not suited to inflammatory cases, and in every 
case it is well to use the weaker ointments at first until the patient's 
tolerance of the remedy is ascertained. Occasionally toxic symptoms 
result from absorption, such as nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, strangury, 
and blackened urine ; the appearance of these symptoms should lead 
to the immediate suspension of the treatment. In recent years at- 
tempts have been made to obtain a tarry preparation which should 
have all the therapeutic value of tar without its disagreeable qualities, 
but so far these attempts have not met with much success. Anthrasol, 
a light-yellow, oily preparation made from tar, with a slight but not 
disagreeable tarry odor, while useful and more agreeable, is by no 
means as effective as the oil of cade or the oil of birch. Coal-tar 
may be employed instead of the preparations of wood tar, but is by 
no means the equivalent of the latter. The most convenient manner 
of using it is in the shape of a mixture of one part of coal-tar to six 
or eight of tincture of soap bark, known as the liquor carbonis deter- 
gent; this should not be used in full strength — at least, not at first — 
but should be diluted with three or four parts of water, or, better, 
lime water, and should be thoroughly rubbed into the patches twice 
a day. 

A very useful and cleanly remedy is an ointment of ammoniated 



110 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

mercury of the strength of from five to ten per cent., or stronger; 
it is colorless and odorless and much more agreeable to use, especially 
on uncovered parts, than the preparations of tar and chrysarobin. 
Owing to the danger of producing mercurialism through absorption, 
its use should be limited to comparatively small areas. It is an espe- 
cially useful local remedy in psoriasis of the scalp, owing to its free- 
dom from odor and stain. 

Pyrogallol, introduced as a remedy for psoriasis by Jarisch, may 
be used as an ointment of ten per cent, strength, but it is a dangerous 
remedy if applied to large areas, since enough of the drug may be 
absorbed to cause serious toxic symptoms, or even death. Betanaph- 
thol and thymol, the former recommended by Kaposi, the latter first 
proposed by Crocker, are occasionally useful, but decidedly inferior to 
such remedies as chrysarobin or tar, although more agreeable to use. 
They are best applied in an ointment of from five to ten per cent. 
strength. 

The X-ray is a very effective and cleanly local remedy, frequently 
causing the rapid disappearance of the patches, but it is no more 
curative than other local or internal treatment, and relapses occur with 
the same facility as after other remedies. It should be employed with 
caution ; the exposures should be short and not too frequently repeated ; 
and it should not be used in psoriasis of the scalp, as permanent alope- 
cia may be produced. Exposure to sunlight and to the electric arc-light 
likewise exerts a favorable effect upon the eruption. 

PARAPSORIASIS 

Synonyms. — Parakeratosis variegata (Unna) ; Lichen variegatus 
(Crocker) ; Psoriasiform and lichenoid exanthem (Neisser) ; Derma- 
titis psoriasiformis nodularis (Jadassohn) ; Erythrodermie pityriasique 
en plaques disseminees, Parapsoriasis en plaques (Brocq) ; Resistant 
maculo-papular scaly erythrodermias (Fox and MacLeod). 

Definition. — A rare and extremely chronic and rebellious inflamma- 
tory affection distinguished by an eruption composed of minute scaly 
papules and scaly erythematous patches situated, for the most part, 
upon the trunk. 

Attention was first called to this rare affection by Unna, who, in 
conjunction with Santi and Pollitzer, first described several cases in 
1890, under the name of parakeratosis variegata. Other cases bear- 
ing more or less resemblance to Unna's cases have since been described 
under a variety of names by Jadassohn, Juliusberg, Neisser, Colcott 
Fox and MacLeod, J. C. White, and Brocq. While all these cases 
have certain features in common, they also present decided differ- 
ences in many of their clinical symptoms, and while regarded by 
most authorities at present as closely related, it is still uncertain 
whether they are actually only variants of the same disease or dis- 
tinct affections. Fox and MacLeod have proposed for the whole 
group the provisional title "Resistant maculo-papular Scaly Erythro- 



INFLAMMATIONS 1 1 1 

dermias," including under it the erythrodermie pityriasique en plaques 
disseminees, parapsoriasis en plaques, of Brocq; the dermatitis psoriasi- 
formis nodularis of Jadassohn; the pityriasis lichenoides of Juliusberg ; 
the lichenoid psoriasiform exanthem of Neisser; and Unna's parakera- 
tosis variegata. 

Symptoms. — As may be inferred from the variety of names under 
which the cases have been reported, the symptoms present considerable 
variation, although certain of them are common to the whole group. 
Following Brocq, the cases may be divided into three groups : First,, 
those which resemble in some degree psoriasis, characterized by small, 
flat, red or brownish-red, slightly scaly papules and macules scattered 
over the trunk and extremities, slowly spreading to new regions until 
a large part of the skin is involved ; second, those which bear some 
resemblance to lichen, distinguished by an eruption consisting of very 
small, slightly scaly, red or yellowish-red papules which in time form 
irregular or serpentine patches, which inclose areas of sound skin, 
producing a characteristic retiform appearance. When fully developed 
the eruption may cover a large part of the trunk and extremities. The 
skin is somewhat thickened and varies in color in different localities 
from yellowish-red to a pale violaceous color, producing a variegated 
appearance (parakeratosis variegata, lichen variegatus). The third 
form is characterized by variously sized red or brownish-red, non- 
elevated patches covered with a fine scanty scale, which begin as small 
red spots or patches one or two centimetres in diameter and steadily 
enlarge and coalesce. On the back they occasionally form linear 
patches an inch or an inch and a half wide, which follow the direc- 
tion of the ribs, producing a streaked appearance. 

Occasionally intermediate cases are observed in which, in addi- 
tion to the scaly erythematous areas above described, patches of very 
small scaly papules are present, such as are seen in cases of the sec- 
ond group. 

In most of the cases reported the absence of itching has been em- 
phasized, but a few exceptions have been noted. In a case of the 
third form in a neurasthenic man at present under the author's care, 
considerable itching is present at night. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The immediate cause of the affection is 
altogether unknown. It is apparently decidedly more frequent in men 
than in women, and is, for the most part, a disease of adults, although 
Juliusberg saw a case in which it was said to have begun at seven years 
of age. The cases, however, are as yet far too few to permit any trust- 
worthy conclusions to be drawn concerning the factors which predis- 
pose to it. 

Brocq regards it as related, on the one hand, to psoriasis and the 
psoriasiform "seborrheids," and on the other to lichen planus. 

The histological changes are indicative of an inflammatory process 
and are much the same in all forms, differing chiefly in degree. In 
the epidermis there is inter- and intra-cellular oedema of the prickle- 



112 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

cell layer, with disturbances in keratinization leading to disappear- 
ance, wholly or in part, of the granular layer and retention of nuclei 
in the cells of the horny layer (parakeratosis). 

The papillae of the corium are cedematous, their vessels dilated i#id 
surrounded by a more or less abundant round-cell exudate. 

Diagnosis. — The extremely chronic and rebellious character of the 
eruption, its steady spread, its peculiar yellowish-red or brownish- 
red and occasionally variegated color, and the absence of itching are 
characteristic features. It differs from psoriasis by the scantiness of 
the scales and their bran-like character, and by the absence of any 
partiality for the regions affected by the latter. It may be distin- 
guished with difficulty from the erythrodermic stage of granuloma 
fungoides, and in at least one case was confounded with that affection. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — As already observed, the affection is 
an eminently chronic one and extremely resistant to treatment. Brocq 
has observed benefit from the internal use of cacodylate of soda, and 
Engman and Mook from bichloride of mercury, but others have ob- 
served no benefit from any form of internal treatment. 

Unna had some success with a strong ointment of pyrogallol, coun- 
teracting its toxic effects by the simultaneous administration of hydro- 
chloric acid. Brocq regards this as the most useful local remedy, 
using a ten per cent, ointment with the addition of two and one-half 
per cent, of salicylic acid. When using such a dangerous local remedy 
as pyrogallol, the patient should be under constant and careful super- 
vision lest serious toxic effects be produced. 

PITYRIASIS ROSEA 

Synonyms. — Pityriasis maculata et circinata; Pityriasis rose (Gi- 
bert) ; Herpes tonsurans maculosus (Hebra). 

Definition. — An acute mildly inflammatory disease characterized by 
an eruption composed of small, red, only slightly elevated papules and 
round, annular and elliptical, slightly scaly macules. 

Symptoms. — This affection was first described by Gibert, in i860, 
who gave it the name pityriasis rose, and later by Bazin, who gave it 
another name, pityriasis maculata et circinata, and by Hardy, Duhring 
Behrend, and others. 

The eruption is in most cases confined to the trunk, although it 
is not very uncommon on the neck and extremities, but is very rare on 
the face. It begins as small pink or red papules and round or oval 
patches which continue to enlarge for a day or two and then remain 
stationary. The majority of the macules undergo a partial involution 
in the centre after a short time, which transforms them into rings or 
ellipses with a yellowish centre covered with a thin, finely wrinkled 
scale and slightly elevated and finely scaly red borders. When fully 
developed the patches vary in size from that of a large pea to a coin 
and in numbers from a dozen or two to scores or hundreds, covering 



INFLAMMATIONS 113 

the trunk, the upper arms, and upper thighs. In the cases with scanty 
eruption the lesions may all appear within two or three days, but in the 
more extensive cases they come out in crops for a week or longer. 
A certain number of the lesions remain papular throughout the attack, 
and exceptionally the papular character of the eruption as a whole 
is quite pronounced. 

As was pointed out some years ago by Brocq and repeatedly con- 
firmed since, the disease begins in a certain proportion of cases with 
a " primitive plaque," which usually appears upon the trunk, according 
to Brocq somewhere near the waist-line, and, after a period varying 
from two or three to ten days, new patches appear rather rapidly on 
various parts of the trunk. The interval between the appearance of 
this primitive plaque and the general eruption is occasionally quite 
prolonged. Moingeard observed a case in which it was six weeks, 
and the author has within a few months seen one in which it was seven 
weeks. The proportion of cases in which it occurs is still undetermined. 
Szaboky found it in 50 per cent, of 119 cases, while Graham Little saw 
it only nineteen times in 174. Since it is unattended by any annoying 
subjective symptoms which attract the patient's attention, and may 
occur on parts not easily seen, it probably is present in a much larger 
proportion of cases than these figures indicate. 

The distribution and extent of the eruption vary considerably. 
In the majority of cases it is found in the clavicular regions and on the 
sides of. the thorax. It is rather scanty, but may cover a great part 
of the trunk and extend to the upper arms and upper thighs. The 
forearms and legs are rarely affected, the face still less frequently, 
and the hands almost never. In rare cases it may be unilateral or 
limited to certain regions, such as the clavicular or the sides of the 
thorax. 

In most cases some degree of itching is present and occasionally 
is very severe, causing the patient much distress. If irritating washes 
or salves have been applied, a decided dermatitis may be produced, 
accompanied by intense itching. 

The eruption lasts from two to three weeks, the usual time, to six 
or eight, or even three or four months in exceptional instances. 

With a widespread eruption slight elevation of temperature, with 
headache, may be present for a short time, but this is unusual. Under 
similar circumstances the cervical, axillary, and inguinal glands may be 
slightly enlarged (Crocker). 

Second attacks may occur, but are decidedly rare, the author having 
seen but a single example (Fig. 26). 

Etiology. — The disease is seen in the great majority of cases in 
children and young adults. It is rare in infancy and old age, but 
Crocker saw it as early as seven months and as late as seventy years. 
Although it is stated by some authors (Thibierge) that it is decidedly 
more frequent in women than in men, the author's own experience 
coincides with that of Szaboky, who found it much oftener in males than 
8 



114 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



in females. It is altogether likely, however, as the statistics of Crocker 
and Graham Little show, that sex affects its incidence very little, if 
at all. It is apparently somewhat more frequent in the cold than in 
the warm months. 

In 1882 Vidal announced the discovery of a fungus in this malady 





FlG. 26. — Pityriasis rosea. 



consisting of extremely small spores of unequal size without mycelium, 
surrounding the epithelial cells, to which he gave the name Microsporon 
anamocon or dispar. This discovery was not confirmed by other in- 
vestigators, but quite recently (1912) Du Bois has described a similar 
organism which he has found in the scales of the patches for which he 
proposes the name given by Vidal, Microsporon dispar. He attributes 



INFLAMMATIONS 115 

the non-success of those who have looked for the organism to the fact 
that they have not removed the scale with sufficient care. Unless this 
is very carefully done, the spores are destroyed or lost. This dis- 
covery still awaits the confirmation of other investigators. 

In a few instances it has been observed in two or more members of 
the same family, as husband and wife, mother and child, sister and 
brother (Hyde, Crocker, Fordyce, G. H. Fox), but these are still so 
few that they may just as well be attributed to coincidence as to 
contagion. 

Pathology. — The nature of the disease is still undetermined. Hebra, 
Kaposi, and others of the Vienna school believed it a variety of ring- 
worm, but as it has been demonstrated again and again that the 
trichophyton is not present in the scales of the patches, this opinion is 
hardly worth serious discussion. By a number of authorities it is 
regarded as a general infection analogous to the exanthemata, or to 
the toxic erythemata. 

Notwithstanding the apparently superficial character of the macules, 
considerable histological changes are present in both the epidermis and 
the upper portion of the cutis. In the former there is a parakeratosis 
with parenchymatous oedema of the rete which causes a slight increase 
in its width. In the advanced stages of the eruption, microscopic 
vesicles are present beneath the horny layer. In the papillae and sub- 
papillary portion of the cutis the vessels and lymph-spaces are dilated 
and the former surrounded by a considerable exudation of cells, which, 
according to Unna, are almost wholly young connective-tissue cells, 
but which according to Hollman are largely leucocytes. 

Diagnosis. — The eruption is in most cases quite characteristic in 
appearance, but is at times mistaken for seborrhoeic dermatitis, ring- 
worm, psoriasis, and, most frequently of all, for syphilis. 

Seborrhoeic dermatitis shows a decided preference for the scalp, 
face, and on the trunk, for the sternal and interscapular regions, the 
regions which pityriasis avoids altogether or shows no special prefer- 
ence for. The scales are greasy and may form crusts, while those of 
pityriasis rosea are dry and fine. Seborrhoeic d r rmatitis is a chronic 
affection, pityriasis rosea an acute one. 

In ringworm the patches are rarely very numerous, are situated, 
in most cases, upon the face and other uncovered parts, spread peripher- 
ally quite rapidly and sometimes extensively, and contain the spores 
and mycelia of the trichophyton. 

In psoriasis the patches are decidedly red and infiltrated and are 
covered with a laminated mica-like scale much more abundant than 
the fine scale on the patches of pityriasis rosea. The former is a 
markedly chronic, the latter an acute, disease. 

Although there is, in most cases, but little real resemblance between 
pityriasis rosea and syphilitic eruptions, the former is quite often 
mistaken for the latter. The color of pityriasis is a characteristic 
salmon-pink, that of the macular and papulo-squamous syphiloderm 



116 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

red or brownish-red. The former never occurs on the palms and very 
rarely upon the face, regions commonly affected by syphilis. The 
former frequently itches more or less, the latter very rarely. The 
syphilitic eruption is accompanied by a general adenopathy, mucous 
patches in the mouth and about the anus, and other symptoms more or 
less characteristic. 

Prognosis and Treatment.- — In most cases it is a trivial affection, 
chiefly of importance from the point of view of diagnosis. It runs 
a course lasting from two or three weeks to a month or more, but 
exceptionally it may last several months. It is rarely accompanied 
by annoying symptoms and disappears without leaving any sequelae. 

Internal treatment is unnecessary and without effect upon its course, 
although Crocker was quite convinced that salicin hastened its invo- 
lution. Nor is there any certainty that external treatment is any more 
efficacious, although this may be necessary for the relief of itching. 
Especial care should be taken to avoid the use of lotions or ointments 
which may irritate the skin, which seems to be more than usually 
irritable. If irritated, the itching may be extremely annoying ; indeed, 
the only cases in the author's experience in which this symptom has 
been especially pronounced have been those which have been inju- 
diciously treated locally. Lotions of phenol, one to two per cent., with 
two or three per cent, of glycerin, of resorcin, one per cent., of menthol 
and borax (vid. Eczema), may be employed when local treatment is 
indicated. 

ECZEMA 

Synonyms. — Salt rheum ; tetter ; Fr., eczema ; Ger., Ekzem, nassende 
Flechte, Salzfluss. 

Definition. — Eczema is an inflammation of the skin, a dermatitis 
characterized by a variety of primary lesions, such as redness or ery- 
thema, papules, vesicles, and pustules, and secondary lesions, such as 
crusts, scales, fissures, and thickening of the skin. The eruption is 
usually a multiform one, several, indeed all, of the above-mentioned 
lesions being present at one time or another in the course of the disease, 
or simultaneously. Itching and burning, usually of a marked charac- 
ter, accompany the eruption, the former being almost never absent. 

If we consider the frequency of its occurrence, the distress which it 
occasions its subjects, the difficulties which often surround its treat- 
ment, eczema is easily one of the most, if not the most, important of all 
the diseases of the skin. According to the statistics of the American 
Dermatological Association, no less than 30 per cent, of all diseases 
of the skin in North America belong in this category. No age nor 
station in life is exempt. Infancy and old age, the rich and poor alike, 
are its subjects. Much has been written in times past in a vain en- 
deavor to show how eczema differs from an ordinary simple dermatitis, 
but, as was conclusively proven by Hebra, eczema is nothing more 
than a dermatitis, although not every dermatitis is an eczema. It 



INFLAMMATIONS 117 

differs in no essential particular, neither as to its clinical features nor 
its histopathology, from the inflammation of the skin which may be 
artificially produced by many irritant substances locally applied. That 
eczema is nothing more than a dermatitis is conclusively shown by 
the fact that in the so-called trade eczemas a large and important class 
which are in every particular real eczemas, differing in no discoverable 
way from those of unknown origin, the affection is in the beginning 
an inflammation of the skin resulting from contact with some irritant 
substance, chemical or otherwise, which frequently runs an acute 
course, disappearing promptly at first with the withdrawal of the irri- 
tant, but which after repeated attacks or prolonged exposure no longer 
disappears, even when the cause is withdrawn, but continues in- 
definitely. The simple acute dermatitis has then become a chronic 
eczema. And while it is true that many individuals are much more 
prone to acquire eczema than others, exhibit an " eczematous " ten- 
dency, it is also most probably true that every individual may acquire 
the affection if the irritation of the skin is sufficiently prolonged or 
often enough repeated. Bateman's definition of eczema, " a non- 
contagious eruption, generally the effect of irritation, whether inter- 
nally or externally applied, occasionally produced by a great variety of 
irritants," has had nothing of real importance added to it in a hundred 
years. 

While all authors recognize an acute and a chronic form of the 
malady, yet eczema is practically a chronic affection, pursuing a course 
lasting months or years, during which there are frequent acute exacer- 
bations. Indeed, the author is quite convinced that acute eczema 
would dwindle to small proportions if care were taken to exclude the 
action of local irritants in every case of acute inflammation of the skin 
presenting the symptoms of eczema. A large proportion of the cases 
of so-called acute recurrent eczema are, in fact, cases of acute derma- 
titis resulting from contact with some unsuspected or undiscovered 
irritant. There are, however, certain cases of acute inflammation of 
the skin, presenting the symptoms of eczema, in which such local 
cause can be excluded, and for which some unknown internal source 
must be accepted, 

Symptoms. — The symptoms of eczema are those of inflammation, 
redness and some swelling, with or without papules, vesicles or pustules 
seated upon reddened areas, accompanied by subjective sensations of 
itching and burning, oftentimes of the most exaggerated character. 
The picture presented by the eruption is a constantly changing one — 
the erythema of to-day is succeeded by a vesicular eruption to-morrow, 
which, in turn, may be replaced by a red raw surface from which oozes 
a straw-colored viscid fluid which dries into thick yellow crusts. Very 
commonly, if the disease is at all extensive, several types of eruption 
may be present on various parts of the skin simultaneously. The face 
may present a diffuse redness with slight scaling, while the arms are 
covered with vesicles and the legs are moist, oozing and crusted, the 



118 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

type of disease depending upon a great variety of circumstances, such 
as duration, locality, and age of the patient. Certain types are much 
less subject to variation in the eruption than others. Erythematous 
eczema frequently remains such throughout its course and the same 
is often true of the papular variety, while the vesicular type is apt to 
undergo transformation into one or the other of the secondary forms 
of the affection. It varies much in extent. It may consist of a few 
scattered patches limited to one or two regions, or may involve the 
entire cutaneous surface. Not very infrequently the mucous mem- 
branes adjoining the skin, such as the conjunctiva, the vaginal and 
rectal mucous membranes, share in the inflammation when the lids, 
the vulva and the anus are the seat of the eczema. In vulvar and 
anal eczemas implication of the adjoining mucous membranes usually 
gives rise to the most intolerable paroxysmal itching, and in the latter 
is sometimes accompanied by painful spasm of the sphincters. Con- 
stitutional symptoms are absent in the great majority of cases, although 
in acute attacks involving large areas there may be for the first few 
hours a slight rise in temperature, but this is altogether exceptional. 

The course of the malady is a very variable one. As has already 
been mentioned, it may be acute, but in the vast majority of cases it is 
a chronic affection, often lasting many months and even years, varying 
greatly in its symptoms from day to day, often exhibiting acute exacer- 
bations which transform it for the time into an acute inflammation, 
these exacerbations being the result of improper treatment, scratching, 
or, not infrequently, of some undiscoverable cause. In long-standing 
cases the skin is frequently greatly thickened, is dry and harsh from 
suppression of the functions of the sweat and sebaceous glands, and in 
consequence has lost its pliability and elasticity, so that Assuring 
readily occurs. These fissures are usually found in the normal lines 
of the skin, especially upon the palms and soles, or about the joints. 

Furunculosis is an occasional complication and adds much to the 
patient's discomfort. In eczema of the lower extremities, particularly 
in middle-aged individuals, chronic leg ulcer is a frequent complication, 
especially when the eczema is associated with, or is the sequel of, vari- 
cose veins. In extensive and very chronic cases, swelling of the lymph- 
glands is not at all uncommon. 

Four principal varieties of eczema are commonly recognized, named 
according to their primary lesions, eczema erythematosum or erythe- 
matous eczema, eczema papulosum or papular eczema, eczema vesic- 
ulosum or vesicular eczema, and eczema pustulosum or pustular 
eczema. A variable number of secondary forms are likewise recog- 
nized, such as eczema rubrum, eczema madidans or moist eczema, 
eczema squamosum or scaly eczema, eczema fissum, fissured eczema, 
eczema verrucosum or verrucous or wart-like eczema, eczema scle- 
rosum or sclerous eczema. Although there is a great diversity in the 
clinical symptoms presented by these several varieties, it must not be 
supposed that they represent distinct diseases — they are nothing more 



PLATE III 




Erythematous eczema. 



PLATE IV 




Erythematous and vesicular eczema. 



INFLAMMATIONS 119 

than variations of the same affection, one form readily and often passing 
into the other, and two or more forms frequently coexisting in the 
same individual. 

ECZEMA ERYTHEMATOSUM 

Erythematous eczema (Plate III) usually begins quite acutely 
with redness and swelling of the skin, the latter being especially 
marked when it attacks certain regions, such as the lids. The skin is 
a bright red to dull crimson or violaceous, and there is marked itching 
and burning. The area involved varies from a small coin-sized patch 
to the whole of a region, such as the face or an extremity, the borders 
of the inflamed area being ill-defined, fading insensibly into the sur- 
rounding normal skin. After a few days more or less scaling, usually 
of a furfuraceous or bran-like character, takes place, and the skin 
becomes harsh and dry. When the parts affected are opposed surfaces, 
as in the region of the genitalia or beneath the breasts in women, the 
horny layer of the epidermis is often lost through maceration and fric- 
tion and the skin becomes bright red and moist or oozing (eczema 
intertrigo). After lasting a week or two the redness may slowly 
diminish, the itching and burning grow less and speedy recovery seem 
assured, when suddenly a new outbreak occurs, and all the symptoms, 
objective and subjective, reappear with their original severity. With 
such exacerbations and remissions, or sometimes with but little varia- 
tion, the disease may continue for months, or indefinitely. In chronic 
cases the skin is dry, harsh, thick and scaly, there is a moderate amount 
of itching and often little or no tendency to spread beyond its original 
borders. Even after complete recovery relapses are quite common 
upon the slightest exposure to irritation of any kind, and frequently 
without any discoverable cause. Instead of continuing as an erythema 
it may be transformed into one of the other types of the affection, 
such as the vesicular, or irritated by rubbing and scratching or inju- 
dicious local treatment, the surface becomes moist, red and oozing, 
presenting the characters of an eczema rubrum. While less frequent 
than some other forms, the erythematous type is a fairly common one, 
and may occur on any portion of the skin, although it is most frequently 
seen upon the face, especially upon the forehead and the lids. 

ECZEMA VESICULOSUM 

The commonest of the primary forms of eczema is the vesicular 
(Plate IV). It usually begins with sensations of heat and itching, 
followed speedily by redness of the skin with a moderate amount of 
swelling, and upon the reddened surface numerous pin-head to shot- 
sized elevations of the epidermis filled with transparent yellowish 
serum soon appear. The vesicles may be discrete, or, as is most 
frequently the case, they exist in such numbers that they are crowded 
together, forming variously sized irregular patches with poorly defined 
margins or upon the palms where the skin is thick they may coalesce to 



120 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

form blebs. Owing to the thinness of their walls the vesicles are soon 
broken by the scratching and rubbing of the patient in his efforts 
to relieve the almost intolerable itching accompanying the eruption, 
or, when not broken by violence, they rupture spontaneously, giving 
exit to an abundance of yellowish, viscid serum which stains and 
stiffens the patient's linen and dries into yellow crusts. New vesi- 
cles constantly succeed the old and ruptured ones, or, as frequently 
happens, these no longer form, but the inflamed skin is transformed 
into a bright-red surface, denuded of its horny layer, covered with red 
points from which serum constantly oozes, sometimes in such quantity 
as to drip from dependent parts, the vesicular eczema thus passing into 
a secondary eczema rubrum. Oftentimes the most intense itching 
accompanies the eruption, occurring paroxysmally and driving the 
patient to the most violent scratching and rubbing in his efforts to 
obtain relief, which comes only after the vesicles have been broken, 
and is usually of very brief duration, recurring with all its original 
severity with each new crop. While the eruption may remain as it 
began, a purely vesicular one, it much oftener exhibits a considerable 
degree of multiformity, papules, vesicopapules and pustules coexisting 
with the vesicles. The extent of surface involved varies from a few 
small patches to an entire limb or the face, and while it shows no 
marked predilection for any region, it is seen most frequently upon 
the face, forearms, hands and feet. Upon the back of the hands it 
occasionally occurs in coin-sized circular, rather circumscribed patches 
which persist with great obstinacy. A common situation in infants is 
the face, a variety known to the older authors and the laity as " milk- 
crust." 

ECZEMA PAPULOSUM 

Papular eczema, the lichen simplex of the older writers, is charac- 
terized by an eruption of pin-head sized and larger red, acuminate or 
rounded papules, occurring discretely over considerable areas, or more 
frequently in ill-defined, variously sized patches in which the lesions 
are closely aggregated, producing more or less infiltration of the skin. 
Although the lesions often remain papular throughout the entire course 
of the disease, it is not unusual for a number of them to become vesicles. 
Owing to the usually severe itching which accompanies the eruption, 
many of the papules are covered with small blood crusts. The regions 
attacked are most commonly the flexor surfaces of the limbs, less fre- 
quently the trunk, and infrequently the face. This is one of the most 
persistent forms of eczema, always running a chronic course. In long- 
standing cases in which there are thickened patches of closely crowded 
papules, a certain amount of scaling usually occurs. Exceptionally, 
as a result of scratching and rubbing, these patches may become moist 
and oozing, and a secondary eczema rubrum arise. With the excep- 
tions just noted, this variety of eczema is always dry. The papules 
usually last a considerable time and new lesions appear from time to 



PLATE V 




Eczema rubrum. 



PLATE VI 




Eczema rubrum with abundant crusts. 




Eczema rubrum with crusting. 



PLATE VII 




Eczema rubrum with chronic leg ulcer. 



PLATE VIII 




Squamous and fissured eczema. 



INFLAMMATIONS 121 

time. In certain cases not very rare, the papules are rather flat and 
somewhat glistening, resembling somewhat the papules of lichen 
planus, although they are rarely so well defined as the lesions of that 
affection, and lack the violaceous hue and the central umbilication so 
frequently present in lichen papules. 

ECZEMA PUSTULOSUM 

Pustular eczema, a much less common type than the vesicular, may 
begin as such, or, what is much more frequent, it commences with 
vesicles the contents of which become puriform later. In the latter 
event the eruption is a mixed one, vesicles and pustules coexisting. 
With the rupture of the pustules, either spontaneously or through rub- 
bing and scratching, thick, yellowish, greenish or brownish crusts form, 
sometimes in great quantity, beneath which the skin is red and covered 
with an abundant seropurulent fluid. Subjective symptoms, such as 
itching and burning, while present, are rarely so severe as in the vesic- 
ular form. It is most commonly situated upon the scalp, less fre- 
quently in the face, and is seen especially in children, particularly in 
those who are ill-cared for and ill-nourished, or who show evidences of 
tuberculous infection, such as enlarged or inflamed lymphatic glands, 
so-called strumous subjects. When eczema attacks hairy regions other 
than the scalp, such as the beard and, in hairy individuals, the forearms 
and legs, it frequently assumes the pustular type, the pustules being 
situated about the hair follicles. 

While the foregoing clinical types are often well defined and well 
differentiated from one another, it is very common to see a mixed type, 
in which several varieties of lesion coexist. 

Sooner or later in most cases, the primary lesions disappear or are 
more or less modified, giving rise to secondary forms which differ 
clinically more or less distinctly from the primary forms. 

Eczema rubrum is one of the commonest of these secondary forms 
(Plates V and VI). In this variety the skin is usually much thickened, 
bright red, with scanty scales or crusts, or moist and weeping (eczema 
madidans) , and covered with thick crusts. Acute exacerbations occur with 
more or less frequency, accompanied by oedema, and abundant discharge of 
viscid serum, which after a time dries into thick yellow crusts. There are 
often much pain, itching and burning, which are always decidedly increased 
during these acute outbreaks. While eczema rubrum may occur on almost 
any portion of the skin, it is most often seen on the lower extremities of 
middle-aged and elderly people, in the flexures of the forearm, and, in 
children, behind the ears. It follows vesicular and pustular eczema much 
more frequently than any of the other varieties. Although it is not very 
uncommon after the erythematous form, it is quite unusual as a sequel 
of the papular variety. On the lower extremities it is often associated 
with the chronic leg ulcer (Plate VII). 

Eczema squamosum, or scaly eczema (Plate VIII), occurs as ill- 



122 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



defined, red and thickened patches, covered more or less thickly with 
whitish or yellowish scales which may be fine and bran-like and easily 
detached or of considerable size and more or less adherent. The scaly 
form is usually the sequel of the erythematous and papular varieties, 
or it may be the terminal stage of a vesicular eczema or an eczema 
rubrum. A common situation for this form is the scalp, particularly 
the occipital region and the nape of the neck, forming in the latter 

situation dull red or violaceous dry, 
thick patches covered with scanty 
bran-like scales, often accom- 
panied by severe itching. Similar 
patches occur upon the extremi- 
ties, particularly the lower ones, 
as the sequel of papular eczema. 





Fig. 27a. — Eczema fendille of leg. A variant of 
eczema craquele. 



While desquamation may be a 
transient symptom in eczema, as 
when it is the terminal stage of an 
acute or subacute erythematous 
eczema, it is most commonly asso- 
ciated with very chronic forms 
Fig. 27.— Eczema craquele. with much thickening and a mod- 

erate degree of inflammation. A frequent locality for squamous eczema 
is the palms, where it occurs as irregular or rounded red patches, cov- 
ered with abundant adherent scales, and frequently attended by Assuring. 
Eczema Fissum. — In chronic eczema the flexibility of the skin is 
much impaired through diminution of the activity of the sweat and 



INFLAMMATIONS 123 

sebaceous glands and by infiltration with inflammatory exudate, so that 
it frequently splits, particularly about moving parts, such as the joints, 
and upon the palms and soles, forming fissures which are usually, but 
not always, in the normal furrows. These fissures are frequently quite 
deep, and when situated upon the palms and soles add greatly to the 
patient's discomfort, interfering seriously with the use of the hands, 
and making walking painful. Fissures also occur at the corners of the 
mouth and at the verge of the anus when eczema affects these regions. 

Under the name of eczema craquele (Fig. 27) French authors have 
described an unusual form of fissured eczema in which the reddened 
skin is divided into numerous lozenge-shaped or irregularly polygonal 
areas by superficial cracks in the horny layer of the epidermis. This 
form often covers considerable areas, such as the trunk, or the extremi- 
ties, and is accompanied by marked itching and burning. 

Other less common secondary forms of eczema are eczema verru- 
cosum and eczema sclerosum, both very chronic. In the former, usu- 
ally situated upon the legs, the skin is dull red or violaceous, dry and 
thickened and covered with numerous slightly scaly wart-like eleva- 
tions, often accompanied by severe itching. In the latter, which affects 
the palms and soles, less frequently the legs, the skin is slightly red- 
dened, hard and inelastic and rather smooth or slightly desquamating. 
More or less itching usually accompanies it. 

While the primary varieties of eczema may be either acute or 
chronic, the secondary ones are invariably of the latter form, but it 
must be remembered that in the chronic forms of the affection, whether 
they be primary or secondary, exacerbations are of frequent occurrence 
during which the disease, for purposes of treatment at least, is to be 
regarded as acute. 

REGIONAL FORMS OF ECZEMA 

While no portion of the skin is immune to eczema, certain regions 
are more likely to be the seat of th*e affection than others, and a num- 
ber of regional varieties are recognized in which the clinical symptoms 
and the indications for treatment are more or less modified by the 
locality. 

Eczema of the Scalp (Eczema Capitis). — Eczema frequently attacks 
the scalp, particularly in children, and in the careless and uncleanly, and 
it is apt to be of the pustular variety. The hair is often matted together 
with thick yellow, greenish or brownish crusts composed of dried serum, 
pus and blood mixed with sebaceous secretion, which frequently exhale a 
very disagreeable odor owing to decomposition. Pediculi are often present, 
which in many cases, especially in children, are the primary cause, 
especially when it is of the pustular form. 

Eczema of the Face (Eczema Faciei). — The face is frequently the seat 
of eczema in both children and adults. In the former it is most commonly 
of the vesicular or pustular type, often accompanied by abundant crusting. 



124 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Both are often succeeded by eczema rubrum. The eruption is usually 
situated upon the cheeks, but cases are not rare in which the entire face is 
covered with a mask-like crust. The symptoms are much more apt to be 
acute than in adults. In the latter the eruption is more commonly of 
the erythematous variety, and is usually situated upon the forehead and 
cheeks, although it may occupy the whole face. It is usually accom- 
panied by marked thickening of the skin, which greatly accentuates the 
normal furrows of the face, especially noticeable upon the forehead. 
While the skin is usually dry and slightly scaly, scanty oozing often 
occurs as the result of the friction to which the skin is subjected by the 
patient in his efforts to allay the itching, which is frequently intense. 
Eczema of the face is usually a very persistent variety in the adult. 

Eczema of Lid (Eczema Palpebrarum). — Eczema may be confined to 
the lids, in which case it is almost always of the erythematous variety. The 
lids are dusky-red, thickened, slightly scaly, and the itching is usually quite 
severe. Not uncommonly, partly as the result of frequent rubbing, 
and partly by extension of the inflammation from the lids, there is 
more or less conjunctivitis. In children inflammation of the Meibomian 
glands, blepharitis, may accompany the eczema, small crusts occurring 
about the roots of the lashes, which in long-standing cases frequently 
fall out and may be permanently lost. Eczema of the lids in adults is a 
most obstinate and unusually annoying affection. 

Eczema of the Ears (Eczema Aurium). — Eczema of the external ear 
is a fairly frequent topical variety, especially in children. In the latter 
the posterior surface of the auricle and the parts adjacent are often 
red and moist or crusted with Assuring in the furrow behind the ear 
and at the bottom of the lobe in the notch. In adults the external 
auditory meatus is occasionally affected. The entire auricle may be 
swollen and reddened and is occasionally subject to recurrent attacks 
accompanied by an eruption of vesicles and pustules, or, what is more 
common, the affection pursues a subacute or chronic course, the ear 
being thickened and dark red. 

Eczema of the Beard (Eczema Barbce). — The bearded region may be 
attacked by eczema to which it may be confined, or it may be a part of 
a more extensive disease. Whatever may be the particular form 
assumed in the beginning, sooner or later pustules appear which have 
their seat about the hair follicles. In addition to the vesicles and 
pustules, there is commonly a considerable degree of crusting with 
reddening and thickening of the skin. Burning and itching are usually 
prominent symptoms. In true eczema of the beard the eruption is 
rarely confined to the hairy region, but usually extends to the adjacent 
smooth parts or exists elsewhere. 

Eczema of the Hands (Eczema M annum). — No region of the skin is 
more frequently attacked by eczema than the hands. For obvious reasons 
they are the most usual site for all the forms of so-called trade eczema. 
Every variety of the malady may occur here, but the vesicular and squa- 
mous forms are the most frequent. The former occurs as a diffuse 



INFLAMMATIONS 125 

eruption extending over the backs of the hands, sides of the fingers, 
less frequently upon the palms, where the vesicles, owing to the thick- 
ness of the horny layer of the epidermis, do not tend to rupture as 
elsewhere, but appear as bluish-white grains embedded in the skin, or 
the eruption may occur in fairly well-defined patches of varying size, 
with more or less thickening and crusting. Less frequently the erup- 
tion consists of coin-sized, circular, well-defined patches of discrete 
vesicles which rupture spontaneously and ooze clear viscid, abundant 
serum ; this is an especially obstinate form of the disease, recurring 
with great persistency. 

The squamous form is, in the great majority of cases, confined to 
the palms, where it occurs as diffuse areas without definite borders, or, 
exceptionally, as marginate scaly patches which are often quite thick 
and not infrequently fissured. In the cases attended by much thicken- 
ing with fissuring, the patient is often incapacitated for performing any 
manual labor. In a considerable proportion of cases the entire palm 
as well as the palmar surface of the fingers is greatly thickened and 
fissured, interfering seriously with the use of the members. 

Eczema of the Nails (Eczema Unguium). — Eczema may attack the 
nails. It may be limited to these structures and the parts immediately 
concerned in their growth, such as the nail-fold, the matrix and the 
nail-bed, or it may occur here as a part of a more extensive eruption. 
In eczema of the nails there is usually more or less interference with 
their nutrition, so that they are dry, more or less roughened, and de- 
formed, their surface often presenting small pits which give them a 
worm-eaten appearance. When the disease is part of an extensive 
and severe eczema the nails may be lost. 

Eczema of the Breasts (Eczema Mammarum). — Eczema not infre- 
quently attacks the nipple and areola of the breast, especially in nursing 
women, resulting from the irritation and frequent wetting of the parts 
by the nursling. The itching in some of these cases is most intense. 
Care must be taken not to confound an eczema of this region with a 
much graver malady known as Paget's disease which occurs in the 
same region and often presents a decidedly eczematoid appearance in 
its early stages. 

Eczema of the Genitalia (Eczema Genitalium). — One of the most 
distressing of all the topical varieties of eczema is that which affects the 
external genitalia. In men the disease is most commonly seated upon 
the scrotum (Fig. 28), which is often enormously thickened and swollen, 
red, scaling, or moist and oozing. Not infrequently, the adjacent parts, 
such as the inner surface of the thighs, the perineum, and the under side 
of the shaft of the penis, share in the inflammation. In eczema of the 
vulva there is often great thickening, the parts are dull-red, dry and 
scaly, or moist and crusted. Quite commonly the mucous surfaces of 
the labia are likewise involved and the lower part of the vagina. The 
itching is often atrocious, coming on in paroxysms which completely 
overmaster the patient, who, losing her self-control, violently tears the 



126 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



skin with her nails in her efforts to obtain relief, which usually follows 
only when free oozing takes place. Patients with eczema vulvae are 
often reduced in time to mere neurasthenic wrecks by the loss of sleep 
and nervous energy. Although frequently due to other causes, it is not 
uncommonly the result of a glycosuria, and an examination of the 
urine for sugar should never be omitted in such cases. 

Eczema of the Anus {Eczema Am). — Eczema is frequently confined 
to the anus, either beginning as such, or, what is quite common, having 
its origin in a pruritus which for a time presents no visible alteration 
of the surface. The disease is situated about the mucocutaneous bor- 
der of the anus and on the opposed surfaces of the nates, or it may be 
confined to the former situation. The skin is red, excoriated, often 




Fig 28. — Eczema rubrum, scrotum. 

moist and decidedly thickened, with frequent fissuring. Not uncom- 
monly the inflammation extends within the verge of the anus, upon the 
mucous membrane. The itching is at times of the severest kind, fre- 
quently paroxysmal, compelling the patient to seek relief by scratching, 
quite regardless of time or place. When the inflammation extends 
well within the sphincter there may be paroxysms of violent tenesmus 
which exceptionally may necessitate division of the sphincter for its 
relief, as in a case under the author's observation some years ago. Itching 
is usually much worse at night, often interfering seriously with sleep. 

Etiology. — Eczema has no single specific cause. It is the result of 
a great variety of causes, direct and indirect. These are internal or 



INFLAMMATIONS 127 

constitutional, and external or local, the former being almost without 
exception indirect or contributing causes, while the latter are fre- 
quently directly productive of the malady. 

Our knowledge of the internal causes is, unfortunately, still most 
unsatisfactory. Indeed, it is yet largely a matter of hypothesis. While 
many, if not most, individuals suffer at one time or another from 
eczema, there is an enormous difference in the susceptibility of different 
individuals to the affection, but, in all probability, this difference is 
not so much one of kind as of degree. The cause of this difference we 
are absolutely unable to explain. In many instances the subjects of 
eczema are seemingly in perfect health, the most careful scrutiny failing 
to reveal any disturbance of function or disease of viscus. On the other 
hand, however, there is frequently disturbance of the gastro-intestinal 
tract, often the result of improper diet, especially in the eczemas of 
childhood. This may act as a contributing cause in one of two ways : 
First, and most commonly, by producing certain toxic substances in 
the intestinal canal, which, when absorbed and carried to the skin^ 
act as irritants, or, secondly, and less frequently, by interfering with 
nutrition, and thus lowering the patient's powers of resistance gener- 
ally. In all probability the importance of indigestion as a causative 
factor in eczema has been greatly overrated. There is altogether too 
much generalization on the subject and too little exact observation. 
The studies of Hall, in regard to the relationship of indigestion to 
eczema in infancy, have apparently shown that it is far from exerting 
the baneful influence commonly attributed to it ; in a series of cases, 
sixty in number, it was shown that it had practically no influence at all. 
Moreover, many individuals suffer more or less from functional dis- 
order of the gastro-intestinal tract the greater portion of their lives 
and never exhibit any trace of eczema. 

The whole subject of food in its relation to eczema is apparently 
about to be placed upon a much more scientific and secure foundation 
than it has rested on heretofore. Quite recently Towle and Talbot have 
announced that a considerable proportion of infants suffering from 
eczema show an excess of fat or of starch in the stools, a finding con- 
firmed by the observations of White. 

White and a number of others have also found that a considerable 
number of the subjects of chronic eczema exhibit anaphylactic reac- 
tions to certain food substances and the inference is made that such 
foods stand in a causal relation to the eczema. This susceptibility to 
certain food proteins may be demonstrated by the epidermic inoculation 
of food materials after the von Pirquet method, or by the intradermic 
injection of small quantities of the proteins from beef, egg-albumen,, 
potato, etc., in sterile aqueous solution. A positive reaction is indicated 
by the appearance of a papule within a half-hour or hour at the site 
of the inoculation or injection. 

These observations are not only of great scientific interest, but of the 
greatest practical importance, if subsequent investigation shall con- 



128 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

firm their correctness. However, our knowledge of the whole subject 
of protein hypersensibility is still in the formative stage. 

The author should like to point out, what seems at times to be 
overlooked, that abnormal sensibility to certain food proteins is not 
at all the same thing as indigestibility. Many articles of food which 
are known to exert an injurious effect upon the skin do so not because 
of their indigestibility, but because of other totally different qualities. 

There is apparently considerable evidence to show that gout is fre- 
quently accompanied by eczema, but even this affection occupies a 
much less prominent place among its internal causes than formerly. 

In a certain proportion of cases of chronic nephritis, eczema occurs 
as a complication, but it must be admitted that the vast majority of 
cases of the former run their course without any manifestation of 
the latter ever being present. 

Diabetes markedly predisposes its subjects to various forms of 
inflammation of the skin, and is especially apt to be accompanied by 
eczema, particularly of the genital region, especially in women. The 
saturation of the tissues with sugar makes them especially liable to 
infections of various sorts after the slightest injury, and in the genital 
region the saccharine urine acts as a powerful local irritant. 

Hepatic disease, especially when accompanied by icterus, may 
give rise indirectly to eczema through the scratching which results from 
the pruritus usually accompanying the presence of bile salts in the 
circulation. 

Certain eczemas are supposed to be of reflex origin, such, for exam- 
ple, as those associated with dentition, intestinal parasites, or disease 
of the uterus. As to the first of these, there is, in the author's opinion, 
no proof based upon accurate observation that it may produce eczema, 
although existing eruptions may exhibit exacerbations with the erup- 
tion of the teeth. 

Functional derangement of the nervous system seems at times to 
play a considerable etiological role ; but, just how it does so, or whether 
it does so at all, is as yet largely a matter of conjecture. 

Unusual dryness of the skin, either congenital (as in the milder 
grades of ichthyosis) or acquired, as in old age, markedly predisposes 
it to take on eczematous inflammation, especially when exposed to 
cold. Many individuals with ichthyosis suffer every winter from an 
eczema which persists until the return of warm weather. 

External Causes. — Any agent which by contact with the skin may 
produce inflammation is a potential cause of eczema. Hence, a large- 
number of chemical substances, drugs, dyestuffs, certain plants, such 
as the several varieties of rhus, heat and cold, and mechanical irritation, 
such as scratching, rubbing of the clothes, are among the many external 
causes of the disease. The susceptibility, however, of different indi- 
viduals varies greatly, as has already been pointed out. In one, contact 
with such irritants is followed by a simple inflammation of the skin 
which runs an acute course and promptly disappears with the with- 



i 



INFLAMMATIONS 129 

drawal of the irritant ; in another, the inflammation does not subside 
when the skin is no longer in contact with the irritant agent, but con- 
tinues indefinitely. It is a curiously interesting and important fact 
that in many individuals a skin once inflamed by a certain irritant, such 
for example as formaldehyde, becomes increasingly sensitive to this 
irritant, so that after a time the slightest exposure is capable of calling 
forth an inflammation, and each attack disappears less readily than 
before until a chronic eczema is established. Examples of this are fre- 
quently seen in the so-called trade eczemas, which occur in dyers, 
chemists, photographers, metal polishers, etc. While it is possible 
for an eczema to follow a single exposure to an irritant in individuals 
with an especially sensitive skin or with a so-called eczematous ten- 
dency, it is in the great majority of cases the result of frequently 
repeated and prolonged exposure. Certain substances which are not 
ordinarily regarded as irritants, such as soap and water, are frequently 
the cause of eczema, as is often seen on the hands of washerwomen, 
bartenders, and others whose occupations compel them to have the 
hands wet for long periods. 

Heat and cold, especially the latter, frequently act as predisposing 
causes. In many cases eczema occurs in winter only, disappearing 
more or less completely with the advent of warm weather. At other 
times the reverse is true, an increase in the symptoms coinciding with 
warm weather. 

There is no conclusive evidence that microorganisms play any role 
among the direct primary causes of eczema, but it is altogether probable 
that the disease is frequently materially modified in its course and 
symptoms by secondary infection with various microorganisms, espe- 
cially the staphylococci. Bockhart, Bender and Gerlach found that 
inoculation of the skin with staphylococci produced impetiginous and 
pyodermic inflammations, but never eczema, but if a filtrate from a 
bouillon culture was applied to the skin on moist warm bandages for 
some hours a typical papular and vesicular eczema was produced, and 
they conclude accordingly that it is the staphylococcus toxin that 
produces eczema and not the organism itself, a distinction without a 
difference. Cole, in a quite recent bacteriological and experimental 
study of eczema and the pyodermias, could not demonstrate any etio- 
logical relationship of staphylococci or streptococci to the former. 

Pathology. — As has already been stated, eczema is an inflammation 
of the skin, a dermatitis, and the pathological changes in it do not 
differ essentially from other forms of dermatitis, such as may arise from 
contact with irritant substances of various kinds. Changes are found 
in both the epidermis and corium, but pathologists are not agreed as 
to where the primary changes occur, whether in the former or in the 
latter. Leloir and Vidal, Crocker, and others believed that the changes 
in the epidermis preceded those in the corium. Other investigators, 
prominent among whom is Unna, assert that the epidermis is primarily 
affected. 

As the result of a parenchymatous oedema of the prickle-cell layer 
9 



130 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



of the epidermis, which has interfered with the normal processes of 
keratinization, the horny layer presents a condition known as para- 
keratosis, a term first employed by Auspitz. The cells of this layer are 
moister than normal and somewhat swollen. Many of them still 
retain more or less well-formed nuclei and between them, here and 
there, are small collections of leucocytes. In certain areas the granular 
layer is no longer visible, owing to the absence of keratohyaline 
granules, the result of the interference with the normal transformation 
of the prickle-cells. The desquamation which is a frequent symptom 
in eczema is the expression of this parakeratosis. Owing to their moist 
and swollen condition, the horny cells are only loosely held together 




Fig. 



29. — Vesicular eczema. Vesicle, V, filled with coagulated fibrin in which are a few cells, chiefly 
polymorphonuclears. A, widened rete (acanthosis). 



and readily separate from the rete in the shape of scales. In the moist 
and oozing form the horny layer is completely lost in places, laying 
bare the rete. 

In chronic eczema of the palms and soles, especially the latter, when 
the disease has been of long duration, there is at times an enormous 
increase in the thickness of the horny layer (hyperkeratosis). 

Owing to the oedema and multiplication of its cells, the prickle-cell 
layer is more or less increased in width (acanthosis). The amount of 
increase in breadth depends largely upon the duration of the disease 



INFLAMMATIONS 



131 



and is, consequently, more marked in the chronic than in the acute 
form. In addition to the parenchymatous oedema there is also an inter- 
cellular oedema which separates the cells and forms cavities between 
them whose walls are formed by greatly elongated and more or less 
degenerated epithelial cells. These cavities are the vesicles (Fig 29) 
which frequently occur in eczema and are filled with serum, small quan- 
tities of fibrin and a varying number of polymorphonuclear leucocytes. 
These vesicles may form in any portion of the rete, but are usually 
situated just beneath the horny layer. This intercellular oedema and 







Fig. 30. — Eczema rubrum, leg. Note increased breadth of rete mucosum, formation of vesicles (V) 
beneath horny layer, which is quite thin. Moderate round-cell exudate in the upper portion of corium. 

formation of cavities between the epithelial cells constitute the 
" spongy transformation " of the rete of Unna. According to this author 
the formation of the vesicle of eczema differs materially from the 
formation of the vesicle in other vesicular eruptions, such as herpes, for 
example. In the former, as has just been described, the vesicle is an 
intercellular cavity, while in the latter it arises within the cell through 
colliquation of its protoplasm, several cells uniting to form a multi- 
locular lesion (Fig. 30). 

Pigmentation of the lower layers of the rete is common in chronic 



132 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

cases, especially when the disease is situated upon the lower 
extremities. 

The changes in the coriurn are much less characteristic than those 
in the epidermis. There is dilatation of the blood- and lymph-vessels 
in the papillary and subpapillary layers, a more or less marked oedema 
of the papillae, a moderate amount of cellular exudate, chiefly in the 
immediate neighborhood of the blood-vessels, and an increase in the 
number of connective-tissue cells. The extent and degree of these 
changes vary decidedly according to the duration of the disease. 

Beyond some swelling, the collagen fibres show but little alteration 
and the elastic tissue is usually well preserved, except in long-standing 
cases with much cellular exudation in which it may have completely 
disappeared. 

In eczema sclerosum and in the cases with elephantiasic enlarge- 
ment occasionally seen upon the legs, there is a marked increase in the 
fibrous tissue, which in the latter form leads to obstruction of the lymph 
channels. 

In verrucose eczema, always a very chronic form, there is a pro- 
nounced inflammatory exudate in the papillary layer of the corium with 
consequent enlargement of the papillse, which gives to the disease its 
verrucose aspect. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of eczema in all its forms commonly pre- 
sents no unusual difficulty. The violent itching which is so common 
and often so distressing a symptom ; the oozing and crusting which 
occur in so large a proportion of cases ; its frequent localization in cer- 
tain regions, such as the face and behind the ears in children, about the 
genitalia and anus in adults, upon the legs in middle-aged and old 
subjects and its chronic course in the vast majority of instances, are 
features which are more or less characteristic, distinguishing it from 
other cutaneous inflammations. Nevertheless mistakes in diagnosis 
are common. 

Acute erythematous eczema is likely to be mistaken for mild der- 
matitis and is frequently confounded with the early stage of acne 
rosacea, various forms of erythema, and with erysipelas. 

A dermatitis usually runs a much more acute course than eczema, 
is much more likely to be situated upon exposed parts, such as the 
hands and face, and is often known to have been preceded by contact 
with some plant or irritating chemical substance. 

The earliest stage of acne rosacea which is characterized by redness, 
at times without papules and pustules, may be mistaken for an erythe- 
matous eczema, but the latter is not confined to the nose, cheeks and 
chin, like the former, and is accompanied by marked itching, a symp- 
tom usually absent in acne, or, if present, only so in a trifling degree. 

The various erythemata which are at times mistaken for erythe- 
matous eczema are as a rule very acute in their course, are apt to be 
patchy rather than diffuse, and are rarely accompanied by severe itch- 
ing, usually a most pronounced symptom in eczema. 



INFLAMMATIONS 133 

There is usually but little excuse for mistaking acute erythematous 
eczema for erysipelas, but this is a very common error. The patches 
of erysipelas are dusky-red, with well-defined, slightly elevated bor- 
ders and spread peripherally from a single point ; the patches of ery- 
thematous eczema are diffuse without definite margins and, as a rule, 
with little swelling. The former is always, except in cases of small 
extent and of the mildest character, accompanied by fever, headache 
and other symptoms of constitutional disturbance ; in the latter these 
are absent. 

Papular eczema is to be distinguished from urticaria, lichen planus 
and prurigo. In urticaria the lesions are wheals, whitish or pinkish 
elevations of varying size, which are accompanied by extreme itching 
and burning and are usually of very short duration, quite unlike the 
papules of eczema in this respect. They are usually discrete and show 
no tendency to form patches such as occur in eczema. 

The papules of lichen planus are commonly violaceous, with angu- 
lar or polygonal bases and flat, glistening tops, and occasionally show 
a small umbilication ; those of eczema are red, with rounded or acu- 
minate tops and round bases, and are never umbilicated. The patches 
of lichen planus are usually covered with a fine, adherent, silvery-white 
scale altogether unlike the branny scaling seen in eczema. The papules 
of lichen planus occasionally show a marked tendency to appear in 
scratch-marks — those of eczema never do so. 

Prurigo is a rare affection in America, and usually begins in the 
first year or two of life. The eruption is widely distributed and the 
skin is rough and thick, presenting much greater alterations than are 
seen in papular eczema. 

Vesicular eczema may be confounded with various forms of derma- 
titis venenata and with herpes. In vesicular eczema the inflammation 
is rarely so acute or so severe as in dermatitis, nor is it confined to 
exposed parts of the skin, as is commonly the case with the latter. In 
dermatitis bullae are common when the inflammation is severe ; in 
eczema these are infrequent. 

In herpes of all varieties the vesicles are arranged in groups, in 
simple herpes about the mouth and nose, commonly, or some other part 
of the face, in herpes zoster over the course of a nerve. In the latter 
there is frequently more or less severe pain. None of these symptoms 
is present in eczema. 

Vesicular eczema and dermatitis herpetiformis may at times be 
mistaken for each other when the grouping of the eruption, which is a 
characteristic feature of the latter, is little pronounced. Sooner or 
later, however, the grouping becomes more definite and the eruption 
exhibits a more or less decided polymorphism. 

Pustular eczema is to be distinguished from pediculosis capitis, 
from impetigo contagiosa, and from sycosis vulgaris. Pediculosis of 
the scalp is frequently mistaken for a pustular eczema, and the two 
frequently coexist, the latter often as a sequel of the former. The 



134 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

presence of a pustular eczema in the occipital region in children is 
almost invariably due to pediculi. The diagnosis is of the easiest, the 
ova being readily found. In impetigo contagiosa the lesions are usually 
discrete, few in numbers and rapidly spread peripherally, drying into 
thin crusts. They are situated upon the face and hands far more fre- 
quently than elsewhere. 

Pustular eczema of the beard and sycosis vulgaris may resemble 
each other quite closely at times, but the former is diffuse and usually 
extends beyond the bearded region, while the latter is a folliculitis of 
the beard and is limited to it. In eczema other regions are apt to be 
affected, and oozing and crusting are prominent symptoms ; in sycosis 
oozing does not occur, and crusting is rarely so pronounced as in 
eczema. In eczema there is more or less marked itching; in sycosis 
the subjective symptoms, when present, are burning and sometimes 
pain, but are often trivial or even absent altogether. 

Squamous eczema is to be differentiated from psoriasis, seborrhcea, 
ringworm, lupus erythematosus and from the squamous syphiloderm. 
Squamous eczema does not often occur in sharply marginate patches, 
while this is the rule in psoriasis ; the scales of eczema are usually much 
less abundant than in psoriasis, nor are they laminated like those of the 
latter. Eczema shows no predilection for the extensor surfaces of 
the extremities, such as is frequently a marked characteristic of psori- 
asis. Psoriasis is uncommon on the palms and soles, regions which 
are frequently attacked by squamous eczema. Itching is present in 
almost all cases of eczema, but is infrequent or absent altogether in 
psoriasis. Eczema frequently is moist at some time or other in its 
course, psoriasis never. 

Squamous eczema of the scalp differs from seborrhcea of that region 
by the dryness of the scales and the presence of symptoms of inflamma- 
tion. In seborrhcea the scales are greasy and the scalp beneath is nor- 
mal in color or occasionally paler than normal. Itching is common in 
the former and infrequent or trifling in the latter. 

Squamous eczema and erythematous lupus of the superficial type 
may, in exceptional cases, resemble each other sufficiently to lead to 
error in diagnosis. The latter is, in the great majority of cases, situ- 
ated upon the cheeks and over the bridge of the nose, regions rarely 
attacked by the former ; the patches are sharply limited instead of 
diffuse, and the scaling is slight. Itching is rarely a symptom of lupus, 
while it is the rule in eczema. 

Scaly eczema of the palms and the scaly palmar syphiloderm may at 
times present considerable similarity in their appearance, but the former 
rarely exhibits the sharply circumscribed borders nor the circular shape 
so common in patches of the latter. Eczema is usually bilateral, 
syphilis unilateral ; the former is often intensely itchy, the latter rarely 
itches at all. In eczema there is often decided thickening, and fis- 
sures are common ; in the squamous syphiloderm there is usually but 
little thickening or Assuring. 



INFLAMMATIONS 135 

Eczema of the anus and of the vulva is frequently mistaken for 
pruritus of those regions, but even a superficial examination of the parts 
is sufficient to differentiate the two affections. The former is character- 
ized by redness, oozing and excoriations, while in the latter itching is the 
sole symptom. It must be remembered that eczema is often a sequel of 
pruritus, owing to the frequently-repeated and often prolonged irritation 
produced by scratching in the latter. 

Universal eczema is at times to be differentiated from dermatitis 
exfoliativa. The latter seldom if ever presents the thickening of the 
skin seen in the former, and the scaling is much more pronounced. In 
certain cases, however, a universal eczema may terminate in a dermatitis 
exfoliativa and is then, of course, indistinguishable from it. 

Eczema of the breast, when situated upon the areola and nipple, its 
most frequent site, and Paget's disease of the same region resemble 
each other very closely, but also present certain differences by which 
they may be distinguished, in most cases without much difficulty. The 
patch of eczema is rarely so sharply limited as that of Paget's disease 
and shows no noticeable thickening. The latter presents a parchment- 
like induration, " like a penny felt through a cloth," and after a time 
the nipple is more or less completely destroyed or retracted, and carci- 
noma of the mammary gland invariably occurs sooner or later. Eczema 
occurs most commonly during the child-bearing period and in nursing 
women ; Paget's disease usually occurs after the menopause. 

The parasitic diseases — scabies, pediculosis corporis and certain 
forms of ringworm — may at times bear a considerable resemblance to 
eczema, but a little care in examination usually readily enables one to 
make the differential diagnosis. 

Eczema shows no special regional predilection ; scabies occurs most 
frequently upon the hands, especially between the fingers, on the flexor 
surface of the wrists, the anterior border of the axillae, the abdomen 
and thighs, upon the shaft of the penis and in the areola of the nipple 
in women, and is distinguished by a pathognomonic symptom, — the 
burrow. Moreover, there is frequently a history of contagion in 
scabies, never in eczema. 

The eruption • of pediculosis corporis is practically altogether a 
secondary to scratching and consists largely of linear excoriations 
situated upon covered parts of the body only, in regions readily acces- 
sible to the patient's nails, such as the shoulders, the sacral region, the 
buttocks and the lower extremities. 

Ringworm affecting the inner surface of the upper thighs and the 
axillae often presents the appearance of an erythemato-squamous 
eczema, or in severe cases of an eczema rubrum. Indeed, this variety 
of ringworm was formerly regarded as a peculiar form of eczema and 
was called eczema marginatum. It differs from eczema of these 
regions by the rounded shape and sharp limitation of the borders of 
the patch, and the tendency of the centre, in many cases, to undergo 
involution while it extends at the periphery. In eczema the patches 



136 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

usually have ill-defined borders and show no tendency to central invo- 
lution. In the parasitic affection the epidermophyton inguinale, a fungus 
closely akin to the trichophyton, may be readily found in the scales on 
the borders of the patches. 

Prognosis. — In the vast majority of cases of eczema the prognosis 
as to eventual recovery is highly favorable. It is true, however, that 
in many cases the disease runs a protracted course, requiring months, 
or in some instances a year or two, to recover, and relapses are common. 
The acute forms usually respond readily to appropriate treatment, but 
when injudiciously treated or neglected they often become chronic. 
Long-standing cases, attended by dryness, scaling and thickening of 
the skin, are much less readily curable than those of comparatively 
short duration with slight or moderate structural change. Especially 
rebellious forms are the papular, particularly when accompanied by 
much thickening, squamous eczema of the palms and soles, and eczema 
of the anus, scrotum and vulva. Eczema of the anus and vulva is 
among the most obstinate and distressing of all the varieties. Vesicu- 
lar eczema, occurring in rounded patches upon the back of the hands 
accompanied by free oozing and crusting, is often most resistant to 
treatment and particularly subject to relapse. Infantile eczema, 
although relapsing frequently, is usually quite amenable to treatment, 
and a cure, even in the most rebellious cases, may be confidently pre- 
dicted. With the exception of chronic eczema of the legs, in which 
permanent pigmentation frequently follows, the disease disappears 
without leaving any trace of its existence. Scarring never occurs in 
uncomplicated cases, even of the severest type. 

The notion formerly entertained, and yet prevalent among the laity 
and shared by some physicians, that it may be dangerous to cure a 
chronic eczema quickly, that serious general disturbance, or even fatal 
consequences may follow, is wholly without foundation. 

Treatment. — In beginning the treatment of any case of eczema 
every effort should be made to discover, if possible, its cause, but unfor- 
tunately this only too frequently eludes the most careful search. In 
those cases in which the disease is confined to uncovered parts, such as 
the hands, neck and face, the possibility of a strictly locally-acting 
cause, some irritant substance employed by the patient in his daily 
work, some favorite hair-wash, or a neck fur, should never be over- 
looked, and the most searching inquiry should always be made in such 
cases, an inquiry often rewarded with the discovery of some local 
irritant whose removal or avoidance is followed by speedy recovery 
and freedom from some long-lasting eczema. 

If no local cause can be discovered, the patient's general condition 
should be subjected to a careful examination. Every organ should be 
interrogated to ascertain if its functions are properly performed ; the 
patient's occupation and habits should be minutely inquired into, since 
these often have an important bearing upon the origin of his disease. 
His previous medical history should be carefully gone into, this being 



INFLAMMATION S 137 

an especially important matter as showing the patient's pathological 
tendencies. 

While in many cases constitutional treatment is necessary, or at 
least helpful, there are many others in which local treatment alone may 
accomplish the cure and in which internal treatment is useless or of 
more than doubtful value. 

As there is no single specific cause of eczema, so there is no specific 
remedy for it. The internal treatment is directed, not so much against 
the eczema as against those derangements of special organs, or of the 
general economy, which act as favoring causes of the cutaneous disease. 

The diet must be regulated according to the circumstances of each 
case. In robust, well-nourished individuals who frequently over-eat, 
taking an excess of rich food, more or less restriction of the quantity 
and quality of the food will frequently be advantageous, while those 
whose nutrition is under the normal will be benefited by an increase in 
the amount of food taken, provided it is of a kind easily digested and 
readily assimilated. In children, even more than in adults, the diet 
should be carefully supervised, and in bottle-fed infants this is often 
a most difficult part of the treatment. 

Certain articles, such as pork, cheese, and shell-fish, except oysters, 
should as a rule be denied eczematous patients. The possible presence 
of a protein hypersensitiveness should be kept in mind, and its presence 
or absence determined by a detailed study of the patient's diet, or by the 
employment of the cutaneous tests previously referred to (vid. Etiol- 
ogy). If present, such foods as produce an anaphylactic reaction should, 
as far as possible, be rigidly excluded from the dietary. As to the 
matter of beverages he is much better without either tea or coffee, or 
if they are taken at all, they should be allowed in moderate quantities 
only. Alcoholic drinks are upon the whole injurious, although elderly 
individuals, who have been in the habit of taking moderate quantities 
of alcohol, may be permitted to continue its moderate use, whiskey 
being the least objectionable and malt liquors and sweet wines the 
most hurtful. Alkaline waters, such as Vichy, may often be used with 
advantage, especially in the plethoric and in those with gouty tenden- 
cies. The use of tobacco should be greatly restricted, especially smok- 
ing. Inordinate use of the pipe or cigars is frequently injurious to 
those with extensive eczema. In acute eczemas of considerable extent 
a restricted diet is as a rule indicated, limiting especially the amount 
of meat taken ; on the other hand, harm is frequently done by the com- 
plete withdrawal of meats in elderly individuals suffering from eczema, 
as is frequently advised. 

In those with gout a strict regimen should be adopted, and in the 
eczema accompanying diabetes a diet free from sugar and starches is 
an essential part of the treatment. In patients with chronic nephritis, 
who suffer from eczema, a restriction in the amount of nitrogenous 
food taken, and the use of a milk diet are indicated. 

The patient's underwear, especially if a child, should have attention. 



138 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Woollen undergarments, as has been mentioned elsewhere, often irri- 
tate the sound skin and should never be worn next the skin by individ- 
uals with eczema. If for any reason it is deemed necessary that wool 
be worn, thin cotton gauze or silk should be worn underneath it. All 
rough edges about the underwear should be carefully looked after; a 
collar band or a wristband frequently determines the localization of an 
eczema about the neck or wrist. 

Coming now to the medicinal treatment, much more will depend 
upon the patient's general condition than upon the fact that he has an 
eczema. In those who suffer from the many symptoms which are in- 
cluded under the term dyspepsia or indigestion, such as flatulence, con- 
stipation, heartburn and other forms of distress after eating, remedies 
appropriate to these should be employed. For constipation, which is 
a frequent condition, laxatives should be administered, preferably the 
salines in the shape of some one of the bitter waters, such as Hunyadi 
Janos, Apenta, or a pill of aloin, strychnia and belladonna, or cascara 
may be given. Occasional short courses of fractional doses of calomel 
followed by a saline will often be found especially useful, particularly 
in the eczemas of children. In the latter, even when no symptoms of 
disturbed or faulty digestion are present, small doses of calomel or 
mercury-with-chalk given for three or four days in succession will often 
be followed by decided improvement in the condition of the skin. In 
those who suffer from eructations after eating, alkalies may be given, 
such as bicarbonate of soda in compound tincture of gentian ; or some 
bitter tonic, such as nux vomica or strychnia, either alone or with 
hydrochloric acid, will frequently serve a useful purpose. In patients 
with irregular attacks of diarrhoea the salts of bismuth, especially the 
salicylate or salol, taken before meals, will be found effective. 

In the anaemic, iron, either alone or with small doses of arsenic, is 
indicated. In those who present evidence of a tuberculous tendency 
in the shape of swollen lymphatic glands, cod-liver oil is a valuable 
remedy, especially useful in the pustular eczemas of strumous children. 

In eczema occurring in the gouty, besides the careful supervision 
of the patient's diet and habits of life, already referred to, the alkalies, 
particularly the salts of lithia, the salicylates and, under certain con- 
ditions, colchicum, should be administered. 

When chronic nephritis is associated with the eczema the alkaline 
diuretics with an abundance of milk and water should be taken. 

In acute eczema, especially when large areas are involved and even 
when there are no symptoms of gastro-intestinal disorder, a brisk 
purge given in the early stage is often of advantage. The citrate of 
potash, or, when the excretion of urine is scanty, the acetate, given in 
doses sufficient to make the urine alkaline and keep it so, is often 
useful in alleviating the irritability of the skin, not only in acute 
eczema, but in the acute exacerbations of the chronic form, but these 
should not be continued above a week or ten days at a time. In robust 
plethoric individuals, small doses of antimony given three or four 



INFLAMMATIONS 139 

times a day may, in acute cases, be employed with good effect for a 
short time. 

When itching is severe and continuous, the use of some one of the 
coal-tar analgesics will occasionally afford a certain degree of relief. 
Phenacetin is one of the best and least harmful of these and is often 
distinctly useful when the continuous pruritus has made sleep impos- 
sible. The extract of cannabis indica in full doses, either alone or com- 
bined with hyoscyamus, is likewise occasionally useful for the relief of 
itching. Opium and its alkaloids should not be given for this purpose, 
since in many individuals they produce itching and rarely afford relief, 
unless given in considerable doses, a relief which may be purchased 
by an increase in this symptom when the effects of the drug have 
passed. 

For a long period of years arsenic was regarded*as a valuable 
internal remedy in eczema, but at the present time its use is very 
limited. There is little doubt that it is not only useless but positively 
harmful in all the acute forms of the, disease without exception. While 
some regard it as occasionally useful in the chronic forms, especially 
those characterized by dryness of the skin with thickening, all are 
agreed that it is at best an uncertain remedy. Although I have given 
it an abundant trial in former years, I have never seen any benefit from 
it and have occasionally seen it do harm. 

While a considerable proportion of cases of eczema may be quite 
well and satisfactorily treated without the use of internal remedies, 
few or no cases can dispense with some kind of local treatment. This 
is frequently quite adequate for the cure and is often indispensable for 
the relief of symptoms. 

In the early stages of acute eczema, if the inflammation is at all 
marked, lotions as a rule will be found to be better borne and to give 
more relief than ointments, partly, no doubt, because of the cooling 
effect produced by their evaporation. If the lotion contains only solu- 
ble substances, it may be applied most conveniently and effectively by 
means of an atomizer, a very cleanly and agreeable way of using such 
remedies. If, however, it also contains insoluble powders in suspen- 
sion, as is often the case, it should be softly dabbed on with lint or 
absorbent cotton. 

Among the many lotions which may be used with good effect in 
acute erythematous or vesicular eczema a saturated solution of boric 
acid, sprayed or mopped on the inflamed surface every two, three or 
four hours, is one of the most useful. The good effect of such a lotion 
is often materially enhanced by following it with a dusting powder of 
talcum or one composed of equal parts of starch and oxide of zinc, or, 
when there is discharge, as in acute vesicular eczema, a powder of tal- 
cum two parts, and boric acid one part, may be used instead. Black 
wash, the lotio nigra of the Pharmacopoeia, in full strength or diluted 
with an equal quantity of lime water, is another useful lotion which 
may be softly mopped on three or four times a day. One of the most 



140 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

effective applications, especially useful for the relief of the itching and 
burning which are always more or less prominent symptoms in acute 
eczema, is an alkaline lotion containing a small quantity of menthol, 
such as the following: 

n 

Sodii biboratis gr. xv (i.o) 

Mentholis gr. iv. (0.25) 

Glycerin , . f3 i (4.0) 

Ad. destil q.s. ad f5 iv (12.0) 

M. Filtra. 

Sig. Apply with an atomizer. 

This lotion may be applied every two or three hours. 

A one to two per cent, solution of carbolic acid in water, either alone, 
or, if there is discharge, with one-half drachm (2.0) of oxide of zinc, 
subcarbonate or subgallate of bismuth in suspension with each ounce 
(32.0), will often be found the most effective application for the relief 
of itching; occasionally it irritates the skin and must be suspended. 

When the inflammation has somewhat subsided, mild ointments 
may be used, either alone or in combination with some of the foregoing 
lotions, the lotion being first applied and the ointment when the former 
has dried. An ointment containing two drachms (8.0) of oxide of zinc 
to the ounce (32.0) of cold cream (unguentum aquae rosse) may be 
thus employed, or a simple paste composed of twenty-five per cent, each 
of powdered starch and subcarbonate of bismuth and fifty per cent, 
of petrolatum. If a paste is used, the patient should be directed to 
remove the old application each time, before making a new one, with 
olive oil or vaseline, not with water. 

Other lotions which are more or less useful are weak solutions of 
subacetate of lead, one part of the dilute lead water to two parts of 
water, or a solution of resorcin three to five grains (0.20) (0.32) to the 
ounce (32.0) of water or lime water. If the inflammation is very acute, 
however, one of the first-mentioned lotions, especially the alkaline 
lotion containing menthol, will be better borne. 

When opposed surfaces are the seat of the eczema dusting powders 
are frequently of use. Those composed of inorganic material, such as 
oxide of zinc, subcarbonate of bismuth and talcum, are much to be 
preferred to such powders as starch and lycopodium, since the latter are 
apt when they become moist to undergo fermentation and act as irri- 
tants. To these dusting powders small quantities of carbolic acid or 
menthol may be added to allay itching. Their use should be preceded 
by the application of the lotion and they should be liberally applied 
and often. 

In the terminal stages of acute eczema, when the inflammation has 
to a considerable degree subsided, but the skin is somewhat red and 
covered with scales or crusts, and when itching is still a prominent 
symptom, mildly stimulating ointments are indicated. Ten grains 
(0.65) of calomel or ammoniated mercury to the ounce (32.0) of equal 



INFLAMMATIONS 



141 



parts of vaseline and lanolin or a paste, such as has been described 
above containing two per cent, of salicylic acid, and one-half per cent, 
of menthol, may be used, especially when there is dry scaling with con- 
siderable itching. An ointment containing from one to two per cent. 
of resorcin is likewise often most useful. Great care is always neces- 
sary at this stage to avoid irritating the skin and relighting the inflam- 
mation by the employment of too stimulating ointments. 

A very important preliminary frequently necessary in chronic eczema 
is the removal of crusts and scales, which are often present in consid- 
erable quantity, and unless removed make applications of any sort 
nugatory, since they protect the diseased skin beneath. Such crusts 
may usually be removed by the liberal application of some bland fat, 
such as olive oil or vaseline, liberally applied. Occasionally, however, 




Fig. 30a.— Chronic eczema of the leg. Bark-like crusting due to neglect. 

they are quite adherent and cannot be easily removed ; under such cir- 
cumstances they may be loosened by the application of a starch poultice 
made with a saturated solution of boric acid. When the inflammation is 
of moderate severity, soap and hot water or tincture of green soap may 
be used, but only for this preliminary cleansing, as they are, as a rule, 
more or less injurious to eczematous skin. 

Chronic eczema as a rule demands more stimulating applications 
than the acute form, but it should always be borne in mind that in many 
cases, although they have existed for months and even years and are 
therefore very properly designated as chronic, exacerbations occur 
which for the time transform them into acute eczema, which should be 
treated as such until the acute outbreak has subsided. 

Although lotions are less generally useful in the local treatment of 
chronic eczema than in the acute variety, they frequently serve a useful 



142 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

purpose in relieving certain symptoms, such as heat and itching. A 
resorcin lotion, such as the following, will frequently afford much relief : 

fy Resorcini gr. xx to xxx (1.30-2.0) 

Bismuthi subcarbonatis 3 ii (8.0) 

Glycerini f3 i (4.0) 

Aq. destil f 5 iv ( 120.0) 

Mix. 

Sig. Apply three times a day. 

When oozing is present the subgallate of bismuth may be substi- 
tuted for the subcarbonate. 

A lotion containing coal-tar, such as the following, frequently 
affords great relief to the itching in many forms of chronic eczema : 

R Liq. carbonis detergentis f3 i (32.0) 

Glycerini f 3 ii (8.0) 

Liq. calcis, 

Aq aa f 3 ii (64.0) 

Mix. 

Sig. Apply t.i.d. 

If the itching is unusually severe and rebellious the sedative quali- 
ties of this lotion may be materially increased by the addition of from 
one to two per cent, of phenol. This lotion is especially useful in the 
dry forms of eczema, particularly the papular, but sometimes irritates 
when the surface is raw and oozing. 

Ointments and their modifications are the most generally employed 
of all the local remedies used in the treatment of chronic eczema, and 
the manner of their employment is almost as important as their compo- 
sition. Pastes, which are a modification of ointments, are often more 
serviceable than the latter, since they afford better protection to the 
skin, being more adhesive, but they are not so readily rubbed in. 

In chronic eczema with dryness and moderate thickening an oint- 
ment containing from 2 to 3 per cent, of salicylic acid or a paste of the 
same strength is particularly useful. In the moist forms, how r ever, it is 
less well borne, and should be used in a strength of not more than one 
per cent. When itching is present, a half per cent, of menthol or two 
or three per cent, of phenol may be added. 

B Acid, salicylic gr. x (0.65) 

Pulv. amyli, 

Bismuthi subcarbonat aa 3 ii (8.0) 

Petrolat Sss (15.0) 

Mentholis gr. iii vel phenolis gr. x (0.20-0.65) 

Mix. 

Sig. Apply twice a day, with gentle friction. 

Calomel and ammoniated mercury in ointment containing from,, 30 
to 60 grains (2.0 to 4.0) to the ounce (32.0) are both useful remedies, 
especially the latter. Of course, these are to be employed only over 
surfaces of limited extent ; otherwise ptyalism may result. 

An ointment of resorcin containing from 2 to 3 per cent, is frequently 
a useful remedy, allaying itching and favoring keratinization. This is to 
be used with a certain degree of caution in the beginning, since in the 
author's experience it occasionally irritates even in moderate strength. 

Tar in its various forms has long been regarded as one of the most 



INFLAMMATIONS 143 

useful local remedies in the treatment of chronic eczema, and there is 
little doubt that it frequently renders most valuable service. It is 
often, however, a most uncertain remedy, disagreeing at times in cases 
in which it seems to be plainly indicated. It should never be em- 
ployed when the inflammation is acute, but should be reserved for 
those cases in which the skin is dry, thickened, and scaly. The several 
forms of tar employed are the pix liquida or the ordinary wood tar, oil 
of cade, and the oil of birch. Of these the oil of cade is on many 
accounts to be preferred. The official tar ointment of the Pharmaco- 
poeia is dirty, with a strong odor, and possesses no therapeutic proper- 
ties superior to the other forms of tar. The oil of cade may be used as 
an ointment or paste containing from twenty-five to fifty per cent., or 
it may be applied with a brush, diluted with varying quantities of olive 
oil or oil of sweet almond, or when there is much thickening it may be 
used undiluted. 

In long-standing cases attended by marked infiltration and scaling, 
an alcoholic solution may be painted on limited areas with excellent 
effect. The ordinary tar may be used as a lotion in the shape of the 
liquor picis alkalinus diluted with four to six parts of water, but this 
should be used cautiously at first, as it is a decidedly stimulating appli- 
cation and frequently irritates. The composition of the liquor picis 
alkalinus is as follows : 

fy Picis liquidse f 3 ii (8.0) 

Potassae causticse 3 i (4.0) 

Aq. destil f3 v (20.0) 

Dissolve the potash in the water and add the tar slowly, 
rubbing the mixture in a mortar. 

In subacute eczema the gelatins of Unna and others often afford a 
convenient and cleanly method of applying these several remedies. 
The formula employed by Unna is as follows : Gelatin, 15 ; glycerin, 15 ; 
zinc oxide, 30; water, 40. To this as a vehicle may be added various 
medicaments in varying proportions. The mixture is heated over a 
water-bath and when it is melted is applied with a flat brush and 
afterwards covered with a thin layer of absorbent cotton or gauze. 
The so-called plaster mulls are likewise a convenient form of local 
treatment, but neither these nor the gelatins are as efficacious as oint- 
ments and pastes, although much more cleanly and convenient. 

When the disease is of long standing and has resulted in thick, 
dry patches, with a verrucous surface unusually rebellious to the ordi- 
nary remedies, chrysarobin, in an ointment or paste containing from 
three to five per cent., may be cautiously tried, or pyrogallol may be 
used in a similar manner. Both should be employed, however, with 
caution, and the latter should not be applied over any considerable 
surface. Green soap thoroughly rubbed into such thickened patches 
with a flannel cloth dipped in hot water may be applied daily, the 
skin afterwards being carefully rinsed off, dried, and lint spread with 
dichylon ointment bound upon the part. When other methods have 



144 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

failed, the careful use of the X-ray, giving short exposures every three 
or five days, will sometime produce the desired result. 

As has already been pointed out, the age of the patient and the 
locality affected often make important differences in the indications 
for the remedies to be used and the manner of their employment. 

In the eczemas of infancy the diet and the condition of the gastro- 
intestinal tract should receive special consideration. Small doses of 
calomel, one-twentieth to one-fifteenth (0.003 to 0.004) of a grain 
three or four times a day and continued for three or four days at a time, 
will often be followed by prompt improvement. In acute eczema noth- 
ing is more useful than the alkaline menthol lotion, the formula for 
which has already been given, with a half drachm (2.0) of bismuth sub- 
carbonate added to each ounce (32.0), or followed by the liberal applica- 
tion of talcum powder. Special care should be taken to prevent the 
rubbing and scratching of the inflamed parts, since these add materially to 
the inflammation of the skin and prolong the disease. In infantile 
eczema of the face a resorcin lotion such as the one mentioned above is 
often most useful, in the strength of three to five grains (0.20 to 0.32) of 
resorcin to the ounce (32.0). This should be softly mopped on three or 
four times a day, and at night a paste containing calomel, such as the 
following, may be applied : 

I£ Hydrarg. chlorid. mit gr. x (0.06) 

Pulv. amyli. 

Pulv. talci aa 3i (4.0) 

Ung. aq. rosse 3 vi (24.0) 

M. 

Sig. Apply at bedtime. 

When the skin is dry and scaly a similar paste containing one per cent, 
of salicylic acid and 0.5 per cent, of menthol will be found especially useful. 

In eczema of the scalp, especially in children, crusting is apt to 
be very abundant, owing to the matting of the hair by serum, pus, 
and blood, and before any treatment can be effective these crusts 
must be removed. When they are not too adherent they may be re- 
moved with soap and hot water if previously softened by the application 
of vaseline or olive oil. When thick and adherent, the application of a 
starch poultice made up with a saturated solution of boric acid is usu- 
ally the most effective and agreeable way of removing them. In chil- 
dren the hair should be cut short and kept so, since this greatly facilitates 
the application of the remedies and prevents the accumulation of crusts. 
One of the most generally useful remedies is an ointment of ammoniated 
mercury, twenty to thirty grains (1.30 to 2.0) to the ounce (32.0). If 
itching is a prominent symptom three to five grains (0.20 to 0.32) of 
menthol, or ten to fifteen grains (0.65 to 1.0) of phenol to each ounce 
(32.0), may be added to this ointment. If the scalp is dry and scaling, oil 
of cade, one or two drachms (4.0 to 8.0) to the ounce of cold cream or 
lanolin, will be found a useful application. 

In subacute eczema of the scalp resorcin is often a most useful remedy 
employed as an ointment of two to three per cent, strength. Crocker found 



INFLAMMATIONS 145 

iodoform one of the most efficacious remedies in all forms of pustular 
eczema, a form particularly frequent in the scalp, but its abominable, far- 
reaching odor practically prohibits its use in private practice. 

The best ointment bases for use upon the scalp are cold cream and a 
mixture of cosmoline three parts, lanolin one part. Bases containing lard 
usually become rancid very quickly in this region and should not be em- 
ployed. The pastes which are so useful in other regions should not be 
used upon the scalp except in very small children with little hair. 

In eczema of the ears, especially when it aTV :ts the sulcus behind 
the ear, some form of paste is commonly more useful than ointments ; 
one containing fifteen to twenty grains (i.o to 1.30) of calomel, or 1 to 2 
per cent, of salicylic acid, usually answers well. It is important in such 
cases to keep the parts dry, which may be accomplished by the liberal 
application of a dusting powder such as equal parts of talcum and oxide 
of zinc, or by keeping strips of lint back of the ears. If a dusting pow r - 
der is used it should not be allowed to accumulate unduly, but should 
be gently removed once a day by the free application of cosmoline or 
olive oil. When the auditory canal is affected, ointments containing 
some one of the above remedies may be applied on tampons of absorb- 
ent cotton or with a camel's-hair brush, the ointments having been 
thinned sufficiently with oil of sweet almond or fluid cosmoline. Very 
frequently the itching in the meatus is intense and the inflammation is 
greatly aggravated by rubbing with some hard substance, such as a 
hairpin or toothpick, which the patient uses to obtain relief. Of course, 
this should be prohibited. For the relief of this itching nothing is bet- 
ter than menthol, which may be added to the ointment in the strength 
of 0.5 per cent. 

In the treatment of eczema of the lids, if the inflammation is at 
all acute, lotions are to be preferred to ointments, and special care 
must be used to avoid irritation owing to the unusual delicacy of the 
skin in this region. A saturated solution of boric acid in water with 
ten to fifteen minims of glycerin to each ounce (32.0) forms a valuable 
lotion which may be applied three or four times a day, or if there is much 
swelling the solution may be applied continuously on gauze or lint. Another 
useful lotion is the black wash, lotio nigra. After the inflammation has 
somewhat subsided, these lotions may be used in combination with a sooth- 
ing ointment such as the following: 

I£ Bismuthi subcarb 2 drachms (8.0) 

Ung. aq. rosse 6 drachms (24.0) 

M. 

The lotion should be allowed to dry before applying the ointment. 
When the inflammation is subacute or chronic, mildly stimulating 
ointments or a soft paste containing 0.5 to 1 per cent, of salicylic 
acid or two per cent, of calomel may be used. Owing to its volatility 
and its consequent liability to irritate the conjunctiva, menthol is not 
so well adapted for the relief of itching in this region, which often 
proves most annoying, but phenol should be used instead in the 
strength of two per cent. A resorcin ointment containing one per 
10 



146 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

cent, is at times useful, but should be tried cautiously at first, since 
it sometimes irritates in this region in any strength. 

In eczema of the margin of the lids a favorite remedy with the 
ophthalmologists is the yellow oxide of mercury in an ointment con- 
taining from one to two per cent., but other preparations of mercury, 
such as calomel or the ammoniated mercury, are probably just as 
useful. Crusts which adhere to the lashes are often present and should 
always be carefully removed before applying the ointment, first soft- 
ening them with a solution of sodium borate, three to five grains 
(0.20 to 32.0) to the ounce (32.0) of warm water, or with vaseline 
or oil of sweet almond. 

Eczema of the beard (Plate IX), like eczema of the scalp, is often 
accompanied by abundant crusting and is apt to be of the pustular 
type. Much the same remedies may be employed in its treatment 
as have been advised for the scalp, namely, ammoniated mercury or 
calomel, but it should be remembered that the face is much less tol- 
erant of stimulation than the scalp, and therefore the ointments should 
be milder. In chronic cases stimulating ointments containing am- 
moniated mercury, twenty to thirty grains (1.30 to 2.0) to the ounce 
(32.0), or ten grains (0.65) of salicylic acid, may be used with good 
effect, the former particularly when the disease is of the pustular 
variety. In the dry forms with thickening and scaling, oil of cade, 
one or two drachms (4.0 or 8.0) to the ounce (32.0), will be found 
useful. In order to facilitate the application of the remedies and to 
prevent the accumulation of crusts, the beard should be kept closely 
clipped. 

In ordinary eczema of the hands the usual remedies are indicated, 
but in that rebellious form characterized by coin-sized, roundish 
patches of rather large vesicles which soon rupture, giving exit to an 
abundant discharge of syrupy serum, nothing is quite so effective as 
the X-ray, giving a five-minute exposure every three or four days. A 
lotion of resorcin, six to eight grains (0.40 to 0.50) to the ounce (32.0), 
containing y 2 drachm (2.0) of subgallate of bismuth in each ounce 
(32.0), is often of much service in relieving the itching and in drying 
up the discharge. 

A paste containing 1 per cent, of salicylic acid is likewise useful. 
In scaly eczema of the palm, with thickening and fissuring, a most useful 
application is the following: 

Liquor, carbonis detergentis f3 ii (60.0) 

Glycerini i% i (32.0) 

M. 

A teaspoonful of this should be poured into the palms and thor- 
oughly rubbed in two or three times a day, wiping off the excess with 
a soft cloth. When the horny layer of the palm is much thickened, 
ointments of salicylic acid, twenty to thirty grains (1.30 to 2.0) to 



PLATE IX 




Eczema of the beard (Eczema barbae) 



INFLAMMATIONS 147 

the ounce (32.0), or of tar, twenty-five to fifty per cent., should be 
thoroughly rubbed in, employing as a base five parts of lard and three 
parts of lanolin, or lanolin six parts and glycerin two. As many 
eczemas of the hand are examples of occupational disease, it is fre- 
quently most difficult to treat them successfully so long as the patient 
continues at his occupation. In the case of women doing housework 
the hands may be protected from the injurious effects of soap and 
water to some extent by the frequent application of simple fats, or, 
what is less to be advised, by the wearing of rubber gloves. 

In eczemas affecting the nipple and areola of the female breast, 
a soft paste containing two per cent, of salicylic acid with 0.5 to one 
per cent, of menthol is a useful application. When the patient is a 
nursing woman painful fissures of the nipple are frequently associated 
with the eczematous inflammation ; these should be painted with tinc- 
ture of benzoin or collodion, and a nipple shield should be used when 
the infant is nursing. Sometimes lightly touching with the solid 
stick of nitrate of silver or painting the fissures with a solution, one 
drachm (4.0) to the ounce (32.0), will heal them more quickly. Ex- 
ceptionally it may be necessary to wean the infant. 

In eczema of the genitalia, particularly of the vulva, examination 
of the urine for sugar should never be omitted. When glycosuria is 
present a diet free from sugar and sugar-producing articles of food 
should be prescribed ; this is the most important part of the treat- 
ment. Not uncommonly a vaginal discharge is the causative agent. 
Under such circumstances frequent and copious douching with a 
saturated solution of boric acid should accompany the local treat- 
ment. When oozing is present, lotions and dusting powders are to 
be used rather than ointments, and when itching is a prominent symp- 
tom, as it so frequently is, a most useful lotion is the borax and men- 
thol lotion already described, followed by the liberal application of 
a dusting powder containing bismuth and talc. When the acuteness 
of the inflammation has subsided and the parts are no longer moist, 
a paste containing twenty grains (1.30) of calomel with ten to fif- 
teen grains (0.65 to 1.0) of phenol to the ounce (32.0) may be 
applied two or three times a day. Special pains should be taken 
to keep the parts clean by the liberal use of some bland oil like 
olive oil or cosmoline, since decomposition readily takes place in this 
region. 

In eczema of the scrotum, when the parts are oozing, the thighs 
and scrotum should be kept apart by the interposition of two or 
three layers of gauze sprinkled with a dusting powder of talc and 
the salicylate or subgallate of bismuth. Ointments used in this region 
should have as a base some mineral fat such as cosmoline. If made 
with lard or other animal or vegetable fat they very readily become 
rancid, irritating, and ill-smelling through decomposition. 

In eczema of the anus much the same remedies are to be employed 
as about the genitalia, but owing to the heat and moisture always 



148 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

present in this region, and to the occasional extension of the inflam- 
mation within the sphincter, the difficulties in the way of success- 
ful treatment are many. The itching, which is apt to occur paroxys- 
mally, is at times atrocious and always demands relief. A lotion which 
I have often found most useful is the following: 

Liq. carbonis detergentis i% i (32.0) 

Glycerini fS ss (16.0) 

Aq. camphorse q. s. ad fS iv (120.0) 

M. et adde 

Phenolis 3ss (2.0) 

Sig. Shake thoroughly and mop on three or four 
times a day. 

This lotion may sometimes be usefully modified by substituting 
menthol for the phenol in the proportion of a half a grain (0.03) to 
the ounce (32.0), and by using lime water instead of camphor water. 
A menthol and salicylic acid paste containing three to five grains 
(0.20 to 0.30) of the former and ten grains (0.65) of the latter to the 
ounce (32.0) often acts admirably in relieving the itching. If the 
parts are much inflamed, the proportions of the menthol and sali- 
cylic acid may be reduced one-half. For the relief of the pruritus 
within the sphincter, ointments made up with lanolin should be used, 
as the ordinary fatty bases not mixing with water are comparatively 
ineffective upon moist mucous surfaces. In cases which have re- 
sisted the ordinary local applications, the X-ray may be tried ; this 
sometimes affords marked relief to the intolerable itching. 

In the treatment of eczema of the legs, one of the commonest local 
varieties, the same lotions, ointments, and pastes are to be employed 
as elsewhere, but owing to the dependent position of the parts and 
the frequent association of varicose veins with the eczema, certain 
auxiliaries, such as the roller bandage, or, what is much more efficient, 
the elastic bandage, are to be employed. In acute forms occurring in 
this locality and in the acute exacerbations of the chronic variety, 
nothing can take the place of rest and elevation of the limb ; and when 
the inflammation is severe, especially if it is accompanied, as is often 
the case, by oedema, these should be insisted upon. In the subacute 
and chronic forms, when the patient is obliged to be about, a bandage 
of elastic webbing should be smoothly applied, stretching it suffi- 
ciently in the application to make moderate, even pressure after 
the ointment or lotion selected has been applied. If the parts are 
moist, a dusting power, such as talcum, should be freely dusted over 
the legs before the bandage is put on. Instead of a bandage, the 
zinc-gelatine of Unna, the formula for which has already been given, 
may be applied to the leg, alone or with the addition of one or two 
per cent, of salicylic acid. 

The chronic leg ulcer is a frequent complication of eczema of 
the legs which often adds much to the patient's discomfort and in- 



PLATE X 




Seborrhceic dermatitis (Dermatitis seborrhoeica). 



INFLAMMATIONS 149 

creases materially the difficulties of treatment. The following will 
be found a useful ointment in the treatment of these ulcers : 

R 

Acid, salicylic gr. 10 (0.65) 

Emp. plumbi, 

Petrolat aa 3ss (16.0) 

M. 

This should be spread upon lint and applied to the surface of 
the ulcer, first thoroughly cleansing it with a warm saturated solu- 
tion of boric acid, twice a day. In these cases the elastic bandage 
or the zinc-gelatin is even more necessary than in uncomplicated 
eczema. When the ulcer is discharging an opening should be made 
in the gelatin after it has become firm, to permit cleansing and the 
application of the remedies. 

Very often these ulcers are extremely painful, interfering with 
the patient's rest both night and day, and the author knows of no 
more generally useful local application for the relief of the pain than 
a two per cent, ointment of resorcin. 

DERMATITIS SEBORRHEICA 

Synonyms. — Eczema seborrhceicum ; seborrhcea corporis (Duh- 
ring) ; seborrhcea sicca. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammatory disease of the skin occurring 
as red, somewhat scaly patches, often discoid or annular in shape 
when situated upon non-hairy parts, with a pronounced predilection 
for certain localities, as the scalp, sternum, and interscapular region 
(Plate X). 

In 1887 Unna proposed to include under the title eczema seborrhcei- 
cum a number of affections of an inflammatory character more or 
less closely associated with the sebaceous glands, which had previously 
been described under a number of names, and which were regarded 
as separate and distinct affections. While the views of Unna have 
for the most part met with general acceptance, there is still some 
dissent from including under this term all included by Unna. 

Since the conditions included by Unna under the term eczema 
seborrhceicum are for the most part inflammatory in character and 
more or less distinct from ordinary eczema, a number of authors, 
among them Crocker and Elliot, prefer to designate the affection 
dermatitis seborrhceica, a term which seems to be more appropriate 
than the one originally suggested by Unna. 

Symptoms. — The symptoms presented by seborrhceic dermatitis 
vary considerably, according to the region affected. On the scalp 
it occurs quite frequently as a more or less marked scaliness, the scales 
being fatty without any very definite signs of inflammation of the 
underlying skin, although a careful examination of the cases which 
are seemingly not inflammatory will often disclose small scattered 



150 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



areas in which the scalp is slightly reddened. In more marked cases 
the scaling may be quite abundant, the scalp red, sometimes moist 
and oozing slightly, with some crusting. There is usually more or 
less itching, and when the disease has lasted for some time the hair, 
which in the beginning was oily, becomes thin, dry, and brittle, the 
oiliness in the early stages being due to the oily seborrhcea which often 
accompanies the affection. 

In the brows and beard, and especially in the mustache, it fre- 




FiG. 31. — Dermatitis seborrhceica, sternum. 



quently exists for a long period as an abundant scaling, dandruff, 
but here, too, just as upon the scalp, there may be present the ordi- 
nary signs of inflammation, such as redness, and, exceptionally, moist- 
ure and crusting. There is rarely, however, even in the cases which 
have lasted a considerable period, any noticeable thickening of the 
skin such as occurs in ordinary eczema. Upon the smooth or non- 
hairy parts of the face it occurs as ill-defined patches of fine scaling, 
usually accompanied by a moderate degree of redness. In the fur- 
row between the ala of the nose and the cheek, and extending a little 



INFLAMMATIONS 



151 



distance upon the latter, the redness is often quite marked with con- 
siderable crusting, the crusts being fatty rather than dry and brittle. 
Upon the trunk it exhibits a decided predilection for the sternal 
and interscapular regions (Fig. 31), where it occurs as rather well- 
defined, yellowish-red, rounded and not uncommonly annular patches, 
covered with small, loosely adherent, fatty scales. At times these 
patches exhibit a moderate amount of infiltration, although, as a rule, 
they are but little elevated above the healthy skin. In the mildest 
cases the eruption is confined to the sternum, and, less frequently, 
the region between the scapulae, w T here it frequently exhibits a dis- 





t"' 



Fig. 32. — Dermatitis seborrheica, axilla. 

tinctly ring-shaped arrangement ; this is the seborrhcea corporis of 
Duhring. In exceptional cases the entire trunk may be more or less 

nvolved, or it may be confined to the umbilical region. 

The axillary (Fig. 32), the pubic, and the inguinal regions are 

ikewise invaded at times, and in these regions, owing to the heat 
and moisture normally present, there is often oozing, with more or 

ess crusting. 

In children and in young adults it may occur on the upper and 

ower lips (Fig. 33), invading, in exceptional cases, the vermilion 
border of the lips, causing considerable exfoliation, or, in markedly 
inflammatory cases, crusting. 



152 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Unlike the ordinary forms of eczema, itching is rarely a very 
marked symptom, although it is usually present to a moderate degree. 
As a rule, to which there are few, if any, exceptions, dermatitis 
seborrhoeica begins upon the scalp, where it often exists for a long 
time as excessive scaling with few or no signs of inflammation. This 
early mild form of the malady is the seborrhoea capitis of some authors, 
but there is no doubt that it actually represents the earliest stages of 
what sooner or later becomes the seborrhoeic eczema of Unna. 

While the amount of scaling present is in most cases moderate, 
it may, in exceptional cases, be so considerable as to resemble to a 
pronounced degree patches of mild psoriasis. 

Etiology. — While departures from the normal standard of health 

may act as predisposing 
I causes of the affection, there 
I is no evidence that it is the 
I direct result of any general 
condition. Among local con- 
I ditions which favor its occur- 
I rence are excessive heat, per- 

f " spiration, friction, woollen 

underclothing, lack of clean- 
liness, or any other source of 
local irritation. These in 
predisposed individuals fre- 
quently exert a decided effect 
in detei mining the origin 
and spread of the inflamma- 
tion. The majority of recent 
authors, among whom may 

Fig. 33-— Dermatitis seborrhoeica (involving mucous mem- 1 oe mentioned Unna, SaboU- 

brane of the lips as well as the skm) . _ ' 

raud, and Elliot, are of the 
opinion that the affection is parasitic, and a number of microorganisms 
have been found which are regarded by their discoverers as the direct 
agent in its production. Proof is still lacking, however, that any one of 
these is the actual cause of the disease, although the preponderance 
of evidence seems to be in favor of its parasitic origin {vid. Seborrhoea). 
Pathology. — The histological changes found in dermatitis seborrhoe- 
ica are, for the most part, such as are present in the milder forms of 
eczema. There is a disturbance of the process of keratinization (para- 
keratosis), parenchymatous and interstitial oedema of the rete, the 
latter usually much less marked than in ordinary eczema, and a mod- 
erate acanthosis (thickening of the rete). A moderate amount of 
cellular exudation is usually present in the papillary layer of the 
corium about the vessels and in the neighborhood of the coil-glands. 
Fat in varying amount is present in the epidermis, and less frequently 
in the corium, according to Unna, who finds the origin of the increased 
fat secretion in the coil-glands which show evidence of pathological 



t 






INFLAMMATIONS 153 

change, such as an increased number of mitoses in the cells lining 
the ducts, together with globules of fat, and proliferation of the epi- 
thelium lining the glands. This author found no changes in the 
sebaceous glands. Elliot was not able to confirm Unna's findings 
as to the infiltration of the rete and corium with fat, nor did he 
find fat in the coil-glands or their ducts, although degenerative changes 
were observed in them. Even in the mildest grades of the disease 
represented by pityriasis capitis and the seborrhcea of authors, Elliot 
found a slight cellular exudate about the vessels of the corium and 
the hair follicles, indicating its inflammatory character, while in the 
severer forms inflammatory changes were present in the entire cutis. 

Diagnosis. — One of its most striking characteristics is its marked 
predilection for the scalp and the sternal regions. As has already 
been observed, it almost always begins in the former locality, spread- 
ing thence in time to other parts ; such a predilection is shown by 
none of the diseases which may resemble it. 

It is to be distinguished from eczema of the ordinary type, pityriasis 
rosea, ringworm, and psoriasis. 

It differs from ordinary eczema by the localization already men- 
tioned, by the usually milder degree of inflammation, the absence of 
any considerable thickening of the skin, and by the annular and discoid 
arrangement which it frequently exhibits on smooth or non-hairy parts. 
Itching, which is usually a very pronounced symptom in eczema, is 
as a rule trifling. 

Pityriasis rosea and dermatitis seborrhceica may resemble each 
other quite closely, but the former is an acute affection, shows no 
special tendency to occur in the face or over the sternum ; indeed, it 
is unusual in the former region. In the former the scaling is fine 
and dry; in the latter, fairly abundant and fatty. 

Ringworm of non-hairy surfaces may at times resemble it, but 
the rapid extension of the patch and its speedy transformation into 
a ring, the fine dry scales in which the trichophyton fungus is readily 
demonstrated, are features which easily distinguish it from seborrhceic 
dermatitis. 

When the disease occupies a considerable portion of the trunk 
and scalp and the scaling is unusually abundant, it may resemble the 
milder forms of psoriasis, but in the latter the patches are usually 
much more sharply circumscribed, the scales are dry, white, laminated, 
and much more abundant. The two diseases affect different regions, 
psoriasis occurring especially upon the extensor surfaces of the ex- 
tremities and particularly on the elbows and knees, while, as already 
noted, seborrhceic dermatitis affects especially the sternal and inter- 
scapular regions. There is likewise decided infiltration of the patches 
in psoriasis, while in seborrhceic dermatitis this is trifling, if present 
at all. 

Prognosis. — As a rule, the malady yields quite readily to judicious 
treatment, but relapses are common. 



154 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Treatment. — Internal remedies are rarely, if ever, indicated in treat- 
ment. If, however, the patient is anaemic or debilitated from any 
cause, tonic remedies and such as tend to improve the general nutri- 
tion, such as iron, strychnia, arsenic, or cod-liver oil, may be given. 

The local treatment will vary somewhat, according to the region 
affected. In the dry, scaly form affecting the scalp a lotion of 
resorcin containing from ten to fifteen grains to the ounce of equal 
parts of alcohol and water, with a few minims of glycerin, will often 
prove an effective remedy. Should this be found too drying, an 
ointment of resorcin, two to three per cent., may be substituted for 
the lotion. In cases in which a moderate degree of inflammation is 
present, an ointment containing twenty grains of ammoniated mer- 
cury to the ounce is often most useful, first removing any crusts that 
may be present, either with soap and water or with vaseline. Weak 
sulphur ointment, ten to twenty grains to the ounce, is often an effec- 
tive remedy, but it should be used cautiously at first, as it occasion- 
ally irritates. In mild forms affecting the sternal and interscapular 
regions, nothing is more effective than the zinc sulphide, lotion with 
ten or fifteen minims of glycerin to the ounce. 

R 

Zinci sulphat, 

Potas. sulphuret . .aa gr. xl (2.60) 

Glycerini 3i (4.0) 

Aq Siv (108.0) 

Mix. 
Sig. Shake and apply twice a day. 

When there is marked inflammation, this lotion is contra-indicated ; 
instead a lotion of resorcin containing from five to ten grains (0.32 to 
0.65) to the ounce (32.0) of equal parts of lime water and water will be 
found useful. In the cases which approach in type ordinary eczema 
the treatment is practically the same as for that affection. 

HERPES SIMPLEX 

Synonyms. — Herpes; "cold-sore"; fever blister; Fr., Herpes vul- 
gaire ; Ger., Blaschenflechte. 

Definition. — An acute inflammatory disease of the skin distinguished 
by one or more groups of small vesicles on an inflamed base, situated, 
in most instances, in the face or upon the genitalia (Plate XI). 

Symptoms. — Two varieties of herpes occur which differ from each 
other chiefly in the regions involved, their symptoms being much the 
same. One variety occurs in the face, hence is known as herpes facialis 
(herpes labialis, herpes febrilis, cold-sore) ; the other affects the geni- 
tal region, the penis in the male, the labia in the female. 

Herpes Facialis (Fig. 34). — Facial herpes is distinguished by one 
or more usually quite small groups or patches of pin-head to split- 
pea-sized vesicles seated upon a reddened area situated at one corner 
or other of the mouth, upon the lips at the mucocutaneous junction, 



PLATE XI 




Herpes simplex. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



155 



and extending upon the skin, upon one ala or other of the nose, or, 
less frequently, upon one cheek, or the ear. Frequently there is but 
a single patch, but often there are two, three, or more, each contain- 
ing from four or five to a dozen or more small vesicles filled with trans- 
parent serum, which soon becomes cloudy and sometimes purulent. 
Exceptionally the patches are comparatively large, and may contain 
small blebs formed by the coalescence of several vesicles when these 
are closely crowded together. In the course of three or four days the 
vesicles dry up, forming yellowish crusts, which fall off at the end 
of a week, leaving a reddish, sometimes faintly brownish, stain which 
soon disappears. The appearance of the eruption is usually preceded 
by a feeling of local heat or itching for some hours. In a considerable 
proportion of cases the eruption mma -^^^^^mmMmsmsmmexw 

is preceded and accompanied in J 
its early stages by slight malaise, I 
some elevation of temperature, 
and chilliness, hence the name 
"fever blister," "cold-sore," by 
which it is commonly known ; or 
there may be slight gastric dis- 
turbance. 

Although the vast majority of 
cases of simple herpes occur upon 
some part of the face, it may also 
occur upon other parts, such as 
the trunk or extremities, and in 
exceptional cases upon the mu- 
cous membranes of the lips, the . 
tongue, the cheeks, pharnyx, or k 
larynx. 

In a considerable number of 
cases it exhibits a remarkable tendency to recur, often in tne same 
situation, at intervals of some months. It is fairly common to see 
this recurrent type in children, in whom it is apt to occur upon the 
cheek two or three times a year for a number of years. The author 
has had under his observation several cases in adults in which a patch 
of vesicles recurred every few months upon the buttock, and Sequiera 
and Adamson have made similar observations. 

An epidemic form of herpes has been described by Savage, Seaton, 
and others in which there was marked elevation of temperature, 102 
or 103 F., accompanied by patches of vesicles in the face, or upon 
the ears. In the epidemic reported by Savage the fever lasted four 
days, and the attack was attended by great prostration. 

A few cases of generalized herpes have been reported, but the diag- 
nosis in some of these is open to doubt. 

Herpes Progenitalis. — In this variety of herpes the eruption is sit- 
uated upon the inner surface of the prepuce, the glans, or, much less 




Fig. 34. — Herpes simplex facialis. 



156 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

frequently, upon the shaft of the penis in men and upon the inner 
surface of the labia, the prepuce of the clitoris, exceptionally upon 
the cervix uteri, occasionally upon the skin of the vulva, and at times 
upon the inner surface of the thigh adjoining, in women. As in facial 
herpes, the appearance of the eruption is preceded by burning or itch- 
ing, sometimes pain, but malaise and fever, which are so common 
in facial herpes, never occur. Upon the mucous surfaces the vesicles 
are not transparent, as upon the skin, but appear as small white opaque 
elevations, which are soon transformed into small shallow erosions 
or ulcers; but when situated upon the shaft of the penis, the vulva 
and thighs they present the same appearances as when situated upon 
other parts of the skin, and after a time dry up into small crusts. The 
number of vesicles is usually small upon the prepuce and the glans — 
there may not be more than two or three — but occasionally patches of 
considerable size are present, varying in number from a single one 
to three or four, and containing a considerable number of vesicles. 
When irritated, as frequently happens, from injudicious treatment, 
especially in men, considerable swelling, with inflammatory indura- 
tion of the part upon which the vesicles are seated, and occasionally 
ulceration with swelling of the inguinal glands, may occur. The sub- 
jective symptoms are usually trifling in the male, but in women, in 
whom it is apt to occur at the menstrual period, the amount of burn- 
ing and pain may be considerable. Recurrences are extremely common, 
much more so than in the facial variety. 

Etiology. — There is an extraordinary variation in individual sus- 
ceptibility to facial herpes. In certain individuals it is extremely com- 
mon, the slightest indisposition, a coryza, or a trifling indigestion 
being sufficient to produce it, while others never, under any circum- 
stances, suffer from it. In certain individuals certain articles of food 
may produce it. The author has knowledge of a case in which the 
eating of cheese in the evening is sure to be followed by a labial 
herpes next morning. It is a common symptom in certain acute 
general infections, such as malaria, pneumonia, epidemic cerebrospinal 
meningitis, and, exceptionally, in typhoid fever. Its occurrence is 
commonly regarded as a favorable omen in these affections, but it is 
doubtful whether it has any prognostic significance. 

Genital herpes is frequently, but by no means always, preceded by 
some venereal affection, such as gonorrhoea or the venereal ulcer, 
and is quite common in prostitutes. In men predisposed to it coitus 
is a frequent exciting cause, and it may follow every coitus. In women 
it is apt to occur at the menstrual period and may be the cause of 
much distress. 

Pathology. — Herpes is, in all probability, a toxic neuritis affecting 
the terminal filaments of a branch of a cutaneous nerve, and it is 
extremely probable that a variety of toxic substances may cause it. 
Its occurrence after certain foods or drugs, and its association with 



INFLAMMATIONS 157 

certain general infections, such as have already been referred to, cer- 
tainly afford much support to such a view. 

There is a fibrinous inflammation of the upper portion of the epi- 
dermis terminating in a coagulation necrosis of the epithelial cells. 
The papillae immediately beneath the vesicle are cedematous, their ves- 
sels and lymph spaces dilated, and the former surrounded by a con- 
siderable exudation of leucocytes. 

Diagnosis. — The recognition of facial herpes is usually very easy. 
The arrangement of the vesicles in one or more well-defined groups ; 
their situation about the mouth and the alse nasi ; the absence of 
marked itching ; the acute course of the eruption, and the frequent 
history of repeated recurrences, are features which distinguish it from 
acute vesicular eczema. The absence of neuralgic pain and of any 
definite relation to nerve-branches will serve to distinguish it from 
herpes zoster, which is very unusual in the regions affected by simple 
facial herpes. When simple herpes occurs elsewhere than upon the 
face there may at times be difficulty in differentiating it from a miid 
zoster with a single patch. 

When the patches have crusted they may bear some resemblance 
to impetigo contagiosa, but the peripheral spread of the vesico-pustules 
of the latter, their thin, wafer-like crusts, and the appearance of new 
lesions at short intervals, often from auto-inoculation, soon differen- 
tiate the two affections. 

Herpes occurring upon the prepuce (herpes praeputialis) is most 
likely to be confounded with the venereal ulcer, or with the initial 
lesion of spyhilis. In the early stages there is commonly no diffi- 
culty in distinguishing the herpetic eruption from these — the vesicular 
character of the lesions and their number are features quite character- 
istic of the former — but when, through irritation of any kind, such 
as frequent coitus, or, more commonly, the application of irritant 
or caustic substances, often by the patient himself, the lesions inflame 
and ulcerate and their bases become swollen and hard, there may be 
some difficulty in arriving at a definite conclusion. Under such cir- 
cumstances, owing to the very serious results which may follow an 
error in diagnosis, sexual intercourse should be forbidden until a 
positive diagnosis has been made. In doubtful cases examination 
of the secretion from the ulcerating surface for the spirochsetae, by 
dark-ground illumination or the Burri India ink method, should not 
be omitted. Since the inguinal lymphatic glands may be swollen in 
those cases in which the herpetic lesions have been irritated, as 
well as in chancre, too much importance should not be laid upon 
the presence or absence of such swelling in the differential diagnosis. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — An attack of herpes usually runs its 
course in about a week to ten days, but, as already noted, recurrences, 
especially in the genital forms, are common and often the source of 
much annoyance. 

In the ordinary forms of facial herpes, one of the most effec- 



158 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

tive local applications is undiluted alcohol gently mopped on with a 
pledget of absorbent cotton, three or four times a day, for a few min- 
utes at a time, followed by a dusting powder of talc and oxide of zinc 
or subcarbonate of bismuth. When crusting has occurred, a weak 
ointment of calomel or ammoniated mercury may be applied once or 
twice a day until healing is complete. In herpes progenitalis the 
same alcoholic lotion may be employed, followed by a dusting powder 
composed of equal parts of talc and boric acid. Ointments should not 
be used about the genitalia as a rule. When the eruption is on the 
mucous surfaces, the opposed surfaces should be kept apart after the 
liberal application of the dusting powder by a thin layer of plain gauze. 
Astringent lotions containing small quantities of tannic acid, sul- 
phate of zinc, or acetate of lead may also be used. 

For the prevention of recurrences in genital herpes, strict cleanli- 
ness should be observed, washing the parts daily, and especially after 
coitus, with a saturated solution of boric acid. The diet should be 
regulated and the avoidance of spirits, wines, and malt liquors should 
be advised. In cases in which the prepuce is long, circumcision should 
be performed. Moderate doses of arsenic administered over a con- 
siderable period are sometimes of service. Notwithstanding the best 
directed efforts, the prevention of recurrences is oftentimes a matter 
of considerable difficulty. 

HERPES ZOSTER 

Synonyms. — Zoster; zona; shingles; Ger., Giirtelausschlag ; Giir- 
telrose. 

Definition. — An acute inflammatory disease of the skin character- 
ized by an eruption of vesicles arranged in groups, seated upon an 
inflammatory base, distributed over the course of a nerve. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins with some degree of pain in the 
region about to be the seat of the eruption, the amount varying from 
slight hypersensitiveness to severe neuralgia. Exceptionally there is 
elevation of temperature, with headache and malaise. After a period 
varying from a few hours to a day or two, or, in a considerable pro- 
portion of cases, without prodromal symptoms, variously sized erythe- 
matous, ill-defined patches appear, on which are shot-sized papules, 
which speedily become vesicles with clear contents. With the appear- 
ance of the eruption the pain often becomes less, but not invariably 
so. New vesicles continue to appear for several days, while the con- 
tents of the older ones become turbid, purulent, and occasionally 
hemorrhagic. Unlike the vesicles of eczema, as well as some other 
inflammatory affections, those of zoster show no tendency to spon- 
taneous rupture, but dry up into yellow or blackish crusts, which after 
a week or ten days fall, leaving a slight transient pigmentation, and 
in the severe cases more or less permanent scarring. Quite commonly 
the lymphatic glands in the neighborhood of the eruption are some- 
what enlarged. 



INFLAMMATIONS 150 

The number and size of the patches of eruption vary according to 
the locality attacked and the severity of the attack. There may be 
but a single patch in very mild cases, although this is unusual, or 
there may be a half dozen or more, as when the eruption occurs over 
the distribution of the brachial plexus. Each patch may contain from 
five or six small vesicles to large numbers, and in the severe cases 
blebs of various sizes may form by the coalescence of closely adjacent 
vesicles. In certain regions the patches may be so large and so 
close together that they coalesce to form one large area covered by 
the eruption. The contents of the vesicles are usually clear or slightly 
turbid serum, but they may be bloody (zoster hsemorrha^icus). The 
inflammation may be so violent that it eventuates in gangrene, and 
instead of crusts of black eschars of varying size and depth are formed 
(zoster gangrsenosus). In very mild cases a number of the lesions 
abort in the papular stage and disappear within a few days. 

In the vast majority of cases the eruption is unilateral; quite ex- 
ceptionally it is bilateral, and in very rare instances may be more or 
less general. 

Tenneson, Leredde, and other French observers have called atten- 
tion to the frequent occurrence of scattered vesicles some distance 
from the principal eruption, but usually on the same side. Tenne- 
son asserts that these may be found in nine out of every ten cases 
of zoster, and Crocker's observations led him to the same conclusion. 

The amount of pain varies greatly. In children it is very com- 
monly absent altogether or trivial. In young and middle-aged adults 
it may or may not be present, and varies from slight uneasiness with 
burning to intolerable neuralgia. In the elderly and old more or less 
neuralgic pain is the rule. 

The attack in ordinary cases terminates after a course of ten days 
to three weeks, but when there has been deep ulceration or gangrene 
two or three months may elapse before recovery is complete. In a 
considerable proportion of cases various disturbances of sensation, 
such as burning, formication, or actual neuralgia, may persist for 
months, even many months, after the disappearance of the eruption. 
This is especially apt to be the case in old subjects. 

In the great majority of cases but a single attack occurs during 
the patient's lifetime. A number of cases, however, have been re- 
ported in which not one but many recurrences were observed. Ka- 
posi observed a case in which nine relapses occurred, and some years 
ago the author had under his own observation an elderly man who had 
many attacks at intervals, varying from a few weeks to several months, 
all in the distribution of the sciatic nerve and its branches. As a 
rule, cases of recurrent zoster are the result of traumatism or are 
secondary to disease in the immediate vicinity of the nerve affected. 
In the author's case above referred to the malady followed a fracture 
of the femur. 

A number of clinical varieties are commonly recognized which are 



160 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



designated chiefly according to the regions they occupy or the nerves 
involved. The principal varieties are zoster ophthalmicus, occurring 
in the region of distribution of the ophthalmic branch of the fifth pair ; 
zoster capillitii, affecting the scalp ; zoster frontalis, occurring on the 
forehead over the supraorbital branch of the fifth pair; zoster brachi- 
alis, occurring over the distribution of the brachial plexus ; zoster 
pectoralis, occupying the side of the thorax, the " shingles " (Fig. 36), 
of the laity and one of the commonest forms of the disease ; zoster 
lumbo-abdominalis, over branches of the lumbar plexus ; and zoster 
femoralis, in the distribution of the sciatic nerve. These several varie- 
ties, with one or two exceptions, present no essential differences in 
their symptoms. 

In zoster occurring over the several branches of the fifth pair, 
.the inflammatory symptoms are occasionally of unusual severity and 




Fig. 35. — Herpes zoster. Unusual location. 



may be accompanied by great pain. The eruption may occur upon the 
conjunctiva and cornea, in the latter leading at times to perforation, 
with serious impairment of vision. The inflammation, in rare cases, 
may extend to the retina, or to the meninges with a fatal result. Ves- 
icles may also occur upon the nasal, buccal, lingual, and palatal mucous 
membranes. 

In frontal zoster several small patches, or, in severe cases, one large 
patch of vesicles which are often of large size and deep-seated, are dis- 
tributed over the supraorbital nerve from the brow to the margin of 
the scalp, and often well within the hair, stopping abruptly at the 
middle line. This variety is frequently followed by very marked and 
extensive scarring. 

In facial zoster, an unusual variety, the eruption is at times accom- 
panied or followed by facial paralysis. 

In zoster over the brachial plexus and its branches (zoster brach- 
ialis, zoster cervico-brachialis) there are numerous patches of vesicles 
distributed on the side of the neck in the clavicular and scapular re- 



INFLAMMATIONS 



161 



gions, over the anterior surface of the arm, extending to the wrist (Fig. 
35), but very rarely upon the hand. Patches also occur upon the outer 
surface of the upper arm. 

Thoracic zoster, zoster pectoralis, " shingles," is by far the most 
frequent form of the affection. In cases of ordinary severity there 
are, as a rule, three well-defined patches, one close to the spinal col- 
umn, a second in the axillary line, and a third in the mammary line. 
Occasionally one or other of these is abortive, consisting of a small erythe- 
matous patch in which are a few small papules or two or three vesicles, 
or it may be absent altogether. On the other hand, the eruption may 






Fig. 36. — Thoracic herpes zoster (shingles). 

be so abundant that there are no discrete patches, but a wide band of 
vesicles and blebs extending from the middle line in front to the spinal 
column in the back. 

In lumbo-abdominal zoster the eruption is situated in the gluteal 
region, on the lower part of the abdomen, in the inguinal region, and 
on the inner and upper part of the thigh. 

In femoral zoster there are patches of eruption on the outer and 
inner surface of the thigh, occasionally upon the genitalia, and down 
the posterior surface of the thigh to the knee, but rarely on the leg. 

Etiology. — Herpes zoster is most common in the second and third 
11 



162 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



decades of life, and although no age is entirely exempt, it is rare in 
very young children and in infants. Sex is apparently without influ- 
ence upon its incidence. It is much more common in the spring and 
fall than in other seasons of the year. Certain poisonous substances, 
such as carbon dioxide or carbon monoxide (coal gas), have been known 
to cause it, and, as was pointed out by the late Sir Jonathan Hutchinson, 







K^ 




Fig. 37. — Herpes zoster arsenicalis — lichen planus. Patient had a lichen planus, shown on the 
flexor surface of the wrist, for which he had been taking Fowler's solution. 

it may follow the administration of arsenic (Fig. 37). It occasionally 
occurs in connection with certain infectious diseases of the nervous* 
system, such as epidemic cerebrospinal meningitis, or tubercular menin- 
gitis. Traumatism of various kinds may produce it; cases have been 
observed to follow a blow, the extraction of a tooth, or a hypodermatic 
injection. Quite recently a number of instances have been observed 



INFLAMMATIONS 163 

in which it was associated with renal colic following hydronephrosis or 
nephrolithiasis (Bittorf, Rosenberg). 

Although the infecting agent has not yet been demonstrated, there 
is little or no doubt that the idiopathic form of the malady — that is, 
that form which is not secondary to traumatism or the result of the 
ingestion of toxic substances, such as arsenic — is the result of an in- 
fection. The self-limited course, the immunity conferred by an attack, 
its occurrence in epidemics, are features which are best explained by 
this theory. 

Rosenow and Oftedal report the production of herpes in animals by 
the injection of cultures of a streptococcus found in pus pockets in the 
tonsils and in pyorrhoea. They believe this organism, which has a special 
affinity for the ganglia of the posterior roots of the spinal nerves, to be 
the cause of herpes zoster, although they admit the possibility that it may 
be produced occasionally by other forms of bacteria. These highly inter- 
esting and important conclusions still await, however, confirmation by 
other investigators. 

Pathology. — Herpes zoster is essentially an interstitial inflammation 
of the posterior root ganglia of the spinal nerves, and less frequently 
of the peripheral portion of the nerves. While in most instances it is a 
descending neuritis, there is no doubt that in the cases following trauma- 
tism the inflammation is seated in the peripheral portion of the nerve. 
Head and Campbell found hemorrhage in the posterior root ganglia, or 
inflammation and degenerative changes in the peripheral branches con- 
nected with such ganglia. 

The vesicle of herpes zoster is usually situated in the middle and lower 
portion of the epidermis, but it may lie between the epidermis and the 
corium, this being usually the case in the severer forms of the affection, 
such as attack the regions supplied by the fifth pair of nerves ; and this 
in part accounts for the scarring which is so frequent a sequel of this 
variety of the disease. In the beginning there is a marked intercellular 
oedema, the epithelial cells are widely separated, lose their prickles, are 
often greatly increased in size, and become globular or balloon-shaped, 
their protoplasm becoming homogeneous and staining readily with acid 
dyes. These large, round and pear-shaped cells contain a large, fre- 
quently double-walled, cavity in which are from two or three to twenty 
or more large nuclei, so that they may resemble certain forms of protozoa 
(Fig. 38), and they were regarded, especially by Pfeiffer, as parasitic 
bodies, but the studies of Unna, Gilchrist, and the author have proved 
that they are nothing more than epithelial cells which have undergone 
a peculiar form of degeneration, the " ballooning colliquation " of Unna. 
A similar form of degeneration is observed in some other vesicular affec- 
tions, such as variola and varicella. In the papillae and upper part of 
the corium there is a varying degree of leucocytic infiltration, with dila- 
tation of the vessels, and in hemorrhagic cases a varying number of red 
blood-cells. In a considerable proportion of cases of the severer type the 
papillae of the corium undergo necrosis, in consequence of which per- 
manent scarring: results. 



164 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



• 



m 



Diagnosis. — The clinical symptoms of herpes zoster are in most 
cases so characteristic that it is readily distinguished from other vesicu- 
lar eruptions. The grouped arrangement of the lesions, their situa- 
tion over well-defined nerve areas, the absence of oozing, the frequent 
presence of pain, either preceding or accompanying the appearance of 
the eruption, serve to distinguish it from vesicular eczema, for which 
it is sometimes mistaken. 

The affection with which it is most apt to be confounded is simple 
herpes, especially when there are but one or two groups of lesions. 
But the neuralgic pain, the situation of the eruption, and a history 
of repeated attacks in the simple form will serve to distinguish the 
two affections from each other. Cases occur, however, in which it 

11^ # * s not eas y to sa - y wne ther we 

; have to do with an anomalous 

zoster or a simple herpes. 
'00 Prognosis. — In the great 

majority of cases recovery 
'&& takes place in the course of 

»Sy A rs ,-. ■ two or three weeks without 

£3 sequelae. In the hemorrhagic 

and gangrenous forms of the 
malady, however, recovery is 
often greatly delayed, and 
marked and permanent scar- 
ring may result. In ophthal- 
mic zoster impairment of 
vision, destruction of the eye, 
and, in rare instances, even 
death from sepsis or menin- 
gitis, may result. In elderly 
and old subjects persistent 
neuralgia and annoying disturbances of sensation may follow and 
continue for many months. 

Treatment. — Since we possess no remedy, either external or inter- 
nal, which influences the course of the affection, which is a self- 
limited one, the treatment of mild cases in which there is but little 
or no pain may be limited to the protection of the eruption by the 
liberal application of a dusting powder, such as equal parts of talc and 
oxide of zinc, or subcarbonate of bismuth, to which have been added fifteen 
or twenty grains (i.o or 1.30) of powdered camphor to the ounce (32.0). 
After the application of such dusting powder the affected part should 
be covered with two or three layers of gauze or a layer of cotton 
wadding. In cases in which pain or itching and burning accompany 
the eruption, alcohol, either alone or containing one or two per cent, 
of resorcin, menthol, or boric acid, may be freely applied several times 
a day, followed by a dusting powder such as has been mentioned. 
Collodion, either alone or containing morphia, is advised by some 




/.y. ** 



Fio. 38. — Herpes zoster. 



Ballooned" epithelial cells 



the large one in the centre filled with nuclei resembling a 
protozoon. 



INFLAMMATIONS 165 

authors, but it is far less useful and agreeable than the alcoholic- 
lotion just mentioned. Ichthyol in water, twenty to thirty per cent., 
may be applied twice a day with a camel's-hair brush. This, when 
dry, forms a thin brown varnish, protecting the eruption. Ointments 
or other local applications which soften and favor the rupture of the 
vesicles are to be avoided, unless the vesicles are already broken and 
ulceration is present. 

When pain is a prominent symptom the internal administration 
of phenacetin, antipyrin, salicylate of soda, or salicin in appropriate 
doses is indicated, but in many cases nothing short of morphia by 
the mouth, or, better, hypodermatically, will afford any relief. Other 
internal remedies have been advised, such as quinine and the phos- 
phide of zinc, the latter in doses of 1 / 12 to 1 / 6 of a grain (0.005 to °- OI 5) 
every four hours, but they are of more than doubtful efficacy. Mild gal- 
vanic currents applied to the nerve branches over which the eruption 
is situated are occasionally of service in relieving the pain after the 
acute symptoms have somewhat subsided. 

In the neuralgias and disturbances of sensation, which frequently 
persist for months after an attack of zoster, the patient's general con- 
dition should be carefully looked after. Iron, quinine, strychnia, and 
small doses of some form of arsenic are all more or less useful. Cod- 
liver oil is frequently of service. Everything should be done to im- 
prove the patient's general nutrition by an abundance of nutritious, 
easily digested, and assimilable food and moderate exercise in the open 
air. The local use of galvinism is frequently followed by improve- 
ment, and in a few instances the author has seen prompt amelioration 
of the pain follow the use of the X-ray. 

HYDROA VACCINIFORME 

Synonyms. — Hydroa vacciniforme (Bazin) ; Hydroa aestivalis; Re- 
curring Summer Eruption (Hutchinson). 

Definition. — An inflammatory disease occurring for the most part 
in children, distinguished by an eruption of vesicles frequently um- 
bilicated, occurring in summer, followed by scarring. 

Symptoms. — First described by Bazin as Hydroa vacciniforme, it 
was again described by Hutchinson some years later as Recurring 
Summer Eruption. The affection begins with the appearance of small 
red spots, upon which isolated and discrete or grouped vesicles form, 
situated upon the uncovered parts of the skin, particularly the face, 
over the nose and cheeks, upon the ears, the upper part of the neck, 
less numerously upon the hands and wrists, and exceptionally upon 
the other portions of the body. In the course of a few days the smaller 
vesicles dry up, while the larger ones crust over, a certain number of 
them becoming distinctly umbilicated with dark-bluish or blackish 
centres. At the end of ten days or two weeks the crusts fall, and 
slightly depressed scars are left, which in the course of time may 



166 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

become so numerous as to produce marked disfigurement, especially 
upon the ears, which may be largely transformed into cicatricial tissue. 
An attack usually comes on after exposure to the sun, and may be 
preceded by slight malaise, with loss of appetite ; it lasts from two or 
three weeks to a month or two. The affection occurs for the most 
part in the summer, but may occur in the early spring and late 
autumn. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The malady begins, as a rule, in the first, 
second, or third year of life, but has been noted in a considerable pro- 
portion of cases in later childhood. Exceptionally it has been seen 
in adults, as late as twenty-six years of age (Boeck). It was formerly 
supposed to attack males much more frequently than females, but 
more extended observation has shown that its incidence in the two 
sexes is practically the same. The eruption follows direct exposure 
to the sun and wind, and, as already observed, occurs for the most 
part in the summer season, although one of Crocker's cases was always 
worse in cold weather. 

In a considerable proportion of the reported cases haematoporphyrin- 
uria was present (cases of McCall, Anderson, Linser, Moller, Rausch, 
and Ehrmann) ; and this fact, together with the results of the experi- 
mental studies of Hausmann, which demonstrated that haematoporphy- 
rin exercises a pronounced photosensitizing effect upon the skin, mak- 
ing it abnormally sensitive to light, makes it seem extremely prob- 
able that this substance plays an important, if not the chief, role in 
the production of the eruption. 

According to Bowen, the disease begins with an inflammation in 
circumscribed areas of the epidermis and upper part of the corium, 
which results in the formation of vesicles in the rete. In advanced 
lesions there is necrosis of the epidermis and of the corium to a con- 
siderable depth. The dark centre of these lesions is due to the pres- 
ence of hemorrhagic foci in the necrotic areas. 

Diagnosis. — The early appearance of the malady, in childhood, its 
limitation to uncovered portions of the body, its occurrence chiefly 
in the summer season, the vacciniform character of many of the lesions, 
and the scarring which follows the eruption, are features sufficiently 
characteristic to differentiate it from other vesicular eruptions. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The affection shows a tendency to di- 
minish in severity as puberty is approached, and finally disappears 
when maturity is reached. As already observed, considerable disfigure- 
ment may result from scarring when the lesions are numerous. 

As a prophylactic measure the patient should avoid as much as 
possible exposure to the sun and wind. In the summer season a brown 
veil and gloves should be worn when outdoors. 

Irritant applications should be avoided. A saturated solution of 
boric acid containing a small quantity of glycerin may be mopped on 
several times a day, or calamine lotion applied in the early stages 
of the eruption. When crusting has taken place a two per cent, oint- 



INFLAMMATIONS 167 

ment of carbolic acid may be applied twice daily until the crusts have 
fallen. 

The affection which Hutchinson described under the name Sum- 
mer Prurigo, Prurigo zEstivalis, is probably a variant of Hydroa Vac- 
ciniformis. It is distinguished by an eruption of pale red papules 
situated on the face and hands which is always much worse in the 
summer season and disappears in large part or wholly in the winter. 
Severe itching accompanies the eruption, which is followed at times 
by scarring. Like hydroa, it tends to disappear in adult life, although 
it may persist in rare cases, according to Hutchinson, throughout the 
patient's lifetime. 

Unna's hydroa puerorum is regarded by most authors as identical 
with hydroa vacciniformis, but Haase and Hirschler maintain that 
it is an independent affection, and do not accept Unna's view that 
it is a mild form of dermatitis herpetiformis occurring in children. 

POMPHOLYX 

Synonyms. — Cheiropompholyx (Hutchinson) ; Dysidrosis (Tilbury 
Fox). 

Definition. — An acute inflammatory disease characterized by an 
eruption of vesicles and blebs, chiefly on the palms, and, less frequently, 
the soles. 

Symptoms. — This affection was first described by Tilbury Fox, in 
1873, under the name dysidrosis, and a little later by Jonathan Hutch- 
inson as cheiropompholyx. It is distinguished by an eruption of deep- 
seated vesicles situated upon the palms and sides of the fingers, which, 
at first discrete and filled with a clear fluid, later becomes turbid. As 
new vesicles appear, they occasionally form irregular groups and may 
coalesce to form blebs from a half inch to an inch in diameter. It is, 
as a rule, symmetrical, but it may be confined to one side, and while 
often limited to the hands it may occasionally occur upon the soles 
and toes, in which region it is usually less severe than upon the hands. 
In a small proportion of cases, through secondary infection, the vesicles 
are transformed into pustules and the blebs are filled with purulent 
fluid; in these cases there is decided redness and marked swelling of 
the hands and considerable pain. The vesicles, unlike those of eczema, 
do not readily rupture, and are quite firm to the touch. In the course 
of ten days to two weeks the contents are absorbed and the elevated 
epidermis exfoliates, leaving a dry, reddened surface, or, much less 
frequently, instead of drying up, an eczematous condition follows, which 
may prolong the affection for some weeks. With the development 
of the eruption, and sometimes preceding it for a short time, itching 
and burning of varying intensity appear, and less frequently pain 
accompanies it. The disease varies much in intensity ; in the mildest 
cases there many be only a few small vesicles scattered along the sides 
of the fingers, with a few in the palms, while in the severest the palms 
and occasionally the back of the hands, the soles, and the toes may 



ITT 



168 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



be covered with numerous vesicles and variously sized blebs (Fig. 39). 
In a large proportion of the cases there is a more or less well-marked 
palmar and plantar hyperidrosis which may precede or accompany 
the eruption. Recurrences are common, usually at intervals of some 
months, but occasionally at shorter intervals. In a few instances an 
eruption resembling miliaria, accompanied by itching, occurs upon 
the extremities coincidentally with the eruption upon the hands (Til- 
bury Fox). 

Etiology and Pathology.— The malady is seen chiefly in adults and 
is uncommon in childhood and old age. It is decidedly more frequent 
in women than in men. As was pointed out by Tilbury Fox, and 
since confirmed by later observers, its subjects are for the most part 




Fig. 39. — Pompholyx. 

below the normal standard of health, and are often neurasthenic. Its 
incidence is decidedly influenced by season. It occurs for the most 
part, although not exclusively, in summer. 

As the name he gave it indicates, Fox thought it a disease of the 
sweat-glands or their ducts, an opinion supported by Crocker. The 
studies cf Robinson, Williams, and Santi, however, failed completely 
to demonstrate any relationship to the sweat apparatus. Williams, in 
a study of several hundred serial sections of vesicles, was unable to 
find any connection with the ducts of the sweat-glands. More recently, 
however, Nestorowsky, who has studied the histology anew, has an- 
nounced his belief that it is a disease of the sweat-glands, and that 
the vesicles are closely connected with their ducts. In the beginning 
stage of the eruption he was unable to find any inflammatory phe- 



INFLAMMATIONS 169 

nomena; these only appeared secondarily. Unna was able to demon- 
strate in all the vesicles examined by Williams and Santi, who worked 
in his laboratory, a bacillus about the length of the tubercle bacillus, 
but somewhat broader, which he believes to be the active cause of 
the disease, but this finding still lacks confirmation by other investi- 
gators. From all of the foregoing it is very evident that the last 
word has not yet been said upon the subject. 

The vesicles are situated in the epidermis just beneath the horny 
layer. According to Robinson, there is a perivascular cellular exudate 
in the papillae and upper portion of the corium, with migration of leuco- 
cytes into the rete. Unna finds no change in the papillae except a 
mechanical flattening at the site of the blisters. 

Diagnosis. — Pompholyx is to be differentiated chiefly from vesicular 
eczema and dermatitis venenata, and occasionally from eczematoid 
ringworm of the fingers and toes. It differs from eczema by the deep 
seat, the unusual firmness of the vesicles, which, unlike those of eczema, 
show no tendency to spontaneous rupture, and by the limitation of the 
eruption in most cases to the palms and soles, often to the former alone. 

Dermatitis venenata is seldom limited to the hands and is usually 
much more acutely inflammatory than pompholyx. There is likewise 
a history of exposure to contact with some vegetable or chemical irritant. 

Eczematoid ringworm of the hands and toes is usually a chronic 
affection, although there may be quite acute exacerbations. No organ- 
ism is demonstrable in pompholyx, while in this variety of ringworm 
the epidermophyton inguinale is found without much difficulty. 

It must be said, however, that in mild cases the differentiation from 
eczema is not always easy ; indeed, Kaposi always maintained that 
pompholyx was nothing more than a vesicular eczema of the hands. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — In the majority of cases the affection 
runs a comparatively rapid course, terminating at the end of two or 
three weeks, or even earlier, under appropriate treatment ; but, as 
already observed, recurrences are common. 

Since in most cases the patient's general condition is more or less 
below the normal, general tonic treatment is indicated. Iron, quinine, 
strychnia, arsenic, and cod-liver oil should be given according to the 
special indications present in each case, and a nutritious diet adopted. 

The local treatment is practically the same as for acute eczema. 
In the early stages, especially when the eruption is profuse, the con- 
tinuous application of a saturated solution of boric acid on lint or 
gauze will usually afford much relief. The blebs should be evacuated 
by puncture with a sterile needle, and after the acute symptoms have 
subsided an ointment composed of equal parts of lead plaster and 
petrolatum containing 2 per cent, of salicylic acid should be ap- 
plied twice a day, spread upon lint. If there is much pain and itching, 
an ointment or paste containing two or three per cent, each of phenol 
and camphor will usually allay these symptoms. 



170 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



DERMATITIS HERPETIFORMIS 

Synonyms. — Hydroa herpetiformis (Tilbury Fox) ; Herpes circin- 
atus bullosus (Wilson) ; Herpes gestationis (Milton) ; Pemphigus cir- 
cinatus (Rayer) ; Hydroa bulleux (Bazin) ; Dermatite polymorphe 
douleureuse (Brocq). 

Definition.— Dermatitis herpetiformis is a chronic inflammation of 
the skin characterized by a polymorphous eruption with a more or 






» 







Fig. 40. — Dermatitis herpetiformis. Erythematous and vesicular type. . 

less marked tendency to grouping of the lesions, accompanied by severe 
itching and burning. 

To Duhring belongs the credit of first clearly recognizing that the 
varieties of this multiform affection, which had been previously de- 
scribed by Bazin, Tilbury Fox, and others, under a variety of names 
as distinct diseases, were, in fact, only variants of one disease for which 
he proposed the name dermatitis herpetiformis. 

Symptoms. — The attack may begin abruptly or gradually, with or 
without constitutional symptoms, such as chilliness, fever, and loss 
of appetite. In severe cases with extensive eruption there is nearly 
always some elevation of temperature for the first few hours or for 



INFLAMMATIONS 171 

several days. In milder cases the disease usually begins with itching 
and burning, which are soon followed by an eruption, the lesions of 
which may be all of one type — that is, either erythema, vesicles, 
pustules, or blebs, or a mixture of any two or of all of these. The 
eruption usually occupies both sides of the body, and frequently ex- 
hibits a certain degree of symmetry in its arrangement. 

The erythematous type of the affection frequently presents a de- 
cided resemblance to erythema multiforme, not only in the character 
of lesions, but in their predilection for the regions affected by that malady. 

It may begin much like an urticaria, with wheals of the usual type, 
but it rarely persists in this form, but eventually assumes some one 
of the other forms, such as the erythematous or vesicular. 

The vesicular variety is the commonest and is characterized by an 
eruption of vesicles which are small, often irregular in shape, elongate, 
angular, or stellate, and are usually arranged in small irregular groups 
containing three to six or more lesions (Fig. 40). Not uncommonly they 
are arranged in distinct circles (Fig. 41), or are situated upon erythe- 
matous patches, occupying the centre of the patch. Itching is usually severe 
in this variety, and, in consequence, the eruption is often accompanied 
by numerous excoriations made by the patient's nails in the efforjt to 
obtain relief from this distressing symptom. As a result of long-con- 
tinued excoriation of the skin, superficial scarring and pigmentation 
are frequently present in long-standing cases. 

The eruption may be a purely bullous one, the blisters shovying 
the same tendency to grouping as the other forms of the eruption, or 
in exceptional cases they are annular in shape (Fig. 42). This bullous 
variety frequently bears the closest resemblance to pemphigus. 

Pustules are often present in association with other varieties of 
lesions, or they may exist alone, either in small, irregular groups or 
with a more or less marked tendency to circinate arrangement, as in 
impetigo herpetiformis. 

In exceptional cases the eruption begins as a purely papular one 
and remains so until the end of the attack, but much more commonly 
the papules are succeeded or accompanied by vesicles or pustules. 

Whatever the type of the eruption, it is apt to exhibit more or 
less marked multiformity, either during the attack or in subsequent 
outbreaks. The attack which begins with erythematous and papular 
lesions is pretty certain to show presently vesicles, pustules, or even 
blebs, or a vesicular attack may be succeeded in time by one in which 
the eruption is erythematous or bullous, and occasionally all the varie- 
ties of eruption are present in one and the same attack. 

While most authors state that the disease may attack the mucous 
membranes, this is an infrequent event, much less common than in 
pemphigus. 

The extent of the eruption varies much. In a considerable propor- 
tion of cases it consists of a few scattered patches, occupying only a 
limited area ; on the other hand, it is frequently very abundant, occupy- 
ing the trunk and extremities. 



172 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Itching is, in most cases, a very prominent symptom, giving the 
patient rest neither day nor night. 

The malady is a markedly chronic one. It may last for months 
and years, even many years, exhibiting great variations in its sever- 




/ 



FlG. 41. — Dermatitis herpetiformis, annular patches of vesicles. 



ity, with periods of exacerbation and remission, or even complete inter- 
mission. Even in severe cases the patient's general health is fairly 
well maintained. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



173 




*. . 



174 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Etiology.- — The immediate cause of dermatitis herpetiformis is still 
unknown. The theory that disturbance of the nervous system plays 
an important, if not the chief, part in its causation is maintained by 
many writers. It has been attributed to nervous shock, nervous strain, 
to exposure to cold, to disease of the kidneys, and to sepsis. It is 
somewhat more frequent in men than in women, is much less com- 
mon in children than in adults, although it is seen at all periods of life. 

A considerable amount of evidence has accumulated in recent years, 
evidence in some cases little short of proof, that various toxic sub- 
stances may produce all the symptoms of the affection. In a certain 
small number of cases it has apparently followed the administration 




Fig. 4.3. — Dermatitis herpetiformis (herpes gestationis), consisting of rings of vesicles, 
appeared with each pregnancy and disappeared at its termination. 



Eruption 



of drugs, such as iodide of potassium (Danlos), mercury (MacLeod), 
and salicylate of soda (Tenneson), the eruption continuing for months 
or years after the taking of the drug. One variety (herpes gestationis) 
(Fig. 43) is intimately associated with pregnancy, a condition in which 
toxaemias of every kind and degree are especially prone to occur. 

There is incontrovertible evidence that sepsis may produce it. In 
a case reported by Bogrow in which it was associated with uterine 
carcinoma, the eruption began to improve with the employment of 
vaginal douches and came to an abrupt end with the surgical removal 
of the necrotic cancerous tissue. 

Pathology and Pathological Anatomy. — There is little doubt that 
dermatitis herpetiformis is a toxaemia, although the nature of the toxic 
substance is as yet unknown. It is more than likely that various sub- 



INFLAMMATIONS 175 

stances of a toxic character may produce it, such substances arising 
within the economy as the result of abnormal metabolism, or reaching 
the circulation through absorption from the gastro-intestinal canal, or 
from some septic focus. 

The changes in the skin are those characteristic of inflammation. 
The epidermis shows comparatively little alteration, and that usually 
of a secondary kind. The chief changes occur in the upper portion 
of the corium, where there is an abundant cellular exudation composed 
of lymphocytes, polymorphonuclear cells, and a considerable number of 
eosinophiles, situated for the most part in the papillae, which are al- 
ways more or less cedematous. The vesicles in the vesicular form are 
situated between the epidermis, which forms the roof, and the papillae 
of the corium, and contain some fibrin and a number of polymorphonu- 
clear leucocytes and eosinophiles. The blood likewise, in most cases, but 
not in all, exhibits a more or less pronounced eosinophilia, a feature upon 
which Leredde and some other French authors have laid great stress as 
characteristic of the malady; more recent studies have shown that eosino- 
philia is by no means confined to, or characteristic of, this affection, and it 
may be entirely absent, as the author's own observations have shown. 

Diagnosis. — The chief diagnostic features of dermatitis herpeti- 
formis are: (a) the multiformity of the eruption; (b) the more or 
less marked tendency, always present, to a grouped arrangement of 
the eruptive lesions ; (c) its extremely chronic course, with remissions 
or intermissions ; and (d) unusually severe itching. 

The affections with which it is most likely to be confounded are 
erythema multiforme, urticaria, and pemphigus. 

The first runs an acute course of about ten days, is rarely accom- 
panied by any considerable degree of itching, and shows no tendency 
to a particular arrangement of the eruptive lesions. It must be borne 
in mind, however, that occasionally the resemblance between the ery- 
thematous type of dermatitis herpetiformis and erythema multiforme may 
be so close that a differential diagnosis can only be safely and cer- 
tainly made after observing the course of the attack. 

In urticaria the lesions are uniformly wheals, while in dermatitis 
herpetiformis other varieties of lesions are associated with the wheal 
sooner or later. The former is usually of short duration, running a 
brief course of a few days in most instances, while dermatitis herpeti- 
formis is always a chronic malady, lasting many months or years. 

The distinction between the bullous form of the malady and pem- 
phigus is at times difficult, but the absence of multiformity in the 
latter and of any special arrangement of the blebs will usually serve 
to differentiate them. In dermatitis herpetiformis the mucous mem- 
branes of the mouth are very rarely attacked ; in pemphigus blebs fre- 
quently occur in this situation. In the former, itching is a pronounced 
and often most distressing symptom ; in the latter it is uncommon. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis as to relief of the symptoms is usually 
favorable, but the permanent cure of the disease is generally attended 



176 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

with much difficulty, relapses occurring with distressing obstinacy 
for months, and even years, despite the best-directed treatment. The 
patient's general health, however, rarely suffers to any considerable 
degree, although in severe cases in the aged and enfeebled a fatal ter- 
mination may occur, but this is decidedly rare. 

Treatment. — The constitutional treatment should be conducted on 
general principles, every effort being made to improve the patient's 
general health. The condition of the gastro-intestinal canal should re- 
ceive careful attention ; the diet should be carefully regulated, only 
easily digested and easily assimilated food being allowed. Tea, coffee, and 
alcohol should be avoided, or taken in very limited quantities. All sources 
of worry or nervous strain should be removed and avoided. 

The one internal remedy of special value is arsenic given in con- 
siderable doses ; small doses are of little or no use. When given in 
appropriate quantities there is generally a steady diminution of the 
eruption, with lessening of itching and a decided lengthening in the 
intervals between the attacks. As in pemphigus, Crocker has found 
salicin of almost equal value, sometimes succeeding when arsenic 
fails. For the relief of the frequently intolerable itching, phenacetin, 
acetanilid, or antipyrin may be given with good results, the last being 
most effective when combined with ten- to fifteen-grain (0.65 to 1.0) 
doses of sodium bicarbonate. 

Among local remedies those which allay itching are especially indi- 
cated. The alkaline lotion containing menthol, already referred to 
{yid. Treatment of eczema), will often prove efficacious, particularly 
if sprayed upon the skin. Carbolic acid, one or two drachms (4.0-8.0) 
to the pint (500.0) of water, with the addition of twenty to thirty 
minims of glycerin to each ounce (32.0), softly mopped on, will often 
afford relief. Coal-tar as a lotion in the form of the liquor carbonis 
detergens, in the strength of one part to three of liquor calcis, is fre- 
quently a valuable remedy for the same symptom. Ichthyol, although 
a somewhat disagreeable application on account of its color and odor, 
is occasionally of service when employed as a lotion containing ten 
to twenty per cent. Other lotions which may be tried with occasional 
good effects are resorcin, five to ten grains (0.30 to 0.65) to the ounce 
(32.0) of lime water; a saturated solution of boric acid in water con- 
taining a small proportion of glycerin ; liquor picis alkalinus, one or two 
drachms (4.0 or 8.0) to the pint (500.0) of water. In some cases much 
relief follows a bran or gelatin bath taken before retiring. 

Duhring recommended the application of sulphur ointment, espe- 
cially in very chronic cases, thoroughly rubbing it in, but this is too 
irritating a remedy to be generally used. Equal parts of cold cream 
and lanolin containing 0.5 per cent, of menthol will sometimes be found 
a very effective remedy for the itching. 

In the bullous varietv of the disease the local treatment is much 
the same as in pemphigus. Blebs should be evacuated and a dusting 
powder composed of eqaal parts of talcum powder and powdered 
boric acid should be liberally applied two or three times a day. 



INFLAMMATIONS 177 

IMPETIGO HERPETIFORMIS 

Definition. — An inflammatory affection of the skin characterized by 
a pustular eruption arranged in groups or patches, accompanied by 
pronounced constitutional disturbance, terminating, with rare excep- 
tions, fatally. 

Symptoms. — This very rare disease, of which only a little more 
than a score of cases have been reported since it was first described by 
Hebra, in 1872, begins with the appearance of patches of pin-head 
to split-pea-sized flat pustules situated upon the inner surface of the 
thighs, in the groins, about the umbilicus, over the breasts, and in the 
axillae. The pustules, seated upon an inflammatory base, within two 
or three days dry into brownish crusts beneath which the skin may 
speedily be covered with new epidermis or may remain red and oozing. 
About the borders of the crusts new pustules continue to appear, and 
annular patches are thus formed, which continue to enlarge and fre- 
quently coalesce with neighboring ones until large areas, or even the 
greater part of the cutaneous surface, are covered. 

The eruption is attended by more or less elevation of temperature 
of an intermittent character, a rise sometimes with chills preceding 
and accompanying each new crop of pustules. The lingual, buccal and 
pharyngeal mucous membranes are also at times affected. Small 
superficial pustules, which speedily become shallow erosions by macer- 
ation, appear upon the tongue, the cheeks, and in the pharynx. More 
or less itching and burning accompany the eruption and are at times 
a source of great discomfort. As the malady progresses the patient 
becomes more and more enfeebled ; severe chills with high tempera- 
ture, reaching io4°-io5°, occur at irregular intervals with vomiting 
and a diarrhoea, stupor or coma supervenes, and death occurs after a 
few or several months' duration. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The great majority of the cases reported 
have occurred in pregnant or parturient women ; a few have, however, 
been observed in non-pregnant women (the author's case, with a few 
others) and a few likewise in men (Kaposi, Dubreuilh, Whitehouse, 
Chambers). The primary cause of the disease is unknown, but its 
close and undoubted connection with pregnancy suggests very strongly 
that it is a toxaemia. Scheuer, who would reject all cases not occurring 
in pregnant women as not conforming strictly with the Hebra type, 
has recently put forward the theory that it is due to a toxin formed in 
the placenta, but this theory is as yet unsupported by reliable evidence. 

The pustules have, for the most part, been found sterile, although 
staphylococci were present in a few instances. Du Mesnil found a 
well-circumscribed exudate of leucocytes in the papillae immediately 
beneath the pustule so dense as to completely obscure the line of 
demarcation between the papillary body and the epidermis. The ves- 
sels of the papillae were also dilated. The small pustules were quite 
superficially situated in the epidermis, tneir roof being formed by the 
horny layer alone; the larger lesions were deeper seated. These find- 
12 



178 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ings have been confirmed by Dubreuilh and others who have studied 
the histopathology of the affection. 

Diagnosis. — The disease with which it is most likely to be con- 
founded is dermatitis herpetiformis, which it may resemble more or less 
in a number of its features, but it is usually readily differentiated from 
that affection by the uniformly pustular character of the eruption, the 
presence of more or less pronounced constitutional disturbance, and 
its occurrence almost exclusively in pregnant or parturient women. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis is most unfavorable, but 
two recoveries being recorded. The duration varies from one or two 
to several months and if the patient survives the first attack she almost 
invariably succumbs to a second or third. 

The treatment is to be conducted on general principles. Internally, 
quinine in considerable doses, stimulants and an abundance of easily 
assimilable nourishment are indicated. The eruption should be kept 
well covered with a dusting powder of talc and boric acid applied often 
enough and abundantly enough to keep the parts dry. In a few 
instances the continuous water-bath has been useful. 



PEMPHIGUS 

Synonyms. — Fr., Pemphigus ; Ger., Blasenausschlag. 

Definition. — An acute or chronic inflammatory disease of the skin 
characterized by an eruption of blebs or blisters appearing in succes- 
sive crops, frequently, but not invariably, accompanied by constitu- 
tional symptoms of varying intensity. 

There has been, and is yet, considerable divergence of opinion 
among authors, especially in recent years, as to just what should be 
included under the term pemphigus. The older authors included a 
much greater variety of bullous diseases under this term than the 
recent ones. With the general acceptance of the disease described by 
Duhring under the name dermatitis herpetiformis as a distinct clinical 
entity, it seemed for a time as if the term was about to disappear from 
dermatological nomenclature, especially among the French. The bul- 
lous affections formerly described as pemphigus were largely regarded 
as varieties of dermatitis herpetiformis. In consequence of the vigor- 
ous discussion carried on during the past quarter of a century, the 
application of the name has been greatly restricted. 

It is not to be supposed that every disease presenting bullae is of 
necessity pemphigus. Such lesions occur with great frequency in 
various inflammations of the skin, such as dermatitis venenata, ery- 
sipelas, and certain cases of erythema multiforme, but these lack the 
uniformity of lesion, the chronicity of course, and the frequently grave 
constitutional symptoms which distinguish true pemphigus. 

As our knowledge of the etiology and pathology of the bullous affec- 
tions of the skin becomes more extensive and exact, there will doubtless 
be a still further limitation of the term. There still exists a certain 



INFLAMMATIONS 179 

group of eruptions, of which the most striking feature is the formation 
of bullae, in which the symptoms and course are of so uniform a charac- 
ter as to justify the retention of this term for them. 

Several varieties of pemphigus are recognized, which, while present- 
ing certain features in common, yet differ to a greater or less degree in 
their symptoms, course, and mode of termination. Whether these 
several varieties simply represent variants of one and the same affec- 
tion, or are in reality distinct diseases due to different causes, is yet a 
moot question. 

The commonly recognized varieties are acute pemphigus (pem- 
phigus acutus) ; chronic pemphigus (pemphigus chronicus) ; pemphigus 
foliaceus ; pemphigus vegetans ; and pemphigus neonatorum, also 
known as pemphigus contagiosus, pemphigus epidemicus. The last 
named is quite certainly not a true pemphigus, but a form of impetigo 
contagiosa (q. v.) of unusual virulence, or occurring in an unusually 
susceptible skin, such as that of the newborn infant. 

ACUTE PEMPHIGUS 

Symptoms. — Acute pemphigus, a rare form, usually begins with more 
or less constitutional disturbance, such as chilliness, headache, malaise, and 
elevation of temperature, the last sometimes considerable, which is 
followed within a variable period, usually from a few hours to a day, 
by an eruption of blebs varying in size from that of a pea to a large 
nut containing clear, turbid, or bloody serum. Usually the lesions arise 
from seemingly normal skin, are hemispherical in shape and tensely 
filled with fluid. Less frequently they are seated upon a more or less 
hypersemic skin and are surrounded by a narrow inflammatory halo. 
The number of blebs present at any one time varies considerably. 
There may be but eight or ten or even less, or there may be scores. 
They usually appear in successive crops, although there may be but a 
single outbreak. In severe cases with many lesions they are apt to 
become confluent, and large denuded areas result from the breaking 
of the walls of the blebs in which a secondary infection speedily occurs. 
These areas discharge an abundant sero-purulent, frequently mal- 
odorous fluid, which dries into thick blackish or brownish crusts. 

The mucous membranes of the lips, tongue, cheeks, pharynx and 
larynx are frequently the seat of a similar eruption. In this situation 
the blebs rupture early and leave superficial excoriated areas which 
are sensitive, making the taking of food and drink painful. 

The duration of acute pemphigus varies from ten days to several 
weeks, depending largely upon the severity and extent of the eruption 
in the individual case. 

In mild cases constitutional symptoms may be entirely absent, or, 
if present in the beginning of the attack, usually disappear after the full 
development of the eruption. In severe attacks with many lesions, 
there is commonly considerable elevation of temperature, and in the 
cases which go on to a fatal termination there are great prostration, 



180 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

delirium, diarrhoea, and other evidences of profound toxaemia preceding 
death. 

Etiology. — As a considerable number of the cases reported occurred 
in those who had suffered from a wound, or who were especially 
exposed to infection, such as butchers, it seems more than likely that 
the malady is due to an infection of some sort. Bulloch found a diplo- 
coccus in the blebs of a case reported by Pernet, and a similar organism 
was found by Demme. In a series of sixteen cases collected by Pernet 
one-half occurred in butchers, and in four of them there was a history 
of a wound preceding the disease. 

CHRONIC PEMPHIGUS 

Synonym. — Pemphigus vulgaris. 

Symptoms. — Chronic pemphigus (Plate XII), like the acute form, 
is characterized by an eruption of variously sized blisters filled with 
clear, straw-colored or turbid serum. These are globular or hemi- 
spherical in shape, usually tensely distended and rise abruptly from 
apparently normal skin (Fig. 44). 

The eruption usually shows no special predilection for any particu- 
lar region, but occasionally it is distributed symmetrically in the region 
of the axillae (Fig. 45), on the arms, and in the groins, this distribution 
being observed in the pemphigus of young subjects much more fre- 
quently than in adults. The blebs are usually scattered about irregu- 
larly, but exceptionally they may exhibit a marked circinate 
arrangement (pemphigus circinatus). The number of blebs present 
at any time varies from few to many, in many cases there are never 
more than eight or ten, and there may be so few as one or two ; in 
severe attacks, on the other hand, they may number hundreds. When 
they are recent, their contents are usually quite clear, but after a day 
or two they become cloudy, then purulent, when they are surrounded 
by a narrow inflammatory halo. The eruptive outbreak is usually 
preceded or accompanied by more or less pronounced constitutional 
symptoms, such as chilliness, headache and fever. New lesions may 
appear daily throughout the entire course of the disease (pemphigus 
diutinus), or there may be exacerbations and remissions, the former 
lasting from ten days to two or three weeks, the eruption appearing 
in successive crops, each crop after a time growing less abundant and 
less well formed, as if the causative agent underwent a progressive 
diminution in force, until toward the end of the exacerbation there 
may be nothing more than erythematous patches on which are a few 
ill-developed small blebs. In a certain, perhaps the larger, proportion 
of cases, remissions or intermissions occur during which there may be 
few or no eruptive lesions and the patient is apparently quite well, 
but sooner or later a new eruption appears in the regions previously 
affected or in new regions, preceded or accompanied by chills and 
fever and other constitutional symptoms which pursue a course similar 



PLATE XII 





\ 



wmmmmmmmmmmmmmm 

Chronic pemphigus. 



INFLAMMATIONS 181 

to that already described. In this manner the malady may last for 
months or years, the patient's nutrition being gradually lowered with 
a corresponding loss of strength until death eventually occurs with 
symptoms of profound toxaemia, or from some intercurrent affection. 
When the eruption is extensive, particularly when numerous blebs 
occur upon the back, and inner surface of the thighs, pressure, or fric- 
tion of the opposed surfaces, quickly ruptures their walls, leaving exten- 
sive denuded areas from which there is an abundant, frequently fetid 
discharge which dries into thick crusts. 




\ 



Fig. 44. — Chronic pemphigus. 

The buccal, lingual, pharyngeal and laryngeal mucous membranes 
are frequently attacked, producing in the last-named situation hoarse- 
ness or complete aphonia. The intestinal mucosa is likewise attacked, 
as is occasionally evidenced by diarrhoea with bloody stools in which 
there are shreds of mucous membrane. The conjunctiva may be the 
seat of small blebs, followed in time by inflammatory adhesions be- 
tween the ocular and palpebral mucous membranes. 

The subjective symptoms are rarely very marked. At times there 
is a feeling of soreness and burning with moderate itching ; in excep- 
tional cases the itching is most severe (pemphigus pruriginosus). 



182 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



PEMPHIGUS FOLIACEUS 

In this rare form of the malady the amount of fluid exudation is 
insufficient to form well-distended bullae, but instead there are flat, 
flaccid blebs which rup-ture and leave a raw exuding surface, or dry up 
into thin crusts. At times the amount of fluid present is scarcely suffi- 




n 








Fig. 45. — Pemphigus vulgaris. 

cent to elevate the epiderms which then exfoliates in large flakes and 
scales. The eruption slowly spreads until it eventually covers the 
entire cutaneous surface. The scalp is often attacked as well as the 
smooth surfaces and the hair is lost in consequence, and the nails are 
occasionally shed. The palms and soles, as well as the regions about 



INFLAMMATIONS 183 

the joints, after a time frequently exhibit more or less fissuring. As in 
other forms of pemphigus the mucous membranes of the cheeks and 
tongue are likewise involved at times, and the conjunctivae become 
inflamed with the subsequent production of a more or less marked 
ectropion. When the disease has reached extensive proportions, and 
occasionally in its earlier stages, there is usually elevation of tem- 
perature, with progressive loss of strength. 

The duration of the affection varies from a few months to some 
years with remissions and exacerbations. While recovery may take 
place, a fatal termination occurs in the majority of cases, either as the 
result of exhaustion or from some intercurrent affection, such as 
pneumonia. 

The peculiar features which characterize this variety of pemphigus 
may be present from the beginning, or they may follow a dermatitis, 
such as dermatitis herpetiformis or form the terminal stage of severe 
chronic pemphigus of the ordinary type. 

PEMPHIGUS VEGETANS 

In 1886 Neumann first described a rare form of pemphigus under 
the name of pemphigus vegetans, although examples of the disease had 
been observed earlier by Kaposi, who believed it to be a vegetating 
syphiloderm (see Plate 64 of his Atlas). 

The affection usually begins upon the mucous membranes of the 
lips, cheeks, tongue or pharynx with whitish patches and blebs which 
are speedily broken, leaving painful excoriated areas. After some 
weeks, or it may be months, well-defined blebs occur upon the skin, 
usually upon the hands, feet, anterior border of the axillae, in the 
groins and, in women, about the vulva, extending backwards over the 
perineum to the anal region. In its later stages the eruption becomes 
more or less generalized. 

With the rupture of the blebs, a raw, oozing surface is left which 
frequently shows but little tendency to heal and about the border of 
which new blebs frequently appear. In the axillae and groins red or 
grayish papillomatous elevations appear on the oozing bases of rup- 
tured blebs resembling flat condylomata from which an exceedingly 
offensive odor is given off. About the corners of the mouth fissures 
covered with a grayish exudate form and the mucous membrane of the 
lips is often raw, crusted and bleeding (Fig. 46). There is usually 
more or less constitutional disturbance, appearing during the course of 
the affection or present from the beginning. As the disease advances, 
the patient becomes increasingly enfeebled and frequently falls into 
a comatose condition from which he is roused with difficulty. This 
progressive enfeeblement appears even in those cases in which the 
eruption is of moderate extent, and in the course of a few months death 
occurs in the great majority of cases, if not invariably. Herxheimer 
has called attention to muscular tremor as a frequent symptom in exten- 



184 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

sive cases. In a case under the author's ODservation a few years ago 
in the wards of the Philadelphia General Hospital, frequent slight con- 
vulsive movement of the upper extremities often accompanied by a 
shrill cry, continued at intervale throughout the course of the disease. 
There was likewise a painful spastic contraction of the adductors of the 
thigh, with marked increase of the superficial and deep reflexes, symp- 
toms to which Neumann has called attention. 

Etiology. — Nothing certain is known about the direct cause of 
pemphigus, but there is increasing evidence that it is a toxaemia. In 
the acute form of the affection the evidence in favor of its infectious 
character is little short of demonstration. The cases of Pernet, Bul- 




FiG. 46. — Pemphigus vegetans, negress. In addition to the vegetations shown in the axillas, there 
were also large and numerous vegetations in the groins and between the buttocks, all of which had been 
preceded by blebs. The crusts about the mouth and on the arms and the white scars over the chest were 
also preceded by blebs. 

lock, Bowen, and others, scarcely admit of any other explanation. In 
the chronic forms of the malady the bacillus pyocaneus has been found 
by a number of investigators, but whether this was only accidentally 
present or bore some etiological relationship to the affection, has not 
yet been determined. Bruck found that while the contents of the blebs 
in two pemphigus patients were sterile they contained a streptococcic 
toxin (" streptolysin "), which, when inoculated into the skin of pem- 
phigus patients during an intermission, produced blebs at the site of 
inoculation, although without effect in those free from the disease. 
These experiments seem to point decidedly to the presence of a toxaemia 
of bacterial origin. 

The view that it is in some way dependent upon functional dis- 



INFLAMMATIONS 185 

turbance of the central or peripheral nervous system has for a long time 
occupied a prominent place among the theories of its etiology, but the 
evidence for this still lacks much. The supporters of this theory 
depend largely upon the instances in which the disease has followed 
closely upon nervous shock or other disturbance of nervous func- 
tion. Even those who regard it as due to a toxaemia are inclined 
to the belief that the toxin or toxins, whatever they may be, are the 
result of disturbed metabolism resulting from faulty innervation. 
Various degenerative changes have been found in the spinal cord and 
peripheral nerves, but none of these were of such a character as to 
indicate a causal connection with the affection. Kaposi, who had the 
opportunity to examine nine cases of pemphigus in which a fatal ter- 
mination occurred, failed to find any evidence of disease in the spinal 
cord in eight. While it is quite well established that disease and injury 
of the central and peripheral nervous systems may be followed by the 
formation of bullae in the skin, this is far from conclusive proof that the 
lesions of pemphigus have any such origin. 

Pathology. — The bleb may be formed in the upper portion of the 
rete, its roof consisting of the horny layer of the epidermis, but more 
frequently it is situated in the deeper portions of the epidermis and, 
occasionally the entire epidermal layer is stripped from the papillary 
layer of the corium (Fig. 47) the floor of the bleb consisting of the 
naked papillae and its roof of the entire thickness of the epidermis. 
In all the -cases which I have had the opportunity of studying histologi- 
cally, the bleb was situated between the epidermis and the papillary 
layer of the corium. The blebs usually contain a limited number of 
leucocytes entangled in a scanty fibrinous meshwork, a considerable 
percentage of which are eosinophiles. The papillae of the pars papil- 
laris are markedly oedematous, and filled with leucocytes, for the most 
part surrounding the vessels, numbers of which are eosinophiles. 

In pemphigus vegetans the blebs present much the same features 
as in ordinary pemphigus. In a case which the author had the oppor- 
tunity of studying a few years ago the leucocytes found in the blebs 
were chiefly of the eosinophilous variety. The papillae of the corium 
were usually greatly increased in size, especially in the longitudinal 
direction, projecting into the cavity of the bullae like fingers (Fig. 48). 
In the vegetative condyloma-like plaques there Avas a marked acan- 
thosis with a great increase in the size of the interpapillary prolon- 
gations of the rete (Fig. 49). 

As in many other bullous affections, there is frequently, but not 
invariably, a more or less marked increase of eosinophilous cells in 
the blood. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis in well-developed pemphigus is usually 
made without difficulty. The unfiormly bullous character of the erup- 
tion, accompanied in many cases by more or less marked constitutional 
symptoms, and the frequent invasion of the mucous membrane of the 
mouth, are symptoms which are quite characteristic of the disease. 



186 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



The affections with which it is most likely to be confounded are the 
bullous form of erythema multiforme, dermatitis herpetiformis, impe- 
tigo contagiosa in infants, epidermolysis bullosa, the bullous syhpilo- 
derm, certain drug eruptions, such, for example, as occasionally follow 
the ingestion of antipyrin and iodide of potassium, and lastly certain 
pemphigoid eruptions which sometimes follow septic wounds or 
vaccination. 

Erythema multiforme usually runs a rapid course as compared 







Fig. 47. — Bleb of pemphigus. 



with acute pemphigus, the only variety for which it might be mistaken, 
and shows a decided predilection for the extensor surfaces of the fore- 
arms and backs of the hands. Moreover, the eruption is rarely a 
uniformly bullous one, but also exhibits erythematous and vesicular 
lesions. 

Dermatitis herpetiformis frequently presents bullae, but these are 
often associated with erythema, vesicles and pustules, and the mucous 
membranes are rarely involved. Itching, too, is usually a very prom- 
inent symptom, while it is quite exceptional in pemphigus. 

In very young infants impetigo contagiosa frequently presents 



INFLAMMATIONS 



187 



extensive blebs, but these exhibit a marked tendency to peripheral 
extension and rapidly dry up into thin yellowish crusts. 

The septic bullous affections are not always easily distinguished 
from pemphigus, but the presence of a septic wound, even a slight one, 
will usually lead to a correct diagnosis, although it must be admitted 
that in some cases the eruption is indistinguishable from ordinary pem- 
phigus. Indeed, it is by no means certain that they should not be 
regarded as a variety of that malady. 




Fie. 



48. — Bleb of pemphigus vegetans. The cells in the bleb are largely eosinophiles. 

elongated papilla at P. 






Note the greatly 



In epidermolysis bullosa the eruptive lesions are situated most 
commonly upon the hands and feet, or in regions especially subjected to 
pressure, or exposed to mechanical injury. Moreover, a history of 
heredity is usually to be obtained and it is usually congenital. 

The bullous syphiloderm, which is seen only in infants, as a rule, 
may resemble pemphigus, but the bullae are situated almost invariably 
on the palmar and plantar surfaces, regions seldom attacked by pem- 
phigus, and other symptoms of syphilis are usually present. 

The bullous drug eruptions are distinguished by their sudden 
appearance after the ingestion of drugs, such as potassium iodide, anti- 
pyrin, etc. 



188 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Pemphigus vegetans may be mistaken for a vegetating syphiloderm. 
Indeed, the earliest cases were thought to be syphilis, owing to the 
resemblance of the vegetative lesions in the groin to condylomata, but, 
the presence of blebs preceding the vegetative lesions, the fever which 
usually accompanies the disease, the absence of glandular enlargement 
and, lastly, a negative Wassermann reaction, will serve to establish the 
differential diagnosis. In its early stages, however, when the symp- 
toms are confined to the mouth, the diagnosis may be a matter of 
considerable difficulty. 

Treatment. — The treatment of pemphigus should be both internal 




Fig. 49. — Pemphigus vegetans. Section of a vegetation from groin. Marked acanthosis, with a mod- 
erate cellular exudate in upper portion of corium. 



and external. In the acute form quinine in large doses is probably the 
most useful internal remedy. In chronic pemphigus arsenic has long 
enjoyed a reputation as a remedy of considerable value, and there 
is little doubt that when given in full doses for some time it shortens 
the attacks and lengthens the intervals between them, but it does not 
cure. It may be given either in the form of Fowler's solution, begin- 
ning with five drops three or four times a day and gradually increasing 
the dose to the limit of tolerance ; or as the solution of the arseniate 
of soda in the same doses. The cacodylate of soda may be given 
hypodermatically in doses of a half grain (0.03) to a grain (0.065) once 



INFLAMMATIONS 189 

a day, but after considerable trial the author has not found this as 
effective as other forms of arsenic. Recently Grouven has reported 
unusually good results from injections of salvarsan ; others, however, 
have been less successful with it. Quinine is likewise a valuable 
remedy in chronic cases and should be given in considerable doses, five 
grains (0.26 or 0.32) four or five times a day. It has seemed to me that 
the salicylate is more effective than the commonly employed sulphate. 
Crocker found salicin succeed sometimes when arsenic failed, putting 
a stop to the appearance of blebs completely in a considerable propor- 
tion of cases. It may be given in doses of fifteen grains (1.0) three 
or four times a day. Strychnia, iron and codliver oil are at times of 
use, the first being especially valuable when the patient's strength is 
beginning to fail. As a matter of course, the patient should have 
an abundance of easily assimilable nutritious food at regular intervals. 

In those cases in which microorganisms are found in the contents 
of the bullae an autogenous vaccine might be employed with some hope 
of relief, but, as has already been pointed out, the blebs are usually 
sterile. 

The blebs should be evacuated by repeated punctures with a sterile 
needle to prevent their rupture, and a saturated solution of boric acid 
should be applied continuously on lint or gauze. Denuded areas should 
be covered with some mildly stimulating ointment spread upon lint. 
A two per cent, salicylic acid ointment, made up of equal parts of 
lead plaster and cosmoline, answers very well for this purpose. In 
extensive eruptions one of the best forms of local treatment consists 
in the frequent application of large quantities of talcum powder or 
oxide of zinc, to which has been added twenty to thirty per cent, of 
powdered boric acid. Such a powder should be applied often enough 
and in such quantities as to keep the skin thoroughly dry. Although 
not so agreeable to the patient, this treatment is frequently more 
effective than lotions or salves. In cases in which large areas are 
covered by the eruption warm bran or starch baths often prove most 
comforting, and in the severest cases the continuous water-bath may be 
employed with much benefit. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is always serious. In acute cases with 
extensive eruption, accompanied by marked constitutional symptoms, 
a fatal issue is common. In chronic pemphigus of moderate severity 
the disease may continue for years without affecting the patient's gen- 
eral health to any considerable degree, but when the attacks are severe 
and frequently repeated death eventually results as the consequence of 
gradual enfeeblement, or from sepsis or some intercurrent affection, 
such as pneumonia or nephritis. Pemphigus foliaceus and pemphigus 
vegetans are almost invariably fatal, the latter even when the eruption 
is of limited extent. 

Pemphigus of children is usually a much less serious affair than that 
of adults. 



190 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

EPIDERMOLYSIS BULLOSA HEREDITARIA 

Synonyms. — Congenital pemphigus; Dermatitis Bullosa Heredita- 
ria; Acantholysis Bullosa. 

Definition. — A very rare condition of the skin characterized by an 
extraordinary tendency to the formation of blebs after friction or slight 
traumatism. 

Symptoms. — Goldscheider is credited with the first description of 
this affection, but Tilbury Fox, some years before, had reported two 
cases of what was probably the same disease. Payne, Legg, Valen- 
tin, Kobner, Bonaiuti, Herzfeld, Blumer, Elliot, Beaty, Engman and 
Mook, together with a few others, have since reported cases. The 
entire number is very limited. The malady is distinguished by the 
occurrence of variously sized blebs, usually with clear, occasionally 
with bloody, contents, situated upon the hands, frequently the palms, 
the elbows and knees, and other parts especially exposed to slight 
knocks or friction by the clothing, such as the neck, the waist, the 
region of the garters, and the feet. Luithlen recognizes two types. In 
the first the blebs disappear without any subsequent alteration of the 
skin except a slight transient pigmentation ; in the second type the 
bullae are occasionally hemorrhagic, and scarring, atrophy, perma- 
nent pigmentation, milia in the scarred areas as in pemphigus, and 
varying degrees of dystrophy of the nails, even to complete disap- 
pearance, occur. In this form the blebs are apt to display a certain 
symmetry in their distribution, and the mucous membranes of the 
mouth and pharynx may present bullae after eating food which is of 
firm consistence. The general health is in most cases unaffected even 
after long duration of the disease. 

Etiology and Pathology. — In the great majority of the cases ob- 
served the hereditary character of the malady was most pronounced. 
In Goldscheider's case the patient's father, grandmother, a maternal 
aunt, a brother, and a sister were affected in the same manner. Blumer 
has reported its occurrence in four generations, affecting eleven out 
of twenty-four males and five out of twelve females. Similar examples 
of its hereditary character have been reported by a number of other 
authors. In a few cases it has appeared in adults (epidermolysis bullosa 
acquisita) without any evidence of inheritance. Kablitz has recorded 
an instance in which it appeared at the age of fifty-nine, and very re- 
cently Wise and Lautman have reported one in which it began at 
thirty-nine. 

Elliot regards the disease as a dermatitis resulting from traumatism, 
occurring in an individual with a special predisposition to excessive 
response on the part of the blood-vessels to irritation. He found the 
bullae situated in the lowest portion of the rete, their roofs formed by 
the entire thickness of the epidermis. The vessels of the papillae were 
greatly dilated, but there was no exudation of cells about them. In 
the subpapillary portion of the corium there was dilatation of the ves- 
sels, which were surrounded by a cellular infiltration. 



INFLAMMATIONS 191 

Engman and Mook found that the elastic tissue was greatly di- 
minished or absent in the skin, even in regions where the skin was 
apparently sound, a finding which has since been confirmed by Kanoky 
and Sutton. 

Diagnosis. — The congenital character of the malady, and the ap- 
pearance of the blebs after traumatism or friction, are features which 
distinguish it from pemphigus, the only affection for which it is at 
all likely to be mistaken. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis as to recovery is most 
unfavorable, the malady usually continuing throughout the patient's 
lifetime. 

No treatment is known by which the abnormal vulnerability of the 
skin may be lessened. Every means should be employed to protect 
the skin against knocks and friction. The blebs should be evacuated 
and exposed raw surfaces covered with a 2 per cent, ointment of 
carbolic acid until healing has taken place. 

IMPETIGO CONTAGIOSA 

The term impetigo was employed by the early writers with vary- 
ing significance, and applied to a variety of affections which resembled 
very little, or not at all, the diseases to which it was applied later. 
Willan was the first to use it to designate eruptions of a pustular 
character, recognizing five varieties, among which were included cer- 
tain forms of pustular eczema. As employed to-day, its use is very 
much restricted, being limited to the impetigo contagiosa of Tilbury 
Fox, to the pustular affection known as Bockhardt's impetigo, and to 
Hebra's impetigo herpetiformis, which is in no way related to the 
first two. The simple impetigo as described by Duhring was not 
recognized by most authors, and the several varieties described by 
Unna, such as impetigo vulgaris, impetigo circinata, impetigo strepto- 
genes, impetigo multilocularis, are probably nothing more than clini- 
cal variants of the impetigos of Tilbury Fox and Bockhardt. 

Synonyms. — Porrigo contagiosa ; impetigo vulgaris ; impetigo strep- 
togenes ; impetigo circinata; impetigo figurata. 

Definition. — An acute, contagious, inflammatory disease character- 
ized by an eruption of vesicles, vesico-pustules, and occasionally blebs, 
which usually show a marked tendency to peripheral extension, and 
which dry into thin brown crusts. 

Symptoms. — The eruption begins as small red points, at the site 
of which pin-head-sized vesicles straightway appear, which enlarge 
to form thin-walled, flat, flaccid, sometimes tense, hemispherical vesico- 
pustules and blebs varying in size from that of a pea to a coin. In 
the course of some days these dry up into rather thin, loosely adherent 
brown crusts, which soon fall, leaving a red, slightly pigmented patch, 
which completely disappears in a short time. The contents of the 
lesions in the earliest stages are clear, but they soon become turbid 



192 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



and finally seropurulent or frankly purulent. They are usually dis- 
crete, without any particular arrangement, but may occur in patches, 
forming irregular crusted areas through the coalescence of a number 
of adjacent lesions. Occasionally, as they spread at the border, they 
dry up in the centre, forming rings, and two or more of these may 
join to form gyrate or crescentic figures (impetigo circinata, impetigo 
figurata). In exceptional cases blebs of considerable size may form 







Fig. so. — Impetigo contagiosa. 



with flaccid or tense walls, which soon rupture, leaving moist red 
areas denuded of the horny layer of the epidermis (impetigo bullosa). 
The disease most commonly attacks the uncovered parts of the 
skin, such as the face (Fig. 50) (its mos f frequent site), the ears, the 
hands, the scalp. Much less frequently ii occurs upon the trunk and 
extremities. Upon the hands it is often seen about the root of the 
nails as a rapidly spreading, flat vesico oustule containing a small 
quantity of turbid fluid, scarcely more thin sufficient to lift the horny 



INFLAMMATIONS 193 

layer of the epidermis from the rete beneath ; these lesions are popu- 
larly known as "run-arounds." On the scalp it gives rise to thick 
adherent crusts, matting the hair, beneath which there is a red moist 
surface. In men the bearded region is often attacked, when it is 
usually erroneously called "barber's itch" ; not very infrequently it 
assumes in this region the ringed or crescentic arrangement already 
referred to (Fig. 51). Quite exceptionally the mucous membranes 
adjoining the skin, such as the border of the lips, the margin of the 
nostrils, the conjunctiva, and the vulvo-vaginal junction are attacked. 

Although many of the individual lesions tend to dry up and dis- 
appear in from eight to ten days, new ones continue to appear, often 
through auto-inoculation, so that the disease may be prolonged for 
weeks, or even a month or two, unless cut short by treatment. 

Tilbury Fox, in his de- _*__„ 

scription of the affection, ( 
noted the occasional occur- 
rence of slight fever in the 
beginning, and Crocker has 
made a similar observation, 
but in the great majority of 
cases there are no constitu- 
tional symptoms. Itching 
may be present, but is seldom 
a prominent symptom, and 
is often absent altogether. 

In very young infants, 
from a few days to two or 
three weeks old, the disease 
presents some features de- 





serving of special notice. In ^k 



these it occurs much more I jfe^ 
frequently on the trunk and 

extremities than in Older SUb- PlG - Si-— Impetigo contagiosa circinata. A somewhat 

unusual form. 

jects, and, owing to the great 

delicacy of the skin, the lesions soon rupture, leaving bright-red, moist, 
rapidly extending denuded areas, about the borders of which are 
whitish or grayish shreds and tags of the undermined horny layer of 
the epidermis. Occasionally extensive areas are thus denuded, and in 
this event it may prove fatal. Its occurrence in the wards of a 
maternity hospital is always a matter of considerable importance, since 
it frequently assumes epidemic proportions, spreading rapidly to other 
infants. Most autl ors are agreed that this form is identical with the 
so-called pemphigus neonatorum, an opinion which the author's own 
observations tend t :> confirm. 

The tropical disease described by Manson as pemphigus contagiosus 
is regarded by tha* author as a variety of impetigo contagiosa. In 
children the symptoms are much the same as those seen in temperate 
13 



194 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



climates, but in adults it is apt to be confined to the axillae and groins, 

where it produces raw, oozing patches, occasioning much discomfort. 

In Bockhardt's impetigo (impetigo staphylogenes) the eruption is 




Fig. 52. — Bockhardt's impetigo. 



pustular from the beginning, there being no early vesicular stage, as 
in impetigo contagiosa. The lesions are pin-head to pea-sized, flat 
pustules (Fig. 52), usually discrete, which show much less tendency 
to extend peripherally than those of impetigo contagiosa. The erup- 



INFLAMMATIONS 195 

tion is situated in the scalp and on other hairy parts of the body, 
and is always follicular, each pustule having a hair in its centre. In 
the scalp it is frequently associated with pediculi ; indeed, its occurrence 
in the occipital region in children is almost certain evidence of the 
presence of these parasites. Not very infrequently the lesions of this 
variety coexist with those of impetigo contagiosa. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Impetigo contagiosa is, as its name indi- 
cates, contagious, and the lesions are likewise auto-inoculable. It 
occurs chiefly among children, especially among the poorer classes, 
but is not at all uncommon among the well-to-do and in adults. It 
occasionally assumes an epidemic form, especially in schools, where 
it is transmitted by towels, by bathing-clothes, and by direct contact 
such as occurs in athletic sports and games. It frequently begins in 
a superficial abrasion or scratch, and such lesions are often inoculated 
in those who already have the disease. It has been observed to follow 
vaccination. 

According to Sabouraud, it is a local infection due to a streptococcus 
which he identifies with the streptococcus of Fehleisen. The staphylo- 
cocci which are found in the lesions are a secondary invasion, which 
soon overwhelms the primary infection. Lewandowsky found a strep- 
tococcus in one hundred cases. According to the recent studies of 
Dohi and Dohi, there are two varieties of contagious impetigo, one 
due to a streptococcus, the other of staphylococcic origin. Although 
there are. still those who regard it as due to the ordinary staphylococci, 
the weight of evidence is decidedly in favor of its streptococcic origin. 

While most authors are inclined to accept, on clinical grounds, the 
identity of impetigo contagiosa and pemphigus neonatorum, the re- 
sults of recent bacteriological studies are by no means conclusive as 
to this. Lewandowsky, in a small series of cases, found both strep- 
tococci and staphylococci, the latter predominating. In a recent study 
of seven cases observed in an epidemic of the affection, which they 
call pemphigoid, Cole and Ruh found pure cultures of the staphylo- 
coccus. They believe it should be sharply differentiated from impetigo 
contagiosa. 

Bockhardt's impetigo is due to the invasion of the follicles by 
the staphylococcus aureus and albus, more frequently the former. It 
is frequently associated with such itching diseases as pediculosis and 
scabies, infection taking place through scratching. 

The vesicles of impetigo contagiosa are situated between the horny 
layer of the epidermis and the rete. They contain numerous polymor- 
phonuclear leucocytes, some lymphocytes, a few loose epithelial cells, 
and large numbers of streptococci and staphylococci. There is some 
oedema of the rete, with consequent enlargement of its cells, and an 
increase in the size of the intercellular spaces, in which there are 
considerable numbers of migratory leucocytes. In the superficial por- 
tions of the corium the vessels are somewhat dilated and there is a 
moderate exudation of round cells. 



196 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The impetigo of Bockhardt is essentially a pustular folliculitis. 
The pustule, its roof formed by the horny layer of the epidermis, is 
situated about the mouth of the follicle, and contains numerous poly- 
morphonuclear leucocytes, epithelial debris, and large numbers of 
staphylococci. In the rete immediately about the follicle there are 
large numbers of migratory leucocytes, which separate the rete cells, 
many of which lie detached in the cavity of the pustule. According 
to Sabouraud, necrosis of the superficial portion of the corium imme- 
diately beneath the pustule frequently occurs, producing a small scar. 

Diagnosis. — Impetigo is to be distinguished from pustular eczema, 
ecthyma, varicella, and from acute pemphigus. 

The pustules of impetigo are usually discrete, and those of impetigo 
contagiosa show a marked tendency to peripheral extension. Eczema 
occurs in diffuse patches, which are often covered by thick crusts, 
owing to abundant oozing. In eczema itching is commonly a marked 
symptom, while in impetigo it is trifling or absent altogether. 

Bockhardt's impetigo may be mistaken for ecthyma, but the pus- 
tules of the latter are larger, deeper seated, and covered with thick 
crusts beneath which there is ulceration. 

In varicella the lesions are small, frequently very numerous, scat- 
tered over the trunk as well as the face, and in a large proportion of 
cases are found on the buccal and palatal mucous membrane, as well 
as the skin. Constitutional symptoms usually accompany the onset 
of the disease. Bullous impetigo may be mistaken in its early stages 
for pemphigus, but the bullae of the latter are usually larger than 
those of the former, arise from apparently sound skin, and show no 
tendency to peripheral extension after they are fully developed. The 
eventual course of the two affections is quite unlike. 

Prognosis. — When left to itself, or if injudiciously treated, impetigo 
may last for many weeks, but it yields readily to proper treatment. 

Treatment. — The treatment is altogether local, and consists in the 
application of mild antiseptic lotions and ointments after removal of 
the crusts by soap and warm water, or by the liberal application for 
a few hours of a 2 per cent, carbolated vaseline. One of the most ef- 
fective remedies is an ointment of ammoniated mercury, ten to twenty 
grains (0.65 to 1.30) to the ounce (32.0), using as a base cold cream 
or oxide of zinc ointment. This should be applied twice a day with 
gentle friction, care being taken to impress the patient or his at- 
tendant with the necessity for applying it to every lesion, however 
small. In adults, who may find it inconvenient to go about during 
the day with an ointment on the face, a 1 15000 solution of mercuric 
bichloride may be softly mopped on two or three times a day and the 
ointment applied at night upon retiring. In new-born infants the 
ointment should be somewhat weaker than in older patients, ten 
grains (0.65) to the ounce (32.0) being a proper strength, and the 
skin in the neighborhood of the eruption should be frequently bathed 
with a saturated solution of boric acid. In maternity hospitals the 



INFLAMMATIONS 197 

utmost care should be taken to prevent the spread of the disease. The 
patient's clothing should be thoroughly sterilized and the dressings 
burned. 

DERMATITIS REPENS 

Synonyms. — Acrodermatitis perstans ; acrodermatite suppurative 
continue (Hallopeau). 

Definition. — A spreading inflammation of the skin, situated upon 
an extremity. 

This affection was first described by Crocker, in 1888, and again 
in 1892, who gave it the very appropriate name dermatitis repens, 
which has been very generally accepted by authors. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins as a few small vesicles or a flat 
bleb, which shortly ruptures, disclosing a moist red surface, which 
steadily extends and is surrounded by a narrow collar of undermined 
epidermis. In some cases, as in one under the author's care some 
years ago, the patch spreads by the constant formation of minute vesi- 
cles and pustules about its margin, which soon rupture and discharge 
a seropurulent fluid, which dries into a thin crust. As the disease 
extends, the part of the skin first attacked becomes dry, smooth, and 
glazed or desquamates. While in the great majority of cases the dis- 
ease spreads by continuity, small groups of vesicles may appear in 
the immediate neighborhood of the patch, which soon coalesce with 
it and thus extend it. It usually continues to spread slowly until a 
considerable area may be covered, such as an entire extremity, or, in 
very exceptional cases, it may spread to the trunk. It usually con- 
tinues for many weeks or several months, and may last for years (Fig. 53). 

According to Crocker, instead of being moist, the disease may be 
dry throughout its course, the patch spreading peripherally, sur- 
rounded by a dry, undermined epidermic collar. 

Under the title acrodermatitis perstans (acrodermatite suppurative 
continue), Hallopeau has described an affection which presents many 
of the features of dermatitis repens and is probably a variety of it. 
It begins with a vesicular and pustular eruption, situated in the be- 
ginning upon a finger, which slowly spreads until it may involve the 
entire hand. Secondary eruptions of an erythematous or pustular 
character may appear upon parts more or less remote from the original 
focus, and may be more or less general in their distribution. The 
disease is of long duration and repeated recurrences, usually in the 
same situation, are common. 

Etiology and Pathology. — In the great majority of the reported 
cases the disease began at the site of an injury, sometimes of a trivial 
character. The manner in which it spreads is very suggestive of an 
infection which takes place at the site of the injury. Crocker believed 
it to be a peripheral neuritis set up by an injury. Hallopeau was con- 
vinced of its microbic origin, and thought it probably due to the 
staphylococcus. 



198 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Sutton, who has recently studied several cases of the malady, found 
the yellow staphylococcus in the serum from the spreading margin 
of the patch. He concludes from its clinical features and its histology 
that Hallopeau's acrodermatitis perstans and dermatitis repens are 
the same disease and that both are probably due to a particular strain 
of the staphylococcus. 

Diagnosis. — The affection for which it is most likely to be mis- 
taken is eczema, but its usual limitation to an extremity, its well- 
defined and steadily spreading borders, and the usual absence of any 
pronounced subjective symptoms are features by which it may be 
readily differentiated from that disease. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The malady is usually very rebellious 




Fig. 53. — Dermatitis repens. 



to treatment and may persist for months. Some of Hallopeau's cases 
lasted for years. The only effective remedies are antiseptic washes 
and ointments. Crocker found painting the patch with a ten per 
cent, solution of permanganate of potash, after trimming away the 
undermined epidermis, the most effective treatment. In a case under 
the author's care, painting the borders of the patch, after trimming 
away the loosened epidermis, with a solution of formalin in glycerin, 
one drachm to the ounce (4.0 to 32.0), followed by Brooke's paste, 
was followed by a cure after a number of other methods had been 
tried. (Brooke's paste is Lassar's paste to which is added thirty 
per cent, of the five per cent, oleate of mercury.) Sutton obtained ex- 
cellent results from the use of a solution of salicylic and tannic acids 
in alcohol, two per cent, of the former with ten per cent, of the latter. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



199 



DERMATITIS VEGETANS 

The affection first described by Hallopeau under the title dermatite 
pustuleuse chronique en foyers a progression excentrique, but to which 
he later gave the less cumbersome title pyodermite vegetante, resembles 
in a number of its clinical features pemphigus vegetans, and this 
author, who at first believed the malady a new and distinct type of dis- 
ease, later came to regard it as a variety of that affection. 

The cases observed by Hallopeau, Wickham, and the author were 
characterized by successive crops of vesicles and vesico-pustules oc- 
curring in patches, chiefly about the groins, on the inner surface of 
the thighs, and, less frequently, in other regions, such as the hypo- 
gastric and lumbar regions, the axillae, and in small numbers in the 




Pig. 54. — Dermatitis vegetans. 



mouth. The eruption was succeeded by markedly elevated plaques 
with uneven, moist, and crusted surface about the borders of which 
new pustules appeared. Marked itching and burning were prominent 
symptoms. In the case which the author reported an inflammation 
presenting all the features of chronic eczema was present upon the 
lower extremities. More recently Wende, Pusey, and others have 
reported cases presenting similar vegetative plaques following a der- 
matitis in various regions. 

The exact place of the affection represented by the cases of Hallo- 
peau, Wickham, and the author is still undetermined, but its relation- 
ship to pemphigus vegetans of Neumann is, it seems to the author, 
doubtful. In some of its features it seems much more nearly related to 
dermatitis herpetiformis. 

The occurrence of vegetative plaques following a dermatitis is 



200 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

not to be taken as evidence of a relation of such cases to the pyoder- 
mite of Hallopeau. The cases of Wende and Pusey, in the author's 
opinion, represented a quite distinct affection. Such vegetative plaques 
may follow, in exceptional cases, various inflammatory conditions of 
the skin, such as eczema. In the case of a middle-aged woman under 
the author's observation in the skin dispensary of the University 
Hospital some years ago, large papillomatous plaques occurred upon 
the backs of both hards, apparently as the sequel of an ordinary der- 
matitis ; these disappeared in the course of a few weeks under the 
simple application of a saturated solution of boric acid (Fig. 54). 

The treatment consists in strict attention to cleanliness and the 
frequent application of weak antiseptic lotions, such as a saturated 
solution of boric acid, or a 1 15000 solution of bichloride of mercury. 

DERMATITIS GANGRENOSA 

Synonyms. — Sphaceloderma ; Gangrene of the skin. 

Gangrene of the skin presents a considerable number of varieties 
which differ more or less from one another in their cause and course. 
It may be due to a number of causes, some of which are local and 
external to the organism, others internal and general. Among the 
former are direct violence, exposure to heat or cold, contact with 
caustic substances, and invasion of the skin by microorganisms ; 
among the latter are such diseases of the blood-vessels as result in 
narrowing or occlusion of their lumen, shutting off the blood supply to 
the skin, such diseases of the central or peripheral nervous system as 
interfere with trophic functions, general infections such as typhoid 
fever, and the exanthemata and diseases like chronic nephritis and 
diabetes, which lead to the formation and retention of injurious sub- 
stances in the organism, which injuriously affect the skin and increase 
its liability to invasion by microorganisms. 

DERMATITIS GANGRENOSA INFANTUM 

Synonyms. — Varicella gangrenosa; Infantile gangrenous ecthyma; 
Pemphigus gangrsenosus ; Multiple cachectic gangrene of the skin; Fr., 
Ecthyma terebrant. 

The name varicella gangrenosa was given to this affection by Sir 
Jonathan Hutchinson, who first called attention to it, because of its 
occasional association with varicella, but, as has been shown by 
Crocker, Elliot and others, it mav occur quite independently of that 
disease. 

Symptoms. — When it follows varicella the varicellous lesions, in- 
stead of drying up and disappearing in the ordinary manner, become 
covered with brown or blackish crusts surrounded by a bright-red 
areola beneath which ulceration takes place. This ulceration continues 
to extend peripherally and in depth, for a time producing grayish or 
black eschars which, when cast off, leave round or oval sharp-cut ulcers 



INFLAMMATIONS 201 

varying in size from that of a pea to a coin. As they enlarge in circum- 
ference, adjacent lesions occasionally unite to form serpiginous ulcers 
which are sometimes of considerable extent. 

The gangrenous lesions are found for the most part in those regions 
in which the varicellous eruption is most abundant, such as the head, 
face and trunk. Occasionally it follows vaccinia and the eruption is 
then found in the neighborhood of the vaccination, which, however, is 
usually not attacked. When it occurs as an independent affection the 
buttocks and the thighs, more especially the former, are the regions 
usually affected where it begins as small papulo-pustules which are 
soon covered with a crust and pursue the same course as the lesions 
already described. The number and size of the lesions vary consider- 
ably. Many of the cases are mild, with scanty eruption and superficial 
ulceration (Crocker), or the lesions are bullous with purulent contents ; 
in such cases, especially if the eruption is abundant, the constitutional 
symptoms are most pronounced, often septic in character, and death 
may follow. 

Etiology. — The disease is essentially one of infancy and early 
childhood, occurring most commonly in the first year, rarely later than 
the third. Crocker found it much more frequent in female children 
than in male children, but the -experience of other observers does not 
coincide with this observation. In a certain proportion of cases, as 
has already been observed, it occurs as a sequel of varicella and occa- 
sionally follows vaccination ; it may also follow other eruptive fevers, 
such as measles. Many of the children are ill-nourished or exhibit 
symptoms of syphilis or tuberculosis. A variety of microorganisms 
have been found, such as staphylococci, streptococci, the bacillus pyo- 
caneus (Ehlers, Hitschmann, Kreibich), and the bacillus ramosus 
(Veillon and Halle) ; but as none of these are constantly present it is 
not likely that they are the immediate cause of the malady. 

Pathology. — Although a specific organism has not yet been found, 
there is but little doubt that the disease is due to the invasion of the 
skin by some microorganism, perhaps not always the same, which 
finds ready entrance because of the preceding general infection. 

Diagnosis. — The age of the patient, most commonly an infant ; the 
association of the affection with varicella or measles ; the presence of 
vesico-pustules or pustules which are soon transformed into punched- 
out ulcers, are features so characteristic that the disease is usually 
readily recognized. 

Prognosis. — In the majority of cases recovery takes place, but when 
the infant is ill-nourished or enfeebled by previous disease, and more 
especially when the lesions are numerous and large, with symptoms 
of sepsis, the prognosis is grave. 

Treatment. — In severe cases every effort should be made to support 
the patient's strength ; suitable nourishment should be given at short 
intervals and when necessary, stimulants. Locally the lesions should 
be covered with some antiseptic dressing, such as a saturated solution 



202 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



of boric acid or very weak bichloride solution, i : 5000, until the sloughs 
have come away, when the ulcers may be covered with some stimulat- 
ing ointment, such as aristol, five to ten per cent., europhen in the 
same strength, or these may be used as dry powders dusted lightly 
over the surface. 

DERMATITIS GANGRENOSA ADULTORUM 

Under the above title are included a number of forms of gangrene 
of the skin which differ more or less widely from one another in their 
cause and clinical symptoms. The cases which have been reported 
from time to time under a variety of names, such as acute multiple 
gangrene of the skin, disseminated gangrene, gangrenous urticaria, 






Fig. 55. — Infectious multiple gangrene — forearm. 



hysterical gangrenous zoster, occurring for the most part in girls and 
women who present the stigmata of hysteria, do not, in the author's 
opinion, properly belong here, but will be considered under factitious 
dermatitis. 

Symptoms. — Multiple gangrene of the skin is for the most part a 
disease of adults, although it may also occur in children. It may 
begin as scattered vesicles or pustules, usually surrounded by a well- 
developed inflammatory halo, which rapidly enlarge and are soon 
covered with a black crust, beneath which ulceration of varying extent 
takes place. In a case under the author's observation some years ago 
the disease was distinguished by small red papules and vesicles which, 




INFLAMMATIONS 203 

as they increased in size, resembled closely a variolous pustule. They 
soon were covered with a thick black crust beneath which an extensive 
and rapidly spreading ulceration went on (Fig. 55). The gangrene 
is sometimes preceded by erythematous patches or bullae which speedily 
become gangrenous sloughs. 

Etiology and Pathology. — This variety of gangrene may follow 
such general infections as typhoid and scarlet fever, or it is at times 
associated with a local infection situated at points more or less 
remote from the skin, as in a case reported by Crocker, in which the 
cutaneous disease followed a suppurative affection of the vagina. In 
other cases it is the result of a direct local infective process, as in the 
author's case referred to above, in which the gangrenous lesions fol- 
lowed a local infection from a wound made with an old rneat-hook, and 

in which large numbers of an un- 
identified bacillus were present. 
Rotter and Waelsch have also re- 
ported cases in which pathogenic 
bacilli were found in the lesions ; in 
the case of the latter the infection 
followed the use of an unclean 
hypodermic needle (Fig. 56). 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is 
usually favorable except in the 
cases in which numerous and exten- 
sive areas of gangrene are formed. 

Treatment. — The gangrenous 
patches should be continuously cov- 

Fig. 56.— Bacilli in multiple gangrene of skin. ered With moist antiseptic dreSS- 
Case snown in Figure 55. r . t «i i 

■ings frequently renewed until the 
necrotic tissue separates. The resulting ulcers should be treated with 
ar:stol, iodoform or europhen, either in ointment or dusting powders. 

DIABETIC GANGRENE (DERMATITIS GANGRENOSA 
DIABETICORUM) 

Gangrene of the skin is an occasional complication of diabetes fol- 
lowing directly or indirectly upon some injury, often trivial, or some 
one of the many forms of inflammation of the skin which are common 
in diabetic subjects. In exceptional cases it appears spontaneously 
without any perceptible previous alteration of the skin. When it 
results from an injury the skin becomes livid or black, its temperature 
is lowered, vesicles and blebs often appear filled with a thin bloody fluid 
and a slough soon forms, which is cast off after a time, leaving an 
ulcerating surface. Instead of appearing at once the necrosis may 
be preceded for a time by more or less marked inflammatory symptoms. 
Occasionally it follows the inflammations which are so common about 
the genitalia of both sexes, being especially apt to attack the prepuce. 
In those cases in which it appears without any previous alteration of 



204 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the skin, it occurs as variously sized patches, occasionally symmetri- 
cally arranged, as in Raynaud's disease. As bullo-serpiginous diabetic 
gangrene, Kaposi described a peculiar form characterized by the for- 
mation of blebs spreading in a serpiginous manner beneath which 
gangrene occurred. The gangrene may be preceded by neuralgic pains 
which are followed by lividity of the skin, lowering of the temperature, 
and gradual loss of sensation. It may be of the moist or dry variety, 
but is most often the former, and is situated usually upon the lower 
extremities, beginning upon the toes, but the upper extremities and the 
trunk may also be attacked. There may be but a single lesion or there 
may be a number situated on one or both sides of the body. 

Etiology. — The presence of sugar in all the tissues of the body espe- 
cially predisposes them to inflammation and greatly lowers their 
powers of resistance to microbic invasion, so that slight injuries or in- 
fections are apt to result in the death of the part affected. The spon- 
taneous form of gangrene is the result of secondary changes in the 
vessels or disease of the nervous system interfering with its trophic 
functions. 

Treatment. — The same general treatment should be employed in 
diabetic gangrene as in diabetes, paying particular attention to the 
patient's dietary ; supporting measures, tonics and stimulants should 
also b^ employed. Locally the treatment is the same as for the other 
forms of gangrene already described. 



DERMATITIS GANGRENOSA SYMMETRICA 
(RAYNAUD'S DISEASE) 

Synonyms. — Raynaud's disease ; Local asphyxia ; Fr., Asphyxie 
locale et gangrene symmetrique des extremites; Ger., Raynaud'sche 
Krankheit (Plate XIII). 

Definition. — A disease distinguished by paroxysmal attacks of local 
syncope alternating with local asphyxia, situated upon the extremities, 
terminating sooner or later in gangrene of the skin and. subcutaneous 
tissues. 

Symptoms. — This infrequent affection, which was first recognized 
and described as a clinical entity by Raynaud in 1862, usually presents 
three quite distinct stages : first, local syncope ; second, local asphyxia, 
and third, the final stage, gangrene ; the first and last of these stages 
may be absent or ill-defined. It begins with the more or less com- 
plete arrest of the circulation in one or several fingers of both hands 
or of the toes of both feet ; quite commonly both fingers and toes are 
affected. These quite suddenly become dead-white, cold to the touch, 
and more or less devoid of tactile sensibility ; not infrequently there is 
also moderate pain, usually of a burning character (stage of local 
syncope). After a period varying from some minutes to some hours 
the pallor disappears and is succeeded by a dusky redness which may 
become slaty blue or almost black, and with this change in color there 



PLATE XIII 




INFLAMMATIONS 205 

is usually severe burning and lancinating pain (stage of local asphyxia). 
The asphyxia may disappear within a short time and the parts resume 
their normal appearance, or it may terminate in gangrene of the skin 
of either the moist or dry form usually preceded by the appearance of 
vesicles and blebs filled with bloody fluid. The sequence and severity 
of the symptoms vary a good deal. In the mildest cases local syncope 
may be the only symptom, often affecting but a single finger, and dis- 
appearing in the course of a short time ; to this form the name " dead 
fingers " is commonly applied. In a certain small proportion of cases 
the ischsemia persists for a considerable period, terminating finally in 
ulceration of the finger-tips without the appearance of local asphyxia. 
On the other hand, the asphyxia may be the first symptom noted. The 
extent of the gangrene varies from superficial necrosis of the tips of 
one or more fingers to the death of an entire phalanx, or in rare cases 
of a whole finger. Instead of gangrene marked trophic disturbances 
may appear : after repeated attacks the fingers become thin and taper- 
ing, the skin becomes adherent to the underlying parts, and the joints 
stiff (sclerodactylia) ; or instead of being thin they may become thick 
and club-shaped with stubby ends and deformed nails. While sym- 
metry in the distribution of the gangrene is the rule there are occa- 
sional exceptions ; Raynaud himself observed asymmetrical cases and 
more recent observers have also described them. 

The paroxysms are usually more frequent and more pronounced in 
cold weather and may often be brought on by immersing the hands in 
cold water. Occasionally the attacks exhibit a marked periodicity, 
coming on with great regularity at definite intervals. 

As a rule there are no general symptoms, but exceptionally there 
may be headache, loss of appetite and some elevation of temperature 
either preceding or accompanying the paroxysm, and haemoglobinuria 
or intermittent albuminuria may also be present. 

Etiology. — It occurs at all ages, but is most frequent in the second 
and third decades. Females are much more frequently affected than 
males, the proportion being, according to Munro, two of the former to 
one of the latter. Exposure to cold is reckoned among the occasional 
causes, and as has already been observed, it is much more likely to 
occur in winter than in summer. It has been observed to follow various 
diseases of the nervous system, of the cardiovascular system, and infec- 
tions, such as diphtheria, typhoid and scarlet fever, tuberculosis and 
syphilis. In recent years there has been a notable increase in the 
number of cases reported in which syphilis was present ; and the present 
tendency is to attribute a prominent role to this infection as a causative 
factor. In a considerable proportion of cases it is associated more or 
less closely with scleroderma, in no less than 7 per cent, according to 
Munro ; and the author has recently called attention to the relatively 
considerable number of cases in which it is associated with lupus ery- 
thematosus. In all probability it is due to some toxin, perhaps not 
always the same, which especially affects the vascular walls. 



206 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Pathology. — The local syncope is the result of vasomotor spasm 
and the gangrene is due to the shutting of the blood supply. It is 
still a mooted question whether the vascular disturbance is of central 
or peripheral origin. The tissue changes are those which are seen in 
other forms of gangrene of the skin. 

Diagnosis. — It is to be distinguished from other forms of gangrene 
by its symmetrical distribution and by the pronounced vasomotor 
symptoms which precede the appearance of the gangrene. 

Prognosis. — While there may be but a single attack, this is unfor- 
tunately not the usual course of the malady, but the paroxysms con- 
tinue to recur for an indefinite period, not uncommonly for years, with 
the loss of the ends of one or more fingers, of an entire phalanx, or in 
exceptional cases of an entire member. In long-continued cases which 
do not terminate in gangrene the trophic alterations in the fingers 
may be so extensive as to interfere very seriously with their use. When 
considerable areas of gangrene develop death may result from exhaus- 
tion or sepsis, particularly in the feeble and elderly. 

Treatment. — The patient's general condition should be carefully 
looked after ; he should have an abundance of nutritious food and should 
spend considerable time in the open air. If possible the winters should 
be spent in a warm equable climate, or if this is not possible he should 
be thoroughly protected against cold. In cases in which syphilis is 
demonstrable or suspected, and it should always be looked for, thor- 
ough trial should be made of salvarsan, mercury and the iodides. 
Nitroglycerin and amyl nitrate have been recommended for the purpose 
of relaxing vascular spasm, but they have proved of little or no use. 
Raynaud recommended galvanism, applying one electrode over the 
spine, the other on the affected extremity. During the paroxysm fric- 
tions with stimulating liniments may be used for the purpose of improv- 
ing the circulation and relieving pain ; for the latter purpose cold appli- 
cations are sometimes useful. The treatment of the gangrene is to be 
conducted according to the usual surgical methods. 

DIPHTHERIA OF THE SKIN 

Diphtheria of the skin may occur as a primary or a secondary 
affection, the latter as a concomitant or sequel of pharyngeal and nasal 
diphtheria. While both forms are infrequent, the secondary is much 
more common than the primary and has long been known, Chomel 
having called attention to it as long ago has 1759. The primary form, 
which has only recently been recognized, has been studied by Neisser, 
Adler, Marschalko, Schucht, Knowles and Frescoln, and a few others. 

In primary diphtheria of the skin a variety of cutaneous lesions 
may be present, none of which are characteristic. It may occur as an 
impetiginous or ecthymatous eruption followed by ulcers, resembling 
the ecthyma of infants ; in rare cases vesicular and bullous eruptions 
have been present. In the remarkable case reported by Slater, a wide- 
spread vesicular eruption resembling varicella somewhat, had existed 



INFLAMMATIONS 207 

for three years ; the Klebs-Loeffler bacillus was recovered from the 
lesions and the eruption disappeared after the use of diphtheria antitoxin. 

Diphtheria of the skin, secondary to pharyngeal and nasal diph- 
theria, usually begins at the site of a wound or abrasion forming an 
ulcer of variable extent and depth, the bottom of which is covered by a 
grayish membrane in which the diphtheria bacillus is present. At 
times extensive destruction of the skin and subcutaneous tissues occurs, 
with the formation of grayish or blackish sloughs. More or less con- 
stitutional disturbance is present and not very infrequently death fol- 
lows. Occasionally ecthymatous and ulcerative lesions or bullae may 
occur, just as in the primary form. 

A definite diagnosis can only be made by the aid of the microscope 
and cultures, since, as already observed, the eruptive lesions are not 
distinctive. 

As Knowles and Frescoln point out, it is important to distinguish 
between the Klebs-Loeffler organism and the pseudodiphtheria bacillus 
in making the diagnosis. 

When the presence of the former organism in the lesions has been 
demonstrated, diphtheria antitoxin should be administered at once 

DERMATITIS 

Definition. — Inflammation of the skin. 

While inflammation of the skin is a frequent and prominent symp- 
tom of many cutaneous affections, the term is applied chiefly to those 
inflammations which are the result of various morbific agencies acting 
locally upon the skin. It may arise from mechanical violence, derma- 
titis traumatica, from heat, dermatitis calorica, from cold, dermatitis 
a frigore, frost-bite, or from contact, direct or indirect, with various 
plants and chemical substances, dermatitis venenata. 

DERMATITIS TRAUMATICA 

Under this term are to be included all such inflammations as follow 
breaches of continuity in the skin, made by cutting instruments either 
accidentally, or purposely as in surgical operations, excoriations, such 
as frequently are inflicted upon the skin in many itching diseases by 
the nails or by rubbing, after abrasions or wounds resulting from 
violence or from bites of animals and insects. The inflammation 
which may follow such traumata may present all grades of severity and 
may be accompanied by such subjective symptoms as burning and pain, 
and in severe and extensive cases by more or less constitutional dis- 
turbance. Very commonly the severe forms are not the direct result 
of the traumatism, but are due to the secondary infections which 
frequently follow injuries. 

In the milder forms of traumatic dermatitis the frequent appli- 
cation of an evaporating lotion, such as equal parts of alcohol and 
water, or if there is pain, weak lead-water will usually suffice. In the 



208 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

severe grades the inflamed part should be put at rest and when situated 
upon an extremity, elevated. The inflamed area should be covered 
with gauze wet with a saturated solution of boric acid, either hot or 
cold, according to the relief afforded, frequently renewed, or lead-water 
and laudanum may be employed in the same manner. 

DERMATITIS CALORICA 

Dermatitis calorica, or burn of the skin, presents all degrees of 
severity, from mild erythema to complete destruction of the skin 
and subcutaneous tissues. Three degrees of burn are recognized : 
In the first the skin is reddened with or without slight swelling, 
and there is more or less burning pain. In the mildest forms of this 
degree the symptoms usually subside spontaneously in the course of a 
few hours. In the second degree the symptoms are much more 
marked : the skin is reddened, swollen, with a more or less abundant 
transudation of serum beneath the epidermis, forming vesicles and 
blebs filled with clear fluid ; the pain is usually severe. In the third 
degree the skin is completely devitalized and is transformed into a 
brownish or black eschar. In burns of the second and third degrees, 
involving any considerable extent of surface, there is usually more or 
less constitutional disturbance. In extensive burns the patient fre- 
quently suffers from profound shock from which he may not recover, 
and complains but little of pain. In burns of the second and third 
degrees suppuration frequently takes place, and when considerable 
areas are involved this is usually accompanied by fever and frequently 
by symptoms of sepsis. Burns involving one-half of the surface or 
more are usually fatal, death occurring often within the first few 
days. The cause of death in such cases is not well understood, various 
explanations being offered, such as overheating of the blood and conse- 
quent paralysis of the heart, destruction of the red blood-cells by over- 
heating, or the production of toxic substances in the eschar which are 
absorbed into the circulation, but none of these is altogether satisfac- 
tory. In the death which occurs late in burns the fatal termination 
is the result of sepsis or exhaustion from long-continued suppuration. 
Gastric and duodenal ulcers, especially the latter, are occasional 
complications of burn. 

In mild burns of the first degree the application of cold water or 
lotions of weak lead water, followed by a simple dusting powder, will 
usually afford relief. A solution of sodium bicarbonate, five to ten 
grains (0.32 to 0.65) to the ounce (32.0), applied on compresses of 
gauze, will often afford great relief to the pain ; or a one per cent, 
solution of picric acid may be painted over the burned area or applied 
on gauze. When blebs are present these should be carefully evacuated. 
A popular and useful application is the so-called Carron oil or lini- 
mentum calcis composed of equal parts of lime-water and linseed oil, 
which should be applied on lint or gauze. Olive oil may be substituted 
for the linseed oil with equally good results and is more agreeable. 



INFLAMMATIONS 209 

Very recently covering the parts with paraffin of a melting point of 
about 50 C, to which oil of eucalyptus or other antiseptic has been 
added in varying proportions, has been employed with remarkably 
good results. It should be applied in the melted condition with a soft 
flat brush or sprayed on with a suitable apparatus. In severe and 
extensive burns continuous immersion in a water-bath, as employed 
by Hebra, is a useful procedure, affording the patient much relief. In 
cases in which extensive suppuration occurs fomentations of warm satu- 
rated boric acid solution are very useful and cleanly, favoring the 
separation of sloughs and eschars. In case of shock, stimulants should 
be judiciously employed. When long-continued suppruration over 
extensive areas follows, every measure looking to the preservation of 
the patient's strength is to be employed and especial care taken to 
prevent sepsis. 

DERMATITIS A FRIGORE 

Synonyms. — Dermatitis congelationis ; Congelatio. 

A dermatitis varying from a mild and transient erythema to gan- 
grene may be produced by exposure to low temperature. For obvious 
reasons it is seen by far more frequently upon the hands and feet than 
upon any other portion of the body. On the hands the fingers are 
most frequently affected, on the feet the toes and heels. 

In the mildest form affecting the fingers and toes the skin is dusky- 
red, with burning, itching and pain. After a short time, which varies 
according to the degree of the inflammation, the redness disappears, 
and the itching and burning grow less, although these are apt to return 
upon exposure to cold even of moderate degree (erythema pernio, q. v.). 

When the exposure has been more prolonged and the temperature 
low, the skin on the exposed parts is swollen and red and vesicles and 
blebs appear which may be followed by ulceration of varying extent 
and depth. Although the parts are numb at first, decided pain appears 
with restoration to the normal temperature. 

After long exposure to very low temperature the skin becomes 
hard and white at first, later it becomes bluish or blackish and blebs 
of considerable size are formed, followed by ulceration and gangrene ; 
or the parts may be so completely devitalized that gangrene occurs at 
once, a line of demarcation forms after a time, and the frozen parts are 
cast off by suppuration. 

The treatment of the milder forms of frost-bite has already been 
referred to (vid. erythema pernio). In the severe forms great care 
should be taken not to restore the warmth of the parts too quickly, as 
great pain, severe inflammation and ulceration are likely to follow. The 
frozen parts should be rubbed with snow for some time or placed in 
cold water, the temperature of which should be slowly raised until it is 
the temperature of the room. Blebs should be opened and evacuated 
and subsequent ulcers and sloughs covered with slightly stimulating 
and antiseptic ointments, such as a two per cent, ointment of salicylic 
14 



210 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

acid, or a twenty per cent, ointment of boric acid. The occurrence of 
extensive gangrene is to be treated according to surgical principles. 

ACRODERMATITIS HIEMALIS 

Synonyms. — Acrodermatitis pustulosa hiemalis (Crocker). 

Some years ago Crocker described an affection characterized by an 
eruption situated exclusively upon the hands, particularly about the 
knuckles and sides of the fingers, occurring only in the winter. It 
began with small, red, firm papules, some of which after enlarging 
slightly became pustules, crusted over and left scars after the crusts 
fell ; others remained papules and eventually disappeared without 
leaving any trace. If punctured soon after their appearance, a watery 
fluid escaped from them. The number of lesions was usually quite 
small ; they came out in crops and ran a course of about a fortnight, 
although when the weather was cold they lasted much longer. The 
eruption recurred year after year, in one case for as long as ten years, 
in the winter and disappeared with the return of mild weather. Al- 
though Crocker was the first to call attention to it in a formal way, 
cases of it had been described previously by Cavafy and Allen. Cavafy's 
case was characterized by a winter-recurring vesicular eruption on the 
hands ; Allen reported his as one of " necrotizing chilblains." The latter 
was distinguished by an eruption of nodules on the hands which ap- 
peared in winter only, or after washing the hands in cold water; they 
underwent central necrosis, leaving a scar, and resembled the nodules 
of the papulo-necrotic tuberculide. 

In recent years the author has seen a number of cases, which, al- 
though differing in some minor features from those of Crocker, yet 
resembled them sufficiently to justify placing them in the same cate- 
gory. The eruption was confined to the hands and consisted of small 
erythematous patches, dull-red papules, and a few discrete vesicles, 
on the fingers chiefly. It appeared in the autumn, continued through- 
out the winter with exacerbations during cold weather, and disap- 
peared with spring. Unlike Crocker's cases, there was never any scar- 
ring. Itching and burning were present in the majority of the cases, 
sometimes of a severe character. 

The affection is apparently related to chilblain on the one hand, 
and occasionally, on the other, to the papulonecrotic tuberculide. In 
all the author's cases the extremities became a dusky bluish hue when 
exposed to cold, the so-called chilblain circulation. Crocker thought 
his cases a variant of the folliclis of Barthelemy. 

While there is no doubt about the influence of cold weather upon 
its occurrence, it has seemed to the author that other seasonal influ- 
ences besides temperature must be concerned in its production, since 
an examination of the records of the Weather Bureau has shown that 
the temperature of the localities in which the author's patients resided 
was lower in the spring months, when the disease disappeared, than 
in the autumn months, when it began. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



211 



The only treatment which has been at all effective in the author's 
hands has been the application of a twenty-five per cent, solution of 
ichthyol in water ; this was painted on with a brush every night before 
retiring and in the morning. If the staining was objectionable it was 
washed off in the morning with hot water and the morning application 
omitted. 

DERMATITIS VENENATA 

Definition. — An inflammation of the skin due to contact with vari- 
ous plants, chemical substances, or other substances of an irritant 
character. 

Contact with certain plants, many drugs, and chemicals will excite 
in the skin an inflammation varying from a mild erythema to gangrene, 
the result depending upon the susceptibility of the individual, the 
character of the offending agent, and the duration of the contact. 




Fig. 57. — Dermatitis venenata. 

Symptoms. — Every variety of cutaneous lesion, erythema, papules, 
vesicles, pustules, blebs, and wheals, may occur in this variety of 
dermatitis. It usually begins with redness and some swelling of the 
skin, limited at first to the area which has been in contact with the 
irritant. On this reddened area innumerable small acuminate vesicles 
appear (Fig. 57), which by coalescence form larger vesicles, and blebs 
in the severer form of the disease. Although the inflammation is at 
first limited to the parts which have been in contact with the irritant 
substance, it often spreads far beyond this. There is frequently an 
abundant discharge of serum, and in the severe cases pus, which dries 
into yellow crusts. The inflammation is always accompanied by more 
or less burning and pain, which in many cases are quite severe. When 
parts of the skin are affected in which there is an abundance of loose 
connective tissue, as the eyelids and male genitalia, there is often 
great oedema, completely closing the eyes and swelling the penis and 
scrotum to enormous proportions. 



212 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

This variety of inflammation of the skin is far more frequent, in 
the author's opinion, than is generally recognized. Those cases due to 
the so-called poison ivy, or rhus toxicodendron, are usually recognized 
without difficulty, but there are many forms of the disease which are 
erroneously regarded as acute recurrent eczema ; indeed, the author is 
quite convinced that many, if not most, of the cases of so-called acute 
eczema are in fact a dermatitis due to contact with some unsuspected 
plant, dye, or drug with which the patient comes in contact. The 
author has seen so many cases of what had been regarded as recurrent 
eczema prove, on careful investigation, to be due to some dye in a 
fur, some hair-wash, or some window plant, that he is always suspi- 
cious of the correctness of the diagnosis of eczema in those cases in 
which there are frequent acute recurrences. 

Etiology. — The number and variety of the substances which may 
give rise to dermatitis when brought into contact with the skin are so 
great that a complete list of them would take up more space than can 
be devoted to them here, but the following are the more important : 

Among the plants the first place must be given to the several 
varieties of Rhus, Rhus toxicodendron, or poison ivy, and Rhus venenata, 
poison sumach, the former being an especially common cause of in- 
flammation of the skin in the United States. In England the Primrose, 
Primula obconica, is the most frequent source of plant dermatitis, and 
is a fairly common cause in the United States, although only compara- 
tively recently recognized as a source of this form of dermatitis. Other 
plants which occasionally inflame the skin are the Nettle, Urtica dioica, 
Smartweed, and Rhus vernix, used in the making of Chinese lacquer. 
Under the name of "lily rash," Walsh a few years ago described a 
dermatitis prevalent among flower-pickers in the Scilly Islands due 
to the lily. 

It must be borne in mind that a certain susceptibility of the indi- 
vidual is necessary to the production of dermatitis even with such 
plants as the Rhus, some individuals being quite immune. 

Among the chemical substances which are a more or less frequent 
cause of dermatitis venenata are certain dyes, particularly many of the 
aniline dyes, salts of chromic acid and picric acid, photographic de- 
velopers, such as metol, which are usually seen in those engaged in 
certain trades, or in those who have worn articles of clothing, such as 
underwear or stockings, dyed with them. Many medicinal substances 
are to be included in this list, such as the various salts of mercury, 
especially corrosive sublimate, iodoform, carbolic acid which may 
produce gangrene when the contact with the skin is prolonged even 
in weak solutions, formaldehyde which may be used for a considerable 
period before it produces any disturbance, but when it has once excited 
a dermatitis will continue to do so even in very minute quantities, the 
skin becoming increasingly sensitive to its action. Various domestic 
remedies, such as arnica, turpentine, mustard and various liniments 
containing these, will, in certain individuals, cause a more or less severe 
inflammation of the skin. Tincture of iodine or ointments containing 



INFLAMMATIONS 



213 



iodine, hair washes, particularly those which contain quinine or certain 
coal-tar derivatives which darken the hair, are quite commonly the 
unsuspected source of inflammation of the face and neck. Among 
aniline dyes paraphenylendiamine, which is used to dye furs and is 
the active ingredient in a number of proprietary hair-dyes, is a frequent 
cause of a most violent dermatitis situated usually upon the neck 
and face. The degree of susceptibility to these various substances 
varies enormously in different individuals. In the case of a physician 







Fig. 58. Dermatitis venenata. Vesicles in the rete mucosum with lymphoid cells in upper part of the 

corium. The dark line surrounding the vesicle is pigment, the patient being a negress. 



under the author's observation some years ago, who was extremely 
susceptible to the action of iodoform, the mere picking up of a piece 
of iodoform gauze with the thumb and finger was followed in a few 
hours by a dermatitis which spread over the entire cutaneous surface. 
For obvious reasons dermatitis venenata usually attacks the ex- 
posed surfaces, such as the hands, forearms and face, but it may spread 
by contiguity to other parts, or be transmitted by the hands. In Rhus 
poisoning the genitalia in the male are very commonly attacked, the 
irritant being carried to the region by the patient's hands, and penis 
and scrotum are frequently swollen to enormous proportions, much to 
the patient's alarm. 



214 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Pathology. — In a case of Rhus dermatitis, with an abundant vesicu- 
lar eruption, in a negress which the author studied histologically some years 
ago, the rete was slightly broader than normal as the consequence of a 
moderate intercellular oedema and contained vesicles which were situ- 
ated in its lowest portion ; these contained a small quantity of coagu- 
lated fibrin in which were entangled a moderate number of leucocytes. 
The papillary body and the subpapillary portion of the corium to a 
considerable depth, were occupied by a very pronounced exudation 
of lymphoid cells with a few polynuclear leucocytes most marked about 
the vessels, the follicles and the ducts of the sweat-glands (Fig. 58). 

Diagnosis. — The disease with which dermatitis venenata is most apt to 
be confounded is acute eczema, and the differential diagnosis is not always 
easy, but the acuteness of the course of the former, the frequent 
severity of the inflammation with the formation of blebs, its situation 
upon exposed parts, and the knowledge that the patient has been in 
contact with an irritant or is employed in a trade or occupation which 
brings him into contact with chemical or other substances which are 
known to excite a dermatitis, will usually serve to differentiate the 
two affections. In ivy poisoning, or other plant poisoning, the fre- 
quent occurrence of streaks of erythema or vesicles where the branches 
of the plant have come in contact with the skin is a significant symptom 
and the involvement of the penis and scrotum in the male in the 
inflammation is likewise a useful diagnostic point. 

Prognosis. — While most cases of dermatitis venenata run an acute 
course, subsiding spontaneously in the course of a week or two, yet in those 
with an eczematous tendency the dermatitis may terminate in an eczema of 
indefinite duration, especially if improperly treated. In those forms 
of dermatitis which arise from the use of irritant substances employed 
in various trades, frequently nothing but the complete abandonment 
of the occupation will insure freedom from the dermatitis. Too long 
persistence in exposure to the offending substance frequently gives 
rise to a chronic eczema which may continue for months and even years 
after the removal of the cause — so-called trade-eczema. 

Treatment. — Local treatment is alone required. A saturated solution 
of boric acid to which has been added one-half to a drachm (2.0 to 4.0) of 
subcarbonate of bismuth or oxide of zinc, freely and frequently mopped 
on the inflamed skin, will often afford decided relief. Black wash 
(lotio nigra) is another useful application employed alone or followed 
by an ointment composed of two drachms (8.0) of bismuth to six drachms 
(24.0) of unguentum aquae rosse, which is far more agreeable and 
effective than the official zinc ointment commonly employed. Alka- 
line lotions containing three to five grains (0.20 to 0.32) of sodium 
bicarbonate or borax are frequently of service ; these may be used in 
conjunction with a dusting powder of talc and oxide of zinc or bismuth. 
Later, when the symptoms are less active, mild ointments, such as the 
cold cream and bismuth, may be used alone. Many specifics have been 
vaunted in the treatment of Rhus poisoning, but there is no evidence 



INFLAMMATIONS 



215 



that any of these have any specific properties. When seen early after 
exposure, the skin should be carefully washed with soap and warm 
water and then some one of the lotions already mentioned employed. 
Other lotions which are useful in this variety of dermatitis are dilute 
lead water; fluidextract of grindelia robusta, one-half to one drachm 
(2.0 to 4.0) to the ounce (32.0) of water; sodium hyposulphite, one-half 
to one drachm (2.0 to 4.0) to the ounce (32.0). When blebs are present 
these should be carefully evacuated with a sterile needle to prevent their 
rupture, since when torn large, raw surfaces are left which readily become 
infected. 



> 




Fig. 59- — Arsenical keratosis. Patient had taken Fowler's solution in large doses for a number of years 

for dermatitis herpetiformis. 



DRUG DERMATOSES 

Synonyms. — Drug eruptions ; Dermatitis medicamentosa ; Fr., 
Eruptions medicamenteuses ; Ger., Arzneiexantheme. 

Definition. — Diseases of the skin, for the most part, but not invari- 
ably, of an inflammatory character, due to the ingestion or absorption 
of drugs. 

Symptoms. — Disturbances in the skin as the result of the ingestion 
or absorption of drugs are of common occurrence, and present a wide 
diversity of symptoms. They are for the most part of an eruptive 
character, but also occur as sensory or pigmentary disturbances. Every 
form of cutaneous lesion may occur — erythema, diffuse or macular, 
papules, vesicles, pustules, blebs, hemorrhage, ulceration and gan- 
grene may be produced by one drug or another. The commonest 



216 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

variety of eruption is an erythema which may be more or less localized 
or general, may be diffuse or macular, or urticarial. Only a small 
number of drugs produce characteristic eruptions, so that it is often 
difficult, and at times quite impossible, to determine from the eruption 
alone what drug has produced it. The same drug frequently varies 
greatly in its effects in different individuals ; in one it may produce 
a diffuse erythema, in another, urticarial wheals, in a third a vesicular 
eruption and in a fourth no eruption whatever. A small number, such 
as the salts of iodine and bromine, produce in most individuals a fairly 
uniform eruption, so that it is comparatively easy to recognize the 
cause. A striking peculiarity shown by many drugs is that the erup- 
tion is often not a matter of the amount taken ; in susceptible indi- 
viduals one or two doses, or at times a single small dose, will call it 
forth. The eruptions are for the most part general in their distribution 
and usually symmetrically arranged, but occasionally they exhibit a 
more or less pronounced predilection for certain regions ; while com- 
monly uniform they are often multiform. Occasionally the mucous 
membranes of the mouth and pharynx are involved along with the skin. 
Itching and burning are frequent subjective symptoms. In the major- 
ity of cases the symptoms are confined to the skin, but in a limited 
number considerable constitutional disturbance, with more or less 
elevation of temperature, accompanies the eruption. 

The eruptions usually appear quite suddenly, soon after the drug 
has been taken, sometimes within a few minutes ; in a considerable 
number of cases, however, they appear only after prolonged use. They 
usually disappear promptly after its suspension ; or tolerance may be 
established and the eruption vanish, although the drug is continued. 
In a case of iodic purpura, repeatedly under the author's observation^ 
the hemorrhage which appeared within twenty-four hours after begin- 
ning the iodide of soda disappeared within a few days, notwithstanding 
the continued administration of the drug. Exceptionally the eruption 
may persist for some weeks or longer after the drug has been sus- 
pended, owing, in most cases, to the slow elimination of the latter ; 
the bromide eruptions usually continue for a considerable period after 
the administration of the salt has been stopped. 

The following is a brief resume of some of the eruptions produced by 
the drugs in common use with a few of the rarer ones : * 

Acetanilid (Antifebrin). — Erythematous eruption, infrequent; when 
taken in considerable doses or for considerable periods in moderate 
doses cyanosis, most noticeable on the lips ; common. 

Antimony (Tartar Emetic). — Vesico-pustular eruption ; uncommon. 

Antipyrin. — Urticaria, occasionally after a single dose and within 
a few minutes, common, less frequently a morbilliform erythema; pur- 
pura, rare ; in rare instances bullae on the buccal mucous membrane. 

* For a full consideration of the subject of drug eruptions the reader is re- 
ferred to the monograph of Morrow as edited by Colcott Fox and published 
by the New Sydenham Society. 




Fig. 60. Arsenical pigmentation. Patient also had a mild arsenical keratosis of the palms. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



217 



The French have described a peculiar blackness of the penis following- 
its administration, lasting for some time. 

Antitoxin and Other Sera. — Frequently followed by eruptions most 
frequently of an urticarial character ; less common scarlatiniform and 
morbilliform erythema, or multiform erythema ; usually appear about 
six to eight days after administration, but may appear much earlier or 
later; occasionally show predilection for the region of the large joints 
which may be painful ; severe itching with some constitutional disturb- 
ance with fever; common. 

Atophan. — Scarlatiniform erythema. 

Aspirin. — Vid. salicylic acid and its compounds. 

Arsenic. — Great variety of eruptions — erythematous, papular, 




Fig. 6 i. — Bromide eruption (bromoderma) leg resembling late pustular syphiloderm. 
prolonged use of a proprietary mixture containing a bromide.) 



(Followed too 



vesicular, pustular, hyperkeratosis and pigmentation ; infrequent. A 
special form of hyperkeratosis affecting the palms and soles (Fig. 59). 
preceded often by hyperidrosis of these regions is peculiar to arsenic. 
It is characterized by small shot-sized horny elevations like small corns. 
A number of cases have been reported in which epithelioma has fol- 
lowed at the site of these keratoses. Arsenical pigmentation occurs as 
a diffuse or mottled, brownish or grayish, discoloration occupying the 
greater part of the trunk (Fig. 60). Keratoses and pigmentation occur 
only after prolonged use. 

Belladonna (and its alkaloid afro pin). — Scarlatiniform erythema, 
commonest type of eruption ; especially in children ; on face and upper 
part of chest; usually disappears quickly ; may follow ingestion of drug" 
or its absorption from plaster, or instillation of atropin solution into 






218 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



conjunctival sac; the last may produce erysipelatous inflammation of 
lids and region about. 

Benzoic Acid and Sodium Benzoate. — Erythematous and maculo- 
papular; infrequent. 

Boric Acid and Sodium Biborate.— Erythematous ; occasionally 
follows use of boric acid solutions to wash out cavities, such as the 
bladder. Borax, when given internally for a considerable period, may 
produce a scaly eruption closely resembling psoriasis; unusual. 

Bromides of Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium and Other Salts of 
Bromine.— Eruptions from bromides are common ; most frequent type 




Fig. 62. . — Bromide eruption (bromoderma) . Mother had taken a bromide in final month of 
pregnancy. Case referred to in text. 

acneform ; on face, chest and back, less frequently upon the extremities. 
Occasionally aggregated in elevated plaques studded with pustules. 
A characteristic lesion occurs in children as pea-sized and larger red- 
dish nodules with a flat pustule on top which are quite solid. Papillomatous 
and verrucose patches resembling verrucose tuberculosis cutis or blasto- 
mycosis, also occur. Exceptionally the eruptions may be erythematous, pap- 
ular, vesicular and in rare instances, bullous. They may occur in nursing 
infants whose mothers are taking the drug ; and the author has seen an 
instance in which a characteristic and pronounced eruption was pro- 



INFLAMMATIONS 219 

duced in a new-born infant by a bromide mixture taken by the mother 
in the last weeks of pregnancy, which was suspended at the birth of 
the infant (Fig. 62). 

Chloral. — Erythematous, urticarial, less frequently vesicular, rarely 
bullous ; after prolonged use petechias, ecchymoses, ulceration ; 
infrequent. 

Copaiba. — Most common type morbilliform erythema, less often 
scarlatiniform ; occasionally resembling erythema multiforme ; rarely, 
vesicular or bullous. 

Digitalis. — Erythematous, papular, urticarial ; rare. 

Ergot. — Erythema, petechias, gangrene ; only after long-continued 
use ; may be caused by eating rye bread containing diseased rye. 

Hyoscyamus. — Erythematous, urticarial, occasionally scarlatini- 
form, rarely pustular. 

Iodine and the Iodides. — Common ; usually as a papulo-pustular 
eruption resembling acne ; occasionally furuncular, papillomatous, or 
vegetating as after the bromides ; rarely vesicular, purpuric or bullous. 
In a middle-aged woman under the author's observation some years 
ago the administration of iodide of potassium was invariably followed 
by an intensely itching vesicular eruption limited to the palms. The 
bullous eruption is usually accompanied by grave constitutional symp- 
toms and may terminate fatally ; it, as a rule, occurs in those with 
cardiac or renal disease. 

While the iodic eruptions are in the great majority of cases due to 
the ingestion of the alkaline iodides, they have been observed after tak- 
ing the iodide of iron. In rare instances they have followed the 
external application of the tincture of iodine (Hodara). Iodoform may, 
in rare instances, produce an erythematous, vesicular or bullous erup- 
tion, either when given internally or when absorbed from surgical 
dressings. 

Mercury and Its Salts. — Erythematous, vesicular, pustular; rare. 

Opium and Morphine. — Macular or scarlatiniform erythema accom- 
panied by severe itching; pruritus, often limited to the face, especially 
the nose, occasionally general ; common. 

Phenacetin. — Erythema, scarlatiniform or urticarial ; infrequent. 

Quinine. — Scarlatiniform erythema, urticaria, in rare cases vesicular 
or bullous. The scarlatiniform erythema may be accompanied by 
elevation of temperature and followed by extensive desquamation; 
occasionally produced by very small quantities. 

Salicylic Acid, Salicylate of Soda, Salol, Aspirin. — Macular or scarla- 
tiniform erythema, urticaria ; infrequently vesicular, or bullous ; rarely , 
purpura, gangrene. 

Salvarsan. — Scarlatiniform or morbilliform erythema ; vesicular or 
bullous ; fairly common. 

Silver Nitrate. — Slate-colored or bluish discoloration of the skin and 
visible mucous membranes ; only after taking considerable quantities. 



220 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Sulphonal. — Erythema, macular or scarlatinoid ; after prolonged use 
accompanied by hsematoporphyrinuria. 

Thallium Acetate. — More or less general alopecia. 

Tuberculin. — Erythema, scarlatinoid or morbilliform ; infrequent. 

Veronal. — Diffuse or blotchy erythema, often accompanied by in- 
tense itching and burning, sometimes with elevation of temperature ; 
infrequent, but not rare. 

Etiology and Pathology. — We have but little exact information 
concerning the causes which predispose to drug eruptions and still less 
knowledge concerning the manner of their production. In many in- 
stances idiosyncrasy, in most cases congenital, but occasionally 
acquired, plays a prominent part. There is but little doubt that in the 
case of some drugs these act after the manner of foreign proteins and 
the eruptions which they produce are to be considered anaphylactic 
phenomena. Cole succeeded in passively transferring the idiosyncrasy 
to potassium iodide by serum, and Bruck (quoted by Cole) was able 
to passively transfer hypersusceptibility to iodoform and antipyrin 
from man to guinea pigs. Cardiac and renal insufficiency are occasion- 
ally predisposing factors. 

The earliest investigators attributed the eruptions to the irritant 
effects of the drugs upon the glands of the skin by which they were 
eliminated, but it has been shown quite conclusively that the eruptive 
lesions are not confined to the region of the glands but occur on other 
parts of the skin as well. Behrend supposed that they were not due 
directly to the drugs themselves, but to toxic substances produced by 
them. Morrow was inclined to view them as being produced through 
the intermediation of the nervous system. Engman and Mook, in a 
study of the iodic and bromic eruptions, found that they were especially 
apt to occur at points of previous inflammation, and in tissues charged 
with the drug traumatism, pressure and quick changes in temperature 
might precipitate an eruption. They believe that a " local disturbance 
of the normal equilibrium between the iodine combined in the serum 
and the tissues . . . may be induced by various factors, and when 
it does occur the resultant product acts as a toxin which in its turn 
causes tissue irritation and the production of various local inflammatory 
symptoms . . ." 

The histological changes present nothing special ; they are those 
of a dermatitis of ordinary type. 

Diagnosis. — In the presence of an unusual eruption the possibility 
of its drug origin should always be kept in mind, and inquiry made 
as to the drugs, if any, taken. Only a small proportion of drug erup- 
tions present characteristic features, and consequently the diagnosis 
frequently offers considerable difficulty. 

The localization of arsenical keratosis upon the palms and soles is 
so distinctive that its recognition usually presents no difficulty. Ar- 
senical pigmentation may resemble the pigmentation of Addison's 
disease, but the absence of the marked asthenia, which distinguishes 



PLATE XIV 




Dermatitis factitia. 



INFLAMMATIONS 221 

the latter, and of pigment in the mucous membranes, will serve to 
differentiate the two. 

The scarlatiniform erythema of belladonna and atropin differs from 
the eruption of scarlatina by its diffuse instead of punctiform character 
and by the absence of tongue, and throat symptoms and of fever. 

The acneform eruption produced by the iodides is usually much 
more general in its distribution than ordinary acne, and the bromide 
eruption is often accompanied by characteristic plaques and flat pustulo- 
nodular lesions, especially in children. It should be borne in mind that 
in nursing infants the source of the bromides may be the mother's milk. 

When the eruption of quinine is scarlatinoid, is accompanied by 
fever and followed by desquamation, its differentiation from scarlet 
fever may be very difficult, but there is often a history of previous 
attacks of a similar character. 

The serum eruptions at times resemble scarlatina, but are more 
commonly multiform and are frequently accompanied by arthritic 
symptoms. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis of most drug eruptions 
is very favorable ; they usually disappear promptly after the suspen- 
sion of the drug producing them. Exceptions are the bullous erup- 
tions following the iodides in those with renal or cardiac disease, 
which may be accompanied by grave constitutional symptoms and 
may result in death. The bromide eruptions frequently last for a 
considerable period after the drug has been withdrawn, 

As has already been observed, the eruptions usually disappear 
promptly with the discontinuance of the drug. When itching and 
burning are prominent symptoms, the same lotions and ointments 
serviceable in other itching eruptions, such as lotions and ointments of 
menthol and phenol, may be used. The coincident administration of 
arsenic, as Fowler's solution, with the iodides and bromides, for the 
purpose of preventing or diminishing the toxic effects of these upon 
the skin has been recommended, but the author has not been able to 
convince himself of its efficacy. 

DERMATITIS FACTITIA 

Synonyms. — Dermatitis artefacta; Feigned eruption (Plate XIV). 

Definition. — An artificial eruption, usually of an inflammatory 
character, occurring for the most part in young women, produced 
by the patient herself through a morbid desire to excite interest or 
sympathy, or for the purpose of escaping some disagreeable duty. 

Symptoms. — Feigned eruptions present great variation in their 
appearance, which depends in part upon the agent employed to produce 
them and in part upon the caprice or ingenuity of the patient. The 
commoner forms are variously sized erythematous patches which may 
be round or angular in shape, often the latter, superficial abrasions, 
and linear excoriations. Less commonly the eruption consists of 
patches of pustules, discrete bullae, and in exceptional instances there 



222 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



is superficial gangrene of the skin. The lesions are rarely numerous, 
are often solitary, and the eruption as a whole frequently differs so 






* 



Fig. 63. — Dermatitis factitia. 

much from the usual forms of cutaneous disease that the experienced 
observer is at once impressed with its artificial character. Although 
the eruption may be situated upon any portion of the body accessible 



INFLAMMATIONS 223 

to the patient's hands, it is most frequently seen upon the extremities; 
when situated upon the trunk it is almost always upon the anterior 
surface, but exceptionally it is seen upon the back (Fig. 63). 

A highly significant fact, and one to which but little attention has 
been paid, is that in a considerable number of instances an accidental 
injury, such as a burn with a hot iron or with some caustic substance, 
a prick with a needle or other sharp instrument, has preceded the 
artificial lesion. In a case recently under the author's observation, 
in which coin-sized black circular eschars appeared from time to time 
upon the anterior surface of the thigh of a neurotic girl fifteen years 
of age, the first lesion was an accidental burn of a finger with " con- 
centrated lye." When suddenly and unexpectedly accused of pro- 
ducing the eschars, she admitted that she had done so, using the lye 
for the purpose. Certain forms of gangrene of the skin which have 
been described from time to time by various authors (Doutrelepont, 
Kaposi, Quinquaud, and others) under the names of acute multiple 
gangrene of the skin, gangrenous urticaria, hysterical gangrenous 
zoster, are believed by most authors to have been examples of factitious 
dermatitis, a belief with which the author fully agrees. Very recently 
Matzenauer and Polland, under the name dermatitis symmetrica dys- 
menorrhceica, have reported a number of cases, occurring for the 
most part in young girls, characterized by linear patches of erythema 
and excoriations, wheal-like lesions, and exceptionally by superficial 
necrosis of the skin. A study of the histories of these cases, and more 
especially of the excellent illustrations which accompany the report, 
leaves but little doubt in the author's mind that the eruptions were 
factitious. 

Etiology. — The patients are, in the great majority of instances, 
young women who present the stigmata of hysteria. In men the 
eruptions are seen most frequently in the inmates of prisons or in 
garrisons and are produced to avoid the performance of some dis- 
agreeable duty or to escape work. In rare instances they occur in 
males who present symptoms of hysteria. All kinds of irritant sub- 
stances, liquid and solid, are employed, such as mustard, turpentine, 
carbolic acid, croton oil which produces a pustular eruption, lye, 
and the mineral acids. Abrasions and excoriations are usually pro- 
duced by mechanical means, such as friction with some hard substance, 
or with the fingers or finger-nails, as in the so-called neurotic excoria- 
tions described by Wilson and Sangster and Fox. 

Diagnosis. — In many cases the eruption is so obviously artificial 
that the diagnosis is readily made by anyone familiar with the ordinary 
diseases of the skin ; on the other hand, it may be extremely difficult. 
Even when quite convinced of the factitious character of the lesions, 
positive proof of it is often difficult, if not impossible, to obtain. The 
patient rarely admits the imposture and it is often most difficult to 
prove it. Features of diagnostic importance are : The frequent limi- 
tation of the eruption to the left side of the body (to the right side in 



2-24 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

left-handed individuals) and to the anterior surface when the trunk is 
its seat; the angular or linear shape of the erythematous patches and 
excoriations, due in the first to the running of the liquid employed 
to produce them, and in the latter to the use of the nails ; discoloration 
of the skin when mineral acids are used ; and, lastly, the occasional 
bizarre arrangement of the lesions. The application of a fixed dressing 
over eruptions suspected to be self-produced is frequently of great 
service in diagnosis, since under such a dressing an artificial eruption 
will promptly disappear only to as- promptly reappear when it is 
removed. 

Treatment. — With the establishment of the artificial character of 
the eruption the treatment becomes obvious and needs no discussion. 

RADIODERMATITIS 

Synonyms. — X-ray dermatitis ; Rontgen ray dermatitis ; X-ray 
burn. 

Symptoms. — Exposure of the skin to the X-ray, if sufficiently pro- 
longed, or even short exposures if frequently repeated, will produce 
a dermatitis, which, according to the amount of the exposure, varies 
from a mild erythema to necrosis, which may affect the epidermis 
only or involve the entire thickness of the skin. This dermatitis does 
not appear immediately after exposure, but only after the lapse of a 
period varying from five or ten days to several weeks, or in rare in- 
stances after some months. The mildest form occurs as a reddened 
area of variable extent resembling sunburn, usually accompanied by 
slight itching or a feeling of heat. After five days or a week the 
redness fades and a fine, usually scanty, desquamation follows for a 
day or two. In severe forms which follow a somewhat prolonged 
exposure, or a number of exposures at short intervals, the erythema 
is followed by vesicles and blebs which rupture and leave a super- 
ficial ulcer of varying extent, which usually heals in the course of some 
weeks without scarring. In the severest forms, which may follow a 
single prolonged exposure or many shorter exposures, blebs are pro- 
duced and necrosis of the skin to a varying depth takes place. The 
resulting eschar is grayish and tough or dry and brown, and usually 
requires many weeks for its separation, leaving an ulcer which is 
extraordinarily slow to heal and is often extremely painful. Not 
infrequently such ulcers remain months or even years without heal- 
ing, or even refuse to heal altogether, notwithstanding the best- 
directed efforts to close them. Occasionally they become carcinom- 
atous and then pursue the usual course of carcinoma. The scars 
which follow these ulcers are hard, inelastic, and covered in time by 
great numbers of telangiectases, which increase very markedly the 
disfigurement. 

A chronic form of dermatitis occurs with considerable frequency 
upon the hands of those who make skiagraphs or employ the ray 
with the fluoroscope for diagnostic purposes. This form is dis- 



INFLAMMATIONS 225 

tinguished by a patchy erythema upon the backs of the hands and 
fingers, which after a time is followed by atrophic symptoms, such 
as thinning and wrinkling of the skin, which becomes dry and is 
covered with fine, thin, scanty scales. Pigmentation occurs either 
as freckle-like patches or as a diffuse brown discoloration, and small 
keratoses appear on various parts of the hands, beneath which ulcera- 
tion may occur, occasionally leading to epithelioma. The nutrition 
of the nails is likewise affected — they become thin and brittle and 
their free edges are broken and uneven. Considerable, at times ex- 
treme, burning pain, more or less continuous, frequently accompanies 
the dermatitis. 

At times the therapeutic employment of the ray is followed by 
a more or less marked atrophy — the skin is thin and wrinkled and 
without elasticity — even when no inflammatory reaction has been 
produced beyond a scarcely perceptible erythema. 

The hair on parts exposed to the X-ray, even for a comparatively 
short time, falls ; and if the exposure is repeated a number of times, 
or has been sufficiently prolonged, the loss of hair is permanent. 

A dermatitis resembling that produced by the X-ray, but much 
less pronounced, may be caused by radium emanations. The mild 
form occurs as erythema with scanty, fine desquamation. When the 
exposure has been prolonged or frequently repeated there is atrophy 
of the skin, occasionally accompanied by blunting of sensation or 
parsesthesia of the ends of the fingers. Obstinate ulceration of the 
fingers may also occur as the result of prolonged exposure. 

Pathology. — The manner in which the X-ray produces its now 
well-known effects upon living tissues is still altogether unknown. 
Scholtz, who has made an elaborate and painstaking experimental 
study of the effects of the ray upon the skin of rabbits, guinea-pigs, 
and young pigs, concludes that it affects chiefly the cell-elements of 
the skin, especially the epithelial cells, producing various forms and 
degrees of degeneration. This degeneration, after it has reached a 
certain degree, is followed by inflammatory reaction, as shown by 
dilatation of the vessels, and perivascular exudation of cells. He be- 
lieves the vascular changes are probably responsible for the extension 
of ulceration and its slow healing. 

As was first demonstrated by Darier and since confirmed by Wol- 
bach and other investigators, the epidermis shows more or less hyper- 
trophy occurring as a uniform thickening with local keratoses and 
downgrowths into the corium. The corium shows more or less pro- 
nounced degenerative changes, the most marked of which are rare- 
faction of the subepidermal portion and a condensation of the deeper 
parts. Wolbarth found a marked increase of the elastic tissue. The 
hair follicles, the sweat- and sebaceous glands disappear completely. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The milder forms of X-ray dermatitis 
usually disappear within a short time under judicious treatment, and 
even when superficial ulceration occurs this heals within a few weeks 
15 



226 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

without scarring. When there is considerable necrosis, the ulcers are 
often extremely slow to heal and may not heal at all, or only after 
many months or several years. As already observed, such ulcers 
are prone to become carcinomatous. The chronic form is usually very 
rebellious to treatment, and the keratoses, as already noted, may be- 
come the starting-point for epithelioma. 

In mild X-ray dermatitis, calamine lotion or a saturated solution 
of boric acid containing oxide of zinc or subcarbonate of bismuth 
in suspension, one-half to one drachm to the ounce (2.0 to 4.0 to 32.0), 
followed later by some mild ointment, such as cold cream, will usually 
be all that is necessary. In superficial ulcers a one per cent, oint- 
ment of salicylic acid made up with equal parts of lead plaster and 
vaseline often answers well as a mildly stimulating application. Ul- 
cers which have resisted other forms of treatment should be excised, 
and the defect closed by the transplantation of sound skin. 

ECTHYMA 

Synonyms. — Ger., Ekthyma, Eiterblase. 

Definition. — An inflammatory affection of the skin distinguished 
by an eruption of discrete flat pustules surrounded by an inflamma- 
tory areola, situated most frequently, but not exclusively, on the 
lower extremities. 

Symptoms. — Although the lesions are in most instances pustules 
from the beginning, they may begin as vesico-pustules with cloudy 
contents, which become purulent after twenty-four to thirty-six hours. 
They vary in size from that of a pea to a dime, or larger, usually in- 
crease somewhat in diameter after their appearance, and are surrounded 
by a well-marked inflammatory halo extending some distance beyond 
the border. They reach their acme after five to six days, when their 
contents dry up, forming brown crusts, beneath which is ulceration, 
usually very superficial, but in exceptional cases extending down to 
or involving the upper portion of the corium. At the end of ten days 
to two weeks the crust falls, leaving a slightly pigmented patch for 
a time, or, when the ulceration has been deeper, a superficial scar. 
The number of pustules varies from two or three to a dozen or more, 
situated most frequently, without any definite arrangement, upon the 
lower extremities and the buttocks, but also occasionally upon the 
trunk and upper extremities. The course of the individual lesions va- 
ries from ten to fourteen days, but the affection may last several weeks 
or two or three months by the continued appearance of new lesions, 
the longer course occurring, as a rule, only in neglected cases. The 
lesions are usually quite sensitive, and there is some burning and pain, 
but the subjective symptoms are seldom severe. 

Etiology. — The disease is much more frequent in adults than in 
children, and is seen as a rule in uncleanly and debilitated subjects, 
in the ill-nourished, and in chronic alcoholics. In such subjects it is 
very frequently an accompaniment of some itching disease, such as 



INFLAMMATIONS 227 

pediculosis corporis or scabies, infection taking place in the abrasions 
produced by scratching, as the lesions are auto-inoculable. 

Pathology. — Ecthyma is a local infection situated frequently about 
a hair follicle. As already noted, the pustules are auto-inoculable, 
and contain both staphylococci and streptococci, the latter being re- 
garded by most authorities as identical with the organism found in 
impetigo. According to Leloir, the epithelial cells of the epidermis 
undergo a reticular degeneration, " alteration cavitaire," which leads 
to the formation of cavities containing fibrin and pus. Beneath the 
pustules in the papillary layer of the corium there is an abundant in- 
filtration of leucocytes. According to Unna, the pustule of ecthyma 
differs from that of impetigo in that a characteristic inflammation of 
the epidermis, which is entirely fibrinous in the centre of the lesion 
and markedly oedematous at the periphery, precedes the suppuration. 
The pus is situated, not beneath the corneous layer, but beneath the 
epidermis. 

Diagnosis. — Ecthyma is to be distinguished chiefly from impetigo 
and from the pustular syphiloderm. From the former it differs by 
the larger size, deeper seat, and more inflammatory character of the 
lesions, and by their situation upon the lower extremities rather than 
upon exposed parts. From the latter it is to be differentiated by the 
acutely inflammatory course of the pustules and their limited number, 
by the comparatively slight infiltration of their bases, by the absence 
of deep ulceration, by their thinner crusts, and by the absence of other 
symptoms of syphilis. 

Treatment. — Cleanliness, good food, and the application of a two 
to four per cent, ointment of ammoniated mercury will usually promptly 
bring about a cure. Before applying any local remedy the crusts should 
be removed by the liberal application for a few hours of carbolated 
vaseline, or, when they are adherent, by starch poultices made with 
a saturated solution of boric acid. When the affection is associated 
with pediculosis or scabies, these, of course, should have appropriate 
treatment. 

FURUNCULUS 

Synonyms. — Furuncle; Boil; Fr., Furoncle ; Ger., Furunkel, Blut- 
schwar. 

Definition. — An acute circumscribed inflammation of the skin ter- 
minating in suppuration and necrosis of the central portion of the lesion. 

Symptoms. — A furuncle begins either as a small pustule, frequently 
with a hair in the centre, or as a small, firm, painful intradermic nodule. 
The skin around the pustule or over the nodtfle' becomes red, swollen, 
and painful, the pain being of a throbbing, burning character, and 
in the course of some days, from three to five usually, a pea- to nut- 
sized rounded tumor-like elevation is formed, in the centre of which 
a small opening appears, through softening of the skin giving exit 
to pus and blood and a little later to a soft tenacious mass of necrotic 
tissue, the so-called "core." The cavity left after the escape of the 



228 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

"core" soon closes by granulation, and a scar varying in size accord- 
ing to the depth and extent of the necrosis is left which is usually 
permanent. The inflammation does not, however, always go on to 
suppuration and necrosis, but may stop short of this, forming a small, 
painful nodule in the skin, which is absorbed in the course of a little 
time, leaving no trace, the so-called "blind boil." The number of 
lesions varies from a single one to three or four, or occasionally scores. 
When there are many they often appear in irregular crops without any 
special arrangement, either confined to special regions or with a more 
or less general distribution, a condition to which the term furunculosis 
is applied. In the hot months of summer it is not unusual to see in 
ill-nourished and ill-cared-for infants living in the poor quarters of 
large cities, scores of furuncles situated upon the scalp, face, and 
trunk, which continue to appear until the advent of cool weather ; this 
is the affection described by Colcott Fox as " multiple abscesses of 
infants." 

The regions most frequently affected are the nape of the neck, 
the axillae, the gluteal region, and the extremities, although no region 
is immune. The symptoms and course of furuncles are influenced 
to some degree by their location. When situated upon the upper 
lip they are frequently accompanied by an unusual amount of pain 
and swelling and pronounced constitutional disturbance, and they 
may be followed by phlebitis, thrombosis, and a fatal meningitis. In 
the auditory canal they give rise to great pain. About the anus they 
are often of considerable size and are apt to be followed by fistula. 

Etiology. — A furuncle is the direct result of the invasion of the 
skin, in most cases at the site of a follicle, by a pyogenic organism, 
most frequently the Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Predisposing 
causes are debility from previous disease, lack of proper or sufficient 
food, alcoholic excess, general infections, such as typhoid fever and 
variola, and diabetes mellitus, which makes the skin a favorable soil 
for the growth of microorganisms. It occurs frequently in itching 
diseases, such as pediculosis corporis, scabies, and eczema, the in- 
fection taking place in scratches. New lesions frequently arise in the 
neighborhood of old ones by auto-inoculation, an extremely important 
point to remember in connection with treatment. 

Pathology. — The furuncle is the product of an inflammation which 
results in a limited necrosis, the inflammation being directly due to 
toxins produced by the invading organisms. The walls of the in- 
flamed follicle and the perifollicular tissues are occupied by a dense 
exudate made up of m one- and polymorphonuclear leucocytes through- 
out which are great numbers 01 staphylococci. Necrosis follows, de- 
stroying the follicle, which is replaced by scar-tissue. There is some 
difference of opinion as to whether the infection is limited to the folli- 
cles or whether it may not also invade the sweat-glands ; a consider- 
able number of authors believe the deep-seated furuncles are situated 
in the latter. According to Unna, there is in most cases first an 



INFLAMMATIONS 229 

impetigo pustule, which is followed by a perifollicular abscess of a 
lanugo hair, and suppuration of the follicle. 

Diagnosis. — The symptoms of a boil are so well known to every- 
one that it seems quite unnecessary to enter into a detailed considera- 
tion of the diagnosis. 

Prognosis. — In most cases recovery is prompt, although in furuncu- 
losis the affection may continue for months, or even a year or two, 
before recovery takes place. As has already been observed, furuncles 
occurring upon the face, and particularly upon the upper lip, are at 
times accompanied by great pain and pronounced constitutional dis- 
turbance, and in exceptional cases are followed by death. 

Treatment. — When the patient suffers from debility or is ill-nour- 
ished, he should be given tonics, such as moderate doses of iron, 
quinine, strychnia, arsenic, and cod-liver oil, with an abundance of 
good food, and strict attention should always be paid to cleanliness. 
A great number of internal remedies have from time to time been 
recommended for the cure of furunculosis, but it is more than doubt- 
ful whether any of them have any real utility. Brewer's yeast has 
long had a reputation for the cure of boils, not only among the laity, 
but among the profession ; Crocker and Brocq both advised its use, 
but it is probably no better than a host of other so-called remedies; 
it may be given in quantities of a tablespoonful to a wineglassful 
three times a day, using the fresh yeast. Calx sulphurata (calcium 
sulphide) at one time had considerable vogue, but it is without effect. 
Within the past few years the so-called vaccine treatment — the hypo- 
dermatic injection of killed cultures of the staphylococcus, preferably 
made from the patient's own lesions, have been employed with ex- 
cellent, at times brilliant, results, although it frequently fails. It 
should always be tried, particularly in furunculosis, when the ordinary 
methods of treatment have proved ineffective. 

In most cases local treatment is sufficient to bring about a cure. 
If seen early, the furuncle may often be aborted by thoroughly rubbing 
in a thirty per cent, ichthyol ointment for ten minutes and afterwards 
applying the ointment thickly for from ten to twelve hours. In my 
hands this has been a most useful treatment. It may also be aborted 
by injecting it with a five per cent, solution of carbolic acid, or by 
boring into it with a pointed stick — a wooden toothpick answers — 
dipped into pure carbolic acid. After the first twenty-four or forty- 
eight hours it is usually too late for abortive treatment. While a 
great number of local applications are more or less useful, nothing is 
more effective in relieving pain and in hastening suppuration than hot 
fomentations of a saturated solution of boric acid ; these soon bring 
about softening and discharge of the contents of the boil. Incision, 
which is so generally recommended, is. in my opinion, quite unneces- 
sary, unless the furuncle is large or deep-seated ; in the ordinary case 
it in no way influences the course of the lesion and is very painful. 
In order to prevent the appearance of new lesions in the neighborhood 



230 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

of the old ones the skin should be thoroughly disinfected for some 
distance around the furuncle, and in the author's experience nothing 
is more effective for this purpose than a two per cent, solution of 
salicylic acid in seventy per cent, alcohol mopped on softly two or 
three times a day. 

CARBUNCULUS 

Synonyms. — Anthrax; Anthrax simplex; Carbuncle; Fr., Carbon- 
cle ; Ger., Karbunkel, Brandschwar. 

Definition. — An acute inflammation of the skin and subcutaneous 
tissue characterized by redness and induration, with a marked tend- 
ency to peripheral extension, terminating in extensive necrosis. 

Symptoms. — It begins as a small, painful subcutaneous induration 
over which the skin is red, the early stage resembling somewhat a 
furuncle, although the induration is more decided and deeper seated. 
The inflammation rapidly extends in all directions, the skin becomes 
somewhat elevated and of a deep red or purplish color, and at the 
end of from ten days to two weeks occupies an area varying from 
two or three to eight or ten inches in diameter. Over the inflamed 
surface scattered pustules appear with areas of softening, over which 
the skin, becoming thin and livid, gives way, and from the openings 
thus formed a purulent fluid is discharged. As these openings enlarge, 
a grayish pultaceous mass of necrotic connective tissue is seen be- 
neath the skin, which gradually softens and escapes from the open- 
ings, leaving a cavity which is slowly rilled up by granulation. Not 
uncommonly the entire skin over the necrotic mass ulcerates, and 
when the latter is cast off an extensive ulcer is left, which occupies 
weeks in healing. Exceptionally gangrene, either moist or dry, of 
the entire inflamed area takes place and the eschar is cast off en masse 
after a line of demarcation has formed. More or less constitutional 
disturbance is present in most cases, even from the beginning, which, 
when the inflamed area is large, may become quite pronounced, and 
symptoms of sepsis occasionally appear. Severe pain of a throbbing, 
burning character usually attends the affection, interfering much with 
rest and sleep. The smaller lesions run a course of two or three weeks ; 
the larger ones may last as many months. As a rule to which there 
are few exceptions, there is but a single lesion, differing markedly in 
this respect from furuncle. The regions of election are the nape of 
the neck and the upper portion of the back, but any locality may be 
attacked. 

Etiology. — Carbuncle occurs in the great majority of cases in mid- 
dle-aged, elderly, or old individuals. It is decidedly uncommon in 
young adults and never occurs in children. It is more frequent in 
men than in women. Debility, alcoholism, and diabetes mellitus are 
predisposing causes, the last-named especially predisposing to it. The 
immediate cause is the invasion of the skin, usually, if not always, a 
follicle, by pyogenic organisms, most commonly the staphylococcus 
aureus. A number of authorities, however, such as Unna, think it 



INFLAMMATIONS 231 

probable that a special organism is concerned in its production, but 
this still awaits demonstration. 

Pathology. — Winiwarter regards the malady as an embolic affec- 
tion with necrosis followed by an intense fibrinous inflammation. Ac- 
cording to Warren, the inflammation begins in the subcutaneous tissue, 
spreads upwards along the columns adiposcc, forming pustules about 
the hair follicles, and laterally along the lymphatics and the vessels 
going off from the fat columns ; eventually the entire corium is in- 
volved in a destructive inflammation. Exact details are still wanting 
concerning the histopathology of the early stages. 

Diagnosis. — In its earliest stage a carbuncle may be mistaken for 
a furuncle, but the rapid extension of the induration and inflammation, 
the appearance of multiple openings over the surface, and the pres- 
ence of fever soon make apparent the real character of the lesion. 

Prognosis. — Carbuncle is always a serious affection, and the prog- 
nosis should always be a guarded one, especially in feeble and in old 
subjects, in whom a fatal termination is not uncommon, death result- 
ing from sepsis or exhaustion. In diabetic subjects it is often of large 
size and attended by serious general symptoms which frequently end 
fatally. 

Treatment. — The most effective and certain method of treatment 
is the excision of the entire lesion, but this is only practicable in the 
early stages. Injections of a three per cent, solution of carbolic acid 
made all around the spreading margin will frequently arrest its fur- 
ther progress. When necrosis has occurred a saturated solution of 
phenol should be injected in every direction through the openings 
into the slough, as advised by Wood, Taylor, Manley, and others. 
As soon as it is sufficiently separated the slough should be removed. 
Hot boric acid fomentations are often very useful in relieving pain 
and tension and in accelerating the separating of necrotic tissue. If 
pain is severe and prolonged, occasional hypodermatic injections of 
morphia may be necessary. The patient's general condition frequently 
demands careful attention. If he is the subject of diabetes, treatment 
appropriate to this affection should be employed. Failure of strength 
is to be anticipated and met by an abundance of nourishment and the 
administration of tonics and stimulants. 

ERYSIPELAS 

Synonyms. — St. Anthony's fire ; Fr., Erysipele, La rose ; Ger., Roth- 
lauf, Rose, Wundrose. 

Definition. — An acute, contagious, and infectious disease character- 
ized by a spreading dermatitis occurring as dusky-red, well-defined 
patches, accompanied by fever. 

Symptoms. — The attack usually begins rather abruptly with chilli- 
ness or a pronounced chill, fever and headache, and a few hours later 
a dusky-red patch appears, usually on some portion of the face, most 
frequently near the nose or on the forehead near the margin of the 



232 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

hair, somewhat less frequently upon the ear or in its neighborhood. 
This patch is somewhat swollen, shining, its borders usually well 
circumscribed and slightly elevated ; it spreads steadily by continuity 
to neighboring parts until a considerable area, not infrequently the 
entire face, or the face and scalp, is covered. The face is then mark- 
edly swollen, the eyes frequently closed, and the ears greatly thick- 
ened. Not uncommonly the inflamed surface is covered with vesicles 
and blebs, and in the severest cases the deep cellular tissue may be 
invaded with the formation of abscesses. In rare instances gangrene 
of the skin occurs. The temperature is usually high, reaching 104 , 
105 , or even 106 F., and in the debilitated or in alcoholics there is 
frequently delirium with great prostration. Often after four or five 
days the redness and swelling disappear in the region first attacked, 
although the disease may still be extending on its borders. Occasion- 
ally the inflammation extends to the mucous membranes of the mouth 
and throat, which become dry, red, shining, and swollen, and the larynx 
may be involved with pronounced cedema threatening suffocation. 

Somewhat exceptionally the disease exhibits a tendency to spread 
widely, not only covering the face and scalp, but extending to the 
trunk; in such cases the malady pursues a prolonged course, lasting 
for several weeks (erysipelas migrans, erysipelas ambulans). In a 
case of this kind under the author's care the disease spread over the 
entire face and scalp and down the back to the lumbar region. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Erysipelas is contagious to a mild de- 
gree and may be communicated by direct contact, or mediately by 
clothing, or by a third person. The immediate cause is a streptococcus, 
the Streptococcus erysipelatis, which was first isolated by Fehleisen. 
It is regarded by most recent authorities as identical with the strepto- 
coccus pyogenes. It is found abundantly in the lymph spaces at the 
spreading margin of the dermatitis and some distance beyond in the 
lymph-vessels. The presence of wounds or abrasions especially pre- 
disposes to the infection, and it is common in those who have recently 
undergone surgical operations and in puerperal women. It is uncer- 
tain whether infection can take place through the unbroken skin, al- 
though in facial erysipelas there is, as a rule, no discoverable breach 
of continuity. Individual susceptibility to the infection varies a good 
deal. There are some individuals who are especially prone to it. In 
a patient of the author's there were three attacks in four months, and 
a history of a number of previous attacks. Debility and alcoholism 
are likewise predisposing causes. Season apparently influences the 
incidence of the disease ; Anders found it much more prevalent in the 
spring months, especially April, than in the other seasons of the year. 

The inflammation is, according to Unna, a simple fibrinous one. 
The collagen of the corium undergoes softening and the elastic tissue 
disappears. The vessels and capillaries are dilated, and many of 
them contain fibrinous thrombi which occasionally completely fill them. 
The epithelium of the epidermis undergoes degeneration and partial 



INFLAMMATIONS 233 

necrosis, and when the exudation of serum has been abundant the 
entire epidermis is lifted up from the papillary body. 

It is a well-known and extremely interesting fact that an attack 
of erysipelas occasionally exercises a favorable influence upon other 
morbid conditions, such as malignant neoplasms like sarcoma, and 
chronic inflammatory diseases. Hallopeau and Roudet have observed 
the cure of erythematous lupus on the side of the face attacked by 
erysipelas. 

Diagnosis. — Erysipelas is to be differentiated from simple derma- 
titis and from eczema. From both these it differs by the peculiar 
dusky-red color of the patches, their well-defined and somewhat ele- 
vated borders, and, above all, by the more or less pronounced consti- 
tutional disturbance which accompanies the inflammation of the skin. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is, as a rule, favorable in adults who 
have previously been in good health. The contrary is true in the 
aged, the debilitated, and especially in alcoholics. In puerperal women 
and in those who have undergone serious surgical operations its oc- 
currence is always of serious import. In very young infants, in whom 
it may spread widely, a fatal termination is the rule. 

Treatment. — The diet should consist largely of milk and eggs, and 
these should be given in the old and debilitated at short intervals. 
When stimulants are indicated, alcohol and strychnia may be given, 
the former in moderate quantities only. If the temperature is high, 
tepid baths and cold sponging may be employed to reduce it. 

It is vt ry doubtful whether any known internal remedy is capable 
of favorably influencing the course of the malady. The tincture of 
the chloride of iron has long been regarded as having especial value 
in the treatment of erysipelas ; it should be given in doses of from 
fifteen to thirty minims (i.o to 2.0) every three or four hours, along 
with quinine, two to three grains (0.13 to 0.20) at a dose. Injections 
of antistreptococcic serum and of autogenous vaccines have occasion- 
ally given good results. Attempts have been made to limit the spread 
of the disease by injecting solutions of carbolic acid, two per cent., 
and of bichloride or mercury, 1 4000, about the borders of the patches 
with occasional success. With the same end in view, the borders 
of the patch and some distance beyond may be painted with tincture 
of iodine. Ichthyol is one of the most useful local remedies, and may 
be used as a twenty-five per cent, ointment, which should be applied 
two or three times a day, or as an aqueous solution, twenty-five per 
cent., painted on with a camel's-hair brush ; the author much prefers 
the latter as more agreeable and more effective. 

ERYSIPELOID 

Synonyms. — Erythema serpens (Morrant Baker) ; Erythema 
migrans. 

Definition. — A spreading, patchy erythema of the hands resembling 
superficially erysipelas. 



234 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Symptoms. — This affection was given the name erysipeloid by 
Rosenbach because of its resemblance to erysipelas, but it was first 
described by Morrant Baker as erythema serpens. It is distinguished 
by pinkish or violaceous patches, with well-circumscribed margins, 
which begin about a slight abrasion or puncture in the skin and spread 
eccentrically. As they extend at the borders they undergo involution 
at the point of origin, and in this manner may assume an annular 
shape, or, when two or more neighboring patches coalesce, present a 
serpiginous arrangement. There may be but a single patch, or there 
may be several, and they are situated almost exclusively upon the 
hands. Elliot, however, observed an instance in which the toes were 
also affected. Some degree of itching and burning is usually present, 
which may be quite severe, and in some cases there is considerable 
pain. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The disease occurs chiefly in butchers, 
fish-dealers, cooks, and others who are apt to handle decomposing ani- 
mal matter. Rosenbach attributed it to a microorganism, a cladothrix, 
with cultures of which he claimed to have reproduced it. Gilchrist, 
in a large number of cases resulting from crab-bites or lesions produced 
by crabs, most carefully studied, was unable to find any organism, 
and all his culture and inoculation experiments resulted negatively ; 
he thinks it probably due to a special ferment. In sections he found 
the histological changes characteristic of acute inflammation ; there 
were numerous polynuclear leucocytes and lymphoid cells in all parts 
of the corium, the latter chiefly about the vessels. 

Diagnosis. — The affection is to be distinguished from erysipelas 
by its almost exclusive localization upon the hands, and the absence 
of fever. The spreading patches, when they assume an annular shape, 
may resemble the annular patches of erythema multiforme, erythema 
annulare, but the latter are usually accompanied by other lesions, such 
as papules, and are symmetrically distributed on the backs of both 
hands. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The disease is a self-limited one, dis- 
appearing spontaneously after two or three weeks. Its course may be 
shortened materially by appropriate local treatment. A twenty-five 
per cent, ointment of ichthyol or an aqueous solution of the same 
strength, applied two or three times a day, is one of the most useful 
applications. Gilchrist found a twenty-five per cent, plaster of sali- 
cylic acid the most effective remedy in his large series of cases. 

GRANULOMA PYOGENICUM 

Synonyms. — Botryomycosis ; Granuloma telangiectodes; Granu- 
loma pediculatum ; Fr., Botryomycose humaine (Poncet and Dor); 
Pseudobotryomycose. 

Definition. — A benign growth composed of granulation-tissue. 

Symptoms. — This small neoplasm was first described by Poncet 
and Dor, in 1897, who, believing it to be due to an infection by the 



INFLAMMATIONS 235 

botryomyces, an organism described by Bollinger, gave it the name 
human botryomycosis. Although not a common affection, a consider- 
able number of cases are already on record, reported by Chambon, 
Sabrazes and Laubie, Reverdin and Julliard, Brault, and a few others 
in France, by Faber and Siethoff in Holland, by the author and Wile 
in America, and by KutnofT and Heuk in Germany. The last-named 
has published a most exhaustive account of it, with abstracts of all 
the cases reported to date. It occurs as a pea- to a hazel-nut-sized, 
smooth, red, round or hemispherical tumor, usually attached by a 
pedicle, but sometimes sessile, projecting through an opening in the 
horny layer of the epidermis, which surrounds it like a collar. It is 
usually situated upon the extremities, oftenest upon the hands (Fig. 
64), occasionally upon the feet, much less frequently upon the cheeks 
or the lip. Although rarely the seat of spontaneous pain, it is usually 
quite sensitive and sometimes extremely so. It is extremely vascular 
and frequently bleeds profusely upon the slightest injury. When 
removed it frequently recurs again and again, unless the base has 
been very thoroughly destroyed. In many in- 
stances a slight injury, such as a small puncture 
with a needle or other pointed instrument, or a 
slight abrasion, has preceded the appearance of the 
tumor. 

Etiology and Pathology. — In all probability] 
traumatism always precedes the growth, although! 
this is not demonstrable. As already observed,! 
Poncet and Dor at first believed it to be the result 1 
of an infection with the botryomyces, a fungus dis- 1 
covered by Bollinger in tumors of the scrotum and 
spermatic cord of the horse following castration. 

/-pi •• • , . ,, « ! Fig. 64. — Granuloma pyo 

I he only organism present is the staphylococcus. genicum, thumb. 

The growth is composed chiefly of young connective-tissue cells 
and numerous blood-vessels, frequently greatly dilated and filled with 
blood, giving the sections the appearance of an angioma in places. 
About some of the vessels there are small collections of lymphocytes 
and a few "mastzellen." About the periphery there is a moderate 
number of polymorphonuclear leucocytes and an abundance of staphy- 
lococci. Heuk would divide the growth into two varieties : granuloma 
pediculatum simplex, resembling for the most part granulation tissue, 
and granuloma pediculatum angiomatosum, distinguished by a tend- 
ency to the formation of large blood-spaces, and collections of spindle 
cells (Fig. 65). 

Diagnosis. — Their situation, in most cases somewhere upon the 
hand, as a rule following a slight injury, their great vascularity and 
sensitiveness are characteristic features. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Thorough removal is followed by com- 
plete cure, but recurrences are frequent unless the destruction of the 
little tumor has been complete. 




236 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



It may be removed by the curette, first freezing it with ethylchlo- 
ride spray; the curetting should be followed by the application of a 
thirty per cent, ointment of pyrogallol to the wound for four or five 




FlG. 65. — Granuloma pyogenicum. Very vascular granulation tissue. Note numerous 
large dilated vessels. 

days to insure thorough destruction of the base of the tumor. After 
trying a number of methods the author has found this the most effec- 
tive in preventing recurrences. 

INFECTIOUS GRANULOMATA 
LUPUS VULGARIS 

Synonyms. — Lupus exedens ; Lupus vorax; Fr., Lupus vulgaire; 
Lupus tuberculeux; Ger., Fressende Flechte (Plate XV). 

Definition. — An infectious granuloma due to the invasion of the 
skin by the bacillus tuberculosis, characterized by discrete brownish- 
red nodules and patches of nodules followed by ulceration and scar- 
ring. 

Lupus vulgaris is the commonest and best-known of all the forms 
of tuberculosis of the skin. While it is an infrequent affection in the 
United States, comprising less than one-half of one per cent, of all 



PLATE XV 




Lupus vulgaris (elbow). 



INFLAMMATIONS 237 

cutaneous affections, according to the statistics of the American Der- 
matological Association, embracing several hundred thousand cases, 
it is common in many countries of Europe, such as Austria, France, 
Russia, and the Scandinavian peninsula. In Great Britain, although 
decidedly less frequent than on the Continent, it comprises, according 
to Crocker, about two per cent, of all skin diseases. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins with one or more discrete, pin-head- 
sized, brownish-red nodules deeply imbedded in the skin, projecting 
little, or not at all, above the surface for some time after their ap- 
pearance. If the skin is stretched, or if the nodules are examined under 
glass-pressure, they grow paler, assuming a dull yellowish hue, but do 
not disappear. New nodules appear from time to time in the neigh- 
borhood of the old ones, which slowly enlarge, so that in the course 
of some months or years patches of variable size and shape are formed 
(Fig. 66). The course of the lesions is variable. They may remain 
deeply imbedded in the skin, scarcely appreciable by the touch (lupus 
planus, or lupus maculosus of older writers), undergoing very little 




4& 

v. 



rl> 




FlG. 66. — Lupus vulgaris. Fig. 67. — Lupus vulgaris. 

change for a period lasting months and even years. Leloir saw a 
case of this kind which had undergone little or no change in twelve 
years. Eventually they are absorbed, leaving a thin, parchment-like 
scar, which exfoliates moderately (lupus exfoliativus). This form, 
which represents the mildest type of the disease, is rather infrequent. 
Much more commonly the nodules grow until they reach the size of 
a small pea; they are then distinctly elevated and exhibit a peculiar 
semitranslucency which has been compared to apple-jelly. They may 
either undergo absorption after a variable period, or ulcerate, pro- 
ducing irregularly shaped, rather shallow ulcers, with thin edges, 
which discharge a purulent fluid which dries into yellow or greenish 
crusts (lupus exedens). Although the ulceration usually progresses 
slowly, it may eventually involve large areas, producing uneven, con- 
tractile scars which frequently resemble those which follow burns, 
and which when situated about the smaller points, as the fingers, 
or other movable part, such as the lower jaw, may interfere more or 
less with motion. A somewhat characteristic feature of the scars of 



238 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 




lupus is the reappearance of nodules from time to time in the cicatricial 
tissue which was apparently free from active disease. Although the 
patches are often irregular in outline, without any definite arrangement 
of the nodules, they occasionally assume an annular shape (Fig. 67), 

nodules, ulcers, and crusts sur- 
rounding a central area of scar- 
tissue. Through the extension of 
such annular patches and the coal- 
escence of their borders, serpigi- 
nous figures are sometimes formed, 
an arrangement which is seen most 
frequently upon the extremities 
(Fig. 68), less commonly upon the 
trunk. In many cases there is but 
a single patch, situated more fre- 
quently in the face (Figs. 69 and 70) 
than elsewhere, but there may be 
several, and exceptionally there 
may be many scattered over the 
H| face, extremities, and trunk (lupus 
; disseminatus). Some portion of the 
j face, usually the cheek, is the part 
: most frequently attacked ; the nose 
.* I is also a common site. In the last- 

named region the disease usually 
begins upon one or both ake, ex- 
^_ f tending thence to other portions of 

HJP$:-' the organ, or it may begin at the 

! edge of the nostril, invading the 
! mucous membrane as well as the 
skin. In the course of months or a 
''4. : year or two all the soft parts are 
invaded as well as the cartilage, and 
■i Jm * A eventually destroyed, the nose be- 

ne. 68.-Lupus vulgaris, thign. ing transformed into a pointed, 

beak-like prominence covered with 
thin scar-tissue, the nostrils more or less narrowed, or, in exceptional 
cases, completely occluded. 

Lupus frequently occurs upon the external ear, beginning as a 
rule upon the lobe, which is more or less thickened, brownish-red or 
violaceous in color, translucent and gelatinous in appearance, and 
often slightly scaly. The disease slowly spreads to other parts of the 
ear, absorption or ulceration takes place in time, and finally nothing 
is left but the cartilage covered with thin, shrunken scar-tissue. 

Although the above-mentioned regions are those in which the 
malady is most frequently met with, no portion of the cutaneous sur- 



INFLAMMATIONS 



239 



face is exempt. Next to the face in order of frequency are the ex- 
tremities (Fig. yi), which are attacked oftener than the trunk, which 
is invaded, as a rule, only in those cases in which the disease is wide- 
spread. The scalp and genitalia are rarely attacked. 

More or less marked departures from the usual type and course 
occur with considerable frequency. In certain cases there is solid 
oedema, with hyperplasia of the fibrous tissue of the corium as the 
result of blocking up of the lymph-channels by infiltration of lupus 
tissue, or from repeated attacks of lymphangitis (lupus hypertrophi- 
cus) (Fig. 72). When this occurs upon the lower extremities it is 
frequently accompanied by extensive papillary hypertrophy, producing 
a condition resembling elephantiasis. 

Some years ago Leloir called attention to a peculiar and unusual 
variety in which, instead of tubercles, there is a uniform, dusky-red 





Fig. 69. — Lupus vulgaris. Much crusting. 



Fig. 70. — Lupus vulgaris. 



infiltration of the skin, forming patches with slightly elevated borders, 
and after a time a slightly depressed centre, the surface often desqua- 
mating moderately. On account of its resemblance to lupus erythema- 
tosus, especially when it occurs in the face, where it may show a sym- 
metrical bilateral arrangement, he gave this variety the name lupus 
vulgaris erythematodes (lupus vulgaire erythematoide). Although 
no decided nodules are present, if the skin is examined when stretched 
or under glass-pressure miliary nodules may be seen at the borders 
of the patch. The progress of this form is extremely slow. Ulceration 
never occurs, but the patches may be absorbed, leaving depressed 
cicatrices. 

The lupus sclerosus of this author is, as he stated, only a form of 
the tuberculosis verrucosa cutis of Riehl and Paltauf. 

Whatever form it may assume, the cpurse of the disease is slow 
and irregular, marked by periods of inactivity followed by exacerba- 
tions. New lesions are added to the borders of the patches, which 



240 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



are thus slowly enlarged, and new foci spring up occasionally at 
points more or less remote from the original one, which serve as the 
nuclei for new patches. As the disease slowly extends, variously-sized 




Fig. 71. — Lupus vulgaris, forearm. (This patient developed tuberculosis of larynx and lungs.) 




Fig. 72. — Lupus hypertrophicus. 

areas of scar-tissue are formed, either through the absorption of the 
lupus infiltrate or the ulceration of the nodules, the scars which fol- 
low absorption being, as a rule, smooth and parchment-like, while those 



INFLAMMATIONS 241 

which result from ulceration are irregular and uneven, like those Re- 
sulting from a burn. Upon the face the amount of disfigurement which 
follows in long-standing and extensive cases is extreme. Lips, eye- 
lids, nose, ears may all be replaced by cicatrices, changing the face 
into a hideous mask. Pain is rarely a prominent symptom. 

Lupus does not limit its ravages to the skin, but attacks the mu- 
cous membranes of the nose, lips, pharnyx and larnyx. The nasal 
mucous membrane is attacked very frequently, in from twenty to 
thirty per cent, of all cases, the disease usually extending to this 
region from the skin, although it may begin here. In the mouth it 
is found on the inner surface of the lips and on the gums, where it 
produces infiltration and ulceration with papillomatous growths. On 
the hard and soft palate it produces ulceration and often considerable 
distortion of the soft parts by the contraction of the resulting cica- 
trices. The mucous membrane of the larnyx is much less frequently 
invaded than the other mucous membranes ; in this region it produces 
ulceration with hoarseness or even complete loss of voice, and occa- 
sionally more or less dyspnoea. The conjunctival mucous membrane 
may be attacked, although infrequently, the disease usually extending 
to this region from the lachrymal duct, from the lids or from the 
cheek ; in rare instances it is primary. 

Complications and Sequelae. — Pulmonary tuberculosis is a frequent 
complication of lupus. According to Leloir, it occurs in thirty per 
cent, of all cases, and other observers give an even higher percentage. 
Tubercular meningitis and miliary tuberculosis also occur, although in- 
frequently. Inflammation of the lymphatics and of the lymphatic 
glands frequently occurs, the latter not uncommonly suppurating. A 
serious, although happily an infrequent, sequel is epithelioma, which 
usually develops in a scar and occurs more frequently in the face 
than elsewhere. 

Etiology. — Lupus vulgaris begins in the "great majority of cases in 
childhood and early youth, but is rare before three years of age and 
appears infrequently after puberty. Exceptions occur, however; 
Colcott Fox saw five cases in which it began in the first year of life, 
and the author has seen it as early as the second year. Very excep- 
tionally it begins quite late ; the author has under his observation at 
present a woman with an extensive lupus of the face in whom it began 
at 62 years of age. It is decidedly more frequent in women than in 
men, according to Crocker's experience in the proportion of four of 
the former to one of the latter. Although its subjects often appear 
in good general health, a very considerable proportion show signs of 
active or past tuberculosis, especially of the glands and bones ; Fox 
found more than 30 per cent, of 96 cases suffered from glandular dis- 
ease. In a very large proportion of instances there is a history of 
tuberculosis in other members of the patient's family (Fox, Crocker, 
Bender and others). 



242 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

It is an occasional sequel of the eruptive fevers, more especially of 
measles, a considerable number of instances being recorded in which a 
more or less widely disseminated lupus followed shortly after an attack 
of that disease. 

The direct cause is the bacillus tuberculosis. It may arise from 
direct inoculation of this organism into the skin, or it may follow 
tuberculosis of the deeper tissues as a secondary affection. Examples 
of direct inoculation have been reported by numerous observers ; it has 
been noted to follow piercing of the ears, vaccination, contact of an 
abrasion with tuberculous sputum, tattooing, the needle having been 
moistened with the saliva of the operator, who was the subject of 
pulmonary tuberculosis (Jadassohn). As a secondary affection, it 
frequently begins at the external opening of a sinus connected with 
a tuberculous gland or carious bone ; the case of the elderly woman 
above referred to was an example of this mode of origin, the disease 
having begun about a sinus connected with a suppurating tuberculous 
gland at the angle of the jaw. Much less frequently the bacillus 
reaches the skin by way of the lymphatic and blood channels from some 
primary visceral focus ; and in such cases the patches are usually much 
more numerous and more widely disseminated than in the cases which 
arise by direct inoculation. 

Pathology. — Lupus is an infectious granuloma of tuberculous 
nature, and may be taken as the type of cutaneous tuberculosis. While 
its histopathology corresponds in its principal features with the histo- 
pathology of tuberculosis of other tissues, it varies considerably in 
its details. In recent nodules the subpapillary portions of the corium, 
much less frequently the papillae, are occupied by round, oval, or 
irregularly-shaped, usually quite well-circumscribed, collections of 
cells, situated about or in the neighborhood of a vessel, and imbedded 
in a delicate fibrous mesh-work. The cells are usually of three kinds — 
epithelioid cells, small, round, or lymphoid cells, and in much smaller 
numbers large multinucleated giant-cells of the Langhans type (Fig. 
73). Not uncommonly there are few or no epithelioid cells, all being 
of the lymphoid variety with scattered giant-cells, the so-called lym- 
phoid tubercle (Fig. 73). According to Unna, the epithelioid cells 
are plasma cells, and the small round cells are derivatives of these, 
" daughter " plasma cells. He finds that in the very earliest stage of 
the lupus tubercle it is composed entirely of plasma cells. In a con- 
siderable proportion of cases, instead of being collected in circum- 
scribed areas, the cells are more or less uniformly distributed through- 
out the corium, or they are arranged in irregular branching and anasto- 
mosing tracts, following the blood-vessels and the lymphatic spaces. 
In many cases the cellular infiltrate is composed of numerous quite 
round areas of cells, surrounded by an ill-defined, narrow, fibrous 
capsule, giving it a figured appearance. In the older nodules the centre 




" J "" <"*>■>. ' !*„': ' '-* v --'' 
Fig. 73- — Lupus vulgaris, abundant exudation of lymphoid cells with here and there a giant-cell, 



INFLAMMATIONS 243 

of the tubercle is occupied by a faintly-staining granular area in which 
formed elements are no longer visible, the cells, together with the col- 
lagenous and elastic fibres, having more or less completely disappeared. 
The vessels are entirely obliterated, either as the result of pressure or 
from blocking up of their lumen by swollen endothelium. Caseation, 
such as occurs so commonly in other forms of tuberculosis, does not 
occur in lupus, and the three-zone arrangement of a caseating centre 
surrounded by epithelioid cells and an outer zone of small round cells 
is practically never seen. The further course pursued by the lupus 
infiltrate varies considerably. The degenerated areas may be slowly 
absorbed and replaced by fibrous connective tissue with the formation 
of a cicatrix, or the epidermis, thinned by pressure from below by the 
growing tubercle, eventually gives way and ulceration follows. In 
certain cases there is a marked hyperplasia of the connective-tissue 
cells, and the cellular lupus tissue is largely replaced by fibrous tissue, 
producing, on the lower extremities particularly, an elephantiasic 
condition, as in lupus hypertrophicus. While tubercle bacilli are 
always present, they are often demonstrated with difficulty, owing to 
their scanty numbers, it frequently being necessary to examine many 
sections before finding a single example. They are usually found in 
the giant-cells, but may be found lying free outside of these. 

Various secondary changes, often of a marked character, occur in 
the epidermis. It is commonly increased in width, the increase being: 
due chiefly to a hyperplasia of the rete, and in a considerable pro- 
portion of cases, particularly in those in which the lupus infiltrate 
occupies the papillae, there is a marked increase in the length of the 
interpapillary processes of the rete, which may extend down into 
the corium as branching and anastomosing tracts resembling those 
seen in epithelioma. There is usually more or less parakeratosis 
resulting in desquamation, which at times is quite abundant, as in 
lupus exfoliativus. 

Diagnosis. — The disease with which lupus is most likely to be 
confounded is syphilis, particularly the tubercular or nodular lesions 
of the tertiary period. While as a rule these two affections are readily 
distinguished from each other, there are cases in which the distinction 
is made with considerable difficulty. The nodules of lupus are usually 
less elevated and more deeply imbedded in the skin than those of syph- 
ilis, particularly in the early stages, and more yellowish and translucent. 
There is usually but a single patch of lupus, while there are frequently 
two or more of syphilis ; the former are, as a rule, without any definite 
arrangement, while the patches of syphilis are frequently annular or 
crescentic in shape. The progress of a patch of lupus is ordinarily 
quite slow, months or even years elapsing before it reaches any con- 
siderable size, while the syphilitic patch grows comparatively rapidly 
and ulcerates early, the ulcers being much deeper than those of lupus 



244 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

and often exhibiting a punched-out appearance and a circular or cres- 
centic shape. The scars produced by the two affections are usually 
quite characteristic ; the scar of lupus is often rough, uneven, and irregu- 
lar in outline, and frequently shows nodules in the centre, while the 
scars of syphilis are smooth, round, soft, and pliable, and never contain 
nodules except at the border, a feature of decided value in diagnosis. 
The age incidence of the two diseases is also markedly different. Lupus 
begins almost invariably in childhood, while syphilis is in most in- 
stances an affection of adult life. In doubtful cases injections of small 
doses of tuberculin may be tried, always keeping in mind that not 
only severe local, but general, symptoms may follow in tuberculous 
subjects. 

Lupus is sometimes mistaken for epithelioma, but the yellowish- 
red nodules of the former are quite unlike the pinkish nodules of the 
latter ; lupus occurs in patches, while epithelioma is usually found as 
a single lesion. The ulcers of lupus are shallow, with thin edges, and 
extend very slowly ; those of epithelioma are frequently quite deep, 
grow rapidly, and have an infiltrated, bead-like border. Lupus is a 
disease of early life, epithelioma is seldom seen before middle age, 
usually after fifty years. 

The lupus vulgaris erythematodes of Leloir, when situated upon 
the face and bilaterally distributed, may resemble lupus erythematosus 
quite closely, but when examined carefully, especially with the aid of 
glass-pressure, miliary nodules will be found about the borders of the 
patch, which are never present in the latter affection. 

Quite exceptionally in extensive lupus of the face there may be 
so much infiltration as to produce a condition resembling the leonine 
facies of lepra, and the serpiginous patches occasionally seen upon the 
extremities may be mistaken for that malady, but the presence of the 
soft, yellowish-red, semitranslucent nodules, and especially the ab- 
sence of anaesthesia, are features which readily differentiate it from 
leprosy. 

Occasionally, when there is considerable scaling of the lupus patches 
(lupus exfoliativus), they may be mistaken for psoriasis, but the scal- 
ing never presents the mica-like appearance nor the laminated arrange- 
ment so characteristic of the latter disease. 

A thickened patch of inveterate scaly eczema may at times bear 
some resemblance to a patch of lupus, but the much greater scaling, 
the itching often severe, the absence of characteristic nodules, and a 
history of occasional oozing are symptoms so characteristic of eczema 
that the two diseases are not likely to be mistaken for each other. 

Prognosis. — Lupus vulgaris is invariably a chronic affection. It 
pursues a course which frequently lasts for years, unless terminated 
by treatment, often producing great deformity and, in certain regions, 
such as the face, distressing disfigurement. The prognosis as to cure 



INFLAMMATIONS 245 

depends much upon the extent of the disease, its duration and to a con- 
siderable degree also upon the regions involved. When the patches are 
small, few in number and so situated that all the diseased tissue can be 
completely removed a complete and permanent cure may be hoped 
for when judicious treatment has been employed; but when the dis- 
eased areas are extensive and numerous and are so situated that their 
complete removal is difficult the prognosis is decidedly unfavorable, 
although even under such circumstances much may be done by per- 
sistent attention to retard the progress of the disease and to limit the 
amount of disfigurement. An especially unfavorable symptom is the 
appearance of new foci in regions more or less removed from the early 
ones. Although the introduction of such remedies as the Finsen light, 
the X-ray and radium have greatly increased the possibilities of cure, 
recurrences, often in the old cicatrices, are common even after pro- 
longed and careful treatment with the most approved methods. Ref- 
erence has already been made to the occurrence of such sequelae and 
complications as pulmonary tuberculosis and epithelioma, the former 
a frequent, the latter a rare sequel ; the appearance of these, of course, 
adds greatly to the gravity of the prognosis. 

Treatment. — Individuals suffering from lupus, like all other tuber- 
culous subjects, should live as much as possible in the open air. Fresh 
air and sunlight are most valuable aids to any method of treatment, 
and much more useful and effective than drugs. They should have 
an abundance of easily digested, readily assimilable food, plenty of 
milk, cream, fresh eggs, with butter and other foods of a similar char- 
acter. Everything should be done to increase their nutrition, so that 
their powers of resistance to infection may be brought to the highest 
possible point. Although not directly influencing the disease, cod- 
liver oil, iron, arsenic, and quinine are of use in helping to improve the 
general condition. 

Thyroid gland given internally, as first proposed by Bramwell, 
was thought by Crocker to directly act upon the lupus tissue, and 
was regarded by him as a most important aid to the local treatment ; 
Pringle found it remarkably effective in cases of the so-called florid 
type. 

Beginning with five grains (0.30) a day, the quantity should be 
slowly increased until fifteen grains (1.0) a day are being taken, the 
patient being carefully watched for symptoms of thyroidism ; should 
these appear, the drug should be suspended or the dose diminished. 
It should be continued for some time, several months to a year. 

After the complete failure to realize the extravagant hopes which 
were at first entertained concerning the curative powers of tuberculin, 
it was completely abandoned for a time as a useless and frequently 
dangerous agent, but in late years it has been taken up again, and 
evidence is accumulating that while not a specific, as at first thought, 



246 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

it has a certain measure of usefulness when used with care and dis- 
crimination. In beginning treatment with this very powerful agent, 
the dose should be small, the aim being to produce effective local 
reaction with the minimum amount of constitutional disturbance. The 
initial dose should rarely be larger than 0.02 mg. of the new tuberculin 
(tuberculin TR), and an even smaller quantity, 0.002 mg., may be 
advisable in many cases; a second injection should not be given until 
the reaction produced by the first one has entirely subsided. Ordinarily 
the interval between the doses should be from eight to ten days, and 
the size of the dose should be slowly and cautiously increased. The 
treatment may be controlled by the opsonic index, as advised by 
Wright, but if due care is exercised this is not necessary. 

Local Treatment. — However useful general treatment may be, it 
must be regarded only as an adjuvant, an important adjuvant, it is 
true, to the local treatment. Since we possess no remedy which, when 
applied to the lupus tissue, will destroy the tubercle bacillus without 
at the same time injuring the skin in which it is imbedded, the aim 
of all local treatment is to remove the disease or to destroy it in situ. 

The various forms of local treatment may be considered under 
three divisions : First, the mechanical removal or destruction of the 
disease by surgical procedures, such as excision, erasion, or scarifi- 
cation ; second, its destruction in situ by various chemical caustics, and 
the thermo-cautery or the galvano-cautery ; third, its exposure to 
various forms of radiant energy, such as light, the X-ray, and radium, 
or phototherapy and radiotherapy. 

When the patches are of moderate size and favorably situated, 
they may be excised — a method elaborated and largely employed by 
Lang. In practicing excision, a liberal margin of sound skin down 
to the subcutaneous fat should be included in order to insure the re- 
moval of all infected tissue, and the utmost care should be taken to 
avoid infection of the operation wound by the instruments or sutures 
employed. When the operation wound is small, it may be closed by 
sutures in the ordinary way, but if considerable tissue has been re- 
moved Thiersch grafts should be applied or a plastic operation done, 
replacing the diseased tissue by a flap of sound skin. Notwithstand- 
ing every precaution, recurrences occasionally take place in the opera- 
tion scar. 

The disease may be removed by the curette, but curettement alone 
is not sufficient to remove all of the lupus tissue ; it should always 
be followed by the application of some caustic, such as caustic potash, 
either as a fifty per cent, solution or the solid stick, or pyrogallol 
applied as a plaster. 

Thorough and repeated scarifications with a fine knife, such as a 
tenotome, or the many-bladed knife devised for the purpose, first 
introduced by Balmano Squire and afterwards advocated by Vidal, is 
capable of producing excellent results, especially from a cosmetic 
point of view. The patch should be thoroughly cross-hatched, and 



INFLAMMATIONS 247 

when the bleeding has been checked it should be dressed with a I :iooo 
bichloride of mercury solution, or painted with tincture of iodine. 

Formerly the actual cautery was employed a good deal, but at 
the present time its use is limited to the galvanocautery in the treat- 
ment of lesions of the mucous membranes. 

Many and various chemical caustics have at one time or another 
been employed in the treatment of lupus. Arsenic, caustic potash, 
nitrate of silver, chloride of zinc, pyrogallol, chromic acid, lactic acid, 
trichloracetic acid, and many others have been used at one time or 
another for the destruction of the lupus tissue. Of all these, arsenic 
and pyrogallol, which exercise a more or less selective action upon 
the diseased tissue, are the most useful. 

Arsenic may be used in the form of Cosme's paste, as modified 
by Hebra, the formula for which is as follows: 

Acid, arseniosi gr. xx (1.30) 

Cinnabaris 3i (4.0) 

Ungt. aq. rosse Bi (32.0) 

M. 

This should be thickly spread upon lint, applied to the diseased 
area, covered with a layer of absorbent cotton, and fixed in place by 
a roller bandage. The dressing should be renewed once every twenty- 
four hours, cleansing the surface with a saturated boric acid solution 
or other mild antiseptic solution at each dressing. After three or 
four days the arsenic paste is discontinued and a wet dressing of boric 
acid solution is applied continuously until all necrotic tissue has come 
away and a clean granulating surface is left ; a two per cent, salicylic 
acid ointment may then be applied until healing is complete. To avoid 
possible poisoning from absorption, this paste should not be applied 
to a surface more than three inches (75 mm.) square. The chief 
objection to arsenic as a caustic is the severe pain which it produces. 

Pyrogallol, which the author much prefers to any other caustic, 
may be used as a stiff twenty-five to thirty per cent, ointment or 
plaster. A formula which the author has employed with much satis- 
faction is as follows : 

Pyrogallol Siiss (10. o) 

Cerat. resinae Sss (16.0) 

Bals. Peruvian q.s. 

M. 

This should be spread thickly upon lint, or, better, upon kid, laid upon 
the patch to be destroyed, covered with a layer of absorbent cotton, 
and kept in place by a bandage. The plaster should be renewed twice 
a day and continued for five to six days. It acts much more rapidly 
if before applying it the surface to which it is to be applied is first 
lightly rubbed over with a stick of caustic potash or painted with a 
50 per cent, solution, and after a few minutes neutralized with dilute 
acetic acid. The pain which accompanies the use of pyrogallol is sel- 
dom severe and often trifling. 



248 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The solid carbon dioxide introduced by Pusey into dermatological 
therapeutics has not proved a satisfactory remedy in the author's 
hands ; its effects do not extend deeply enough, and it is therefore only 
applicable, if applicable at all, to the most superficial cases. 

Cauterization by means of a stream of hot air directed against the 
patch, as advocated by Hollander, possesses no advantages and some 
disadvantages over chemical caustics. 

The introduction of the light treatment, phototherapy, by Finsen 
marked a great advance in the treatment of lupus, and this and the 
X-ray have pushed all other methods of treatment very much into the 
background. 

The Finsen treatment consists essentially in the exposure of the 
diseased area to the concentrated rays of light. In the original ap- 
paratus sunlight was employed, but in the more recent apparatus the 
electric arc lamp is used as the source of light, the rays from which 
are concentrated by a suitable arrangement of quartz lenses, quartz 
being employed since glass prevents the passage of the actinic rays. 
Many modifications of the original apparatus of Finsen have been made 
by Reyn, Lortet, and Genoud, which have increased the practicability 
of the treatment. 

The part to be treated is made as anaemic as possible and kept 
so during the exposure by pressure with a quartz compressor, since the 
blood shuts off the chemical rays of light. Each exposure lasts from 
one-half hour to two hours, the length of time depending upon the 
amount of infiltration present. Some hours, usually from twent}^ to 
thirty-six, after the exposure the skin becomes reddened and a crop 
of vesicles and blebs appears, which disappear in the course of from 
eight to ten days. A second exposure is not given until the reaction 
caused by the previous one has completely subsided. The treatment 
is continued in this manner until the nodules have completely disap- 
peared. Patients should return at intervals of a month or two for 
examination, so that recurrences may be attacked at once. When ul- 
cers are present these must be healed by suitable treatment before 
employing the light, since it is not applicable to ulcerated surfaces. 

The X-ray, which was first employed by Schiff in the treatment of 
lupus, frequently gives results little, if at all inferior, to those obtained 
by phototherapy, and usually requires much less time than the latter 
to produce the same effect, since the sittings are from ten to fifteen 
minutes and a much larger surface can be treated at a sitting. There 
are two methods of conducting X-ray treatment. In the first, moderate 
doses (three or four H.) are given, each exposure lasting ten to fifteen 
minutes, with the anode at a distance of five or six inches (125 or 150 
mm.), allowing an interval of five days between the exposures. In 
this manner the nodules may be made to disappear with the minimum 
amount of reaction, usually nothing more than a moderate erythema. 
In the so-called "massive dose" method, doses of six to eight H. are 
given at intervals of three or four weeks, producing a decided derma- 
titis, sometimes with superficial necrosis. This latter method of 



INFLAMMATIONS 249 

treatment is more effective than the moderate dose method in cases 
in which there is marked infiltration with thick rugous cicatrices ; 
but the danger of producing ulceration, which may require months for 
healing and which is apt to be followed by scars disfigured by numer- 
ous telangiectases, is considerable. In many cases a combination of 
phototherapy and the X-ray produces much better results than either 
alone. The treatment should be begun as a rule by the X-ray, espe- 
cially if ulceration is present, and when the ulcers have healed and 
improvement seems to be at a standstill phototherapy may be begun. 
In the treatment of lupus of mucous membranes phototherapy can- 
not be employed owing to the inaccessibility of the lesions, although 
the use of the X-ray is at times quite practicable. In lupus of the 
nasal and palatal mucous membranes, cauterization with the galvano- 
cautery is an effective method of treatment, repeating the cauteriza- 
tions at intervals until the disease is destroyed. The curette may like- 
wise be employed under local anaesthesia, followed by cauterization 
with trichloracetic acid. In lupus of the nasal mucous membrane the 
method of Pfannenstiel is frequently effective. This method consists 
in the internal administration of iodide of sodium and the application 
of tampons of gauze within the nose, which are kept wet with hydrogen 
peroxide,. which sets free nascent iodine. 

TUBERCULOSIS VERRUCOSA CUTIS 

Synonyms. — Lupus verrucosus ; Lupus sclerosus ; Verruca necro- 
genica; Anatomical wart; Postmortem wart. 

Although this form of cutaneous tuberculosis had been previously 
described by Leloir and others as a variety of lupus under the names 
lupus verrucosus, lupus sclerosus, it was Riehl and Paltauf who, in 




Fig. 74.— Tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, back of hand. Patient developed pulmonary tuberculosis later. 

1886, first definitely demonstrated its tubercular nature, and gave it 
the name of tuberculosis verrucosa cutis. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins as a flat, dusky-red or violaceous 
nodule, situated in most cases upon the back of the hand or fingers, 



250 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

which slowly and painlessly enlarges peripherally, and soon becomes 
covered with small horny scales or papillary elevations, which give 
it a wart-like appearance. When fully developed it presents the ap- 
pearance of a flat, usually rounded, slightly elevated plaque surrounded 
by a narrow, purplish-red border and a more or less well-marked 
papillomatous surface covered with grayish, hard, adherent crusts. Oc- 
casionally miliary pustules are scattered over the surface, according 
to Riehl and Paltauf, especially in the border, and thick cheesy pus 
may be expressed from the sulci between the papillae which cover its 
surface. The patches, usually the size of a coin and rounded in shape, 
may reach a much more considerable size and be quite irregular in 
outline. In a certain proportion of cases the papillomatous feature is 
only moderately developed ; the surface of the plaque is rough and 
grater-like, covered with small, adherent, horny scales instead of 



? 



hr~T-'t^^m«m : ^ 



v , 

yyy 




Fig. 75. — Tuberculosis verrucosa cutis. (Negro.) 

the usual papillae and crusts. As a rule there is but one lesion, but 
it is not at all uncommon for two or more to be present; quite rarely 
there may be many patches scattered over a considerable area. The 
favorite location for the lesions is the back of the hand (Fig. 74), 
but they may occur upon the forearm or upon the lower extremities 
(Fig. 75), but are rarely seen upon the trunk. 

The progress of the affection is commonly slow, the patches chang- 
ing little from month to month when once they have reached some 
size. Occasionally symptoms of acute inflammation, such as redness 
with swelling and some pain, appear, but these usually soon subside. 
After a variable time, usually many months, or it may be a year or 
two, the older portion of the patch may become less elevated and 
smoother and may eventually disappear leaving a thin scar, while the 
more recent part slowly advances. Sometimes spontaneous involution 
of the central portion of the plaque takes place, so that an irregular 



INFLAMMATIONS 251 

papillomatous ring is formed, which surrounds a smooth scar. Ul- 
ceration may occur, but this is a decidedly unusual termination. Sub- 
jective symptoms of any sort are, as a rule, absent, although pain is 
occasionally present, particularly when the lesion becomes acutely 
inflamed. 

Verruca Necrogenica. — The verruca necrogenica of Wilks, or an- 
atomic wart, is a variety of the foregoing and has many features in 
common with it, both clinically and histologically. It begins as a 
small, rather firm, deep-seated red nodule, upon which a pustule de- 
velops sooner or later, which is soon followed by a crust which falls 
off after a time, leaving an uneven papillomatous surface. As it 
slowly enlarges the papillomatous character of the lesion usually 
becomes more pronounced, and it then resembles the verrucose lesions 
described by Riehl and Paltauf. There is rarely more than a single 
lesion, situated in most cases upon the back of the hands, over the 
knuckles, varying in size from that of a small pea to a bean. Occasion- 
ally the infection extends to the lymphatic vessels, producing a tuber- 
culosis lymphangitis, which may be followed by general infection, a 
sequel which, according to Knickenberg and others, is more apt to 
occur after this lesion than after the tuberculosis verrucosa of Riehl 
and Paltauf. The course of the affection is practically the same as 
that of other forms of wart-like tuberculosis of the skin ; its progress 
is usually very slow, and spontaneous involution occasionally takes 
place. 

Etiology. — Verrucose tuberculosis is due to the direct inoculation 
of the bacillus tuberculosis into the skin. As already noted, it is situ- 
ated upon exposed parts, particularly the hands, where inoculation 
readily takes place through some one of the abrasions which are 
so frequently present upon these members. It is found more frequently 
upon the hands of those who come into direct or indirect contact with 
animals, particularly such as butchers, than of those of other occupa- 
tions. There is no doubt that it is occasionally the result of auto- 
inoculation, a striking example of this mode of origin having been 
under the author's observation some years ago. A gentleman who 
was the victim of pulmonary tuberculosis developed a typical verru- 
cose tuberculosis upon his right thumb, which he was in the habit of 
biting, in fits of abstraction, and there is little doubt that inoculation 
of the skin occurred as the result of this habit. Fabry has called atten- 
tion to the unusual frequency with which German miners suffer from 
the affection, a frequency which he believes is the result of inoculating 
abrasions upon the hands by wiping the mouth with the back of the 
hand, many of the miners suffering from pulmonary tuberculosis. 
Verruca necrogenica occurs upon the hands of those who are brought 
into contact with dead bodies, and is a disease especially of anatomists, 
dissecting-room attendants, pathologists, etc. 

Pathology. — Very pronounced histological changes are present in 
both the epidermis and the corium. There is a more or less marked 
hyperkeratosis ; the rete mucosum is greatly increased in breadth, 



252 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



sending - long irregular branching and anastomosing processes well 
down into the corium, and contains a considerable number of miliary 
abscesses. The papillary body is filled with lymphoid, epithelioid and 
scattered giant-cells, and numerous foci of similar cells are scattered 
throughout the upper portion of the corium. Tubercle bacilli are 
usually more numerous than in lupus and are usually found in the 
giant-cells (Fig. j6). 

Diagnosis. — It is only when the lesions are small and in the early 
stage that they are at all likely to be mistaken for warts or simple 





Pig. 7-6. — Tuberculosis verrucosa cutis. Enormous increase in length of the interpapillary down- 
growths of the rete mucosum; miliary abscess at a; exudate composed of lymphoid and epithelioid cells 
in corium, with occasional giant-cell, g. 

papilloma. The infiltrated base on which they are seated and more 
particularly the narrow violaceous border which surrounds them will 
serve to distinguish them from such lesions. The resemblance be- 
tween verrucose tuberculosis and blastomycosis of the skin is often- 
times very close and a differential diagnosis impossible without the aid 
of the microscope. There is no doubt that formerly these two affec- 
tions were frequently confounded, and for that matter are yet. 

Treatment. — The lesions may be very readily removed by the 



INFLAMMATIONS 253 

curette followed by a thirty per cent, pyrogallol plaster, or they may 
be excised. When they are flat and not too extensive the pyrogallol 
plaster alone, without previous curettement, often does well, particu- 
larly if the surface is first lightly rubbed with a stick of caustic potash, 
which should be neutralized by dilute acetic acid before applying the 
plaster. 

TUBERCULOSIS FUNGOSA 

In rare instances tuberculosis of the skin may give rise to tumor- 
like infiltrations and fungoid ulceration resembling more or less sar- 
coma or granuloma fungoides, such cases having been described by 
Riehl and Pick under the name tuberculosis fungosa. Morrow, some 
years ago, reported a remarkable case in which the face was covered 
by large, bright-red papillomatous formations ; and Wickham observed 
one in which along with other lesions of a frankly tuberculous aspect 
there were framboesiform papillomatous masses on the foot. 

In the absence of other characteristic tuberculous lesions the diag- 
nosis in such atypical cases is attended with much difficulty and uncer- 
tainty. Reliance must be placed upon the finding of tubercle bacilli 
in the tissues, or the demonstration of their presence by experimental 
inoculations. 

TUBERCULIDES 

In 1896, Darier proposed the term " tuberculide " to designate the 
members of a group of eruptions, most of them of acneform type, which, 
while constantly associated with evidences of tuberculous infection, 
were not themselves demonstrably tuberculous — the tubercle bacillus, 
with one or two doubtful exceptions, was not found in them, nor was 
their histopathology such as is usually found in tuberculous diseases. 
He included under this term acne cachecticorum, acne scrofulosorum, 
disseminate erythematous lupus (Boeck), and a small group of very 
closely related, if not identical, diseases, disseminate folliculitis, 
acnitis, folliclis, hydradenitis destruens suppurativa, and " unnamed 
granuloma." To these, later investigators have added a number of 
other affections, such as erythema induratum, sarcoid, particularly the 
sarcoid of Boeck, and pityriasis rubra (Hebra). Hallopeau proposed 
to apply the term to all tuberculous affections of the skin which he 
divided into two classes, viz., those in which the bacillus tuberculosis 
is constantly present, bacillary tuberculides, and those in which this 
organism cannot be found, toxituberculides, these last being due to 
tuberculous toxins. As the toxic character of the latter class is as yet 
largely hypothetical, Hallopeau's suggestion has not been generally 
accepted. Indeed, the recent improvements in the technic of tissue 
examination, such as the use of antiformin, and the discovery by Much 
of forms of the tubercle bacillus which are not acid-fast and which differ 
in their morphology from the ordinary rod-like forms, have resulted in 
the demonstration of the presence of the bacillus in some of these 
supposedly toxic varieties of eruption, and it seems likely that the 
bacillary character of all or most of them will eventually be 
demonstrated. 



254 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

As most of these diseases have already been described elsewhere, 
we shall consider here only a small group of acne-like eruptions which 
have been variously named, and which are regarded by a considerable 
number of authors as clinical variations of a single affection. 

PAPULO-NECROTIC TUBERCULIDE 

Synonyms. — Lupus erythemateux dissemine (Boeck) ; small pustu- 
lar scrofuloderm (Duhring) ; folliclis (Barthelemy) ; tuberculide (Dar- 
ier) ; folliculitis exulcerans (Lucasiewicz) ; acrodermatitis pustulosa 
hiemalis (Crocker). 

Definition. — An eruption of tuberculous origin characterized by dis- 
crete red and violaceous papules with necrotic centres, followed by pit- 
like scars. 

Symptoms. — The eruption begins as small red points which mark 
the site of shot-like nodules deeply imbedded in the skin. These 



^^^^■BasagS&fl&ai 



Fig. 77. — Papulonecrotic tuberculide. 

nodules, as they approach the surface, form distinct, rather hard 
papules of a dusky-red or violaceous color upon the summits of which 
small pustules or less frequently vesicles form, which dry into blackish 
crusts beneath which are small, deep excavations. After a somewhat 
variable period, usually several weeks, these crusts fall, leaving pit-like 
scars which are more or less pigmented for a time, but which eventually 
become white. The lesions are discrete and without any definite 
arrangement; they are usually found upon the backs of the hands 
(Fig. yy), particularly the backs of the fingers, on the forearms, around 
the elbows, and much less frequently upon the lower extremities, 
usually about the knees and ankles. The face is usually but not always 
free. The ears are occasionally attacked, and in long-standing cases 
in which there are many scars, the helix may present considerable 



INFLAMMATIONS 255 

deformity, looking as if it had been gnawed. In most cases little or no 
pain accompanies the eruption, but exceptionally some of the lesions 
may be quite sensitive. It may come out in successive crops or appear 
quite irregularly, the number of lesions present at any time varying 
from a dozen to forty or fifty. The course of the affection is usually 
slow and irregular, each lesion consuming from four to six weeks in its 
evolution, and the disease as a whole lasting from one year to several 
years, with occasional periods of quiescence. 

In a large proportion of the cases there is more or less noticeable 
cyanosis of the extremities — the hands, feet and ears are dusky red 
or bluish, as if cold, and the blood returns with unusual slowness 
when pressed out of the skin. In practically all cases there is evidence 
of tuberculous infection, such as swelling or suppuration of the lym- 
phatic glands, caries, or less frequently pulmonary tuberculosis. In 
a young girl under the author's care some years ago, the cutaneous 
lesions were associated with tuberculous arthritis of the hip-joint and 
a well-marked erythema induratum. 

Etiology. — It occurs most frequently in children and adolescents, 
but is occasionally seen in older subjects. According to the obser- 
vations of Nobl, it is a fairly frequent affection in children, since he 
found thirteen cases among 450 children ill w T ith various diseases. 

While all authorities are practically of one mind as to its tuberculous 
origin, there is some difference of opinion as to whether it is to be 
regarded as a bacillary or a toxituberculide. Until recently the major- 
ity have inclined to the latter view, owing to the almost invariable 
failure to find the bacillus or to produce tuberculosis by experimental 
animal inoculation. Recent improvements in the technic of tissue 
examination and the introduction of new methods of staining have in- 
creased the number of cases in which the bacillus has been found. 
Quite recently Hidaka has found it with Much's granules in the lesions ; 
and it would seem as if the bacillary character of the eruption had been 
demonstrated. 

Pathology. — Barthelemy thought it a special type of folliculitis, but 
this was soon shown to be erroneous. It begins with changes of an 
inflammatory character in and about the blood-vessels in the deepest 
part of the corium, which extend thence to the more superficial por- 
tions. There is an abundant exudation of leucocytes about the vessels 
and in their walls, leading to great thickening of the latter, which 
together with swelling of the endothelium produces narrowing or even 
complete occlusion of their lumina. In advanced stages of the lesions 
there are considerable areas of necrosis, usually in the deeper parts 
of the corium surrounding vessels with greatly thickened walls. 

Diagnosis. — The localization of the eruption, commonly upon the 
back of the hands, and about the elbows and knees, with occasional 
involvement of the rims of the ears ; the central necrosis of the papules 
resulting in the formation of small black crusts covering pit-like excava- 
tions with consequent pit-like scarring ; its association with symptoms 



256 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

of tuberculosis, such as chronic adenitis, caries or pulmonary tubercu- 
losis, are features so characteristic that the disease is usually recog- 
nized without difficulty. 

Treatment. — The patient should have an abundance of nutritious 
food and should live in the open air as much as possible. In a young 
man under the author's care for a considerable time, with a typical erup- 
tion, decided improvement promptly followed the giving up of work 
in an office for a life outdoors. Iron alone, or with moderate doses of 
arsenic, may be given in anaemic subjects, and codliver oil is especially 
useful in children. Locally mercurial ointments, such as ammoniated 
mercury, twenty grains (1.30) to the ounce (32.0), a lotion of bichloride 
of mercury, 1:2000, or one containing fifteen grains (1.0) each of 
sulphate of zinc and sulphuret of potash to the ounce (32.0) of water, 
may be employed with more or less benefit. 

Prognosis. — -The prognosis as to the eventual disappearance of the 
eruption is favorable, particularly in those cases in which there is no 
extensive tuberculous infection involving important organs. The 
course of the disease, however, is in most instances a prolonged one, 
extending over many months or years. 

TUBERCULOSIS MILIARIS CUTIS 

Synonyms. — Tuberculosis propria cutis ; Tuberculosis cutis ori- 
ficialis ; Miliary tuberculosis of the skin. 

Symptoms. — This, the first definitely recognized form of tubercu- 
losis of the skin and for a time thought to be the only true cutaneous 
tuberculosis, was first described clinically and histologically by Jarisch 
and Chiari. The earliest stage of the affection is a small pin-head-sized 
yellowish-red nodule which speedily softens, breaks down and forms 
an ulcer, and it is usually in the ulcerative stage that it first comes 
under observation. The ulcers are usually shallow, of irregular or 
roundish shape with thin, occasionally slightly undermined, unevenly 
indented borders and a pale red or grayish-yellow floor, secreting a 
scanty seropurulent fluid. Small reddish nodules appear at the edges 
of the ulcers from time to time, soon break down and increase the area 
of the ulcer, giving to its borders a polycyclic contour. Abortive 
attempts at cicatrization may occur, but spontaneous healing rarely 
takes place. At times the ulcers are accompanied by severe pain. 
The sites of predilection are the mucocutaneous orifices. The ulcers 
may be situated on the lips, about the edges of the nostrils, around 
the anus, or on the labia, sometimes extending into the vagina, but 
they may also occur upon other portions of the cutaneous surface. 
They may be single or multiple, and in the latter event two or more 
may coalesce to form quite extensive serpiginous lesions. The affec- 
tion is seen exclusively in those suffering from pulmonary or laryngeal 
tuberculosis and usually pursues a rather acute course, lasting but a 
few months as a rule. A number of cases affecting the genitalia of 
male infants have been reported as the result of ritual circumcision, 
the operator having been the subject of pulmonary tuberculosis. 



INFLAMMATIONS 257 

Diagnosis. — The tuberculous character of these ulcers is usually 
readily recognized ; their situation about the mucous orifices and their 
association with pulmonary or laryngeal tuberculosis are always sug- 
gestive of their tuberculous character. Tubercle bacilli are usually 
quite abundant and are easily found in the discharge or in scrapings 
from the bottom of the ulcers. 

Treatment. — Probably the best local application is iodoform lightly 
dusted over the ulcer. If the odor is objectionable, europhen or aristol 
may be used instead, but is less effective. 

Acute disseminated miliary tuberculosis of the skin was first described 
by Heller, and other cases have since been reported by Leichenstern, 
Pelagatti, and a number of others. It is characterized by an eruption 
of quite small papulopustules and red nodules scattered about on the 
face and extremities in variable numbers. The eruption usually ap- 
pears quite suddenly and shows a decided tendency to come out in 
successive crops. After a time many of the lesions undergo spon- 
taneous evolution and may disappear without leaving any trace, cr 
they may ulcerate, forming small, round, punched-out ulcers. Prac- 
tically all the cases thus far observed have occurred in children, and 
have been part of a general miliary tuberculosis, or have been asso- 
ciated with tuberculous meningitis ; a considerable proportion of them 
have followed measles or scarlet fever. 

The treatment is altogether secondary to that of the general tuber- 
culosis, which it accompanies, and needs no special consideration. 

ERYTHEMA INDURATUM 

Synonyms. — Erytheme indure des scrofuleux; Bazin's disease. 

Definition. — A chronic disease situated for the most part upon the 
legs, characterized by deep-seated nodules with redness of the over- 
lying skin, and ulceration. 

Symptoms. — This affection, which was first described by Bazin, 
begins with one or more pea- to nut-sized, firm, painless nodules deeply 
situated in the hypoderm. These slowly enlarge, and as they near the 
surface the skin over them assumes a dull-red or violaceous hue and 
becomes adherent. When there are several nodules, as is not infre- 
quently the case, a violaceous plaque of considerable size may be 
formed having an uneven nodular surface. Having reached this stage, 
it may remain without much change for some months and then slowly 
disappear by absorption, leaving a depressed atrophic area with some 
pigmentation. More often, however, one or more openings form in the 
skin, discharging a seropurulent fluid, which enlarge to form ulcers 
of variable shape and extent. As a rule little or no pain attends the 
affection, although there are occasional exceptions. In the great 
majority of cases it is confined to the legs, most frequently the lower 
part of the calf (Fig. 78), although it may also occur upon the anterior 
17 



258 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



surface, and exceptionally upon the thighs. In a few instances it has 
been observed upon the arms. Its course is commonly slow and irregu- 
lar. Partial or even complete healing of the ulcers may take place, 
followed shortly by relapse. New nodules may appear from time to 
time which form new ulcers, and in this manner the disease may con- 
tinue for two or three years before definite recovery takes place. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Its subjects are, for the most part, girls 
and young women under twenty years of age, although it is sometimes 

seen in middle-aged women. It is 
decidedly rare in males, but not un- 
known ; quite recently the author has 
seen an example of it in a young 
man twenty years old. As a rule to 
which there are few exceptions, 
evidences of present or past tubercu- 
lar infection, the latter often in the 
shape of scars in the neck the result 
of an adenitis, are present. In many 
cases the patient suffers from a slug- 
gish venous circulation, as shown 
by a more or less marked dusky hue 
of the extremities commonly much 
more noticeable in cold weather, the 
so-called chilblain circulation. 

The histopathology is in the main 
that of tuberculosis, although not all 
observers are agreed as to details, 
some finding only inflammatory 
changes. Special features are a 
marked leucocytic infiltration of the 
walls of the vessels, particularly of 
the veins, causing at times an enor- 
mous increase in their thickness with 
narrowing or obliteration of their 
lumen, and an atrophy of the fat 
tissues. The studies of Harttung 
and Alexander, the successful inocu- 
lation experiments of Thibierge and 
Ravaut and others, the reaction of the lesions to tuberculin, as observed 
by Mantegazza and Jadassohn, leave but little room for doubt con- 
cerning the tuberculous character of the disease. Whitfield is of the 
opinion that there are two varieties of the malady, which, while re- 
sembling each other closely in their clinical symptoms, are etiologi- 
cally different. One is a tubercular affection, seen in young subjects ; 
the other is an inflammatory disease, a nodular phlebitis, and occurs 
in middle-aged individuals. He would explain in this way the dis- 
crepancies in the histological findings of various observers. 




FiG. 78. ■ — Erythema induratum with papulo- 
necrotic tuberculide Irregular ulcer on calf 
surrounded by palm-sized violaceous area. 
Small scars on upper portion of leg followed the 
tuberculide. 



INFLAMMATIONS 259 

Diagnosis. — The two affections for which it is most apt to be mis- 
taken are erythema nodosum and the syphilitic gumma. 

The first is an acute disease which appears quite suddenly, is 
accompanied by pain and tenderness, the latter often marked, and is 
usually situated on the anterior surface of the leg over the tibia, while 
erythema induratum is a chronic affection, unaccompanied by pain as a 
rule, and is situated on the posterior surface of the leg, on the calf 
in most cases. The syphilitic gumma usually occurs in adults, ulcer- 
ates much earlier than erythema induratum, and produces round, sharp- 
cut ulcers unlike the ulcers with ragged edges in the latter. 

Treatment. — The patient should be regarded as a tuberculous sub- 
ject and treated accordingly. Codliver oil, iron, particularly the syrup 
of the iodide of iron, and small doses of arsenic, are all more or less 
useful, the first-named being more serviceable than the others. 

Whitfield and more recently McKee have reported decidedly bene- 
ficial results from injections of tuberculin. 

Rest in the recumbent position, with elevation of the limb, is to be 
advised ; when this is not possible, as frequently happens, the patient 
should wear constantly, when not in bed, a properly applied roller 
bandage, or, what is much better, an elastic bandage. 

Iodoform, aristol, or europhen dusted on the ulcers once or twice 
a day, are useful local applications, the first being the best, but objec- 
tionable on account of its odor. A stiff ointment of ammoniated mer- 
cury, 30 grains (2.0) to the ounce (32.0), is likewise useful. At each 
dressing. the ulcers should be carefully cleansed with a saturated solu- 
tion of boric acid or some other mild antiseptic wash. 

SCROFULODERMA 

Synonyms. — Tuberculosa gummosa; Tuberculosis colliquativa cu- 
tanea; Fr., Gomme scrofulo-tuberculeuse ; Cold abscess of the skin. 

Under the name scrofuloderma were formerly included a consider- 
able number of chronic inflammations of the skin attended by suppura- 
tion and ulceration, occurring in individuals of the so-called strumous 
diathesis. At the present time the use of the term is restricted to 
certain chronic affections of the skin, chiefly of an ulcerative type, 
secondary to tuberculous adenitis and to circumscribed nodular 
gumma-like infiltrations of the subcutaneous tissue. 

Symptoms. — The most frequent and characteristic form is that 
which occurs in connection with chronic tubercular adenitis of the 
cervical glands in children and young adults. It begins with swelling 
of a gland, often at the angle of the jaw, which slowly and painlessly 
enlarges until it reaches the size of a nut or a pigeon's egg. After 
a considerable period, usually some months, the overlying skin becomes 
red and adherent to the gland beneath, softening of the gland occurs, 
the skin becomes bluish, thin, and eventually gives way, and an ulcer 
with thin ragged, undermined edges is formed which discharges a thin 
seropurulent fluid. Not uncommonly several glands are affected 



260 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

simultaneously or in succession and a considerable tumor with irregular 
nodular surface is formed over which the skin opens in several places, 
giving rise to a number of ulcers which may eventually unite. Sinuses 
which burrow immediately beneath the skin, producing long cord-like 
ridges or extend deeply down to the periglandular tissue, are frequently 
associated with the ulcers. Occasionally typical lupus nodules form 
about the external opening of such sinuses and may serve as the start- 
ing point for a spreading patch of this disease. 

The course of the affection is extremely chronic ; when ulceration 
has occurred it may continue for one, two or three years. So long as 
any remnant of glandular tissue remains, the sinuses continue to dis- 
charge and the ulcers remain open. When recovery takes place more 
or less scarring, often of an unsightly character, follows. 

Instead of following an adenitis, the ulceration may be preceded by 
one or more deep-seated nodules in the hypoderm which slowly enlarge 
and over which the skin becomes red and finally ulcerates. This is the 
so-called scrofulous gumma which frequently bears a considerable 
resemblance to the syphilitic gumma. 

Occasionally such ulcers, as well as those which are associated with 
adenitis, become the seat of considerable fungoid masses of granula- 
tion tissue. 

Ulcers of a similar kind may occur in connection with tuberculous 
lymphangitis through the breaking down of the small nodules which 
are distributed along the course of the lymphatic vessels. 

A much less frequent form of scrofuloderma begins as small intra- 
dermic nodules which after a time soften and produce small punched- 
out ulcers. In rare instances variously-sized firm nodules appear in 
the hypoderm, which after a variable period slowly disappear without 
involving the skin, as in the case reported by Wende. 

Etiology and Pathology. — In the largest proportion of cases the sub- 
jects of the scrofulodermata are children or quite young adults, because 
the tuberculous affections to which they are secondary, such as adenitis, 
are far more common in these than in older individuals. The tuber- 
culous character of the affection has been well established, the tubercle 
bacillus having been repeatedly found by a number of observers, 
although it is not always easily demonstrated. The histology of the 
lesions is in all essentials that of other forms of tuberculosis, but there 
is more extensive necrosis than in some other forms, such as lupus, 
for example, and there is frequently much more inflammatory reaction, 
as indicated by an abundant exudation of leucocytes about the necrotic 
areas. According to Unna the extensive necrosis is due to the toxic 
effect of considerable collections of bacilli. 

Diagnosis. — Scrofulous ulcers and sinuses of the neck, secondary 
to adenitis, are usually so characteristic in appearance that mistakes 
in diagnosis are not likely to occur, but they may be confounded with 
syphilis and actinomycosis. From the former they are to be distin- 
guished by the youth of the patient, the absence of other symptoms 



INFLAMMATIONS 261 

of syphilis, and their frequently evident association with a chronic 
adenitis ; from the latter by the absence of the peculiar sulphur-yellow 
granules composed of actinomycetes from the discharge. The scrofu- 
lous gumma often bears considerable resemblance to the gumma of 
syphilis, but the latter usually runs a much more rapid course and 
forms round sharp-cut ulcers, while the ulcers resulting from the 
former are usually quite irregular in shape, with ragged, livid, under- 
mined edges. 

Treatment. — The local treatment is essentially surgical. Suppurat- 
ing glands should be removed, sinuses divided and curetted, and 
dressings of iodoform, aristol, or bichloride of mercury applied. Pusey 
and others have obtained good results from the use of the X-ray. 

LICHEN SCROFULOSORUM 

Synonym. — Lichen scrofulosus. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammatory disease of the skin occurring 
in tuberculous subjects, characterized by an eruption of small red or 
yellowish-red scaly, follicular papules, arranged in round and circinate 
patches. 

Symptoms. — It begins with the appearance of pin-head- to millet- 
seed-sized discrete papules which are soon covered with a small, thin, 
only slightly adherent scale, and which are usually arranged in round, 
circinate, and crescentic patches, but which may also occur in irregular 
areas, sometimes of considerable extent, without any particular arrange- 
ment. The papules are at first red or brown-red in color, but grad- 
ually fade to a pale yellow, and may even become the color of the 
normal skin. After a variable duration, usually many months, they 
begin to undergo slow involution and eventually completely disappear, 
leaving nothing more than a slight and transient pigmentation. In 
addition to the papular lesions there are quite commonly a few scat- 
tered miliary vesicles, pustules and patches of follicles the mouths of 
which contain small, slightly projecting horny spines (lichen pilaris). 
The eruption is usually confined to the trurk (Fig. 79), particularly 
the sides of the thorax, the abdomen, and to a less degree, the back ; 
the extremities are only infrequently affected, and when these are in- 
vaded it is the legs rather than the arms. On the latter the lesions 
may present a decidedly livid appearance owing to slight hemorrhage 
into the follicles (lichen lividus). Beyond occasional slight itching 
the eruption is accompanied by no subjective symptoms. Occasionally 
a variable number of acne-like papules and pustules are scattered over 
the lower extremities and the face which pursue the usual course of 
ordinary acne lesions (acne scrofulosorum). In the more marked 
cases eczema of the pubic region, the groins and scrotum may be 
present, which in the pubic region is apt to be of the pustular type, 
and which is usually accompanied by abundant oozing and crusting 
and an extremely offensive odor. 



262 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



As an atypical form of lichen scrofulosorum mention may be made 
here of a lichenoid eruption observed recently by Bosellini and Vignolo- 
Lutati in tuberculous individuals. In the cases reported by these 
authors there was an eruption of flat, red papules, some of them umbili- 
cated, situated upon the backs of the hands and the forearms, which 



'» ' 




f- 




Fig. 79- — Lichen scrofulosorum. 

resembled closely the papules of lichen planus. Both patients were 
adult females and suffered from pulmonary tuberculosis. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Lichen scrofulosorum is confined to 
children and adolescents and is most frequent in the second decade of 
life ; it is rare after twenty. 

In the great majority of cases, in ninety per cent, according to the 
observations of Hebra, it occurs in those who suffer from swollen or 
suppurating glands, from periostitis, caries of bone, chronic ulcers, 



INFLAMMATIONS 263 

or other evidences of tuberculous infection. Jadassohn found symp- 
toms of tuberculosis in fourteen out of nineteen typical cases. 

Histologically it is a folliculitis of special type. As was pointed out 
by Kaposi, who was the first to study its histopathology, the histologi- 
cal changes are confined to the follicles with their glands, and the 
papillae immediately adjacent to the follicles. In and around these is 
a circumscribed cellular exudate consisting of epithelioid cells, a lesser 
number of giant-cells surrounded by a border of variable width made 
up of leucocytes. The tissue changes, in a word, are such as are usually 
found in tuberculosis. 

In the epidermis the alterations are usually trifling, and consist for 
the most part of a slight hyperkeratosis and a moderate invasion of the 
rete by leucocytes which lie in the interepithelial spaces. 

The search for tubercle bacilli in the lesions has for the most part 
been a vain one, but Jacobi and Wolff have reported the finding of a 
few bacilli ; their cases, however, were not typical ones. In both the 
atypical cases with lesions like those of lichen planus reported by 
Bosellini and Vignolo-Lutati, tubercle bacilli were found in the papules. 
Haushalter and Pellizzari both succeeded in producing tuberculosis 
in the guinea-pig by inoculations with lesions taken from cases under 
their observation, but in Pellizzari's case the first attempt was unsuc- 
cessful, and it was only after the papular eruption had been replaced 
by an atypical pustular one that inoculation succeeded. In a number 
of instances a more or less characteristic reaction has been noted after 
injections of tuberculin. Jadassohn observed a reaction in fourteen 
out of sixteen cases treated with this agent. A few instances have 
been reported in which an eruption resembling lichen scrofulosorum 
has followed such injections, but none of them is free from criticism. 
Quite recently Nobl has reported five cases in which a typical eruption 
followed inunctions of tuberculin ointment. 

Upon the whole, the weight of evidence seems to be in favor of the 
view that the eruption is not a bacillary one, but one due to tuberculous 
toxins. 

Diagnosis. — Lichen scrofulosorum is to be distinguished from the 
small papular syphiloderm and from papular eczema. 

The papules of syphilis are somewhat larger and firmer than those 
of lichen, are a deep-red or brownish-red color and are found on the 
face and extremities, situations usually avoided by lichen. Other 
characteristic symptoms of syphilis are also likely to be present. 

In papular eczema the lesions are of a bright-red color, show no ten- 
dency to arrangement in round and circinate patches, and are accom- 
panied by severe itching. 

Treatment. — The internal and external use of codliver oil, as advised 
by Hebra, is usually followed by the disappearance of the eruption in 
a short time. Instead of codliver oil inunctions, which are extremely 
disagreeable, other less unpleasant fats may be used, and with equally 
good results. Crocker found plain vaseline, or vaseline with five grains 



264 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

of thymol or five minims of oil of cade to the ounce (32.0), quite as useful 
as codliver oil. Equal parts of lanolin and vaseline with one per cent, of 
salicylic acid may also be used with good effect. 

SARCOID 

The term sarcoid was first employed by Kaposi to designate a 
group of new growths of the skin, such as mycosis fungoides, lympho- 
derma perniciosa, and a few others which, while resembling sarcoma 
in their histopathology, differed from that malady in their clinical 
course and termination. More recently it has been applied by Boeck, 
Darier, and others, to a small group of diseases which, with the excep- 
tion presently to be noted, are either closely related to tuberculosis 
or are actually tuberculous. According to Darier there are four varie- 
ties of sarcoid: (a) The affection first described by Boeck under the 
name multiple benign sarcoid for which he later substituted the name 
miliary lupoid; (b) the subcutaneous sarcoid of Darier-Roussy ; (c) 
a variety which resembles the erythema induratum of Bazin; (d) the 
round-celled neoplasm described by Spiegler, Fendt and others under 
the name sarcoid, which, while clinically resembling the preceding 
forms, is probably related to them only by a superficial resemblance. 

MULTIPLE BENIGN SARCOID (BOECK) 

Synonym. — Benign miliary lupoid. 

Definition. — A chronic disease of the skin characterized by large and 
small red and brownish-red nodules and variously-sized bluish-red 
plaques, probably of tuberculous origin. 

This affection was described for the first time by Boeck, in 1899, 
although the cases described by Hutchinson in his Archives of Surgery 
a year before, under the name of Mortimer's malady, were probably 
examples of the same disease, as was suggested by Boeck himself. 

Symptoms. — According to Boeck the eruptive lesions are of three 
kinds — small nodules or papules ; large nodules ; and ill-defined infil- 
trations or plaques. The nodules vary in size from that of a pin-head 
to a small nut, are bright red when they first appear, but as they grow 
older, become bluish-red, brownish-red, and finally brown. By the 
slow peripheral growth of some of the nodules, ill-defined bluish-red 
plaques are gradually formed with narrow, yellowish, slightly elevated 
and occasionally finely scaly borders and depressed atrophic centres 
in which are numerous fine vessels. The eruption usually appears 
rather suddenly and in the beginning may be accompanied by redness 
and swelling of the skin with itching which subsides in the course of 
ten days or two weeks. Or it may begin slowly and almost imper- 
ceptibly, the nodules being deep-seated at first, producing distinct ele- 
vations only after some little time as they approach the surface. The 
lesions are found most frequently in the face, on the upper portion of 
the trunk, the extensor surface of the upper extremities, and exception- 



INFLAMMATIONS 265 

ally in the scalp. As a rule they are distributed more or less symmetri- 
cally and show decided tendency to occur in the scars of old lesions. 
Examined under glass-pressure (diascopy), all varieties of lesion, both 
the nodules and plaques, show fine yellowish or grayish puncta, a 
feature which Boeck greatly emphasized, and which led him to sub- 
stitute the name miliary lupoid for sarcoid. In a considerable propor- 
tion of cases the eruption is accompanied by swelling of the lymphatic 
glands. The course of the disease is usually extremely slow and it 
may continue for years. After remaining for months without much 
change the lesions become depressed in the centre, flatten out, and 
eventually completely disappear, leaving a slight brownish pigmen- 
tation or an atrophic telangiectatic scar. 

In the sarcoid of Darier-Roussy the lesions are situated in the hypo- 
derm and are small to large nut-sized, round or oval painless nodules 
over which the skin, at first movable, becomes adherent and red or 
violaceous. They may be discrete, may form nodular cords following 
the course of the vessels, or they may unite to form variously-sized, 
ill-defined bluish plaques with uneven surface. They appear very 
gradually and show no tendency to softening or ulceration. They are 
usually, according to Darier, exclusively situated upon the trunk, and 
are seen only in adults. 

In the sarcoid resembling erythema induratum, cases of which have 
been reported by Pelagatti, Thibierge and Bord, Darier and others, 
there are nut-sized and larger livid swellings which occasionally ulcer- 
ate, and w T hich are situated upon the extremities, chiefly of women. 

In the affection described as sarcoid by Spiegler, Fendt and others, 
there are multiple variously-sized tumors and infiltrated plaques of a 
red or bluish-red color situated deeply in the skin. They are found 
usually upon the trunk and pursue a variable course, sometimes rapid, 
at others slow, and although ulceration is not the rule it may occur. 
Partial or complete involution may follow the administration of arsenic. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The affection occurs as a rule in adults, 
but few cases having been observed before puberty, and is decidedly 
more frequent in women than in men. 

In about one-third of the reported cases evidences of tuberculosis 
were present, usually referable to the lymphatic glands, and in about the 
same proportion of cases a positive tuberculin reaction was noted. 
In one of Boeck's cases an acid-fast bacillus was found in an infiltrate 
situated on the mucous membrane of the nose and a positive result 
followed experimental inoculation in the guinea-pig. 

Although the evidence is far from conclusive, it seems likely that 
the disease is a tuberculosis of feeble virulence, as has been suggested 
by Darier. 

The histological picture presented by the Boeck type is a very 
characteristic one. In the corium are rounded or irregularly-shaped 
sharply circumscribed collections of epithelioid cells, with an occasional 
rather small giant-cell, a few plasma cells and lymphocytes, the last 






266 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



about the borders (Fig. 80).' The central portion of the older areas 
show some evidence of degeneration ; the cells are less well-defined, 
and do not stain sharply, and the elastic tissue has disappeared. 

In the Darier-Roussy type the tissue changes are situated in the 
hypoderm and resemble more or less closely those found in tubercu- 
losis. There are collections of epithelioid cells with numerous giant- 
cells of the Langhans type, with lymphocytes and a few plasma cells 
and " mastzellen." These cell areas are much less well-circumscribed 
and more extensive than in the Boeck variety. In the third variety of 
sarcoid the histological changes are practically the same as those pres- 
ent in erythema induratum. 




Fig. 80. — Multiple benign sarcoid. Rounded and oval areas of cells, chiefly of connective-tissue type, 
with a few epithelioid cells. Low power. 

In the Spiegler-Fendt sarcoid the tumors present the histological 
features of a lymphogranuloma. They are made up of well-circum- 
scribed, sometimes encapsulated collections of large and small round 
cells situated in the corium and subcutaneous tissue. 

The first two members of this group without much doubt represent 
varieties of the same disease, but it is very doubtful whether the third 
member is anything more than a somewhat atypical form of erythema 
induratum. As to the Spiegler-Fendt disease, it is quite distinct both 
in its histopathology and almost certainly in its etiology from the 
other three and probably ought not be included with them. 



INFLAMMATIONS 267 

Diagnosis. — The diseases from which it is to be distinguished are 
lepra, syphilis, the nodular form of erythematous lupus, leukaemia 
cutis and erythema induratum. From all of these it differs in a number 
of particulars, such as the absence of ulceration and the presence of fine 
yellowish points in the lesions which are best seen under glass-pres- 
sure, this last feature being regarded by Boeck as almost pathog- 
nomonic. While its clinical features are often sufficient to distinguish 
it from the diseases which resemble it, a biopsy is frequently necessary 
to establish the diagnosis. 

Treatment. — In all of Boeck's cases the eruption disappeared under 
vigorous arsenical treatment. In order to obtain the best results with 
arsenic it is necessary to give the drug in considerable doses, unin- 
terruptedly, for a considerable period. Darier found that the lesion 
of the subcutaneous variety quickly retrogressed after injections of 
calomel, of tuberculin and the X-ray, but the effect of these was not 
permanent. Ichthyol applied to the lesions seems to exert a favorable 
influence. 

Prognosis. — -Left to itself, the malady may last almost indefinitely, 
but under appropriate treatment the eruption usually slowly disappears. 
More or less scarring usually remains after the disease has disappeared. 

SYPHILIS 

Definition. — Syphilis is a chronic infectious and contagious disease, 
acquired or inherited, due to the spirochceta pallida or treponema palli- 
dum, beginnng in the acquired form with a local lesion known as the 
chancre or initial sclerosis, and characterized by a great variety of 
cutaneous eruptions. 

It presents three usually well-defined stages, viz., a primary stage 
beginning with the appearance of the chancre ; a secondary stage 
characterized by generalized eruptions and affections of the adjoining 
mucous membranes, beginning about four or six weeks after the 
appearance of the chancre and lasting about a year ; and a tertiary stage, 
which begins at the end of the second or in the third year, characterized 
by asymmetrical and localized cutaneous lesions usually of an ulcerative 
character, affecting the deeper portions of the skin and subcutaneous 
tissues as well as the bones and viscera. 

The initial lesion is the port of entry of the infecting organism, and 
appears about twenty-one days after infection, but the period of incu- 
bation may be considerably shorter or much longer in exceptional cases. 
As a rule it is single, but there may be two or more lesions. In the 
vast majority of cases it is situated somewhere upon the genitalia. 
In men it is seen in most instances upon the prepuce or upon the glans 
penis, in the sulcus behind the corona. Less frequently it is situated 
upon the shaft of the penis or at the urinary meatus or exceptionally 
within it. In women the most frequent situations are the labia and the 
introitus vaginae ; a less common situation is the fourchette. 



268 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



It presents a variety of forms. It may occur as an oval superficial 
erosion with a smooth red surface which after a time becomes covered 
with a grayish pseudomembrane ; as a circumscribed superficial or deep 
ulcer with sharp-cut edges and indurated base, the " Hunterian 
chancre " ; or as a dark-red slightly scaly indurated papule or nodule. 





Fig. 8i. — Initial lesion of syphilis. 

Although, as just stated, the initial lesion is found as a rule upon the 
genital organs, it may occur anywhere upon the skin or the adjoining 
mucous membranes. The most frequent sites of the extragenital 




Fig. 82. — Initial lesion of syphilis. 

chancre are the lips, the tongue, the fingers, and the nipple in women 
(Plate XVI). 

Upon the lips it may occur as a superficial erosion, or an ulcer (Fig. 81) 
covered with a grayish membrane, accompanied by induration, or it 
may begin as a fissure which becomes indurated and refuses to heal. 



PLATE XVI 




Initial lesion of syphilis. (Patient was a physician with a large obstetric practice 
and was infected in the practice of his profession.) 





Maculopapular syphiloderm. 



INFLAMMATIONS 269 

These are always followed by painless swelling of the submaxillary 
glands which is often marked. Chancre of the finger, a variety seen 
most frequently in obstetricians and midwives, is situated in most 
cases upon the terminal phalanx of the index, occurring as an ulcer 
often about the root or lateral borders of the nail, sometimes presenting 
a fungoid appearance owing to the presence of exuberant granulations. 
Sometimes the whole phalanx is swollen and painful and the nail is 
eventually lost ; the epitrochlear gland is usually decidedly swollen. 
These lesions are often very sluggish in their course, lasting for 
months. Chancre of the face usually presents the appearance of a 
sluggish ulcer with firm infiltrated borders, accompanied by swelling 
of the parotid or submaxillary glands. Occasionally such lesions may 
resemble epithelioma to a considerable degree (Fig. 82). 

Diagnosis. — The recognition of an initial lesion when situated upon 
the genitalia is usually easy, but the diagnosis of the extragenital 
chancre at times is attended with considerable difficulty. An indolent, 
painless ulcer, of some weeks' duration, with indurated base, accom- 
panied by swelling of the neighboring lymphatic glands, situated 
upon the lips, fingers, or upon the nipple is most likely to be the initial 
lesion of syphilis.- In case of doubt the treponema should be sought 
for in the secretion of the lesion by dark-ground illumination or by the 
India ink method. 

SYPHILODERMATA 

The first cutaneous symptoms of syphilis usually appear from six to 
eight weeks after the chancre or initial lesion, but they may occur as 
early as the third or fourth week and may be delayed considerably 
beyond the eighth week. The early eruptions, or those of the second- 
ary period, differ considerably from the late eruptions, not only as 
to the character of the lesions composing them, but also as to their 
distribution and course. They are, as a rule, more or less general 
and are often preceded or accompanied by some elevation of tempera- 
ture, sometimes considerable. In color they vary from a bright-red 
to a dark-red or " copper-color," and frequently exhibit a more or less 
decided tendency to an annular or crescentic arrangement. The erup- 
tions of this period usually exhibit more or less marked polymorphism, 
an important characteristic from a diagnostic point of view. Many 
of them show a tendency to spontaneous disappearance after a time, 
leaving pigmentation but seldom scarring. Subjective symptoms are, 
as a rule to which there are few exceptions, absent or insignificant. 

The late lesions, or those of the tertiary period, are usually localized 
and asymmetrical. They are, as a rule, much deeper seated than the 
secondary eruptions, frequently extending to the subcutaneous tissues. 
They are prone to ulceration, producing ulcers with a characteristic 
reniform or crescentic shape, leaving permanent scars, which, owing to 
their special characters, such as their shape, smoothness and softness 
and frequent pigmentation, are often of considerable diagnostic value. 



270 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

They show little or no tendency to spontaneous disappearance, but may 
last for years when left untreated. The eruptions of the secondary 
period exhibit many varieties which differ from one another in the 
character of the lesions, their number and size, in their distribution and 
arrangement, and in the course which they pursue. The principal varie- 
ties are : the erythematous or macular ; the papular ; the vesicular, a rare 
form; and the pustular. With the exception of the first, all of these 
present a number of subvarieties. The tertiary lesions are : the nodular 
or tubercular; the gummatous ; and a papulo-squamous resembling the 
papulo-squamous lesion of the secondary stage, but confined to the 
palms and soles and almost always unilateral. 

Erythematous Syphiloderm. — Synonyms. — Syphilid ; roseola syphil- 
itica; Ger., Fleckensyphilid (Plate XVI and Fig. 83). 

This, the earliest of the syphilitic eruptions, probably never fails 
to appear, although it is frequently so faint as to escape the patient's 
observation altogether. It appears from six to eight weeks after the 
initial lesion as round or oval, pinkish to brownish-red, occasionally 
somewhat violaceous spots varying in size from that of a small pea to 
the little finger-nail, scattered over the anterior and lateral portions of 
the trunk, particularly the lower two-thirds, the flexor surfaces of the 
arms, the inner surface of the thighs, and the back. It is quite com- 
monly seen on the palms and soles, where it is frequently maculo- 
papular rather than strictly macular and slightly scaly. It is prac- 
tically never seen on the backs of the hands. When the eruption is faint 
and violaceous, the skin presents a mottled appearance which becomes 
much more pronounced after it has been exposed to the air for a few 
minutes. Moist papules may occur coincidently with this eruption 
about the corners of the mouth, about the anus, and on the opposed 
surfaces of the thighs and scrotum. Not infrequently a considerable 
number of the macules show a tendency to infiltration after a time, 
becoming maculo-papular, or distinctly papular. While in many cases 
the patient is apparently in his usual health, the eruption is frequently 
preceded or accompanied by headache and pains in the limbs, usually 
much worse at night, sore throat, and a generalized adenopathy. 
Occasionally there is a continuous fever for a week or two prior to the 
appearance of the eruption, resembling typhoid fever, for which it is 
sometimes mistaken. 

Fournier has described a variety of erythematous eruption with a 
marked tendency to recurrences, which occurs in the late secondary 
or in the tertiary stages. Quite frequently this eruption exhibits an 
annular arrangement, being made up of red or pink rings and gyrate 
figures produced by the coalescence of two or more patches. 

The eruption usually develops slowly, macules continuing to appear 
for a week or ten days, but it may come out rapidly, reaching its full 
development within two or three days. After a period varying from 
some weeks to a month or two, it slowly fades, leaving a faint transient 
brownish or yellowish stain. Relapses may occur. 



PLATE XVII 




Late squamous syphiloderm of the palm. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



271 



Diagnosis. — This is usually readily made, but it may at times be 
mistaken for measles or rotheln. Both of these occur in epidemics and 
are usually seen in children, while the syphilitic eruption is, for the most 
part, seen in adults. The catarrhal symptoms which invariably accom- 
pany measles are absent in syphilis. In rotheln the macules are smaller 
and more uniform in size than those of syphilis and more abundant. In 
both measles and rotheln the face is abundantly covered; in syphilis it 




Fig. 83. — Erythematous syphiloderm. 

usually escapes. In the syphilitic eruption the initial sclerosis is usually 
still present, and there are apt to be mucous membrane lesions, such as 
mucous patches and moist papules about the anus and on the scrotum. 

Papular Syphiloderm. — The papular syphiloderm, although less fre- 
quent than the macular eruption, is very common. It presents a num- 
ber of varieties which differ from one another principally in the size 
and shape of the lesions and in their anatomical seat. They may be 
large or small, flat or acuminate; they may be seated in the follicles, or 
they may occur independently of these. 



272 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



The small flat papular syphiloderm occurs as small red and brownish- 
red flat papules from an eighth to a quarter of an inch in diameter. At 
first they are smooth and some of them remain so, but most of them 
become slightly scaly after a time and many of them are surrounded by 
a narrow ring of loosened epidermis, the " epidermic collarette," which 
is a feature of considerable diagnostic significance. Exceptionally the 
scaling may be quite abundant, in rare cases so much so as to resemble 
psoriasis. The eruption is usually widely distributed, the papules numer- 
ous. It is situated upon the forehead, particularly at the margin of the 
hair, where it forms the so-called corona veneris, in the face (Fig. 84), 
about the nose and mouth, upon the trunk anteriorly and posteriorly, 
avoiding, however, the clavicular region, upon the flexor surface of the 




Fig. 84. — Papular syphiloderm. 

arms and in most cases the palms and soles, where the papules are nearly 
always scaly and sometimes corn-like (corneous papules). Even when 
very abundant they remain discrete, but occasionally when very numerous 
they coalesce in certain localities, such as the chin and around the mouth 
and nose, to form reddish plaques with nodular or uneven surface. Occa- 
sionally the eruption assumes an annular form, the papules being arranged 
in distinct rings or semicircles. Such annular patches are made up of a 
number of small confluent papules, or arise through involution of the 
central portion of papules which continue to extend at the periphery. The 
favorite site for such patches is the face, where they are situated about the 
, mouth, on the chin, cheeks and forehead. Although this annular form 



INFLAMMATIONS 



273 



is rare in individuals of the white race, it is not very uncommon in the 
negro (Figs. 85 and 85a). 




Fig. 85. — Circinate papular syphiloderm. 




Fig. 85c. — Annular papulosquamous syphiloderm. 

The papular syphiloderm occurs early in the course of the infection, 
usually from the third to the sixth month. It may be the first observed, 
18 



274 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



or more commonly it follows the macular syphiloderm with which it may 
be associated. When it appears early it may be accompanied by sore 
throat, headache and malaise and elevation of temperature. 

Its course is usually sluggish ; if left to itself it may persist for months, 
new lesions appearing to take the place of the older ones which slowly 
retrogress. When it disappears a faint brownish or yellowish-brown 
pigmentation is left at the site of the papules which gradually fades. 

The large flat papular syphiloderm begins as small red spots which 




Fig. 86. — Annulo-papular syphiloderm. (Secondary.) 

enlarge in circumference and become distinctly elevated, forming round 
or oval papules varying in diameter from one-quarter to one-half inch. 
They are brownish-red in color when fully developed, smooth or very 
slightly scaly, less so, however, than the small papular syphiloderm. 
The eruption is usually a rather sparse one, although there are many 
exceptions to this rule, and the lesions remain discrete. It may occur 
on any part of the skin, but is most common on the forehead, the lower 
part of the face, upon the back of the neck and the upper part of the 
back (Fig. 86), on the flexor surface of the limbs, the inner surface of 



INFLAMMATIONS 275 

the thighs, upon the palms and soles, and about the genitalia and anus. 
In regions where there are opposed skin surfaces, such as the scrotum 
and thighs, or between the buttocks, the surface of the papules becomes 
grayish-white or superficially excoriated, forming condylomata lata. 
Along with the larger papules smaller ones may coexist and here and 
there a macule or a pustule may be found, although this eruption is usually 
quite uniform. In rare instances the papules may undergo a considerable 
increase in size ; their surface becomes papillomatous or wart-like, and 
secretes a seropurulent fluid which dries into yellowish crusts. This is 
the " vegetating " or " f rambcesioid " syphiloderm of authors. Such 
lesions are most apt to occur upon the face, in the scalp and about the 
genitalia. In the bearded region they may resemble the lesions of deep 
trichophytosis (Fig. 87). The course of the eruption is a chronic one 







FlG. 87. — Sycosiform syphiloderm (frambcesiform syphiloderm) . 

and it may show but little change for months. When it disappears it 
leaves a slowly fading brownish pigmentation. 

Although it may occur quite early, even before the macular eruption 
has entirely disappeared, it is seen more frequently from four to six 
months after the initial lesion and occasionally considerably later. Relapses 
are not uncommon. 

Diagnosis. — The recognition of the flat papular syphiloderm is usually 
easy. The character of the lesions, their distribution, the absence of 
subjective symptoms, their association with moist papules about the anus 
and genitalia are features of the eruption which usually leave but little 
room for doubt as to its character. The circinate patches are sometimes 
mistaken by the inexperienced for ringworm, but the decided infiltration 
present and the absence of the fungus of the latter make the differential 
diagnosis easy. Occasionally the papulosquamous lesions, as already noted, 
may resemble those of psoriasis, indeed in rare instances the resemblance 
to this disease may be very close, but a careful examination of the whole 
eruption will be almost certain to disclose an occasional smooth papule, or 



276 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



perhaps a pustule ; moreover, the syphilitic eruption shows no special pre- 
dilection for the extensor surfaces of the extremities as does psoriasis, 
but is more abundant on the flexor surfaces. The framboesiform papules 
of the bearded region are to be distinguished from parasitic sycosis 
by the retention of the hair in the follicles, and the absence of the tri- 
chophyton fungus. 

Follicular Syphiloderm — Synonyms. — Miliary papular syphiloderm; 
Syphilitic lichen ; Lichen syphiliticus ; Acuminate papular syphiloderm. 




,/~*^ 



Fig. 88. — Miliary papular and pustular syphiloderm. 

Like the flat papular syphiloderm, the follicular variety occurs in 
two forms, a large and a small, but both forms of lesions are not 
uncommonly seen together. While less frequent than the flat variety 
of papular eruption, it is by no means rare. The papules, which 
are situated about the mouths of the hair follicles, are acuminate or 
conical in shape and vary in size from that of a pin-head to a millet 
seed and somewhat larger. At first a bright red in color, they soon 
become brownish-red and usually have a scale on their summit. The 
eruption may come out quite rapidly, reaching its full development 



INFLAMMATIONS 277 

in two or three days, or, as is more frequently the case, it may require 
from ten to fourteen days to reach its acme. It is situated upon the 
face, the trunk, especially the back over the scapulae, on the outer side 
of the upper arm and upon the thighs (Fig. 88). Often without any 
special arrangement, it frequently shows a decided tendency to occur 
in groups or patches which may be distinctly annular at times, or 
corymbiform. In most cases a few small pustules are scattered about 
with the papules. This eruption usually occurs within the first three 
or four months of the disease and pursues a chronic course. 

An unusual variety, characterized by very small papules, occurs 
as a late eruption, in the great majority of cases in cachectic women. 
The papules occur in closely aggregated patches resembling those 
of lichen scrofulosorum. Although red at first, they rapidly fade until 
they may differ but little in color from the normal skin. This is usually 
a very chronic form, yielding but slowly to treatment. 

Diagnosis. — While the arrangement, distribution and color of the 
eruption and its association with other evidences of syphilis usually 
make the diagnosis an easy one, it may be at times confounded with 
papular eczema, punctate psoriasis, keratosis pilaris, lichen planus 
and lichen scrofulosorum. Papular eczema is almost invariably accom- 
panied by intense itching, a symptom rarely present to any noticeable 
degree in syphilis ; the papules of psoriasis are uniformly scaly, while 
those of syphilis are commonly mixed with a few pustules ; keratosis 
pilaris is found as a rule upon the extremities and is a very chronic 
affection ; in lichen planus the papules are flat-topped and more or less 
pruritic and never associated with pustules ; lichen scrofulosorum is 
rare after puberty and is, as a rule, confined to the trunk, while the 
small follicular papular syphiloderm is seen for the most part in adults, 
and occurs upon the face and extremities as well as the trunk. 

Vesicular Syphiloderm. — Synonyms. — Syphiloderma vesiculosum ; 
Syphilide eczemateuse ; Syphilide herpetiforme. 

The existence of this variety of syphilitic eruption has been regarded 
with considerable scepticism or denied, but the observations of Basse- 
reau, Hardy, Hutchinson, and other equally experienced observers, 
leave no doubt of its existence, although it is very rare, probably the 
rarest of all the cutaneous symptoms of syphilis. 

A few years ago the author had the opportunity to' study a well- 
marked example of this eruption in the wards of the Philadelphia 
Hospital. It consisted of numerous small vesicles seated upon a 
slightly reddened base scattered over the face and extremities and to a 
less extent upon the trunk without any definite arrangement ; within 
a day or two the contents of the lesions, which at first were trans- 
parent, became turbid, and in some instances purulent, and dried into 
small crusts. 

According to the size and arrangement of the lesions, a number of 
varieties have been described. The vesicles may be quite small and 



278 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

closely aggregated in patches like those of eczema, or they may occur 
in well-defined groups like those of herpes, or in ring-shaped patches, 
the Syphilid e herpetiformc of Fournier. Occasionally they are quite 
large and resemble those of varicella. Hutchinson and Crocker have 
described a variety in which the eruption resembled that of herpes 
zoster, but differed from that affection in being symmetrical instead of 
unilateral. 

This eruption is, as a rule, an early one, usually occurring within 
the first six months of the disease, but exceptionally it may be seen 
much later. It occurs upon the trunk and extremities, and in rare 
instances in the face. It is a much less persistent form of eruption 
than the papular, commonly drying up and disappearing in the course 
of five or six weeks. 

Diagnosis. — It may be mistaken for eczema, for herpes and for 
varicella. From the first-named it is to be distinguished by the absence 
of oozing and itching, by the presence of other syphilitic symptoms, 
and the pigmentation which follows it. The herpetiform variety differs 
from herpes by the papulovesicular character of the lesions, by the 
symmetrical arrangement of the patches, and by the comparatively 
slow course of the eruption. The varicelliform variety differs from 
varicella in being confined to adults, in its much slower development 
and much longer course. 

Pustular Syphiloderm. — Synonyms.- — Syphiloderma pustulosum ; 
Acneform syphilid ; Ecthymaform syphilid ; Syphilid pustulo-crustacee. 

While less frequent than the macular and papular varieties of 
syphilitic eruption, the pustular forms are not at all uncommon. 
Although not often a very early manifestation of syphilis, they may 
occur at any period of the secondary stage and occasionally in the ter- 
tiary stage. In size and arrangement of the lesions they resemble 
the papular eruptions and like these are divided into large or small, 
flat or acuminate varieties, without any special arrangement, or 
arranged in groups or annular patches (Fig. 89). The lesions may be 
pustular from the beginning, or they may begin as papules or vesico- 
papules which shortly become distinct pustules. The subjects of the 
pustular eruptions are, as a rule, ill-nourished or debilitated, either as 
the result of the infection or from other causes such as insufficient 
food, alcoholism, etc. 

The acuminate or miliary pustular syphiloderm (Figs. 90 and 91) 
resembles in the size, shape and distribution of the lesions the miliary 
papular syphiloderm. It consists of pin-head- to millet-seed-sized 
conical or acuminate pustules situated about the hair-follicles. These 
begin as small red papules upon the summit of which a pustule or 
vesicopustule rapidly develops, the contents of which soon dry up into 
small brownish crusts which when they fall leave a pigmented spot 
or exceptionally a small scar. The eruption is rarely purely pustular, 



INFLAMMATIONS 



279 





Fig. 89- — Pustular syphiloderm. (Late secondary eruption. J 



280 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

but along with the pustules are a variable number of scaly acuminate 
papules. It may appear quite acutely, covering a considerable portion 
of the skin within a day or two, or it may come out in crops extending 
over a period of ten days to two weeks. When it comes out rapidly 
and early in the second stage it is commonly accompanied by some 
elevation of temperature. It is situated chiefly on the face, particularly 
the forehead, scalp, back of the neck, over the shoulders, and on the 
arms and legs. Not uncommonly, especially in the relapsing forms, 



/ 



I 



Fig. 90. — Miliary pustular syphiloderm. 



there is a more or less marked tendency to arrangement in well-defined 
patches or in rings and segments of circles. 

It usually occurs within the first six months of the disease, but is 
infrequent as a very early eruption ; it may be seen quite late. Its 
course is usually somewhat sluggish, lasting for some months. In- 
stead of small pin-head-sized pustules the lesions may be as large 
as split peas, resembling those of acne, the large acuminate pustular 
or acneform syphiloderm. Occasionally this variety may exhibit a 
more or less close resemblance to variola, many of the pustules show- 
ing umbilication ; indeed the resemblance at times is so close as to 
necessitate great care in the differential diagnosis (Fig. 92). 

The small flat pustular syphiloderm, the impetiginous syphilid, 
syphilitic impetigo or pustulo-crustaceous syphilid occurs as pea-sized 



INFLAMMATIONS 



281 



flat pustules usually arranged in ill-defined patches or less frequently 
scattered about without any definite arrangement. The contents soon 
dry into rather thick brown crusts which may be discrete or, when the 
pustules are numerous and closely aggregated, may cover considerable 
areas through the coalescence of the lesions (Fig. 93). Beneath these 
crusts there is usually superficial ulceration. The eruption affects particu- 
larly the hairy regions, such as the scalp, the beard, and the pubes, but 





Fig. 91. — Miliary pustular syphiloderm. 



also occurs about the angles of the mouth, the alas of the nose, upon the 
chin, less frequently on the extremities. The number of lesions varies 
considerably ; w r hen the eruption occurs early they are usually discrete 
and general, but when it occurs late or in debilitated subjects they 
are more numerous and form confluent patches. It is rarely an early 
eruption, but occurs in the late secondary or early tertiary period. 

The large flat pustular syphiloderm or ecthymatous syphiloderm 
occurs in two forms, a superficial and a deep form. The former is the 
earlier eruption of the two and may appear at any time within the first 



282 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



year, although it usually occurs six to eight months after the initial 
lesion. The pustules differ from those of the small flat variety chiefly 
in their larger size (Fig. 94). They are covered with thick crusts 
beneath which are superficial ulcerations or erosions, and are scattered 
over the scalp, the trunk and extremities, particularly the lower ones. 
Not infrequently they are associated with lesions of another type, such 
as papules or smaller pustules. The eruption may come out in a short 
time, or it may come out in successive crops over a period of some 
weeks ; and the earlier it appears the more abundant the eruption is 




Fig. 92. — Varioliform syphiloderm. 

likely to be. The greater number of pustules disappears without leav- 
ing any trace beyond a transient pigmentation, but a few scattered 
scars occasionally folloAv. 

In the deep-seated variety the lesions may be pustules from the 
beginning, but more frequently they begin as flat papules or tubercles 
which are speedily transformed into large pea- to finger-nail-sized 
pustules whose contents soon dry into thick brown or greenish crusts 
beneath which are ulcers of variable depth. In a certain proportion 
of cases these crusts increase in thickness and circumference by the 



INFLAMMATIONS 



283 



addition of successive layers from beneath, each new layer being 
larger than the preceding one, owing to the peripheral extension of 
the underlying ulcer; and in this manner laminated oyster-shell-like 
crusts are produced covering sharp-cut, at times quite deep, ulcers. 
This variety of eruption is known as rupia. When the crusts fall the 
ulcers slowly heal by granulation, leaving a round or oval smooth scar 
which is more or less pigmented, especially about its borders, and this 
pigmentation may last for many months or even years. 

The eruption is situated upon the shoulders, the back, and extremi- 




Fig. 93. — Pustular syphiloderm. 

ties, being most abundant in the last-named region on the legs. Its 
course is slow, continuing for many months or more than a year, new 
small crops of pustules appearing at intervals of a week or two for 
many months. It is a comparatively late manifestation, appearing 
about the end of the secondary stage or the beginning of the tertiary, 
although it may occur as early as the sixth month of the infection as 
a precocious symptom, when it is commonly much more destructive 
than when it appears at a later period. The patient usually shows 
symptoms of debility or is decidedly cachectic. 



284 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Diagnosis. — The several varieties of the pustular syphiloderm may 
at times be mistaken for acne, variola, impetigo, pustular eczema, and 
ecthyma. 

The follicular pustules of syphilis are to be distinguished from 
those of acne by their much wider distribution and association with 
enlarged lymphatic glands and other evidences of general infection ; 
the pustules of acne are in the vast majority of cases confined to the 
face and upper portion of the chest and back and are accompanied 




Fig. 94. — Large papulo-pustular syphiloderm. 

by comedones ; the course of the syphilitic eruption is comparatively 
acute, while that of acne is decidedly chronic. 

When the pustular syphiloderm is situated in the scalp or beard 
it may be mistaken for pustular eczema, but the latter is much more 
superficial, never produces ulceration, and is accompanied by itching 
and burning. The distinction between the varioliform syphiloderm 
and variola is at times made with difficulty. The eruption of the latter 
is preceded by a prodromal period with high temperature and severe 



INFLAMMATIONS 285 

pam in the lumbar region, it begins as shot-like papules which become 
v.mbilicated vesicles and later pustules, and is remarkably uniform in 
character. The lesions of syphilis have no vesicular stage, are not 
uniformly umbilicated, and there are usually a variable number of 
small scaly papules mixed with the pustules. When the eruption 
occurs early the initial sclerosis is usually still present. It should be 
remembered that the syphilitic eruption may at times be accompanied 
by fever. 

The impetiginous syphiloderm differs from impetigo in the greater 
number and wider distribution of the pustules, the absence of inflam- 
matory symptoms, itching and burning, and its chronic course. The 
large pustular syphiloderm at times resembles ecthyma, but differs 
from that affection in the deeper ulceration which accompanies it and 
the pigmented round scars which frequently follow it. Ecthyma is 
seen usually in broken-down subjects, alcoholics, and almost always 
in those who are the subjects of some itching affection, often pedicu- 
losis corporis ; it is for the most part limited to the lower extremities. 

Pigmentary Syphilide. — Synonyms. — Syphiloderma pigmentosum ; 
Syphilitic leukoderma. 

In 1853 Hardy called attention to a peculiar pigmentation of the 
skin as a symptom of syphilis, occurring in the great majority of 
cases upon the sides and back of the neck. It appears under several 
forms, first as ill-defined yellowish-brown or cafe-au-lait round or 
oval spots varying in size from an eighth of an inch to an inch in 
diameter ; as a well-defined band of diffuse pigmentation surrounding 
the neck, " the collar of Venus " ; or as oval or round whitish patches 
surrounded by a reteform pigmentation, the last-named sometimes 
following the second form. As already remarked, its usual situation 
is the neck, although it may extend to the trunk, and in exceptional 
cases may cover the greater part of it. It is seen almost exclusively in 
women before the age of thirty ; according to Maireau, it is rare after 
the twenty-fifth year. Most authors describe it as a very uncommon 
symptom, but Shillito found it in about seventy-five per cent, of fifty 
consecutive cases, and Maireau describes it as extremely common in 
young women. There is a good deal of uncertainty as to whether the 
pigmentation appears as a primary symptom or as the sequel of a 
preceding roseola. Shillito is quite convinced that in the majority of 
cases, if not invariably, the latter is the case. It is usually an early 
symptom occurring in the early months of the secondary stage, 
although it may appear late. It may disappear after two or three 
months, or it may last for several years, or even indefinitely, and is 
but little if at all influenced by antisyphilitic treatment. 

Diagnosis. — It is to be distinguished from chloasma, vitiligo or 
leukoderma and from tinea versicolor. 

Chloasma is situated, in most cases, upon the face, and is commonly 
associated with pregnancy or uterine disease ; the white patches of 



286 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

vitiligo are usually much better denned than those of syphilitic leuko- 
derma and are seldom confined to the neck; in tinea versicolor, which 
rarely extends to the uncovered parts of the neck, the discoloration 
is on, not in, the skin, and the microsporon furfur is readily found in 
scrapings from the discolored patch. 

Bullous Syphiloderm. — Synonyms. — Syphiloderma bullosum ; Pem- 
phigus syphiliticus. 

Synonyms. — Syphiloderma bullosum ; Pemphigus syphiliticus. 

Although the bullous syphiloderm is not uncommon in congenital 
syphilis, it is among the very rare forms of eruption in the acquired 
disease. It occurs as pea- to nut-sized blebs usually surrounded by a 
narrow dull-red halo, with transparent contents which soon become 
cloudy or purulent. These, in a few days, dry into brown or greenish 
crusts, which at times assume a rupial character, beneath which there 
is usually superficial ulceration. The blebs are discrete, rarely numer- 
ous, and are scattered over the extremities, often, like the congenital 
variety, upon the palms and soles, and less frequently upon the face 
and trunk. Other types of eruptive lesion are usually associated with 
the blebs as well as other symptoms of syphilis. In rare instances 
bullae have been observed upon the buccal mucous membrane, as in the 
cases reported by Fox and by Vomer. The eruption usually occurs 
in the latter part of the secondary or in the early tertiary stage, and 
pursues a somewhat indefinite course, lasting from some months to a 
year or two in exceptional cases. It is commonly regarded as indica- 
tive of a severe infection. 

Diagnosis. — The only affection for which it is at all likely to be 
mistaken is pemphigus, to which it at times bears considerable resem- 
blance ; indeed, the blebs frequently do not differ in any particular 
from those of pemphigus. The presence of other lesions and symp- 
toms of syphilis and the occurrence of ulceration, with the occasional 
formation of rupial crusts, are features of the syphilitic eruption which 
usually serve to make the differential diagnosis one of no great 
difficulty. 

Moist Papules. — Synonyms. — Flat condyloma (Fig. 95) ; Mucous 
patches; Fr., Plaques muqueuses ; Ger., Schleimhaut papeln. 

When syphilitic papules are situated in regions where the skin is 
constantly warm and moist and subjected to friction, or upon mucous 
membranes, they are more or less modified in their appearance, differ- 
ing from the lesions found in other regions. In regions where there 
are opposed skin surfaces, such as the inner surface of the upper thigh, 
the scrotum, the vulva, between the buttocks around the anus, less 
commonly beneath the pendent breasts of women, and occasionally 
between the toes and fingers, the papules soon become grayish or 
yellowish-white through maceration of the epidermis and secrete a 
mucopurulent foul-smelling discharge. Not infrequently, especially 
in those who are not cleanly, they undergo hypertrophy, become de- 



INFLAMMATIONS 



287 



cidedly elevated with a papillomatous surface, forming the lesion 
known as the flat condyloma. Sometimes this hypertrophy is exces- 
sive, giving rise to large cauliflower-like masses of vegetations covered 
with an extremely offensive secretion (vegetating or papillomatous 
syphiloderm). 

The mucous patch, which is a form of moist papule, occurs upon 
the mucous membranes of the lips, tongue, cheeks, the hard and soft 
palate, the tonsils, inner surface of the labia, and the anus, as roundish, 




Fig. 95. — Flat condylomata. 

oval or irregular, quite flat, very slightly elevated grayish patches from 
the size of a pea to the little finger-nail, which look as if lightly painted 
with silver nitrate. At times they are eroded or superficially ulcerated, 
when they may be quite sensitive, making the taking of hot drinks, or 
highly seasoned food painful when situated in the mouth. 

Both moist papules and mucous patches are very common lesions in 
the secondary stage of syphilis, and may be found in the majority of 
cases, the former particularly around the anus and vulva, the latter 
on the mucous membrane of the lower lip and tongue. Owing to their 



288 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



peculiar and usually well-defined features, they are of considerable 
value in diagnosis. While usually quite amenable to treatment, the 
mucous patch may recur with great persistency in the mouths of 
smokers. 

At the corners of the mouth, fissured moist papides are common : 
these are highly characteristic lesions not to be mistaken for any other 
affection. 

Mucous patches when ulcerated may be mistaken for aphthous 
ulcers, but the latter are distinctly vesicular when they first appear, 
are very painful, and run a very acute course, while the former are 
persistent lesions, often lasting for months. 



LATE OR TERTIARY SYPHILODERMATA 

The late cutaneous lesions of syphilis or the tertiary syphilo- 
dermata, as already observed, are distinguished from the early or sec- 




'. 



.J!?. 



f 



'MjT^rn 



Fig. 96. — Nodular syphiloderm 



INFLAMMATIONS 



289 



ondary eruptions by the comparatively small number of the lesions, 
their asymmetrical distribution, their tendency to ulceration and their 
extremely chronic course. There are several distinct varieties of 
lesion present in the tertiary stage, although fewer than those of the 
early period. The late syphilodermata are : the nodular or tubercular 
svphiloderm ; the gumma ; and the papulosquamous syphiloderm, 
limited to the palms and soles. 

Nodular Syphiloderm. — Synonyms. — Tubercular syphiloderm ; Sy- 
philoderma tuberculosum. 



ft * 






4 



it 




V 



3 *&v- 




Fig. 97. — Ulcerating nodular syphiloderm. Distribution resembling a thoracic zoster. 

The nodular syphiloderm is characterized by patches of dull-red or 
brownish-red elevations varying in size from that of a small to a large 
pea, with a smooth or slightly scaly surface usually aggregated in 
A^ariously sized patches or groups either without definite arrangement 
or, what is common, arranged in circles or segments of circles. Al- 
though such patches may be annular from the beginning, they also 
frequently arise through the absorption of the centrally situated lesions, 
while new nodules are added to the circumference. The nodules 
may undergo absorption after a month or two, leaving pigmented 
19 



290 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 




atrophy of the skin, or they may ulcerate, forming patches made up of 
a number of small round punched-out ulcers covered with crusts. 
These ulcerating patches are often crescentic or reniform in shape, 
advancing on the convex border and healing on the concave side, or 
they may form extensive serpiginous figures which ulcerate and crust 
over, and frequently involve large areas (Fig. 96) in the course of 
months or years, producing extreme destruction of the skin followed by 
scarring of a characteristic kind. The number of patches is usually 
a very limited one ; often there is but a single one, although there may 
be several. The nodular syphiloderm is usually seen two or three years 
after infection, although quite exceptionally it occurs in the late second- 
ary period, when the lesions are likely to be much more numerous 
than the later eruption, although never generalized and symmetrical. 

It very commonly occurs ten years or 
more after the initial lesion (Figs. 97, 
98, and 99). 

Although it may occur on any por- 
tion of the skin, it is most frequently 
seen in the face, especially on the fore- 
head, the nose, on the trunk, usually 
the posterior surface, and on the ex- 
tensor surface of the extremities. 

The course is a chronic one, the 
patches slowly extending and lasting 
for years unless removed by treatment. 
Usually there are no very marked 
subjective symptoms. Even when ex- 
tensive ulceration occurs, there is little 
or no pain, but exceptionally there 
may be severe pain when the ulcers are 
situated about the joints, such as the 
ankle, where they are subjected to frequent movement. 

Diagnosis. — The nodular syphiloderm is usually recognized with- 
out difficulty, the only affection for which it is at all likely to be mis- 
taken being lupus vulgaris. The former is almost always a disease 
of adults, the latter begins as a rule in childhood ; the former fre- 
quently shows an annular or crescentic arrangement, the latter very 
infrequently does so ; the syphilitic affection pursues a much more 
rapid course than lupus, producing as much ulceration in a few 
months as the latter does in as many years ; and, lastly, when recurrence 
takes place in old areas, in lupus new nodules frequently appear in 
the midst of the cicatrices, whereas the nodules of syphilis are never 
or seldom found in, but at, the margin of the scars. 

Squamous Palmar and Plantar Syphiloderm (Plate XVII). — Refer- 
ence has already been made to the scaly papular eruption of the palms 
and soles which forms part of a general eruption in the secondary 




Fig. 98.— Nodular syphiloderm. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



291 




Fig. 99. — Nodular syphiloderm Clate). The case had been mistaken for lupus, which it resembled very 
much. Recovered promptly under specific treatment. 




Pig. 100. — Circinate squamous syphiloderm (late). 



292 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



period. There is also a scaly syphiloderm of the palm and soles which 
is a common and characteristic eruption of the late or tertiary stage. 
It differs from the papulo-squamous eruption of the secondary period by 
its asymmetrical distribution — it affects a single palm or sole, occasion- 
ally both a palm and sole, but rarely, if ever, both palms and soles. 
It occurs under two forms. The first is distinguished by sharply 
defined, scaly patches with slightly elevated borders made up of pinkish, 
red, or yellowish hemp-seed-sized, flat, confluent nodules covered with 
thin adherent scales. Quite often the patches are perfectly annular 
(Fig. ioo), varying in diameter from that of a large pea to a dime, and 
may be present in considerable numbers, or by the junction of two or 
more, they may form a patch of considerable size with polycyclic or 




Fig. ioi. — Squamous syphiloderm (.late). 

serpiginous borders. For a time after their appearance they slowly 
extend, but when fully developed they are apt to remain stationary 
for months. In a certain proportion of cases there is more or less 
pronounced hyperkeratosis with Assuring in the normal furrows. Upon 
the soles this hyperkeratosis may be extreme, forming a thick horny 
plate with fissures extending deeply into the corium which make walk- 
ing very painful. 

A second form occurs as pea- to finger-nail-sized or larger map-like 
round or oval pinkish or red, slightly desquamating patches sur- 
rounded by a narrow collar of horny epidermis, with its turned up 
edge toward the centre of the patch (Fig. ioi). 

The course of this form of syphiloderm is usually extremely chronic ; 
when once established it may last for many months, and not uncom- 



PLATE XVIII 




Ulcerating syphilitic gummata. 



INFLAMMATIONS 293 

monly for years, without undergoing any very marked change in its 
appearance. It is one of the most rebellious of all the forms of 
cutaneous syphilis, demanding for its successful treatment vigorous 
internal and external measures, and is extremely prone to recur. 

Diagnosis. — The squamous palmar syphiloderm is to be distin- 
guished from squamous eczema and psoriasis. It differs from the first 
by the absence of itching, the sharp circumscription of the patches and 
their often annular or circinate shape. 

Psoriasis is quite uncommon on the palms and soles and is never 
confined to them, but is always accompanied by characteristic patches 
elsewhere, particularly the scalp, elbows and knees. The scale is char- 
acteristically laminated, quite unlike the scale of the syphiloderm. 

The gummatous syphiloderm or gumma (Plate XVIII) is usually 
a manifestation of the late or tertiary stage of syphilis, but may occur 
in the late secondary stage or even, very exceptionally, in the early 
secondary stage, when it is usually to be regarded as a symptom of 
so-called precocious syphilis. 

It begins as a small, firm subcutaneous nodule which, as it enlarges, 
becomes adherent to the overlying skin which, at first of normal color, 
becomes red and slightly elevated. It grows rather rapidly and in the 
course of a month or six weeks may reach the size of an English 
walnut or a small egg. The skin becomes stretched, bluish in color, 
and finally gives way, a viscid bloody fluid escaping through the open- 
ing. Within a short time a sharp-cut " punched-out " ulcer is formed 
which is usually of considerable depth, sometimes extending down to 
the subcutaneous tissue ; this ulcer may continue for months or a year 
or two, unless healed by appropriate treatment, slowly extending in 
depth and circumference. 

Instead of a circumscribed nodule there may be a diffuse infiltration 
of the subcutaneous tissue and skin, forming a firm, rather ill-defined 
dusky-red or bluish plaque of variable size in which after some weeks 
or a month or two several round openings appear (Fig. 102) from which 
a viscid fluid is discharged. These openings may remain as discrete 
ulcers, or several of them may unite to form a serpiginous ulceration 
of considerable extent, or the whole plaque may eventually break down 
to form one large ulcer with irregular or polycyclic margins. While 
the usual course of the gumma is to soften and ulcerate, it may, after 
a time, disappear by absorption without ulceration. When extensive 
gummatous infiltration and ulceration occur upon the legs or the 
female genitalia, the lymphatic circulation may be greatly interfered 
with and a condition of fibrous thickening with papillomatous growth 
may arise resembling elephantiasis. 

The most frequent site of the gumma is the legs, particularly the 
outer side of the calf, but it may occur on any portion of the body. 
Upon the buttocks and thighs, regions in which there is an abundance 
of subcutaneous tissue, it is often extensive and deep. Over flat bony 
surfaces, such as the sternum, the forehead and scalp, where there is 



294 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



little subcutaneous tissue, it frequently involves the periosteum and 
is followed by necrosis of the bone. 

When it occurs in the late or tertiary stage it is usually a solitary 
lesion, although several are not at all uncommon. Gumma of the 
earlier stages is much more apt to be multiple and when there are a 
number they are usually smaller than when there is but a single lesion. 

It is usually without pain in its earlier stages, or if pain is present 
it is rarely pronounced, but when ulceration has occurred there may 




Fig. 



102. — Multiple ulcerating syphilitic gummata. Rapid recovery under specific treatment. 



be decided pain, especially when it is situated in the neighborhood of 
a joint where it is subjected to frequent movement. 

Diagnosis. — In the ulcerative stage the recognition of the syphilitic 
gumma usually presents but little difficulty; its circular shape and 
" punched-out " appearance, its situation on the calf in many cases, 
or over flat bony surfaces, the absence of pain or its comparatively mild 
character when present, and the scars of old syphilitic ulceration 
often to be found if looked for, are quite distinctive. The case is 
otherwise, however, before ulceration has taken place, and the diag- 
nosis may then present considerable difficulty. It may be mistaken 



INFLAMMATIONS 295 

for various forms of new-growth, benign or malignant, such as fibroma, 
lipoma, sarcoma, or the tuberculous gumma. From the new-growths it 
differs by its comparatively rapid growth, by the early appearance of 
ulceration, by its situation on the legs, a region seldom attacked by 
new-growths; from the tuberculous gumma, which occurs upon the 
calf, in young women most frequently, the erythema induratum of 
Bazin; it differs also by the much earlier appearance of ulceration and 
by the circular shape of the ulcers, quite unlike the irregularly-shaped 
ulcers with undermined borders which occur in the tuberculous 
affection. 

When there is the slightest uncertainty in the differential diag- 
nosis between an ulcerating gumma and the ulcer which results from 
malignant disease, it is wise to give the patient the benefit of a short 
course of specific treatment before subjecting him to a serious and muti- 
lating operation. The author has known this precaution to serve a 
most useful purpose in more than one instance. The Wassermann 
reaction may be absent in late syphilis, and its presence only proves that 
the patient is a syphilitic subject and not that the ulcer is of necessity 
syphilitic. 

Congenital Syphilis (Syphilis Cutanea Congenita). — The eruptions 
of infantile, congenital or inherited syphilis present much the same 
features as those of the acquired or adult form, but they also pre- 
sent certain peculiarities in symptoms and course which distin- 
guish them somewhat from the latter. They are not preceded by 
an initial lesion and their development is not marked by the more or 
less orderly stages which characterize the development of acquired 
syphilis. The type of eruption is more or less influenced by a number 
of factors, important among which is the period at which infection has 
taken place, i.e., whether it has occurred at the moment of conception 
or at an early or late period of the pregnancy. The later in the preg- 
nancy the infection takes place, the more nearly the eruptions approach 
in type those of acquired syphilis. The character of the eruptions is 
also influenced to a considerable degree by certain anatomical and 
physiological peculiarities of the infant skin. They are usually de- 
cidedly more hypersemic and less infiltrated than those of the adult. 
The profound prejudicial influence which the infection exerts upon the 
development of the entire infant organism and the frequent concomitant 
occurrence of grave visceral disease, due also to the infection, must 
exercise a considerable effect upon the cutaneous symptoms. 

The most frequent type of eruption is the erythematous or macular 
which appears about the third week after birth, but may appear in the 
first week or as late as the sixth or eighth week. It is distinguished 
by red patches, varying in size from that of a pea to a finger-nail, which 
soon assume a brownish-red hue and do not wholly disappear under 
pressure, owing to the presence of slight pigmentation. Occasionally 
there is a slight degree of infiltration producing some elevation, maculo- 



296 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

papules, and the papules may at times show a slight scale upon ex- 
posed parts. The eruption shows a certain predilection for the 
abdomen, buttocks, genitalia, and inner surface of the thighs, but 
may occur on the trunk, forearms, especially upon the palms and soles, 
and in the face about the alae of the nose and around the mouth. A 
frequent and characteristic symptom is a coryza which interferes with 
breathing through the nose and consequently with nursing, producing 
the well-known " snuffles." There is commonly more or less hoarse- 
ness, or complete aphonia. Occasionally the eruption is so slight and 
disappears so rapidly that it attracts but little attention, or may escape 
notice altogether, but in most cases it is quite abundant, lasts for a num- 
ber of weeks, and may continue for a longer period by the appearance 
of new lesions from time to time. 

A papular eruption also occurs in infantile syphilis which resembles 
the papular syphiloderm of acquired syphilis, but the papules are 
usually much less infiltrated than in the adult and less inclined to 
scale. It is situated upon the cheeks, the forehead, and the nates 
principally. About the anus, on the scrotum and thighs, and about the 
mouth, it occurs as moist papules or flat condylomata, which frequently 
ulcerate, sometimes quite deeply, and when numerous, extensive de- 
struction may result. About the angles of the mouth they are fre- 
quently accompanied by fissures. 

Many years ago Taylor described a characteristic symptom of con- 
genital syphilis to which attention has been more recently called by 
Meyer and Hochsinger. This is a diffuse infiltration occurring upon 
the palms and soles and buttocks, which Taylor attributed to the fusion 
of numerous papules. The palms and soles are a dull red color, thick- 
ened and somewhat scaly. It appears most frequently in the fourth 
week after birth, reaches its acme in the second or third month, and 
then slowly disappears. Mracek does not regard it as related to 
papules in any way but as following an erythema. 

A vesicular eruption also occurs, but is extremely rare, and is almost 
always asociated with pustular and bullous lesions. 

The pustular eruption does not differ in any essential particular, 
neither as to the character of the pustules nor their distribution from 
the pustular syphiloderm of acquired syphilis ; it is less frequent than 
the macular and papular eruptions and usually occurs in infants whose 
nutrition is profoundly affected by the infection. While it usually 
disappears without leaving any permanent alteration, it may be fol- 
lowed by considerable scarring. 

The nodular or tubercular syphiloderm and the gumma are rarely 
seen in infants, but may occur at a later period as symptoms of inherited 
syphilis ; they do not differ from the lesions of the acquired form. 

In a certain proportion of cases the syphilitic infant is born with 
an eruption which consists of pea- to nut-sized blebs situated in most 
instances upon the palms and soles, the so-called syphilitic pemphigus. 
According to Mracek's statistics, fully one-half of all prematurely born 



INFLAMMATIONS 297 

syphilitic infants are thus affected. The contents of the blebs, at first 
turbid serum, soon become purulent, the blebs rupture, leaving an 
excoriated surface which frequently becomes the seat of an ulcer. The 
nails are frequently affected ; the matrix inflames and ulcerates, the 
nails become brown, loose, and drop off. Although occurring most 
frequently upon the palmar and plantar surfaces, the eruption may 
also occur upon the trunk and limbs. The infants are profoundly 
marasmic ; the skin is pale, yellowish, flabby and wrinkled, the face is 
that of an old man or woman, the nose is blocked up with crusts and 
the cry is hoarse or there is complete aphonia. In the great majority 
of cases death occurs in the course of a week or two, or earlier. 

Symptoms. — The features of the several eruptions which have 
already been described ; the early age at which they appear, usually 
within the first six weeks, seldom later than the third month ; the 
marasmic appearance of the infant — the yellow, withered, flabby skin 
and weazened features, like that of old age ; the nasal obstruction ; the 
hoarse cry or aphonia, the presence of moist papules about the anus 
and rhagades at the corners of the mouth all combine to present a 
picture which is readily recognized and once seen is not soon forgotten. 

In older children the cutaneous symptoms are frequently accom- 
panied by symptoms referable to other tissues, such as dactylitis, a 
gummatous inflammation of one or more of the phalanges producing a 
spindle-shaped swelling of one or more fingers, keratitis, and the pecu- 
liar notched condition of the permanent central incisors — Hutchinson's 
teeth ; these are frequently valuable corroborative symptoms. 

Etiology. — In the vast majority of cases syphilis is acquired in sexual 
intercourse, but infection frequently occurs in other ways. Owing to 
the frequent occurrence of lesions in the mouth, which are highly con- 
tagious, it may be transmitted by kissing, by bites, e.g, the nursling 
frequently infects the wet-nurse. It may be transmitted indirectly by 
a great number of objects in daily use which have been used by infected 
individuals. Drinking-glasses, and other table utensils, toilet articles, 
tobacco-pipes, the mouth-pieces of musical wind-instruments, surgical 
and dental instruments, may all be the media of infection (syphilis of 
the innocent, syphilis insontium). The obstetrician and the midwife 
occasionally acquire it in the performance of their duties, the initial 
lesion being situated in most instances upon the finger, but occasionally 
upon other parts of the hand. Both sexes are alike susceptible, and no 
age is exempt. It is highly contagious in the primary and secondary 
stages, but only slightly so in the tertiary stage. 

It is frequently congenital, infection taking place through the pla- 
centa from the mother and only indirectly through the father ; opinions 
vary, however, on this point. 

The direct cause is a motile spiral microorganism shaped like a cork- 
screw, the spirochceta pallida or treponema pallidum, discovered by 
Schaudinn and Hoffmann in 1905. It is from five to fifteen microns 
long and has from three to ten or more spirals. It is present in the 



298 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

initial lesion, in the eruptive lesions of the secondary stage usually in 
great numbers, and in small numbers in the lesions of the tertiary stage, 
in the lymphatic glands and in great numbers in the viscera in congeni- 
tal syphilis,, being especially abundant in the liver. Its causal relation- 
ship to the malady has been demonstrated by the production of charac- 
teristic lesions in the monkey and chimpanzee by the inoculation of 
pure cultures, and it has been successfully cultivated by Noguchi. 
It may be demonstrated in smears or scrapings from the initial lesion 
or from mucous patches, moist papules and papules upon the skin, by 
dark-ground illumination, or very readily by the India ink method of 
Burri. The author has found that the India ink may be very satis- 
factorily replaced by nigrosine, as suggested by Goosman. 

Pathology. — Syphilis is an infection, a spirillosis, due to the spiro- 
chaeta pallida (treponema pallidum), and the lesions which distinguish 
it belong to the infectious granulomata. The histological changes 
which characterize it are, with the exception of a number of compara- 
tively unimportant details, practically the same in all forms of eruption. 

In the erythematous (macular) syphiloderm the changes are slight; 
there is some dilatation of the vessels of the superficial plexus, chiefly 
in the papillary body, beginning endothelial proliferation and a slight 
increase of cells about the vessels, the follicles and the sweat-glands. 

In the papule, which may be taken as the histological type of the 
syphilitic lesion, there is at first a very abundant perivascular leucocytic 
exudation which is soon replaced by a dense infiltration of plasma cells 
(Fig. 103) in the papillary body and the subpapillary portion of the 
corium. Occasional giant-cells are also present, in many of which 
the peripheral ring of nuclei is incomplete, a feature which distinguishes 
them from the giant-cells of the tuberculous granuloma (Unna). 
Occasionally there are also a varying quantity of red blood-cells scat- 
tered throughout the mass of plasma cells. In the region occupied 
by the exudate the elastic tissue has in large part or completely disap- 
peared. The epidermis is at first but little altered, but later there is 
inter- and intracellular oedema of the rete, with numerous migratory 
leucocytes in the intercellular spaces, and in places small collections 
of polynuclear leucocytes, especially beneath the horny layer, which at 
times unite to form small pustules (papulo-pustular syphiloderm). 

The miliary papular syphiloderm differs from the larger papular 
syphiloderm chiefly by its situation about the follicles, the greater 
number of giant-cells in the exudate and a more pronounced tendency 
to superficial destruction (Ehrmann) ; it is, in fact, a syphilitic follicu- 
litis and perifolliculitis. 

In the syphilitic condyloma (flat condyloma), in addition to the 
plasma-cell exudate in the papillary and subpapillary portion of the 
corium, there is an enormous increase in the length and breadth, espe- 
cially the former, of the papillae and a corresponding increase in the 
size of the interpapillary prolongations of the rete. In the latter there 
is an abundant immigration of leucocytes which may at times lead to 



INFLAMMATIONS 



299 



leaving 



the destruction of the rete, which is then cast off as a crust, 
a raw, easily bleeding surface. 

According to Unna, the lesions of the tertiary stage are nothing 
more than " the rejuvenated remains of old syphilitic products of the 
secondary, or even primary period," a view which was also held by 
Hutchinson. 

The nodular (tubercular) syphiloderm is histologically much like 
the syphilitic papule. It is made up of plasma cells and young connec- 
tive-tissue cells with dilated blood-vessels and lymph-spaces. 









y ; w£&M 






mm& 



■u:«&? 



r-s. 



1 




Pig. 103. — Vegetating syphilitic papule. Greatly elongated interpapillary rete processes; plasma-cell 
exudate in papillary and subpapillary portion of corium. 

The gumma differs considerably in its structure from the other 
syphilodermata. It is surrounded by a capsule of connective tissue, 
next to which is an inflammatory exudate composed of leucocytes and 
plasma-cells while the centre is granulation tissue in which are large 
connective-tissue cells and a few giant-cells, much fewer in number 
than in the lesions of the secondary stage. The centre may undergo 
caseation, or be transformed into cicatricial connective tissue. When 
it involves the epidermis, the latter is invaded by leucocytes and even- 
tually gives way, permitting the discharge of the softened contents of 
the centre of the gumma. 



300 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Diagnosis. — As the diagnosis of the various syphilodermata has 
already been discussed in the sections devoted to their consideration, 
we shall confine ourselves here to an account of those symptoms which, 
common to the whole group of syphilitic eruptions, are to be con- 
sidered in the diagnosis of cutaneous syphilis considered as a whole. 

The eruptions of the secondary stage are almost without exception 
more or less general in their distribution and symmetrical in their 
arrangement. While they may occur on any part of the skin, they 
manifest a partiality for certain regions, such as the border of the 
scalp on the forehead (the so-called corona veneris), about the alae 
of the nose, around the mouth, the flexor surfaces of the forearms and 
the palms of the hands. Their color is somewhat distinctive — although 
often a bright red when they first appear, they soon assume a brownish- 
red hue, the so-called " coppercolor " or " ham-color," but too much 
stress should not be laid upon this symptom, since it is frequently absent 
or so little marked as to be of no account. A much more valuable 
diagnostic feature is polymorphism, which is rarely absent, and is often 
quite marked. With every macular eruption there is pretty sure to 
be a certain number of papules, and in every papular eruption scattered 
pustules are present. This polymorphism is due to the fact that the 
eruptions usually come out in crops and the lesions undergo further 
development after their appearance, so that various stages are present 
simultaneously. A negative symptom of some value is the complete 
absence in many cases of subjective symptoms, or their trivial character 
when present ; syphilitic eruptions rarely itch, but there are exceptions 
to this rule. In negroes itching is often present to a considerable 
degree, so much so that they often refer to their disease as an " itch." 

Symptoms on the part of the mucous membranes, of the eye, and of 
the lymphatic glands are frequently associated with the eruptions and 
are of very great value in corroborating the diagnosis. Lesions of the 
mucous membranes of the mouth and pharynx are often present. Sore 
throat, at times accompanied by hoarseness, is very often complained 
of in the early eruptive stage, and mucous patches are frequent at the 
corners of the mouth, on the inner surface of the lips, the cheeks, the 
tongue, tonsils, and the mucous surface of the labia. Moist papules, 
flat condylomata, are common about the anus, on the scrotum, the 
vulva and inner surface of the thighs. 

Iritis is a frequent occurrence in the early secondary stage. 

In the great majority of cases a more or less general adenopathy 
is present during the secondary eruptions, most readily perceived in 
the post-cervical, epitrochlear and inguinal glands. Too much impor- 
tance should not be attached to this symptom, however, since it is by 
no means confined to syphilis, but is present in some of the acute 
exanthemata. 

It should be kept in mind that in a considerable proportion, if not in 
the majority, of cases the early eruptions are preceded and accom- 
panied by fever, the elevation of temperature being at times consider- 



INFLAMMATIONS 301 

able. The author has known cases of this kind to be mistaken for 
typhoid fever. 

In 1901 Bordet found that when the blood of one animal was in- 
jected into another of a different species, as the blood of a rabbit 
into a guinea-pig, the serum of the second animal acquired the power 
to dissolve the blood-corpuscles of the first, and that this hemolytic 
property was due to the presence of two substances, " amboceptor " 
and " complement," in the serum of the injected animal. It was also 
found that certain substances known as "antibodies" are present in the 
blood of those suffering from various infections, which under certain 
conditions (addition of an " antigen ") may fix the complement and pre- 
vent hemolysis. Wassermann, Neisser and Bruck, utilizing these dis- 
coveries, devised a method of serum diagnosis since known as the Was- 
sermann reaction, complement-fixation test, which has proven to be of 
the greatest value, not only as a diagnostic method, but as a method of 
controlling the results of treatment. Although it has been variously 
modified by a number of serologists, notably by Noguchi, making it 
more delicate and accurate and less complicated, it nevertheless re- 
quires considerable technical training and skill for its proper perform- 
ance, and should, therefore, always be entrusted to the laboratory- 
worker. Unless skilfully done, it is not only wholly unreliable, but 
what it worse it is likely to be misleading. The reader who desires 
details as to its performance is referred to the manuals of pathology. 

It is to be employed in all cases in which the diagnosis is the least 
in doubt, but it should also be borne in mind that it has its limitations. 
It does not appear until the end of the first week after the appearance 
of the initial lesion, and usually appears later, as late as the end of the 
fourth week ; it is not invariably present even in the secondary stage, 
being absent in about ten per cent, and is absent in a still larger per 
cent, of cases in the tertiary stage. It may be absent in alcoholics and 
after the inhalation of ether. It is present in other diseases besides 
syphilis, such as leprosy, yaws, malaria, and scarlet fever. It should 
always be kept in mind that a positive reaction means nothing more 
than that the individual is syphilitic ; it is by no means definite proof, 
but only presumptive evidence, that his cutaneous affection is syphilis. 

Another procedure of considerable diagnostic value, particularly in 
the teritary stage, is the intradermic injection of " luetin " the name 
given by Noguchi to a suspension or extract of killed pure cultures of 
the spirochaetse. A positive result is indicated by the appearance of 
a red papule at the site of the injection at the end of from twenty- 
four to thirty-six hours. Occasionally after two or three days a pustule 
takes the place of the papule and in rare cases the reaction may be 
delayed for a week or more. As the reaction is frequently negative in 
the secondary stage, it is much less valuable than the Wassermann re- 
action, but it is usually present in the tertiary stage. Sherrick has very 
recently announced that a positive reaction may be obtained in ninety- 
nine per cent, of all cases, syphilitic or otherwise, in which iodide of 



302 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

potassium or other preparations of iodine are being administered. If 
subsequent observations should prove the correctness of this statement, 
it should be remembered as a possible source of error. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis of the early syphilodermata is, upon the 
whole, very favorable, most of them disappearing after some weeks or 
a month or two spontaneously, and their disappearance is greatly ac- 
celerated by judicious treatment. The early erythematous or macular 
eruption is often an insignificant one, at times so slight as to give the 
patient but little concern or even escaping his notice altogether. Ex- 
ceptionally the disease may apparently come to an end with this erup- 
tion ; cases occur in which it is the first and only symptom of infection. 

The pustular eruptions, especially those of the later secondary 
period, are apt to be more persistent, and the larger lesions are fre- 
quently followed by permanent scarring. 

Mucous patches in the mouth are frequently most annoying lesions, 
resisting treatment and recurring with extraordinary persistency, par- 
ticularly in smokers. Moist papules about the anus and genitalia of 
both sexes are often persistent, especially in the uncleanly, and in 
alcoholics or those debilitated by unhygienic living. Ulceration may 
occur causing considerable pain and destruction of tissue. 

In rare cases the symptoms are unusually severe from the begin- 
ning, or shortly after the appearance of the early eruption (malignant 
syphilis, syphilis prsecox). Pustular and ulcerative lesions appear in 
the early secondary stage, unusually rebellious to treatment, the pa- 
tient becoming profoundly cachectic, and death may follow in the 
severest cases. 

The tertiary lesions, such as the nodular (tubercular) and gum- 
matous syphilodermata, are chronic affections and, unlike the second- 
ary eruptions, show little or no tendency to spontaneous healing, but 
may last for many months or years when untreated; they usually re- 
spond readily, however, to judicious treatment. The scaly palmar 
syphiloderm of the late stage is an exception ; it is one of the most re- 
bellious of all the syphilodermata, often yielding only to intensive in- 
ternal and external treatment. 

The prognosis in congenital syphilis is far more serious than in the 
acquired form. In infants born with bullous lesions, the so-called 
syphilitic pemphigus, and in those with pronounced malnutrition, death 
within the first month or two after birth is common, although recovery 
may last for many months or years when untreated ; they usually re- 
One of the most important factors influencing the prognosis is the 
character of the treatment employed in the early stages of the infection. 
If it has been begun early and has been carried out vigorously and 
methodically, a permanent cure may be confidently anticipated, but if, 
on the contrary, it has been begun late and has been conducted ir- 
regularly, relapses and the occurrence of tertiary lesions may be looked 
for in a very large proportion of cases. 

Treatment. — The treatment of cutaneous syphilis is practically the 






INFLAMMATIONS 303 

treatment of syphilis in general ; the symptoms of the early stages, of 
the first or second years, are largely and often entirely confined to the 
skin. 

The subject of active syphilis should pay the strictest attention to 
personal hygiene, and when ulcerative lesions are present, the utmost 
cleanliness should be observed ; and this is especially necessary in the 
case of infantile syphilis in which the eruptions are apt to be on the 
buttocks, around the genitalia and anus and about the mouth. The 
diet should be a generous one and in the case of infants especial atten- 
tion should be given to the patient's nutrition, which is usually much 
impaired. In adults the use of alcohol should be forbidden, or if the 
patient has been accustomed to its daily use the quantity should be 
greatly restricted. When mucous patches are present in the mouth the 
use of tobacco in every form should be strictly forbidden, especially 
smoking, which always exerts a most injurious effect upon such lesions. 
In anaemic subjects, especially those with extensive ulcerative lesions, 
some easily assimilable form of iron, such as the potassio-tartrate, 
should be given. Codliver oil, if easily digested, may also be given 
with advantage when there are evidences of defective nutrition. 

The patient, if an adult, should always be informed of the infec- 
tious nature of his disease and the possibility of infecting those about 
him and should be urged to take every precaution in the use of toilet 
articles and table utensils to avoid such an unfortunate occurrence. 
The attendants of syphilitic infants should be similarly instructed. 

The medicinal treatment consists in the internal administration of 
mercury and its salts, certain synthetic compounds or arsenic, the most 
important of which is salvarsan, arsenobenzol, or dioxydiaminoarseno- 
benzol, and the iodides of potassium and sodium. These exercise a 
specific effect upon the infection, causing the disappearance of the 
spirochaetae, or inhibiting their activity, and bringing about the disap- 
pearance of the lesions characteristic of the malady. 

Mercury is the oldest of these remedies, and until the introduction 
of salvarsan was undoubtedly the most efficacious of all the drugs used 
in the treatment of syphilis. It is used in many forms : as metallic mer- 
cury in mercurial ointment (unguentum hydrargyrum), in gray oil 
(oleum cinereum), in mercury-with-chalk (hydrargyrum cum creta) ; 
as salts of the metal, such as the mild chloride (calomel), the bichloride, 
the protiodide, the biniodide, the salicylate, and many others. As the 
therapeutic effect of these does not differ materially, if at all, the 
choice of the particular form will depend upon convenience of admin- 
istration, certainty of effect, individual susceptibility, age and other 
factors of a similar kind. 

For oral administration the protiodide is a favorite salt with many; 
it should be given in doses of one-quarter to one-half grain (0.016 to 
0.03) three times a day. It is apt to produce more or less abdominal 
pain and diarrhoea in many individuals, even when given in moderate 
doses ; this may be obviated to some degree by the simultaneous ad- 



304 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ministration of small doses of opium, but this is often inadvisable. The 
author much prefers the mercury-with-chalk (hydrargyrum cum creta) 
or gray powder, which should be given in doses of one to two grains 
(0.065 t0 ai 3) three times a day. It is much less apt to produce intes- 
tinal disturbances than the protiodide and is just as effective. It is 
especially to be preferred in the oral treatment of infantile syphilis. 

One of the most efficient ways of using mercury is by inunction. 
The method is objectionable because it is dirty, time-consuming, fre- 
quently produces a severe dermatitis necessitating the suspension of 
the treatment and cannot be used as a rule without betraying its use. 

After a warm bath and thorough drying of the skin one dram (4.0) 
of mercurial ointment is rubbed into the region selected for twenty min- 
utes by the clock, no less, and occasionally longer when the ointment 
is not readily taken up. The parts selected for the inunctions are com- 
monly the inner surface of the thighs, the calves, the abdomen, the 
sides of the thorax, and the flexor surface of the arms and forearms. 
Each of these is used in regular succession in such a manner that no 
one region is rubbed oftener than once a week; in this manner the 
production of a dermatitis may usually be avoided. The morning fol- 
lowing the inunction, a warm bath may be taken to remove the oint- 
ment which still remains upon the skin. The inunctions should be 
made daily until from thirty to forty have been taken, when they should 
be suspended for a time. At Aix la Chapelle (Aachen), where the 
inunction treatment has been very thoroughly elaborated, the first 
course lasts six weeks ; a second is given at the end of a year, lasting 
one month. 

In infantile syphilis treatment by inunction is much to be preferred 
to all other methods. One dram (4.0) of equal parts of mercurial oint- 
ment and lanolin should be gently rubbed into the abdomen or, what 
is quite effective, spread upon the abdominal binder, daily. 

One of the most efficient, if not the most efficient method of admin- 
istering mercurial treatment, is the intramuscular injection of metallic 
mercury as gray oil (oleum cinereum), or the salicylate, or some one 
of the soluble salts. Of the soluble salts the bichloride is the most fre- 
quently used ; it is dissolved in sterile normal saline solution and given 
in doses of one-quarter to one-half grain (0.016 to 0.05) three times 
a week, the injections being most conveniently made in the gluteal 
region. 

The insoluble preparations, however, are to be preferred to the 
soluble salts; their effect is a more continuous one and the injections 
need not be given so frequently. Those most frequently used are 
calomel, metallic mercury and the salicylate of mercury ; these are sus- 
pensions in some sterile bland oil, such as oil of sesame, oil of sweet al- 
mond or fluid petrolatum. Calomel is seldom used at the present time 
owing to the pain which follows its injection ; metallic mercury, as gray 
oil (oleum cinereum), and the salicylate are the preparations most fre- 
quently employed. These may be conveniently obtained already pre- 



INFLAMMATIONS 305 

pared in sterile ampoules, each of which contains one dose. The equiva- 
lent of one grain (0.065) of mercury or from one-half to one grain 
(0.03 to 0.065) of the salicylate should be given at each injection and 
the injections should be made once a week. The best site for the in- 
jections is the gluteal muscles, although any region in which there is a 
thick mass of muscles may be used ; they should be made directly and 
deeply into the muscles, with the strict observance of asepsis. A glass 
syringe, so constructed that all parts of it may be thoroughly sterilized, 
should be used. 

Mercurial fumigation is seldom used at the present time, although 
there is no doubt about its value in the treatment of syphilis, especially 
in the ulcerative forms. The patient is placed in a bath cabinet with 
the head outside, seated upon a cane-seated chair beneath which is a 
small stand with a receptacle in which is placed twenty to thirty grains 
(1.30 to 2.0) of calomel, which is vaporized by a small alcohol lamp. 

During the carrying out of every form of mercurial treatment spe- 
cial attention should be paid to the condition of the mouth ; the tooth- 
brush should be used frequently in conjunction with some mild anti- 
septic mouth-wash, or a saturated solution of potassium chlorate. If 
signs of ptyalism appear (and ptyalism sometimes appears very sud- 
denly during inunctions or intramuscular injections), the treatment 
should be suspended until they have disappeared. 

The presence of nephritis is a contra-indication to every form of 
mercurial treatment, and particularly to the more intensive forms, such 
as inunction and intramuscular injection. 

In 1910 Ehrlich announced the discovery of a new arsenical com- 
pound, arsenobenzol, salvarsan (dioxydiaminoarsenobenzol) possess- 
ing remarkable spirillicide properties with which he hoped to be able 
to destroy all the spirochaetse at one stroke and thus bring the infection 
to an abrupt end. The hope that it might be possible to cure syphilis 
with one dose was not realized, unhappily, but the drug has been 
proved to have extraordinary value in the treatment of that malady. It 
occurs as a yellow powder containing a large proportion (thirty-four 
per cent.) of arsenic which readily oxidizes on exposure to the air; its 
solutions should therefore be prepared just before using. Somewhat 
later Ehrlich prepared a modification of arsenobenzol or salvarsan, 
neosalvarsan, which is readily soluble in water and therefore much 
more convenient to use than the former, although it is pretty generally 
agreed among those whose experience best fits them to judge that it 
is less efficient therapeutically. 

Both salvarsan and neosalvarsan may be used by intramuscular and 
intravenous injection; the latter is much to be preferred in adults, but 
in children in whom the veins are small the intramuscular method may 
be employed. 

The intravenous injection of salvarsan is performed in the following 
manner : The dose, 0.6 for an adult man, somewhat less for a woman, 
is dissolved in 30 c.c. of sterile, freshly distilled hot water in a suit- 
20 



306 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

able glass jar, also thoroughly sterilized, with frequent shaking. When 
it is dissolved, a sterile fifteen per cent, solution of sodium hydroxide is 
added, drop by drop, until a fine precipitate appears and is redissohed; 
sufficient sterile, freshly distilled water is then added to bring the 
whole to 200 c.c. The whole is then filtered through a sterile filter into 
the injection apparatus. Any large vein conveniently situated may be 
used for the injection, but one of those in the bend of the elbow is com- 
monly chosen. The skin over and around the vein selected is thor- 
oughly cleansed with alcohol and with ether, a tourniquet is firmly but 
not too tightly placed around the upper arm and the needle carefully 
inserted into the vein. When the flow of blood from the needle in- 
dicates that it has entered the vein the tube of the injection apparatus 
is attached to the needle and the injection of the salvarsan solution 
begun. The patient should be in the recumbent position and about 
ten minutes should be consumed in the injection. 

The injection of neosalvarsan is a much simpler matter. The dose 
(0.9 for an adult) is dissolved in 20 to 40 c.c. of freshly distilled water 
at room temperature ( it must not be heated) and injected into a vein 
either with the apparatus used for salvarsan or with a glass syringe of 
sufficient capacity. Ravaut and others have shown that much more 
concentrated solutions may be safely employed — as little as 10 c.c. of 
water may be used to dissolve the dose. 

If for any reason the intramuscular injections are preferred to the 
intravenous ones, the oily suspensions should be used rather than the 
aqueous solutions ; the latter are painful, often extremely so, may give 
rise to marked inflammatory reaction and at times to extensive necrosis. 
The oily suspensions may be obtained in sterile ampoules ready for 
use. Intramuscular injections of neosalvarsan are especially indicated 
in children in whom the small size of the veins frequently make intra- 
venous injections impracticable. They are to be made into the glu- 
teal region in the same manner as mercurial injections, with the 
strictest asepsis, and the dose should be proportioned to the age. 

From three to four intravenous injections of salvarsan should be 
given at intervals of a week, and these should be followed by a course 
of intramuscular injections of gray oil or the salicylate of mercury, 
eight to ten injections. 

The presence of cardiac or renal disease or advanced disease of the 
brain and cord contra-indicates the use of salvarsan ; if used at all under 
such circumstances, it should be with the utmost caution and a full ap- 
preciation of the dangers attending its use. 

Occasionally nausea, vomiting, chills and fever follow within a. 
few hours after an injection, and rashes, usually morbilliform or scar- 
latinoid, may appear, but all these symptoms, which were quite com- 
mon when the drug was first employed, are comparatively infrequent 
since only freshly distilled w r ater has been used for making the solu- 
tions. 

The iodides of potassium and sodium are especially indicated in the 



INFLAMMATIONS 307 

lesions of late syphilis, such as the nodular and gummatous forms. 
They are of little value in the secondary stages. They may be given in 
doses of five to ten grains (0.32 to 0.65) three times a day; in excep- 
tional cases much larger doses may be necessary. As Hutchinson 
pointed out many years ago, and as the author has had the opportunity 
to demonstrate many times, they are quite often as effective in much 
smaller doses, two or three grains, than in those commonly given, es- 
pecially if the patient has not taken them before. The cure produced 
by the iodides is a symptomatic one only, and they should be given 
either with mercury or should be followed by it or salvarsan. 

In most secondary eruptions local treatment is not necessary and 
may therefore be dispensed with. In the case of the nodular syphilo- 
derm or of ulcerating gummata, however, local treatment will acceler- 
ate the disappearance very materially. An ointment of calomel or am- 
moniated mercury, thirty to sixty grains (2.0 to 4.0 to the ounce (32.0) 
will often answer well ; or a piece of spread mercurial plaster, changed 
daily or every other day, makes a convenient, cleanly and effective 
application. 

Whatever the remedy chosen or the method of treatment employed, 
it should be begun at the earliest possible moment after the diagnosis 
has been established, and should be continued not only for some time 
after all symptoms have disappeared, but until a permanently negative 
Wassermann reaction has been obtained. Two months after the sus- 
pension of the treatment, a Wassermann test should be made, and if 
negative another should be made at the end of two or three months 
again, and so on for at least a year. Should the reaction become posit- 
ive'again after having been negative for a time the treatment should be 
resumed as before. 

LEPRA 

Synonyms. — Leprosy; Elephantiasis graecorum ; Fr., la lepre ; Aus- 
satz ; Spedalskhed. 

Definition. — An extremely chronic infectious and contagious dis- 
ease, due to the bacillus leprae, affecting principally the tegumentary 
and nervous systems and ending almost invariably in death. 

Known since the earliest historic times, leprosy is one of the oldest, 
if not the oldest, of the great plagues which afflict mankind. Originat- 
ing in the Orient, probably in Egypt or in India, it slowly spread to 
Europe by way of Greece and Italy. During and immediately follow- 
ing the Crusades there was an enormous increase of the malady in 
Europe. In the beginning of the thirteenth century there were no less 
than 2000 leproseries in France alone, while in the whole of Christian 
Europe there were 19,000. It continued to spread until the beginning 
of the fifteenth century, when it began to decline in consequence of the 
restrictive measures adopted, chiefly isolation of the diseased. 

Although no part of the world is entirely free from it, it is found 
chiefly in India, China, Japan, the coastal regions of Africa and in 
Egypt, in Sweden and Norway, Iceland, Russia, the islands of the 



308 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

South Pacific, in the West Indies, Mexico and in Central America and 
the northern countries of South America. In the United States it is 
found to a very limited extent in the Northwest, almost exclusively 
among immigrants from the Scandinavian peninsula, in Louisiana, on 
the Pacific Coast among Chinese immigrants. Isolated examples of 
it are almost always present in the large cities of the East, such as 
Boston, New York and Philadelphia. 

The time which elapses between the entrance of the infecting 
organism and the appearance of the first manifestations of the dis- 
ease, the period of incubation, varies within wide limits ; it may be 
but a few months or it may be several or even many years. Bidenkap 
observed a case in which the period of incubation was only a few weeks ; 
Arning, one of three months ; Morrow, one of ten months, the dis- 
ease appearing within that period after a sojourn of two weeks in 
the Sandwich Islands; Leloir has reported one of 14 years, while 
Danielssen and Boeck have observed still longer periods. In all prob- 
ability the duration of the incubation period depends upon a number of 
factors, such as individual susceptibility, the varying virulence of the 
lepra bacillus, hygienic surroundings, etc. The appearance of definite 
and characteristic evidences of infection is, as a rule, preceded by a 
period during which symptoms of an indefinite character appear. At- 
tacks of slight fever with chilliness and malaise or well-marked chills 
with considerable elevation of temperature lasting for some days appear 
at irregular intervals ; headache, vertigo, epistaxis, profuse sweating 
and muscular pains, likewise occur without apparent cause. In cases 
in which the nervous system is chiefly involved, in addition to the 
febrile attacks, there are hypersesthesia, neuralgia, pruritus, formication 
and various forms of parsesthesia. None of these prodromal symp- 
toms exhibit anything characteristic, and are in consequence commonly 
attributed to " catching cold," malaria, rheumatism, etc. Exceptionally 
such symptoms are completely absent, or so mild and infrequent as to 
escape the patient's attention altogether. The duration of this pro- 
dromal period varies from some months to a year or more. 

The symptoms of leprosy are numerous and of a varied character, 
and are referable chiefly to the tegumentary and nervous systems, al- 
though in the more advanced stages symptoms indicative of visceral 
involvement likewise occur. According as the bacilli invade the skin 
or the nerve trunks and branches, the disease presents two principal 
varieties, viz., tubercular leprosy, lepra tuberosa, and anaesthetic or 
nerve leprosy, lepra ansesthetica, lepra nervorum. In a certain propor- 
tion of cases mixed forms occur in which the symptoms are those of 
both varieties — mixed leprosy. 

Lepra Tuberosa. — Symptoms. — The earliest cutaneous symptoms 
of this variety are usually macules and erythematous patches (erythema 
leprosum) varying in color from pink to a brown-red, according to the 
complexion of the patient and the duration of the eruption ; they are 
pink or red in those with fair skins and in the early stages, brown-red or 



INFLAMMATIONS 309 

sepia in those with dark complexions, or when they have lasted for some 
time. These patches vary in size from that of a coin to the palm, are round 
or oval in shape, the centre usually deeper in color than the periphery, with 
an oily shining surface ; or they may be annular or band-like and marginate 
like those of erythema multiforme, a form, according to Leloir, rare in 
the face, but common upon the trunk. They may remain stationary 
or may slowly increase in size for a time after their appearance, and 
then gradually fade. The earlier eruptions, after a variable duration, 
usually disappear, leaving no trace. They are seen usually upon the 
dorsal surface of the hands and feet, rarely upon the palms and soles, 
in the face and less frequently upon the trunk. Their appearance 
is frequently preceded by chills and more or less elevation of tem- 
perature which subsides with the appearance of the eruption. Sub- 
jective symptoms may be entirely absent, or there may be hypersesthe- 
sia, itching, pricking formication, or incomplete anaesthesia. From 
time to time new eruptive outbreaks occur, preceded or attended by 
constitutional symptoms and the patches instead of disappearing as in 
the earlier stages, remain, becoming deeper in color, usually brown or 
occasionally black, and presenting some infiltration, which marks the 
beginning of the nodular stage. At times the centre of some of these 
later patches may be entirely depigmented and completely anaesthetic, 
resembling the white patches of vitiligo in appearance. This is, how- 
ever, much less frequent in the nodular than in the anaesthetic variety. 

The hair suffers in its nutrition ; it becomes thinned, brittle and falls 
out. This leprous alopecia is usually most noticeable in the eyebrows, 
where it begins, but it likewise affects the hair of the trunk, occurring 
chiefly, if not exclusively, at the site of the eruptive patches. The hair 
of the scalp, however, usually shows little or no alteration and may 
be quite normal, this immunity being due to the fact that this region 
is seldom the seat of eruption. 

Although most authors deny the occurrence of tubercular lesions 
without a precedent stage of erythematous or macular eruptions, Le- 
loir asserts that in rare cases the first lesions may be tuberculous or 
nodular. 

After a period varying from some months to several years, during 
which the symptoms consist of the erythematous and pigmented erup- 
tions already described, thickened patches and tubercles appear, com- 
monly at the site of such patches, but also in places where the skin has 
previously shown no sign of disease. The infiltration may occur as 
flat, thickened plaques or as distinct nodules and tubercles varying in 
size from that of a pea to a hazel-nut, and larger; the latter may be 
discrete or when numerous, may form bosselated plaques of variable 
extent. In color they vary from a pink to violaceous, from yellow to 
mahogany-red or sepia, the darker lesions occurring in the dark-skinned 
individuals. Although they may appear on almost any portion of the 
body except the scalp, which almost invariably escapes, they exhibit 
a decided predilection for the face, especially the forehead in the 






310 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



supraorbital region, where the first infiltrations appear, upon the nose, 
ears, particularly the lobules, upon the dorsal surface of the hands and 
feet, upon the thighs and buttocks (Fig. 104). In the earlier stages the 
tubercles are usually small, varying in size from that of a shot to a pea, 
resembling the papules of acne, or the nodules of syphilis or lupus, but as 
the malady progresses they increase in size and number, some of them 



: : 










' ';;:;■' r 






Fig. 104. — Lepra tuberosa. (Dr. John A. Johnston.) 

reaching the size of a nut and larger, often producing when numerous 
and closely aggregated, thickened areas with irregular nodular sur- 
faces, the individual lesions often separated by well-marked furrows. 
Upon the face this thickening is especially noticeable in the supraor- 
bital region producing a marked and characteristic leonine appearance 
(leontiasis). The lobes of the ears are frequently transformed into 
brownish-red or violaceous pendulous masses. At times the flat infil- 



INFLAMMATIONS 311 

trated patches present a markedly stippled appearance, owing to ex- 
aggeration of the mouths of the follicles, a feature which was especially 
well marked in a case under the author's observation some years ago. 

Alterations of sensation, such as hypersesthesia, or all degrees of 
diminished tactile sensibility, the latter being more frequent than the 
former, are often, but not invariably present. 

The alterations of the pilo-sebaceous apparatus become still more 
marked ; in consequence of the suppression or diminution of the se- 
baceous secretion, the skin is harsh and dry and complete loss of hair 
takes place at the site of the lesions. 

The nails occasionally exhibit signs of disease ; they are distorted 
in consequence of interference with their growth, or they are lost either 
as the result of leprous infiltration and subsequent ulceration of the 
nail-bed, or may fall without any special alteration. 

The progress of the disease may be slow and continuous, new 
nodules appearing, while the older ones increase in size or undergo 
resorption ; or new lesions may appear in successive crops at irregular 
intervals, the eruptive outbreaks occurring acutely and preceded or ac- 
companied by constitutional disturbance which subsides with the ap- 
pearance of the eruption. These acute outbreaks, as Danielssen and 
Boeck have shown, are coincident with the softening and absorption 
of some of the nodules, and as Leloir believes, are due to absorption of 
leprous virus by the lymphatics. At times the accompanying erup- 
tion resembles erysipelas, at others it presents the appearance of ery- 
thema nodosum. 

The lymphatic glands, particularly those of the groin, more or 
less swollen from the beginning of the tubercular eruption, may at 
times reach a considerable size, and, in infrequent cases, undergo 
suppuration. 

After reaching a certain stage of development, the tubercles may 
show but little change for an indefinite period, but eventually they 
either undergo gradual absorption, or ulceration. Occasionally they 
undergo a kind of fibrous degeneration resembling keloid ; diminish- 
ing in size, they increase in firmness, the skin covering them becoming 
atrophied and whitish. Interstitial absorption may take place ; the 
nodules become less prominent and eventually disappear, leaving a 
slightly depressed, more or less pigmented scar. In certain cases owing 
to softening and absorption of the central portion of a nodule it may 
present an umbilicated appearance. In the later stages of the malady 
ulceration of many of the lesions takes place, especially upon the hands 
and feet and in the face, either spontaneously or as the consequence 
of traumatism often of a trivial character. The ulcers are round or ir- 
regular in shape, with well-defined edges or undermined borders, and 
of variable extent and depth. At times the ulceration is extensive and 
deep, penetrating joints, laying bare tendons and bones, followed by 



312 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

necrosis of the latter and the loss of members, such as fingers and 
toes. Although these ulcers are usually sluggish and of indefinite dura- 
tion, they frequently heal with rest and cleanliness. 

In addition to those upon the skin, tubercles occur frequently upon 
the mucous membranes of the nose, mouth, pharynx, larynx and upon 
the conjunctiva ; and these like those upon the skin undergo softening 
and ulceration. The mucous membrane of the nose is especially apt 
to be invaded ; Morrow was of the opinion that the earliest manifesta- 
tions of the disease frequently occurred in this region, an opinion like- 
wise held by Sticker. When the larynx is invaded, its functions are 
sooner or later impaired ; the patient becomes hoarse or aphonic, and, 
as a consequence of cicatricial contraction following ulceration, dysp- 
noea, sometimes of a marked character, and even strangulation, may 
result. As the result of invasion of the conjunctiva, blindness fre- 
quently occurs, the leprous nodules which begin in the conjunctiva 
spreading to the cornea and invading the deeper parts of the eye. 

In the great majority of cases the disease pursues a very chronic 
course, lasting from eight to ten years, and longer, the patient eventu- 
ally dying from exhaustion resulting from extensive and long-continued 
ulceration or from some intercurrent affection, such as pulmonary 
tuberculosis or nephritis. When the larynx is invaded death may 
occur from suffocation. Arning and others regard the pulmonary 
and nephritic complications as the result of leprous invasion of the 
lungs and kidneys, and not as independent diseases. 

In a small proportion of cases new nodules cease to appear after a 
time, the ulcers heal and actual or symptomatic recovery takes place. 

In rare cases the malady pursues an acute course. It begins with 
high fever accompanied by intense headache, delirium, diarrhoea and 
other symptoms of a typhoid character, followed shortly by an erup- 
tion of leprous nodules in the skin and mucous membranes which rap- 
idly ulcerate. These acute symptoms may then subside and the disease 
pursue the usual chronic course ; or death may occur from pneumonia, 
exhausting and uncontrollable diarrhoea, etc. 

Lepra — Anaesthetica : Lepra Nervorum. — Symptoms. — The pro- 
dromal symptoms of anaesthetic leprosy do not differ essentially from 
those which precede the tubercular form, but the febrile attacks which 
occur in the former are less frequent than in the latter, and symptoms 
referable to the nervous system are apt to predominate. Prodromal 
symptoms, while present in the great majority of cases, are occasion- 
ally so trivial as to escape the patient's notice altogether, and in 
exceptional cases may be entirely absent. 

As in lepra tuberosa, slowly spreading erythematous and pig- 
mented patches appear upon the face, trunk, and extremities, in the 
last-named region affecting the extensor rather than the flexor surfaces, 
and more frequently arranged symmetrically than in the tuberous 
form. They may be round, oval or irregular in shape without well- 
defined borders, or like the eruption of erythema multiforme, they may 



INFLAMMATIONS 



313 



be marginate, annular or polycyclic in contour (Figs. 105, 106, and 107). 
The color of the patches varies considerably ; it may be pink, yellowish- 
red, dark-red, violaceous, slate-colored, varying shades of brown, from 
sepia to almost black. It usually becomes duller and deeper with time, 
but may completely disappear in the centre of the patches, leaving 
them dull white and completely anaesthetic. 

The hair in the patches loses its color, becomes thin and dry and 





Fig. 105. — Lepra, maculo-anaesthetic. (Dr. John A. Johnston.) 



eventually falls out. The secretion of the sweat and sebaceous glands 
is at first scanty, later completely suppressed, and. the skin in conse- 
quence becomes dry, harsh and desquamating. 

In the beginning the affected areas are the seat of hyperesthesia, 
pruritus, formication, or other abnormal sensations, but after a time 
these are replaced by diminished sensibility and eventually by com- 
plete abolition of sensation. 

Instead of an erythematous eruption, the first cutaneous symptom 
may be an eruption of blebs and bullae resembling those of pemphigus, 



314 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



although such lesions are more commonly seen in the later stages 
when they are not uncommon. Their appearance may or may not be 
preceded by general symptoms, such as fever, headache, and malaise. 
They are rarely numerous, vary in size from that of a pea to a hazel- 
nut, occasionally larger, and are situated upon the back of the hands, 
tops of the feet and the extensor surface of the elbows and knees. 
They may continue to appear for an indefinite time, or during the whole 
duration of the malady, associated with other forms of eruption, or as 
the only symptom for a number of years (lepre lazarine). They may 




■ 




Fig. 106. — Macular leprosy. (Dr. John A. Johnston.) 

be followed by destructive ulceration, or they may crust over and eventually 
heal, leaving permanent anaesthetic cicatrices. 

Along with the cutaneous symptoms, or a variable period after their 
first appearance, or even when these are wholly absent, symptoms on 
the part of the nervous system appear, sometimes preceded by eleva- 
tion of temperature. These are the result of the invasion of the nerve 
trunks and their branches by the lepra bacillus. At first there is more 
or less marked hyperesthesia, at times extreme, making the slightest 
touch upon the affected parts painful. This increased sensitiveness 
occurs not only in the areas occupied by eruption, but often in the parts 



INFLAMMATIONS 



315 



adjoining. It may be limited to certain regions or it may be wide- 
spread. Parsesthesia of various kinds, such as pricking, formication, 
sensations of heat or cold, frequently occur. Neuralgic pains follow- 
ing the course of the nerve trunks are frequent, coming on paroxysmally 
and usually worse at night. The trunks of the nerves, particularly the 
ulnar, tibial and peroneal, present fusiform or, much less frequently, 




Fig. 107. — Lepra, maculo-anaesthetic. Pinkish and violaceous rings. 

nodular swellings. The thickened ulnar nerve is usually readily palpa- 
ble where it passes over the internal condyle of the humerus, and like 
the other thickened nerve trunks, is more or less painful on pressure. 

After a period varying from some months to several years these 
symptoms are succeeded by others indicative of degeneration of the 
peripheral nerve trunks and their branches. Tactile sensibility is 
diminished or notably retarded, the patient experiencing difficulty in 



316 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



picking up small objects because of this loss of sensation. There is 
occasionally dissociation of sensation, the temperature sense diminish- 
ing or disappearing before tactile sensibility. Eventually areas of 
anaesthesia, usually symmetrically distributed, appear, beginning upon 
the extremities, particularly the hands and feet, and later involving the 
face, and, occasionally, the trunk. Along with these sensory disturb- 
ances, trophic changes occur; the muscles of the extremities atrophy, 
this atrophy beginning commonly in the upper extremities, usually in 
the hand and forearm, the muscles of the thenar eminence and the in- 
terossei being first affected. The flexors and extensors of the forearm 
soon become involved and contractures of the tendons follow, produc- 




FlG. 108. — Anaesthetic leprosy; contraction of fingers, so-called leper claw. (Dr. John A.Johnston.) 

ing the peculiar contraction of the fingers upon the palms, the so-called 
" leper claw" (Fig. 108). Similar changes occur in the lower ex- 
tremities. 

In consequence of inflammatory and degenerative changes in the 
fifth and seventh pairs of cranial nerves, atrophy and paralysis of the 
facial muscles occur. The mouth may be drawn to one side ; there may 
be inability to completely close the eye as a result of paralysis of the 
orbicularis palpebrarum, or because of ocular motor paralysis the pa- 
tient may have a peculiar, fixed stare. From paralysis of the bucci- 
nators and of the orbicularis oris the cheeks may be flaccid and the 
lower lip pendulous, permitting the saliva to flow from the mouth. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



317 



The mucous membranes of the nose, mouth and pharynx also ex- 
hibit sensory and trophic disturbances. The palatal and pharyngeal 
mucous membrane may be completely insensitive. The muscles of 
deglutition may be paralyzed, so that swallowing is performed with 
difficulty, food and drink regurgitating through the nose. 

The skin in the anaesthetic areas undergoes atrophy ; it becomes 
thin and wrinkled, or, when it covers bony prominences, tense and 
smooth, and is abnormally dry from suppression of the sebaceous secre- 
tion and the sweat. This dryness and loss of elasticity leads to As- 
suring about the joints and the lingers and frequent ulceration (Fig. 
109). The nails become dystrophic, are more or less deformed and 
occasionally lost. 

As a result of defective innervation, slight injuries are frequently 

1 





Fig. 109. — Lepra anaesthetica. (Dr. John A. Johnston.) 

followed by indolent and painless ulcers, which, on the extremities, 
especially the fingers and toes, may result in the loss of phalanges or 
even of the hand or foot. Perforating ulcers occur, especially upon 
the sole, which, extending to the deeper tissues, lay bare the bony 
structures, and as the result of such ulceration extensive mutilation is 
produced. Or absorption of the bony structures may lead to similar 
mutilation and deformity. 

The duration of the anaesthetic variety is usually notably longer 
than that of the tubercular form. The febrile attacks so common in the 
latter are much less frequent and less pronounced. Anaesthesia event- 
ually involves all the extremities, the face, and, in advanced stages, 
the entire body. Deformity and mutilation of the hands and feet may 
reach an extreme degree, and paralysis of the facial muscles may ban- 



318 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ish all expression from the face, which then resembles a mask. Death 
eventually occurs from exhaustion or amyloid degeneration of the liver 
and kidneys. Pulmonary tuberculosis is a much less frequent compli- 
cation than in the nodular variety. 

Mixed Leprosy: Complete Leprosy. — As already remarked, in a 
certain proportion of cases, about fifteen per cent., symptoms of both 
the tubercular and anaesthetic types occur either simultaneously, which 
is infrequent, or in succession. In a small number of cases the symp- 
toms are of the mixed type from the beginning. According to Leloir 
the tubercular form may be completely replaced by the anaesthetic 
type, the tubercles completely disappearing, to be succeeded by symp- 
toms referable to the nerve trunks and their branches. 

Etiology. — Leprosy is very uncommon before the fifth year, al- 
though it has been observed as early as the second year. In the major- 
ity of cases it begins in the second or third decade of life. Sex has ap- 
parently but little influence upon its occurrence, although it is much 
more frequent in women than in men, probably owing to the greater 
exposure to infection of the latter through their occupations. Dark 
races are much more susceptible than Europeans. Unfavorable hy- 
gienic surroundings and bad or insufficient food, by lowering the in- 
dividual's powers of resistance, may and probably do make him more 
susceptible to the infection. Certain articles of food, particularly fish, 
imperfectly cured, have long been regarded as a contributing cause. 
Among modern authors, Sir Jonathan Hutchinson vigorously upheld 
the view that the consumption of fish, particularly spoiled fish, was a 
potent cause of the malady. This view, however, is not accepted by the 
majority of investigators. 

Although most prevalent in tropical regions, and hence regarded 
as a tropical disease, it also occurs in cold climates — indeed no region 
of the world is entirely exempt, and climate, therefore, cannot be re- 
garded as an etiological factor, although the type of the disease seems 
to be influenced by it. The nodular type is more prevalent in cold 
latitudes, while the anaesthetic variety is seen more frequently in the 
tropics. When introduced into virgin soil, like other infections, it 
shows unusual virulence, spreading with great rapidity, as is illustrated 
in the Sandwich Islands and in New Caledonia. In the latter place it 
was introduced in 1865 and in 1888 there were some 4000 cases. In 
the early ages it was regarded as highly contagious, but later this 
was denied. At present, contagiousness of the malady is generally ad- 
mitted, although intimate and prolonged contact is necessary for its 
transmission. The possibility of its hereditary transmission was long 
regarded as established, but at present few experienced observers be- 
lieve this a common occurrence. 

The direct exciting cause is a bacillus resembling in its morphology 
and tinctorial properties the bacillus tuberculosis, discovered, in 1874, 
by Hansen. The manner in which this organism enters the human 
economy is as yet quite unknown. Although many attempts at in- 



INFLAMMATIONS 319- 

oculation have been made, these have for the most part resulted in 
complete failure. Within the past few years a number of successful 
experimental inoculations in animals have been reported, but none of 
these are conclusive in their results. Although the possibility of its 
transmission by the bites of insects, such as fleas, mosquitoes and bed- 
bugs, has been suggested, there is as yet no positive proof that it may 
be so transmitted. 

Morrow, Sticker, and others believe that the nasal mucous mem- 
brane is the port of entrance for the bacillus in a large proportion of 
cases. Sticker found the organism in the nasal secretion in 128 out of 
153 cases examined and believes that the malady begins with an initial, 
lesion, an ulcer, on the septum. 

Pathology. — The bacillus lepra, the direct cause of leprosy, is an. 
acid-fast organism resembling 
closely in its size, shape and stain- 
ing properties the bacillus tubercu- 
losis. It is about five microns long, 
one micron broad, straight or 
slightly curved, somewhat thinner 
at the ends than in the central part, 
and frequently exhibits a bead-like 
arrangement resembling a chain 
of spores (Fig. no). It differs 
from the tubercle bacillus in stain- 
ing somewhat more readily with 
the weak carbol-fuchsin stain and 
in being somewhat less resistant to 
acids. It is very abundant in the 

1 1 1 _r ,1 1 • u«*. :~ Fig no. — Bacillus lepra. Smear from a nodule. 

nodlllar leSlOnS Ot the Skm, bUt IS of Hawaiian leprosy (prepared by Dr. Joseph V 

present only in small numbers in Klauder )- 

the macular and erythematous patches and in the nerve trunks in the 
earlier stages of the anaesthetic variety. It is found in the viscera, 
such as the lungs, liver and the spleen, producing in the first-named, 
lesions resembling those of tuberculosis. It is likewise found in the 
testes and lymphatic glands. It occurs in large numbers in the purulent 
discharge from the nose and in the pus of ulcerated nodules. In the 
tissues it is found both within and between the cells. 

Until quite a recent period,, all attempts at the cultivation of the or- 
ganism failed, but within the past few years a considerable number 
of successes have been reported. The results obtained, however, by 
numerous experimenters by no means agree, the organism grown dif- 
fering considerably from the organism as seen in the tissues. The most 
recent view is that the organism is pleomorphic to a marked degree, its 
character varying according to the age of the culture and the media 
upon which it is grown. By some bacteriologists it is believed to be a 
streptothrix which breaks up into acid-fast rods. In a recent summing- 
up of the result obtained from the attempts to grow the organism 




320 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Fraser and Fletcher conclude that the bacillus has not yet been cul- 
tivated. Experimental inoculation invariably fails, if we except the 
doubtful case of Arning. Until a recent period, Rost, Bayon, Duval, 
Reenstierna, and others claim to have succeeded in producing lepra- 
like lesions in dancing mice, rats and monkeys by employing cultures 
of an organism obtained from leprous lesions. 

According to Unna the bacillus is always extra-cellular and is 
situated in the lymph-spaces of the corium. According to him, the 
lepra cells, or " globi," are not cellular structures, but masses of bacilli 
embedded in a mucous envelope. Leloir asserted that the organism 
was found both in and between the cells, while Hansen found them 
only in the cells. 

The histological changes are those characteristic of the infectious 
granulomata. The epidermis is usually but little altered, and such 
alterations as are present are secondary to the changes in the corium. 
Immediately beneath the lower \>order of the rete is a narrow zone in 
which there are neither bacilli nor tissue changes. In the central por- 
tions of the corium are more or less circumscribed foci composed of 
plasma cells, leucocytes, a few giant-cells and the so-called lepra cells, 
or "globi," containing numerous bacilli. Hansen and Looft asserted 
that in many thousand examinations of leprous tissue which they had 
made they had never found giant-cells of the Langhans type. When 
these were present they regarded them as indicative of a mixed infec- 
tion, tuberculosis and leprosy. But typical cells of this type have been 
observed by Jadassohn, Darier, Klingmiiller, and a number of others, 
both in the tubercular and anaesthetic forms of the malady. 

Diagnosis. — The symptoms of the prodromal stage, such as irregu- 
lar attacks of chilliness and fever followed by profuse sweats, head- 
ache, nose bleed, etc., present nothing characteristic, although when 
they occur without obvious cause in individuals living in regions where 
leprosy is endemic they should excite suspicion. The early cutaneous 
symptoms, such as erythematous patches, may be mistaken for ordinary 
erythema, which they may resemble more or less closely, but from 
which they differ by their greater extent, longer duration, and the 
usual presence of more or less anaesthesia, especially marked in the 
centre of the patches, sometimes accompanied by hyperaesthesia of the 
borders. Leloir attaches great importance to the absence of desqua- 
mation as a diagnostic symptom. The nodules may be mistaken for 
the lesions of syphilis, especially when they are small and widely dis- 
tributed, but they lack the circinate or crescentic arrangement so fre- 
quent in the latter, and the amount of infiltration is usually greater, 
the course is much more sluggish and they usually show a decided 
predilection for the face, especially the supraorbital region, producing, 
when abundant, the characteristic leonine appearance. Owing to the 
fact that leprosy gives a positive Wassermann reaction, that reaction 
is not available as a diagnostic procedure in the differential diagnosis 
of the two affections. 



INFLAMMATIONS 321 

Lupus vulgaris, when extensive, may at times be confounded with 
leprosy, but the lesions of the former are usually much more super- 
ficial, are never accompanied by anaesthesia and are rarely so extensive 
in their distribution. 

Granuloma fungoides has certain features in common with leprosy, 
but the erythema of the prefungoid stage of this affection is usually 
decidedly eczematous, not only in its appearance, but in the intense 
pruritus which accompanies it. The ulcerations which occur in the 
fungoid stage are usually quite unlike 1 the ulcers of leprosy. 

The achromatic patches of the anaesthetic variety present certain 
resemblances to vitiligo and morphoea, but may readily be distinguished 
from these by their less well-defined borders and more particularly 
by the presence of anaesthesia, especially in the centre of the patches 
where it is often complete. The muscular atrophies and contraction, 
which are such prominent symptoms in anaesthetic leprosy, resemble 
in many ways those which follow other forms of neuritis, but are to be 
distinguished from these by the presence of cutaneous eruptions and 
the previous history. The affection with which anaesthetic leprosy is 
most likely to be confounded is syringomelia, but in the latter so-called 
dissociated anaesthesia, that is, alterations of the pain and temperature 
sense, without abolition of tactile sensibility, is a characteristic symp- 
tom, while in leprosy it is infrequent. Painless whitlow or felon, asso- 
ciated with trophic disturbances, a variety of syringomyelia known as 
Morvan's disease, is another characteristic symptom not found in 
leprosy. Cutaneous eruptions preceding the sensory and trophic dis- 
turbances occur in leprosy but are absent in syringomyelia. 

In doubtful cases search should be made for the bacillus in the nasal 
secretion and in the discharge from ulcerating lesions, or a biopsy may 
be performed and search made for the lepra bacillus and the so-called 
** lepra cells " in sections of the lesions. It must not be forgotten, 
however, that the organism is sometimes absent from the erythem- 
atous and pigmented patches, or present only in very small numbers 
so that it can be found only by examining a large number of sections. 

Prognosis. — The vast majority of cases of leprosy terminate fatally, 
but the duration of the malady varies within wide limits, the nodular 
variety running a much more rapid course than the anaesthetic form. 
In the former the average duration is about ten years, although quite 
exceptionally death may occur within a year or two. The average 
duration of the anaesthetic form varies from fifteen to thirty years 
and may be even considerably longer. The progress of the disease is 
usually retarded by the patient's removal to a temperate climate, by 
an abundance of good food and by careful antiseptic treatment of 
ulcerating lesions. In exceptional cases a spontaneous care or an arrest 
of the malady takes place, this being more frequently observed in the 
anaesthetic than in the nodular variety. In a considerable proportion 
of cases death occurs as the result of some intercurrent disease, one 
of the commonest being pulmonary tuberculosis. 
21 



322 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Treatment. — There is as yet no known specific for leprosy, although 
the course of the disease may at times apparently be favorably modi- 
fied, or at least prolonged, by the use of certain remedies. 

When possible the patient should be removed to a temperate or 
cool climate. He should be placed in the best hygienic surroundings, 
should have an abundance of wholesome food and should pay the most 
careful attention to cleanliness of person and clothing. 

Among internal remedies chaulmoogra oil, an oil expressed from 
the seeds of an East Indian plant, the gynocardia odorata, is apparently 
the most efficacious. It is given in doses of from five to ten drops, 
either in capsule or in emulsion, gradually increasing the dose to the 
limit of tolerance. Quite recently it has been employed hypoder- 
matically with decided benefit. Heiser employs the following oily 
mixture : Chaulmoogra oil and camphorated oil, each 60 c.c, resorcin, 
4 grammes. Mix, dissolve with the aid of heat, and filter. Injections 
of this mixture are made once a week in increasing doses, the initial 
dose being 1 c.c. Heiser has obtained better results from this treat- 
ment than from any other. Sandwiih and Manson likewise employ the 
oil hypodermatically. In connection with its internal administration, 
inunctions may also be used on the affected areas, mixing it with equal 
parts of olive oil or lard. The treatment should be long-continued. 
Instead of the oil, gynocardic acid or its sodium or magnesium salt 
may be given in doses of one-half to three grains (0.03 to 0.20) three 
times a day. 

Quite recently Rogers has employed the gynocardate of sodium 
hypodermatically, beginning with a dose of one-tenth of a grain 
(0.006) and gradually increasing it to four-fifths of a grain (0.052). 
He observed a local reaction in the leper tissue after injections of two- 
fifths of a grain (0.026). 

Gurjun balsam, wood oil obtained from the dipterocarpus Icevis, is 
employed in the same doses and in the same manner as the chaulmoogra 
oil, but seems less useful and has somewhat fallen into disrepute. 

Strychnia, or nux vomica, likewise exerts a beneficial effect and 
may be given in conjunction with chaulmoogra oil. 

Crocker obtained decided benefit from the hypodermatic injection 
of bichloride of mercury, giving one-quarter grain (0.016) in aqueous 
solution once or twice a week and continuing the treatment for a long 
period. 

Danielssen regarded salicylate of soda as the best internal remedy, 
beginning with a dose of fifteen grains (1.0) four times a day and 
gradually increasing it. Unna claims to have obtained favorable 
results, even a cure in several cases, from the internal administration 
of ichthyol combined with the local application of reducing agents, as 
pyrogallol or chrysarobin in ten per cent, ointment. In a case of nerve 
leprosy Manson saw all the symptoms disappear after the administra- 
tion of thyroidin. Salvarsan has been employed recently with varying 
results ; upon the whole, the reports have not been favorable to its use. 



PLATE XIX 




Granuloma fungoides. Beginning tumor formation and ulceration. 



INFLAMMATIONS 323 

Repeated attempts have been made to produce curative sera and 
vaccines, but they have, for the most part, been failures. Rost, by 
employing a substance obtained from leprous nodules which produces 
a reaction resembling that following tuberculin, obtained favorable 
results, but others have failed with it. 

Deycke obtained from cultures of the streptothrix leproides an organ- 
ism which he found in leprous nodules and cultivated upon milk, a 
fatty substance to which he gave the name " nastin." Combined with 
benzoyl chloride and dissolved in sterile olive oil, this forms his 
" nastin B," which is employed hypodermatically. Although favorable 
results have been reported by a number of authors, its use upon the 
whole has been disappointing. Wise, experimenting with it in British 
Guiana, obtained better results from benzoyl chloride alone. 

Systematic exposure of the diseased parts to the X-ray produces 
temporary improvement, sometimes of a marked character, causing the 
nodules to undergo involution. Heiser has reported an apparent cure 
from X-ray treatment. 

The ulcerating lesions should be kept as clean as possible by the 
frequent employment of mild antiseptic solutions, such as mercuric 
bichloride, I : 2000 ; a saturated solution of boric acid, hydrogen dioxide 
or weak solutions of formalin. Ointments of aristol, iodoform, euro- 
phen, balsam of Peru, and salicylic acid are likewise useful. 

There can be no doubt that the most effective, if not the only 
effective measure for the prevention of the spread of the disease is 
isolation of the diseased individual. Wherever and whenever this 
measure has been adopted there has been a steady diminution in the 
number of cases. While the efficacy of segregation cannot be denied, 
it should be employed with judgment and modified according to the 
circumstances of the individual case. The subject of anaesthetic leprosy 
is little, if at all, dangerous to those with whom he may come in contact 
and may accordingly be allowed considerable liberty, but the individual 
with nodular leprosy, with ulcerating lesions, should be rigidly isolated. 

GRANULOMA FUNGOIDES 

Synonyms. — Mycosis fungoides ; Lymphadenie cutanee ; Inflamma- 
tory fungoid neoplasm ; Sarcomatosis cutis ; Lymphomatose cutanee 
generalised (Plate XIX). 

This fatal and fortunately rare disorder was first described by 
Alibert, who regarded it as closely related to yaws, and gave it the name 
pian fungo'ide, which later he abandoned for mycosis fungoides. Other 
authors who have since greatly contributed to our knowledge of its 
clinical features and histopathology are Bazin, Ranvier, Vidal and 
Brocq, Besnier and Hallopeau, Kobner and Duhring. 

Definition. — A chronic and almost invariably fatal disease charac- 
terized by dermatitis, frequently eczematoid in type, followed by 
tumors which terminate in ulceration. 

The malady presents three usually well-marked stages, although 



TT 



324 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



the boundaries which separate them are often ill-defined. In a con- 
siderable number of cases the disease begins with more or less marked 
pruritus unaccompanied by any eruptive symptoms. This is followed, 
after a variable period, by a dermatitis, most frequently of an eczema- 
toid character consisting of scattered and ill-defined more or less scaly 




fJYSr 



Fig. 



hi. — Granuloma fungoides. Early, so-called premycosic stage with red eczematoid patchy erup- 
tion accompanied by severe itching. 



patches distributed over the trunk (Fig. in). At other times these 
patches, instead of being diffuse and without special configuration, 
are round and well defined, somewhat annular, with slightly elevated 
borders. In the early stages the malady is at times scarcely or quite 
indistinguishable from eczema and is frequently mistaken for that 



PLATE XX 




Granuloma fungoides. Scaly erythrodermia preceding tumor stage. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



325 



affection. In other cases this dermatitis is markedly psoriosiform, 
so much so that it at times is mistaken for psoriasis. Whatever the 
type of inflammation, it is usually accompanied by itching often of a 
very severe character. In a considerable proportion of cases, instead 
of being patchy, it is universal in its distribution, occupying the entire 
cutaneous surface. In such cases it may present the features of a 
universal dermatitis exfoliativa (Plate XX). This stage, the premy- 
cosis erythrodermia of French authors, is of variable duration, but 
usually lasts for months and not infrequently for years before the more 
characteristic symptoms of the malady appear. As variations from the 




Fig. i 12.— Same patient as Plate XXI, two years later. Tumor formation with ulceration; total loss of 

hair of scalp, brows and beard. 



ordinary type, it may begin with an urticarial eruption, or vesicles 
and bullae may be present. Upon the scalp and elsewhere the hair 
becomes thin and dry and may eventually fall out, leaving the parts 
completely bald. 

The second stage, or stage of infiltration, is characterized by 
variously sized, flat, usually well-defined, slightly elevated plaques, 
which are red or bluish-red in color. These occur on various parts of 
the skin and resemble in shape large flat buttons imbedded in the skin. 
They vary considerably in number and at first certain of them, after 
a duration of a month or two, spontaneously disappear, while new 



326 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ones arise. This stage, as compared with the preceding one, is of 
rather short duration and is followed after some months by the third, 
or tumor stage. 

In the third stage tumors, varying in size from that of a hazelnut to 
an egg, appear, most commonly on those parts of the skin which are 
already inflamed, or in the infiltrated areas, but they also occur on 
portions of the skin which previously had shown no signs of disease. 
Smaller tumors occasionally disappear spontaneously after a time, but 
more commonly they undergo ulceration, forming mushroom-like ulcers 
with everted vegetating borders. Even when ulceration has occurred, 
spontaneous healing followed by absorption of the tumor may take 
place. New tumors continue to appear which sooner or later undergo 
ulceration. The patient's general health, which up to the appearance 
of ulceration, had been unaffected, now begins to suffer and death even- 
tually occurs either from exhaustion, from some intercurrent disease, 
or secondary septic complications (Fig. 112, Plate XXI). 

Exceptionally the third or tumor stage is the first manifestation of 
the disease, the mycosis d'emblee of the French. In such cases a 
dermatitis, resembling that of the first stage, either follows or accom- 
panies the tumors. These cases pursue the usual course but are com- 
monly much shorter in duration than the other forms of the disease. 

When the malady has reached its acme it consists of numerous 
diffuse red and scaly patches, frequently eczematoid in appearance, or 
rounded, sometimes annular patches with slightly elevated borders, 
flat, infiltrated, red or bluish-red plaques of variable size, well-defined 
tumors and fungoid ulcers occupying practically every region of the 
cutaneous surface. 

The duration of the disease varies from a few months to several 
years. The premycosic stage not uncommonly lasts for a considerable 
period. In a case recently under the author's observation it had ex- 
isted for many years as the only symptom of the disease. The stage 
of ulceration is usually a short one, death occurring in a few months 
after its appearance. 

Etiology. — While it was formerly thought that men were much 
more frequently affected than women, more recent observations have 
shown that the sexes are equally subject to it. It is infrequent in 
young subjects. The earliest age at which it has been observed is 
fifteen years ; its maximum frequency occurs between the ages of forty 
and sixty. Very little is known about the causes which predispose to 
it and nothing whatever about its direct causation. A variety of micro- 
organisms has been found in the lesions by a number of investigators, 
but none of these has been proved to have any causal relationship to 
the malady. 

Pathology. — There is a marked divergence of views, among those 
who have studied the affection, as to its pathology. The earlier authors 
regarded it as closely related to sarcoma, if not a variety of that neo- 
plasm ; but very few of the more recent investigators entertain this 



INFLAMMATIONS 327 

opinion. A considerable number regard it as closely related to 
leukaemia of the skin, while others, as Unna, consider it a disease 
sui generis. While satisfactory proof is as yet altogether lacking, it 
seems most probable that it is an infection. The histological changes 
found in the malady are practically the same in all stages, differing 
only in degree. In the stage of dermatitis, the so-called premycosic 
stage, there is some thickening of the epidermis, with an increase in 
the length of the interpapillary prolongations of the rete. In the 
papillary and subpapillary portions of the corium there is a diffuse 
cellular exudate made up chiefly of small round cells of lymphoid type, 
with a few imperfectly developed plasma cells and connective-tissue 
cells. In the tumors the epidermis is markedly thinned as the result 
of pressure from below, and the corium is filled with a dense mass of 
small round cells with a few plasma-cells and an occasional giant-cell. 
As Unna and others have pointed out, a characteristic feature is the 
remarkable variety of form exhibited by the cells, in large part the 
result of degenerative changes, and numerous granules, the result of 
fragmentation of the cells, are scattered throughout the growth. As a 
rule " mastzellen " are present only in normal numbers, but in a case 
studied by the author these were found to be increased in numbers and 
were larger than usual. 

Diagnosis. — In its early stages it is frequently confounded with 
eczema and, indeed, may be clinically indistinguishable from that 
affection before the appearance of infiltration and flat plaques ; with the 
appearance of these, however, the diagnosis at once becomes clear. 
Even in the early stages the microscopic examination of sections of 
skin taken from the inflamed areas will reveal characteristic histologic 
features, and may be advantageously resorted to in doubtful cases. 

The tumors may be mistaken for sarcoma, but the eczematoid der- 
matitis, which so frequently precedes and accompanies them, is a very 
characteristic differentiating feature. 

Occurring in regions in which leprosy is endemic, it may be mis- 
taken for that affection, but the characteristic eczematoid dermatitis 
which precedes the tumor stage almost invariably, and the absence of 
the bacillus lepra, are features which readily distinguish it from that 
malady. 

Prognosis. — The malady is almost invariably fatal. While a few 
cases of recovery have been recorded, the diagnosis, in some of these 
at least, was open to doubt. The duration varies within considerable 
limits. While in the majority of cases it lasts for two or three years, 
exceptionally it may terminate in the course of a few months, or, on the 
other hand, may last for many years, as in a case under the author's 
observation. 

Treatment. — There is no specific treatment. In a limited number 
of cases the internal administration of arsenic in considerable doses 
seems to exert an inhibiting influence upon the progress of the malady, 
but in most cases it is without effect. In recent years the X-ray has 



328 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



proved of great value ; it frequently brings about rapid absorption 
of the tumors and for a time at least, holds the disease in check. In 
a few instances it has seemed to have been curative, but it is as yet too 
early to determine whether the favorable results in such cases are 
permanent. 

BLASTOMYCOSIS CUTIS 

Synonyms. — Blastomycetic dermatitis; Dermatitis blastomycotica ; 
Saccharomycosis hominis ; Fr., Blastomycose cutanee ; Ger., Hefen- 
mykose ; Hautblastomykose. 

Definition. — A chronic infectious disease of the skin due to a yeast 
fungus, the Blastomyces, characterized by one or more variously-sized 
patches with a verrucous or papillomatous surface, and a well-defined 
elevated violaceous border in which are numerous miliary abscesses. 



- M-j-^ 



: 




Fig. 113.- -Blastomycosis cutis. Seen by the author with Dr. Duhring. 

In 1894, at the annual meeting of the American Dermatological 
Association, Gilchrist demonstrated the presence of blastomycetes in 
sections taken from a large papillomatous patch on the back of the 
hand of a middle-aged man under the care of Dr. Duhring, who had 
made a clinical diagnosis of scrofuloderma. A few months later Busse 
reported a fatal case of systemic infection by the same organism, in 
which there had been cutaneous lesions resembling abscesses. Since 
these first cases, a considerable number of others have been reported 
by various observers, most of them in the United States, and the 
disease has been most thoroughly studied clinically and bacteriologi- 
cally, especially by Hyde, Hektoen, Montgomery and Ricketts, in 
America, and by Buschke in Germany. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins with one or more inflammatory 
papules or papulopustules which slowly enlarge and crust over. As 
the disease progresses, variously-sized, irregularly-shaped, elevated 



INFLAMMATIONS 



32$ 



patches are gradually formed by the enlargement of the primary lesions 
and frequently by the addition of new ones about their periphery. 
These patches are covered with crusts beneath which is a moist papillo- 
matous surface, and are sur- 
rounded by a characteristic 
border, violaceous in color 
and studded with miliary ab- 
scesses which appear as yel- 
low points, and in the pus 
from which blastomycetes 
may be demonstrated, often 
in pure culture (Figs. 113 
and 114). Occasionally the 
patches are dry, with a wart- 
like surface, resembling 
closely the patches of ver- 
rucose tuberculosis of the 
skin. Ulceration of a rather 
superficial character com- 
monly occurs in the patches, 
which may slowly extend, or 
after a time may underg'o 
spontaneous healing, leaving 
uneven scars. 

When the cutaneous dis- 
ease is the sequel of a sys- 
temic infection, irregular 
ulcers appear in the skin 
which begin as subcutaneous 
abscesses. The extent of the 
disease varies considerably. 
Although there may be but 
a single patch, there are usu- 
ally several, and exception- 
ally there may be many scat- 
tered about over the face and 
extremities, some of them 
occupying a large surface. 
In secondary blastomycosis 
there may be many ulcers 
and abscesses scattered over 
the greater portion of the 
body. 

The patient's general 
health, as a rule, remains unimpaired, except in the infrequent cases in 
which systemic infection accompanies or follows the cutaneous disease. 

The course of the malady is slow and irregular. As a rule the 




Fig. 114. 



330 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



patches grow very slowly, months elapsing before they reach any 
considerable size. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Blastomycosis occurs far more frequently 
in males than in females, quite three-fourths of the reported cases hav- 
ing been in men. One-half of all the cases have been in individuals 
over forty years of age, but it is by no means confined to this period; 
Kessler has reported a case in an infant eight months old, the youngest 
yet observed. 

The direct cause is a fungus belonging to the yeasts, the Blasto- 
myces. In a certain small proportion of cases a traumatism of some 
kind seems to have preceded the infection, and it is altogether likely 
that a solution of continuity in the skin, either the result of injury or 
perhaps some precedent inflammatory afTection, is necessary as a port 
of entry for the fungus, except in those cases in which infection of the 
skin follows systemic infection. 



Fig. us 




Fig. 116 




Fig. 115. — Blastomycosis cutis. Blastomyces. 
Fig. Ii6. — Blastomycosis cutis. B, blastomycetes in C, giant-cell. 

The blastomyces is a round or oval cell (Fig. 115) varying from 
ten to twenty microns in diameter, with a double-contoured wall, 
within which is a granular protoplasm separated from the inner wall 
by a narrow space, and frequently containing a vacuole. It is found 
between the cells of the epidermis, in miliary abscesses, and in giant- 
cells (Fig. 116) singly, in pairs usually of unequal size, or less fre- 
quently in aggregations containing ten to twenty without any special 
arrangement. Budding forms are frequently observed, but mycelia 
have not been found in the tissues, although produced in cultures. 
It grows readily upon a variety of media, and on glycerin-agar produces 
white cultures with aerial hyphae. In the tissues reproduction takes 
place by budding, but in cultures, under certain conditions, reproduc- 
tion by sporulation may also occur. The number of organisms present 
varies greatly ; at times they are very abundant and are readily found, 
at others a long search may be necessary to discover them. Owing to 
their comparatively large size, they are usually readily demonstrated 



INFLAMMATIONS 



331 



either in stained sections, or in the pus obtained from the minute 
abscesses about the borders of the patch in which they are apt to be 
found in pure culture. In unstained sections and in pus they are easily 
demonstrated by placing these in a strong solution of potassium 
hydroxide, or in equal parts of glycerin and liquor potassae underneath 
a cover. The histological changes are marked and resemble closely 
those which occur in tuberculosis verrucosa cutis (Fig. 117). The 
horny layer of the epidermis is in places completely lost, in others 




Fig. 117. — Blastomycosis cutis. Enormous elongation of the interpapillary prolongations of the rete 
mucosum. m. Miliary abscess. Low power. 



greatly thickened, especially between the papillary elevations. The 
most striking alterations are found in the rete mucosum, which is 
enormously overgrown, sending irregularly-shaped, branching proc- 
esses of epithelial cells downward into the corium, and scattered 
throughout the hyperplastic rete are miliary abscesses containing 
numerous polymorphonuclear leucocytes, loose epithelium in all stages 
of degeneration, and a varying number of blastomycetes. The cells 
of the rete are decidedly increased in size, and their prickles are un- 
usually prominent, probably owing chiefly to the increased width of 



332 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the intercellular spaces. Within and between the cells are numerous 
polymorphonuclear leucocytes, and scattered here and there in the 
intercellular spaces are blastomycetes. In the corium are marked signs 
of inflammation, especially noticeable in the upper portion. There is 
an abundant cellular exudate composed of polymorphonuclear leuco- 
cytes, small lymphocytes, plasma cells, a variable number of " mast- 
zellen," and giant-cells. Here and there are likewise miliary abscesses 
similar to those in the epidermis, containing a variable number of 
blastomycetes. 

Diagnosis. — The affection for which blastomycosis is most likely 
to be mistaken is verrucose tuberculosis of the skin, the resemblance 
between these two being frequently so close that a differential diag- 
nosis from the clinical symptoms alone is often well-nigh, if not alto- 
gether, impossible. The differentiation of the two must in many cases 
depend upon demonstrating the presence or absence of the blastomy- 
cetes in the pus and tissues. At times it may be confounded with 
lupus vulgaris, but the characteristic violaceous border containing 
miliary abscesses in the pus from which the organism is usually found, 
will serve to differentiate these without much difficulty. 

It may be mistaken for syphilis, particularly for the late ulcerative 
forms, but its comparatively slow course, the usual absence of any 
tendency to a circular or crescentic arrangement of the patches, which 
is so common in syphilis, the presence of the blastomycetes in the dis- 
charge, and the Wassermann reaction, usually render the differential 
diagnosis a comparatively easy and certain one. 

Since the blastomyces is a comparatively large organism and one 
very easily recognized, failure to find it in any given case must always 
throw doubt upon the diagnosis. 

Treatment. — When there are but one or two small patches favorably 
situated, they may be excised; if this is carefully done, going some- 
what wide of the visible disease, recurrences are not likely. When, 
however, the patches are of considerable size and multiple, making 
excision impracticable, thorough curettement followed by the appli- 
cation of tincture of iodine should be employed, together with the 
internal administration of large doses of iodide of potassium. Large 
doses of the iodides usually produce a marked improvement in the 
disease, especially at first, but a complete cure is rarely if ever obtained 
by the -use of the drug alone ; improvement ceases after a time, rem- 
nants of the patches remain indefinitely and a recrudescence begins 
immediately upon its suspension. The X-ray has proved of benefit, 
especially when used in conjunction with intensive iodide treatment. 

Prognosis.— The prognosis as to an ultimate cure in cases of moder- 
ate extent and duration is favorable, judicious treatment being usually 
followed by cure. In systemic blastomycosis the prognosis is exceed- 
ingly grave, a fatal termination being the rule. 



INFLAMMATIONS 333 

SPOROTRICHOSIS 

Definition. — A chronic infectious disease due to several varieties of 
a vegetable organism, the sporotrichum, characterized by cutaneous 
and subcutaneous nodules, abscesses, ulcers and sinuses. 

The mycotic character of certain forms of chronic subcutaneous 
abscess was first pointed out by Schenk, in 1898, who found in the 
contents of such abscesses a fungus belonging to the sporotricha. A 
little later Hektoen and Perkins, in America, and De Beurmann, in 
France, confirmed Schenk's finding. The last-named has been espe- 
cially active in the study of the malady, and much of our present 
knowledge of its etiology and pathology is due to his work. 

Symptoms. — The disease usually begins with the appearance of 
small, hard, painless subcutaneous nodules, which are at first deeply 
seated so that they are perceptible to touch only, producing no visible 
elevation of the skin, but as they slowly enlarge visible tumors of 
variable size are produced. After a period varying from four to six or 
eight weeks, these soften and may then remain for an indeterminate 
period as soft fluctuating tumors, or what is less frequent, they may 
open and discharge a viscous purulent fluid, leaving fistulous openings. 
The number of such lesions varies from a single one to as many as 
thirty or forty scattered about without any definite arrangement over 
the trunk and extremities. Occasionally large abscesses may form, 
as in a case observed by Dor, in which as much as 500 c.c. of pus were 
evacuated from a single lesion. 

Less frequently the disease begins at the site of an injury, often 
trivial, on the finger or other portion of the hand, with the appearance 
of a sluggish ulcer or small, rather firm nodule which after a time is 
followed by an indolent lymphangitis extending up the forearm, small 
firm nodules appearing along the course of the lymphatics which are 
swollen and feel like knotted cords beneath the skin, which is usually 
somewhat reddened, or exceptionally, unchanged in appearance. After 
a variable period, usually some weeks, the nodules soften. They may 
then remain as soft tumors varying in size from that of a hazel-nut to a 
w r alnut or even much larger, or they may ulcerate, leaving fistulae or 
open ulcers discharging a seropurulent fluid. Occasionally after a 
period of some months the unopened tumors undergo involution, leav- 
ing permanent scars. 

When the lesions open spontaneously, or are opened by incision, 
leaving fistuke or ulcers, papillomatous masses of granulation tissue 
may form about the fistulous openings or on the bottom of the ulcers. 
In rare instances the nodules are situated within the derma, and occa- 
sionally, as the result of a secondary infection with the sporothrix, 
vesicles and papulo-vesicles develop in the epidermis about the fistulous 
openings. 

The buccal and pharyngeal mucous membranes, as well as the 
viscera, may be attacked, although these are only rarely invaded. 

Constitutional symptoms are absent, the patient's general health 



334 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

not being affected even in cases in which the malady has lasted for a 
considerable time. 

The course of the affection is a very chronic one ; new lesion appear 
from time to time, while the old ones show but very little change from 
month to month, although occasionally, as has already been noted, 
spontaneous healing may occur in certain of them. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Sporotrichosis is a mycosis due to a 
fungus, the sporotrichum, of which three varieties have been identified, 
viz., S. Schenki, S. Beurmanni, and S. indicum. It is apparently much 
more frequent in France and the United States than elsewhere, but has 
been found in various other parts of the world, such as South America, 
Ceylon, etc. The fungus is rarely discoverable in the tissues, but 
may be readily demonstrated in the pus obtained from the lesions by 
cultivation on various media. Cultures succeed best on Sabouraud's 
peptone-glucose agar upon which the organism forms round white 
colonies with a somewhat elevated surface covered with fine irregular 
convolutions, which after a time (twenty days) become brown. In 
a small percentage of cases a wound has served as the starting-point 
of the infection, but as a rule, the mode and place of entrance of the 
fungus are not discoverable. The disease has been observed in the 
horse and the dog, and probably these domestic animals, occasionally at 
least, serve as the carriers of the contagion to man. 

The fungus consists of mycelial threads and spores. The former 
are long, straight, or slightly curved, occasionally branched, and about 
two microns in diameter ; the latter are oval or round, five to six microns 
in diameter, brown in color, and are arranged around the mycelium 
as a sheath, or in small groups. 

The changes in the tissues which result from the invasion of the 
fungus are confined largely to the deeper portions of the corium. The 
centre of the lesion is occupied by a necrotic area in which all cell- 
elements and the collagen and elastic tissues have wholly or in part, 
disappeared. This necrotic area is surrounded by a narrow zone of 
proliferating connective-tissue cells and polymorphonuclear leucocytes, 
while the periphery is composed of numerous lymphocytes, plasma 
cells, proliferating connective-tissue cells, and a variable number of 
giant-cells. The papillary layer of the corium shows a moderate 
round-cell exudate principally about the vessels. In the epidermis 
there is moderate proliferation of the cells of the rete with intercellular 
oedema. 

Diagnosis. — The lesions of sporotrichosis frequently bear a great 
resemblance to the gummata of syphilitic and tuberculous origin. 
From syphilis they are to be distinguished by their usually greater num- 
ber, by their more rapid evolution, and by the usual absence of any 
tendency to spontaneous ulceration. When ulceration does occur the 
ulcers lack the circular or serpiginous outline so often present in the 
syphilitic lesions. Tuberculous gummata are usually much slower 
in their evolution, and ulceration occurs sooner or later, the ulcers 



INFLAMMATIONS 335 

having irregular, undermined livid borders. In doubtful cases cultures 
and animal inoculations should be resorted to. An indolent lymphan- 
gitis of the forearms should always arouse the suspicion of a possible 
sporotrichosic infection, especially when there is a history of a prece- 
dent injury of the hand. 

Treatment. — The softened lesions should not be incised unless they 
contain large quantities of fluid, since, according to De Beurmann, 
ulceration, in most cases, follows incision. Iodide of potassium, given 
in considerable doses, usually produces speedy improvement, and 
eventually a cure ; the administration of this drug should be continued 
some time after all the lesions have disappeared to prevent relapses. 
Open lesions, fistulae and ulcers, should be treated locally with solu- 
tions of iodide of potassium and iodine, Lugol's solution, diluted, 
answering well. 

ACTINOMYCOSIS 

Synonyms. — Lumpy jaw; Fr., Actinomycose ; Ger., Aktinomykose. 

Definition. — An infectious disease of the skin and viscera due to the 
Actinomyces, or ray fungus. 

The first published account of this affection was by Lebert, in 1848, 
although von Langenbeck had found the yellow granules peculiar to 
it in the pus from a case of vertebral caries in 1845. Its infectious char- 
acter was first established by Bollinger, in 1876, and the name actino- 
myces was given the fungus by Harz, to whom Bollinger had submitted 
it for examination. Human actinomycosis was first described by 
Israel, and its identity with the bovine form was established by 
Ponfick shortly after. 

Symptoms. — Actinomycosis, as a primary affection of the skin, is 
decidedly infrequent. In the great majority of cases the cutaneous 
affection is secondary to infection of the deeper parts and the viscera. 
The most frequent site of cutaneous actinomycosis is the face and neck, 
especially in the region of the lower jaw, where infection takes place 
most frequently through the buccal cavity, or often by way of a carious 
tooth. 

The primary form begins with the appearance of one or more 
firm nodules deeply imbedded in the skin, which at first are a bright 
red, but later become a dusky-red or slate-color. After a variable 
period, these nodules, which vary in size from that of a pea to a nut, 
soften, open and discharge a purulent or sero-purulent fluid containing 
numbers of yellow or grayish-yellow granules, small masses of the ray 
fungus. The number of lesions present varies considerably : there may 
be but a single one, usually there are several, and there may be a con- 
siderable number forming a bluish-red infiltrated plaque with bosse- 
lated or rugous surface over which are scattered variously sized open- 
ings, many of which are connected with sinuses traversing the plaque 
and extending into the subcutaneous tissues. Raingeard has described 
peculiar macular plaques of a deep-red color with circumscribed borders 



336 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

which when present usually coexist with the nodular and ulcerative 
lesions, but which may he present a considerable time as the only 
symptom of the infection. As a rule, little or no pain attends the 
evolution of the disease so long as it is confined to the skin ; when, 
however, the deeper parts are invaded with the formation of abscesses 
as the result of secondary infection severe pain may be present. Not 
infrequently with the opening of the nodules ulceration takes place, 
and ulcers of varying extent and depth may be formed, resembling those 
which occur in tuberculous and syphilitic gummata, or they may pre- 
sent a fungating appearance, their surfaces being covered with papillo- 
matous masses. When the cutaneous affection is secondary to a vis- 
ceral or other deep-seated infection, as is most frequently the case, 
there is at first an ill-defined, rather deep infiltration of the subcu- 
taneous tissues and the skin with oedema ; the skin becomes red or 
bluish-red, softening takes place in one or more circumscribed areas 
over which the skin becomes thin and eventually gives way, forming 
ulcers or fistulous openings which communicate by sinuses with the 
primary focus. 

As a rule the neighboring lymphatic glands show no alteration ; 
but swelling of these and inflammation may occur, usually as the result 
of secondary infection with some one of the pyogenic microorganisms. 

The course of the disease is usually slow, continuing for months 
or not infrequently for several years, new foci of infection appearing 
in adjacent parts, so that eventually considerable areas are involved. 
Exceptionally it runs an acute course, beginning somewhat suddenly 
with redness and swelling and other symptoms of an acute phleg- 
monous inflammation, the skin softens and openings form from which 
escapes pus containing the usual small granules of the ray fungus, 
and after a comparatively short course, lasting from some weeks to 
two or three months, recovery takes place with more or Jess scarring. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Actinomycosis is most common between 
the ages of twenty and forty, although cases have been observed in 
children. It is considerably more than twice as frequent in men as 
in women, without doubt because of the much greater exposure to 
infection of the former through their occupations. It is much more 
common, indeed is found almost exclusively, in dwellers in the rural 
districts. 

Its direct cause is the actinomyces or ray fungus, infection taking 
place through abrasions of the skin, by direct contact, or, what is 
much more frequent, through ^he buccal mucous membranes, the 
mucous membranes of the air passages, or of the gastro-intestinal canal. 

The yellow granules found in the discharge which escapes from the 
openings in the skin are small spheroidal masses of the fungus, and 
consist of a central close network of fine threads from which radiate 
numbers of mycelia dividing dichotomously and terminating in thick, 
club-like ends, the whole forming mulberry- or rosette-like masses 
(Fig. 118). Quite frequently the clubs are divided transversely into 



INFLAMMATIONS 



337 



several segments ; they exhibit great variety in shape and arrange- 
ment. Round and oval spores are also present. The Gram method 
of staining, followed by a weak solution of eosine, is one of the most 
convenient and satisfactory methods of staining the organism. 

Cultivation of the fungus on various media succeeds readily. On 
glycerin-agar it produces colonies which at first are white and shining, 
but later, usually in a week or ten days, become a bright yellow. The 
actinomyces exists as a saprophyte upon grains, hay, straw, and other 
vegetable substances, whence it is transmitted to horses and cattle, and 
from these to man. There is some evidence that it may be transmitted 
from one individual to another, as from husband to wife. 

The histological changes produced by the infection are character- 
istic of the infectious granulomata. The fungus lies in the midst of an 
amorphous granular mass which represents an area of complete cellular 

Bft ***** 







Fig. i i 8. — Actinomycosis. (Section from collection of Professor Allen J. Smith.) 

degeneration, and about this is a zone of plasma cells the inner layers 
of which show more or less degenerative changes, and outside this 
zone is a more or less abundant exudate of lymphoid cells. A few 
giant-cells, together with " mastzellen," are likewise present. Accord- 
ing to Unna the suppuration, which is one of the results of the infection, 
is not due to a secondary infection with the ordinary pus-forming organ- 
isms, but is the direct effect of the ray fungus which he regards as a 
pyogenic organism. 

Diagnosis. — Actinomycosis is most likely to be mistaken for tuber- 
culosis or syphilis, especially for tuberculous and syphilitic gummata. 
From tuberculous gummata it is to be distinguished by the age of the 
patient, usually an adult, and the absence of glandular enlargement. 
The slow progress of the disease, the presence of variously sized 
nodules which soften and discharge a thin pus in which are present 
22 



338 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

small yellow granules, and the existence of sinuses distinguish it 
from syphilis. Much stress is laid by some French authors, particu- 
larly Monestie, upon the peculiar slate-color which the lesions assume, 
as a diagnostic symptom, but in the last analysis the definite differential 
diagnosis must depend upon the demonstration of the ray fungus in 
the discharge, or in the tissues. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis of primary actinomycosis of the skin is 
always favorable, if the true nature of the affection is recognized suffi- 
ciently early. In neglected cases, or in those in which a correct diag- 
nosis has not been made and proper treatment in consequence has not 
been pursued, the duration may be long, and the deeper parts may 
eventually be involved, with serious results. The prognosis of second- 
ary actinomycosis is essentially that of the primary lesions ; when 
these involve important organs the outlook is grave. 

Treatment. — The treatment should be both local and constitutional. 
The former is strictly surgical : sinuses should be laid open and curetted, 
abscess evacuated, their walls curetted, and afterwards painted with 
tincture of iodine, or covered with lint wet with bichloride solution, 
i : 2000. When the diseased parts are favorably situated for such 
procedure, they may be completely removed. Rydygier reports two 
cases successfully treated by parenchymatous injections of a one per 
cent, solution of one of the iodides, the iodide of sodium being 
preferable. 

Iodide of potassium should be given internally in considerable doses, 
since it has been demonstrated that this drug has an almost specific 
effect upon the disease in some cases. While in most cases it exerts a 
decidedly favorable effect, especially in recent cases and in those in 
which secondary infection has not yet taken place, it sometimes fails, 
and reliance must then be placed upon the surgical treatment. 

ANTHRAX 

Synonyms. — Pustula maligna ; Splenic fever ; Wool-sorter's dis- 
ease ; Fr., Charbon ; Ger., Milzbrand. 

Definition. — An acute infectious disease derived from animals suf- 
fering from splenic fever, due to a specific organism, the bacilluis 
anfhracis, distinguished by carbuncle-like inflammation of the skin. 

Symptoms. — After an incubation period varying from two or three 
days to a week, a small red spot appears at the site of infection accom- 
panied by itching and burning, which speedily becomes a red papule 
on the summit of which a vesicle or vesico-pustule develops in the 
course of some hours. This vesicle, usually broken by scratching or 
ruptured spontaneously, dries into a blackish crust which is somewhat 
depressed and surrounded by a ring of small vesicles. Swelling is 
usually marked and the neighboring lymphatics and glands are in- 
flamed, red lines extending from the Crust marking the course of the 
former. For the first two or three days the affection remains a local 
one, but with the increase in the local symptoms constitutional symp- 



INFLAMMATIONS 339 

toms of general infection appear; there is some elevation of tempera- 
ture, sometimes considerable, headache, nausea, delirium and diarrhoea, 
and after from six to eight days, or earlier in severe cases, the patient 
dies, frequently with symptoms of collapse. In the cases which pursue 
a favorable course the constitutional symptoms are usually mild, the 
eschar is cast off by suppuration and recovery takes place at the end 
of from ten days to two weeks. 

There is usually but a single lesion, but exceptionally there may be 
two or more, and it is almost invariably situated upon some uncovered 
part of the body, in the great majority of cases somewhere upon the 
head or face. When it is situated upon an extremity the swelling 
may occupy the entire limb and there is frequently an extensive 
lymphangitis. 

Instead of beginning with a vesicopustular lesion, such as has just 
been described, the first symptom may be a marked local oedema 
(malignant oedema) situated in most cases in the face, particularly 
on the lids. The swelling is extensive and firm, the skin red or livid, 
and vesicles and blebs, frequently filled with bloody serum, appear on 
the ©edematous area. In these cases symptoms of general infection 
usually appear early, are commonly of a grave character and are usually 
followed by a fatal termination. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The malady is seen almost exclusively in 
those who come into contact with herbivorous animals or products 
derived from them — in butchers, veterinarians, farmers, tanners, and 
wool-sorters, and it is therefore practically confined to men. The im- 
mediate cause is the bacillus anthracis, discovered about the same 
time by Pollender and Davaine, the latter demonstrating its causal 
relationship to the affection. This organism is a rod-shaped bacillus, 
one to one and a half microns in diameter and from five to twenty 
microns long, which grows readily on a variety of media, forming long 
filaments frequently containing spores. It is present in enormous 
numbers in the pustule and surrounding skin and in the blood 

The anthrax pustule is the product of a serofibrinous inflammation 
which rapidly leads to necrosis of the skin. In a fresh nodule situated 
upon the lip Unna found great numbers of bacilli at the level of the 
subpapillary vascular network extending upward into the papillae and 
the epidermis. A distinctive feature was a fibrinous network following 
the collagenous fibres of the corium and filling the lymphatics and 
veins ; and there was likewise a peculiar oedema of the papillary body 
with consequent formation of vesicles. 

Diagnosis. — The pustule of anthrax is to be distinguished from car- 
buncle, the initial lesion of syphilis and from poisoned wounds. The 
patient's occupation, in most cases one which brings him into contact 
with cattle or horses or with hides, hair, or wool ; the black eschar sur- 
rounded by a ring of vesicles ; the extensive oedema and the constitu- 
tional symptoms, are features which, when occurring conjointly, usually 
suffice to establish the diagnosis. Owing to their comparatively large 



340 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

size and great numbers, the bacilli are usually readily demonstrated 
microscopically in the fluid of the lesion. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is always serious, death occurring in 
from ten to twenty per cent, of the cases. It varies considerably accord- 
ing to the seat of the lesion, being most unfavorable when the head 
or face is attacked and least so when it is situated upon the lower 
extremity (Nasorow, quoted by Frank, Mracek's Handbook). In the 
cases which begin with a local oedema, or in those with marked con- 
stitutional symptoms, death usually follows. 

Treatment. — Early excision of the pustule should be practised, 
going wide of the lesion, and dressing the resulting wound with some 
antiseptic, such as bichloride of mercury ; or it may be destroyed with 
the thermocautery. Free incision, with the subsequent application of 
pure carbolic acid, has also been employed for the destruction of the 
pustule. Injection of tincture of iodine, or of five per cent, solution of 
carbolic acid, made into the pustule and the surrounding tissues has 
been followed by favorable results. Such local measures, however, 
are chiefly of use in the early stages before a general infection has taken 
place. The serum prepared by Sclavo has been successfully employed 
in a considerable number of cases, especially in Italy and England. 
Quite recently Fortineau, having demonstrated a marked antagonism 
between the bacillus pyocyaneus and the bacillus anthracis, has em- 
ployed injections of the former with favorable results. Internally, 
sulphite of soda, which has been successfully employed in the treatment 
of splenic fever in cattle, should be given in liberal doses along with 
quinine. Stimulants should be given when symptoms of cardiac failure 
or collapse appear. 

EQUINIA 

Synonyms. — Glanders ; Farcy ; Fr., Morve ; Ger., Rotz. 

Definition. — A contagious and inoculable disease derived from the 
horse or ass, running an acute or chronic course, characterized by pro- 
nounced constitutional symptoms and inflammatory and ulcerative 
lesions situated in the skin and nasal mucous membranes, due to a 
specific organism, the bacillus mallei. 

Symptoms. — A period of incubation, usually of about five days' 
duration, but in exceptional cases lasting from two to three weeks, 
precedes the appearance of the affection. The early symptoms present 
nothing characteristic: these are headache, malaise, pains in the joints 
and muscles and occasionally nausea. When infection has taken place 
through .some wound or abrasion the site of the inoculation becomes 
red and swollen, the wound enlarges, becoming a spreading ulcer dis- 
charging a purulent offensive fluid, and the neighboring lymphatics and 
glands become inflamed and swollen. Sometimes within a few days, 
at other times only after two or three weeks, dark-red spots appear 
upon the skin which become papules, then pustules, and finally ulcers. 
Through the coalescence of adjacent lesions, serpiginous ulcers covered 
with necrotic sloughs are formed which when situated upon the face 






INFLAMMATIONS 341 

may lead to extensive mutilation. Abscesses involving the deeper tis- 
sues form which, when opened surgically or spontaneously, give rise 
to deep ulcers, laying bare tendon and bone. The lymphatic vessels, 
not only in the neighborhood of the ulcerating lesions, but elsewhere 
present nodular swellings the so-called " farcy buds," which ulcerate 
and discharge. 

The nasal mucous membrane becomes inflamed and a thin viscid 
mucus escapes from the nostrils. Later ulceration occurs, especially 
over the vomer and the discharge becomes thick, purulent, bloody and 
offensive ; the nose is red and swollen and painful, the redness extend- 
ing to the adjacent parts of the forehead and cheeks. The nasal symp- 
toms usually occur early, especially in the acute variety, but they may 
be considerably delayed and in the chronic form are altogether absent, 
in about one-half the cases. 

With the progress of the malady the constitutional symptoms be- 
come more pronounced and frequently grave ; the temperature is high, 
severe chills occur followed by profuse sweats, diarrhoea appears, the 
patient falls into a comatose state and death follows at the end of two 
or three weeks, or earlier. 

In the chronic form the constitutional symptoms are less marked 
and remissions occur from time to time in which the disease is com- 
paratively quiescent. The skin lesions are usually less numerous, but 
do not differ from those present in the acute form, and, as already 
observed, symptoms referable to the nasal mucous membrane are 
absent in a considerable proportion of cases (about fifty per cent.). Re- 
covery may take place after a period varying from some months to 
several years, or the patient may eventually succumb. Not infre- 
quently acute symptoms suddenly appear ; the temperature becomes 
high, abscesses form, the patient becomes comatose or delirious, and 
death quickly follows. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The malady is in most cases contracted 
by direct contact with a diseased horse, ass or mule, but the infection 
may arise indirectly through clothing soiled with discharge from the 
nose or from ulcerating lesions. The direct agent is an organism, 
the bacillus mallei, discovered, in 1882, by Loftier and Schutz, which 
is present in the nasal discharge and in the pus of ulcerating lesions on 
the skin. From cultures of this organism an extract may be obtained, 
mallein, which, when injected hypodermatically in animals with 
glanders, produces a reaction resembling that wmich follows the injec- 
tion of tuberculin in tuberculous subjects, and which may be employed 
for diagnostic purposes. 

In the early stages of the glanders lesion there is a more or less 
abundant cellular exudate composed of mono- and poly-nuclear leuco- 
cytes with thrombosis of the capillaries which are more or less com- 
pletely occluded by greatly swollen endothelium and fibrin. A charac- 
teristic feature is the early and extensive fragmentation of nuclei which, 
although not peculiar to glanders, is much more extensive than in other 



342 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

maladies. In the perivascular areas of necrosis there are great num- 
bers of bacilli without any definite arrangement. In the epidermis 
there is marked dilatation of the intercellular spaces and reticular 
degeneration of the epithelial cells ; according to Unna, bacilli are not 
present in this region. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of glanders in the human subject is beset 
with difficulties. The most satisfactory method is the demonstration 
of the presence of the bacillus mallei in the nasal discharge or in the 
pus from ulcers, either by the microscope or by culture. The method 
of Strauss is also of much value. This consists in the intraperitoneal 
injection of cultures or pus from a lesion into a male guinea-pig; should 
the bacillus mallei be present in the suspected material, swelling and 
inflammation of the testicle will occur in two to four days. Hypoder- 
matic injections of mallein may likewise be cautiously employed, as 
in cattle. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is always grave. In acute cases death 
almost invariably occurs in the course of from three to six weeks and 
not infrequently earlier, even before the cutaneous symptoms have 
appeared. In the chronic form recovery takes place in about one-half 
the cases. 

Treatment. — There is no specific remedy. Mercurial inunctions 
have been employed with asserted curative effect by Gold, but the 
experience of others has failed to confirm the usefulness of this treat- 
ment. Monneret and Andral recommend the iodide of potassium 
(Bodin). When possible the initial lesion should be destroyed by the 
actual cautery, especially if seen early, and the same agent may be 
used to prevent the spread of ulcers. In chronic cases ulcerating 
lesions should be treated with antiseptics, and quinine, iron, strychnia 
and other remedies of a like kind be given along with abundant nourish- 
ment. Careful trial may also be made of hypodermatic injections of 
mallein, favorable results have been reported from its use. 

MYCETOMA 

Synonyms. — Madura foot; Fungus foot of India; Podelcoma ; Fr., 
Mycetome, Pied de Madure ; Ger., Madurafuss. 

Definition. — A mycotic disease endemic in certain parts of India, 
and occurring sporadically in various other parts of the world, attack- 
ing chiefly the feet, occasionally the hands, and in rare instances other 
parts of the body. 

Although the affection was mentioned as early as 1712 by Kaempfer, 
it was first accurately described by Godfrey of Madras in 1843. Balin- 
gall suggested its parasitic nature in 1855, but Vandyke Carter was the 
first to call attention, in i860, to the presence of fungus in the discharge 
which comes from the diseased parts ; and it is to this author that we 
owe much of our knowledge of the malady. Among recent authors 
especial mention must be made of Brumpt, who has made detailed 
studies of the various fungi found in it. 



INFLAMMATIONS 343 

Symptoms. — In most cases, but not invariably, the disease begins 
upon the sole, with the appearance of one or more firm, painless nodular 
swellings, which after a time soften and discharge a peculiar oily puru- 
lent fluid in which are contained yellowish or grayish granules which 
have been likened to fish-roe, or black grains resembling " coarse gun- 
powder " ; quite exceptionally these granules are pink or red. When 
once the nodules have softened and opened they do not close but con- 
tinue to discharge ; and new swellings appear from time to time, so that 
eventually the number of these fistulous openings is considerable. As 
the disease progresses the foot enlarges, the sole becomes swollen, so 
that it is no longer concave but convex, the toes are spread apart ; and 
the whole member in time becomes a lumpy, shapeless mass, while the 
muscles of the leg are markedly atrophied from disuse. Occasionally 
in long-standing cases the tibia may be invaded, or when the hand is 
the seat of the disease, the bones of the forearm. 

The lymphatic glands as a rule are not affected, but inflammation of 
these may occur as the result of secondary infection with pyogenic 
organisms. Pain, as a rule, is not a prominent symptom. 

The course of the disease is usually slow, reaching its full develop- 
ment only after a period of two or three years, and lasting from ten 
to twenty or more years, when the patient succumbs to exhaustion 
resulting from the long-continued drain upon his vitality, or dies with 
symptoms of sepsis. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Although occurring sporadically in the 
Temperate Zone, mycetoma is essentially a disease of warm climates, 
and is seen far more frequently in certain parts of India, especially in 
Madura, hence one of the names by which it is known, Madura foot, 
than in any other part of the world. It is a disease of the rural districts, 
the inhabitants of the town escaping. It occurs much more frequently 
in men than in women, and is uncommon in children. 

As was shown so long ago as i860, by Vandyke Carter, it is a mycosis. 
Recent studies of the affection, especially those of Brumpt, have shown 
that it is not due to a single species of organism, but that a number of 
species of fungi are concerned in its production. According to Brumpt 
there are no less than eight varieties of the malady etiologically con- 
sidered. Two of them are due to varieties of the Discomyces, two of 
them certainly to the Aspergillus, while the remaining four are likewise 
probably due to varieties of this latter fungus. According as one or 
the other of these fungi is present, the character of the granules in 
the discharge varies. In the so-called white varieties of the affection, 
the Discomyces is usually present, while in the black forms some 
variety of the Aspergillus is found. These fungi probably exist as 
saprophytes upon various plants and obtain entrance into the tissues 
of the foot through the abrasions or slight wounds which are so apt to 
be present in those who go barefoot. The early histological changes 
are those usually found in the infectious granulomata — areas of granu- 
lar cell-degeneration surrounded by plasma cells and leucocytes with a 



344 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

varying number of giant-cells and " mastzellen." In the advanced 
stages all the tissues of the foot are fused together into a grayish or 
yellowish mass in which the various parts are no longer distinguish- 
able ; even the bones and finally the tendons and fascia disappear. The 
entire foot is riddled with variously sized cysts and sinuses lined with 
a smooth membrane and filled with a yellowish roe-like substance, or 
with black or brownish granular friable masses in which the microscope 
shows elements of the fungus. 

Diagnosis. — The situation of the disease, in most cases upon the 
foot, the extensive swelling and deformity, the numerous sinuses from 
which are discharged the peculiar yellowish granules or black, gun- 
powder-like grains in which the fungus may be demonstrated micro- 
scopically, are features which make the diagnosis a comparatively 
easy one. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is unfavorable, as the malady when once 
established steadily progresses until all the tissues of the foot have 
been completely disorganized and the member rendered not only useless 
but a burden. After some years the patient succumbs to the continued 
drain upon his strength. 

Treatment. — In its very earliest stages, when the disease is confined 
to a limited area, excision or its complete removal with the curette may 
check it, but when well-developed amputation of the foot or hand, 
at a point well removed from the disease, offers the only hope of cure. 

ORIENTAL SORE 

Synonyms. — Aleppo boil ; Oriental boil ; Delhi boil ; Pendje sore ; 
Biskra button; Fr., Bouton d'Alep ; Clou de Biskra; Clou de Gafsa; 
Ger., Orientbeule. 

Definition. — A chronic ulcerative disease, endemic in certain tropi- 
cal and subtropical regions, particularly of the Orient, due to a specific 
organism, the Leishmania tropica. 

This affection, first described about the middle of the eighteenth 
century by Russell as observed in Aleppo, was at one time regarded 
as confined to Syria and particularly to Aleppo, hence one of the names 
by which it is known, Aleppo boil. Later, however, it was found in 
other countries, in India, in Northern Africa, and in the Western 
Hemisphere in Brazil, Panama and Central America. 

Symptoms. — The appearance of the disease is preceded by a period 
of incubation varying from a few days to several months. Nicolle 
found that in the experimentally produced disease in monkeys the incu- 
bation period varied from 16 to 166 days. 

It begins at the site of inoculation as a small firm red itching 
papule. This papule enlarges, becomes scaly after some days, and later 
the scales are replaced by an adherent crust beneath which is an ulcer 
surrounded by an inflammatory areola. The ulcer slowly enlarges 
until in the course of some months it reaches a diameter of one to two 
inches. New ulcers occasionally arise in the immediate neighborhood 



INFLAMMATIONS 



345 



of the primary sore and by extension and coalescence with it may form 
an ulcer several inches in diameter. After a period varying from three 
months to a year or longer, healing begins, not uncommonly in the 
centre of the ulcer which still continues to extend at the periphery for 
a time. When healing is complete a depressed whitish cicatrix is left 
which when large may cause pronounced disfigurement by irregular 
contraction. On the other hand, the scarring which follows the ulcer 
may be insignificant. 

Occasionally the primary papule persists for some months as a 
scaly nodule which, instead of undergoing ulceration, is gradually 
absorbed. 

Usually there is but a single lesion, although two, three, or more 
are not uncommon, and exceptionally there may be many. They are 






Fig. 119. — Oriental sore (Central America). 

in most instances situated upon exposed parts, such as the hand, arm, 
feet and legs, and upon the face, this last being a favorite site in chil- 
dren. The palms, soles and scalp remain free and the trunk is only in- 
frequently invaded. In cases observed in South America and in Pan- 
ama, the ear is a common site (Darling). In a case recently under the 
author's observation, in which the malady was acquired in Central 
America, the lesion was situated in this region (Fig. 119). 

While as a rule constitutional symptoms do not occur, Manson is 
of the opinion that there are exceptions to this rule and that fever may 
precede or accompany the appearance of the initial papule. 

As a rule, to which, however, there are numerous exceptions, one 
attack confers immunity 

Etiology. — It occurs in both sexes and at all ages, but is most com- 
mon in the early years of life. Race is apparently without influence 



346 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

upon its occurrence. It is contagious and inoculable, but the exact 
mode of infection is yet unknown. It may be communicated by direct 
contact with infected individuals or with soiled clothing, etc. It is 
quite probable that in a certain proportion of cases it is transmitted by 
the bites of insects. 

The direct agent in its production is the organism discovered 
by Wright, in 1903, for which he proposed the name Helcosoma tropi- 
cum, but which was later called Leishmania tropica. This organism, 
found in the tissues of the ulcer, resembles very closely the Leishman 
bodies found in kala-azar, a chronic febrile disease endemic in parts 
of India. The presence of this organism in the tissues of the disease 
has been confirmed by a number of observers, and Nicolle has culti- 
vated it and has reproduced the malady in monkeys by inoculation 
of pure cultures, thus definitely establishing its causal relationship 
to the affection. 

Manson thinks it likely that infection occurs in two ways : Either 
the infecting organism is inoculated directly into the skin, or infection 
takes place indirectly through some insect which serves as an inter- 
mediate host in which the organism undergoes further development. 

Pathology. — The chief histological alterations are found in the 
corium which is occupied by a cellular exudate, most abundant in the 
neighborhood of the blood-vessels. This exudate is made up of lym- 
phoid, plasma and a few giant-cells, together with large mononuclear 
cells which Wright regards as endothelial, in the cytoplasm of which 
are numerous microorganisms. The changes in the epidermis are 
secondary to those in the corium and vary according to the age of the 
lesion. At times there is atrophy of the rete, at others it is much 
thicker than normal, sending branching processes down into the 
corium. 

Diagnosis. — In countries where the malady is endemic the diag- 
nosis is usually made without difficulty, but it is not always easy. 
In doubtful cases the organism should be looked for in smears or scrap- 
ings taken from the ulcer, since this is the most certain method of 
diagnosis and sometimes the only satisfactory one. 

Treatment. — Cauterization or excision of the lesion has been ad- 
vised, and if done early may cut short the disease. Quite recently the 
tartrate of antimony in one per cent, solution has been successfully 
employed intravenously, by Ferra in Brazil ; five c.c. were given once 
a day for five successive days. DaSilva, likewise, reports success with 
this method of treatment. 

ESPUNDIA 

Under the name, Espundia, an unusually virulent form of Leish- 
maniasis has been described as occurring in Brazil, Peru and Paraguay. 
It begins with an initial ulcer resembling in some respects a chancre, 
on some exposed part of the body, which pursues an indolent course, 






INFLAMMATIONS 347 

healing after a duration of some months. This lesion, after a variable 
period, is followed by destructive ulceration of the tongue and mucous 
membranes of the mouth and nose. The malady lasts for years and 
may produce extensive destruction of tissue followed by marked de- 
formity, and in certain cases produces death. The Leishman bodies are 
found in small numbers in the ulcers. 

FRAMBCESIA 

Synonyms. — Yaws ; Fr., Pian ; Ger., Beerschwam ; Boubas (Brazil) ; 
Paranghi (Ceylon). 

Definition. — An infectious and contagious disease endemic in the 
tropics, due to the spirochceta pertenuis (treponema pertenue) char- 
acterized by an eruption of papules and papillomatous nodules. 

This affection was first described by Oviedo, in 1535, and was given 
the name framboesia by Sauvages, in the latter part of the eighteenth 
century (1761). It is essentially a tropical disease, prevailing exten- 
sively on the west coast of Africa, in the Islands of the South Pacific, 
in Ceylon, in the West Indies and in the tropical countries of South 
America. Although at the present time found only in the tropics, it 
is altogether likely that the malady which prevailed in Ireland in the 
latter part of the eighteenth and early part of the nineteenth- centuries 
known as " button scurvy " was yaws. 

Symptoms. — An incubation period varying from two to four weeks 
precedes the appearance of the characteristic eruption in the disease 
when acquired in the ordinary way. In cases, however, in which it 
has followed experimental inoculation the incubation period has been 
much shorter, varying from ten to twenty days (Paulet and Charlouis). 
During this period constitutional symptoms occur, such as fever, mus- 
cular and arthritic pains, gastric disturbances and diarrhoea. These 
may be so slight as to scarcely attract attention, or they may be well 
pronounced. The skin becomes dry, small, ill-defined, oval and ir- 
regular patches covered with fine branny scales appear, which may 
persist throughout the disease. These symptoms are followed by the 
primary or initial lesion at the site of inoculation. 

The initial lesion, the existence of which is denied by some authors, 
begins as a papule which slowly enlarges and at the end of a week 
is covered with yellow cheesy material resembling sebum, which, after 
some days, dries into a yellow adherent crust beneath which is an 
ulcer with well-defined edges. This ulcer may heal in the course of 
two or three weeks, leaving a whitish cicatrix, or it may increase in 
size and persist as a papillomatous growth, the so-called " mother 
yaw," around which smaller lesions occasionally form. Instead of ul- 
cerating, it may persist as a nodule, which after a time undergoes ab- 
sorption, the skin over it scaling slightly. It may occur on any part 
of the body, but is most frequently seen upon exposed portions, such 
as the arms and hands, the lower extremities, the face in children, and 
in infants about the mouth. In women the breast is a frequent site, 



348 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

particularly in the region of the nipple and areola. The genital region 
is less frequently affected. 

From one to three months after the appearance of the primary 
lesion, a more or less generalized eruption of small conical papules 
occurs, usually preceded or accompanied by some elevation of tempera- 
ture, with headache and pains in the muscles and joints. At first these 
papules are quite small, but they rapidly increase in size and at the end 
of a week their tops are covered with a yellow wax-like secretion which 
dries into yellow firmly adherent crusts beneath which is a red papil- 
lomatous surface covered with a viscid acid secretion, compared by 
Numa Rat to the cauliflower. Not all of the papules, however, undergo 
this development, many of them, without any increase in size after a 
number of weeks, disappear. The papules usually reach their complete 
development in about two weeks and then remain for some weeks 
longer without material change. The crusts then fall off, the nodules 
shrivel up and finally disappear, leaving more or less pigmented patches. 

The number and size of the lesion vary greatly. The nodules when 
fully developed vary in size from that of a pea to a nut. There may 
be hundreds occupying all the regions of the body or there may be less 
than a dozen, sometimes not more than two or three, limited to one or 
two localities. When the lesions are numerous and closely aggregated 
they may form patches of considerable size, and about the mouth and 
anus they form ring-shaped papillomatous masses (ringworm yaws). 
Occasionally ulceration occurs, usually limited to the lesion itself, but 
sometimes extending to the surrounding skin, continuing under such 
circumstances for long periods. Lesions occur upon the sole of the 
foot and palm of the hand, and in the former region are usually quite 
painful, being compressed by the thick horny layer of the epidermis. 
Walking is painful and the patient adopts a peculiar crab-like gait 
(crab yaws). Occasionally the plantar lesions ulcerate, producing 
deep ulcers situated most frequently at the base of the great toe. Al- 
though more or less itching accompanies the eruption, the lesions 
themselves are as a rule painless, although Charlouis states that they 
are frequently painful when they first appear. The mucous membranes 
of the lips and nose may be invaded, but these are not commonly 
attacked. The matrix of the nails is occasionally inflamed and papil- 
lomatous lesions may develop about their roots. The hair is not affected, 
except in regions where ulceration occurs, in which event permanent 
alopecia may result, owing to destruction of the hair follicles. 

In cases of ordinary severity the general health is but little affected, 
but when the malady occurs in broken-down subjects or in those im- 
properly housed and fed or injudiciously treated, the general health 
may suffer to a marked degree. 

The duration of yaws varies within wide limits. In healthy in- 
dividuals an attack of moderate severity runs its course in about six 
weeks to two months, but in debilitated subjects or when the disease 
is severe it may continue for six to eight months or even one year, 
successive crops of eruption appearing from time to time. 



INFLAMMATIONS 349 

As a sequel of the foregoing symptoms, ulcerative lesions follow- 
ing gumma-like infiltrations, serpiginous ulcers, periostitis, destructive 
ulceration of the mucous membranes of the nose and pharynx occur 
in a certain proportion of cases, constituting the tertiary stage of Numa 
Rat, Castellani and others. There is considerable difference of opinion, 
however, among equally experienced observers as to the nature of 
these lesions. While the above-mentioned authors regard them as a 
part of the yaws infection, others consider them the result of a con- 
current syphilis or tuberculosis. 

Etiology. — Yaws is a highly contagious affection. It may be trans- 
mitted by direct contact, provided there is a break in the continuity of 
the skin. Any abrasion, such as a scratch, may serve as the point of 
entry for the infection, which also frequently takes place through the 
medium of pre-existing ulcers, whatever their origin. There is also 
some evidence that it may be transmitted by the bites of insects, such 
as mosquitoes, etc. Heredity plays no part in its production. It occurs 
in both sexes, more frequently in men than in women, and is common 
in children, although infrequent before one year of age. In 1905, 
Castellani demonstrated the presence of an organism in yaws tissue 
resembling closely the spirochseta pallida of syphilis to which he gave 
the name spiroch&ta pertennis, and this finding has since been con- 
firmed by a number of other observers. There is little doubt that this 
organism is the direct cause of the malady. 

Pathology. — The spirochccta pertenuis is decidedly more slender 
than the spirochseta pallida and varies in length from a few microns 
to eighteen or twenty (Castellani). It stains with difficulty but may 
be stained by the Leishman and Giemsa methods. Inoculation of this 
organism into monkeys produces lesions similar to those observed in 
man. Noguchi has succeeded in cultivating it, employing ascitic fluid 
as a culture-medium. 

The histopathology of yaws is that of an infectious granuloma. The 
epidermis shows marked acanthosis with hyperkeratosis and pro- 
nounced down-growth of the interpapillary processes of the rete. The 
papillae of the corium are increased in length in proportion to the in- 
creased length of the interpapillary prolongations. The corium is 
occupied by a diffuse cellular infiltration composed chiefly of plasma 
cells, with a few polymorphonuclear leucocytes. Unlike other varieties 
of granuloma, there are no large multinuclear cells nor giant-cells of 
the Langhans type. There is rarefaction of the collagen and of the 
elastic tissue in the region occupied by the exudate. Unlike the syph- 
ilitic granuloma there are no proliferative changes in the walls of the 
vessels and in the endothelium, histological features so characteristic 
of syphilis. 

Diagnosis. — The disease for which it is most likely to be mistaken 
is syphilis. Indeed, it was formerly regarded by a number of authors, 
prominent among whom was Sir Jonathan Hutchinson, as nothing 
more than a modified form of that disease. The initial lesion, which is 



350 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

usually extra-genital, never exhibits the induration characteristic of the 
initial lesion of syphilis. The eruption is quite uniform in character, 
whereas syphilitic eruptions are remarkably polymorphous. The yel- 
low waxy crusts which cover the nodules are altogether unlike the 
crusting which occurs in pustular syphilitic lesions. Many of the 
lesions, if not most, in yaws are papillomatous in character, a form of 
lesion quite uncommon in syphilis. The mucous membranes so com- 
monly the seat of syphilitic lesions are infrequently attacked in yaws 
and in the latter there is neither alopecia nor iritis. Itching is a 
common and frequently a well-marked symptom in yaws, but is rare in 
syphilis. 

Prognosis. — Recovery usually takes place within from three to six 
months in cases of moderate severity occurring in those in good gen- 
eral health, but when severe and occurring in debilitated subjects the 
prognosis as to early recovery is unfavorable. The disease may last 
one or more years. Death is infrequent, and when it occurs is usually 
the result of septic complications. 

Treatment. — Proper hygienic surroundings and abundance of good 
food and strict cleanliness of person and clothing are of great impor- 
tance in the management of the malady. Mercury and the iodides 
exert a decidedly beneficial effect when judiciously employed. The 
most effective remedy, howver, is salvarsan or neosalvarsan, given in 
the usual dose either intravenously or intramuscularly, preferably the 
former. This remedy causes the rapid disappearance of the erup- 
tion in every stage of the disease. Ulcers should be cleansed fre- 
quently with antiseptic washes, such as the saturated solution of boric 
acid or an aqueous solution of mercuric bichloride, 1 to 2000. 

In order to prevent the spread of the disease, contact with diseased 
individuals should be carefully avoided, soiled clothing and the dwell- 
ing of the patient should be thoroughly disinfected or burned. 

VERRUGA PERUANA 

Synonyms. — Peruvian wart ; Carrion's disease ; Oroya fever. 

Definition. — An endemic disease confined to certain elevated valleys 
on the western slopes of the Andes in Peru, characterized by fever, 
marked anaemia and an eruption of nodules and papillomatous tumors 
situated upon the skin and mucous membranes. 

This malady was first mentioned in European literature, in 1543, by 
Zarrate in his History of Peru, and was first medically described, in 
1845, by Tschudi. Since then it has been extensively studied by 
Ordriozola, Escomel, and Yzquierdo and very recently by Strong. 

Symptoms. — After an incubation period lasting from one to six 
weeks, the disease begins with constitutional symptoms of a more or 
less pronounced character. There is fever, frequently intermittent in 
character, the temperature ranging from ioo° F. to 103 or 104 F. 
with severe muscular and arthritic pain. These symptoms are fol- 
lowed after some weeks or months by an eruption of small red papules 



INFLAMMATIONS 351 

or vesicles which slowly increase in size and become papillomatous 
nodules and tumors varying in size from that of a small pea to a large 
nut or pigeon's egg. Subcutaneous nodules likewise occur over which 
the skin is freely movable. With the appearance of the eruption, 
which may appear in a single crop or in successive outbreaks, there is 
an abatement of the constitutional symptoms. The eruptive lesions, 
after reaching a certain size, are red, shining and elastic, and very 
vascular, bleeding readily, often spontaneously, or from scratching, so 
that many of them are covered with a red or blackish crust of dry 
blood. They are markedly affected by temperature, becoming turgid 
under the influence of heat and shrinking up when subjected to cold. 
The number of lesions present varies greatly. They may be quite 
limited in number or there may be scores and hundreds of them. The 
face and extremities are the sites of election, but the trunk may also be 
affected. The eruption is not confined to the skin, but occurs upon the 
conjunctiva, upon the mucous membranes of the lips, cheeks, pharynx, 
upon the gastro-intestinal mucosa and in the vagina. 

The eruptive period varies from four to six months. The smaller 
lesions gradually shrivel up and disappear, leaving for a time a small 
pigmented spot. The large lesion and the subcutaneous nodules 
usually disappear by ulceration. 

Etiology. — The malady is confined within comparatively limited 
geographical boundaries and within these boundaries is restricted to 
certain localities. 

Neither age nor sex exerts any influence upon the occurrence of 
the affection. The weak and ill-nourished more readily fall victims to 
it than the strong and well-fed. 

It is inoculable, as was conclusively demonstrated by the fatal 
experiment of Carrion, who lost his life after an experimental inocula- 
tion performed upon himself. The fact that it has been known to 
occur in individuals who have spent but a very short time, even so 
little as an hour or two, in regions in which it is endemic, suggests 
the possibility, if not the probability, that it is conveyed by the bite of 
some insect. Townsend would incubate a species of phlebotomus 
as the carrier of the infection. A number of organisms have been 
found in the blood and in the tissues of those affected, but the relation- 
ship of these to the disease has not yet been definitely determined. 

Until quite recently Carrion's experiment was considered to have 
definitely determined the identity of verruga and Oroya fever, a grave 
febrile disorder prevailing in the regions in which the former is en- 
demic, but quite recent studies have thrown considerable doubt upon 
the accuracy of this view. Strong, as the result of his studies in Peru, 
concludes that the two affections are distinct from one another, and 
due to different causes. 

Pathology. — The microscopic changes in the lesions are such as are 
found in the infectious granulomata in general: The corium is occu- 



352 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

pied by a diffuse cellular exudate composed of lymphoid, polymorpho- 
nuclear, and plasma cells. The lesions are markedly vascular, some- 
times resembling in appearance angioma. 

During the febrile stage preceding the eruption, rods resembling 
bacilli are present in the red blood-cells which disappear with the 
appearance of the cutaneous lesions. 

Diagnosis. — The recognition of the disease during the febrile stage 
may be very difficult, and the diagnosis must frequently wait upon the 
appearance of the cutaneous symptoms. 

Prognosis. — The disease is a serious one, the mortality varying 
from ten to forty per cent. The gravity of an attack is in direct pro- 
portion to the severity of the constitutional symptoms. With the 
appearance of the eruption the prognosis is materially improved. 

Treatment. — When possible those stricken should be removed from 
the region in which the malady prevails, preferably to the seashore. 
The medicinal treatment consists in the administration of quinine and 
iron and stimulants when indicated. Very recently favorable results 
from the use of salvarsan have been reported. 

GANGOSA 

Synonym. — Rhinopharyngitis mutilans (Leys.) 

Definition. — A disease endemic in certain tropical regions char- 
acterized by progressive destructive ulceration of the nasopharynx and 
adjacent parts. 

This malady is found chiefly in the Philippine Islands, Fiji, the 
Caroline Islands, Guam, and to some extent in some of the islands 
of the West Indies, British Guiana and Panama. In Guam it is es- 
pecially prevalent, it being estimated that from one to five per cent, 
of the entire population are affected. 

Symptoms. — It begins with ulceration of the soft palate or pillars 
of the fauces, spreading thence to the hard palate and to the naso- 
pharynx, producing extensive destruction of the soft parts, cartilage 
and bone. Extending through the nose to the nares, it sometimes 
completely destroys the cartilaginous septum and the bony structures, 
permitting the nose to sink in, or it may completely destroy it, usually 
sparing the adjacent part of the upper lip. It may extend upward 
through the lachrymal duct to the orbit, where it may destroy the eye- 
ball. Less frequently it extends downward to the larynx, interfering 
more or less markedly with the functions of this organ. 

While the progress of the affection is commonly slow, it may at 
times be quite rapid. A fulminating type occurs in children, which 
begins suddenly and is accompanied by extreme prostration, with 
marked swelling of the cervical lymphatic glands (Mink and McLean). 
These cases run a very rapid course, death occurring usually within 
forty-eight hours with symptoms of profound toxaemia. If the patient 



INFLAMMATIONS 353 

survives, characteristic mutilation occurs and the disease pursues the 
ordinary course. 

Constitutional symptoms as a rule are absent. Pain is not com- 
monly a prominent symptom and the patient's general health is but 
little affected. 

The course of the malady is a chronic one and is apt to be intermit- 
tent, periods of activity being followed by periods of quiescence. It 
usually lasts for years and produces at times extreme destruction 
with great deformity. Occasionally the ulceration terminates spon- 
taneously before much mutilation has been produced. 

Etiology and Pathology. — It is most frequent in the second and 
third decades of life. Sex is without influence upon its occurrence. 
It is confined to the natives of the regions in which it occurs, the only 
case in a European thus far observed being reported by Stitt. This 
case occurred in a man who had lived in Guam in intimate association 
with families in which the disease prevailed. The affection is probably 
contagious, although definite proof of this is still lacking. 

There is but little doubt that it is a specific infection of some sort, 
but the infecting agent is still unknown. By some it is regarded as a 
form of syphilis, while others look upon it as a sequel of yaws or 
frambcesia. 

Histologically it is a granuloma, resembling somewhat tubercu- 
losis (Fordyce). 

Diagnosis. — The diseases for which it may be mistaken are leprosy, 
lupus vulgaris, syphilis and yaws. From the two former it may be 
distinguished by its comparatively rapid course and the absence of the 
specific organism of these affections. It is much more likely to be 
mistaken for syphilis than any other disease, but the absence of other 
symptoms of this infection and the negative Wassermann reaction 
readily differentiate it. 

Cases of the fulminating type resemble more or less diphtheria and 
Vincent's angina, but the absence of the Klebs-Loefner bacillus of the 
former and of the bacillus of Vincent, present in the latter would exclude 
these affections. 

Prognosis. — Except in the infrequent fulminating form, the malady 
involves no danger to life, but it may continue for years, producing 
extensive destruction of tissue in the nasopharynx and the face with 
extreme disfigurement. 

Treatment. — There is no specific treatment for this disease. Caus- 
tics, such as nitrate of silver, phenol, chromic acid, are useful in limit- 
ing the spread of the ulceration. Mink and McLean regard tincture 
of iodine applied freely as the best local remedy. Antiseptic washes, 
such as the saturated solution of boric acid, or a 1 : 2000 solution of 
bichloride of mercury, should be freely applied. For the correction 
of the fetor which often accompanies the disease a one per cent, 
solution of permanganate of potash may be used. In the fulminating 
type of the affection supporting treatment is indicated. 
23 



354 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

GRANULOMA INGUINALE TROPICUM 

Synonyms. — Groin ulceration ; Ulcerating granuloma of the puden- 
da (Galloway). 

Definition. — A chronic ulceration of the groin and pudenda occur- 
ring in tropical regions. 

The first account of this affection was given by Conyers and Dan- 
iels, in 1896, who observed it in British Guiana in West Indian negroes. 
A similar disease has been observed in some parts of India, in Fiji and 
in South China (Manson). Quite recently its occurrence in negroes 
in the United States has been reported by Grindon. 

Symptoms. — According to Conyers and Daniels, it begins as a small 
papule which enlarges until it becomes a nodule a half inch or more in 
diameter, with a smooth, pink, shining surface ; this is soon excoriated 
or abraded and ulcerates. In men it begins on the penis, pubes or in 
the groin, in women usually upon the labia. The ulceration extends 
slowly along the groin where it forms an ulcerating furrow, spreads 
over the pubes, back over the perineum and around the anus. In 
women it spreads over the labia, the perineum and into the vagina, 
sometimes destroying the recto-vaginal septum. The borders of the 
ulcers are covered with vegetations, and there is usually a profuse 
watery discharge from the surface with a peculiarly offensive odor. 
As the ulceration extends, the parts first invaded cicatrize, so that 
after some time there is a large area of uneven pigmented scar-tissue 
with a serpiginous ulcerating border. The disease spreads slowly and 
lasts for a number of years. While it usually spreads by continuity, 
it may invade new regions by inoculation of opposed surfaces, as when 
it spreads from the scrotum or the vulva to the inner surface of the thigh. 

Etiology and Pathology. — It occurs in both sexes but is somewhat 
more frequent in women than in men. It is most common between 
puberty and forty years of age. It especially affects negroes in the 
regions in which it prevails, but also occurs in other dark races and 
has been noted in a few instances in individuals of the white race. 
Manson thinks there is reason for believing it a venereal disease and 
Maitland believes it may be sometimes inoculated on a preexisting 
venereal ulcer, such as an ulcerating bubo. Donovan (quoted by Man- 
son) found in scrapings from the bottom of the ulcer, in cases seen 
in Madras, a short bacillus with rounded ends, measuring two microns 
by one micron, situated in large mononuclear cells, either scattered 
throughout their protoplasm or oftener, in clusters of eight or ten ; the 
relationship of this organism to the disease has not yet been deter- 
mined. Wise has reported the finding of spirochsetse resembling the 
Spirochaeta refringens and the Spirochaeta pallida in the ulcers. His- 
tologically, the affection is a granuloma without special characteristics. 

Diagnosis. — It is to be distinguished from tuberculosis and syphi- 
litic ulceration. It differs from both tuberculosis and syphilis by its 
very slow progress, its limitation to the groin and pudenda, its extreme 



INFLAMMATIONS 355 

chronicity and the absence of glandular involvement and of general 
symptoms even when it has lasted for years. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — It is usually very rebellious to treat- 
ment, and as already noted, lasts for several years. The general health 
suffers but very little, even in long-standing cases. 

Conyers and Daniels found phenol-camphor one of the best local 
applications, but it does not cure the ulcer. Mercury and the iodides 
have been tried without effect, and quite recently Choyce and Mac- 
Cormac have used salvarsan without benefit. Very recently the X- 
ray has been found to give better results than any other form of treat- 
ment. 

RHINOSCLEROMA 

Definition. — A malignant new-growth characterized by nodules 
and plaques of cartilaginous hardness occupying the nose and adjacent 
parts. 

This affection was first described by Hebra and Kaposi in 1870, 
their description of it being based upon 15 cases almost all of which 
were observed in the Vienna Clinic. It is found chiefly in Austria, 
Hungary and Southeastern Russia; next to these countries it is seen 
most frequent in Brazil. Scattered and infrequent cases have been ob- 
served in Italy, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and the United States. 
In the last-named country all the cases with but two exceptions have 
occurred in foreign-born individuals. 

Symptoms. — The disease begins with the appearance of discrete 
and confluent nodules and slightly elevated circumscribed plaques of 
cartilaginous hardness situated in the great majority of cases upon 
some portion of the nose. According to Wolkowitsch, 95 per cent, of 
the eighty-five cases collected by him began in the nasal fossae. These 
nodules and plaques may be the color of the normal skin or brownish- 
red, are hard, glossy and smooth, with dilated capillaries coursing over 
their surface. They slowly enlarge, increasing the size and changing 
the shape of the nose, which is broadened and flattened. With the 
growth of the neoplasm the nasal openings are gradually encroached 
upon until in time they are so completely occluded that the patient 
can no longer breathe through them and is compelled to breathe 
through the mouth. In time the upper lip is involved ; it becomes 
thick and misshapen. The naso-pharynx and even the larynx are in 
time implicated in the process. After a time Assuring occurs in the 
natural furrows about the nose and from these fissures a viscid fluid 
escapes which dries into yellowish crusts. Sometimes the growth is 
confined, for a time, at least, to the nasal mucosa and produces but little 
change in the external appearance of the nose. Although spontaneous 
pain is not present in the growth, pressure may produce severe pain 
persisting for some time. While the nose and adjacent parts are the 
most frequent site of the disease, it occurs also in other regions in ex- 
ceptional cases ; the soft palate, the pharynx and the larynx are oc- 



356 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



casionally affected, and two cases have been reported in which the dis- 
ease was situated in the auditory canal (Pick, Kaposi). 

The course of the malady is extremely chronic, the growths slowly 
extending to the neighboring parts, and interfering seriously with res- 
piration through closure of the nasal passages and occasional narrow- 
ing of the glottis. But little change occurs in the growth, when once 
established, although at times oozing followed by crusting takes place. 
Occasionally superficial excoriation is observed on the surface of the 
lesions, and in rare instances softening (Zeissl). 

Etiology. — The disease affects both sexes alike ; out of eighty-five 
cases collected by Wolkowitsch, forty-eight were men and thirty-seven 
women. The same author found the maximum frequency of the dis- 




Fig. 120. — Rhinoscleroma. Large epithelioid cells, e, with a Mickulicz cell, m. In the latter, in properly 
stained sections, numerous bacilli are usually found. 



ease to be between fourteen and thirty years of age. Nearly all the 
cases thus far observed have occurred in the very poor, but in those who 
apparently have been in good general health. 

In 1882 Frisch discovered a bacillus in the tissues of the neoplasm 
which he believed to be the cause of the disease. This bacillus is a 
short rod from 1.5 to three microns long; it is surrounded by a capsule 
and resembles the pneumococcus of Friedlander. This organism is 
constantly present in the tissues of the neoplasm and has been success- 
fully cultivated. Efforts at reproducing the disease, however, by in- 
oculation of such cultures have thus far failed. 

Pathology. — While the growth presents in a general way the feat- 
ures of a granuloma, it differs considerably from the ordinary granu- 
loma in some of its details. In the early stages the corium is occupied 





PLATE XXI 






Wy 








B '^ 






•*4?iv^w»' 








jfl 


^H 




Erythematous lupus. 



INFLAMMATIONS 357 

by numerous foci of cells which are for the most part plasma cells. 
Later peculiar large cells are present, some of which have undergone 
colloid degeneration, others contain vacuoles in which are numbers 
of bacilli enclosed in a gloea; these are the cells of Mikulicz and give 
to sections of the neoplasm a quite characteristic appearance (Fig. 
120). Numerous bands of fibrous connective tissue are also present 
which give to the growth its peculiar hardness. 

Diagnosis. — The peculiar cartilaginous firmness of the neoplasm 
and its situation upon the nose and adjacent parts is characteristic 
of the malady, making it readily recognizable in most cases. It may 
be mistaken for keloid, but this usually follows traumatism, and is 
found only in rare instances upon the nose. In the enlargement which 
occurs in rhinophyma the tissues are soft and vascular and frequently 
pitted with small scars, altogether unlike the hard smooth surface of 
rhinoscleroma. 

Prognosis. — The affection is without influence upon the general 
health, but continues for years. Owing to the interference with respira- 
tion through narrowing of the nasal passages and the larynx, sleep is 
frequently greatly interfered with and the taking of food troublesome. 
In advanced cases, through closure of the glottis, death may occur 
from suffocation. 

Treatment.— No method of treatment has yet been found which 
definitely checks the course of the disease, although the employment 
of the X-ray has recently been found to exercise a favorable influence 
upon it. Temporary relief to the embarrassed respiration may be ob- 
tained by the surgical removal of a part of the neoplasm, but it in- 
variably recurs. The galvano-cautery may be employed for this pur- 
pose, or the curette. Lang observed improvement after injection of 
a solution of salicylic acid, one per cent., into the tumor, and Wolko- 
witsch after injections of carbolic acid, but other observers have not 
been so fortunate. 

LUPUS ERYTHEMATOSUS 

Synonyms. — firytheme centrifuge (Biett) ; Seborrhcea congestiva 
(Hebra); Lupus erythematodes ; Ulerythema centrifugum (Unna) ; 
Fr., Lupus erythemateux (Plate XXI). 

Definition. — A chronic, in rare instances acute, inflammatory dis- 
ease characterized by circumscribed red or violaceous, variously sized 
patches situated in the face, much more frequently than elsewhere, 
followed by -cicatricial atrophy. 

This affection, first described by Biett under the name erytheme 
centrifuge, later by Hebra as seborrhcea congestiva, was given the 
name by which it is generally known at present by Cazenave in 185 1. 

Symptoms. — The affection presents considerable variation in its 
svmptoms and course. Kaposi, who has been followed by most 
authors, recognized two clinical varieties — a discoid, lupus erythema- 
tosus discoides, and a disseminate, lupus erythematosus disseminatus. 



358 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

To these Crocker added two others, a telangiectic and a nodular form. 
The several varieties are usually very much alike in the beginning, 
and are differentiated from one another chiefly by the course which 
they pursue later. 

The most frequent variety is the discoid, which is situated in the 
great majority of cases upon the face and ears, considerably less fre- 
quently upon the scalp, and occasionally upon the hands and feet. It 
begins as pin-head to pea-sized, red, slightly elevated spots covered 
with a scanty thin scale which slowly, or at times quite rapidly, en- 
large until they reach the size of a coin. When there are several ad- 
jacent patches they may coalesce to form patches half the size of the 
palm, and larger, often with crescentic or gyrate margins. After a 
variable period the central portion becomes somewhat depressed, 
atrophic, and whitish or bluish-white, while the margin remains more 
or less elevated, and red or violaceous in color. The surface of the 











Fig. 121. — Lupus erythematosus. Mild type. 

patches is covered with scanty grayish or yellowish adherent scales 
from the lower side of which small spine-like projections dip into the 
mouths of the follicles, which are noticeably dilated and many of which 
contain comedo-like plugs of horny epithelium. 

When fully developed the disease presents a very characteristic ap- 
pearance. The borders of the patches are marginate, more or less dis- 
tinctly elevated and of a dusky-red or violaceous color, while the 
central portion is depressed and occupied by smooth or slightly scaly, 
bluish-white parchment-like scar-tissue. In a large proportion of cases 
of the discoid form the disease begins over the malar eminences and 
spreads thence to the cheeks and over the bridge of the nose, forming 
symmetrical patches which have been likened to a bat with outspread 
wings or to a butterfly ; and on account of this fancied resemblance the 
disease is sometimes popularly known as the bat's-wing disease (French, 
Vespertillio), or the butterfly disease (German, Schmetterling, Figs. 



INFLAMMATIONS 359 

121 and 122). A variable amount of infiltration is present. At times 
it is very slight, there being apparently little more than a marked 
erythema, either with or without scaling, as in the telangiectic variety 
described by Crocker, which occurs as smooth, bright to dusky-red cir- 
cumscribed patches most frequently on the cheeks. On the other hand 
the infiltration may be considerable, the patches being quite thick with 
uneven nodular surface, resembling lupus vulgaris. 

Decided subjective symptoms are rarely present; exceptionally, 
considerable itching and burning are complained of. The ears are fre- 
quently involved along with the face, where it occurs as ill-defined 
patches in the concha in which the follicles are markedly dilated and 
filled with comedo-like plugs. In long-standing cases the entire ear 
may eventually be involved, and the organ be reduced to its cartilagi- 
nous framework over which is stretched thin scaling scar-tissue in which 




Fig. 122. — Lupus erythematosus. 

ulceration occasionally occurs. On the scalp it produces round or ir- 
regularly shaped areas of baldness, the borders of which are somewhat 
elevated and scaling. Usually it is associated with patches upon non- 
hairy parts, such as the face, but occasionally it exists in this region 
alone. The loss of hair which results is permanent, the follicles being 
completely destroyed (Fig. 123). 

Upon the hands and feet it occurs as small round and oval patches 
which present much the same features as those in the face, with which 
it is nearly always associated. It sometimes occurs as dull-red or 
bluish-red, smooth or slightly scaly, circumscribed patches, usually 
situated over the joints of the fingers, which resemble chilblains and 
which like these, are usually worse in winter and better in summer. 
This form, which is known as lupus pernio, or on account of its re- 
semblance to chilblain, chilblain lupus, may also attack the ears and 
nose. In a certain small proportion of cases, vascular and trophic 



360 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

symptoms resembling those of Raynaud's disease precede or accom- 
pany erythematous lupus of the hands and other regions. There are 
paroxysmal attacks of local asphyxia and local syncope affecting the 
terminal phalanges of the fingers and toes accompanied by pain and 
followed by necrosis of the tips of the fingers and of the toes ; and in cases 
in which these symptoms have continued for some time, marked atrophy 
of the fingers with impairment of motion, sclerodactylia, may result. 

The nutrition of the nails may be very much disturbed when the 
phalanges are attacked. They lose their lustre, their free edges are 
brittle and broken, and in exceptional cases the entire nail-plate is 
greatly distorted or almost completely destroyed. 

The mucous membranes are occasionally attacked, usually coin- 
cidently with the skin, in rare instances, alone. It is not rare upon the 




FlG. 123. — Lupus erythematosus, scalp. (Same patient as Fig. 121.) 

mucous surface of the lower lip, where it gives rise to small, ill-defined, 
slightly scaly depressed patches, to shallow erosions and bluish-white 
depressed atrophic areas. On the inside of the cheeks and on the hard 
palate the recent patches are bright-red and somewhat infiltrated, w r hile 
the older ones are bluish-white and depressed. On the tongue, where 
it is quite rare, it occurs as smooth red patches devoid of papillae. 

The course of the discoid variety is an exceedingly chronic one. 
After reaching an indeterminate size the patches often show but very 
little change for months, or after an indefinite duration they may 
slowly disappear completely or in part, leaving an area of smooth, 
whitish scar-tissue. Exceptionally, in cases with little infiltration, the 
disease may disappear spontaneously, leaving scarcely any trace, but 
the recovery is seldom permanent, recurrence being the rule. 

As a rare complication epithelioma occurs in the scar, but this is 
much less frequent than in lupus vulgaris. 



INFLAMMATIONS 361 

The disseminate variety, lupus erythematosus disseminatus, may follow 
the ordinary discoid form. Beginning upon the face, spreading thence 
gradually to the trunk and extremities, it may eventually involve large 
areas, and in exceptional cases may be almost universal. The eruption 
consists of numerous very slightly scaly, hypersemic pin-head to large 
pea-sized spots and patches, some of which disappear spontaneously, but 
most of which persist for months, pursuing much the same course 
and undergoing the same evolution as the lesions of the discoid 
type. 

It may begin acutely w T ith elevation of temperature, often con- 
siderable, with headache, pain and swelling of the joints and glandular 
sw r ellings, the eruption coming out rapidly and in successive crops. As 
an occasional serious complication Kaposi has described, under the 
name erysipelas perstans faciei, a persistent, erysipelas-like swelling of 
the face accompanied by high temperature, terminating in a large 
proportion of cases in coma and death. In rare instances vesicular and 
bullous eruptions, at times hemorrhagic, occur, as observed by Besnier, 
Kaposi, Hallopeau and others. Albuminuria, with or without uremic 
symptoms, has been noted by Crocker, Sequiera, Danlos, and other 
observers. A large proportion of the acute cases terminate fatally, 
fifty per cent, of the deaths being due to pneumonia. 

Etiology. — According to the statistics compiled by the American 
Dermatological Association, it comprises considerably less than one- 
half of one per cent, of all diseases of the skin ; and according to the 
same statistics is only a little more frequent than lupus vulgaris. In 
the author's experience, however, it is decidedly more common than 
the latter. It is unknown in infancy and quite infrequent in childhood 
and old age ; it occurs most commonly between the ages of twenty and 
forty. Women are much more frequently affected than men, the 
proportion of cases in the former as compared with the latter being- 
as two to one. In a considerable proportion of cases the peripheral 
circulation is sluggish, as evidenced by lividity of the hands, feet and 
ears, particularly noticeable in cold weather, the so-called chilblain 
circulation. It has been observed to follow other diseases of the skin 
usually of an inflammatory character, such as seborrhceic dermatitis, 
erysipelas and variola. In some instances prolonged exposure to the 
rays of the sun seems to have been the exciting cause ; a very 
marked example of this has very recently been under the author's 
observation. 

Since Besnier first called attention to the fact that in a large pro- 
portion of cases more or less decided evidences of tuberculosis are 
present, its etiological relationship to that malady has been, and still 
is, the subject of much discussion. That symptoms of tuberculosis 
are present in a very large proportion of the cases of lupus erythe- 
matosus is abundantly proved by the statistics of Boeck, Roth and 
others. Of 250 cases collected by Roth 185, or seventy-four per cent., 
exhibited tuberculous disease of glands, bones, the lungs or other 



362 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

viscera. Its association with other cutaneous diseases commonly re- 
garded as tuberculous, such as the papulonecrotic tuberculide, has been 
repeatedly observed. On the other hand, Jadassohn, Kern, and others 
have reported cases of erythematous lupus, dead from a variety of 
diseases in which the autopsy failed to disclose the slightest evidence 
of tuberculosis. The absence of the histological features usually pres- 
ent in tuberculous tissues ; the failure to find the tubercle bacillus in 
the lesions; the almost invariably negative results of animal experi- 
mental inoculation lead those who believe it a tuberculous disease to 
adopt the view that it is not a bacillary affection, but one due to the 
toxins produced by tubercle bacilli in foci more or less remote from 
the eruption. 

Very recently a number of investigators, among them Arndt, 
Hidaka and Friedlander, by employing antiformin and special stains, 
have succeeded in finding bacilli which morphologically and tinc- 
torially resemble the bacillus tuberculosis ; but neither Arndt nor 
Hidaka regards this finding as conclusive proof of the tuberculous 
character of the disease. In the past few years a number of successful 
experimental inoculations have been recorded ; and quite recently 
Bloch and Fuchs have reported the production of tuberculosis in 
guinea-pigs by inoculation with pieces of tissue taken from four typical 
cases. 

The suggestion of Galloway and MacLeod that it may be due to 
various toxins of unknown nature has as yet little of ascertained fact 
to support it. 

Although the results of the most recent bacteriological studies lend 
much support to the view that it is a tuberculous disease, its etiology 
must still be regarded as sub judice. 

Pathology. — The most generally accepted view concerning the 
pathology of lupus erythematosus is that it is a chronic inflammatory 
process produced by toxic substances of tuberculous origin. As the 
author has previously pointed out elsewhere, its occasional associa- 
tion with vasomotor phenomena characteristic of Raynaud's disease is 
very suggestive of the presence of a toxin which affects primarily the 
blood-vessels. 

The histological picture varies considerably according to the stage 
of the disease, and this probably accounts in large part for the differ- 
ences in the findings of those who have studied its histopathology. 
The primary and principal changes are situated in the papillary and 
subpapillary portions of the corium. The vessels and capillaries are 
markedly dilated, filled with blood and surrounded by dense, usually 
well-circumscribed, areas of round cells, chiefly lymphocytes, which in 
the acme of the disease may extend to the deepest part of the corium. 
The sebaceous and sweat-glands are often surrounded by a similar 
exudate, a feature, which along with the comedo-like plugs filling the 
mouths of the follicles, led the earlier observers to attribute a special 
share in the malady to the sebaceous glands. A few instances have 



INFLAMMATIONS 363 

been reported in which giant-cells were noted, but this is altogether 
exceptional. Unna asserts that the cells which compose the exudate 
are, in the earliest stages of the lesions, plasma cells ; he likewise 
describes as " central canalization," a system of irregular tubes winding 
through the cell areas to which he attributes special significance. 

There is oedema of the corium, with swelling of the collagen fibres, 
and dilatation of the lymph-spaces. 

Most authors speak of enlargement of the sebaceous glands with 
increased secretion, but others regard this as an error of observation, 
the glands of the nose and cheeks, the regions most frequently attacked, 
being normally very large and active. 

In the atrophic stages various degenerative processes appear. The 
cells of the exudate undergo a degeneration which has been variously 
interpreted as fatty, colloid, hyaline, etc. According to Holder this 
degeneration is peculiar in that it does not affect the cells en masse, 
but individual cells scattered here and there. 

Among the most characteristic changes are those which affect the 
elastic tissue. In the papillary and subpapillary portions of the corium 
the elastin fibres become somewhat swollen, less sharply defined than 
normal, and later are transformed into acidophile granular masses 
(collastin), or basophile fibres (elacin), the former sometimes almost 
completely replacing the collagen fibres of the papillae. In the areas 
occupied by the cell infiltrate the elastic tissue has completely disap- 
peared. Both the sebaceous and sweat-glands undergo atrophy, with 
diminished or entirely suppressed excretion (Fig. 124). 

The changes in the epidermis are secondary to those in the corium, 
and vary somewhat according to the age of the lesion. There is a more 
or less marked hyperkeratosis, and numerous horny plugs fill the 
dilated mouths of many of the follicles and depressions in the rete, 
unconnected with the follicular openings. At the acme of the malady 
there is usually a moderate acanthosis, but later the rete is thinned 
and the cells of the lowest layers show more or less degeneration. 

Diagnosis. — The appearance of a well-developed patch of lupus 
erythematosus of the ordinary discoid type is so characteristic that it 
is not readily mistaken for any other affection. It may at times be 
confounded with seborrhceic dermatitis, but it differs from that dis- 
ease by its -bluish-red or dusky-red color, by the dry adherent scales 
which cover its surface, unlike the loose fatty scales characteristic of 
the seborrhceic affection, and above all by the peculiar cicatricial 
atrophy of the central portion of the patches. It may resemble lupus 
vulgaris of the type described by Leloir as lupus vulgaris erythema- 
todes ; but there are no milium-like yellowish puncta in the border 
of the patches such as are to be found in that disease. 

Occasionally there may be considerable resemblance between a 
patch of erythematous lupus of the infiltrating type and a patch of the 
superficial, non-ulcerating nodular syphiloderm ; but the latter is more 
distinctly nodular, is often crescentic in shape, spreads more rapidly, and 



364 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



never presents the parchment-like atrophy characteristic of the former. 
Quite exceptionally there may be an unusual amount of scaling, 
so much so that it may bear a superficial resemblance to psoriasis, but 
the latter disease is never followed by scarring, almost invariably 
a sequel of erythematous lupus. The telangiectic form described by 
Crocker may be mistaken for rosacea, but there are no papules and 
pustules such as accompany that affection. Lupus erythematosus 
affecting the scalp is to be distinguished from alopecia areata by the 




- 







Fig 124. —Lupus erythematosus. R, round-cell exudate; c collastin (degenerated elastin); 
h. horny plug in mouth of follicle. 

presence of the red and infiltrated border which surrounds the bald 
patches, and by the scarring which always follows it. 

Prognosis.— Lupus erythematosus is usually a very chronic affec- 
tion and extremely rebellious to treatment. In superficial cases of 
recent origin much may be accomplished by judicious persevering 
treatment. In rare cases it may disappear spontaneously, leaving 
very little trace of its existence, but as already mentioned relapses in 
such cases are common. When the patches are at all infiltrated a 
cure is always a matter of prolonged treatment, and even under the 
most favorable conditions a certain amount of scarring is certain to 



INFLAMMATIONS 365 

follow. Even with the cure of existing patches there is no certainty 
that new ones will not appear either in the immediate neighborhood 
of the old ones or in new regions. In the acute disseminated form, 
fortunately rare, the prognosis is always serious, since a fatal termina- 
tion is a frequent occurrence. 

Treatment. — The patient's general health should, on general prin- 
ciples, be carefully looked after, endeavoring to correct whatever is 
found amiss. Tea, coffee, alcoholic beverages of every kind, condi- 
ments, hot soups, or other articles of food which tend to increase facial 
hyperemia should be forbidden or greatly restricted. Exposure to 
the direct rays of the sun should be carefully avoided. The author is 
quite convinced that this is decidedly injurious. 

As is always the case in intractable diseases, a host of remedies, 
both internal and external, have been advised in this affection ; and it 
must be admitted that most of them are of more than doubtful efficacy. 
Among the internal remedies, arsenic, iodide of starch, iodide of potas- 
sium and phosphorus have been employed with asserted curative effect, 
but ample experience has proved their uselessness to control the malady 
in any appreciable degree. There are a few drugs, however, which 
seem to exert a favorable influence in certain types of the disease and 
these are quinine, salicin and the salicylates. Quinine should be 
given in considerable doses, not less than twenty to twenty-five grains 
(1.30 to 1.60) per diem; the salicylates and salicin in quantities of not 
less than one drachm (4.0) a day. 

In the author's experience these remedies are useful chiefly in the 
superficial or recent cases, and in these they often produce a decided 
diminution of the hyperemia. Crocker thought he obtained a similar 
result from the internal administration of ichthyol, in five-grain (0.32) 
doses, three times a day. In the acute form trial should be made of 
quinine in large doses. The choice of the local remedies to be em- 
ployed must depend a good deal upon the type of the disease. In 
superficial patches with decided hypersemia and little infiltration, mild 
lotions, such as the calamine lotion, or the lotion of sulphate of zinc and 
sulphuret of potash, five to fifteen grains (1.0 to 0.32) of each to the 
ounce (32.0) of water, as advised by Duhring, will often be found more 
effective than stronger applications. Ninety-five per cent, alcohol, 
freely and frequently mopped on, as recommended by the younger 
Hebra, is likewise a useful lotion, lessening the hypersemia decidedly. 
When the patches are irritable, as happens occasionally, a saturated 
solution of boric acid in water may be used with good effect for a time. 
In the author's hands no application has proved quite so effective in 
superficial and recent cases as a solution of ichthyol in water, thirty 
per cent, to fifty per cent., painted on with a camel's-hair brush twice 
a day. This solution dries into a smooth brown varnish which is 
readily removed with warm water. If its color makes it impracticable 
to have it on during the daytime, it may be applied at bedtime and 
removed in the morning with a sponge and hot water. Unna recom- 



366 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

mends a ten-per-cent. mixture of ichthyol in collodion, but this is no 
more effective than the aqueous solution and is decidedly less agreeable 
to use. 

In the more sluggish cases, with some infiltration, more stimulating 
applications may be used. Daily frictions with green soap or the 
tincture of green soap are useful ; if these produce any considerable 
inflammatory reaction they should be suspended for a few days and the 
calamine lotion or a lotion of boric acid applied. Salicylic acid in collo- 
dion, two per cent, to three per cent., or resorcin in the same propor- 
tions, may be painted on the patches every day or every second day. 
The resorcin collodion should be used with some care, since it occasion- 
ally produces an unexpected amount of inflammation. The author 
has recently employed with much benefit in cases with considerable 
infiltration a three per cent, solution of salicylic acid in seventy per 
cent, alcohol, mopping it on freely twice a day until decided desqua- 
mation is produced ; it should then be intermitted for a few days and 
resumed later. Hollaender recommends the daily painting of the patches 
with tincture of iodine in conjunction with the internal administration 
of quinine, 7y 2 grains (0.5) three times a day. The iodine is continued 
for five or six days, when it is suspended until the crust which it has 
produced peels off; the application is then resumed. Hollaender 
claims a specific effect for this treatment; it sometimes answers very 
well, but it also frequently fails. When the disease is stationary, show- 
ing little tendency to extend, and when it has failed to respond to milder 
methods of treatment, the superficially acting caustics may be cau- 
tiously used. One of the best of these in the author's experience 
is trichloracetic acid, which should be lightly brushed over the surface 
of the patches once a week or every ten days, the frequency of the 
application depending upon the effect produced. Pure carbolic acid 
may be applied every ten days, as suggested by George Henry Fox, 
or a mixture of equal parts of carbolic acid and camphor, as recom- 
mended by Crocker. 

Freezing with carbon dioxide " snow " (solid carbon dioxide) is 
a very satisfactory method of treating " fixed " patches of moderate 
size. The duration of the application of the snow varies from twenty 
to forty seconds, being governed by the amount of infiltration present. 
The cosmetic results of such treatment are usually much superior to 
those obtained by other caustic applications. Destructive caustics, 
such as arsenic paste and pyrogallol, are advised at times, but these, in 
the author's opinion, should rarely if ever be used, since they are likely 
to produce as much disfigurement as the disease itself, if not more. 

The X-ray, the Finsen light and radium have been employed with 
beneficial results, but their effect is somewhat uncertain ; at times 
they not only fail to produce improvement, but actually aggravate the 
disease. In employing these agents it is always well, in view of the 
uncertainty of the results, to expose a small area at first, until some 
definite idea of their effect is obtained, before applying them to the 
whole patch. 



INFLAMMATIONS 



367 



Quite recently the high-frequency current has been used with 
asserted excellent effect in a considerable number of cases. 

PELLAGRA 

Synonyms. — Mai de la rosa; Mai del sole; Lombardy leprosy; Fr., 
Pellagre ; Erytheme endemique. 

Definition. — A chronic endemic disease characterized by an ery- 
thema chiefly of exposed parts with gastro-intestinal and nervous 
symptoms. 

First observed and described in Spain by Casal in the early part 
of the eighteenth century, it spread to Italy, where it assumed enor- 
mous proportions in the course of years ; to the south of France ; to 
Roumania, where it became very prevalent ; and to other countries of 
southeastern Europe. In recent years it has acquired a special inter- 
est for the medical profession and health authorities of the United 
States, where it has been found to be widely distributed, being espe- 
cially prevalent in the Southern States. 




FlG. 125. — Pellagra. 

Symptoms. — The early stage is usually marked by languor, head- 
ache, vertigo, loss of appetite with gastro-intestinal symptoms, such 
as pain or uneasiness in the epigastrium and abdomen and diarrhoea, 
or diarrhoea alternating with constipation. Following these symptoms 
or coincidently with them an erythema resembling sunburn rather 
suddenly appears upon exposed parts, such as the back of the hands 
(Figs. 125 and 126), stopping abruptly at the wrist, upon the tops 
of the feet, and upon the legs in those who go barefoot, and less 
frequently about the neck, where it may occur as a band two or three 
inches wide, the so-called pellagrous collar. The backs of the hands 
are dusky-red, more or less swollen, and in the severe cases covered 
with vesicles and blebs ; in the latter case there is often quite severe 
burning pain. This dermatitis is usually made much worse by ex- 
posure to the sun. These symptoms usually appear in the early spring, 
and after lasting for a period varying from two or three weeks to 



368 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



as many months gradually disappear; the erythema fades, the skin 
desquamates and after a time regains its normal appearance except 
for a slight pigmentation, and the patient is apparently quite well. 

The following spring these symptoms recur and are usually more 
pronounced than in the first attack, and recovery is slower and less 
complete. After two or three such seasonal recurrences the symp- 
toms become continuous and more pronounced ; the skin on the back 
of the hands is a reddish brown, thick, dry, rough, and scaly, and 
the entire cutaneous surface is more or less discolored, harsh, dry, 
and finely desquamating; diarrhoea becomes more profuse and less 
controllable ; there is a marked burning of the mouth and tongue, 




Fig. 126. — Pellagra. Same patient as Fig. 125. 

the latter dry and smooth and sometimes superficially ulcerated. The 
nervous symptoms likewise become more pronounced ; exaggerated 
tendon reflexes, muscular tremors, convulsive movements of the ex- 
tremities, occasionally epileptiform convulsions, paralyses, and ocular 
symptoms such as ptosis, amblyopia, diplopia are some of the symp- 
toms referable to the nervous system. Usually the patient is more 
or less melancholic and frequently exhibits a decided tendency to 
suicide, especially by drowning; at other times he becomes maniacal. 



INFLAMMATIONS 369 

With the progress of the malady the skin on the back of the hands, 
instead of being thickened, becomes atrophied — it is thin and shriv- 
elled ; there is profuse diarrhoea, and the patient is no longer able 
to control the bladder and bowels ; he becomes greatly emaciated 
and stuporous and finally dies after a period varying from two to 
ten or more years. 

Exceptionally the disease runs an acute course with high tempera- 
ture, extreme prostration, delirium, with stiffness of the muscles of 
the neck and occasionally opisthotonos. Such cases are observed 
much more frequently in regions in which the malady has been re- 
cently introduced than in those in which it has prevailed for some 
time. Acute cases of this type have been observed with especial 
frequency in the southern United States. 

Etiology. — It is considerably more frequent in women than in men. 
and occurs at all ages, although it is most common in adults between 
the ages of twenty and fifty. It is far more frequent among the in- 
habitants of the rural districts than among the dwellers in towns, 
among the very poor and ill-nourished than among the well-to-do, 
although, as observed in the United States, it also occurs among 
the latter to a limited extent. Alcoholism and exposure to the sun 
are predisposing causes. 

The direct cause is as yet undetermined. For many years the 
maize theory — the theory that it was in some way due to the use of 
a diet the chief article of which was corn — numbered many sup- 
porters. Corn was supposed to be deficient in some substance neces- 
sary to proper nutrition, or to contain some toxic substance, either 
normally or as the result of decomposition, which acted injuriously 
upon the human economy (Lombroso). None of these suppositions, 
however, has been satisfactorily proA'ed, and it has been definitely 
shown that the malady may occur in those who have not used a corn 
diet. Recently the theory that it is an infection probably conveyed 
by some insect has had supporters, and Sambon incriminates the 
sand-fly or buffalo gnat, a species of simulium, as the carrier of the 
infecting agent, but the correctness of this theory has not yet been 
demonstrated. Quite recently Alessandrini and Scala have expressed 
the opinion that silica in colloidal solution in drinking water may be 
instrumental in its production. Experiments recently conducted by 
Goldberger and others of the United States Public Health Service 
would seem to have demonstrated the dietary origin of the affec- 
tion. Goldberger and his associates believe it to be the result of the 
use of an unbalanced diet, one largely composed of carbohydrates, 
and have apparently proved the correctness of this view by produc- 
ing symptoms resembling those of pellagra by the experimental em- 
ployment of such a diet in a number of individuals. 

Pathology. — The pathological changes in the skin present nothing 
characteristic and are chiefly indicative of inflammation. The epi- 
dermis is at times thinner than normal, at others thickened with con- 
siderable hyperkeratosis, and there is a pronounced increase in the 
24 



370 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



pigment in the lower cells of the rete. In the corium there are peri- 
vascular collections of round cells with some oedema of the collagen 
fibres. Raymond, who specially looked for alterations of the nerves 
in the skin, was unable to find any trace of such change, but recently 
Corlett and Schultz have described inflammatory and degenerative 
changes in the nerves of the corium which they believed to be primary. 
In sections from a case of chronic pellagrous dermatitis, which 
the author had the opportunity to study through the courtesy of 
Professor Allen J. Smith, there was moderate hyperkeratosis with 




'*;-' '.:* 








w 









- m w 







Fig. 127. — Pellagrous dermatitis. Extremely marked acanthosis; inflammatory exudate in corium. 



parakeratosis and an enormous acanthosis, the rete extending in long, 
branched and anastomosing processes some distance down into the 
corium. The papillary body and the subpapillary portion of the corium 
were occupied by an abundant exudation of lymphoid cells with a 
limited number of plasma cells (Fig. 127). 

The intestinal mucosa is hypersemic, and ulceration is not uncom- 
mon. Chronic degenerative changes, particularly fatty degeneration, 
with marked pigmentation, are present in the viscera. Inflammatory 
and degenerative changes are likewise present in varying degree in 



INFLAMMATIONS 371 

the central and peripheral nervous systems of such a character as 
to suggest their toxic origin. 

Diagnosis. — The cardinal symptoms of pellagra are : first, a der- 
matitis situated on the exposed parts of the skin ; second, gastro- 
intestinal symptoms, usually with diarrhoea ; and, third, mental symp- 
toms, more especially melancholia. These, together with their mark- 
edly seasonal recurrence, usually make the disease readily recogniz- 
able, particularly in regions where it is known to be endemic. Not 
all these symptoms are invariably present, however, and when mild 
or ill-defined, the real character of the affection may be easily over- 
looked. When the mental symptoms are pronounced and the cutane- 
ous and gastro-intestinal symptoms inconspicuous, it may readily be 
mistaken for ordinary insanity. 

Prognosis. — In mild cases under favorable circumstances recovery 
frequently takes place ; in severe and advanced cases death is the 
rule, the average duration of the malady being about five years, al- 
though it may last much longer. In acute cases with extreme pros- 
tration and high temperature, death almost invariably takes place 
within a short time. 

Treatment. — The only treatment found thus far to be of service 
is dietetic and hygienic. The patient should be given an abundance 
of nutritious, easily digested food of a varied character; he should 
take fresh meat, milk, eggs, and fresh vegetables, particularly fresh 
(or dried) peas and beans, which Goldberger in the studies already 
referred to found especially useful. It is very doubtful whether any 
drug exerts any appreciable effect upon the course of the disease, 
although arsenic is regarded by a number of authorities as having 
some value. 

For the dermatitis, which when acute may be accompanied by 
considerable pain of a burning character, soothing washes and oint- 
ments, such as are useful in other forms of dermatitis, may be em- 
ployed. Exposure to the rays of the sun should be avoided in the 
acute attacks, since the injurious effects of these upon the skin have 
been abundantly demonstrated. 

ACRODYNIA 

Synonyms. — Mai des pieds et des mains ; Erytheme epidemique. 

Definition. — An acute epidemic disease characterized by erythema 
of the extremities accompanied by gastro-intestinal and nervous symp- 
toms. 

This affection, which bears a considerable resemblance to pellagra, 
was first observed in Paris in 1828, where it occurred as a widespread 
epidemic which extended to other parts of France. Epidemics and 
sporadic cases have likewise occurred in Belgium, the Crimea, Con- 
stantinople, and Mexico, principally in garrisons, hospitals, and 
prisons. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins with nausea and vomiting, fre- 



372 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

quently accompanied by diarrhoea, the last often continuing to the 
end of the attack. After five to ten days, pricking and burning of the 
hands and feet, particularly of the palms and soles, appear, followed 
by an erythema with some oedema, or, less frequently, vesicles and 
blebs, which extends to other parts of the extremities and exception- 
ally to portions of the trunk; there is likewise a conjunctivitis with 
transient swelling of the face. Hyperesthesia and burning appear 
upon various parts of the skin, which may at times be so severe as 
to be almost insupportable ; later anaesthesia may replace the hyper- 
esthesia, and in severe cases there may be painful muscular contrac- 
tions and paralysis. The skin becomes thick and scaly and brown 
or blackish, especially in those regions, such as the folds of the axillae, 
the nipples, and the groins, where pigment is normally present. The 
duration of the affection is usually from three to four weeks, but 
relapses, which are not infrequent, may prolong it to two or three 
months. Recovery, although slow, is the rule, except in the old and 
feeble, in whom it may terminate fatally. 

Etiology. — Owing to the resemblance of its symptoms to those of 
pellagra, it is commonly believed to be due to some toxic substance 
of unknown character in some article of food, but this is yet nothing 
more than conjecture. 

Treatment. — The treatment is altogether symptomatic and is to 
be conducted on general principles. 

TRYPANOSOMIASIS CUTIS 

Synonym. — Sleeping sickness. 

Definition. — A chronic systemic disease of Central and Southern 
Africa, due to infection by the Trypanosoma gambiense and other 
varieties of trypanosoma, characterized by irregular fever, cutaneous 
eruptions, extreme prostration, and stupor, ending in death. 

Symptoms. — Infection takes place through the bite of the tsetse 
fly, of which two varieties, Glossina palpalis and Glossina morsitans, 
are known to serve as intermediate host for the trypanosome. In 
a certain proportion of cases a more or less marked local reaction 
follows in a few hours after the bite of the fly ; redness and swelling, 
accompanied by itching, burning, and a feeling of tension, appear at 
the site of the bite, and after twenty-four hours an elevation about 
the size of a dime, resembling to some extent a furuncle, forms, ac- 
companied by swelling of the neighboring lymphatic glands. These 
lesions, which are found usually upon the legs, neck, in the axillae, 
and on the flanks, disappear after a few days, leaving a transient pig- 
mentation. Exceptionally the inflammation is very severe, and is 
accompanied by lymphangitis and high temperature. In the earlier 
stages of the infection pustular and papular eruptions are common, 
the latter itching intensely, especially in the negro. Transient ery- 
thematous patches resembling erythema multiforme occur upon the 
trunk and face ; these frequently assume a circinate arrangement, 



INFLAMMATIONS 373 

the rings often being several inches in diameter. According to Man- 
son, erythema nodosum likewise occurs. Local oedemas, most notice- 
able in the face and in the erythematous patches, are also of frequent 
occurrence. These eruptions are of considerable diagnostic impor- 
tance. 

Treatment. — Apart from local applications, such as lotions of 
phenol, menthol, etc., for the relief of the pruritus, which is frequently 
severe, the treatment is that of the general infection. Arsenic, par- 
ticularly atoxyl, and antimony are the most effective remedies. 

EXANTHEMATA 

Under the term exanthemata, or eruptive fevers, is included a 
small but highly important group of diseases, all of which are dis- 
tinguished by a well-marked and characteristic cutaneous eruption ; 
all are infectious, extremely contagious, and some of them rank among 
the most dangerous disorders which attack mankind. All have the 
remarkable property of conferring partial or complete immunity upon 
the individual attacked, so that second attacks are infrequent or even 
rare. In this group are included smallpox, chickenpox, scarlet fever, 
measles, and rubella, or rotheln. 

SMALLPOX 

Synonyms. — Variola; Fr., Petite verole, Variole ; Ger., Blattern, 
Pocken ; Ital., Vaiuolo ; Span., Viruela. 

Definition. — An acute, infectious, and highly contagious febrile 
disease characterized by an eruption which is successively papular, 
vesicular, and pustular (Plate XXII). 

Symptoms. — A period of about twelve days elapses between in- 
fection and the appearance of definite symptoms, but this period of 
incubation may be considerably shorter or longer in exceptional cases. 
During this time the patient is apparently in his usual health, but 
in the final days there may be malaise, headache, and loss of appetite. 

The stage of invasion, or initial stage, usually begins suddenly 
and often violently, with a severe rigor or chilliness, violent head- 
ache, nausea, and vomiting, epigastric pain, and in about one-half the 
cases severe lumbar and sacral pain ; the temperature rises rapidly to 
103 or 104 , and may go to 105 or 106 in the following twenty- 
four hours, when delirium, occasionally of a violent type, fre- 
quently appears. In children drowsiness, stupor, or coma and con- 
vulsions are not infrequent during this period. In the invasive stage 
eruptions, prodromal rashes, frequently appear, usually about the sec- 
ond day, which may be erythematous or petechial in type. The most 
frequent is an erythematous eruption bearing considerable resemblance 
to measles, from which it differs, however, in being less elevated, more 
strictly macular ; it may be more or less general in its distribution 
or may be limited to certain regions, and is more frequently observed 
in mild than in severe cases ; occasionally instead of resembling measles it 



374 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



may be decidedly scarlatinoid. Less frequently a petechial eruption ap- 
pears during the initial stage, which is of much more serious import; 
while it may appear in cases which pursue a mild course, it much 
more frequently occurs in the severe forms of the malady and may 
be the precursor of a hemorrhagic eruption. It exhibits a special 
predilection for the axillae, sides of the thorax and pectoral regions, 
for the lower part of the abdomen, the groins, and inner surface of 
the thighs, the axillary and crural triangles of Simon. The duration 
of these prodromal eruptions, especially of the erythematous variety, 
is usually quite short, and the frequency with which they appear 
varies much ; in certain epidemics they are quite common, while in 
others they are altogether exceptional. 

The initial or invasive stage lasts three days, but it may be as 
short as two days or as long as four. On the third day the variolous 




Fig. 128. — Smallpox. Courtesy, George Henry Fox. 

eruption appears, first upon the face, especially upon the forehead at 
the border of the hairy scalp, around the mouth, and upon the wrists, 
whence it spreads in the course of from thirty-six to forty-eight hours 
to the trunk and lower extremities. The earliest stage of the eruption 
is a small red spot which increases in size and elevation until at the 
end of twenty-four hours it has become a hard "shotty" papule. New 
lesions continue to make their appearance for one or two days, or 
exceptionally for three. With the appearance of the eruption the tem- 
perature begins to decline, and in mild cases may go to the normal 
or slightly below, and there is a decided amelioration of all the symp- 
toms. According to Welch, this fall in the temperature, with improve- 
ment in the general condition, does not take place in unmodified small- 
pox until the second, third, or fourth day of the eruption. About the 
third day of the eruption, the sixth day of the disease, small acuminate 
vesicles (Fig. 128) with clear contents appear upon the summit of 



INFLAMMATIONS 375 

the papules, which continue to enlarge for two or three days, until 
they reach the size of a pea. When fully developed these present 
a well-marked central depression, umbilication, which is characteristic 
of the variolous eruption. Unlike the vesicle of an ordinary dermatitis, 
the vesicle of smallpox is multilocular, so that a single puncture does 
not evacuate the entire lesion. About the sixth day of the eruption, 
the ninth or tenth of the disease, the contents of the vesicles become 
turbid and shortly purulent ; the pustules are surrounded by an in- 
flammatory halo and the skin is more or less swollen. When the erup- 
tion is abundant the face may be so swollen that the patient is no 
longer recognizable. With the appearance of suppuration the umbili- 
cation which characterized the vesicles disappears. Owing to the 
somewhat later appearance of the eruption upon the trunk and lower 
extremities, these changes in the lesions are correspondingly delayed 
in these regions, so that the pustular stage may be fully established 
upon the face while the trunk, thighs, and legs are still covered with 
vesicles. Upon the palms and soles the eruption presents a special 
aspect; owing to the thickness of the horny layer of the epidermis, 
the lesions are flat and deeply imbedded in the skin, are usually very 
abundant, often confluent, and accompanied by severe pain. They do 
not rupture, but dry into flat, dark-brown, adherent crusts, which 
may remain imbedded in the horny layer for weeks unless forcibly 
removed. 

Coincidentally with the cutaneous eruption an eruption appears 
upon the mucous membranes of the mouth, pharynx, nasopharynx, and 
nose, larynx, and trachea, with difficulty in swallowing and hoarseness 
or aphonia. The tongue may be covered with pustules and greatly 
swollen (glossitis variolosa) ; the nose may be blocked with crusts 
so that the patient can no longer breathe through it, and oedema of 
the glottis may occur, threatening death from suffocation. Much less 
frequently the eruption appears upon the vaginal and rectal mucous 
membranes. Owing to the moisture of the parts, the eruption upon 
the mucous membranes is whitish or grayish, and the vesicles through 
maceration soon become superficial ulcers. 

With the appearance of the pustular stage the fever rises again, 
the rise sometimes preceded by a chill and headache, restlessness, and 
delirium, often of a violent type, following. 

With pustulation the eruption reaches its final stage, and about 
three days later, the eleventh or twelfth day of the eruption, the period 
of desiccation appears ; the pustules begin to dry up into yellowish 
or brownish crusts, the inflammation and swelling of the skin rapidly 
subside, the fever begins to decline, the restlessness and delirium dis- 
appear, and the patient becomes more and more comfortable. After 
the fall of the crusts, depressed red scars are left, which become quite 
livid on exposure of the skin to cold ; later pigmentation appears in 
many of them, which may persist for months. During the period 
of desiccation the hair of the scalp, beard, and brows may be lost 



376 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

wholly or in part, but this alopecia is in most cases a transient one 
except in those regions in which the pustules have been so deep-seated 
as to destroy the hair follicles. The nails may likewise be lost, but 
this is rare. 

Numerous departures from the usual type as just described are 
observed. The number of eruptive lesions may be very small, or 
the eruption in rare cases may be absent altogether (variola sine 
exanthemata). On the other hand, they may be so numerous as to 
form a continuous sheet covering the face and extremities (variola 
confluens). 

In the confluent type the symptoms of the initial stage are com- 
monly of a severe character ; the temperature quickly reaches a height 
of 104 , 105 , or 106 , there is violent headache with nausea and vomit- 
ing and severe lumbar and sacral pain. According to most authors, 
the eruption appears earlier than in the ordinary type, eighteen to 
twenty-four hours earlier (Curschmann), but Welch finds it develops 
less rapidly. Instead of consuming two or three days to extend over 
the body, it reaches its full development in twenty-four to thirty- 
six hours, and is especially abundant upon the face and hands, where 
it is accompanied by great swelling, and numerous lesions coalesce 
to form large blebs filled with seropurulent fluid. Although confluent 
upon the face, hands, and feet, the eruption usually remains discrete 
upon the trunk even in the severest cases. 

The eruption is likewise unusually severe upon the mucous mem- 
branes ; the mouth, tongue, and pharynx are covered with a grayish 
mass which extends upwards into the nasopharynx and nose and 
downwards to the larynx and trachea ; there is parenchymatous inflam- 
mation of the tongue, with extreme swelling ; necrosis of the carti- 
lages of the larynx and oedema glottidis frequently occur. Inflamma- 
tion of the parotid gland is common, and marked salivation may be 
a prominent and annoying symptom. Conjunctivitis and corneal ulcer 
are also among the complications which may be present, especially in 
the pustular stage. 

While the usual fall in the temperature occurs upon the appear- 
ance of the eruption, it is much less marked than in the cases of the 
ordinary type, it falls very slowly and begins to rise with the appear- 
ance of pustulation. Coma or violent delirium is common, and un- 
controllable vomiting and diarrhoea may persist throughout the 
attack. 

The usual termination of the confluent form is death, or if recov- 
ery takes place convalescence is slow and often interrupted by numer- 
ous sequelae, such as multiple abscesses, erysipelas, and occasionally 
gangrene. Extreme scarring usually results, and permanent alopecia 
may follow, owing to the depth of the pustules on the scalp. 

Hemorrhagic smallpox occurs under two forms, viz., purpura vario- 
losa and variola pustulosa hemorrhagica. 

In purpura variolosa, in the latter part of the initial stage, which 



INFLAMMATIONS 377 

does not differ in any essential particular from the initial stage of the 
ordinary form, a scarlatiniform eruption appears upon the trunk and 
extremities, leaving the face free, and upon this eruption petechias 
and ecchymoses presently appear, which rapidly increase in numbers 
and extent. The face becomes red and swollen, the lids discolored 
by hemorrhage, the conjunctivae filled with effused blood, at times 
sufficient to produce a marked chemosis. Severe retching and vomit- 
ing occur, frequently with the voiding of bloody material ; cough with 
serous and bloody expectoration is also common. The temperature 
seldom reaches the height observed in the non-hemorrhagic forms and 
the patient usually, but not always, preserves his consciousness and 
intelligence until the end. This form is usually rapidly fatal, death 
occurring in from three to five days, commonly before the appearance 
of the variolous eruption. 

In the second form, variola pustulosa hemorrhagica, the hemorrhage 
takes place into the variolous lesions, appearing most frequently dur- 
ing the vesicular stage, although it may occur at any stage of the 
eruption. The hemorrhagic lesions usually appear first upon the lower 
extremities, the vesicles being filled with a bloody fluid instead of 
the usual clear serum ; in addition to the hemorrhagic vesicles and 
pustules there may also be petechiae and ecchymoses between them. 
In this, as in the preceding form, purpura variolosa, bleeding may 
take place from the mouth, nose, bowels, and bladder. While it usually 
runs a somewhat longer course than the purpuric form, it is no less 
fatal, and in the rare cases in which the patient survives, a protracted 
convalescence follows. 

VARIOLOID 

As the consequence of a partial immunity, either natural or acquired 
through a previous attack or vaccination, smallpox at times presents 
great variations from the usual type ; to this modified form the term 
varioloid' is applied, although it is limited by some authorities to the 
modified form occurring in vaccinated subjects. 

The initial stage, or stage of invasion, may be decidedly longer 
or shorter in varioloid than in the unmodified form ; it may last but 
two days, or even exceptionally but one (Curschmann), or it may be 
protracted to four or five. The symptoms of this stage, while usually 
milder than in the ordinary form, may be quite as severe, but with the 
appearance of the eruption the temperature undergoes a decided and 
sudden fall to the normal, or even slightly below, and seldom goes 
above this point again in mild cases, although there may be a slight 
rise when the eruption becomes pustular if it is abundant. Erythema- 
tous eruptions, such as have already been described, are much more 
frequent in the initial stage of varioloid than in that of variola ; and 
Curschmann was of the opinion that the more extensive such erup- 
tions are, the less the development of the pocks which follow them. In 
varioloid the eruption, contrary to what occurs in variola, does not 
always begin upon the face, but may appear first upon the trunk; it 



378 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

is often scanty, but may be quite abundant, even semiconfluent at 
times. It may appear as a single crop, and usually reaches its full 
development in a shorter time than the unmodified form; it frequently 
aborts in the vesicular stage, drying up before suppuration appears, 
although up to this point it has undergone the usual development. 
Occasionally after reaching the papulo-vesicular stage the vesicle dries 
up and the papule remains as a small wart-like elevation (variolois 
verrucosa) which may remain for a considerable time ; this form of 
lesion is seen most frequently in the face. The period of desiccation 
is usually short, and scarring is either altogether absent, the usual 
rule, or very slight, although exceptions are observed. 

Numerous complications and sequelae are observed in all forms of 
smallpox except in the modified form, varioloid. Furunculosis, crops 
of abscesses, phlegmonous dermatitis, erysipelas, and, in rare instances, 
gangrene, are among those which may appear in the skin, the first two 
being very common. An impetiginous eruption characterized by 
scanty blebs filled with a dirty yellow fluid is common during the stage 
of desiccation (Welch and Schamberg). Gangrene, when it occurs, 
usually attacks the scrotum, and is a very grave complication, terminat- 
ing fatally as a rule. Ulceration of the cornea with subsequent blind- 
ness, chronic suppurative otitis media, with more or less impairment 
of hearing, are likewise occasional sequelae. Pregnant women almost 
invariably abort. 

Etiology and Pathology.— Neither age nor sex exerts any appreci- 
able influence upon the incidence of smallpox. It is decidedly more 
frequent in the winter season than in the warm months. It is highly 
contagious, and is acquired in the great majority of cases by direct 
contact with a diseased individual or indirectly through contact with 
infected clothing or other articles used by him. While direct or indi- 
rect contact is the most frequent manner of its transmission, there is 
apparently but little doubt that it may also be transmitted for some 
distance through the air. It is most contagious during the period of 
suppuration and desiccation, but is probably contagious at all periods 
except the stage of invasion. 

Numerous bacteria of various kinds are present in the pustules, 
and in severe cases may also be found in the blood, but none of these 
are to be regarded as other than secondary infections, having no etio- 
logical significance. In 1892 Guarnieri described a protozoon found in 
the lesions of vaccinia and smallpox, which he regarded as the direct 
cause of the malady, and to which he gave the name cyioryctes vaccina ; 
these findings were subsequently confirmed by Wasielewski, and more 
recently, in large part, by Councilman, Magrath, Brinckerhoff, and 
Tyzzer. Although it seems probable that this organism is the pri- 
mary cause of the disease, further study and observation are still 
necessary to definitely determine its significance. 

The vesicle of smallpox is situated in the epidermis, beginning in 
the upper layers of the rete. The epithelial cells become oedematous, 



INFLAMMATIONS 379 

their protoplasm is transformed into a large-meshed reticulum (the 
reticulating colliquation of Unna, the alteration cavitaire of Leloir), 
and several such cells unite to form a multilocular vesicle filled with 
a fluid which at first is clear, but later becomes purulent. Many of 
the epithelial cells in the lower layers of the rete, which form the 
bottom of the vesicle, are transformed into large round, oval, or pyri- 
form bodies, two or three times the size of normal epithelial cells, 
containing a large cavity in which are from two to a dozen or twenty 
large round nuclei, the "ballooned" epithelium of Unna; these changes 
are followed by fibrinoid metamorphosis. The umbilication, which is 
a characteristic feature of the smallpox vesicle, was formerly believed 
to be due to its situation about a hair follicle or the mouth of a sweat- 
duct which held down the centre, but the vesicles are not confined 
to these localities. Auspitz and Basch thought the periphery swelled 
more rapidly than the centre of the vesicle, so that the latter remained 
below the level of the former ; Unna's explanation of the umbilication 
is in effect the same. 

Marked dilatation of the vessels of the corium occurs and numerous 
plasma-cells are present in the adventitia. After the fifth day all the 
vessels of the cutis are dilated and there is an abundant exudation 
of leucocytes, especially dense in the papillae, and extending upwards 
between the ©edematous and ballooned epithelial cells of the epidermis. 
Important changes are found in all the viscera. 

Diagnosis. — The disease with which smallpox is most frequently 
and most readily confounded is chickenpox, and the differential diag- 
nosis is not always easy, especially when it concerns the mild forms 
of the former. In smallpox the eruption is preceded by high tempera- 
ture, headache, backache, nausea, and vomiting lasting for three days ; 
in chickenpox the eruption is frequently the first symptom of illness, 
and the constitutional symptoms are as a rule mild, and may be so 
slight as to escape notice altogether. In the former the eruption be- 
gins as hard papules, which in the course of two or three days become 
vesicles and later pustules ; in the latter the eruption is vesicular from 
the beginning and the vesicles are comparatively thin-walled and 
readily ruptured. The eruption of smallpox comes out in the course 
of thirty-six to forty-eight hours, in one crop, while the eruption of 
chickenpox comes out in successive crops for some days, so that suc- 
cessive stages of the lesions may be present at the same time. The 
lesions of smallpox require ten to twelve days for their complete evolu- 
tion, while those of chickenpox run a comparatively rapid course, 
drying up in the course of three or four days. Umbilication of the 
lesions is the rule in smallpox, the exception in chickenpox, and when 
it does occur in the latter it is usually ill-defined. 

The lesions of the pustular syphiloderm are at times mistaken for 
the pustules of smallpox, and vice versa, but the syphilitic eruption 
is not preceded by a short and definite stage of invasion, practically 
never exhibits a vesicular stage, and as a rule is not accompanied by 



380 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

marked elevation of temperature, although it must not be forgotten 
that there are exceptions to this last; other characteristic symptoms 
usually coexist with the eruption, such as mucous patches, condylo- 
mata, and general adenopathy. The Wassermann reaction is also 
a valuable aid in the differential diagnosis, but it should be remem- 
bered that smallpox is just as likely to occur in a syphilitic as in a 
non-syphilitic subject. 

Smallpox may be at times mistaken for measles, either in the 
period of invasion, when a moribilliform rash is sometimes present, 
or in the early eruptive stage, when the papules are very numerous and still 
small ; but the absence of coryza, conjunctivitis, and bronchitis, and the 
more or less decided fall in temperature which occurs with or shortly 
after the appearance of the eruption will serve to distinguish it from 
the latter affection. 

Impetigo contagiosa is occasionally mistaken for smallpox when 
the latter is epidemic, but the absence of constitutional symptoms, the 
usual limitation of the eruption to the uncovered parts of the skin, 
in most instances the face, the very superficial character of the lesions, 
which show a decided tendency to extend peripherally, are character- 
istics which make the differential diagnosis easy. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is unfavorable at both extremes of life. 
In infancy and childhood the mortality is very high ; in the epidemics 
observed by Curschmann the mortality in children under ten years 
of age was as high as fifty-eight per cent. Alcoholic subjects bear 
the disease badly, and delirium tremens, a not uncommon complica- 
tion in such, is usually fatal. Confluent smallpox is very dangerous, 
and all the hemorrhagic forms are almost invariably fatal. In vario- 
loid the prognosis is very favorable ; death is infrequent. 

Treatment. — There is no specific for smallpox, and the treatment 
must be conducted on general principles. The patient should occupy 
a large, thoroughly ventilated room, and will usually be more com- 
fortable if it is somewhat darkened. He should have an abundance 
of easily digested and assimilable nourishment, and should be sponged 
or bathed at intervals, especially when the temperature is high. In 
confluent cases, especially during the stages of suppuration and desic- 
cation, the continuous warm bath has been found of use, adding much 
to the patient's comfort. A great many local remedies have been 
recommended at various times for the prevention of scarring, but few 
or none of these have any demonstrable effect. Moore recommended 
the application to the face of a mask of lint soaked in iced water 
and glycerin, an application which Schamberg finds greatly relieves 
the itching and burning. Painting the face with tincture of iodine 
has been advised ; this measure seems to be of service occasionally 
and should therefore be tried. The red-light treatment, which has 
for its aim to completely exclude the actinic rays of light from the 
room occupied by the patient, has been recently revived by Finsen, 
who stated that suppuration was prevented when treatment was begun 



INFLAMMATIONS 381 

before the fourth or fifth day ; other observers, however, have found 
it without influence. 

VACCINAL ERUPTIONS 

Generalized Vaccinia, Vaccinia Generalisata. — Occasionally it hap- 
pens that some days after vaccination, most frequently some time 
between the fifth and tenth day, an eruption appears, most commonly 
in successive crops, composed of lesions resembling the vaccine lesion, 
and which pass through the same evolution — they are successively 
papules, vesicles, and pustules. The number and distribution of the 
lesions vary greatly ; there may be but a half dozen or less, limited to 
the vaccinated arm and the neighborhood of the vaccine lesions, or they 
may be very numerous, with a more or less general distribution, in 
which event there may be some accompanying constitutional dis- 
turbance for a short time. There is but little doubt that the great 
majority of the cases of generalized vaccinia are due to auto-inocula- 
tion, the vaccine virus being conveyed from the vaccine vesicle to 
various parts of the skin by the patient's fingers or those of his 
attendants. In the rare cases in which there are many lesions with 
a general distribution, it is believed to be the result of systemic in- 
fection with the vaccine virus. This form may resemble variola, but, 
unlike that affection, is not preceded by an invasive stage and occurs 
coincidently with vaccination. 

In a certain proportion of cases vaccination is attended by a mor- 
billiform, erythema, which, beginning about the point of inoculation, 
spreads over the arm and to the trunk and may become more or less 
general ; instead of being coarsely macular like measles, it may be 
diffuse, resembling scarlatina. It is usually of short duration, dis- 
appearing -in the course of a few hours, or at most after a day or two. 

Occasionally erythema multiforme and urticaria are observed after 
vaccination, usually appearing some time before the tenth day ; these 
eruptions do not differ in any respect from the ordinary type. 

Far more important, because more serious, are certain bullous 
eruptions which occasionally follow vaccination after a variable pe- 
riod, usually several weeks, sometimes a month or two. These in 
most instances resemble in the character of the lesions and the course 
of the eruption pemphigus ; less frequently they are multiform and 
are made up of erythematous and vesicular patches together with 
bullae. Bowen has reported a small series of six cases, all in children, 
in which the symptoms resembled dermatitis herpetiformis, which 
pursued a chronic course lasting from five or six months to two or 
three years. More recently Howe has reported a series of ten cases, 
all in adults, characterized by an extensive eruption of bullae appear- 
ing a few weeks after vaccination ; all these ran an acute course of 
some weeks, and more than half of them terminated in death. 

The exact relationship of these bullous eruptions to vaccination 
has not yet been definitely determined ; it is not known whether they 



382 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

are directly due to the vaccine virus or to some accidental con- 
tamination with some organism not yet identified. The cases re- 
ported by Howe present analogies with the cases of acute pemphigus 
reported by Pernet and Bulloch which occurred in those exposed to 
infection by decaying animal matter {vid. pemphigus). 

In eczematous children it occasionally happens that vaccination 
is followed by an exacerbation of a present eczema or by a recur- 
rence of an old one, a fact which should be kept in mind when asked 
to vaccinate a child with eczema or an eczematous history. There 
is no evidence, however, that vaccination is ever the primary cause of 
eczema. 

In a few instances psoriasis has been observed to follow vacci- 
nation, the eruption beginning in the vaccination scar, so-called vac- 
cinal psoriasis {vid. psoriasis). 

In rare instances syphilis and tuberculosis have been conveyed 
by vaccination when humanized virus has been used, but such un- 
fortunate accidents are no longer to be feared since the general em- 
ployment of bovine lymph. 

As a sequel of vaccination, particularly of imperfect vaccination, 
a small to large pea-sized bright-red, very vascular tumor occasion- 
ally appears at the site of the vaccination, which may last for months. 
This growth is analogous to, if not identical with, the small neoplasm 
known as granuloma pyogenicum (q. v.) 

The recognition of these post-vaccinal eruptions presents no espe- 
cial difficulties, and their treatment is precisely the same as that of 
similar eruptions occurring independently of vaccination. Generalized 
vaccinia is self-limited affection and requires no treatment beyond the 
protection of the lesion from the patient's fingers. 

SCARLATINA 

Synonyms. — Scarlet fever; Fr., Scarlatine ; Ger., Scharlach, Schar- 
lachfieber. 

Definition. — An acute infectious and very contagious disease char- 
acterized by fever, usually high, sore throat, and a bright-red puncti- 
form eruption followed by abundant desquamation (Plate XXIII). 

Symptoms. — The period of incubation of scarlet fever is shorter 
and varies more than that of the other exanthemata. Its average 
duration is from four to seven days, but Murchison's observations 
led him to the conclusion that it might be only a few hours, and 
in a considerable proportion of cases was not longer than forty-eight 
hours. 

The attack usually begins suddenly with chills, or in children with 
convulsions, vomiting, sore throat, and fever. The temperature rises 
rapidly, so that on the evening of the first day it frequently reaches 
103 , 104 , or even higher, and the pulse is accelerated, frequently 
out of proportion to the temperature, in children at times reaching 
a rate of 140 to 160 beats per minute, a symptom of some diagnostic 



INFLAMMATIONS 383 

value. The tongue is covered with a thick yellowish-white fur through 
which swollen papillae project here and there as red dots; the uvula, 
soft palate, and half-arches are bright red, the redness often punctate, 
and the tonsils more or less swollen. 

In the great majority of cases the eruption appears within the 
first twenty-four hours; much less frequently it is delayed until the 
second day, and only rarely appears as late as the third. It appears 
first upon the neck and chest and spreads rapidly to other parts of 
the trunk, face, and extremities. In the face it is frequently confined 
to the forehead and cheeks, while the lower part of the nose, the 
lips, and chin appear pale by contrast ; in mild cases the face may 
escape altogether. It is, as a rule, a bright scarlet, but varies con- 
siderably in intensity, and on close inspection is seen to be made 
up of innumerable fine red dots which in well-marked eruptions may 
after a time give way to a diffuse redness. The skin is hot and dry 
and often somewhat swollen, particularly in the face about the lids. 
In well-developed eruptions it is quite common to see small red 
papules situated about the hair follicles of the extremities, particularly 
of the forearms and legs, and it is equally common to see numerous 
minute vesicles filled with a turbid fluid on the abdomen, in the pubic 
regions, less frequently upon other parts of the trunk and upon the 
extremities. If the skin is rapidly stroked with the finger-nail or 
with a pencil, a white line shortly appears which remains for a minute 
or more (tache s carl at in ale) , a symptom which is regarded by some 
authorities as of some diagnostic value. 

With the complete development of the eruption, the tongue first 
becomes red at the tip and sides and then loses its coating, pre- 
senting a bright-red surface covered with swollen papillae which has 
been aptly compared with a ripe strawberry, the so-called " straw- 
berry tongue," a very characteristic symptom and one rarely entirely 
absent. 

Shortly after reaching its acme, the eruption begins to fade, first 
upon the face and upper part of the trunk, then upon the extremities, 
and in the course of three to four days it has completely disappeared, 
its entire duration being in cases of average severity five to seven 
days ; in mild cases it may be very much shorter, lasting only one, 
two, or three days, or even only a few hours. With the fading of 
the eruption the temperature declines, the sore throat disappears, 
and the patient's general condition gradually improves unless com- 
plications appear. 

With the fading of the eruption another very characteristic symp- 
tom makes its appearance, viz., desquamation. This usually appears 
first upon the neck and upper part of the chest and spreads thence 
to other parts of the surface. It varies much in character and quan- 
tity, the former depending somewhat upon the region in which it 
occurs, the latter upon the intensity of the eruption. As a rule it is 
quite abundant and lamellar in character, the horny epidermis coming 



384 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

off in large flakes and even in sheets in certain regions. When the 
eruption has been intense the horny epidermis of the hands and feet 
may be cast off entire like a glove or sock, and in rare instances the 
nails are lost. A very characteristic form of desquamation is that 
which occurs upon the finger-tips, beginning beneath the free border 
of the nails. In this situation very characteristic denuded patches 
are often produced by constant picking at the loosened epidermis. In 
the face and after mild eruptions the desquamation is apt to be rather 
fine and bran-like and is often scanty. In rare cases of unusual mild- 
ness desquamation may not appear at all. 

The duration of the period of desquamation is indefinite and de- 
pends a good deal upon the severity of the attack. In mild cases it 
is often completed at the end of two weeks, but in severe cases it 
may continue for five or six weeks ; occasionally it occurs a second 
time or even oftener. 

A more or less general adenopathy is the rule in scarlet fever, the 
greatest swelling usually occurring in the glands beneath the angle 
of the jaw; suppuration of these glands is not at all uncommon in 
severe cases. Schamberg found those in the inguinal region always 
enlarged. 

More or less marked departures from the usual symptoms and 
course are common. In many instances the symptoms are of so 
mild a character as to justify Sydenham's opinion of the malady, 
viz., that it was only " the name of a disease." In such cases there is 
only a moderate fever, with slight sore throat and an eruption so 
little marked and so evanescent that it attracts little or no attention 
from those about the patient, disappearing in the course of a single 
day or even after a few hours. Many cases of this sort are only recog- 
nized when a nephritis develops some weeks later, or when other 
members of the family develop a well-marked attack. The desquama- 
tion which follows is often slight and limited to certain regions, so 
that it, too, may be overlooked unless searched for. 

In marked contrast to these extremely mild cases are those in 
which the eruption is intense, covering every portion of the surface, 
often a dark or dusky red, or coarsely macular or blotchy, like measles, 
accompanied by severe throat symptoms (scarlatina anginosa). The 
tonsils and soft palate are intensely red and the former markedly 
swollen, are soon covered with a grayish membranous exudate which 
extends to the pharynx and upwards to the nose, from which escapes 
a thin purulent discharge. The glands at the angle of the jaw are 
enormously swollen and eventually suppurate or at times become 
gangrenous, leading to extensive destruction of the deep tissues of 
the neck. Symptoms of sepsis appear, and the patient frequently 
perishes. 

In cases fortunately rare, the infection is overwhelming from the 
beginning (scarlatina maligna). The temperature rapidly mounts 
to an unusual height, 107 , 108 , no°, and in rare instances even 



INFLAMMATIONS 385 

higher; the patient soon becomes delirious or falls into coma; the 
throat symptoms are of an unusually severe type, and the eruption 
exhibits more or less irregularity, being frequently dark red and 
patchy or hemorrhagic, and in some instances death takes place be- 
fore the eruption appears. 

In rare instances the eruption is of a dusky hue and shortly nu- 
merous petechise and ecchymoses appear with bleeding from the 
gums, nose, kidneys, bowels, and bladder (scarlatina hemorrhagica). 
The general symptoms are also of unusual severity ; the temperature 
is high, there is great prostration and severe inflammation of the 
throat. Such cases almost invariably terminate fatally. 

Complications and sequelae of various kinds are common and fre- 
quently add materially to the gravity of the disease. One of the 
commonest complications, so common indeed that it might very well 
be regarded as a symptom rather than a complication, is acute nephri- 
tis. While this may appear at any time during the attack, it is seen 
most commonly about the third week. The first symptom noted is 
a peculiar pallor of the face with oedema of the lids, which is soon 
followed by anasarca. The urine is at first increased in quantity, 
but later is usually less than normal and contains varying, sometimes 
large, amounts of albumen with red blood-cells and casts. Occasion- 
ally symptoms of uraemia appear, such as vomiting, diarrhoea, stupor, 
and convulsions. 

Myocarditis, pericarditis, arthritis (scarlatinal rheumatism) are 
also occasional complications. 

One of -the commonest sequels of scarlatina is a chronic suppura- 
tive inflammation of the middle ear, which frequently persists for 
many months. 

Furuncles, abscesses, gangrenous dermatitis, and occasionally 
eczema are some of the complications and sequelae which at times 
affect the skin. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Among the factors which predispose to 
scarlatina, age occupies a prominent place. It is largely a disease 
of childhood, although it is infrequent before the first year of life. 
According to Murchison's statistics, which were based on a very large 
number of cases, almost 150,000, almost ninety per cent, of the deaths 
from scarlet fever occur in those under ten years of age ; the sus- 
ceptibility rapidly decreases after puberty, and only 1.57 per cent, 
of the deaths occur in those over twenty-five. Race is likewise a 
factor of some importance, the negro being much less susceptible 
than the European. Surgical operations are occasionally followed 
by an attack, the wound presumably serving as the port of entry 
for the infection ; there is little doubt, however, that a certain propor- 
tion of the cases of so-called surgical scarlatina are scarlatinoid erup- 
tions of septic origin. 

The malady is undoubtedly due to a living contagium, but the 
causative organism has not yet been identified. It is contagious at 
25 



386 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

all stages, although probably least so in the earliest, and is trans- 
mitted by direct contact, by infected clothing or other articles which 
have been in contact with the patient. The notion long entertained 
by many, and not yet abandoned, that it is most contagious during the 
period of desquamation, the contagion being carried by the scales, 
has been shown to be without foundation. There is quite convincing 
evidence that it is occasionally transmitted by milk, a number of epi- 
demics having been traced to this source. 

A large number of organisms of various kinds have been found 
in the skin, discharges from the throat and ears, and in the blood, 
but none of these has been shown to have a causal relationship to 
the disease. Streptococci are present, in a large proportion of cases 
and have been believed by a number of investigators to be the pri- 
mary etiological factor, but this opinion has been shown to be incor- 
rect by more recent investigations. There is little doubt, however, 
that this organism is responsible for many of the inflammatory and 
suppurative complications which are so common. Mallory has re- 
cently described a protozoon found in the skin of scarlet fever patients 
to which he has given the name cyclaster scarlatinalis, which he thinks 
may have a causal relationship to the malady, but this still remains 
to be proved. 

As a rule there is a more or less marked leucocytosis, the degree 
depending upon the severity of the attack; in severe and fatal cases 
there may be 30,000 to 40,000 white cells (Kotschetkoff). An eosino- 
philia is usually present after the first two or three days, which con- 
tinues to increase until the disease reaches its acme ; exceptions, how- 
ever, have been noted. 

The eruption is almost entirely due to a tremendous hyperemia 
of the skin, the histological changes being comparatively slight. Ac- 
cording to Unna, there is an enormous dilatation of all the vessels of 
the cutis, with a very slight cellular exudate. In the epidermis there 
is a parakeratosis which leads to scaling, but the rete shows neither 
oedema of its cells nor intercellular emigration of leucocytes. 

Numerous pathological changes are present in the viscera which 
are in part the result of high temperature and in part due to the 
toxaemia. The kidneys show the changes characteristic of acute inter- 
stitial nephritis. 

Diagnosis. — Typical cases of scarlet fever usually present such 
well-marked and characteristic symptoms that the diagnosis is made 
without difficulty, but quite the reverse is true of the atypical cases 
so frequently met with. The sudden onset with high temperature and 
a disproportionately rapid pulse, vomiting, sore throat, and a red 
punctate rash, form a collection of symptoms readily recognized, but 
any one or several of these may be absent or so little developed as 
to make a positive diagnosis most difficult at times. 

The diseases with which it is most likely to be confounded are 



INFLAMMATIONS 387 

recurrent scarlatiniform erythema, measles, rotheln, drug and anti- 
toxin rashes, smallpox, tonsilitis, and diphtheria. 

Recurrent scarlatiniform erythema, as its name indicates, resem- 
bles scarlatina at times very closely, but the eruption is as a rule 
diffuse and only very exceptionally punctiform ; constitutional symp- 
toms are frequently absent, or if present are much less pronounced 
than in the latter disease ; sore throat is rarely a symptom, and straw- 
berry tongue is never present; desquamation is usually abundant 
and begins earlier than in scarlet fever. In most cases there is a dis- 
tinct history of recurrences. 

At times the eruption of scarlatina is blotchy and resembles measles, 
but it appears much earlier than in that affection and the catarrhal 
symptoms so characteristic of the latter are wanting. 

While scarlatina and rotheln are usually very readily differentiated, 
the distinction between the two may at times be attended by con- 
siderable difficulty when the eruption of the latter is so abundant that 
its macular character is lost ; but the high fever, the vomiting, and 
sore throat which characterize the onset of the former are absent in 
the latter. The eruption of scarlet fever begins upon the neck and 
chest and is usually quite scanty in the face, while that of rotheln 
begins and is most abundant in the latter region. Desquamation in 
the latter is frequently altogether absent, and when it occurs is scanty 
and bran-like. 

The erythema, which is at times seen in the invasive stage of small- 
pox, may be decidedly scarlatinoid, but its usually evanescent char- 
acter and the appearance of the variolous eruption will serve to dis- 
tinguish it from scarlatina. 

Quinine, belladonna, and its alkaloid atropin, salicylic acid, and 
its salts, antipyrin and sera employed therapeutically occasionally 
give rise to a scarlatinoid erythema, but it lacks the punctiform char- 
acter of the rash of scarlet fever and is, as a rule, but not invariably, 
unattended by elevation of temperature and sore throat. 

Anginose scarlatina is at times mistaken for diphtheria, but the 
presence of the eruption and the absence of the Klebs-Loeffler bacillus 
would exclude the latter. In the cases in which diphtheria is accom- 
panied by an erythematous eruption the differential diagnosis may 
be very difficult and can only be made after a most painstaking con- 
sideration of all the symptoms. 

Prognosis. — A guarded prognosis should be given in every case 
of scarlatina, since even the mildest cases occasionally terminate un- 
favorably. Unfavorable symptoms are high temperature with a very 
rapid pulse, lividity and irregular development of the eruption, se- 
vere inflammation of the throat with great enlargement of the cervical 
glands, and nephritis in the early stages of the attack. In children 
under five years of age the mortality is two or three times greater 
than in older children. Hemorrhagic scarlatina is almost invariably 
fatal. 



388 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Treatment. — The patient should be isolated and kept in bed even 
in the mildest cases, and should be put upon a milk diet, which should 
be continued as long as the fever lasts. High temperature is best 
and most safely controlled by repeated cold sponging or the tepid 
bath ; in the treatment of hyperpyrexia the cold bath is the most effi- 
cient measure.- Antiseptic sprays and gargles, when the patient is 
old enough to use the latter, are to be employed for the throat. Fre- 
quent inunctions with cold cream, or lanolin and oil of sweet almond 
or other bland ointment, are useful in allaying the heat and itching 
which are at times most annoying. The various complications are to 
be treated as they arise according to the principles of general medi- 
cine. 

The only efficient prophylactic measure is complete isolation. 

MEASLES 

Synonyms. — Rubeola; Rougeole ; Ger., Masern; Ital., Morbilli. 

Definition. — An acute contagious and infectious febrile disease, 
occurring chiefly in children, characterized by lacrymation and photo- 
phobia, coryza and cough, and a dull-red macular eruption (Plate 
XXIV). 

Symptoms.— After an incubation period of about ten days the 
attack begins rather suddenly, as a rule, in very mild cases gradually, 
with fever, sneezing, cough, lacrymation, and photophobia, and in 
children sometimes with convulsions; The temperature rises rapidly, 
reaching 102 to 104 in the evening of the day of the attack; on the 
second day it commonly declines and may approach or reach the nor- 
mal on the morning of the third day, but soon begins to rise again. 
On the fourth day of the illness, exceptionally late on the third or 
early on the fifth, the eruption appears, first on the sides of the neck 
behind the angles of the jaw, and then on the face, where it is usually 
most abundant and often confluent, with considerable swelling. It 
begins as small red, slightly elevated macules, which may be dis- 
tinctly felt upon passing the hand over the skin, and which as they 
enlarge and increase in numbers frequently form crescentic patches. 
This crescentic arrangement, which is, in the author's opinion, unduly 
emphasized as a symptom in many text-books, is frequently absent. 
With the increase in size and number of the macules the eruption 
presents a coarsely macular or blotchy appearance which is quite 
characteristic. With the appearance of the eruption the fever con- 
tinues to rise, the catarrhal symptoms increase in severity, there is 
increased cough with symptoms of bronchitis, and in a considerable 
proportion of cases diarrhoea. The eruption spreads rapidly over the 
trunk and extremities, reaching its full development in about thirty- 
six hours after its first appearance, and at the same time the fever 
reaches its acme, not infrequently I04°-I05°. Shortly after reaching 
its acme the eruption begins to fade, first upon the face and then in 
quick succession upon the trunk and extremities ; the skin becomes 



INFLAMMATIONS 389 

yellowish or brownish and usually remains so for some days, and 
a branny desquamation appears, which lasts for five days to a week, 
but in severe cases it may last for ten days, while in mild ones it 
may be absent altogether. More or less itching usually accompanies 
the eruption. 

An eruption also occurs upon the mucous membranes of the mouth, 
where it appears decidedly earlier than upon the skin, as early as 
the second day. It consists of small, bright-red, irregularly shaped 
spots situated upon the mucous membranes of the cheeks and lips, 
which contain in the centre a minute bluish-white point. Although 
these spots were first described by Flindt some years ago, they are 
known as Koplik's spots since Koplik has more recently called at- 
tention to them ; they are regarded as pathognomonic of measles by 
most authorities. 

Like the other exanthemata, measles occasionally exhibits various 
anomalies in its symptoms and course. At times the catarrhal symp- 
toms are extremely mild or absent altogether, an anomaly seen, ac- 
cording to Thomas, in young children especially. The eruption may 
be absent, while the catarrhal symptoms present the usual features ; 
it is probably true, however, as Thomas has observed, that the "diag- 
nosis of measles without exanthem is more often made than justified." 

Anomalies are occasionally observed in the character, distribution, 
and extent of the eruption. At times the eruption is purely macular, 
the spots being quite smooth and imperceptible to the touch, morbilli 
Iceves of -the older writers, or, on the other hand, it may be quite un- 
mistakably papular. Occasionally the eruption is associated with 
miliary vesicles, and in rare cases bullae are present, pemphigoid 
measles (Henoch, DuCastel, Baginsky, Zuhr, and others). Not very 
infrequently the spots are bluish and do not disappear on pressure, 
owing to a slight extravasation of blood. Variations in the size of 
the macules are likewise observed ; at times they are unusually large 
or very small, and in exceptional cases instead of being general the 
eruption is limited to certain regions. In rare instances it may return 
after it has begun to fade, the reappearance being accompanied by a 
rise in temperature. 

Exceptionally the infection exhibits unusual severity, all the symp- 
toms being of an exaggerated character ; the temperature reaches an 
unusual height, io6°-io7°, the patient is extremely restless or may 
be stuporous, and death may occur before the eruptive stage has 
been reached. 

The most malignant variety is the hemorrhagic or "black measles," 
a form fortunately rare, most common in those who have been weak- 
ened by previous disease or other causes. The attack presents un- 
usually severe symptoms from the beginning; the temperature is 
high, the eruption is of a dusky hue or violaceous, petechias and ecchy- 
moses appear with hemorrhage from the nose, bowels, kidneys, and 
bladder. 



390 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Various complications may arise during the course of the disease, 
the most frequent being those referable to the respiratory apparatus. 
Bronchopneumonia is a very frequent and dangerous complication, 
being the cause of death in a very large proportion of the fatal cases. 
Diarrhoea, sometimes accompanied by tenesmus and bloody stools, is 
an occasional complication. 

Measles apparently at times predisposes to tuberculosis, since in 
a considerable number of instances some form of the latter has been 
observed to follow an attack of the former; acute miliary tubercu- 
losis, disseminated lupus vulgaris (Du Castel, Adamson, Abraham, 
and a number of others), lichen scrofulosorum (Haushalter), although 
by no means of frequent occurrence, have been noted as sequelae. 

Furuncles, cutaneous abscesses, and gangrene of the skin are occa- 
sional sequellae affecting the skin. The last-named in rare instances 
occurs about the mouth as noma or cancrum oris, an extremely fatal 
affection ; much less frequently it attacks the prepuce or vulva. Otitis 
media, although much less frequent than after scarlatina, is not very 
uncommon after measles. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Measles is highly contagious, the most 
contagious of all the exanthemata. It is usually contracted by direct 
contact with an infected individual, and very infrequently through 
the intermediation of clothing, etc. ; indeed, the possibility of the 
latter mode of transmission is denied by a number of authorities. It 
occurs most frequently in childhood between one and ten years of age, 
but is decidedly infrequent before the sixth month. Although with- 
out doubt due to a living contagium, this has not yet been discov- 
ered. A number of microorganisms have been found in the buccal 
and nasal secretion by a considerable number of investigators, but 
none of these has yet been satisfactorily shown to have a causal rela- 
tionship to the malady. Goldberger and Anderson have recently suc- 
ceeded in reproducing the disease in monkeys by inoculating them 
with blood of human beings obtained in the late pre-eruptive stage, 
or within twenty-four hours after the first appearance of the eruption ; 
they have also determined the infectious character of the buccal and 
nasal secretion. 

Notwithstanding the striking appearance of the eruption, the path- 
ological alterations in the skin are slight. According to Unna, there 
is, in addition to the hyperaemia, a spastic oedema of the cutis, most 
marked about the coil-glands, the follicles, and the muscles which lie 
in widely dilated spaces. Neumann found a moderate perivascular 
and perifollicular exudate of round cells in the papillae. In the macules, 
however, Unna found no cellular exudate. In the epidermis the 
granular layer disappears in part, and the middle and upper portion 
of the horny layer separates from the basal portion, producing des- 
quamation. Catrin (quoted by Unna) has described certain colloid 
changes in some of the deep epithelial cells. 



INFLAMMATIONS 391 

Diagnosis. — The affection which resembles measles most closely 
is rubella or rotheln, German measles. In the former the eruption 
is preceded by a prodromal period of four days, marked by decided 
fever and catarrhal symptoms, and is dark-red and coarsely macular; 
in the latter the prodromal period is often less than twenty-four hours 
and the eruption may be the first sign of illness; the color of the 
eruption is lighter than that of measles, and the macules are much 
more uniform in size and more evenly distributed. Koplik spots are 
present in the former, absent in the latter. 

Anomalous forms of scarlatina occasionally exhibit a coarse and 
blotchy instead of the usual punctiform eruption, which may resemble 
the eruption of measles, but the coryza, photophobia, and cough char- 
acteristic of measles are absent. 

Measles is occasionally mistaken for smallpox when the latter is 
prevalent, but the associated coryza and cough, the soft "velvety" 
feel of the maculopapules, quite unlike the hard, shotty feel of the 
papules of the latter, are the distinguishing features. 

Occasionally measles is mistaken for the macular syphiloderm, 
and vice versa, but the latter is not preceded by a distinct prodromal 
period and never presents catarrhal symptoms ; other characteristic 
symptoms of syphilis are also likely to be present. 

Certain drugs, such as copaiba, cubebs, antipyrin, and quinine, 
and sera at times, produce morbilliform eruptions, but these are never 
accompanied by coryza and cough. 

Treatment. — The patient should be carefully isolated in a well- 
ventilated and slightly darkened room, which should be kept at an 
even temperature of 68° to yo°, and should be put to bed and kept 
there until the temperature has been normal for some days ; in severe 
cases, with well-marked bronchial or pulmonary symptoms, he should 
be kept in bed at least a week after the disappearance of fever. Tepid 
sponging and inunctions with cold cream, if there is much itching, 
may be used with advantage. High temperature is best combatted 
by the tepid bath. The diet should consist largely, if not exclusively, 
of milk, especially in children. The various complications, such as 
pneumonia and diarrhoea, are to be treated in the usual manner. 

Prognosis. — -The prognosis in uncomplicated cases is very favor- 
able, but owing to the frequency with which complications occur, espe- 
cially pneumonia, the mortality is considerable ; it varies greatly, how- 
ever, in different epidemics. In debilitated children and pregnant 
women it is a dangerous malady. In institutions for children, such 
as foundling asylums, hospitals, etc., the mortality is frequently very 
high. Hemorrhagic measles is usually fatal. 

RUBELLA 

Synonyms. — Rubeola; German measles; Bastard measles; Fr., 
Rougeole fausse ; Ger., Rotheln. 

Definition. — An acute contagious, mildly febrile, epidemic disease 



392 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

occurring chiefly in children, characterized by a macular eruption. 

Symptoms. — The period of incubation of rubella is much less defi- 
nite than that of the other exanthemata. According to most authori- 
ties, it is about twelve to fourteen days or longer, but it is not very 
infrequently decidedly shorter. Thomas puts it at two and a half to 
three weeks ; Griffith, in an epidemic in an institution, noted an in- 
cubation of five days in one case, but in the greater number it was 
about eleven days ; Michaelis was able to fix it with precision at nine- 
teen days in two of his own children. 

After a few hours of malaise, with mild catarrhal symptoms, such 
as sneezing with cough and mild suffusion of the conjunctivae, or with- 
out any premonitory symptoms, the eruption appears, usually upon 
the face first, but occasionally upon the trunk and extremities, and 
spreads rapidly to other regions. It consists of pin-head to pea-sized 
pink or rosy round or oval spots, sometimes very slightly elevated, 
but for the most part smooth and non-elevated, scattered about with- 
out any definite arrangement, and usually discrete except upon cer- 
tain regions, such as the face or upon parts subjected to pressure, 
where it may become confluent, forming diffuse erythematous patches. 
As Thomas has noted, it reaches its maximum upon different parts 
of the body at different times, so that it may have already faded 
upon the face while it is at its acme upon the trunk or extremities. 
While some degree of fever is present in the majority of cases, the 
temperature reaching ioi°-io2° in the evening, or exceptionally going 
higher, it is absent in a large number of cases, this symptom varying 
considerably in different epidemics. It commonly falls to normal 
on the second day, but in rare cases may continue for some days. 
The eruption reaches its maximum development upon the second day, 
after which it rapidly fades, and by the third, or at most the fourth, 
day has entirely disappeared, often leaving for a very short time a 
faint brownish stain, and sometimes followed by a scanty branny 
desquamation which lasts for a day or two. Itching is an occasional 
symptom. There is usually sore throat of a mild character from the 
beginning, with diffuse, exceptionally punctate (Griffith and others), 
redness of the soft palate, half-arches, and inner surface of the cheeks. 
The posterior cervical lymphatic glands are almost invariably en- 
larged, forming a readily palpable and sometimes visible chain on 
each side of the neck. 

Not very infrequently the eruption presents anomalous forms. 
Griffith recognizes two types of variation from the usual form, viz., 
a morbilliform type which may resemble measles very closely, and 
a scarlatiniform type which simulates the eruption of scarlet fever. 
Complications are rarely observed. 

Etiology and Pathology.— Rubella is chiefly a disease of children, 
but is seldom seen before six months of age ; although infrequent in 
adults, it is by no means rare. Thomas believes that the suscepti- 
bility to it steadily diminishes after puberty, and at forty is almost 



INFLAMMATIONS 393 

lost. It is probably contagious at all periods, but there is some dif- 
ference among authorities as to the degree of contagiousness and the 
period of its greatest infectiousness. The infecting organism is still 
unknown. 

The eruption is due to a capillary hyperaemia of the papillae and 
upper portion of the corium, which is occasionally followed by a 
slight inflammatory exudate in some places and in some of the 
macules (Thomas). 

Diagnosis. — Rubella is to be distinguished from measles and scar- 
latina, both of which it may resemble very closely. 

It differs from measles by the absence or very short duration of 
prodromal symptoms, the eruption often being the first sign of the 
disease ; by the lighter color and much more uniform distribution of 
the eruption ; by the very much less pronounced character of the ca- 
tarrhal symptoms, and by the absence of fever or its very trifling de- 
gree when present, and its early disappearance. 

Although the eruption of rubella in most instances is readily dis- 
tinguished from that of scarlatina, it occasionally resembles the latter 
to a marked degree, but the mild character of the early symptoms — 
the absence of high fever, vomiting, severe sore throat with swelling 
of the tonsils and enlargement of the glands at the angle of the jaw — 
symptoms which characterize the latter, are usually sufficient to make 
a positive differential diagnosis, although it occasionally happens that 
the differentiation is extremely difficult. Desquamation in the former 
is often absent and very slight and of short duration when present, 
while it is often profuse in scarlet fever and almost never absent. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis is, in the vast majority 
of cases, very favorable, although occasionally death occurs in feeble 
or poorly nourished children. 

The patient should be confined to a well-ventilated and uniformly 
heated room and put upon a light diet for a few clays, but may be 
allowed to remain out of bed unless there is decided fever. Drugs are 
seldom required. 

VARICELLA 

Synonyms. — Chickenpox ; Fr., Varicelle, Verolette ; Ger., Varicel- 
len, Wasserpocken, Spitzblattern. 

Definition. — An acute, contagious, mildly febrile disease occurring 
chiefly, but not exclusively, in children, distinguished by a vesicular 
eruption coming out in successive crops (see Plate XXII). 

Symptoms. — The period of incubation exhibits considerable varia- 
tion, but is in most cases about fourteen days, although Welch and 
Schamberg observed an incubation of twenty-one days in one case 
and Trousseau one of twenty-seven days. 

Prodromal symptoms are in most cases absent, although the erup- 
tion may be preceded by a period of malaise and mild fever lasting 
a few hours or a day. In adults a prodromal stage of one day, much 



394 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

less frequently of two or even three days, is occasionally observed, 
a fact often of much importance in differential diagnosis. In the 
great majority of cases the eruption is the first symptom of illness 
and makes its appearance upon the trunk first, as a rule, and shortly 
afterwards upon the face, scalp, and extremities. It is usually most 
abundant upon the trunk (Fig. 129) and least so upon the wrists, 
hands, ankles, and feet. It is often sparse upon the face even when 
abundant upon the trunk. Although it has been stated by some 
authors that the palms and soles escape, differing thus from small- 
pox, this is not strictly correct, since it does occur occasionally in 
these regions, although much less frequently and much less abun- 
dantly than in the latter affection. The lesions begin as small red 
spots which quickly become vesicles filled with a fluid which is at 
first clear, but later becomes turbid and in a limited number purulent. 
The vesicles are surrounded by an inflammatory halo, are discrete 
even when present in large numbers, and vary in number from a 
dozen or two to many hundreds or thousands. More or less itching 
is a common symptom and may be at times quite severe, so that 
many of the vesicles are broken by scratching and covered with small 
blood-crusts. The eruption appears in successive crops at intervals 
of a day or two and continues to come out for four or five days, 
or exceptionally for a week, and as a consequence all stages of the 
lesions, vesicles, pustules, and crusts are present simultaneously. The 
duration of the individual lesions is short ; after two or three days 
they dry up into small brownish crusts which fall after a few days, 
leaving small transient hyperaemic spots, or when the lesions have 
become well-developed pustules, as happens in a limited number, a 
small permanent scar. A certain small number of the lesions are 
abortive, appearing as small papules which soon vanish. 

As a rule a few vesicles are seen upon the mucous membrane of 
the hard and soft palate, the posterior wall of the pharynx, and ex- 
ceptionally upon the tongue ; Hennoch observed them in one case 
upon the conjunctiva and gums. 

Along with the eruption some elevation of the temperature occurs, 
from 99 to 101 , but occasionally it reaches a considerable height, 
as much as I04°-I05°. The fever is usually of short duration, in 
mild cases disappearing in twenty-four hours or less, and seldom last- 
ing longer than two or three days in any case. 

Chickenpox is rarely attended by complications or followed by 
sequelae. As a fairly frequent occurrence, some of the vesicles spread 
peripherally after the manner of those of impetigo, and may reach 
the size of a coin (impetigo varicellosa, Welch and Schamberg). 

Under the name varicella gangrenosa, Hutchinson some years ago 
described a rare and at times grave complication. Instead of the 
crust being cast off in the usual manner, ulceration occurs beneath 
it, a blackish slough is formed, which after a time is cast off, leaving 
a sharp-cut ulcer of variable depth from a quarter of an inch to an 



INFLAMMATIONS 



395 






PIG. 129. — Varicella. 



396 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

inch in diameter. Or the vesicle, instead of crusting over, is trans- 
formed into a bleb, sometimes with bloody contents, which after a 
time becomes a slough. The number of lesions which undergo this 
transformation varies greatly; when any considerable number are 
thus affected there is pronounced constitutional disturbance, with a 
decided rise in temperature, and death may follow with symptoms of 
sepsis. 

Porter has reported a case in which the eruption, widely distrib- 
uted, was confluent, partly bullous, and hemorrhagic ; Knowles has 
reported one terminating fatally in which the eruption was hemor- 
rhagic and gangrenous. Cases such as these are, however, extremely 
rare. In exceptional cases nephritis may occur as a sequel (Hennoch, 
Beardsley). 

Etiology and Pathology. — Although the great majority of cases 
of chickenpox occur in childhood, between the first and tenth years, 
it is by no means so rare in adults as is asserted by a number of writers. 
Thomas, for example, has stated that he never saw a case in an 
adult, but Welch and Schamberg saw two score and more in a few 
years, and the author has seen at least a score in those past twenty. 

The affection is very contagious, and is usually contracted by 
direct contact. The infecting organism has not yet been identified, 
and the manner in which it obtains entrance into the economy is as 
yet unknown. A number of attempts have been made at various times 
to inoculate it, but in most instances with negative results. Steiner, 
however, succeeded in eight out of ten children inoculated, and fixed 
the period of incubation in the inoculated cases at eight days. Quite 
recently Kling has reported no less than fifty-eight successful inocu- 
lations. According to his observations, the incubation period is, as 
Steiner found, eight days, and successful inoculation confers immunity 
upon the inoculated subject. Out of ninety-five children in the Gen- 
eral Hospital for Children in Stockholm during an epidemic of vari- 
cella, thirty-one were successfully inoculated and all of these but 
one escaped, while out of sixty-four not inoculated, twenty-four were 
attacked. 

According to Unna, the varicellous vesicle begins at the hyper- 
semic spot with a reticulating liquefaction of a few of the cells in the 
central and upper part of the rete, and confluent cavities are thus 
formed, divided by septa composed of compressed cells which have 
not been liquefied. The younger cells at the bottom of the vesicle 
undergo "ballooning colliquation" by which they are transformed into 
large, round, oval, or pear-shaped cells containing from two to twenty 
or more nuclei. The contents of the vesicles consist of finely granular 
coagulated fibrin and a few ballooned cells. In the cutis there is 
marked dilatation of the vessels with enlargement and multiplication 
of the cells around them. 

Diagnosis. — The disease with which chickenpox is most likely to 
be confused is smallpox, and while in most cases the two are readily 



INFLAMMATIONS 397 

differentiated, the distinction between severe chickenpox and mild 
smallpox of the type which has been prevalent in the United States 
for some years past may present considerable difficulty; indeed, 
may at times be impossible without twenty-four to thirty-six hours' 
observation. 

The eruption of chickenpox is not preceded by prodromal symp- 
toms ; that of smallpox appears after a prodromal period of three 
days during which there is pronounced constitutional disturbance, 
such as vomiting, headache, severe lumbar pain, and high fever. The 
eruption of chickenpox is vesicular from the beginning; that of small- 
pox begins as papules which become umbilicated vesicles and finally 
pustules with thick crusts. The eruption of chickenpox appears first 
upon the trunk where it is most abundant, and is scanty upon the 
face, sometimes altogether absent, while that of smallpox appears 
first upon the face, where it is usually very abundant. The eruption 
of chickenpox appears in successive crops, usually for four or five 
days ; that of smallpox comes out continuously until it is completed, 
usually in twenty-four to forty-eight hours. 

Chickenpox and impetigo contagiosa are occasionally mistaken for 
one another, but the vesicles of the latter are as a rule quite limited 
in number, are often confined to the face, show a marked tendency 
to peripheral extension, frequently reaching the size of a coin, and are 
auto-inoculable. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis of uncomplicated chick- 
enpox is invariably favorable. 

Treatment is altogether expectant. The patient should be con- 
fined to the house until the crusts have fallen, and if itching is a 
troublesome symptom a lotion containing from one to one and a half 
per cent, of phenol with a small quantity of glycerin will usually afford 
prompt relief. 



CHAPTER IX 
INFLAMMATIONS DUE TO VEGETABLE PARASITES 

A very considerable and important group of cutaneous affections 
is the result of invasion of the skin by various fungi belonging botan- 
ically to the moulds and yeasts. Some of these are limited in their 
ravages to the skin and its appendages, such as the hair and the nails, 
while others not only attack the skin, but may, and frequently do, 
invade the subcutaneous tissues and even the viscera, giving rise 
to general infection. The majority of them are contagious, while 
others occur only as the result of indirect inoculation. The amount 
of disturbance produced in the skin by these organisms varies greatly ; 
in some there is but little, oftentimes no, change beyond discolora- 
tion and desquamation; in the majority, however, there is more or less 
inflammation and in some deep-seated changes and destruction of 
tissue. 

The diseases belonging to this group are : Favus ; the trichophy- 
toses, or several varieties of so-called ringworm ; tinea versicolor ; 
erythrasma; pinta; actinomycosis; blastomycosis, and sporotrichosis. 

Owing to the character of the tissue-changes which distinguish them 
actinomycosis, blastomycosis and spirotrichosis have been placed 
among the Infectious Granulomata. Since inflammatory changes are 
as a rule, to which there are very few exceptions, wholly absent in 
tinea versicolor, it is considered among the pigmentary disorders. 

FAVUS 

Synonyms. — Tinea favosa; honeycomb ringworm; Fr., Teigne fa- 
veuse ; Ger., Erbgrind. 

Definition. — A parasitic disease of the skin due to a vegetable para- 
site, the Achorion Schonleinii, characterized by cup-shaped crusts, 
sulphur-yellow when recent, a dirty yellowish gray when old. 

Symptoms. — -While no part of the surface of the skin is exempt 
from the disease, its most frequent site is the scalp (Plate XXV). In 
this region it begins with the appearance of small slightly reddened 
spots about the hairs, which presently show a thin scale and then a 
small bright-yellow crust pierced by a hair. This yellow crust slowly 
enlarges in circumference and thickness, and even when quite small 
presents a central depression; as it grows it becomes distinctly cup- 
shaped. So long as the crusts remain discrete they preserve this cup- 
shaped character, but when they are at all numerous and close to- 
gether this is soon lost by their coalescence, and the affected area 
is in time covered with a grayish-yellow friable mass in which the 
cups are no longer apparent. The favus cup, or scutulum, as it is 
called, is composed almost entirely of fungus elements mixed with 
some epidermic scales. In its earliest stages the under surface is 
398 



PLATE XXV 




Favus of the scalp. 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 399 

soft and putty-like, but it soon becomes dry and friable. Under- 
neath the crusts the scalp is red, smooth, often moist, and not infre- 
quently suppurating. In time, owing to atrophy from pressure and 
superficial ulceration when suppuration occurs, it becomes thin and 
cicatricial. The hairs are early affected ; they become dry, lustreless, 
split up and broken off ; they may be readily extracted, and frequently 
fall out spontaneously, so that areas of baldness, which are often per- 
manent, owing to complete atrophy or destruction of the follicles, 
are produced. The extent of surface involved varies ; often there are 
only a few small finger-nail-size patches scattered over the scalp, but 
the entire scalp may be affected, which in time is transformed into 
an extensive cicatricial surface from which the hair has completely 
vanished except a narrow fringe in the occipital region or a few small 
tufts here and there. In cases in which there are extensive crusts, 
a peculiar mouse-like odor is quite perceptible. In the majority of 
cases there is more or less severe itching, and the scratching to which 
this leads adds to the amount of inflammation and is often followed by 
secondary pus infection. The scalp is excoriated and bleeds, and 
the crusts in consequence become brown or blackish owing to ad- 
mixture of pus and blood. In those cases accompanied by a consider- 
able degree of inflammation with suppuration, the cervical glands 
are frequently markedly enlarged. 

More or less variation from the ordinary type of the disease may 
occur upon the scalp. Dubreuilh divides these atypical forms into 
three varieties : First, a pityriasic form, which may readily be con- 
founded with psoriasis of the scalp ; second, an impetiginous form 
in which pustules resembling impetigo are present ; and, third, an 
alopecic form in which there are areas of baldness surrounded by a 
border of inflamed follicles, resembling erythematous lupus of the 
scalp or a folliculitis decalvans. 

Favus of the scalp is a chronic affection, its duration frequently 
running into years, even fifteen or twenty. It commonly begins in 
childhood or less frequently in youth. 

Favus of the body or of the non-hairy skin differs usually in no 
essential particular from the disease as seen upon the scalp ; there 
are the same cup-shaped yellow crusts which, at first discrete, event- 
ually coalesce, when numerous, to form thick, uneven, often bark- 
like masses which in neglected cases (Fig. 130) may be a half inch 
or more in thickness and may cover the greater part of an extremity, 
or even a considerable portion of the whole cutaneous surface. In 
a certain proportion of cases it may begin like the ordinary ringworm 
of smooth surfaces with a round, scaly, red patch, about the periphery 
of which there are numerous small vesicles ; in the course of eight to 
ten days the small, yellow, characteristic cups appear, usually around 
a lanugo hair, which undergo the usual evolution. While commonly 
associated with favus of the scalp, it may exist upon the body and 
extremities alone. On the other hand, it frequently exists for years 



400 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 








VEGETABLE PARASITES 401 

on the scalp without involvement of the trunk or extremities. The 
spread of the disease is commonly decidedly more rapid on non-hairy 
parts than on the scalp. Considerable inflammation of the skin be- 
neath the crusts, with suppuration and ulceration, may occur here, 
as on the scalp, but as a rule scarring is much less marked after 
recovery than in the latter region. 

The mucous membranes may quite exceptionally be the seat of 
scutula. These have been observed on the glans penis, and Kaposi 
and Kundrat have reported a remarkable case of extensive favus in 
which the patient died with symptoms of gastro-intestinal inflamma- 
tion ; at the autopsy ulcers and swellings were found in the gastro- 
intestinal mucosa which were shown to contain the fungus of favus. 

In rare instances it invades the nails. When these are attacked 
the infection commonly begins beneath the free border, where small 
irregularly shaped yellowish spots appear, due to the presence of small 
collections of the achorion which show through the translucent nail- 
substance. As the infection slowly extends backward, the nail itself 
is infected ; it becomes thick, uneven, dry, lustreless, and brittle, and 
the nail-plate is lifted up from the nail-bed by an accumulation of 
elements of the fungus and horny epithelial cells. In long-standing 
cases when the disease has invaded the entire nail, involving the 
matrix, marked deformity may result, or the nail may be practically 
destroyed. It may be limited to the nail of a single finger or all 
may be attacked ; the nails of the toes may likewise be implicated, 
but these are much less frequently invaded than the finger-nails. In 
the great majority of cases infection occurs through scratching other 
infected regions, such as the scalp, and it is somewhat remarkable that 
it does not occur oftener ; quite exceptionally it exists alone, and may 
continue without infection of other regions for years. 

Etiology. — Favus is the result of the invasion of the skin, more 
particularly of the hair follicles, by a vegetable parasite named after 
its discoverer, Schonlein, Achorion Schonleinii. It is always the re- 
sult of direct transference from one individual to another, or, in rare 
instances, from some one of the lower animals, such as the cat, trie 
dog, mice, rabbits, and from fowls. The cat is without doubt the 
commonest animal source, acquiring the diseases from mice, animals 
which are especially liable to it. The author has seen one instance 
in which a child certainly acquired it from a kitten with which she 
played, which was found to have an exquisite scutulum upon the 
belly ; and another in which there was considerable evidence to show 
that it had been acquired from a dog. In the great majority of cases 
it begins in childhood, but may occur in adults, even in middle age. 
The affection, although common in certain parts of Europe, such as 
Italy, France, Austria, Poland, and Russia, these last two particularly, 
is quite rare in natives of the United States, practically all the cases 
seen here being immigrants from some one of the above-mentioned 
countries of Europe. Favus of the smooth parts of the skin and of 
26 



402 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



the nails is in the great majority of cases secondary to favus of the 
scalp; favus of animal origin, however, is practically limited to the 
non-hairy parts of the skin. 

There is apparently but little doubt that children whose powers 
of resistance have been lowered by insufficient or improper food and 
unwholesome surroundings, such as prevail among the poorer classes, 
are much more commonly affected than the healthy and robust. Chil- 
dren the subjects of favus are almost without exception thin and pale. 

All the pathological changes characteristic of favus are the result 
of the invasion of the skin and its appendages by the achorion. The 
elements of this fungus, spores and mycelia (Fig. 131), are to be 
found in the hairs, nails, and epidermis, and may be quickly and 
easily demonstrated microscopically by placing a minute portion of 
a crust, a hair, or scrapings from beneath the nail upon a slide with 
a drop of liquor potassse, covering it with a cover-glass rather firmly 
pressed down, and examining it after a few minutes with a power 
of 250 to 300 diameters. As the crusts are made up almost entirely 







. .. \ p$*yt^}P** 

Fig. 131. — Favus. Achorion Schonleinii. 

of spores and mycelia, which also exist in great abundance in affected 
hairs and nails, there is no difficulty in finding the fungus. 

The spores are round, oval, elongate, or irregularly quadrilateral, 
shining, very pale, greenish-yellow, structureless bodies having a 
diameter of about 5 microns. The mycelia are long, flat, curved 
and dichotomously branching tubes with occasional transverse septa 
having a diameter varying from three to four microns. 

The part usually first invaded is the follicular infundibulum, where 
the scutulum or favus cup has its beginning (Fig. 132). As the fungus 
multiplies it extends not only toward the surface, but downwards into 
the follicle, invading the hair, disrupting its shaft, and frequently 
destroying the papilla with resultant permanent loss of hair. The 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 



403 



hair-shaft contains numerous mycelial threads and long rows of quad- 
rilateral or oval spores running parallel with its long axis. The scutu- 
lum consists of spores, mycelia, and epithelial debris, and is situated 
between the horny layer of the epidermis and the rete mucosum. The 
marginal portion is made up of mycelial threads running at right 
angles to the surface, while the central portion is composed of spores 
and mycelia running in all directions. A vertical section of a scutulum 
shows it embedded in the epidermis much as the stone is set in a 
ring. The epidermis about its margin is increased in width, its inter- 




FiG. 132. — Favus. F, C, favus cup, scutulum, imbedded in the rete mucosum; F, follicle. Note that the 
favus cup is largely composed of fine threads, mycelia. 

papillary projections greatly elongated, but beneath it it is markedly 
thinned, the result of pressure. In the papillary and subpapillary 
portions of the corium there is a considerable cellular exudate of 
round cells, and, according to Unna, some plasma cells. Exception- 
ally, owing to the penetration of the corium by the fungus, a granu- 
loma resembling that sometimes found in trichophytosis is produced. 
Darier and Halle have described such a case in which the corium 
contained a cellular infiltration made up of polymorphonuclears, giant- 
cells and lymphoid cells. 

A number of authors, such as Frank, Unna, and Neebe, maintain 



404 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the plurality of the species of the achorion, the latter having described 
no less than nine varieties. In all probability, however, what have 
been regarded as separate varieties are in fact only variations due 
to differences in mode of cultivation and the conditions of growth, 
such as temperature and soil. In two hundred cases of favus of the 
scalp, Sabouraud never found but one variety, the Achorion Schbnleinii. 
There are, however, at least four fairly well-distinguished varieties of 
achorion producing favus in the lower animals : the Achorion Quinck- 
eanum, found in mice and transmissible to man, attacking when so 
transmitted smooth or non-hairy surfaces, but never found on the 
scalp; Achorion gallinarum, producing favus in fowls; Oospora camna, 
the organism causing favus in the dog and probably, although quite 
rarely, inoculable in man; and the Achorion gypseum, producing an 
affection resembling deep trichophytosis. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of favus is usually made without much 
difficulty, but occasionally it may be confounded with other diseases, 
such as eczema, psoriasis, seborrhcea, erythematous lupus, and ring- 
worm or trichophytosis. 

In the first three named affections the crusts or scales never pre- 
sent the bright sulphur-yellow color of the recent crusts of favus, nor 
the cup shape of the discrete crusts. There are never scarring and 
atrophy, and never patchy baldness ; when loss of hair occurs it occurs 
as a diffuse thinning. No organism is to be found in the crusts and 
scales of these diseases, while the crusts of favus, as has already been 
mentioned, are composed almost entirely of the spores and mycelia 
of the achorion. 

While in erythematous lupus of the scalp scarring and atrophy 
with areas of baldness frequently occur, resembling at times that which 
occurs in favus, there are never at any time the characteristic cup- 
shaped yellow crusts. 

When the crusts have been completely removed, as is often done 
by arriving immigrants just before coming into port, and nothing 
but scarring and atrophy are perceptible, an immediate positive diag- 
nosis may be difficult or impossible. Under such circumstances a 
period of two or three weeks without washing or applications of any 
sort will usually be sufficient to produce a new growth of character- 
istic cups. 

The differential diagnosis between favus and ringworm of the 
scalp sometimes presents considerable difficulty and cannot always 
at once be made even with the aid of the microscope, since the acho- 
rion and the trichophyton may at times be differentiated microscopi- 
cally with difficulty. The employment of cultures with suitable media 
or inoculation in mice will solve the difficulty. 

As a rule, however, the achorion may be distinguished from the 
trichophyton by the larger size of its spores and mycelia and the 
greater variation in their shape and size. 

The only affection with which favus of non-hairy parts is at all 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 405 

likely to be confounded is ringworm of smooth parts or trichophytosis 
corporis (tinea circinata), and then only in the early stages, when it 
occasionally appears as a scaly disc which undergoes involution in 
the centre. Very soon, however, the characteristic yellow cups ap- 
pear, which at once determines diagnosis. 

Treatment. — The most effective method of treatment is complete 
and thorough depilation by the X-ray. This may be accomplished at 
a single sitting, according to the method advocated by MacKee, or 
by repeated exposures of comparatively short duration. The treat- 
ment should always be controlled by the use of some reliable meter 
with a proper recognition of the possibility of untoward results if 
due care is not employed. (For details of X-ray treatment vid. Ring- 
worm of the scalp.) 

When for any reason X-ray treatment is not or can not be em- 
ployed, dependence must be placed upon the application of parasiticide 
lotions and ointments, preferably the latter, since they can be made 
to penetrate the diseased follicles more readily than the former. Be- 
fore beginnng the use of these, the diseased parts should be freed of 
crusts ; this may be best accomplished by thorough soaking with olive 
oil, or, better, by vaseline containing two per cent, carbolic acid, which 
should be liberally applied and kept on constantly for a day or 
two until the crusts have become so soft that they can be readily 
removed. When the disease is situated upon non-hairy parts, such 
as the trunk or extremities, frequent and prolonged warm alkaline 
baths will expedite their removal materially. After this preliminary 
cleansing, depilation should be begun when the scalp is the part 
affected, and continued until all the diseased hairs have been ex- 
tracted. This may be performed by broad-bladed forceps or by 
drawing the hairs between the thumb and the back of a knife-blade. 

Among useful lotions are solutions of bichloride of mercury, either 
in alcohol or in water, 0.5 to 1.0 per cent.; of hyposulphite of soda, 
2 drachms (8.0) to the ounce (32.0) of water; of salicylic acid, 2 to 3 
per cent, in alcohol. These should be mopped on thoroughly twice 
a day. Among the most effective ointments are sulphur, 20 to 25 
per cent.; ammoniated mercury, 10 to 15 per cent.; chrysarobin, 5 to 
10 per cent.; resorcin, 10 to 12 per cent. (Crocker) ; naphthol, 10 per 
cent. In using chrysarobin especial care must be taken that it does 
not get into the eyes. The ointments should be thoroughly rubbed 
in once or twice a day, and during their use the scalp should be washed 
every second or third day with tincture of green soap and hot water. 
The treatment should be continued without intermission for three or 
four months, when it should be suspended for two weeks in order to 
learn what progress toward cure has been made. If new crusts 
appear, as is likely, the treatment should be resumed and continued 
as before. When no new signs of disease appear for a period of six 
to eight weeks after the suspension of treatment, and more especially 
if the microscope shows no fungus in the hair, the disease may be 
regarded as cured. 



406 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

On non-hairy parts the treatment is usually much less trouble- 
some and much more rapidly effective. After removal of the crusts, 
the same ointments and lotions employed in favus of the scalp may 
be used. In addition to applications already mentioned, tincture of 
iodine either full strength or diluted with an equal quantity of alcohol, 
painted on once a day, will often prove most useful. 

When the nails are affected, these should be trimmed closely and 
scraped as thin as possible, after which they should be immersed in a 
solution of mercuric bichloride, I 1500, for ten minutes at a time, twice 
a day; a hot saturated solution of hyposulphite of soda may be used 
in a similar manner. Sabouraud recommends a solution containing 
24 grain (0.05) iodine, 15 grains (1.0) iodide of potassium, in 3 ounces 
(100.0) of water, which is to be applied every night on lint covered with 
protective, such as oiled silk or a rubber finger-cot. In cases which do 
not yield to the usual treatment avulsion of the nail may be resorted 
to, followed by the usual local remedies. 

Prognosis, — Although prolonged treatment is usually necessary, 
especially in favus of the scalp and nails, a cure may always be obtained 
by the use of proper remedies used with perseverance. In long- 
standing cases affecting the scalp, permanent loss of hair commonly 
occurs, often with more or less scarring, but on non-hairy parts the 
disease is cured with comparative ease and usually disappears without 
leaving any trace, although scarring may follow when there has been 
ulceration beneath the crusts. Favus of the nails is always extremely 
difficult of cure, but this, too, yields in time to properly directed 
treatment. 

TRICHOPHYTOSIS 

Synonyms. — Tinea trichophytina; Ringworm; Fr., Trichophytie. 

Definition. — A disease of the skin and its appendages due to a vege- 
table parasite belonging to the order of moulds, the trichophyton. 

According to the region attacked or the tissue invaded, tricho- 
phytosis presents four well-defined and commonly recognized clinical 
varieties, two affecting hairy regions, trichophytosis capitis, or ring- 
worm of the scalp, and trichophytosis barbae, or ringworm of the 
beard — one situated upon the smooth or non-hairy surfaces — tricho- 
phytosis corporis or ringworm of the body — and one attacking the 
nails — trichophytosis unguium. 

Until a comparatively recent period all the forms of the affection 
were thought to be due to a single species of the organism, but the 
epoch-making researches of Sabouraud and others have conclusively 
shown that there are numerous varieties of the trichophyton, and that 
a few of the forms of ringworm are, strictly speaking, not tricho- 
phytoses, since they are not due to a trichophyton, but to closely 
related organisms. 

Ringworm of the Scalp (Trichophytosis Capitis). — Synonyms.— 
Tinea tonsurans; Herpes tonsurans; Fr., Herpes tonsurant; Ger., 
Scheerende Flechte. 

Symptoms. — Ringworm of the scalp is the commonest of all the 



PLATE XXVI 




Ringworm of the scalp. (Trichophytosis capitis.) 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 407 

forms of trichophytic infection. Indeed, there are few schools or 
other institutions for children in which cannot always be found one 
or more examples of this affection (Plate XXVI). 

It usually begins as a small round, hypersemic, scaly spot in which 
at first the hairs show no evidence of disease. This spot steadily 
enlarges, often with considerable rapidity, until it becomes a round or 
oval, usually well-circumscribed patch (Fig. 133) ; the hyperemia 
disappears, the hairs in the patch become dry, lustreless, and brittle, 
and break off, leaving short stumps projecting a line or more above the 
surface, which readily yield to traction. Usually more or less itching 
is present, although this is rarely severe. The number and size of 
the patches vary considerably. There may be but a single one, but 




Fig. 133. — Ringworm of the scalp. 

usually there are several, and in long-standing cases which have been 
neglected there may be many patches which as they enlarge coalesce 
(Fig. 134), eventually involving the greater portion of the scalp. 
Xot infrequently the disease begins with more decided symptoms of 
inflammation : the small early patch may be decidedly reddened, the 
border surrounded by small vesicles and pustules with slight crusting, 
but these disappear early and the subsequent course does not differ 
from that already described. Or there may be numerous pin-head- 
sized discrete pustules situated at the mouths of the follicles, scattered 
about irregularly over the affected region. While this pustular erup- 
tion is often the result of the invasion of the follicles by the tricho- 



408 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 






phyton, it may also result from the application of too irritant parasiti- 
cide ointments or washes. 

While in most cases the baldness is incomplete and the patches 
covered with grayish scales, occasionally there are perfectly smooth 
completely bald areas, the so-called bald ringworm first described by 
Liveing. This form, however, begins in the usual fashion with scali- 
ness and brittleness of the hair, and only shows the smooth patches 
which closely resemble alopecia areata, after it has existed for a time. 
In young children with very fair, fine hair, the hair loss may be 
insignificant, the disease consisting of ill-defined, very slightly scaly 
areas in which the hair is thinned and dry. 

In another variety, known as disseminated ringworm, there are 
numerous small scaly spots scattered about over the greater portion 

of the scalp, each spot involving only 
a few follicles in which are broken 
hairs or stumps of hairs, which, un- 
less the scalp is carefully gone over 
with a hand lens, are readily over- 
looked. 

In microsporic ringworm, or that 
due to the Microsporon Audouini, the 
patches are round or oval, are usually 
limited in number, sometimes but a 
single one being present, and are cov- 
ered with grayish scales. According 
to Sabouraud this variety of ring- 
worm may be readily distinguished 
clinically from trichophytic ringworm 
by the grayish appearance of the 
plaques in which all the hairs are 
broken off a few millimetres above 
the surface. Each stump is sur- 
rounded by a sheath of epithelial 
debris, which, projecting from the mouths of the follicles, gives to the 
surface of the patch the peculiar grayish granular appearance which has 
been aptly likened to the skin of a plucked fowl or to cutis anserina. 

Exceptionally, deep and severe inflammation of the hair follicles 
occurs over a circumscribed area producing a bright red, boggy, tumor- 
like swelling, varying in size from a small nut to an egg. The hairs 
speedily become loose and fall out, leaving a completely bald surface, 
and from the swollen mouths of the empty follicles a viscid, puriform 
fluid exudes. Usually more or less pain accompanies the inflamma- 
tion, and in the severer forms subcutaneous abscesses may occur. This 
unusually inflammatory form of ringworm, which is known as kerion, 
may follow the usual type, or it may occur independently of any other 
manifestation. 




Fig. 134.- 



-Ringworm, scalp. Trichophy- 
tosis capitis. 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 409 

Under the name lichenoid trichophytosis Guth and Herxheinier 
and Koster have reported a number of cases of a papular eruption 
associated with deep trichophytosis, in most cases of the scalp in 
children (kerion). The papules were for the most part follicular; 
the eruption bore considerable resemblance to lichen scrofulosorum 
and was situated on the trunk and extremities. In some cases it was 
of short duration, in others it lasted for several weeks. There were 
no subjective symptoms. 

The course of ringworm of the scalp is an eminently chronic one, 
all the various forms lasting for months or even years. Kerion, how- 
ever, occasionally terminates spontaneously, the severity of the inflam- 
mation and the complete depilation bringing about the destruction of 
the fungus. 

Diagnosis. — Fully developed ringworm of the scalp is not readily 
mistaken for other affections of the same region. The rounded, 
more or less circumscribed, partly bald, gray, scaly patches in which 
are many broken hairs and stumps of hairs, the peculiar granular sur- 
face resembling the so-called " goose skin," the age of the patient, 
who is almost without exception a child, are features which character- 
ize the affection sufficiently in most cases to prevent mistake. It is, 
however, occasionally confounded with other affections of the scalp, 
such as eczema, psoriasis, seborrhoea, alopecia areata, and favus. In 
the first two of these the symptoms of inflammation are well marked 
while in ringworm these are usually slight or absent altogether, except 
in the earliest stages. In psoriasis the scaling is thick and laminated, 
mica-like, totally unlike the branlike scaling of ringworm. In ecze- 
ma, instead of scales, there are much more likely to be oozing 
and crusting at one time or another, and there is nearly always a 
good deal of itching. In seborrhoea the scales are fatty, usually quite 
abundant, and scattered over the vertex and parietal region in ill- 
defined instead of well-circumscribed areas ; the hair is thinned, not 
broken off in rounded patches. In alopecia areata the baldness is 
complete and the scalp smooth instead of scaly ; but in certain cases it 
is not always easy to distinguish the so-called " bald ringworm " from 
this affection. A careful examination of the scalp, however, will often 
reveal slightly scaly patches or a few stumps of hairs about the borders 
of the bald areas in which the microscope shows the trichophyton, 
which is, of course, never present in alopecia areata. Favus and ring- 
worm of the scalp can only be mistaken for one another when the 
characteristic yellow crusts of the former are absent ; the scarred and 
atrophic areas completely devoid of hair so common in favus are never 
seen in ringworm. The microscope is invaluable as an aid to diagnosis 
in this, as in all other forms of ringworm, and should never be neglected. 
A few stumps of hairs from the affected area are placed upon a slide 
with a drop of a 5 per cent, solution of potassium hydrate and covered 



410 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



with a cover firmly pressed down. In a few minutes the hairs become 
translucent so that spores and mycelia, if present, may be readily seen 
with a power of 250 to 300 diameters. 

Ringworm of the Beard (Trichophytosis Barbae). — Synonyms. — 
Tinea sycosis ; Sycosis parasitica ; Barber's itch ; Fr., Trichophytie 
sycosique ; Ger., Parasitare Bartfinne. 

Symptoms. — Ringworm of the beard is much less frequent than 
ringworm of the scalp and non-hairy skin, but is not a very rare affec- 
tion (Plate XXVII). It may begin much like ringworm of non-hairy 



f^\ 


1 fF .—**.** .wkw^^* 9 


I * m 


% ■*" .:*' '^ 




<mL 



Fig. 135. — Ringworm of the beard. 



parts, with small, red, scaly spots which speedily enlarge to form 
rounded patches or rings, about the margins of which there are occa- 
sionally minute vesicles and pustules which dry into small crusts. The 
hairs show but little sign of disease, but soon become loose and fall out, 
leaving bald areas. While it may remain of this superficial character, 



PLATE XXVII 



Ringworm of the beard. (Trichophytosis barbae.) 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 411 

much more commonly the fungus invades the deeper portions of the 
skin, producing a pustular folliculitis accompanied by more or less 
marked swelling resembling that seen in kerion of the scalp. Pustules, 
nodules, and tubercles appear, varying in size from a pea to a hazel- 
nut, with bright red, smooth surface from which the hair has fallen, or, 
if the hairs still remain, they may be painlessly and easily withdrawn 
from the follicles (Fig. 135). In the more marked cases there may 
be considerable crusting owing to the drying of the puriform fluid 
which escapes' from the inflamed follicles. Occasionally the inflam- 
mation is severe, producing marked nodular or lumpy fluctuating 
swellings as large as a nut, resembling abscesses. Pain, which is at 
times quite severe, usually accompanies these swellings. The extent 
of the affection varies much; there may be only a few pustules and 
nodules situated upon the chin or about the angle of the jaw or in the 
submaxillary region of one side, or the entire bearded region, with the 
exception of the upper lip, which usually escapes, may be invaded by 
the fungus. Exceptionally the disease extends to the side, and back 
of the hairy region of the neck, as in a case under the author's care 
some little time ago. When left to itself, it usually runs a course 
lasting for months, although it seldom exhibits the extreme chronicity 
shown by ringworm of the scalp. 

Diagnosis. — The symptoms of ringworm of the beard are usually 
so characteristic that it is not readily mistaken for other diseases of 
this region. The malady with which it is most likely to be con- 
founded is sycosis vulgaris, likewise a folliculitis of the bearded region. 
In ringworm the inflammatory symptoms are as a rule much more 
severe and acute than in nonparasitic sycosis ; the swelling is more 
marked and the hairs are loose and often fall out spontaneously or 
may be extracted painlessly and with ease. In sycosis the hairs are 
firm in the follicle and efforts at extraction cause acute pain. In 
ringworm the upper lip is very rarely invaded, in sycosis this region 
is often affected. Lastly, the trichophyton may be demonstrated in 
the hairs in ringworm ; in sycosis this organism is absent. 

Ringworm of the beard may at times resemble somewhat pustular 
eczema of that region, but the latter is much more likely to affect the 
bearded region and spread beyond it, is accompanied by decided 
oozing and crusting with severe itching, and never presents the 
peculiar lumpy swellings seen in the former. The trichophyton is 
always present in the former, never in the latter. Ringworm is 
invariably accompanied by loosening of the hair, while eczema is not. 

Ringworm of the beard may be mistaken for the nodular syphilo- 
derm, but it is much more acute in its course, is inflammatory and does 
not produce ulceration, a symptom common in the latter. The micro- 
scope is a valuable aid in the differential diagnosis. 

Ringworm of the Body (Trichophytosis Corporis). — Synonyms. — 
Tinea circinata ; Herpes circinatus ; Fr., Trichophytie. 



412 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Symptoms. — Ringworm of the smooth or non-hairy parts of the 
skin is a very common affection, occurring only a little less frequently 
than ringworm of the scalp. The symptoms which it exhibits vary 
considerably, according to the region affected and according to the 
variety of the fungus producing the infection. 

The commonest clinical type ordinarily begins as one or more 
small, slightly red and scaly spots which enlarge peripherally, often 
with considerable rapidity, and as they enlarge the central portion 

becomes less scaly and may even 
become quite smooth, so that the 
scaly spots are soon transformed 
into rings varying in diameter from 
a dime to three or four inches and 
even more (Fig. 136). Less fre- 
quently this central involution does 
not take place, but the patches be- 
come round scaly discs varying in 
size from a dime to a silver half- 
dollar. The hyperemia present in 
the beginning of the disease is 
usually slight and soon disappears, 
leaving the skin without signs of 
inflammation. Less frequently the 
redness may be quite decided and, 
as in ringworm of the scalp, may 
be accompanied by minute vesi- 
cles and pustules situated about 
the margins of the rings and 
patches ; there may be even a cer- 
tain amount of infiltration with 

Fig. 136. — Ringworm. Trichophvtosis corporis. . ^ T ^ 1 , , 

crusting. 1 he parts attacked are 
usually the uncovered portions of the skin, such as the face, neck, 
hands, and lower part of the forearms, but the trunk is by no means 
immune, although less frequently invaded. The number of patches 
present is ordinarily small, often but a single one, but there may be 
several, exceptionally very many (Fig. 137), in rare cases distributed 
over the greater portion of the trunk. Occasionally as the rings en- 
large new ones form within the old ones, so that there may be two or 
more concentric rings (Fig. 138). Moderate itching is usually present 
in the early stages, but is rarely a prominent symptom. 

In addition to the foregoing ordinary type there are a number of 
others which are characterized by a considerable degree of inflam- 
mation (Plate XXVIII). 

In ringworm of the thighs, tinea cruris, formerly known as eczema 
marginatum, semicircular, bright-red, sharply marginate patches occur 
on the inner surface of one or both thighs and the scrotum, which spread 




PLATE XXVIII 




Ringworm of the thighs. (Trichophytosis cruris.) 




Eczematoid ringworm of the toes. 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 413 

peripherally, sometimes undergoing central involution, but often re- 
maining as solid patches, with scaly borders. These patches are often 
decidedly inflamed, presenting eczematoid symptoms, such as oozing 
and crusting, accompanied by severe itching ; indeed, it was formerly 
supposed to be a special form of eczema, hence the name eczema 
marginatum given to it by Hebra, who first described it. In ordinary 
cases the eruption is limited to the thighs, the patches rarely exceeding 
the size of the palm, but in long-standing or neglected cases it may 
extend downwards to the knees, backwards over the perineum, and up 
between the buttocks, and anteriorly up over the pubis and abdomen 
as far as the umbilicus and even higher, as in a case very recently 




Fig. 137. — Ringworm. Infection from cat. All the members cf the family (five) affected. 

under the author's observation (Fig. 139). The axillae are almost 
as frequently attacked in the same manner ; here the disease assumes 
the shape of variously sized, round or oval, bright-red patches with 
sharply circumscribed borders attended by decided itching and burning 
(Fig. 140). Unlike the other forms of ringworm, this variety, when 
occurring in hairy regions such as the pubis, does not attack the hairs. 
This form of ringworm is known in the Orient as Dhobie itch, a name 
given to it because of its supposed transmission through the laundry. 
In another variety, occurring upon the hands and feet, in the latter 
region between and on the under surface of the toes, the resemblance 



414 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



to eczema is still more marked, justifying the name eczematoid ring- 
worm recently applied to it. Upon the hands it may resemble a mild 
erythemato-squamous eczema of the palm with a moderate amount of 
redness and some scaling, which often extends to the sides of the 
fingers, and occasionally over the dorsal surface. Or less frequently 
it begins very acutely with redness, swelling, and an abundant erup- 
tion of vesicles and pustules, the clinical symptoms resembling those 





Fig. 138. — Ringworm of the body. Trichophytosis corporis. Concentric rings. 

of acute eczema to such a degree that it may be quite indistinguishable 
from that affection without the aid of the microscope. In this form of 
the disease the usual marginate character of the diseased area is absent. 
Upon the toes it resembles an intertriginous eczema, for which it 
is usually mistaken (Plate XXVIII). The skin between the toes is red 
and desquamating; less frequently it is moist, and there is more or 
less itching. The disease often spreads backwards upon the sole, 
the advancing border being rounded, or serpiginous and quite sharp. 
The course of this eczematoid eczema of the hands and feet is usually 
very chronic, many cases lasting for months and even years. This 
variety of ringworm, the knowledge of which we owe chiefly to Sabou- 



PLATE XXIX 




Deep ringworm (Trichophytosis profunda) (animal origin). 




Deep ringworm (Trichophytosis profunda) of the neck with ringworm of the beard (Trichophytosis 
barbae). Probably animal origin. 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 415 

raud and Whitfield, is in all probability much more frequent than has 
hitherto been supposed ; indeed, Sabouraud asserts that eight out of 
every ten cases of so-called intertrigo of the toes are in fact examples 
of ringworm. 

In still another form, confined to the palms and soles, usually more 
commonly the latter, first described by Djelaleddin Mouktar, in 1892, 
there is at first an eruption of deep-seated vesicles and pustules, present- 
ing a more or less circular arrangement, which after a time is followed 
by desquamation, and later by marked hyperkeratosis. 

In a certain small proportion of cases the fungus penetrates deeply 




Fig. .139. — Tinea cruris (ringworm of the thigh). 

into the follicles, giving rise to severe folliculitis (Plate XXIX). In 
this deep variety of trichophytosis (trichophytosis profunda) there 
are rounded or irregular patches of follicular pustules seated upon 
a swollen and inflamed base, varying in size from a silver coin to the 
palm of the hand; exceptionally quite extensive areas may be involved, 
as in a case under the author's observation years ago in which the 
lower two-thirds of the outer side of one leg was occupied by an 
extensive plaque of inflamed and swollen follicles. After reaching 
a certain size the patches are apt to remain stationary ; they rarely 
show the rapid peripheral extension which often occurs in the more 
superficial forms. In the severest form abscesses and even ulceration 
may occur (Fig. 141). This trichophytic folliculitis was first de- 
scribed by Leloir, under the title perifolliculitis suppurativa conglom- 



416 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



erata, but he was entirely unaware of its parasitic nature. It is espe- 
cially apt to occur in dairymen, liverymen, hostlers, and others whose 
occupation brings them into frequent and more or less close contact 
with horses and cows, and is most frequently situated upon the un- 
covered parts, as the backs of the hands and the wrists. In rare 
instances the mucous membranes adjoining the skin, such as the 
tongue, the buccal mucous membrane, the conjunctiva, may be invaded 







Fig. 140. — Ringworm of the axilla. 

by the trichophyton, Rille, Stern, and Eichhoff having reported exam- 
ples of such invasion. 

Etiology. — All the forms of ringworm are caused by the invasion 
of the skin and its appendages by a vegetable parasite, either some one 
of the varieties of the trichophyton, or by a closely related organism, 
the Microsporon Audouini, which was until recently also regarded as 
a trichophyton. All the varieties of the malady are more or less 
contagious, infection occurring through immediate contact or, what 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 



417 



is much more frequent, through the intervention of various articles 
of clothing, such as hats, underwear, or articles of the toilet, such as 
towels, combs, brushes, etc., which serve as carriers of the infecting 
organism. The disease is quite frequently contracted from some one 
of the lower animals, such as the horse, the cow, cats, and dogs, this 
origin being especially common in those varieties exhibiting unusually 
inflammatory symptoms, or accompanied by suppuration with in- 
vasion of the deeper tissues, as in kerion and other forms of deep tricho- 
phytosis. Although there can be no ringworm without the fungus, 
infection is favored by certain favoring elements. Ringworm of the 
scalp is practically never seen in adults, its occurrence in those past 
the age of fifteen is so infrequent as to be a clinical curiosity. Ring- 
worm of the smooth or non-hairy surfaces may occur at any age, but 






Fig. 141. — Deep ringworm. — Trichophytosis profunda. Infection traced to kitten. 



is much less common in adults than in children ; the so-called eczema 
marginatum or ringworm of the thighs, however, is a disease of adult 
life. Sex as sex has apparently but little influence ; the more violent 
inflammatory forms are, however, seen more frequently in males than 
in females, because the former are much more likely to come in contact 
with the lower animals from which these forms are contracted. Occu- 
pation, as affording special opportunity for infection, exerts some 
influence in its production; dairymen, hostlers, and all others whose 
employment brings them into contact with the lower animals are 
particularly liable to the deep forms, in whom, indeed, they are seen 
chiefly. School children and the inmates of orphan asylums or other 
institutions in which large numbers of children are collected are espe- 
cially the subjects of it. Sabouraud has found that inoculation with 
the parasite succeeds much more readily in those with alkaline sweat, 
acidity of this fluid apparently diminishing susceptibility. 
27 



418 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



In ringworm of the scalp about 90 per cent, of the cases are due to a 
small spored fungus, the Microsporon Audouini (Figs. 142 and 142a), 
the remaining 10 per cent, are trichophytic, i.e., due to some one of the 
varieties of the trichophyton, the trichophyton endothrix, or, in the 
case of the inflammatory varieties, the endoectothrix. 

In ringworm of the non-hairy surfaces the Microsporon Audouini 
or some one of its varieties derived from the lower animals, the dog 
or the horse, is present, or more frequently a large spored fungus, 
usually the ectothrix, or less frequently an endothrix. In deep-seated 
trichophytosis such as kerion of the scalp, ringworm of the beard, 
and the agminate folliculitis, a large spored trichophyton of the 





Fig. 142. 



-Ringworm of the scalp. Hair containing spores and mycelia of the Microsporon Audouii 
Stained. 



ectothrix variety, is present. In ringworm of the thighs and axillae the 
active cause is the Epidermophyton inguinale, a subvariety of the 
trichophyton which, unlike the other varieties, does not invade the hair. 

The statement made by some authors that fair-haired subjects are 
more susceptible than dark-haired ones is not confirmed by the author's 
experience, he being quite sure that he has seen just as many if not 
more cases in those with dark complexions ; nor has he found that 
the patient's general condition influences in any way his susceptibility 
to the malady, nor its course when once contracted. 

Pathology and Pathological Histology. — Ringworm in all its forms 
is a dermatomycosis, i.e., a disease resulting from the invasion of the 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 419 

skin and its appendages by a fungus. Gruby, between 1841 and 1845, 
made to the French Academy of Sciences three communications in 
which he announced the discovery of a cryptogam first, in the hairs of 
ringworm of the beard, later in the hairs of ringworm of the scalp, which 
he regarded as the cause of these diseases. Although Gruby's dis- 
coveries were eventually confirmed by other observers and the parasitic 
nature of ringworm fully established, his division of the parasites into 
three distinct varieties was entirely overlooked, and for a half century 

I ' 1 



m 
m 



\ 






IBP 



Fig. 142a— Ringworm of the scalp. Spores and mycelia in hair. Unstained. 

there was supposed to be but a single organism concerned in the pro- 
duction of ringworm, the trichophyton. But the epoch-making re- 
searches of Sabauraud, begun in 1892, fully confirmed the statements 
of Gruby as to the plurality of the fungi. 

Two species of parasitic cryptogam are found in ringworm, the 
microsporon, an organism with small spores, and a large-spored organ- 
ism, the trichophyton. Of the former there are several varieties, 1 the 
most important of which is the Microsporon Andonini, found, as has 
already been mentioned, in about 90 per cent, of all cases of ringworm 
of the scalp, to which region it is practically limited. In addition there 

1 It is still a matter for debate as to whether all these variations repre- 
sent real varieties or are only variations due to differences in conditions of 
growth. 



420 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

are two forms of animal origin which are likewise pathogenic in man, 
the M. lanosum, found in the dog, and the M. cquinum, found in the 
horse ; the former gives rise to a ringworm of the scalp and of the smooth 
surfaces; the latter has been observed on the non-hairy parts only in 
a few instances. 

In the scales taken from a patch of ringworm of the scalp due to 
the M. Audouini, the fungus exists as a network of slender curved and 
undulatory mycelial tubes varying in size from i to 3 microns in diam- 
eter, with lateral projections and transverse septa at intervals which are 
best seen in stained specimens. Hairs from such a patch are surrounded 
by a sheath of small spores 2 to 3 microns in diameter, which extends a 
short distance above the intrafollicular portion of the shaft and down- 
wards to the neck of the bulb, the spores showing no definite arrange- 
ment. No spores are found in the substance of the hair itself, but delicate 
mycelia, which run in a longitudinal direction, are present within the 

hair shaft, which extend as a delicate 
fringe below the lower end of the 
sheath of spores about the neck of the 
bulb, the fringe of Adamson. Cultures 
of the organism upon proof medium 
{milieu d'epreuve) begin as a small 
white downy disk with a small ele- 
vation at the point of inoculation ; 
later as the disk grows larger it be- 
comes grayish-white and is divided 
into sectors by 3 or 4 furrows radiat- 
ing from the centre. The appear- 
ance of the cultures varies somewhat 
according to the medium upon which 

Fig. 143. — Culture of a microsporon, the mic- ,1 s~* i, c n/r 

rosporon lanosum, obtained from a case of ring- they are grown. Cultures 01 M. 

worm of the scalp. Prepared by Dr. Weidman. J anosum are mQre rapid fc thdr 

growth and more downy than those of M. Audouini, but later exhibit a 
central smooth area around which a characteristic elevated white woolly 
ring forms which serves to identify it. 

Two species of the large spored fungus or trichophyton are con- 
cerned in the production of ringworm, viz., T. endothrix, in which the 
spores are found within the structure of the hair shaft ; and the T. ecto- 
thrix, in which they are outside of it, although recent investigations 
would seem to show that under certain circumstances this variety may 
also penetrate the shaft, and for this reason it is also designated T. ecto- 
endothrix. Both these varieties are again divided into a number of 
subvarieties, the division being based chiefly upon cultural peculiarities. 
Of the Trichophyton endothrix there are three principal subvarieties, 
which are named after certain cultural characteristics — T. acuminatum, 
T. crateriforme, and T. violaceum. The endothrix varieties of the tri- 
chophyton are found in ringworm of the scalp and of the smooth surfaces, 




VEGETABLE PARASITES 421 

and are rarely attended by any considerable degree of inflammation. In 
the epidermic scales the fungus exists as mycelial filaments composed of 
numerous short rectangular joints or spores. In the hair the T. cratcri- 
forme occurs as long ribbons or chains made up of square elements within 
the hair shaft parallel with its long axis, while the T. acuminatum shows 
mycelia or long chains of round spores resembling a string of beads, also 
within the hair. The T. violaceum gives rise to lesions upon the smooth 
skin, in the beard and the scalp which are occasionally more or less 
inflammatory and may attack the nails. In the epidermis it occurs as 
slender mycelia with few divisions ; in the hair the spores do not occur as 
chains or ribbons, but without any definite arrangement. This variety is 
in the beginning both an ecto- and an endo-thrix, but when fully estab- 
lished it is strictly limited to the interior of the hair, a pure endothrix. 

Two varieties of trichophyton, the T. cerebriforme and T. plicatile, 
neither of them of frequent occurrence, and the latter rare, have been 
placed in a group by themselves under the name T. neo-cndothrix, since 
they present the features of both an endothrix and an ectothrix, some of 
the hairs showing the fungus within their shafts, while in others it remains 
outside. The T. cerebriforme attacks the scalp, the smooth surfaces, and 
more especially the beard. The cultures of this organism upon proof 
media are characterized by a wrinkled surface, which becomes more and 
more marked as they grow. 

The T. ectothrix, of which there are two principal varieties and a 
number of subvarieties, remains outside the hair, about which it forms 
a sheath. All the varieties of this parasite are of animal origin and are 
found in the inflammatory and suppurative forms of ringworm. There 
are two principal groups of this trichophyton, viz., one which has 
small spores 3 to 4 microns in diameter, approaching in size those of the 
microsporon, and a second in which the spores are large, 8 to 9 microns in 
diameter. The most important of the small-spored ectothrix trichophy- 
tons, although none of them are of frequent occurrence, is the T. astc- 
roides, which is found in some ringworms of the scalp presenting the 
symptoms of kerion and certain pustular forms upon the smooth surfaces. 
The cultures of this variety are of rapid growth, have in the beginning a 
central eminence, which later becomes umbilicated, surrounded by a star- 
like border, the surface covered with a white powder. 

The most important of the large-spored trichophytons are the T. 
rosaceum, with rose-colored cultures, which produces an eruption in 
the beard resembling somewhat keratosis pilaris; the T. equinum, 
which occurs on the smooth surfaces and in the beard, producing 
suppurative lesions in the latter region; and the T. ochraccum, with 
favus-like cultures, found in those who come in contact with cattle, 
producing pustular lesions. 

The manner in which the fungus penetrates the hair has been the 
subject of considerable discussion ; needlessly so, as it seems to the 



422 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

author. The older investigators thought the fungus reached the hair 
shaft by growing downwards until it reached the softer cells of the 
bulb, where it entered. Others, like Leslie Roberts and MacFayden, 
found that the fungus produced a keratolytic substance which, eroding 
the outer surface of the shaft, permitted it to enter the substance of 
the hair. But it hardly seems necessary to invoke any process beyond 
a purely mechanical one, by which the elements of the parasite insinu- 
ating themselves beneath the free border of the cells of the cuticle are 
enabled to penetrate the hair. 

In all the varieties of ringworm the horny cells of the epidermis 
are first invaded, the hairs being attacked later when the mouths of 
the follicles are reached. 

The Epidermophyton inguinale, the parasite present in ringworm 
of the thighs and axillae (F i 'gs. 144 and 145), the so-called eczema margi- 
natum, and in certain inflammatory ringworms of the hands and feet, 

although morphologically and culturally 
^ closely akin to the trichophytons, pre- 

.* ,; sents some characteristic features which 

separate it from these fungi. It is 
confined to the epidermis, where it 
* * *» occurs as mycelial threads with 
rectangular double-contoured joints 
***** w nav i n §" a transverse diameter of 4 to 5 
microns and somewhat variable 
length. Even in hairy regions, such 
t* as the pubis and axilla, the hairs re- 

main free, a fact noted by Hebra. Cul- 
i- v tures are of slow growth, have a 

Fig. 144— Epidermophyton inguinale. downy surface, with a slightly eccen- 

From tinea cruris, ringworm of the thighs. , • , , 1M , , . i* • 1 1 1 

trie hood-like elevation, are divided by 
a number of radiating furrows, and are of a characteristic greenish- 
yellow color. 

Pathological Anatomy. — In the scalp and beard, as the result of 
their invasion by the fungus, the nutrition of the hairs is soon inter- 
fered with ; they become bent and twisted, are split longitudinally by 
the growth of the mycelium and spores between their fibres, and in 
consequence, break off readily, leaving stumps with brush-like ends 
projecting a short distance above the surface of the scalp ; eventually 
they are loosened from the hair papilla and fall out spontaneously 
while those remaining may be readily extracted. 

In the superficial forms of ringworm such as occur upon the scalp 
and smooth surfaces, the tissue changes are usually trivial ; there is 
a moderate hyperemia with a very slight exudation of cells in the 
papillae of the corium and between the cells of the epidermis, and a 
moderate degree of parakeratosis producing more or less desquamation. 
Not uncommonly there is a moderate intercellular oedema in the rete 




VEGETABLE PARASITES 



423 



with the formation of vesicles and crusts ; these changes are present 
only in the early stages, and as a rule soon disappear. 

In the deep form of ringworm, trichophytosis profunda, the changes 







/ 



- ' mE 




Fig. 145.- — -Tinea cruris, ringworm of the thighs. Fungus, Epidermophyton inguinale, in the horny layer 

of the epidermis. 

are much more decided and extensive. In kerion and agminate fol- 
liculitis there are all the features of a folliculitis and perifolliculitis 
with suppuration of the follicles and the formation of miliary abscesses 
in the epidermis ; occasionally 

the follicle is completely de- y .- ■ -: " ,. . 

stroyed. Spores and mycelia, 
the latter principally, are pres- 
ent within the follicule (Fig. 
146), and within and around its 
walls are numerous polymorpho- 
nuclear leucocytes and lympho- 
cytes. Majocchi has described 
intradermic lesions presenting the 
histological features of a gran- 
uloma, due to the invasion of 
the corium by the trichophyton. 
Sabouraud believes the gran- 
uloma o f Majocchi occurs 
about fragments of hair which 
have accidentally penetrated 
the derma ; he does not believe 




Fig. ±46. — Trichophytosis. Ring of spores around hair. 



that the trichophyton ever actively invades the corium. The author is 
quite convinced, however, from his own observations, that, quite excep- 
tionally it is true, the fungus may break through the walls of the follicle 



424 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



and invade the derma; he has seen one undoubted instance of this 
(Figs. 147 and 148). 

Plato found that by employing a nitrate of cultures made from the 
organism present in the deep form of trichophytosis (which he calls 
" trichophytin ") he could produce a general and local reaction in those 
suffering from deep trichophytosis, and that an unmistakable therapeu- 
tic effect followed the reaction ; these results were confirmed later by 
Trufn. Bruhns and Alexander, following the observation of Jadas- 
sohn that peasants who once had bovine trichophytosis seemed to have 
acquired immunity for that affection, found that a partial immunity 
followed inoculation with cultures of certain of the trichophytons. 




# 



Fig. 147. — Deep trichophytosis. (Trichophytosis profunda.) Hair follicle filled with cellular debris 
and mycelia, M, the latter breaking through the bottom of the follicle. 

It would seem, therefore, that this organism, like other pathogenic 
organisms, produces immunizing substances. 

Treatment. — Ringworm of the Scalp. — The utilization of the 
extraordinary depilatory properties of the Rontgen rays by Sabouraud 
in the treatment of ringworm of the scalp marked a very great advance 
in the therapeutics of this usually obstinate and troublesome malady. 
The comparative rapidity, ease, and certainty with which a cure may 
be obtained by the proper use of this agent make it the remedy of 
choice, especially in institutions where large numbers of children are to 
be treated ; but it must be said at once that it is not a remedy to be used 
by the inexperienced nor the careless, since in such hands it is capable 
of producing disastrous results. The essential feature of X-ray treat- 
ment is the exposure of the diseased area, at a single sitting, to the 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 425 

action of the ray for a length of time just sufficient to produce com- 
plete temporary loss of hair without the production of a dermatitis, the 
average duration of a sitting being about fifteen minutes. The dura- 
tion of the sittings should be controlled by a suitable measuring device, 
such as the radiometer of Holzknecht or the pastiles of platino-barium 
cyanide devised by Sabouraud and Noire. The hair should be cut 
short and the sound portions of the scalp protected by diaphragms 
of sheet-lead with openings for the areas to be rayed, or, what is much 
more convenient, the X-ray tube is enclosed in a hood composed of 
some material impervious to the rays, provided with an opening 
through which the rays are directed, the size of which may be varied 











Fig. 148. — Trichophytosis profunda. (Deep trichophytosis.) AI, mycelia in the bottom of the hair 
follicle. Same section as Fig. 147. 

according to the size of the patch to be treated. In the method used 
by Sabouraud the scalp is placed 15 cm. from the anode of the tube 
(or centre) and kept at this distance during the seance, and a pastile 
of platino-barium cyanide contained in a special holder is placed 
midway between the scalp and the anode. When the pastile has lost 
its greenish-yellow color and has become a color corresponding to 
the standard tint " B " of Sabouraud or to 4 or 5 " H " of the scale of the 
Holzknecht meter, the sitting should be ended. When there are a 
number of patches, care must be taken that the irradiated areas do not 
overlap, which is best prevented by covering the patches already treated 
with disks of sheet-lead which may be conveniently held in place by 
rubber bands. 



426 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Fifteen to twenty days after a properly made exposure the hair 
begins to fall, and depilation is complete in about ten days. When 
the hair begins to fall the scalp should be washed daily with tar, 
salicylic acid or sulphur soap and warm water, and afterwards anointed 
with an ointment containing one-half drachm (2.0) of ammoniated 
mercury to the ounce (32.0), or one-half drachm (2.0) precipitated 
sulphur to the ounce (32.0). The hair begins to grow again after 
about two months, and is completely restored at the end of four. When 
there are small patches scattered over the greater part of the scalp it 
may be best to depilate the entire scalp ; when this is to be done, the 
method devised by Kienboeck as modified by Adamson, may be em- 
ployed by which this may be accomplished in five sittings. Five points 
are selected — one anteriorly, 3 to 4 cm. within the border of the hair 
over the centre of the forehead ; a second posteriorly, 3 to 4 cm. above 
the centre of the lower border of the occipital region ; a third midway 
between these two on the vertex, and one on each side of the head 
3 to 4 cm. above the ears. By directing the rays upon each one of these 
points in succession, giving each one a depilatory dose, all portions 
of the scalp will be equally exposed. As the rays fall obliquely and 
therefore with diminished intensity upon the overlapping parts, owing 
to the curved surface, the actual amount of rays received by these is 
no more than equal to that received by the portions of the scalp 
upon which the rays fall directly. 

If for any reason the X-ray treatment cannot be employed, recourse 
must be had to the older method of treatment which consists essen- 
tially in the application of parasiticides in the shape of ointments or 
lotions, preferably the former, to the diseased areas, for the purpose 
of destroying the fungus or inhibiting its growth. 

The hair should be cut short before beginning the treatment, 
since this greatly facilitates the application of the lotions or ointments 
selected, and, what is of great importance, it enables the physician 
to see small patches which would escape notice if the hair were long. 
While it is desirable for the reasons given to have the hair short, it 
should not be shaved, since if this is done the diseased and healthy 
areas can no longer be readily distinguished from one another. De- 
pilation is without doubt a valuable auxiliary in the treatment, since it 
not only gets rid of a considerable quantity of fungus, but by emptying 
the follicles it enables the local applications to penetrate more readily 
and more deeply into them. This is most conveniently performed with 
a broad-bladed pair of forceps; and each seance should be followed 
by the application of the parasiticide lotion or unguent selected. The 
scalp should be washed every three or four days, employing a sulphur- 
salicylic acid soap, or a tar soap of good quality, and hot water. Daily 
washings as advocated by some authors are not necessary, and more- 
over remove the parasiticide ointment or lotion, which in order to pro- 
duce the best effect should be continuously in contact with the diseased 
areas. 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 427 

To prevent the spread of contagion, especially in schools and other 
institutions for children, the patient should wear constantly a close- 
fitting cap made of some material such as oiled silk, and, when pos- 
sible to prevent it, should not come in contact with other children. 

Ointments are usually more effective than washes for the reason 
that they can be more effectively applied and can be made to more 
readily penetrate the hair-follicles where the fungus is seated. Solu- 
tions of parasiticides in alcohol, ether, or chloroform penetrate the 
follicles much more readily than watery ones and should always be 
preferred to the latter. 

The number of parasiticide substances which may be employed is 
considerable. Sulphur, the various salts of mercury, such as the 
bichloride, the biniodide, nitrate, ammoniated mercury, oleate, iodine, 
betanaphthol formalin, picric acid, chrysarobin, oleate of copper, are 
some of the drugs which may be employed with more or less good 
effect. Success depends not so much upon the selection of any one 
of these, as upon the intelligence and perseverance with which the 
treatment is carried out. 

Iodine is usually employed in alcoholic solution. Either the 
ordinary tincture of full strength or somewhat diluted is painted upon 
the patches once or twice daily. Dissolved in oil of tar or oil of 
cade (two drachms to the ounce, 8.0 to 32.0) it forms an application long 
in use in England known as Coster's paste ; this is thoroughly rubbed in 
with a stiff brush daily, removing the blackish crust which forms after a 
few days, before making further applications. Jackson recommends 
an ointment containing one drachm in an ounce (4.0 to 32.0) of goose 
grease which penetrates more readily than other fats, applying it 
twice a day. In the author's experience this remedy has proven more 
effective than any other. 

Sulphur is an old and effective remedy and is best applied as an 
ointment, 10 to 20 per cent., thoroughly rubbed in twice a day. 

Betanaphthol in an ointment containing 10 to 12 per cent, is a most 
useful remedy and one which rarely produces any undue amount of 
inflammatory reaction, even after prolonged use ; it should be thor- 
oughly rubbed in once a day. 

Of the mercurial preparations the bichloride of mercury is the 
most efficient. This is best employed in alcoholic solution, 2 : 1000 to 
5 : 1000, painted on with a brush. Considerable irritation usually fol- 
lows the applications of the stronger solutions after a time ; if this 
occurs, they should be suspended, and some mild ointment applied 
until the inflammation subsides. It should be kept in mind that the 
use of such solutions is not entirely devoid of danger from absorption. 
Ammoniated mercury as a 5 to 10 per cent, ointment is likewise a use- 
ful application, especially in the cases attended by pustular lesions. 
The oleate of mercury in full strength (20 per cent.) or diluted is 
another useful mercurial preparation, but is apt to produce considerable 
irritation after a time ; it should be well rubbed in, as other ointments. 



428 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Chrysarobin is an efficient parasiticide and may be used either as an 
ointment containing 3 to 10 per cent., or it may be applied in saturated 
solution in chloroform repeatedly painted on until a film of chrysarobin 
powder covers the patch, which is then to be painted over with collo- 
dion, as recommended by Stelwagon. In using this remedy care must 
be taken that a severe dermatitis is not produced, and especially that it 
does not get into the patient's eyes. 

Picric acid in a 50 per cent, solution of camphor in alcohol, as 
recommended by Williams, painted on the patches with a brush twice 
a day, is an effective remedy ; the formula advised by Williams is as 
follows : 

Camphor, 

Spt. vin. rect aa Siv (120.0) 

Acid picric gr. vij (0.50) 

The chief, indeed the only, objection I have found to this application is 
the intense yellow stain which it imparts to everything it touches. 
Formaline, a 40 per cent, solution of formaldehyde, is another effective 
parasiticide which has been recommended in the treatment of ring- 
worm of the scalp. This should not be employed in full strength, 
but should be diluted with water, 1 : 10, or, better, glycerin, 1:5, as 
less irritating, and thoroughly brushed with a stiff brush. The great 
irritation which usually follows this remedy limits its usefulness very 
much, and it should not be used over large areas, but on small circum- 
scribed patches. Not uncommonly a combination of two or more parasiti- 
cides seems to be more effective than either one alone ; thus, the addition 
of salicylic acid to ointments of sulphur, of betanaphthol, or chrys- 
arobin materially enhances their effects ; combinations of mercury and 
iodine, or tar and sulphur, at times do better than either one alone. 
Stelwagon finds a solution of mercuric biniodide, one to three grains 
(0.65-0.20) to the ounce (32.0) of tincture of iodine, one of the best 
applications in young children or in recent cases, painting it on two 
or three times daily. One or two drachms (4.0 or 8.0) of sulphur in 
the ounce (32.0) of the officinal tar ointment is often a most useful, 
although dirty, application. In obstinate cases applications of croton 
oil which produce a folliculitis resembling that which occurs at times 
spontaneously may be applied, either pure or diluted every day or two 
until a pustular folliculitis is produced. When this appears, the oil 
must be suspended and a poultice applied. Hairs loosened by the 
folliculitis should be extracted. This method is painful and should not 
be employed in the case of young children ; the oil should be applied 
by the physician himself in order to avoid accidents. There is danger 
that areas of scarring with consequent permanent baldness may result 
if the inflammation becomes too severe. 

In the treatment of the more inflammatory forms, and in the deep- 
seated variety with swelling known as kerion, the milder parasiticide 
applications, such as a solution of sodium hyposulphite one drachm 
(4.0) to the ounce (32.0) of water, or comparatively weak ointments 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 429 

of sulphur or ammoniated mercury should be employed at first; and 
as the inflammation subsides the stronger ointments or lotions may 
be resorted to as in the ordinary types. In very inflammatory cases 
the continuous application of a saturated solution of boric acid applied 
on lint covered with oiled silk may be used for a few days before trying 
more active remedies. 

Ringworm of The Beard. — In the treatment of ringworm of the 
beard the same local remedies are to be employed as in ringworm of 
the scalp, but somewhat weaker. If crusts are present, these should 
be removed by the application of olive oil or vaseline containing 2 to 
3 per cent, carbolic acid, followed by washing with soap and hot 
water; or if there is much swelling and tenderness, a starch poultice 
made up with a saturated solution of boric acid instead of plain water 
may be applied for twelve to twenty-four hours. In this variety of 
the malady depilation is even more useful than in ringworm of the 
scalp, and, owing to the thickness and stiffness of the hairs and their 
looseness, is more readily performed than in the latter region. In ad- 
dition to the extraction of all loose hairs, the beard should be shaved 
daily or every other day, or at least kept as short as possible by clipping 
with scissors. Parasiticide lotions or ointments may be used. A solu- 
tion of sodium hyposulphite, one drachm (4.0) to the ounce (32.0) of 
water may be mopped on three or four times a day; or a solution of 
mercuric bichloride, 1 uooo or I 12000, the strength depending upon the 
sensitiveness of the skin and the severity of the inflammation, may be 
applied in the same manner. Sulphur ointment, one drachm (4.0) to 
the ounce (32.0) of cold cream or of equal parts of lanoline and vase- 
line, is a very effective application ; this should be gently rubbed in once 
or twice a day. An ointment of ammoniated mercury, 45 to 60 grains 
(3.0 to 4.0) to the ounce (32.0) of ointment base, is another useful 
remedy. An effective method of treatment is to use both a lotion and an 
ointment, the former to be applied during the day two or three times, 
the latter at night upon retiring ; thus, a lotion of hyposulphite of soda 
may be softly mopped on several times a day, and an ointment of 
sulphur such as has been mentioned above, thoroughly rubbed in at 
bedtime. Or a lotion of bichloride of mercury, 1 12000, may be applied 
to the entire region, except the upper lip, two or three times a day with 
a mop of absorbent cotton, and an ointment of ammoniated mercury, 
one drachm (4.0) to the ounce (32.0), applied at night with gentle 
friction. 

Ringworm of Non-Hairy Parts. — The treatment of ringworm of non- 
hairy parts, the so-called smooth surfaces, is a much less complicated mat- 
ter than that of the scalp and beard. With the exceptions already noticed, 
the disease is much more superficial than in the latter regions and the 
amount of inflammation often trivial, the application of the parasiticides 
much easier, and their effect upon the fungus much more prompt. The 
hyposulphite of soda solution with a few minims of glycerin to the ounce 
(32.0) already mentioned, or tincture of iodine, painted upon the patch 
once a day, will usually suffice to bring about the disappearance of the 



430 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

disease within a comparatively short time. The bichloride of mercury 
solution, i : iooo, in water is a cleanly and effective application. Among 
ointments, one containing a drachm (4.0) of precipitated sulphur to the 
ounce (32.0), well rubbed in twice a day, is usually effective; an am- 
moniated mercury ointment, 45 to 60 grains (3.0 to 4.0) to the ounce 
(32.0), is equally efficacious. 

In ringworm of the thighs and axilla, the so-called eczema mar- 
ginatum, the solutions or ointments must frequently be considerably 
diluted owing to the amount of inflammation present and the conse- 
quent irritability of the skin. In this form of the malady the solution 
of hyposulphite of soda is especially useful, but it should not be used 
stronger than one drachm (4.0) to the fluid ounce (32.0), and even in 
this strength it will sometimes irritate so that its use must be sus- 
pended for a day or two. As a rule, washes do better than ointments 
in this variety of ringworm since the latter, unless made up with min- 
eral fats, speedily become rancid and add to the irritation. If the in- 
flammation is not too great, the patches may be lightly painted with 
diluted tincture of iodine once a day. The author has recently employed 
a 2-per-cent. solution of salicylic acid in 70 per cent, alcohol with 
great satisfaction ; it cures promptly, is cleanly and without odor, and 
seldom irritates. 

In the deep forms of ringworm occurring upon the hands and 
arms, arising from the lower animals, the same precautions as to the 
strength of the applications should be observed as in the other un- 
usually inflammatory forms. 

In the eczematoid ringworm of the hands and feet, one of the most 
efficacious applications is the ointment of salicylic acid (3 per cent.) 
and benzoic acid (5 per cent.) recommended by Whitfield, but it 
must be used with some degree of care, since it frequently produces 
so much dermatitis that it must be suspended for a time. 

In ringworm of the nails, as much of the diseased nails should be 
trimmed away as possible and the remainder scraped quite thin. 
They should then be immersed daily in a hot solution of bichloride 
of mercury, 1 : 2000, for twenty minutes, and afterwards wrapped up 
in an ointment of ammoniated mercury, one drachm to the ounce (4.0 
to 32.0). Prolonged immersion in a saturated solution of sodium hypo- 
sulphite, followed by the application of a sulphur ointment, one drachm 
to the ounce (4.0 to 32.0), spread upon lint, may also be employed. In 
cases which resist less heroic measures, avulsion of the nails may be 
performed under an anaesthetic, followed by daily applications of tinc- 
ture of iodine (10 per cent.). Sabouraud recommends dressing the dis- 
eased nails with the following solution : Iodine, .05 ; iodide of potassium, 
1.0; distilled water, 100.0, every night, covering it with protective. 

TINEA IMBRICATA 

Synonyms. — Tokelau ringworm ; Bowditch Island ringworm ; 
Gune ; Herpes desquamans ; Cascadoe. 

Definition. — Tinea imbricata is a parasitic disease of the tropics 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 431 

characterized by patches of imbricated, papery scales arranged in 
concentric rings. 

Symptoms. — The disease begins as small slightly elevated round or 
oval brown patches, in the centre of which the epidermis splits and 
loosens as the patches enlarge, forming rings of tissue-paper-like 
scales. When these rings have reached about one-half inch in di- 
ameter, a new small brown patch appears in the centre, which under- 
goes the same evolution as the first one, and this is repeated a number 
of times until the patches contain as many as seven or eight concentric 
rings. According to Koniger and Tribondeau, the eruption begins as 
rings of papules or papules and vesicles, accompanied by severe itching, 
followed by desquamation. The disease extends with considerable rapid- 
ity, the patches growing in diameter from one-quarter to one-half inch a 
week; and as they enlarge adjacent patches frequently intersect, forming 
gyrate and serpiginous patches of considerable extent, covering, in long- 
standing cases, the greater part of the trunk and extremities. The 
scales are quite large and thin, with the free edge toward the centre 
of the patch slightly curled up, while adherent on the outer edge, 
producing an appearance somewhat like the arrangement of tiles on 
a roof (Fig. 149). Occasionally the ringed arrangement disappears 
after a time, or may be absent from the beginning, the disease then 
appearing as a diffuse, widespread, abundant desquamation. In old 
cases the scales, instead of being thin and paperlike, are thick and 
horny, causing the skin to appear as if coated with clay, hence one of 
the native names for the malady meaning clay-covered. When the 
scales are removed the skin beneath is seen to be covered with num- 
erous dark concentric rings and serpiginous lines which remain for 
a long period and may be permanent. 

While every part of the cutaneous surface may be attacked, the 
face and scalp commonly escape. According to most authors, the 
hair follicles and the hairs are not affected, although Koniger asserts 
that the hair of the body is practically destroyed on those parts where 
the disease exists. Castellani has observed that the nails, too, may 
be. involved, becoming greatly thickened, contrary to the statement 
of Tribondeau that these as well as the hair are always exempt. In- 
tense itching accompanies the disease, which is greatly increased by 
high temperature and by certain articles of food, such as fish. Accord- 
ing to Castellani, a moderate eosinophilia is present, most marked in 
old and extensive cases, and occasionally signs of anaemia. The pa- 
tient's general health seems to be little, if at all, affected. The malady 
occurs only in tropical regions, where the humidity and temperature 
are high and the latter is subject to but little variation. It prevails 
in the Malay Peninsula and Malay Archipelago, in Burma, southern 
China, and the islands of the South Pacific. As has been pointed out 
by Manson, its distribution corresponds closely with that of the co- 
coanut tree. 

Etiology. — The cause of the affection is a parasitic fungus resem- 
bling in many of its characters the trichophyton ; indeed, Sabouraud 



432 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



considers it a large-spored variety of this organism but little different 
from the large-spored European trichophyton of animal origin. Its 
etiological relationship to T. imbricata was first demonstrated by 
Manson in a series of inoculation, experiments in which he succeeded 







I 




Fig. 149. — Tinea imbricata (R. Koch). 



in reproducing the malady. The fungus is present in great abundance 
and is found only in the epidermic scales where it forms an interlacing 
network of mycelia, with comparatively few spores. Castellani, who 
has recently studied the organism as it is found in Ceylon, would 
create a new genus for which he proposes the name Endodermophyton, 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 



433 



of which two species are found, viz., E. concentricum and E. indicum 
(Fig. 150). _ 

Diagnosis. — The disease with w r hich Tinea imbricata is most likely 
to be confounded is ringworm of the body, or tinea circinata. In 
ringworm the number of patches is usually small, often there is but 
a single one, and the centre of the patches is usually clear, although 
exceptionally there may be two or three concentric rings ; scaling is 
slight, and itching, if present at all, is trivial. In tinea imbricata, on 
the other hand, the disease is usually widely disseminated, the greater 
part of the trunk and extremities often being covered; the patches 
are made up of many concentric rings, and beneath the scales are 
numerous pigmented concentric and sinuous lines ; the scales, which 
are large and very abundant, show an imbricated arrangement, and 
the itching is usually very severe. 

It is sometimes mistaken for ichthyosis, but the large papery 

scales are unlike those seen in this 
affection ; and the readily demon- 
strated fungus, which exists in 
great abundance in the scales, 
makes the differential diagnosis be- 
tween these two affections an easy 
\ one. 

Treatment. — The clothing 




Fig. 150. — Mycelia in tinea imbricata. 



should be thoroughly sterilized by 
appropriate means, or, if these are 
lacking, burned, which is perhaps 
better than to attempt to sterilize 
them. Manson found strong lini- 
ment of iodine, about double the 
strength of the formula of the 
British Pharmacopoeia, an effective 
remedy, a part of the trunk or a limb being covered at each applica- 
tion. An ointment of chrysarobin containing from 5 to 10 per cent., 
well rubbed in once a day, is likewise a very efficient parasiticide 
application. Castellani recommends resorcin dissolved in compound 
tincture of benzoin, one to two drachms (4.0 to 8.0), to the fluid ounce 
(32.0), painted over the affected regions freely once a day. During 
the treatment the patient is given a hot bath once or twice a week 
and scrubbed with sand-soap. The same author finds formalin effec- 
tive on small patches, but as it causes pain and severe inflammation 
it must be used with care ; sulphur, recommended by some, has in his 
experience been useless. 

Prognosis. — While there are a number of remedies which are more 
or less effective in killing the fungus, its great abundance and wide 
distribution make treatment difficult and prolonged, and relapses are 
common. In the early stages, however, when the patches are small 
and limited in number, it may usually be readily checked by the use 
01 any of the above-mentioned parasiticide applications. 
28 



434 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ERYTHRASMA 

This affection was first described by Burckhardt, in 1859, anc ^ 
again in 1862 by Barensprung, and has been studied more recently by 
Balzer and Dubreuilh, Koebner, de Michele, Ducrey and Reale, and 
others. 

Definition. — Erythrasma is a disease due to a vegetable parasite, 
affecting particularly regions in which skin surfaces are in contact, 
such as the genito-crural and axillary regions. 

Symptoms. — It occurs as rounded, rosette-like, or irregularly 
shaped, non-elevated, slightly furfuraceous plaques with well-defined 
borders which in the beginning are a bright-red color, but later be- 
come a darker brownish-red. The disease is situated in the great 
majority of cases in the inguinal regions and on the inner surface of 
the upper thighs where they are in contact with the scrotum, in the 
cleft between the buttocks, and in the axillae. Less frequently it is 
observed in the bend of the elbows, beneath the breasts in women, 
and in the folds of skin of the abdomen in the obese. Exceptionally 
it spreads from these regions to the free surfaces of the skin on the 
trunk and extremities, covering in rare cases considerable areas as 
in the case seen by Besnier in which the eruption covered the thighs 
and the upper arms. 

Subjective symptoms are trivial, or may be wholly wanting, the 
patient discovering the disease by chance ; occasionally there is slight 
itching. 

The course of the disease is slow, and its duration indefinite. Usu- 
ally the patches after reaching moderate dimensions cease to enlarge, 
or increase almost imperceptibly. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Erythrasma, while apparently quite 
common in certain parts of Europe, as in France, is decidedly infre- 
quent in the United States. It is uncommon before puberty, and is 
much less frequent in women than in men. 

It is due directly to a parasitic fungus discovered by Burckhardt 
in 1859, to which Barensprung later gave the name Microsporon min- 
utissimum. This fungus, which is found only in the horny layer of the 
epidermis, belongs to the order of hyphomycetes, and consists of 
slender, irregularly jointed, non-branching threads with cylindrical 
swellings which form an abundant interlacing network, in the meshes 
of which are scattered small numbers of minute spores. The mycelia 
or threads are unusually slender, measuring according to Sabouraud 
from .8 to 1.3 microns in diameter. 

De Michele succeeded in transmitting the disease to healthy in- 
dividuals by inoculating cultures of an organism obtained from the 
scales, but Ducrey and Reale failed in similar attempts. The latter 
authors found an organism presenting characteristics«.like those of 
the Microsporon minutissimum in the skin of sound individuals, and 
think, consequently, that special conditions of soil, etc., are necessary 
to produce the disease. 

Diagnosis. — The affection may at times bear considerable resem- 



VEGETABLE PARASITES 435 

blance to tinea versicolor ; indeed, it was at first thought by a number 
of authors to be a form of this disease, but its red color, its usual lim- 
itation to the genitocrural region and the axillae ; the slight tendency 
which it shows to spread to other regions, and the microscopic ex- 
amination serve to distinguish it from that malady. In tinea cruris 
the oftentimes considerable inflammation accompanied by more or 
less marked itching, and the easily demonstrated presence of the 
epidermophyton, an organism which is quite unlike the Microsporon 
minutis simian, will serve to prevent mistake. 

Treatment. — Erythrasma does not readily yield to treatment ; and 
relapses after apparent cure are frequent. Parasiticide lotions 
such as a solution of hyposulphite of soda, one drachm (4.0) to the 
fluid ounce (32.0), or a solution of mercuric bichloride, 1 15000, may 
be used with good effect ; or the patches may be painted daily with 
tincture of iodine. Behrend found a 10-per-cent. chrysarobin oint- 
ment act as a specific, producing a cure in a few days ; of course, such 
an ointment should be used with caution in regions like the groin, 
where its use is likely to cause more or less severe dermatitis. 

PINTA 

Synonyms. — Mai de los pintos ; Mai del pinto; Caraate ; Quirica; 
Spotted sickness ; Fr., Carate. 

Definition. — A contagious disease endemic in certain parts of tropi- 
cal America, particularly in Mexico, Central America, and the north- 
ern portion of South America, characterized by scaly, variously col- 
ored patches. 

Symptoms. — The disease usually begins upon the uncovered parts, 
such as the hands and face, but may occupy any part of the skin ex- 
cept the palms and soles. According to some authors, in exceptional 
cases general symptoms, such as fever, headache, and gastric dis- 
turbance, precede the eruption, which appear some weeks later ; the 
correctness of this observation is, however, somewhat doubtful. The 
eruption consists of scaly patches of various colors ; some are red, 
others a grayish-blue or violet, black, or a dull white. All the patches 
may be of one color, or all these colors may be present at one time, 
giving a very striking piebald appearance to the skin. The color of 
the individual patches, however, does not change, but remains the 
same throughout the disease. The extent of the eruption varies ; it 
may be limited to a few small patches or there may be many which, 
eventually coalescing, cover the entire cutaneous surface. The 
patches vary much in shape and arrangement ; they may be round or 
irregularly shaped, well circumscribed or ill-defined. In old cases 
the skin is dry, rough, and desquamating ; and in the red form there 
may be thickening, with hyperkeratosis, Assuring, and ulceration, 
particularly in the flexures of the joints ; the mucous membranes 
adjoining the skin may eventually be involved. When hairy parts 
are attacked, the hair becomes thin and loses its color, as in patches 
of vitiligo. Itching, which at times precedes the appearance of the 



436 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

discoloration, is at first moderate, but as the disease progresses be- 
comes severe. A disagreeable odor accompanies the malady, which 
has been compared to that given off by mildewed linen, or to the urine 
of the cat. 

The course pursued by the disease is a chronic one, but the several 
varieties present some differences in this respect. In the red form 
the patches spread very slowly, or may even remain without much 
change for a considerable time, while the blue and black forms spread 
rapidly and may cover large areas in a short period. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Pinta is found only in hot and moist 
climates. Neither age nor sex seems to exert any influence upon its 
occurrence ; it occurs at all ages and in equal numbers in the two sexes. 
According to Montoya Florez, the blue and black varieties are found 
chiefly in negroes, while the red form attacks principally whites. It 
is seen chiefly among the dirty and ill-cared-for and in those who work 
outdoors. Gastambide has described a fungus consisting of pigmented 
spores and mycelium found in the epidermis which he believed to be 
the cause of the malady. Montoya y Florez, who has made careful 
and extensive studies of it as it occurs in Colombia, was not able to 
confirm Gastambide's findings. He regards the several varieties of 
the affection as aspergilloses of the skin due to an aspergilloid fungus 
which is found in the epidermic scales as long, slender, smooth, dicho- 
tomous threads which in place form a close network. This fungus 
is probably a saprophyte, since Montoya has found in mine-water and 
in certain varieties of the mosquito and other insects a fungus identical 
with that present in the violet patches. In the blue and black forms, 
only the more superficial portions of the epidermis are affected ; but 
in the red and white patches, the deeper portion of the epidermis and, 
according to Iryz, the corium are involved. In all probability the 
white patches do not represent active disease, but are a secondary 
leucoderma resulting from the destruction of the normal pigment by 
the fungus. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis presents few or no difficulties. The 
peculiar colors of the individual patches and the frequent parti-colored 
effect of the eruption as a whole, together with the presence of the 
fungus in the scales, are features by which it is easily distinguished 
from other affections. 

Treatment. — The treatment, which is practically that of other 
mycotic diseases of the skin, consists in the application of parasiticide 
ointments and lotions to the diseased areas. Montoya finds that in 
the superficial blue and black forms and in cases not over six months 
old, tincture of iodine painted on the patches once a day is promptly 
curative. In older cases he paints a 10 per cent, solution of chrysarobin 
in chloroform over the patches, at first every four, later every eight 
days, painting traumaticine over the chrysarobin after the chloroform 
has evaporated. According to Barbe, citrine ointment is the remedy 
most employed in Colombia, two applications to each patch being suffi- 
cient for a cure ; of course, mercurial ointments must be used cau- 
tiously over large surfaces or mercurialism may follow. 



CHAPTER X 
INFLAMMATIONS DUE TO ANIMAL PARASITES 

PEDICULOSIS 

Synonyms. — Phthiriasis ; Morbus pedicularis ; Lousiness ; Fr., 
Phthiriase ; Ger., Lausesucht. 

Definition. — A disease of the skin due to an animal parasite, the 
pediculus, characterized by a multiform eruption chiefly of secondary 
character the result of scratching. 

The pediculus is an apterous insect belonging to the family of 
Pediculidae, of which there are three varieties parasitic in man : Pedicu- 
lus capitis, Pediculus corporis, or, more accurately, Pediculus vesti- 
mentorum, and Pediculus Pubis, found respectively as their names indicate 
in the scalp, the clothing, and the pubic region. As a rule to which there 
are only occasional exceptions, each variety is confined to its own particular 
region, seldom invading any other. 

Pediculosis Capitis. — In the beginning of the disease when the parasites 
are few in number the only symptoms are itching of the scalp, and ova or 
" nits " on the hairs. In a short time, however, scratching produces a 
variety of secondary lesions, such as 
excoriations, pustules, oozing, and 
crusted patches, in the average case 
most abundant in the occipital region, 
although every portion of the scalp 
may be affected. In women and girls 
the back of the neck below the mar- 




gin of the hair is often the seat of 

a somewhat characteristic erythema- * 

tous and finely papular eruption with 

numerous scattered, minute blood 

crusts. In long-standing, neglected 

cases, such as are seen in the careless 

and dirty poor, the entire scalp is 

Covered with pUStuleS and CrUStS COm- Fig. 151.— Pediculus capitis. 

posed of dried pus, serum, and blood, beneath which it is raw and oozing 
and in which are myriads of pediculi. The hairs, which are inextrica- 
bly matted together, contain great numbers of ova which at a little dis- 
tance make them look as if covered with dust. Not infrequently the 
posterior cervical glands are swollen, especially in children, and some- 
times suppurate. 

Etiology. — Pediculosis capitis is much more frequent in children 
than in adults, and in the poor and badly-cared-for than in the well- 
to-do and the cleanly (Fig. 151). Women are oftener affected than men, 

437 



438 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 




owing probably to their long hair. There is apparently but little doubt that 
certain individuals, for unknown reasons, acquire pediculi more readily 
than others. 

The pediculus is grayish in color, an elongated oval in shape, 
and varies in length from 1.5 mm. to 3 mm., the 
female being decidedly larger than the male. The 
head is triangular in shape and is provided with two 
jointed antennas; the abdomen, which is the largest 
part of the parasite, has dark margins, and is divided 
into seven segments by deep marginal notches. The 
legs, which are six in number, are attached to the 
thorax and are provided with hairs and terminal 
claws. In the male the penis, which is wedge- 
shaped, is on the dorsal surface of the last abdom- 
inal segment. The ova or " nits " are grayish, some- 
what lustrous, slightly translucent, pear-shaped 
bodies attached to the shaft of the. hair, with the 
small end directed towards its root (Fig. 152). The 
female lays from 50 to 60 ova, which are hatched 
in six and are fully developed in twelve to fourteen 
days. 

Diagnosis. — Although the diagnosis of pedicu- 
losis capitis can always be made without the slightest 
difficulty if even ordinary care is exercised, it is 
often mistaken for eczema of the scalp. Itching 
of the scalp, accompanied by a pustular eruption in 
the occipital region, should always lead to a search 
for pediculi and ova or " nits " ; indeed, an eruption 
of this character in children is almost certain to be 
due to pediculi. 

Treatment. — A popular and at the same time 
very effective method of killing the pediculi and ova is to apply refined 
petroleum (kerosene) to the scalp, a single thorough application usually 
being sufficient. Care should be taken that it does not run down over 
the forehead and neck, since it often causes considerable irritation when 
applied to the non-hairy skin. Instead of using the petroleum alone it 
may be mixed with balsam of Peru, one part of balsam to two of petro- 
leum. A solution of bichloride of mercury, 1 : 500, in water or dilute 
alcohol, is a cleanly and effective remedy; it should be well sponged into 
the scalp and hair once a day for several days in succession. Tincture of 
coculus indicus, one part to three of alcohol, may be used effectively 
in the same manner. For the pustular eruption which is so often 
present on the scalp, nothing is better than an ointment of ammoniated 
mercury, thirty grains (2.0) to the ounce (32.0), applied twice a day; 
this ointment also exerts a decided parasiticide effect. The nits may be 
loosened by washing the hair with solutions of bicarbonate of soda or 
borax in warm water. Dilute acetic acid, ten to twenty minims to the 
ounce (32.0) of water, may be used for the same purpose; or it may 



Fig. 152. — Ovum pedic- 
ulus capitis containing em- 
bryo. (Magnified) 




ANIMAL PARASITES 439 

be added to the solution of bichloride of mercury mentioned above. 

The hair in women and girls should not be cut off unless there is so 
much matting that it is impossible to properly apply the necessary 
remedies ; in men and boys it should be cut short. 

Pediculosis Corporis. — Pediculosis corporis begins with itching of the 
trunk and lower extremities, worse at night, and usually quite severe (Fig. 
153). Within a little while secondary lesions, the chief of which are linear 
excoriations (Fig. 154), covered with blood-crusts, make their appearance 
over the shoulders, the sacrum, but- 
tocks, thighs, and legs ; and scattered 
pustules appear sooner or later as the 
result of a secondary infection with 
pus organisms. In alcoholics ecthe- 
matous pustules are common on the 
legs. The characteristic lesion, how- 
ever, is a minute hemorrhage in the 
skin appearing at the point where the 
parasite has inserted his proboscis in 
feeding. This punctate hemorrhage 
must not be confounded with the 
minute blood-crusts which result 
from scratching the tops of small 
papules ; the former, being in the 

skin, cannot be felt, while the latter FlG ^3. -Pediculus corporis. 

make a slight elevation which is readily felt when the finger is passed 
over it. In a considerable proportion of cases more or less marked 
dermographism, with factitious urticarial wheals, is present ; indeed, one 
of the most extraordinary examples of the former condition the author 
has seen occurred in a man with body lice. The distribution of the eruption 
is quite characteristic ; it is markedly more abundant over the shoulders, 
around the waist, over the sacrum, and on the thighs than elsewhere, 
while parts not readily reached by the patient's fingers, as between 
the scapulae, often show little or nothing ; uncovered parts, such as the 
face and hands, are entirely exempt. In long-standing cases, especially 
in the old, the skin is dry, in places decidedly eczematous and thick- 
ened, and deeply pigmented, the so-called vagabond's disease When 
the pediculi are very numerous there may be more or less elevation 
of temperature, a symptom to which Jameson, and later Payne, have 
called attention. 

Etiology. — Pediculosis corporis is seen most commonly in the 
middle-aged and old, the most aggravated examples being seen in the 
aged poor; it is decidedly uncommon in children. 

The pediculus corporis resembles very much the Pediculus capitis, 
but has an oval head, and is decidedly larger. It dwells in the seams 
and meshes of the clothing, where it lays its ova, and is found on the 
skin only when it is feeding. 

Diagnosis. — The numerous excoriations, most of which are linear, 
the distribution of the eruption over the shoulders, the sacrum, and 



440 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



thighs, the presence of punctate hemorrhages in the skin presents a 
characteristic picture readily recognized; indeed, if the patient is 
stripped, the diagnosis can usually be made at a glance. While the 




Fig. 154. — Pediculosis corporis. 



parasites and the ova are usually readily found in the seams of the 
clothing, the search is not always successful, especially when the 
patient has recently changed his underwear. Since, according to. 



INFLAMMATIONS DUE TO PARASITES 441 

Jamison, the ova are sometimes deposited upon the lanugo hairs, 
these should be examined as well as the clothing in doubtful cases. 

Treatment. — The most important procedure in the treatment of 
pediculosis corporis is the thorough disinfection of the clothing and 
the bedclothes, since the pediculi live in these and not upon the skin ; 
indeed, in many cases this, with a bath, is quite sufficient to rid the 
patient of his disease. After the disinfection of the clothing and a 
bath with soap and hot water, a lotion containing two drachms (8.0) 
of carbolic acid and an ounce (32.0) of glycerin to the pint (500.0) of 
water may be applied twice a day for three or four days. Or in order 
to insure the destruction of stray pediculi and ova which may be on the 
lanugo hairs, an ointment of staphisagria, two drachms (8.0) to the 
ounce (32.0), or one of beta naphthol, 30 grains (2.0) to the ounce 
(32.0), may be rubbed over the trunk and extremities for four or live 
nights. 

Pediculosis Pubis. — Pediculosis pubis, commonly known as crab 
lice, is characterized by itching. in the pubic region, accompanied by an 
eruption of inflammatory papules, excoriations, and in the severer cases 
by more or less eczematous inflammation of the pubes, the scrotum, and 
inner surface of the upper thighs. The skin of the pubic region is sprinkled 
with a considerable number of minute reddish granules, the excrement of 
the parasite, particularly near the roots of the hair. Very special lesions 
sometimes present, known as macula: cccrulccc, the taclics blcuatres 
of the French, are bluish-gray macules or stains varying in size from 
a pea to a finger nail, scattered about on the skin of the abdomen, 
thighs, and sides of the thorax. These macules, which when present 
are usually limited in number, are accumulations of pigment deposited 
in the epidermis by the parasite, as has been proA^en by the experiments 
of Duguet. Both Jamison and Payne have noted that cases in which 
these stains are present usually suffer but little from itching. The 
pediculus is usually found dinging to the hairs near the root with its 
head partly buried in the mouth of the follicle ; the ova, which are 
smaller than those of the other varieties of pediculi, are, like those of 
the Pediculus capitis, attached to the hair-shaft. Occasionally the 
parasites are found in the hair ov T er the sternum, particularly in hairy 
individuals, in the hair of the axillae, and exceptionally in the eyelashes 
and eyebrows (Fig. 155). 

Etiology. — Pediculosis pubis is, as a rule, for obvious reasons, seen 
only in the adult, and is commonly contracted in sexual intercourse, 
although it may be acquired in other ways. Quite exceptionally it is 
seen in the eyelashes of children. 

The parasite is smaller than the other varieties of pediculus, the 
female being from 1 to 2 mm. long ; the male is only about half as 
large. The head is an oblong oval seated directly upon the thorax, 
which merges with the abdomen, the last being quite broad in compari- 
son with its length. With the exception of the anterior pair, which 
are slight, the legs are stout and provided with strong claws by which 



442 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the parasite clings to the hair. The female lays from ten to fifteen ova, 
which are hatched in a week, and the young are capable of procreation 
in two weeks. 

Diagnosis. — Itching in the pubic region should always suggest the 
probability of pediculi as its cause and lead to a search for the parasite 
and its ova, which are usually detected, when present, without much 
difficulty. Maculae cseruleae are pathognomonic of pediculosis pubis, 
as they are found in no other disease. 

Treatment. — A very effective and at the same time a very dirty 
method of treatment is the thorough application of mercurial ointment 
to the regions affected, once a day for several days. Not uncommonly 
this ointment excites a severe dermatitis which may extend far beyond 




Fig. 155. — Pedieulus pubis. 

the region to which it has been applied, giving the patient much distress. 
A solution of bichloride of mercury, 1 : 500, sponged on twice a day, is 
-much more cleanly and just as effective ; this also should be used with 
some caution in order to avoid a mercurial dermatitis. If ten to 
twenty minims of acetic acid are added to each ounce (32.0) of this 
solution, it also serves to loosen the attachment of the ova to the hair 
so that they may be removed by washing. Solutions of bicarbonate 
of soda or of borax in warm water also serve the same purpose. The 
pediculi may be destroyed at once by the vapor of chloroform applied 
on a folded napkin, but if applied too long considerable inflammation 
of the skin is apt to follow. When the pediculi are found in the eye- 
lashes they should be picked off with fine forceps, and a rather weak 



ANIMAL PARASITES 443 

ammoniated mercury ointment should be gently applied to the edges 
of the lids for a few days. 

CIMEX LECTULARIUS 

Synonyms. — Bed-bug; Acanthia lectularia; Fr., Punaise des lits ; 
Ger., Bettwanze. 

This insect, belonging to the order of Hemiptera, is found in all 
parts of the world, and its appearance is too well known to require 
any detailed description. It lives in beds and bed-clothing, in the 
crevices of walls and floors, in furniture, particularly in upholstered 
furniture, and only goes upon the skin in search of food. Like other 
members of this order its jaws are specially adapted for piercing and 
sucking rather than actual biting. When the skin is pierced by the 
proboscis of the bug, a wheal is produced in the centre of which is a 
minute hemorrhagic point and surrounding which is an area of hyper- 
emia; more or less itching and burning follow the puncture. The 
amount of inflammation varies a good deal according to the individual ; 
in some there is little more than a hemorrhagic point, while in others 
there is marked swelling accompanied by severe itching and burning. 
In young children the punctures are frequently surrounded by exten- 
sive areas of hyperemia so that bright-red patches half as large as the 
palm may be produced when there are several " bites " close together. 
The bites of the bedbug are sometimes mistaken for urticaria, but the 
central hemorrhagic point, the usually comparatively limited number 
of the lesions, and their duration will serve to distinguish them from 
that affection. 

Treatment. — The itching which follows the bites may be relieved 
by the application of alkaline lotions, such as dilute ammonia, or solu- 
tions of bicarbonate of soda or borax, 5 to 10 grains (0.32 to 0.65) to the 
ounce (3 2.0) of water; phenol, 5 to 8 grains (0.32 to 0.52) to the ounce 
(32.0) of water, is also effective. 

PULEX IRRITANS 

Synonyms. — Flea; Fr., Puce commune; Ger., Gemeiner Floh. 

The flea is widely distributed, and is especially troublesome in warm 
climates, where it may be the source of much annoyance. Its bite 
produces a minute hemorrhage surrounded by an erythematous halo, 
or less frequently a small wheal with a central hemorrhagic point. 
When the bites are very numerous, particularly on the lower extremi- 
ties, a purpuric eruption may be produced, which differs, however, 
from the true purpuric eruption in showing minute dark hemorrhagic 
points. More or less itching accompanies the bites, but individual 
susceptibility varies much ; in some the bite produces nothing more 
than a trifling, very evanescent itching, while in others the pruritus 
is extreme and lasts for some time. 

The ordinary alkaline and phenol lotions usually employed for the 
relief of pruritus may be used to allay the itching. 



444 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Protection from the attacks of the insect may be afforded to some 
extent by wearing small bags of camphor or sulphur under the clothing. 

SCABIES 

Synonyms. — Itch ; Fr., Gale ; Ger., Kratze. 

Definition. — A contagious disease of the skin due to an animal para- 
site, the Acarus scabei, characterized by a special lesion, the cuniculus 
or burrow, and a multiform eruption accompanied by itching of a 
severe grade. 

Symptoms. — The disease begins with itching, usually worse at 
night, speedily followed or accompanied from the beginning by an 
eruption of papules, vesicles, and pustules which exhibit a decided 
predilection for certain regions, these being, in order of frequency, 
the sides and webs of the fingers (Plate XXX), the flexures of the 
wrists, the anterior axillary folds, the abdomen, the inner surface of the 
thighs, the penis in the male and the areola of the nipple in the female. 
When it has existed for some time, this characteristic regional distribu- 
tion is usually much less noticeable, since the eruption may then 
occupy the greater portion of the cutaneous surface. However long 
the disease may last, the face is always spared except in very young 
infants, in whom this region may be, although infrequently, affected. 
In cases of average severity in addition to the papules and vesicles 
resulting from the burrowing of the female mite in the skin, there soon 
appear numerous secondary lesions the result of scratching, and sec- 
ondary pus infection, such as excoriations, crusting, eczematous 
patches of variable extent, and pustules. 

The distinctive lesion is the burrow or cuniculus, which is found 
chiefly in regions where the skin is soft and delicate, as the sides and 
webs of the fingers, the palms of the hands in children and in young 
adults whose palms have not been hardened by manual labor, the 
flexor surface of the wrist where it joins the palm; less commonly the 
areola of the nipple in women and the prepuce and glans penis in men. 
They also occur, but much less frequently and abundantly, in other 
regions, such as the anterior axillary folds, the umbilicus, and the 
buttocks (Plate XXXI), in the lastrnamed region especially in those 
whose occupation compels them to sit several hours a day. This lesion, 
which occurs as a sinuous or zigzag, rarely straight, usually dotted, 
linear elevation of the epidermis, is, as its name indicates, a tunnel 
from 2 mm. to 2 cm. long or even longer, made in the epidermis by 
the female mite in which she deposits her ova as she travels along. 
With the aid of a loup, or even with the naked eye, the mite may be seen 
at one end of the burrow as a whitish or grayish dot which may be 
extracted with a little care and good vision, with the point of a needle. 
While burrows are present as a rule and may usually be readily found 
in the localities named, there are exceptions, and one occasionally 
looks for them in vain, commonly because they have been destroyed 
by rubbing and scratching ; in the very early stage of the malady they 
may not have had time to be formed. 



PLATE XXX 





Scabies. 



PLATE XXXI 




Scabies. 



ANIMAL PARASITES 445 

The extent, amount, and severity of the eruption vary greatly. 
In the very early stages of the attack and in cleanly individuals there 
may be but a limited number of papules and vesicles about the fingers, 
in the axillae, and on the abdomen ; in long-standing cases and in the 
uncleanly, even after a few weeks, there may be all the symptoms of 
an extensive dermatitis, the entire trunk and extremities being covered 
with papules, vesicles, pustules, scratch-marks, and crusts. In infants 
and young children the hands and especially the palms frequently 
present numerous rather large flat pustules which may quite excep- 
tionally bear some slight resemblance to the pustules of variola, and 
we have seen them mistaken for such (Fig. 156). While the face 
remains free in adults, even in long-standing cases with widespread 




Fig. 156.- — Scabies. 

and abundant eruption, it may be attacked in very young infants whose 
faces are buried in the pillow or the mother's breast for a good part of 
the time. Although the hands are as a rule the earliest and commonest 
region to be attacked, they may be quite free from eruption in those 
who wash them often or in those whose hands are covered with lime 
and plaster, such as masons and brickla3 T ers, or in machinists, whose 
hands are covered with oil and grime. In dark-skinned individuals 
in infrequent cases, a few scattered brownish-red, solid papules may be 
found on the anterior axillary fold, on the belly, and the shaft of the 
penis, which bear a considerable resemblance to syphilitic papules, but 
differ from these in being the seat of severe itching. 

Itching, which is usually worse at night, is a prominent symptom, 
and is often so severe as to make sleep impossible. It is not always 
in proportion to the amount and extent of the eruption ; patients with 



446 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



but a few lesions often suffer quite as much as, or even more than, 
those with an abundant and widespread eruption. 

Although scabies is a local disease without constitutional symptoms, 
it is occasionally accompanied by a slight transient albuminuria. 
According to Nicolas and Jambon, who have recently studied the sub- 
ject, this albuminuria is fairly frequent; and in certain cases there 
may be actual nephritis. It is quite probable that in certain of these 
cases the renal symptoms are the result of the absorption of the local 
remedies employed, such as betanaphthol and balsam of Peru ; but not 
all of them can be explained in this manner. 

In an unusually severe form of scabies first observed in leprous 
subjects in Norway, hence known as Norway itch or Scabies norwegica, 
numerous crusts composed of epithelial scales and dried pus are scat- 
tered over various parts of the body, including the scalp, face, palms 
and soles, in which are great numbers of acari. Although first observed 

A B 







mm 



Fig. 157. — Acarus scabiei. A, male; B, female; containing an ovum. 

in lepers, it is not confined to the leprous, but occurs in other subjects 
as the result of uncleanliness and neglect. 

Quite exceptionally certain species of acari found in the domestic 
animals, such as the horse, the cat, and the dog, are transferred to the 
human subject, producing a dermatitis resembling that arising from 
the Acarus scabies, except that burrows are not present and the face 
is sometimes attacked. Spontaneous recovery usually takes place in 
the course of six to eight weeks, as these mites do not find the human 
skin a suitable habitat. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Scabies is highly contagious disease and 
is readily transmitted by direct or indirect contact with an affected 
individual. It occurs at all ages and both sexes are equally liable to it. 
It is much more frequent among the poor and uncleanly than among the 
well-to-do, although the latter are by no means exempt. It is very 
commonly contracted by sleeping with an affected individual, or by 



ANIMAL PARASITES 



447 



occupying his bed without a previous change of bed linen. It may be 
acquired through towels and other articles of the toilet, and possibly 
by shaking hands, although this mode of transmission is not common. 
The active agents in its production is an animal parasite belonging 
to the class Arachnidcc, order Acari, the Acarus scabiei, also known 
as the Sarcoptes scabiei (Fig. 157). The female mite, which alone 
burrows in the skin and produces the symptoms of the disease, is 
oval in shape, about one-third of a millimetre long, and one-fourth 
of a millimetre broad. The dorsal surface is slightly convex and 
studded with a number of minute spines, and both dorsal and ventral 
surfaces are marked with numerous fine transverse striations. It is 



/ ■: m 










5 *$?&■ 



Fig. 158. — Burrow of scabies C, horny layer of epidermis; B, burrow: R, rete mucosum. 



provided with four pairs of legs, two pairs anteriorly which terminate 
in suckers, and two pairs posteriorly which terminate in long fine 
bristles or hairs. The male acarus is much smaller than the female, 
and produces no symptoms, not burrowing in the skin like the female ; 
its sole role is to impregnate the female, after which it soon dies. It 
differs from the female in being provided with suckers on the fourth 
pair of legs instead of hairs, which serve as prehensile organs in the 
act of copulation. In the larval stage the acarus has but six legs, and 
does not reach its complete development until it has undergone a series 
of moultings. 

When placed upon the skin, the female immediately begins to 
burrow and in a very short time forms a tunnel in which she deposits 



448 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ova as she travels along. The burrow (Fig. 158) containing the 
female mite, ova in various stages of development, and brown or black 
granular masses of faeces, is situated almost without exception in the 
horny layer alone, although according to Schisca the mite may enter 
the upper portion of the rete in regions where the horny layer is thin. 
Beneath the burrow, the rete and papillary layer of the corium show 
varying degrees of inflammatory reaction. In the former there may be 
slight intercellular oedema with a few leucocytes between the epithelial 
cells, while in the papillae there is a moderate cellular exudate around 
the vessels. Not infrequently there is sufficient exudation in the rete 
to form vesicles which are situated either between the epithelial cells 
or between the upper layers of the rete and the horny layer, the latter 
forming the roof of the vesicle in which it is not unusual to see the 
burrow. 

In a series of eighteen cases in which he studied the blood condition, 
Kolmer always found a slight but definite eosinophilia, the degree of 
which appeared to be in proportion to the extent and severity of the 
eruption. 

Diagnosis. — Although the affection is usually recognized, errors in 
diagnosis are of frequent occurrence. An eruption accompanied by 
severe itching worse at night, situated on the hands, the anterior folds 
of the axillae, the abdomen, and inner surface of the thighs, with lesions 
on the penis in men, is almost certain to be scabies. The burrow is 
the most characteristic symptom, indeed it is pathognomonic, and the 
finding of a single lesion is absolutely diagnostic of scabies ; it should 
therefore always be carefully searched for in the regions already indi- 
cated. The diseases with which scabies is most likely to be confounded 
are eczema and pediculosis of the body. From both it is to be dis- 
tinguished by the characteristic regional distribution and the presence 
of burrows. In eczema there is no history of contagion, while this is 
common in scabies ; in the former the face is often involved, in the 
latter practically never. In pediculosis corporis the eruption is con- 
fined to the covered parts, while in scabies the hands are usually 
affected ; in the former excoriations, particularly over the shoulders, 
are usually much more abundant and extensive than in the latter. 

It must not be forgotten that the hands, which so frequently are 
the seat of a well-defined eruption, may be entirely unaffected in certain 
cases, even when trunk and thighs present unmistakable signs of the 
disease. 

Treatment. — The treatment of scabies, which is wholly external, 
consists in the application of parasiticides to the skin, most frequently 
in the shape of salves or ointments, for the purpose of destroying the 
acarus ; with the death of the mite the symptoms usually speedily 
subside. Among the oldest and most efficient of the parasiticides which 
may be successfully employed for this purpose is sulphur. An ointment 
containing from ten to twenty per cent, of precipitated sulphur is a 
most effective remedy. Sherwell finds that a drachm or two (4.0-8.0) of 



ANIMAL PARASITES 449 

dry powder of sulphur (sulphur lotum), gently rubbed into the skin at 
night, and sprinkled between the sheets, acts quite as efficiently as the 
ointment, and is much less disagreeable : a week of such treatment is 
usually sufficient for a cure. 

Another equally efficacious remedy is betanaphthol applied as an 
ointment containing ten per cent. This is in some respects a more 
cleanly and therefore more agreeable application than the sulphur 
ointment, but occasionally its application is followed by severe burning 
lasting for a half hour or more, which some patients find intolerable. 
Balsam of Peru is a very active parasiticide, killing the acarus more 
promptly than sulphur, and is highly commended as a remedy in 
scabies, especially by the French ; it is applied pure with a brush to 
the entire surface and allowed to remain on over night. Although 
effective, it is not an agreeable application, owing to its stickiness. 
Liquid stryax is an effective and non-irritating remedy, especially use- 
ful in infants and young children. It is to be mixed with one or two 
parts of olive oil or oil of sweet almond and to be well rubbed into 
the skin. 

Whatever remedy be selected, detailed directions should be given 
the patient as to the manner in which it is to be used ; without this, 
satisfactory results are seldom obtained, even with the best remedy. 
The application of the ointment selected should be preceded by a bath 
with hot water and green soap, well rubbed in ; if, however, the skin is 
much inflamed, this preliminary bath should be omitted. From four to 
six ounces (120 to 180) should be given the patient with directions to 
thoroughly rub it in over the entire body, and with especial thoroughness 
into the hands, the axillae, the abdomen, and the thighs, for four nights 
in succession, omitting the bath during this period. After the fourth 
rubbing, a bath with soap and hot water should be taken, clean under- 
wear put on, and the bed supplied with clean linen. A period of three 
or four days may now be permitted to elapse without any treatment ; 
if at the end of this period there is a return of itching and eruption, 
another course of rubbings with the ointment should be taken. As 
a rule to which there are few exceptions, the second course completes 
the cure. The patient should be advised that too long use of the oint- 
ment is quite sure to excite a dermatitis which is often quite as annoy- 
ing as the original disease. Not uncommonly such a dermatitis is 
mistaken by the patient and his physician for a symptom of scabies, 
and the irritating ointment continued more vigorously than before 
with most annoying consequences ; indeed, I have known such a derma- 
titis kept up in this way for many months, long after all the itch-mites 
were destroyed. 

In children the strength of the ointments employed, particularly 
those which contain sulphur, should be less than those used in adults, 
otherwise the skin is likely to be greatly irritated. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is always favorable, a cure promptly 
following properly directed treatment. In a considerable proportion 
29 



450 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

of cases, however, itching persists for some time after all other symp- 
toms have disappeared ; but this usually yields to a carbolic acid wash 
applied twice a day, one or two drachms (4.0 or 8.0) to the pint (500.0) 
of water with fifteen to twenty minims of glycerin to the ounce (32.0), 
or an ointment containing two or three grains (0.15 or 0.20) of menthol 
to the ounce (32.0). 

GRAIN ITCH 

Synonyms. — Straw itch ; Straw dermatitis ; Barley itch ; Mattress 
itch; Acrodermatitis urticarioides (Schamberg). 

Definition. — A disease of the skin caused by a mite, the Pedicu- 
loides ventricosus, characterized by an eruption of wheals and vesicles 
accompanied by severe itching. 

Although cases of this disease were reported from time to time by 
various observers, in France, Germany, and other countries of Europe 
during the latter half of the last century, and its relationship to grain 
and straw noted, it was not observed in the United States until about 
1889-90, when cases of it began to be seen in Philadelphia and other 
parts of eastern United States. It was first described, in 1901, by 
Schamberg, and the etiological relationship of the pediculoides to it 
established by Goldberger and this author jointly in 1909. 

Symptoms. — It begins with an eruption of small wheal-like papules, 
on the summits of which are minute vesicles with transparent contents 
which later become turbid or purulent. These lesions are scattered 
about over the trunk and extremities in variable numbers without 
any definite arrangement; occasionally they are found in the face in 
small numbers, but the hands and feet as a rule escape. After a few 
days the urticarial character of the eruption usually becomes less 
marked, and it then frequently resembles varicella. Owing to the 
intense itching which accompanies the eruption, many of the papules 
and vesicles have their tops torn off and are covered with small blood- 
crusts. When the disease has lasted some time, there are usually 
also linear excoriations, crusted eczematoid patches, and pustules re- 
sulting from infected scratches. The extent of the eruption varies 
much ; there may be but a score or two of lesions or there may be 
hundreds of them covering the trunk and extremities. Itching of a 
most aggravated character accompanies the affection, which is always 
much worse at night and interferes greatly with the patient's rest. 

As a rule the symptoms are entirely local, but occasionally the dis- 
ease begins with chilliness, some elevation of temperature, headache, 
and nausea. In cases with extensive eruption there may be slight 
albuminuria. The disease runs a course lasting one or two weeks; but 
in cases in which the nature of it is not recognized and the patient in 
consequence continues to be exposed to the cause, it may last much 
longer, six or eight weeks. 

Etiology and Pathology. — It occurs at all ages and in both sexes, 
and is seen only in the warm months between May and October. It is 
most frequently acquired by sleeping on a new straw mattress, or by 



ANIMAL PARASITES 451 

handling grain and straw. In the cases seen in Philadelphia some 
years ago the disease could be traced to straw mattresses in nearly 
every instance. Its cause is a mite, the Pediculoides ventricosus, be- 
longing to the class Arachnidcc, order A carina, found in straw and 
grain, where it preys upon certain grain-destroying insects. The mite, 
runlike the Acarus scabiei, does not burrow in the skin, but punctures it 
and at the same time injects an irritating substance which gives rise 
to wheal-like lesions. According to Schamberg, the tissue-changes in 
the lesions resemble those found in urticaria ; and there is usually a 
slight increase in the number of leucocytes and eosinophiles. 

Diagnosis. — The diseases for which grain itch is most likely to be 
mistaken are urticaria, scabies, varicella, and pediculosis corporis. In 
urticaria the lesions are very evanescent, often linear, and rarely 
vesicular ; and the attack is usually of short duration. In scabies the 
distribution of the eruption is quite unlike that seen in grain itch, and 
burrows are usually readily found when looked for in the proper locali- 
ties. In varicella the lesions are strictly vesicular, are commonly 
found on the face and scalp and on the mucous membranes of the 
mouth ; in grain itch the last-named region is never attacked. In most 
cases a history of having recently occupied a bed with a new straw 
mattress or of having handled grain or straw is obtainable. 

Treatment. — The most important measure is to ascertain the source 
of the disease ; if this is a straw mattress, as is commonly the case, 
it should be abandoned at once and thoroughly fumigated with sulphur 
dioxide or formaldehyde before being used again, and the clothing 
should be dealt with in the same manner. With the recognition 
and avoidance of the cause it is usually soon cured. 

One of the most effective local applications is an ointment contain- 
ing thirty to forty grains (2.0 to 3.60) of precipitated sulphur and 
two to three grains (0.13 to 0.20) of menthol to the ounce (32.0) ; 
applied with gentle friction twice a day, this usually gives prompt relief 
from the intolerable itching. 

COPRA ITCH 

Quite recently Castellani has described an affection occurring 
among the workers in copra (dried cocoanut) in Ceylon, distinguished 
by an eruption of itching papules, papulo-pustules, and pustules, the 
first frequently covered by blood-crusts, situated on the hands, arms, 
legs, and sometimes the entire body, with the exception of the face. 
It begins on the hands and spreads thence to other parts, but the face 
is never affected. 

It was found by Castellani to be due to a small mite which Hirst, 
to whom it was given for identification, regards as a variety of the 
Tyroglyphus longior. It does not burrow in the skin, but produces 
a dermatitis much in the same manner as the Pediculoides ventricosus, 
the cause of " straw itch." Castellani succeeded in producing the 
affection experimentally by placing the mite upon the skin beneath 
a piece of lint kept in place by a bandage. 



452 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The eruption resembles scabies somewhat, but differs from that 
affection by the absence of burrows and its spontaneous disappearance 
when the patient gives up his work so that he no longer comes in 
contact with the copra. 

An ointment of betanaphthol, 5 to io per cent., was found useful 
by Castellani. 

BROWN-TAIL MOTH DERMATITIS 

In 1901 Dr. James C. White called attention to a dermatitis which 
he had recently observed in New England, resulting from contact with 
the caterpillar of the brown-tail moth (Euproctis chrysorrhea) which 
had been recently accidentally introduced into Massachusetts. 

This dermatitis is characterized by erythematous patches and urti- 
carial wheals which appear within a short time, twenty minutes to a 
half hour after contact, accompanied by more or less severe itching. 
In the mild cases the inflammation usually disappears in the course of 
three or four days, but in the severer ones, which may follow crushing 
of the caterpillar upon the skin, in which there are decided redness and 
swelling with patches of confluent wheals, it continues for several 
weeks. The exposed parts, such as the arms, face, and neck, are the 
regions usually attacked, but the covered parts may also be affected 
through the wearing of clothing with which the moth or the caterpillar 
has been in contact. The disease is seen most frequently in June, when 
the caterpillar is fully grown, but may occur at other seasons, when it 
arises from contaminated clothing. 

As Tyzzer has shown, the dermatitis is the consequence of the 
penetration of the skin by the " nettling " hairs found on the caterpillar 
and moth and in the structure of the cocoon. These hairs are from 
0.07 to 0.02 mm. in length, and are provided with three rows of barbs 
which prevent their withdrawal from the skin when they have once 
penetrated it. The irritation produced by these hairs is not merely me- 
chanical, but the result of some irritating chemical substance which 
produces a peculiar reaction with the blood, and necrosis of the 
epidermal cells with which the hairs are in contact. 

Treatment. — Calamine lotion, or a lotion of carbolic acid, one per 
cent., will usually afford relief; in the severer cases, however, the affec- 
tion is often rebellious. 

LEPTUS 

Synonyms. — Harvest bug; Fr., Rouget ; Ger., Erntemilbe. 

The Leptus, of which there are several varieties, Leptus Ameri- 
canus, Leptus autumnalis, and Leptus irritans, is not uncommonly a 
temporary parasite on the skin of man. It is a minute reddish insect, 
the larval form of the genus Trombidium, just barely visible with the 
naked eye. It varies in length from J / 3 to y 2 mm., is oval in shape and 
is provided with six legs. It is found on various grasses and shrubs, 
particularly in low and moist places, and commonly attacks the ankles 



ANIMAL PARASITES 453 

and legs of workers in the fields, although it may occur on other parts 
of the body. According to Duhring the American variety is found on 
the scalp and in the axillae as well as in other regions, and more 
frequently attacks children than adults. It is common on the bushes 
of the whortleberry or blueberry, and the pickers of this berry fre- 
quently suffer from its attacks. The mite buries its head in the skin, 
producing an eruption of papules, wheals, and vesicles accompanied by 
severe itching and burning; in severe cases more or less dermatitis of 
an eczematous character may result. The leptus is not a permanent 
parasite on the skin of man, but after a time voluntarily abandons its 
human host. 

The application, once or twice a day, of an ointment of sulphur, 
thirty grains (2.0) to the ounce (32.0), or of betanaphthol of the same 
strength, or of balsam of Peru, one drachm (4.0) to the ounce (32.0), 
usually affords prompt relief. A lotion of phenol, one or two drachms 
(4.0 or 8.0) to the pint (500.0) of water, mopped on several times a day, 
is also efficient. 

PULEX PENETRANS 

Synonyms. — Dermatophilus penetrans; Rhynochoprion penetrans; 
Chigoe; Jigger; Sand-flea; Fr., Puce de sable; Ger., Sandfloh. 

The sand-flea resembles in its general appearance the common flea, 
but is distinguished from the latter by its smaller size and the much 
greater length of its proboscis, which is as long as its body. Originally 
confined to tropical America, it has spread to Africa and parts of India, 
where it is of considerable importance because of the frequency with 
which it attacks the natives, causing painful and sometimes serious 
disease. 

The impregnated female pierces the skin into which she burrows, 
and in which she remains until the completion of pregnancy and the 
discharge of the ova. The entrance of the insect into the skin produces 
painful swelling with inflammation, suppuration, and ulceration. As 
the consequence of secondary infection the resulting ulceration may 
extend considerably and gangrene may occur. The regions most fre- 
quently attacked are the feet, particularly between the toes and under- 
neath the nails ; but other regions are not infrequently attacked. While 
there are usually but one or two parasites in the skin, there may be, 
according to the observations of Manson, hundreds. 

Treatment. — The insect should be removed, after enlarging the 
opening by which she has entered, with a clean needle, care being 
taken not to rupture the abdomen greatly distended by ova; the 
resultant small wound should be dressed antiseptically. The parasite 
may be killed by the application of chloroform or turpentine. 

In regions in which the parasite is prevalent shoes should always 
be worn to protect the feet, and accumulations of dust and dirt in which 
the insect lives should be removed. The floors and walls of dwellings 
should be well sprinkled with pyrethrum powder at short intervals. 



454 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

IXODES 

Synonyms. — Wood-tick; Fr., Pou de bois; Ger., Holzbock. 

Several varieties of ioxides or wood-tick, Ixodes ricinus, Ixodes re- 
duvius, Ixodes unipunctatus, are occasional temporary parasites on 
the skin of man. The tick, which belongs to the order of Acarina, 
dwells on trees and shrubs from which it drops on passing individuals, 
and inserting its proboscis in the skin, continues to suck blood until it 
is distended to the size of a pea. When fully distended with blood it 
resembles a small pedunculated tumor attached to the skin ; after a day 
or two it loosens its hold and drops off. A small wheal is produced 
at the site of the puncture which itches and pains more or less for some 
time. If the attempt is made to forcibly remove the tick while it is 
feeding the buried proboscis is apt to be torn off and left in the skin 
where it may give rise to severe pain and inflammation. If a drop of 
oil of turpentine, benzine, or tobacco juice is placed upon it, it at 
once withdraws its proboscis and dies. 

A lotion of carbolic acid, five to eight minims to the ounce (32.0) of 
water, is useful to relieve the itching and burning which occur at the site 
of the puncture. 

CYSTICERCUS CELLULOSE CUTIS 

The occurrence of the cysticercus cellulosse, the scolex of Tcenia 
solium, in the subcutaneous tissue of man has been recognized since 
the middle of the seventeenth century, when it was first described 
by Bonatus. In parts of Europe, particularly in countries where the 
eating of raw or imperfectly cooked pork is common, such as in North 
Germany, the disease is not at all infrequent. Kiichenmeister and 
Zurn have stated that in 5 per cent, of all cases of Tcenia solium the 
skin, or more exactly the subcutaneous tissue, is affected. The cysti- 
cercus forms small elastic tumors varying in size from a pea to a 
cherry, occasionally as large as a walnut, over which the skin is mov- 
able and unaltered in appearance. They give the patient but little 
annoyance unless they are subjected to pressure or grow to an unusual 
size, when they may become inflamed and painful. As a rule several 
tumors are present and they may be very numerous ; Lancereaux has 
reported the case of a woman in whom there were 1000, and Bonhomme 
found in a cadaver, in addition to 900 in the muscles, 2000 in the subcu- 
taneous tissues. They are situated most frequently on the trunk, but 
are also found on other parts of the body. After a duration varying 
from three to seven years the parasite dies, the tumor shrinks, becomes 
hard and occasionally undergoes calcification, or is destroyed by inflam- 
mation and abscess. 

Diagnosis. — Cysticercus is likely to be mistaken for syphilitic 
gumma, for lipoma, sebaceous cyst, and fibroma. From all of these 
it may be readily distinguished by exploratory puncture and exam- 
ination of the fluid which escapes, in which hooklets are easily 
discovered. 



ANIMAL PARASITES 455 

OESTRUS 

Synonyms. — Gad-fly ; Bot-fly. 

Certain dipterous insects belonging to the family (Estridce not 
infrequently attack the skin of man, especially in tropical countries, 
such as Africa, and Central and South America, for the purpose of 
depositing their ova. In Shetland such invasion of the skin is said to 
be common, and confined to women. The ova are deposited beneath 
the skin through an opening made by the ovipositor of the fly, and the 
larvae produce inflammatory swellings resembling furuncles with a cen- 
tral opening from which a seropurulent fluid escapes and through 
which the larvae may be expressed. At times the larvae burrow beneath 
the skin some distance, producing red or purplish sinuous lines, at the end 
of which suppuration eventually occurs, with the formation of abscess 
through which they escape fom the skin. 

Treatment. — The larvae should be removed through a free incision, 
and the cavity thoroughly washed out with antiseptic solutions, such as 
bichloride of mercury I : iooo, or carbolic acid, i : 40. 

ANKYLOSTOMIASIS CUTIS 

Synonyms. — Ankylostomum dermatitis ; Uncinarial dermatitis ; 
Ground itch ; Water itch ; Water pox ; Water sores. 

Definition. — An inflammation of the skin confined to the feet, due 
to the larvae of an intestinal parasite, the Ankylostomum. 

The Ankylostomum is a widely distributed nematode intestinal 
parasite met with practically in all tropical and subtropical regions. 
When it invades the intestinal canal it produces a progressive and 
eventually profound anaemia by abstraction of blood, the so-called 
tropical anaemia, miner's anaemia, hookworm disease, an affection very 
prevalent in the Southern States of the United States, in Porto Rico, 
and in many other countries in the tropics. In 1902 Stiles discovered 
that the affection as seen in the United States and Porto Rico is due 
not to the Ankylostomum duodenale, but to a closely allied species, 
the Necator Americanus. Through contact with soil contaminated by 
fecal matter containing the larvae of the ankylostomum or the necator, 
a dermatitis of the feet is produced characterized by erythema, and an 
eruption of pustules, vesicles, pustules, and not infrequently, in the 
severer cases, by ulceration. The sides of the feet and the toes are 
the parts most frequently affected ; severe itching usually accompanies 
the eruption. Apart from the annoyance which it occasions, in the 
severe cases interfering decidedly with walking, the affection is one of 
considerable importance, since the experiments of Looss, Schaudinn, 
Sandwith, and others have shown that the parasite may reach the intes- 
tinal canal through the skin as well as through the mouth. 

Treatment. — The disease usually yields readily to cleanliness and 
the use of mild antiseptic lotions, such as a saturated solution of boric 
acid or a i-per-cent. solution of phenol applied several times a day. An 



456 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ointment of ammoniated mercury or of calomel fifteen to twenty grains 
i.o to 1.30) to the ounce (32.0) may also be used. To prevent infec- 
tion, shoes should be worn, especially during the rainy season. 

DERMANYSSUS AVIUM ET GALLINiE. 

Synonyms.— Chicken louse; Bird mite; Fr., Dermanysse des 
oiseaux; Ger., Vogelmilbe. 

The chicken louse or bird mite is occasionally a very transient 
parasite upon the human skin, where it produces at times considerable 
irritation with an erythematous eruption. As the mite seldom remains 
long upon the human subject, the occasional application of a carbolic- 
acid lotion, 1 : 40, for the relief of the irritation, is usually all that is 
necessary in the way of treatment. 

DRACONTIASIS 

Synonyms. — Dracunculus; Dracunculus medinesis; Filaria meddi- 
nensis ; Guinea-worm ; Fr., Ver de Guinee ; Ger., Peitschenwurm. 

Definition. — An endemic disease of the tropics due to the invasion 
of the body by a nematode worm, characterized by subcutaneous 
abscess. It is endemic in certain parts of Africa, particularly the West 
Coast, Abyssinia, and Upper Egypt, in Arabia, Persia, certain parts 
of India, such as the Deccan, and in tropical South America, to which 
it was brought by negroes from Africa. 

Symptoms. — Introduced into the body by way of the gastrointes- 
tinal canal, from which it soon enters the connective tissues, the worm 
produces no symptoms until, fully developed, it can be seen or felt 
beneath the skin. It frequently migrates to a considerable distance 
from the place at which it was first observed, travelling as a rule down- 
wards. At the point where it is about to pierce the skin, which, accord- 
ing to Manson, is somewhere on the lower extremities in 85 per cent. 
of all cases, a small vesicle forms, which after a time ruptures, leaving 
a superficial ulcer or erosion from a half to three-quarters of an inch 
in diameter, in the centre of which is a small opening at which the 
head of the worm usually, but not always, presents. From this open- 
ing the head is gradually extruded, and in the course of some time 
the entire worm is expelled. It sometimes happens that the head is 
withdrawn, the opening closes, and the worm migrates to another 
locality where a new opening is formed. If, as Manson has shown, 
the skin in the region of the opening is douched with cold water, a small 
quantity of fluid escapes from the opening which is at first clear, but 
later milky, in which great numbers of larvae can be seen with the 
microscope. If in attempts to extract the worm the head is torn off, 
as not infrequently happens, leaving the body in the skin, severe 
inflammation with lymphangitis and septic symptoms may occur. 
Usually there is but one worm, but there may be two or more. Ex- 
ceptionally the worm dies prematurely without having pierced the 



ANIMAL PARASITES 457 

skin ; abscess may then result or the worm may undergo calcification. 
According to some observers (Sutherland and Bartet), fever and urti- 
caria may precede the appearance of the worm beneath the skin in a 
certain proportion of the cases. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The female worm alone penetrates the 
tissues. It has an average length of about 90 cm., although much 
longer specimens have been reported, and is about 1.5 mm. in diameter. 
It is smooth, cylindrical in shape, with a rounded head containing a 
triangular mouth surrounded by two large and four small papillae, 
and has a pointed, somewhat hook-like tail. The uterus occupies the 
greater portion of the body and contains enormous numbers of 
embryos. 

Infection takes place from drinking-water containing a minute 
crustacean, the cyclops, which serves as the intermediate host for the 
worm. As was demonstrated by Fedschenko, the embryos upon reach- 
ing water enter the cyclops in which they undergo complete larval 
development, requiring for this development a period varying from 
five to nine weeks, according to the temperature of the water. In the 
gastro-intestinal canal the larvae escape from the cyclops and undergo 
further sexual development; and the impregnated female migrates into 
the connective tissues, where she reaches maturity. Very little is 
definitely known about the male ; but it probably dies in the intestinal 
canal and is discharged with the faeces. 

Treatment. — The method of treatment employed by the natives 
in regions in which the Guinea-worm occurs is to seize the head, 
fasten it to a stick, and slowly, day by day, with very gentle traction, 
wind the worm around it. Not infrequently, however, the worm is 
torn, the embryos escape into the tissues, and serious inflammation 
with abscess and sloughing follows, with prolonged convalescence. 
Manson's method is to repeatedly douche the skin of the region occu- 
pied by the worm with cold water, which causes contraction of the 
uterus and expulsion of the embryos through the opening in the skin ; 
after fifteen or twenty days the uterus is completely emptied and the 
worm emerges spontaneously or is absorbed without expulsion. The 
method of treatment devised by Emily is probably the best. A solu- 
tion of bichloride of mercury, 1 : 1000, is injected into the body of the 
worm ; this kills it, and it may then be readily extracted. Even if 
allowed to remain in the tissues, it is gradually absorbed without any 
serious results. 

ECHINOCOCCUS CUTIS 

Echinococcus cysts are occasionally found in the subcutaneous 
tissue where they form soft, fluctuating, slightly translucent tumors of 
variable size, the skin over them showing no alteration. Beyond a 
feeling of tension they are accompanied by no subjective sensations. 
In the course of a year or two the parasite dies, and the tumor occa- 
sionally undergoes calcification. The diagnosis is to be made by ex- 



458 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ploratory puncture and microscopic examination of the fluid contained 
in the tumor in which the hooklets of the parasite are present. 



DEMODEX FOLLICULORUM 

Synonyms. — Acarus folliculorum ; Steatozoon folliculorum ; Ento- 
zoon folliculorum; Fr., Acare des follicules ; Ger., Haarbalgmilbe. 

This parasite, which was discovered by Henle in 1841 in the ceru- 
minous glands, and a year later by Simon in the sebaceous glands, 
is found in the skin, particularly of the face, ears, and upper third of the 
trunk. It is especially abundant in those with greasy skins, and from 
one to ten or twelve may be found in a gland. According to Gmeiner, 
who examined a large number of cadavers, it is found in practically 
all individuals in the sebaceous glands of the face ; and although not 
present in the glands of the newborn, this observer has found it in 
infants a few weeks old. While in some of the lower animals, such 
as the dog, nearly related species of acarus may give rise to severe 
inflammation of the follicles, it is rarely pathogenic in man. However, 
De Amicis Majocchi, and Dubreuilh have reported cases of a yellow- 
ish-brown pigmentation of the skin resembling somewhat that of tinea 
versicolor, which seems to have been due to the demodex. 

The parasite varies in length from ^ to ^ mm., and is made up 
of three segments, the head, the thorax, and abdomen. It is provided 
with four pairs of short jointed legs which are attached to the thorax; 
in the larval stage there are but three pairs of legs. The abdominal 
segment is two or three times the length of the thorax, and is cylin- 
drical in shape with a tapering extremity. 

In the case of pigmentation reported by De Amicis, washings with 
soft soap were curative, but in Dubreuilh's case treatment was 
unavailing. 

LARVA MIGRANS 

Synonyms. — Creeping eruption ; Hyponomoderma ; Dermamyiasis 
linearis migrans cestrosa. 

Definition. — A disease of the skin due to the larva of Gastrophilus 
characterized by a sinuous burrow in the epidermis of variable length. 

This affection was first described by Lee, in 1875, under the name of 
" creeping eruption " ; and since that time additional cases have been 
reported by Crocker, Neumann and Rille, Stelwagon, Simon-Him- 
melstjerna, and others. 

Symptoms. — The characteristic feature of the disease is a burrow in 
the skin represented by a slightly elevated serpiginous red line from 
an eighth to a sixth of an inch wide. The old part of the burrow is 
much paler than the recent portion and frequently shows a number 
of small vesicles and scales over it. It usually extends quite rapidly, 
advancing from a fraction of an inch to an inch or even several 
inches in the course of twenty-four hours ; and in some cases appears 



ANIMAL PARASITES 



459 



to advance much more rapidly by night than by day. It seldom 
moves in a direct line, but usually pursues a sinuous or irregular 
course, not uncommonly turning on itself ; and in the course of some 
months it may have extended over a considerable portion of the sur- 
face. At the advancing end of the burrow, where the larva can some- 
times be seen under glass-pressure with a loup as a black dot, there 
is frequently more or less itching and burning. The disease is most 
common on exposed parts, such as the hands, the face, and the feet, 
but it has been seen on the buttocks and extremities. As a rule there 
is but a single parasite, but cases have been observed in which there 
were two or more. The duration of the affection is variable; com- 
monly it lasts for some months, but it may exist much longer, as in 
a case reported by Crocker in which it had lasted for more than two 
years. Although a rare disease elsewhere, it is quite common in 
certain parts of Russia, along the Volga. Attempts at recovering 
a b 




Fig. 159. — Larva migrans. A, old burrow; B, recent burrow. 



the larva from the burrow, while usually fruitless, are occasionally 
successful. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The malady is due to a larva identified 
by Himmelstjerna and Sokoloff as the larva of a fly belonging to 
the order of CEstridce, genus Gastrophilus. It is about 1 mm. long, 
contains ten segments, has a mouth surrounded by hooklets and 
provided with two suckers. Sokoloff claims to have seen black nits 
upon the hair about the entrance of the burrow. 

According to Lenglet and Delaunay, and Rille, who have studied 
the histopathology of the affection, the burrow is situated in the 
upper portion of the epidermis between the corneous layer and the rete. 
There is some intercellular oedema of the rete and a few leucocytes in 
the intercellular spaces. In the papillae and around the vessels of the 
upper part of the corium there is a varying amount, usually moderate, 



460 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

of cellular exudate in which Lenglet and Delaunay found eosinophiles. 
The cavity of the burrow is usually filled with cellular debris. 

Treatment. — Excision of the advancing end of the burrow and of 
the parts immediately surrounding it is probably the most certain way 
of getting rid of the parasite. Stelwagon cured his cases by introduc- 
ing into the skin a solution of bichloride of mercury, two grains (0.13) 
to the ounce (32.0), by cataphoresis over the advancing end of the 
burrow and applying nitric acid. The hypodermatic injection of a few 
drops of a 1 : 1000 solution of bichloride of mercury would probably 
be effective. In an extensive case very recently under the author's 
care (Fig. 159) the parasite was destroyed by the application of chloro- 
form over the advancing end of the burrow for ten minutes at a time 
several times a day. The chloroform was applied by inverting a test-tube 
containing several drachms over the end of the burrow. 

CRAW-CRAW 

A good deal of uncertainty exists as to the nature of the disease 
described under this name, since, as Brault has pointed out, the natives 
of the West Coast of Africa, where it prevails, apply the term kra-kra 
to most itching vesico-papular eruptions; and in all probability several 
affections which are more or less etiologically distinct are included 
under it. O'Neill has described a contagious affection bearing some 
resemblance to scabies, but without burrows, characterized by an 
eruption of papules, vesicles, and pustules, accompanied by severe 
itching, situated on the trunk and extremities. He believes it to be 
due to a species of filaria which he found in sections of papules teased 
out and examined in water. 

The disease described by Emily under this name begins with an 
eruption of red or brown-red spots situated on the backs of the hands 
and on the lower extremities, which itch intensely ; pustules and multi- 
ple ulcers appear later. Manson has seen a similar affection in India 
and South China. This author believes the so-called veld sore of 
South Africa to be identical with it, or closely related to it. 

Treatment. — Emily has found the liberal application of powdered 
boric acid, after thorough scrubbing with a 1 : 1000 solution of bichlo- 
ride of mercury, very efficient in the treatment of the malady. Manson 
advises the application of warm lotions of carbolic acid, 1 : 20, fol- 
lowed by a dry dressing of boric acid. Infected shoes and stockings 
should be destroyed. 



PLATE XXXII 




Purpura simplex. 



CHAPTER XI 

HEMORRHAGES— HEMORRHAGIC 

PURPURA 

Synonyms. — Hsemorrhcea petechialis ; Ger., Blutfleckenkrankheit. 

Definition. — A disease characterized by cutaneous hemorrhage 
which appears as bright crimson or violaceous spots, lines, streaks, or 
patches which undergo the changes in color characteristic of effused 
blood. 

Symptoms. — Hemorrhage into the skin may appear as pin-head 
to pea-sized, round or oval, non-elevated, crimson spots (petechias) ; 
as lines or streaks of varying length, usually short (vibices) ; as patches 
varying in size from a large coin to the palm of the hand or even much 
larger (ecchymoses), or it may be so extensive as to produce slightly 
elevated flat tumor-like swellings (ecchymomata, hsematomata). 

A number of varieties of purpura are recognized, viz., purpura 
simplex ; purpura hemorrhagica ; purpura rheumatica or peliosis rheu- 
matica. While usually more or less distinct from one another in their 
clinical symptoms and more especially in their course, they may merge 
more or less with one another, the difference between them being 
often one only of degree. 

Purpura Simplex. — (Plate XXXII). — As a rule, without any prece- 
dent or accompanying constitutional disturbance, but occasionally with 
slight malaise and fever, crimson pin-head to pea-sized spots appear in 
variable numbers upon the legs, and in the more pronounced cases 
upon the thighs ; somewhat exceptionally a similar eruption occurs 
upon the upper extremities, usually the forearms. These do not disap- 
pear under pressure, and in the course of twenty-four to forty-eight 
hours become darker and purplish ; later they become greenish, yellow- 
ish, then brown, and finally disappear, the changes in color being 
those which occur in the ordinary contusion. While the first eruption 
is passing through these changes, it is quite common for a new crop 
to appear which goes through similar changes, so that there are present 
all stages of the process at the same time. In the mildest cases there 
may be but a single crop and the disease comes to an end in ten days 
to two weeks, but much more frequently new crops appear at longer 
or shorter intervals, prolonging the disease to weeks or months, or, 
with intermissions of variable length, one or more years. 

As uncommon variations from the usual type the hemorrhages may 
assume a circinate arrangement (Duhring, Stelwagon), or may appear 
as wheals (purpura urticans). It is somewhat uncertain, however, 
whether such cases properly belong to purpura ; the former might very 
well be classified as hemorrhagic erythema multiforme, the latter as 
hemorrhagic urticaria. 

461 



462 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Purpura Hemorrhagica. — Morbus maculosus Werlhoffii ; Land 
scurvy. — This form differs from the foregoing chiefly in the greater 
severity of the symptoms, in the greater extent of the hemorrhages, 
which are not limited to the skin, but occur in the mucous membranes 
also. It may begin as a simple purpura with symptoms such as have 
just been described, or it may begin with considerable constitutional 
disturbance, such as headache and decided elevation of temperature, 
accompanied or soon followed by extensive ecchymoses upon the 
extremities and trunk and bleeding from the nose, gums, and, some- 
what less frequently, from the bladder and bowels. Occasionally 
hemorrhages take place into the meninges or into the brain with 
apoplectic symptoms. In severe cases the amount of blood lost may 
be sufficient to put the patient's life in imminent danger or to cause 
death. The attack usually lasts from four to six weeks, but it may 
considerably exceed this and is apt, like other forms of the affection, 
to recur at irregular intervals. In a case under the author's care 
there were a number of attacks at intervals of about a year for ten 
years, the patient's life being in danger on several occasions from the 
extensive loss of blood from the nose and mouth. In rare instances 
the affection runs a very rapid course with symptoms of profound 
depression, terminating in death in the course of some hours or a 
day or two (purpura fulminans). 

Purpura Rheumatica. — Peliosis rheumatica ; Schonlein's disease. — 
As its name indicates, this variety is associated with rheumatic 
symptoms, such as swelling and pain of the joints, which may precede 
the appearance of the cutaneous symptoms, but usually appears coinci- 
dently with them. Some constitutional disturbance, such as malaise, 
loss of appetite, headache, and elevation of temperature which at times 
may be considerable, are present in varying degree in a large propor- 
tion of the cases. The eruption usually appears upon the lower ex- 
tremities, which are more or less swollen and painful, especially in the 
region of the ankles and knees, and in the mild cases may remain 
limited to these, but in the severer ones the upper extremities are also 
affected. The eruption, which consists of pin-head to coin-sized smooth 
patches, which, when they first appear, are crimson, but soon become 
purplish, is apt to appear in successive crops, gradually spreading to 
new regions. Occasionally ecchymoses occur in the mucous mem- 
branes of the mouth and pharynx which in exceptional cases may be 
followed by sloughing (Osier). In a considerable proportion of cases 
an exudative erythema is present along with the purpuric eruption ; 
occasionally urticarial wheals also appear. In a patient under the 
author's care for some time both forms of eruption were at times pres- 
ent, at others one or the other alone appeared, always accompanied 
by pain and swelling of the knees and ankles. Pericarditis, endocar- 
ditis, and nephritis are occasional complications. 

In the variety known as Henoch's purpura, although it was de- 
scribed by Willan long before Henoch called attention to it, the 



HEMORRHAGES 463 

arthritic and cutaneous symptoms are accompanied by severe gastric 
and enteric disturbance, such as vomiting occasionally of blood, 
paroxysms of abdominal pain, and hemorrhage from the bowels. In 
addition to the cutaneous hemorrhages or alternating with them there 
may be eruptive lesions characteristic of erythema multiforme or of 
urticaria. A marked feature of this form is the tendency to repeated 
attacks which may occur at short intervals or after intervals of a month 
or longer. Although most frequently seen in children, it also occurs 
in adults as well. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The causes of hemorrhage into the skin 
are numerous and of varied kind. They may follow mechanical in- 
juries or the bite of insects such as the flea (purpura pulicosa) ; they 
may follow sudden obstruction to the circulation such as may occur 
in the paroxysms of whooping-cough or in the convulsions of epilepsy ; 
they may follow a sudden change in the direction of the blood stream, 
such as occurs at birth (purpura neonatorum, Kaposi) ; and, lastly, 
they may follow long-standing inflammations, especially of the lower 
extremities, or slight unnoticed traumata in the old in whom the walls 
of the vessels have undergone senile changes (purpura senilis). All these, 
however, while presenting the superficial symptoms of purpura and 
occasionally so designated, are in fact only accidental hemorrhages. 

Purpuric eruptions are in some instances an occasional, in others 
a constant, accompaniment of certain general infections, such as small- 
pox, scarlet fever, typhus fever, measles, varicella, epidemic cerebro- 
spinal meningitis, and endocarditis. Rheumatism has long been re- 
garded as a cause of purpura because of the frequent association of 
arthritis with the eruption, but it is doubtful whether the affection of 
the joints is actually rheumatic. 

Although a number of microorganisms have been found in the blood 
by numerous observers ( Martin de Goimard, Tizzoni and Giovannini, 
Letzerich, Kolb, Carriere, and a number of others), the relationship 
of these to the disease is still undetermined. 

Torok believes that all true purpuras are due to some infective 
or toxic agent in the blood of varying kind which acts directly upon the 
vessel-walls. This view finds much support in the fact that purpura 
at times follows the ingestion of certain drugs, such, for example, as 
iodide of potassium and salicylate of soda. In a young woman under 
the author's observation some years ago the administration of iodide 
of potassium was invariably followed by a purpuric eruption, but toler- 
ance was soon established and the eruption usually disappeared in a 
few days, notwithstanding the continuance of the drug. If, however, 
it was suspended for an interval of some weeks or a month and then 
resumed, the purpura again appeared as before. Hemorrhagic pur- 
pura has been observed to follow the long-continued inhalation of the 
vapor of benzol used for manufacturing purposes (Selling). Purpuric 
eruptions are occasionally noted after injections of antitoxin, and snake- 
venom produces most extensive hemorrhages in the skin, as seen after 
the bites of venomous serpents. 



464 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Duke, in a study of the blood in purpura hemorrhagica, found a 
great diminution in the number of blood-platelets and he believes this 
to be the cause of the cutaneous hemorrhages. Graham Little has re- 
ported a small series of cases associated with hemorrhage into the supra- 
renal capsules, and he thinks it probable that the purpura is due to the 
absence of the suprarenal secretion from the blood consequent upon the 
destruction of the secreting structure of these bodies. 

The blood findings have varied so much that no definite conclusions 
can be drawn from them. In some cases, as might have been ex- 
pected, the number of erythrocytes has been greatly diminished, in 
others there has been a more or less marked leucocytosis. 

The mechanism of the production of the hemorrhage is still a mat- 
ter of some discussion. The blood may escape through rupture of the 
walls of the vessels, or through the unruptured walls by diapedesis. 
According to Sack, rupture of the vessels is present in the large major- 
ity of cases, escape of the blood by diapedesis being the exception. 
In a few instances the flow of blood in the small vessels and capillaries 
has been found obstructed by thrombi composed of masses of micro- 
organisms. Exceptionally an endarteritis is present. The hemor- 
rhage is situated in the papillary and subpapillary portions of the 
corium, between the collagen fibres, but may extend down to the 
subcutaneous tissue when extensive. In old hemorrhages brown 
granular pigment derived from the coloring matter of the blood is also 
present in considerable quantity. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis is usually easy. The bright crimson 
color of the early eruption, which cannot be made to disappear by 
pressure, and the changes in color which it undergoes are quite charac- 
teristic features. 

The symptomatic purpuric eruptions which occur in certain of the 
infectious diseases which have been already referred to are to be distin- 
guished from the primary purpuras by the severity of the general symp- 
toms, particularly the high temperature, and the associated eruptions 
characteristic of the several affections. 

Rheumatic purpura may at first be mistaken for acute rheumatism 
when the arthritis precedes the eruption, but the appearance of cuta- 
neous hemorrhages soon reveals the true nature of the attack. Errors 
may arise also when the lesions of erythema multiforme are associated 
with the affection, but petechias and ecchymoses appear sooner or later. 
In Henoch's purpura the youth of the patient and the associated 
severe gastric and enteric symptoms are characteristic when taken in 
connection with the purpuric eruption. 

Purpura may be confounded with scurvy or scorbutus, but the for- 
mer never presents the peculiar swollen, spongy condition of the gums 
nor the brawny, discolored swellings in the muscles and subcutaneous 
tissues characteristic of the latter. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis as to recovery is in most instances fa- 
vorable, recovery taking place in cases of ordinary severity in a few 



HEMORRHAGES 465 

weeks, although the disease may be considerably prolonged by re- 
peated recurrences. In hemorrhagic purpura the prognosis should 
be guarded, since the loss of blood may be so large as to imperil the 
patient's life or cause his death. Even when recovery takes place, 
severe anaemia and debility frequently follow for a considerable period. 
As has already been mentioned, cardiac and nephritic complications 
occasionally occur. 

Treatment. — In all cases except the very mildest, the patient should 
be put to bed when possible, since nothing can take the place of rest 
in the recumbent position. On the other hand, the duration of the 
attack is frequently much prolonged if the patient continues to go 
about or is on his feet for hours at a time. Crocker found turpentine 
given in doses of fifteen to twenty minims three times a day, or by 
inhalation, one of the most reliable internal remedies. In the severe 
cases ergotin hypodermatically may be given for the purpose of con- 
tracting the vessels. Recently Wright has recommended the adminis- 
tration of calcium chloride for the purpose of increasing the coagula- 
bility of the blood ; it may be given in doses of fifteen to twenty grains 
(i.o to 1.30) three times a day. The author has employed it in a 
limited number of cases, but he is not satisfied that it is a remedy 
of much value. The tincture of the chloride of iron in doses of fifteen 
to thirty minims three or four times a day may also be given, with 
the view of combating the anaemia which results from the loss of 
blood and for its astringent effect. In hemorrhagic purpura the hypo- 
dermatic injection of ten to twenty minims of the 1 : 1000 solution 
of adrenalin chloride may be tried as recommended by MacGowan. 
In cases accompanied by arthritis the salicylates may be given in ap- 
propriate doses. Quite recently injections of blood-serum, human and 
foreign, have been employed, but with such varying results that noth- 
ing very definite can be said as yet about their usefulness. 

PURPURA ANNULARIS TELANGIECTODES 

Synonyms. — -Telangiectasia follicularis annulata. 

This affection, of which only a small number of cases has as yet 
been recorded, was described for the first time in 1896 by Majocchi. 
Additional cases have since been observed by Arndt, Vignolo-Lutati, 
Lindenheim, MacKee, and a few others. Very recently MacKee has 
published a new case, the first to be recorded in America, together 
with an exhaustive account of its clinical features, histopathology, 
and an analysis of the literature to date. 

Symptoms. — The disease begins as well-defined red and viola- 
ceous spots situated upon the legs, which upon close inspection are 
seen to be composed of minute telangiectases. In these spots .and at 
their margins dark-red points, minute hemorrrhages, appear, usually 
situated about the mouths of the follicles. The spots slowly enlarge 
peripherally until they reach the size of a coin, and as they enlarge they 
assume an annular appearance, the centre being more or less pig- 
30 



466 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

mented. The eruption is usually confined to the legs, but it may ex- 
tend to the thighs, and occasionally occurs upon various parts of the 
trunk and upper extremities. The evolution of the lesions is very slow, 
many weeks being required to reach their full development, and the 
disease usually lasts for months or a year or two. After a variable 
period the patches become less well defined, change color, becoming 
a yellowish-brown, and finally disappear, usually, but not invariably, 
leaving a slight atrophy, occasionally accompanied by alopecia and 
pigmentation of the affected areas. As the early lesions disappear, 
new ones may appear, so that all the stages of their evolution and 
involution may be present at the same time. 

Etiology and Pathology.— Nothing is known about the direct causes 
of the affection. Age and sex are apparently to be reckoned among 
the predisposing causes, since the great majority of the cases thus 
far observed have occurred in young male adults ; only a few have 
been seen in children and still fewer in women. 

The essential feature of its histopathology is an obliterating endar- 
teritis and endophlebitis, which, according to MacKee, begin in the 
hypoderm and extend to the capillaries of the entire derma. In the 
early stages the vessels of the papillae and subpapillary portion of the 
corium are tortuous and dilated and there is a moderate diapedesis 
of red cells. In the more advanced stages there is a moderate peri- 
vascular and perifollicular cellular exudate composed of lymphoid and 
connective-tissue cells, and scattered accumulations of granular pig- 
ment. In the final stages the epidermis is somewhat thinned, the 
papillae are flattened out or have disappeared, and the hair follicles 
are more or less atrophied. 

Diagnosis. — It is to be distinguished from the ordinary forms of 
purpura by the annular shape of the patches, the presence of pigmen- 
tation, and its slow chronic course. It may be mistaken for syphilis, 
but the telangiectases of the early stages and the atrophy of the final 
stage will serve to distinguish it from that affection. 

Prognosis. — The tendency of the disease is toward recovery, al- 
though it may last for some months or even a year or two. 

Treatment. — The treatment is not very satisfactory. Rest, espe- 
cially in the recumbent position, and the use of a properly applied 
elastic bandage are the only measures likely to be of use. MacKee 
thought the local use of resorcin produced some improvement in his 
case. 

SCORBUTUS 

Synonyms. — Purpura scorbutica ; Scurvy. 

Definition. — A systemic disease usually occurring in epidemics, but 
also sporadically, characterized by mental depression, extreme debil- 
ity with a tendency to syncope, swollen and spongy gums, and hemor- 
rhages into the skin and from the mucous membranes. 

Symptoms. — After a period of apathy and physical weakness last- 
ing from one to several weeks, small hemorrhages appear as crimson 



HEMORRHAGES 467 

or purple spots on the legs, usually in the neighborhood of the ankles 
at first, and the gums become purplish, swollen, painful, and bleed 
readily. This condition of the gums is one of the most characteristic 
symptoms of the affection and usually appears early, but it may not 
appear until late, and exceptionally may be entirely absent. With 
the progress of the disease the purpuric eruption becomes more abun- 
dant and more extensive, and spreads to the thighs, trunk, and upper 
extremities. Extensive ecchymoses appear on the lower extremities, 
firm, discolored swellings appear in the muscles and subcutaneous tis- 
sues, due to extravasations of blood, the gums become still more 
swollen and ulcerate, the teeth become loose and occasionally drop 
out, and hemorrhages take place from the mouth, nose, and from the 
bowels. Hemorrhagic effusions take place in the joints and into the 
larger serous cavities of the body, attended at times by a rise in tem- 
perature. Ulceration of the skin frequently occurs, either at the 
site of the hemorrhages, in old scars, or after slight traumatism. In 
the advanced stages there is great emaciation with extreme prostration 
and oedema of the feet and ankles. 

In infants and children the cutaneous symptoms are usually much 
less prominent, although petechias and ecchymoses occur as in adults, 
but usually fewer in number. Symptoms of rickets are frequently 
present, such as swelling of the epiphyses and the so-called beading 
at the junctions of the costal cartilages and the ribs. The most promi- 
nent and characteristic symptom is an extreme tenderness of the legs 
with periosteal swellings. Sponginess and swelling of the gums, char- 
acteristic symptoms in adults, are only present as a rule when the 
eruption of the teeth is partly or entirely completed. Occasionally 
there is a proptosis of one eye from subperiosteal hemorrhage in the 
orbit. Hematuria is also occasionally present and may be an early 
symptom. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Scorbutus occurs as a rule in epidemics 
among sailors, prisoners, and others who have had an unbalanced diet, 
one in which fresh fruits, vegetables, and meats have been largely or 
entirely wanting. In infants, in whom it occurs chiefly between the 
ages of six and eighteen months, it is observed in those who have 
been fed upon proprietary foods from which fresh milk is absent, 
or in those who have been fed on condensed or sterilized milk. 

A more or less marked diminution of erythrocytes is present, but 
no characteristic changes are discoverable in the blood and blood- 
vessels. Numerous hemorrhages are present in the skin, subcutaneous 
tissues, muscles, and in the serous cavities. Fatty degeneration of the 
heart, liver, and kidneys is not uncommon. 

Diagnosis. — The epidemic occurrence of the disease in those who 
have been deprived of fresh fruit, vegetables, and fresh meat, the pur- 
puric eruption, and especially the swollen and spongy condition of 
the gums, are so characteristic that the diagnosis is usually made with- 
out any difficulty. In children and infants it may be mistaken for 



468 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

rickets, but the extreme tenderness of the lower extremities, the pe- 
riosteal swellings, and the condition of the gums in those who have 
cut some or all of the teeth are characteristic symptoms, especially in 
artificially fed children. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Although always a serious affection, 
the prognosis is usually favorable unless proper treatment is too long 
delayed. As a rule, the free administration of an abundance of fresh 
fruit, lemon or lime juice, fresh vegetables, and raw meat juice is 
promptly followed by an amelioration of all the symptoms and event- 
ually their complete disappearance. The medicinal treatment is to be 
conducted on general principles, and in many instances may be entirely 
dispensed with. For the inflamed and ulcerated gums, mild antiseptic 
mouth-washes should be employed. 



CHAPTER XII 

HYPERTROPHIES— HYPERTROPHIC 

CLAVUS 

Synonyms. — Corn; Fr., Cor; CEil de perdrix; Ger., Leichdorn; 
Hiihnerauge. 

Definition. — A circumscribed overgrowth of the horny layer of the 
epidermis situated, in most instances, upon the toes. 

Symptoms. — Two varieties of corns are recognized, viz., hard and 
soft corns, the differences between the two being largely the result of 
differences in situation. 

The hard corn, which is much the more frequent of the two varie- 
ties, is a small flat or slightly conical horny elevation about the size 
of a pea, with a smooth surface, in the centre of which is a small 
whitish spot, sometimes slightly elevated — the eye or core — which 
may be picked out with the point of a knife-blade and extends deeply 
downward in the epidermis. It is found upon the dorsal surface of 
the toes, over the bony prominences, on the outer side of the little 
toe, and less frequently upon the sole. It is usually quite sensitive 
to pressure and often spontaneously painful, frequently becoming more 
so with changes in the weather. 

The soft corn is situated on the sides of the toes, and, owing to 
maceration, it is soft and grayish instead of hard and yellowish-white. 
It is usually much more painful than the hard corn, and often the 
source of much discomfort. 

Both varieties frequently become inflamed, sometimes suppurate, 
and occasionally undergo ulceration. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Corns are almost invariably the result of 
pressure or friction, and are commonly caused by the wearing of tight 
or ill-fitting shoes. 

They are circumscribed hyperkeratoses, the result of pressure, 
and consist of an accumulation of horny epidermic cells which, in the 
central portion or core, which is conical, with the small end downward, 
are so compressed that separate layers can no longer be distinguished. 
Beneath the core the rete is markedly atrophied, but about the border 
of the lesion it is increased in thickness. The papillae in the central 
portion are flattened out or obliterated, but at the margins are more 
or less elongated. 

Treatment. — Pressure should be removed and friction avoided by 
the wearing of properly fitting shoes. After thoroughly soaking in 
hot water the top should be carefully pared with a sharp knife or 
scraped off with a dull knife-blade, or, what is better, a small curette, 
removing as thoroughly as possible the central portion or core ; after- 

469 



470 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ward a perforated felt plaster, the so-called corn-plaster, should be 
applied and worn for some time to ward off pressure. Salicylic acid 
as a ten to fifteen per cent, plaster or dissolved in the same quantity 
in collodion, or, better, liquor guttse-perchae, may likewise be success- 
fully employed for the removal of corns. 

CALLOSITAS 

Synonyms. — Tylosis ; Tyloma ; Keratoma ; Callus ; Callosity ; Fr., 
Callosite ; Ger., Schwiele. 

Definition. — An acquired circumscribed increase in the thickness of 
the horny layer of the epidermis, situated most frequently upon the 
palms and soles, but not confined exclusively to these localities. 

Symptoms. — Callosities occur as variously sized, yellowish or gray- 
ish, smooth horny thickenings of the skin, with ill-defined borders, 
situated as a rule upon the palms, palmar surface of the fingers, 
and upon the soles, in the last-named region particularly upon those 
parts especially exposed to pressure, such as the base of the great 
toe and the heel. Although the just-mentioned localities are those in 
which they are most frequently observed, they may occur upon other 
parts when subjected to long-continued or often-repeated pressure, 
as happens in certain occupations. Although usually unattended by 
any noteworthy subjective symptoms, they occasionally become sensi- 
tive and painful, and exceptionally the underlying skin may inflame 
or even suppurate, the callosity being cast off as a result. Upon the 
sole of the foot, especially upon the borders of the heel, fissures may 
occur which are more or less painful. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Callosities belong to the large group of 
occupational dermatoses and are very common upon the hands of 
laborers, of those who work at various trades, and of those who play 
much upon stringed musical instruments. 

In uncomplicated cases they are pure hyperkeratoses; there is a 
greater or less increase in the thickness of the horny layer of the epi- 
dermis, usually with little or no change in other parts of the skin, al- 
though there may be atrophy of the rete as the consequence of pres- 
sure from the overlying thickened horny layer. 

Treatment. — When the pressure which has caused them is removed, 
moderately developed callosities usually disappear. When large and 
thick they may be soaked thoroughly in a warm solution of bicarbonate 
of soda or borax and afterward pared down with a sharp knife or 
scraped off. The continuous application of a ten to twenty per cent, 
plaster of salicylic acid for a week or two is likewise an effective 
method of removing them ; a fresh piece of the plaster should be ap- 
plied every two or three days, scraping or rubbing off the softened 
surface before applying the fresh plaster. 



HYPERTROPHIES 471 

CORNU CUTANEUM 

Synonyms. — Cornu humanum ; Cutaneous horn ; Fr., Corne de la 
peau ; Ger., Hauthorn. 

Definition. — A circumscribed elongate horny growth resembling 
the horns of animals. 

Symptoms. — Cutaneous horns vary much in size, shape, and gen- 
eral appearance. They may be cylindrical, flat, or conical ; straight, 
curved, twisted, and in rare cases branched ; yellowish, grayish, brown, 
or blackish, and vary in diameter from 0.5 to 3 or 4 cm., and in length 
from 3 or 4 m. to 25 or 30 cm. in rare cases ; Sutton refers to a case 
in which a horn seated in the centre of the forehead, curving down- 
ward in front of the face, extended below the chin. Their surface is 
quite hard, but they may be less firm in their interior. While, as a 
rule, they are solitary, there may be several, and in rare cases they 
may be very numerous, as in one recorded by MansurofI (quoted by 
Janovsky), in which there were 133. They usually grow quite slowly, 
but in exceptional cases they may reach a considerable size in the 
course of a few months or even in a few weeks (Dubreuilh). When 
accidentally knocked off or pulled off, they are usually reproduced. 
As an infrequent occurrence they may fall off spontaneously. While 
they have been observed on practically all parts of the body, they are 
much more frequently seen in the face and on the scalp than else- 
where ; in more than one-half of the 109 cases collected by Lebert, 
they were situated in these regions. 

Etiology. — Cutaneous horns may occur at any age, but are infre- 
quent before forty, and are somewhat more common in women than 
in men. They have their origin in sebaceous cysts and warts, may 
follow injuries, and exceptionally may be due to syphilis (Lewin and 
Heller). 

According to Unna, there are two stages in the formation of a 
horn ; in the first there are both acanthosis and hyperkeratosis, and 
in the second the former diminishes while the latter increases. The 
horny layer is enormously increased in thickness, out of all propor- 
tion to the changes in other portions of the epidermis, and the rete 
is likewise at first increased in breadth, but later is somewhat thinned 
by the pressure of the thickened horny layer. The papillae are usually 
much elongated, but there are usually no other changes in the derma ; 
occasionally, however, there are a slight increase in the number of 
connective-tissue cells and a moderate perivascular exudate of leu- 
cocytes. 

Dubreuilh would make a separate variety of the multiple horns 
observed in young subjects, such as the cases of Mansuroff and Batge, 
and would class them with the systematized nsevi. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — In most cases horns continue to grow 
slowly but steadily, but, as already observed, in exceptional cases they 
fall off spontaneously. In a certain proportion of cases, twelve per 
cent., according to Lebert, epithelioma follows. 



472 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



L 



The only effective treatment is surgical ; the larger ones should be 
excised with the knife, together with a portion of the surrounding 
skin, to insure against recurrence ; the small ones may be clipped off 
with curved scissors. 

KERATOSIS SENILIS 

Synonyms. — Keratoma senile ; Fi\, Acne sebacee ; Acne concrete. 

Definition. — A hyperkeratosis peculiar to middle and old age, char- 
acterized by yellowish, brownish, or blackish patches which show a 
decided tendency to epitheliomatous change. 



: 



, ** 



,#*,,, 



:: 



$p - 





d 1 



Fig. 160. — Keratosis senilis — epithelioma. 

Symptoms. — It occurs as pea- to dime-sized, seldom larger, often 
ill-defined, yellowish, brownish, or blackish, more or less elevated 
crusts, sometimes friable and rather greasy, seated on slightly erythem- 
atous areas, at others dry and horny without any other visible altera- 
tion of the skin. They are usually quite firmly adherent, and when 
forcibly removed present a number of small spines on their under 



HYPERTROPHIES 



473 



surface which have filled the dilated mouths of the follicles ; the skin 
beneath is red, moist, or not uncommonly superficially ulcerated. 
Many of the crusts exhibit little or no change for months or years, 
but sooner or later some of them become thick and wart- or horn- 
like, and beneath them an epitheliomatous ulcer forms which pursues 
the usual course (Fig. 160). Upon the backs of the hands the crusts 
are frequently quite black and more or less depressed, and so firmly at- 
tached to the skin that they cannot be removed without considerable 
force. Along with the horny patches, the skin frequently presents 
evidences of senile change ; here and there are patches of brownish pig- 
mentation, whitish atrophic or scar-like areas, and telangiectases. 





:;.V 






FlG. 161. — Keratosis senilis. K, Greatly thickened horny layer; F, follicle containing large horny plug; 
R. C, round-cell exudate in papilla. 

The malady shows a marked predilection for the uncovered re- 
gions, such as the face, particularly the cheeks and nose, somewhat 
less frequently the forehead, the rims of the ears, the back and sides 
of the neck, and the backs of the hands. 

Etiology. — In the great majority of cases it occurs in those past 
fifty years of age, although it may occur as early as thirty-live or 
forty in exceptional cases. Its subjects are for the most part those 
whose occupation exposes them to the sun and air, and for that reason, 
probably, is much more common in men than in women, although the 



474 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

most marked example the author has ever seen occurred in an Italian 
peasant woman who worked in the fields. 

Pathology. — In a study of the histopathology of the affection made 
a few years ago, the author found an enormous increase in the thick- 
ness of the horny layer of the epidermis, in which many nuclei were 
still preserved, the greatest increase being about the mouths of the 
hair follicles and of the sweat-ducts, the former being greatly dilated 
and filled with horny plugs. The granular layer had completely 
disappeared everywhere except about the mouths of the follicles 
and the sweat-gland ducts. In the more recent lesions there was 
a moderate hyperplasia of the rete, with evidences of increased cell 
activity in the basal cell layer ; in the older ones this hyperplasia was 
still greater and in places the rete was beginning to invade the corium 
in which there was a dense cellular exudate composed of mononuclear 
leucocytes plasma cells, and "mastzellen." In those with markedly 
depressed and tightly adherent crusts, such as are seen upon the backs 
of the hands, instead of a hyperplasia there was a more or less decided 
pressure atrophy of the rete. The sebaceous glands showed nothing 
abnormal, but the sweat-gland apparatus was invariably the seat of 
pathological changes. There was an abundant exudation of cells 
about the duct where it entered the epidermis ; in places the lining 
epithelium of the coils showed marked proliferation, sometimes com- 
pletely blocking the lumen, and in other places there was cystic dila- 
tation of the coils (Fig. 161). 

Diagnosis. — The appearance of these lesions is so characteristic 
that they are readily recognized. They are sometimes mistaken for 
senile warts, but the latter are only exceptionally found upon the 
face, are often limited to the back, and are usually quite elevated. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Every senile keratosis is a potential 
epithelioma ; many, if not most, of the flat superficial epitheliomata so 
common in the face begin in this manner. While they may show 
but little alteration for several years, sooner or later ulceration takes 
place beneath them. In the earliest stages, when the crust is thin, 
an ointment of salicylic acid, two to three per cent., either alone or 
combined with three to four per cent, of sulphur, may be of service. 
Painting the patches with trichloracetic acid as recommended by Davis 
is likewise an effective treatment. Older and larger lesions may be 
destroyed by freezing with carbon dioxide "snow." They often dis- 
appear under X-ray treatment in a very satisfactory manner. When 
ulceration has once taken place, they should be treated as epithelioma. 

KERATOSIS PILARIS 

Synonyms. — Lichen pilaris; Pityriasis pilaris; Keratosis supra- 
follicularis. 

Definition.— A follicular hyperkeratosis characterized by small 
horny papules situated at the mouths of the hair-follicles. 

Symptoms. — The eruption which distinguishes this affection con- 



HYPERTROPHIES 475 

sists of discrete, pin-head-sized, horny elevations occupying the mouths 
of the hair-follicles. These may be readily picked out by the finger-nail, 
leaving a small depression which often contains a coiled or broken 
hair; or the papule may be pierced by the hair, which is at times 
broken off and then appears as a small black dot in the centre of the 
papule. It is situated most frequently upon the outer surface of the 
upper arms and thighs, somewhat less frequently upon the arms and 
legs, and in extensive cases upon the trunk. The skin between the 
papules is, as a rule, normal in appearance, but is usuallv dry. Sub- 







Fig. 162. — Keratosis pilaris. 

jective symptoms are frequently absent altogether, but there may be 
a moderate amount of itching. It varies much in the degree of its 
development ; often the lesions are scanty and limited to the arms 
and thighs (Fig. 162), or they may be present in great numbers, 
giving the skin a coarsely granular aspect and a grater-like feel. 

Etiology. — The malady is most frequent in children and young 
adults, and is seen in its greatest development in those who do not 
bathe frequently, but is by no means limited to them. It is often 
present to a marked degree in those with ichthyosis, although a num- 
ber of authors regard this form as a part of the ichthyosis and a dis- 



476 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

tinct affection. It is commonly much more noticeable in winter than 
in summer. 

Pathology. — The disease is a hyperkeratosis limited to the mouths 
of the hair-follicles, which are more or less completely blocked by an 
accumulation of cornined epithelial cells. Unna regards it as an 
inflammation ; he always finds a greater or less increase of connective- 
tissue cells, both around and within the follicles, and a permanent 
dilatation of the vessels in about one-third the cases. 

Diagnosis. — The characteristic features of the eruption are the 
horny character of the papules ; their follicular situation ; their dis- 
tribution on the extensor surfaces of the arms and thighs ; and the 
absence of symptoms of inflammation. It may bear some resemblance 
to cutis anserina ("goose-skin"), but this is a transient affection due 
to cold or fear, which disappears with the exciting cause. It may be 
mistaken by the inexperienced for the miliary papular syphiloderm, 
but it never presents the red-brown color and tendency to occur in 
small groups characteristic of that eruption. It may resemble to some 
degree lichen scrofulosorum, but differs from that affection in at- 
tacking the extremities rather than the trunk, to which the latter is, 
as a rule, confined. 

Treatment. — The treatment is much the same as that of mild ichthy- 
osis. Frequent baths, preferably made alkaline by the addition of 
sodium bicarbonate or sodium biborate, four ounces to thirty gal- 
lons (128 to 100 L.), followed by inunctions of a 2-per-cent. oint- 
ment of salicylic acid in lanolin, seven parts, oil of sweet almond, 
or lard oil, one part, will usually soon bring about the disappearance 
of the eruption. The treatment must be continued for some time 
after the eruption disappears to prevent relapses. 

LICHEN PILARIS SEU SPINULOSUS 

Under this title Crocker has described an affection of the hair- 
follicles closely resembling keratosis follicularis, and of which it is 
probably a variant. It is characterized by an eruption of quite small, 
red, conical papules situated about the mouths of the hair-follicles, 
which contain a small spine in the centre. After a time the redness 
disappears, the papules become the color of the skin, and may then 
remain unaltered for an indefinite period. The eruption is arranged 
in symmetrically disposed patches of various sizes and is situated most 
commonly upon the back of the neck, the extensor surface of the 
arms, the abdomen, the buttocks, in the region of the trochanters, on 
the posterior surface of the thighs, and in the popliteal spaces. Crocker 
never saw it attack the face, upper part of the chest, nor the hands 
and feet. It may be scanty or abundant, and is apt to appear rather 
suddenly in crops, patches coming out overnight. 

Etiology and Pathology.— It occurs, as a rule, in children, is more 
frequent in boys than in girls, and occasionally is seen in adults. Ac- 
cording to Crocker, there is first a hypersemia, which is followed by a 



HYPERTROPHIES 477 

perifollicular effusion and a hyperplasia of the epidermic cells lining 
the follicle. Xo study of its histopathology has been made, however. 

Diagnosis.— It is to be distinguished from keratosis follicularis, 
the only affection for which it is likely to be mistaken, by the red 
color of the papules in their early stage and by their arrangement in 
patches. 

Treatment. — The treatment is practically the same as for keratosis 
follicularis. Crocker obtained benefit from a liniment of soft soap 
and alcohol containing one drachm (3.40) of oil of cade to the ounce 
(30), rubbed in with a piece of flannel. 

KERATOSIS FOLLICULARIS 

Synonyms. — Keratosis vegetans (Crocker); Fr., Darier's disease; 
Fr., Psorospermose folliculaire vegetante ; Acne sebacee cornee. 

Definition. — A chronic affection characterized by an eruption of 
brownish crusted papules, frequently follicular, symmetrically dis- 
tributed, and showing a decided predilection for certain localities, 
such as the face and scalp, the axillae and groins, but not limited to 
these regions. 

Symptoms. — This infrequent and remarkable malady was first ac- 
curately described independently, in 1889, by James C. White and 
Darier, the former giving it the name keratosis follicularis, the latter 
calling it "psorospermose folliculaire vegetante/' 

Exhibiting a decided predilection for those regions in which the 
sebaceous and sweat-glands are most active, such as the face and 
scalp, the sternum, the axillae, and genito-crural regions, it is character- 
ized in its early stages by pin-head to hemp-sized solid elevations 
which at first differ but little in color from the normal skin (Fig. 163). 
Schweninger and Buzzi, who had exceptional opportunity for watch- 
ing the development of the lesions, assert that in their earliest stages 
they are red spots or very small red papules, a statement confirmed 
by Janovsky. As the lesions enlarge they become reddish or brown- 
ish and are covered with a grayish, brownish, or blackish adherent 
scale or crust, which upon removal is seen to be embedded in the 
dilated mouth of a hair-follicle or in a funnel-shaped depression in 
the epidermis, the imbedded portion being much softer than the top. 
As the disease progresses, these enlarge and increase in number, form- 
ing confluent patches about the temples (Fig. 164), on the sternum, 
in the groins and axillae, covered with yellowish-gray or brownish 
fatty crusts. In regions where there are opposed skin surfaces, where 
there is more or less moisture, such as the axillae and inguinal and 
genital region, the lesions reach their greatest development; here in the 
most advanced cases they form nodules and papillomatous masses 
covered with thick macerated crusts, underneath which superficial 
ulceration sometimes occurs and from which is given off a most 
offensive odor. Similar vegetating masses may form in the furrows 
behind the ears. 



478 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Upon the scalp the appearance is somewhat like that of a sebor- 
rhceic dermatitis ; it is covered with scales or yellowish crusts, be- 
neath which is a moist, red, frequently slightly papillomatous, surface. 
The hair is usually unaffected. 

Upon the backs of the hands and tops of the feet are numerous 
horny, corn-like elevations which at times are so numerous as to 
form a continuous horny plate, grayish or blackish in color, as in 




Fig. 163. — Keratosis follicularis (Darier's disease). 

the case reported by White. Less frequently a punctiform keratosis 
appears upon the palms and soles, in Darier's case as yellowish trans- 
lucent points ; or these regions may be the seat of a diffuse kera- 
tosis, presenting a uniform thickening of the horny epidermis. 

The nails are usually more or less affected ; they are thickened, 
furrowed longitudinally, brittle, with broken, ragged, free borders. 

The progress of the malady is continuous and at first quite rapid, 
but later is apt to be slow. Occasionally acute outbreaks occur in 



HYPERTROPHIES 479 

which new territory is invaded. In the course of many months or 
years the greater part of the surface may be more or less involved, 
and even in regions in which there are no crusts the skin is apt 
to be thickened and discolored. At times, however, it remains lim- 
ited to certain restricted regions, as in the case reported by Boweiu 
in which the head and hands alone were affected. In a case under 
the author's observation a few years ago the eruption was limited to 
scattered lesions on the sides of the thorax and abdomen. 

The subjective symptoms are often insignificant, but there may 
be at times quite severe itching. In the cases in which ulceration 
of the vegetations in the groin occurs, there may be severe pain. There 
are no general symptoms. 

Etiology. — The early view that the affection was due to the in- 
vasion of the follicles by psorosperms was soon shown to be errone- 




Fig. 164. — Keratosis follicularis (Darier's disease). Yellow crusts above and behind ears. 

ous, the supposed parasites being nothing more than peculiarly al- 
tered epithelial cells. The direct cause still remains unknown. It 
is considerably more frequent in men than in women, and in the 
majority of cases begins in childhood or youth. In a considerable 
proportion of the reported cases the disease presented a markedly 
familiar character. White, Boeck, and Ehrmann observed two or 
more cases in the same family, and Pohlmann and Trimble have each 
reported five cases occurring in three generations. This is regarded 
by most authors as evidence that heredity, in some cases, at least, 
plays an important role in its causation ; but it might equally well be 
explained by contagion, although it is generally believed to be non- 
contagious. 

Pathology. — The malady is an anomaly of cornification. As al- 
ready remarked, Darier at first was of the opinion that the peculiar 



480 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



round bodies present in the rete were psorosperms, hence the name 
which he gave it; but the later studies of Bowen, Boeck, Buzzi, and 
Miethke, and of Darier himself, have proved definitely that the so- 
called psorosperms are degenerated epithelial cells. Nor are the 
lesions confined to the pilo-sebaceous follicles, as at first supposed, 
but they also occur at the mouths of the sweat-gland ducts and in 
parts of the epidermis in no way connected with the glandular ap- 
paratus. 

The histological changes are quite characteristic, and are found 
chiefly in the epidermis. There is a marked hyperkeratosis, and in 




FlG. 165. — Darier's disease (keratosis f ollicularis) . A, degenerated epithelial cells in a horny plug filling 
the follicle, formerly thought to be psorosperms. F, fissure in the rete mucosum. 



follicular lesions the dilated funnel-shaped mouth of the follicle is 
filled with cornified epithelial cells. The most characteristic features 
are found in the rete. About the borders of the papule it is consider- 
ably broader than normal ; the interpapillary prolongations are much 
increased in length, and the cells of the basal layer and those imme- 
diately adjacent contain numerous mitoses and a considerable amount 
of granular pigment. In the central portion it is thinner than normal, 
owing probably to the pressure of the thick overlying horny layer. 
In its upper and middle portions are a variable number, rarely nu- 
merous, of round, refractile bodies somewhat larger than the normal 



HYPERTROPHIES 481 

epithelial cells, with granular protoplasm, with or without a nucleus, 
and frequently provided with a double-contoured wall; in the upper 
part of the rete, and especially in the lower portion of the horny layer, 
these lose their granular protoplasm and are quite transparent, with 
very sharply defined outlines (Fig. 165). These are the " corps ronds" 
of Darier, which were at first regarded as parasitic organisms. In 
the lower part of the rete, fissures of considerable size are occasionally 
seen, the exact significance of which is still a matter of conjecture. 

The changes in the corium are comparatively insignificant. The 
papillae at the borders of the lesion are greatly elongated and contain 
a moderate exudate of leucocytes, principally in the neighborhood of 
the vessels, with some granules of pigment, and those at the borders 
of the papule are greatly elongated. 

Diagnosis. — -In well-developed cases the affection is usually recog- 
nized without any difficulty. In its early stages or in mild cases it 
may bear some resemblance to keratosis pilaris, but differs from 
that affection in its regional distribution. In well-marked cases it 
may resemble acanthosis nigricans, affecting for the most part the 
same localities, but it does not, like that malady, affect the mouth, 
and never presents such marked pigmentation. The histological feat- 
ures are so characteristic that a biopsy is always of great value in the 
differential diagnosis. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis as to recovery is very unfavorable, but 
the general condition is not impaired. The malady usually steadily 
progresses and does not yield readily to treatment, although much 
may be done, particularly in mild cases, to improve the condition of 
the skin. In a case reported by Wende, multiple epithelioma developed 
in some of the lesions. 

Treatment. — Frequent warm alkaline baths are of great service, 
and, when there is much crusting, may be supplemented by the use 
of green soap or soaps containing sulphur or resorcin. When the 
skin has been freed from crusts, ointments and pastes of salicylic 
acid, resorcin, or sulphur, varying in strength from two to five per 
cent., may be used with benefit. Pyrogallol has also been recom- 
mended, but this is an extremely dirty remedy, possesses no advan- 
tage over those already mentioned, and its use is not devoid of danger. 
Mook, Lieberthal, and Stelwagon have observed favorable results from 
the use of the X-ray, and Ritter has reported a case of cure. In a 
mild case under the author's care a few years ago, decided improve- 
ment followed the use of this agent. Herxheimer reports the cure 
of two cases by the thermocautery, cauterizing superficially the af- 
fected areas. 

KERATOSIS FOLLICULARIS CONTAGIOSA 

Some years ago (1892) Brooke described a very rare form of follic- 
ular keratosis, apparently contagious, resembling in many of its clini- 
cal features the keratosis follicularis of White and Darier, which 
he regarded as identical wth the acne sebacee cornee of Cazenave, 
31 



482 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the acne cornce of Leloir and Vidal, the ichthyosis sebacea cornea of 
Erasmus Wilson, and the keratosis follicularis of Morrow. Other 
cases have since been reported by Little, Elliot, and others. 

It begins with a slight thickening of the horny layer of the epi- 
dermis, accentuating the normal lines of the skin, and in the polygonal 
areas thus outlined two or three small black points appear, of which 
one or more develop into small papules, from the summit of which 
firmly attached horny spines project, some of which are long and 
slender, others short and thick-like comedones. Some of the larger 
lesions become inflamed like those of acne, while others resemble 
warts. The eruption is symmetrically distributed and is found upon 
the nape of the neck, the extremities, and to a less degree the trunk 
and face. In Brooke's cases it reached its greatest development on 
the outer surface of the posterior axillary folds, where it formed thick 
wart-like patches from which long spines projected. 

Etiology and Pathology.— While the contagiousness of the malady 
has not yet been definitely proven, the clinical evidence in favor of 
it is very strong. Out of seven children in a family under Brooke's 
observation, six were affected in the course of some months, and 
three children in a second family were attacked in the course of a 
few weeks. Graham Little also saw three cases in the children of 
one family. 

The histopathology has been studied by Leloir and Vidal, by Rob- 
inson, who examined Morrow's case, by Brooke and Unna, all of 
whom are practically agreed as to its histological features. It is a 
hyperkeratosis resembling in many of its features keratosis pilaris, 
but, unlike that affection, the process is not limited to the hair-folli- 
cles, but also affects the interfollicular regions. While clinically it 
presents many of the features of a mild keratosis follicularis of the 
Darier type, neither Brooke nor Unna was able to find the large round 
bodies in the rete characteristic of that disease. 

Diagnosis.— While it resembles the keratosis follicularis of Darier, 
the papillomatous lesions and greasiness of the skin which are present 
to a greater or less degree in that affection are absent ; instead, the 
skin is usually abnormally dry. 

Treatment. — Brooke found the eruption disappeared rapidly after 
inunctions with " mollin " (lard saponified by caustic potash, to which 
has been added fresh lard and a small quantity of glycerin). Sapo 
mollis would probably be just as effective. 

KERATOSIS PALMJE ET PLANTS 

Synonyms. — Tylosis palmse et plantse ; Ichthyosis palmaris et plan- 
taris ; Fr., Keratodermie palmaire et plantaire ; Keratodermie symme- 
trique hereditaire. 

Definition. — A diffuse thickening of the horny layer of the palms 
and soles, which may be hereditary or acquired. 

Symptoms. — The hereditary form of this affection (Fig. 166), which 



HYPERTROPHIES 



483 



is decidedly uncommon, usually begins in infancy, sometimes within 
the first few weeks, but more commonly some months after birth, 
with some roughness and desquamation of the palms and soles, about 
the margins of which and along the lateral borders of the fingers is 
a narrow red or violaceous zone separating the diseased area from 
the sound area. After a variable time thickening of the palms and soles 
takes place, which, when the malady is fully developed, are covered with a 
horny layer which varies from a few millimetres to as much as a centi- 
metre in thickness, is yellowish or grayish, slightly translucent or opaque, 
and smooth or more or less pitted. Fissuring, especially noticeable upon 
the palms, sometimes occurs, either in the normal furrows or inde- 
pendently of these, producing a mosaic-like effect; less frequently, 
instead of diffuse thickening, there are numerous wart-like, horny 




Fig. 166. — Hereditary keratosis of the palms and soles. A younger brother and maternal uncles 

similarly affected. 



elevations. Upon the soles the thickening may be confined to those 
parts especially exposed to pressure, such as the heels and the ball 
of the foot, while the part beneath the arch is relatively normal. 
While in the majority of cases the thickening is limited to the 
palms and soles, it occasionally extends to the dorsal surface of the 
fingers, over the knuckles, and the elbows and knees may be affected 
(Neumann). Occasionally the nails are altered; they become thick, 
opaque, and uneven. In many cases there is a more or less marked 
hyperidrosis of the palms and soles, which in the latter region pro- 
duces maceration of the horny layer, which may be cast off in conse- 
quence. As a rule, the condition is a persistent one, but there may 



484 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



be intermittent desquamation and at times a shedding of the horny 
epidermis. 

Under the name keratodermia symmetrica erythematosa, Besnier de- 
scribed an acquired form of palmar and plantar keratosis, which pre- 
sents a number of points of resemblance to the hereditary affection. 
It is distinguished by thick hyperkeratosic patches surrounded by an 
erythematous zone situated upon the palmar and plantar surfaces. Its 




Fig. 167. — Keratosis of the soles (following eczema). 

course is characterized by exacerbations, and it is worse in the winter 
season. 

Brooke has also described as erythema keratodes an acquired form 
which resembles in some respects still more the hereditary variety. 
It begins with marked redness and swelling of the palms and soles, 
which are followed by horny thickening, and is more or less painful. 
It has thus far been observed only in adults, and disappears under 
treatment, although apt to relapse. 



HYPERTROPHIES 485 

Diffuse hyperkeratosis of the palms and soles, sometimes very 
marked and extensive, is occasionally observed as a sequel of chronic 
eczema in these regions (Fig. 167). 

An especially interesting and important variety of palmar and 
plantar keratosis may follow the prolonged use of arsenic internally. 
It usually begins with a more or less marked hyperidrosis of the 
palms and soles, which is followed sooner or later by hemp-seed- 
sized and larger horny corn-like elevations, which may be few and 
scattered or very numerous ; in the latter case they may coalesce to 
form a thick, horny plate covering the entire palmar and plantar regions 
(in Fig. 120). As was first pointed out by Sir Jonathan Hutchinson, 
whose observations were later confirmed by those of the author and others, 
this form of keratosis may be followed by epithelioma, the number of 
such cases now on record being considerable. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The hereditary character of the variety 
beginning in early life is usually well marked and has been amply 
confirmed by the observations of Thost, Dubreuilh, Crocker, and nu- 
merous other authors. Although usually affecting both sexes alike, 
it occasionally descends only in the male or female line. It has been 
observed in three, four, or five successive generations ; Vomer has 
recently recorded a striking example of its hereditary character in 
which, out of a family consisting of forty members in four generations, 
forty per cent, inherited the affection. 

Under the name mal de Meleda, Hovorka some years ago described 
a hereditary palmar and plantar keratosis, previously described in 
1826 by Stulli, which occurs in the island of Meleda, off the coast of 
Dalmatia. He at first regarded it as a manifestation of lepra, but 
later study of the affection in conjunction with Ehlers convinced him 
that it was not related to that malady. 

The etiological relationship of chronic eczema and of arsenic to 
certain of the acquired forms has already been referred to. 

Pathology. — The earlier observations of Thost concerning its his- 
topathology have been confirmed by the later ones of Unna and 
Vomer. The horny layer of the epidermis is greatly thickened, as 
well as the rete, the increase in the latter being due to a hyper- 
plasia of the prickle-cell layer. The papillae are greatly elongated, 
and the coils of the sweat-glands are hypertrophied. Unna regards 
these changes as indicating "a naevoid hypertrophy of the palms and 
soles." 

Diagnosis. — Its early beginning, in infancy or childhood ; the his- 
tory of its occurrence in other members of the family or near rela- 
tives ; the absence of symptoms of inflammation, and its limitation 
to the palms and soles will serve to distinguish the hereditary form 
from other forms of keratosis. The acquired form may be mistaken 
for chronic eczema and for late syphilis, but the former is markedly 
inflammatory and the latter is rarely so symmetrically distributed. 
Arsenical keratosis is seldom diffuse, but occurs as more or less dis- 
crete corn-like elevations. 



486 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The inherited variety usually persists 
throughout the patient's life, and, although unaccompanied by pain, 
itching, or other disagreeable subjective symptoms, it interferes very 
decidedly with the use of the hands, particularly in occupations requir- 
ing nicety of touch. The acquired forms are usually much more 
amenable to treatment, but the possibility of epithelioma occurring 
as a sequel, especially in the arsenical variety, should not be for- 
gotten. 

While some authors advise internal treatment, particularly the 
administration of arsenic (Brocq), this may very well be dispensed 
with as of more than doubtful value ; the only effective treatment is 
local treatment. Prolonged and frequent soaking of the hands and 
feet in warm solutions of sodium bicarbonate or biborate, with fric- 
tions with green soap, are useful auxiliaries to other applications. The 
most useful local remedy is salicylic acid in ointment, or, what is 
much more effective, in a plaster varying in strength from 10 to 20 
per cent. ; this should be worn continuously for some time, renewing 
it every two or three days. Under such a plaster the horny epi- 
dermis is softened so that it can be rubbed or scraped off, which 
should be done each time before applying fresh plaster. Ormsby 
and others have reported more or less marked improvement after the 
use of the X-ray. 

KERATOSIS BLENNORRHAGICA 

Synonyms. — Keratodermia blennorrhagica ; Fr., Keratodermie 
blennorrhagique ; Keratose blennorrhagique. 

Definition. — A keratosis, general or local, usually the latter, asso- 
ciated with gonorrhoea. 

Symptoms. — This rare affection was first recognized by Vidal, 
in 1893, and a limited number of cases have since been recorded by 
other French observers, by Sequiera and Graham Little in England, 
by Baermann and Arning and Meyer-Delius in Germany, and by 
Simpson in the United States. 

It is distinguished by elevated horny lesions, usually discrete, some- 
times aggregated, varying in size from hemp-seed to a small coin, 
which may be disseminated over the general surface, most numerous 
upon the extremities, rarely upon the face and scalp, or, what is much 
more frequently the case, limited to the hands and feet, particularly 
the palms and soles. They are yellowish or brownish in color, some- 
times slightly translucent, laminated, and more or less adherent to 
the underlying surface, which is red and somewhat moist. They ap- 
pear coincidently with a gonorrhoeal arthritis and may be preceded 
by vesicles and pustules, although this is quite exceptional. When 
limited to the hands and feet the palms and soles are diffusely thick- 
ened, and upon them are scattered discrete and confluent conical horny 
elevations, which are apt to be most abundant upon the heels, outer 
border of the soles, and the ball of the foot ; they may also appear upon 



HYPERTROPHIES 487 

the sides of the feet, the tops of the toes, and upon the sides and 
backs of the fingers. The nails are usually more or less affected ; the 
nail-fold proliferates and the nails become opaque, thick, and elevated 
by an accumulation of horny material beneath them, and may be lost. 
There are no subjective symptoms referable to the cutaneous lesions. 
The duration varies with that of the gonorrhoeal symptoms ; when 
these disappear, the horny crusts fall spontaneously, leaving a slightly 
pink surface. 

Etiology. — Although it is invariably associated with a general 
gonorrhoeal infection, the gonococcus has not yet been demonstrated 
in the lesions. Chauffard and Fiessinger succeeded in producing 
lesions by auto-inoculation, but their attempts to reproduce them in 
animals failed. One attack seems to predispose to others, since when 
an individual has once had it, although he may have had previous at- 
tacks of gonorrhoea without the keratosis, it almost invariably recurs 
with subsequent infections. The patient in whom Vidal first observed 
the disease had two attacks coincident with two gonorrhoeal infections, 
separated by an interval of thirty-two months. 

Pathology. — The malady belongs among the hyperkeratoses. Ac- 
cording to Arning and Meyer-Delius, Baermann, and Chauffard and 
Fiessinger, it begins as an inflammation characterized by a marked 
exudation of leucocytes, chiefly polymorphonuclears, with some "mast- 
zellen," which surrounds the dilated vessels of the papillae and extends 
into the epidermis ; this is followed by a parakeratosis of the upper 
layers of the epidermis. 

Diagnosis. — It may at times resemble to some extent syphilis or 
psoriasis, but its association with unmistakable symptoms of a gen- 
eral gonorrhoeal infection, and its frequent limitation to the hands 
and feet, are features sufficiently characteristic to prevent mistake. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — With the disappearance of the arthritis 
and other symptoms of gonorrhoeal infection, the skin lesions likewise 
disappear. The treatment is that of the underlying gonorrhoeal infec- 
tion. Chauffard and Fiessinger recommend frequent washings with 
soap and water and the application of moist dressings ; Simpson found 
ointments of sulphur and resorcin useful. 

POROKERATOSIS 

Synonyms. — Hyperkeratosis excentrica (Respighi) ; Hyperkera- 
tose figuree centrifuge atrophiante (Ducrey and Respighi). 

Definition. — A hyperkeratosis characterized by centrifugally 
spreading patches surrounded by a narrow horny ridge with a fine 
furrow on the summit. 

Symptoms. — First recognized by Majocchi, this affection was de- 
scribed simultaneously by Mibelli and Respighi in 1893, the former 
calling it porokeratosis, the latter hyperkeratosis excentrica. It begins 
as one or more dirty-brown horny papules, which slowly enlarge 
peripherally to form round, oval, or irregularly shaped, sharply cir- 



488 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

cumscribed patches surrounded by a narrow horny ridge, the sum- 
mit of which is divided longitudinally by a linear furrow, along the 
bottom of which usually extends a fine thread-like corneous elevation. 
The central portion of the patches may be atrophic and rather smootn 
or slightly desquamating and somewhat depressed; or it may be thick- 
ened and contain a number of small horny papules similar to the 
primary ones. In hairy regions the patches usually, but not invariably, 
become more or less bald. They vary in size from a small pea to 
a coin, but exceptionally may cover a considerable area, as in the 
case described by Mibelli, in which the outer side of the forearm and 
back of the hand to the knuckles were covered by a single patch with 
serpiginous borders. They are round, oval, or polycyclic in shape, 
may be solitary or multiple, and occasionally exist in considerable 
numbers. The regions affected by preference are the dorsal surfaces 
of the hands and feet, but the face, arms, legs, and genitalia may 
likewise be affected. 

The horny ridge which forms the margin of the patches, with the 
furrow running along its summit, is one of the most characteristic feat- 
ures of the malady and is peculiar to it. It usually rises quite abruptly 
on the side towards the sound skin and frequently contains numerous 
minute horny elevations. It is, as a rule, continuous, but is at times 
broken, especially in the cases in which the patches are irregular or 
polycyclic in shape ; and in a few instances two or more concentric 
ridges or crescents have been observed. Occasionally it happens, 
more frequently in the face than elsewhere, that instead of a con- 
tinuous ridge the patches are surrounded by numerous brownish, mil- 
iary conical or hemispherical horny elevations arranged linearly instead 
of a continuous ridge. 

When the disease is seated upon the hands, the nails may also be 
involved ; they become thick, uneven, and opaque. 

According to Ducrey and Respighi, lesions similar to those upon 
the skin are fairly common upon the mucous membranes of the mouth. 
In this situation they occur as whitish or opalescent patches, round or 
oval, with a white elevated border. 

The progress of the affection is usually very slow ; new patches 
may appear from time to time, while the old ones enlarge very grad- 
ually and may remain for months without perceptible change. 

Etiology and Pathology. — That heredity is an important factor in 
its production may be inferred from the relatively considerable num- 
ber of instances in which two or more cases have been observed in 
the same family. Mibelli, Ducrey and Respighi, and Gilchrist have 
recorded examples, the last-named reporting the occurrence of no 
less than eleven cases in four generations. It occurs at all ages, but 
is most common in adolescents and young adults ; it is somewhat more 
frequent in males than in females. 

All attempts to demonstrate a causative organism in the lesions 
have thus far failed. Wende, after numerous failures, succeeded in 



HYPERTROPHIES 489 

producing by inoculation, in an individual who already had the malady, 
a lesion which he believed to be the early stage of the disease. 

All those who have studied the histopathology of the malady, 
and that includes almost all those who have reported cases, are in 
practical agreement as to its histology. It is a hyperkeratosis begin- 
ning in the lower portion of the corneous layer and upper portion 
of the rete, reaching its greatest development in the ridge which sur- 
rounds the patches, especially in the neighborhood of the mouths of 
the sweat-ducts, which are frequently filled with a plug of horny epithe- 
lium. Mibelli thought it confined to the sweat-pore and for that reason 
gave it the name porokeratosis, but this has been shown by other 
observers to be erroneous, the follicles also being invaded. In the 
centre of the patches the rete shows varying degrees of atrophy. In 
the derma the blood- and lymphatic-vessels are dilated, and the former 
are surrounded by an exudation of leucocytes. The coils of the sweat- 
glands and the ducts are at times dilated, at others atrophied. In 
the patches on the mucous membranes there are much more decided 
evidences of inflammation in the papillary and subpapillary portions 
(Ducrey and Respighi). 

Diagnosis. — The diagnostic features of the affection are the cir- 
cular or oval shape of the patches ; their situation upon the face, hands, 
legs, and feet, and the peculiar ridge which surrounds them ; nothing 
like the last is seen in any other disease. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — It usually pursues a slowly progressive 
course and rarely disappears, although Mibelli has recorded an instance 
in which the patches underwent involution. 

No local application has thus far proved of any avail in the treat- 
ment. Gilchrist curetted a number of patches in the cases under his 
observation, but they all returned ; in two cases, however, electrolysis 
was used with excellent results. Small patches may be excised. 

ANGIOKERATOMA 

Synonyms. — Lymphangiectasis (Colcott Fox) ; Fr., Vermes telan- 
giectasiques (Dubreuilh) ; Ger., Angiokeratom. 

Definition. — An affection characterized by small vascular and 
horny elevations situated for the most part upon the extremities. 

This rare malady was first recognized by Cottle, who, according 
to Crocker, reported an example of it in the St. George's Hospital 
Reports for 1877-78, but the name by which it is at present most 
appropriately known was given to it by Mibelli in 1889. 

Symptoms. — It begins as small, red, violaceous, or slate-colored, 
non-elevated discrete spots, at times quite numerous, with a darker 
central punctum, situated upon the dorsal surface of the hands and 
feet, particularly the backs of the fingers and toes, which at first lose 
their red color, wholly or in part, under pressure. After a time these 
spots become more or less elevated, slightly hard and rough like ordi- 
nary warts, but still retaining their red or violaceous color, which can 



490 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

no longer be made to disappear by pressure. Many of them contain 
minute black points, which can be picked out with a needle, which 
are small coagula situated between the cells of the horny layer of 
the epidermis. New lesions appear from time to time, especially 
during the winter season, at which time the old ones become more 
noticeable. In most of the cases the patients suffer from chilblains. 
There are no subjective symptoms. While the affection is in most 
cases limited to the extremities, it has been observed in other regions, 
such as the scrotum ; Anderson observed one in which the entire sur- 
face except the face, palms, and soles exhibited innumerable lesions, 
and Stiimpke has recently reported one in which the thighs, scrotum, 
penis, abdomen, and upper extremities were affected. In a number of 
instances other vascular lesions were present ; in a case reported by 
Zeisler there were nsevus-like patches and vascular tumors on the 
ears, arms, and legs. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Nearly all the reported cases occurred 
in children and adolescents, but exceptionally it may begin at a much 
more advanced age, as in the cases of Fordyce and Zeisler. It is 
apparently but little influenced by sex, although somewhat more fre- 
quent in males than in females. As already noted, it occurs for the 
most part in those subject to frost-bite. In a considerable number of 
cases it exhibited a familial character; Mibelli saw it in six children 
of one family, Pringle in four, Dubreuilh observed it in a mother 
and daughter, and Hartigan in two sisters, so that it is probable 
that it is to a considerable degree dependent upon heredity. In a 
small proportion of cases it has been associated with evidences of 
tuberculosis. 

As to its histopathology, it is a telangiectasis plus a hyperkera- 
tosis. The vessels of the papillae are widely dilated, forming irregu- 
lar spaces, at times divided by slender fibrous septa, filled with blood 
and coagula, w T hich extend upward into the rete. The horny layer is 
much increased in thickness, and the granular layer is likewise broad- 
ened. There is a moderate acanthosis, the interpapillary prolonga- 
tions of the rete being elongated and at times branched. Sutton 
found notable changes in the elastic tissue. The theory that it is 
related to tuberculosis finds no support in its histology. 

Diagnosis. — The only affections for which it is likely to be mis- 
taken are small angiomata or telangiectases and warts. It differs 
from the former by the more or less marked horny character of the 
lesions, and from the latter by the very evident vascular alterations 
as indicated by their red or purplish color, which in the early lesions 
may be made to disappear by pressure. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Left to itself, the malady lasts indefi- 
nitely, and new lesions appear at irregular intervals. As it is unac- 
companied by annoying symptoms, it is frequently discovered only 
by accident, and often exists without coming under the physician's 
observation. 



HYPERTROPHIES 491 

The most convenient, and at the same time most effective, treat- 
ment is electrolysis. The needle attached to the negative pole should be 
inserted in each lesion and a current of two to three milliamperes allowed 
to act for twenty to thirty seconds. They may also be quickly destroyed 
by the galvanocautery, employing one with a fine point. 

ACANTHOSIS NIGRICANS 

Synonyms. — Keratosis nigricans ; Fr., Dystrophic papillaire et pig- 
mentaire (Darier). 

Definition. — A rare disease of the skin characterized by pigmenta- 
tion and papillary hypertrophy, exhibiting a marked predilection for 
certain regions and associated in a large proportion of cases with 
malignant disease of some one of the abdominal viscera. 

Symptoms. — This rare and remarkable disease was first described 
by Pollitzer and Janovsky independently, in 1890, who gave it the name 
suggested by Unna, acanthosis nigricans. Three years later Darier re- 
ported three new cases under the name dystrophic papillaire et pigmen- 
taire, and called attention to its relationship to abdominal cancer. Up 
to the present time about sixty cases have been reported by vari- 
ous observers in Europe and America. It usually begins as a brownish 
or dirty-gray discoloration of the neck, the axillae, the genitocrural, and 
perianal regions, which later spreads to other parts, such as the 
breasts, the umbilical region, the flexures of the elbow, the popliteal 
spaces, the forearms, and the back of the hands, the parts around 
the mouth. and the eyes. Soon after the appearance of this discolora- 
tion, or concurrently with it, the skin in these regions becomes thick, 
its normal furrows more or less exaggerated, and warty and papil- 
lomatous growths appear, the latter especially in the axillae, in the 
groins, about the genitalia and anus, and in the mouth. Numerous 
warty lesions occupy the backs of the hands, w r hile the palms are 
diffusely thickened and horny. In a few T instances small papillomata 
were present on the edges of the lids and in the canthi, w^here they 
formed small confluent patches ; in others the auditory meati were 
filled with warty growths. The buccal, lingual, and pharnygeal mu- 
cous membranes likewise exhibit more or less papillary hypertrophy ; 
the tongue, the hard and soft palate, the gums, and the inner sur- 
face of the lips are covered with numerous soft papillomatous growths, 
some of which resemble condylomata. In Pollitzer's case these growths 
formed considerable blackish masses at the labial commissures. In 
exceptional instances the laryngeal and nasal mucous membranes 
have been invaded. While the mucous membranes share in the papil- 
lary hypertrophy, pigmentation is rarely present ; very recently To- 
yama has reported a Japanese case in w^hich there were patches of 
pigment upon the hard palate and upon the conjunctiva. With the 
progress of the malady the skin generally becomes dry, the nails 
brittle, and the hair falls. The affection usually advances rapidly, 
reaching its full development in the course of two or three months. 



492 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

In some instances it began with more or less severe itching; in a 
case reported by Crocker it began with an outbreak of what appeared 
to be ordinary warts on the backs of the hands. 

The course of the disease is usually steadily progressive, and a 
fatal termination occurs at the end of one or two years, usually with 
symptoms indicative of malignant disease. 

In children and adolescents the symptoms are usually much less 
marked, and, when once developed, the malady may in these exhibit 
but little change for years, the general health being but little, if at all, 
affected. 

Etiology. — The disease has been observed at all ages from two 
years to seventy-two, but at least two-thirds of all the reported cases 
occurred after thirty years of age. Sex seems to exert but little influ- 
ence upon its occurrence, but the number of female cases is slightly 
in excess of the male cases. In a very large proportion of adult cases, 
eighty per cent., according to Pollitzer, it has been associated with 
abdominal cancer, a proportion so large as to indicate some causal 
relationship between the two affections. Spietschka has reported a 
case strikingly confirmatory of this relationship. A young woman, 
twenty years of age, who presented the symptoms of acanthosis nigri- 
cans, also suffered from a malignant deciduoma for which a total 
hysterectomy was done ; four and one-half months after the removal 
of the uterus, all evidence of the cutaneous disease had disappeared. 

Pathology. — Nothing definite is known about the pathogenesis of 
the affection. Darier thinks it likely that the changes in the skin are 
the result of some irritant effect produced upon the abdominal sym- 
pathetic by a malignant growth affecting some one of the abdominal 
organs; in the juvenile form the same changes may result from a 
benign growth. 

Marked histological changes are present in the epidermis and 
corium. The former shows varying degrees of hyperkeratosis with 
a decided acanthosis, and the cells of the rete, both the upper and 
basal cells, contain an abundance of brown pigment. The papillae 
of the corium are greatly elongated, sometimes branched, and con- 
tain a variable number of fusiform and branched cells filled with 
pigment, together with considerable numbers of "mastzellen." 

Diagnosis. — The cardinal symptoms are pigmentation and papil- 
lary hypertrophy ; these, taken together with the marked symmetrical 
regional arrangement, are so characteristic in well-developed cases 
as to be almost pathognomonic. The diseases from which it is to be 
distinguished are Darier's disease (keratosis follicularis), seborrhoea 
nigricans, ichthyosis, Addison's disease, arsenical pigmentation, and 
xeroderma pigmentosum ; from all of these it differs by its remarkable 
predilection for the regions already enumerated and by its symmetri- 
cal distribution. The association of the symptoms with a demonstrable 
abdominal tumor would, of course, be still more significant. 

Prognosis. — In adult cases the prognosis is very unfavorable, death 



HYPERTROPHIES 493 

occurring usually within a year or two after the appearance of the 
first symptoms. In juvenile cases, however, the outlook is much more 
favorable ; the disease may last for years in children without materially 
affecting the general health. 

Treatment. — But little can be done to remove the disease or stay 
its progress. In White's case, a juvenile one, considerable improve- 
ment seemed to follow the administration of thyroid, but the im- 
provement was not permanent. Locally, ointments and plasters con- 
taining salicylic acid are sometimes of use in lessening the papillary 
growths. When these are large and a source of inconvenience they 
may be removed by excision or by the galvanocautery. 

ICHTHYOSIS 

Synonyms. — Ichthyosis vera; Xeroderma; Xeroderma ichthyoides; 
Fish-skin disease ; Fr., Ichthyose, Ichtyose ; Ger., Fischschuppenaus- 
schlag. 

Definition.— A congenital affection of the skin, characterized by 
dryness and varying degrees of scaliness. 

Symptoms. — It presents considerable variation in its appearance 
and in the degree of its development, and has been divided by authors 
into a number of varieties, the most generally recognized of which are : 
Ichthyosis simplex, ichthyosis hystrix, ichthyosis congenita. 

Ichthoysis simplex in its mildest form, known also as xeroderma, 
occurs as dryness of the skin, accompanied by moderate, fine, branny 
scaling, most noticeable upon the extensor surfaces of the arms and legs, 
with an exaggeration of the normal lines about the elbows and knees, 
owing to slight thickening (Fig. 168). On the outer side of the upper 
arms and thighs the follicles frequently contain small horny spines, 
which, projecting above the surface, give the skin a coarse, rasp-like 
appearance and feel (keratosis pilaris, lichen pilaris). The skin of 
the trunk, while harsh and dry, scales but little. The skin in the 
flexures of the elbows, in the popliteal spaces, and in the axillae is 
unaffected and presents its usual softness and smoothness. The dis- 
ease is much more noticeable in winter than in summer ; indeed, in 
the latter season the skin may show but little or nothing. The skin 
of such individuals is usually very susceptible to cold and readily be- 
comes inflamed, so that eczema is a common complication. 

In more marked cases the skin everywhere is quite scaly and the 
extremities are covered with an abundance of white or grayish scales 
which upon the legs are quite large, polygonal or lozenge-shaped, and 
separated by .shallow fissures which produce a crackled or tessellated 
appearance, oftentimes very noticeable (Fig. 169). These scales are 
adherent by their central portion, while the edges are loose and fre- 
quently turned up; at times they present a certain degree of translucency 
with a slight lustre (ichthyosis nitida ichthyose nacrce) ; at others they 
are of a dull dirty-gray. Over the knees and elbows the skin is 
decidedly thickened and arranged as transverse horny ridges which 



494 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



are often greenish or blackish in color. In these cases, as in the milder 
ones, eczematous inflammation is rather frequent in the winter season. 
In the severest forms the scaling occurs as epidermic plates of 
varying size and thickness, polygonal or lozenge-shaped, especially 
marked on the extremities, producing an appearance like the skin 
of a serpent {ichthyosis serpentina), or, when the plates are quite 
thick, like that of an alligator ("alligator men"), in the most highly 




Fig. 168. — Ichthyosis simplex. 

developed cases interfering with the flexibility of the joints. The scales 
are often greenish or black {ichthyosis nigricans, nigra) owing to the 
accumulation of extraneous matter and to increased pigmentation. 
Even in these advanced cases the flexures of the joints and the axillae 
are usually but little affected. 

In the mild cases the face is usually but little involved ; in the 
severer ones, however, there is often more or less scaling, which is 
much more noticeable in the winter and apt to be accompanied by 



HYPERTROPHIES 495 

varying degrees of eczematous inflammation ; quite exceptionally there 
may be a certain degree of ectropion from dryness and contraction of 
the skin (Crocker). 




Fig. 169. — Ichthyosis. 



The scalp is covered with an abundance of fine white scales and 
in old cases of the severe type the hair is dry and lustreless and may 
be somewhat thinned. 



496 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The secretion of sweat and sebum, especially the former, is sup- 
pressed or greatly diminished. 

Ichthyosis Hystrix. — This variety differs so much from the preceding 
one that a considerable number of authors deny its relationship to it. It is 
characterized by a variable number of circumscribed patches of horny 
or wart-like elevations and spines, the latter sometimes of consider- 
able length (hedge-hog skin; "porcupine men"), either alone or asso- 
ciated with a general dryness and scaliness of the skin, such as are 
present in the simple type. The extent of these patches varies a good 
deal ; in exceptional cases they may cover a considerable part of the 
body. The variety described by authors as ichthyosis hystrix linearis 
is not an ichthyosis, but a linear nsevus (ncuvus unius lateris). 

Ichthyosis Follicularis. — Under this name MacLeod has reported three 
'cases of an affection characterized by numerous follicular spines, most 
abundant on the back, sides of the neck, and extensor aspect of the upper 
arms, associated with total loss of the hair of the scalp, brows, and lashes. 
The palms and soles were unaffected, but the entire skin was dry and 
covered with fine scales. 

The exact place of these cases, as well as of other aberrant forms, 
such as the case reported by Thibierge, in which the mucous mem- 
branes of the mouth and nose were affected, and those of Jadassohn, 
Hallopeau, and Jeanselme, in which atrophy of the skin was present, 
is still a matter of considerable uncertainty. Certain local forms of 
hyperkeratosis which have been placed among the ichthyoses, such as 
ichthyosis palmse et plantae, are probably not related to ichthyosis at all, 
but should be placed among the hyperkeratoses (vid. Keratosis palmaris 
et plantaris hereditaria). 

Ichthyosis Congenita. — Synonyms. — Harlequins foetus; Ichthyosis 
sebacea, Hebra. 

In this rare affection the infant, which is frequently prematurely 
born, is covered at birth with thick, somewhat greasy epidermic 
plates separated by extensive fissures which extend down to the 
corium. The movements of the lids and the lips are greatly re- 
stricted by these epidermic scales, so that the eyes are frequently 
opened with difficulty and nursing is interfered with. The ears and 
nose are more or less deformed and atrophied by the pressure of 
the crusts. The infants are either still-born or die soon after birth, 
through inability to nurse ; the milder cases may survive for some 
weeks. 

Etiology. — Ichthyosis affects both sexes alike. In the vast major- 
ity of cases it is congenital, although it does not as a rule appear be- 
fore the end of the first year, and in many cases the influence of 
heredity is demonstrable. Like other inherited affections, it may 
be confined to one or the other sex and may skip a generation, to 
reappear in subsequent ones. Kaposi records the case of an ichthyotic 
woman whose five sons were also ichthyotic, while her three daugh- 
ters were unaffected. An endemic form has been described by a 



HYPERTROPHIES 497 

number of authors as occurring in the East Indian Archipelago and 
some of the islands of the Pacific ; it has been attributed by some to 
drinking "kava-kava," a fermented liquor made from the Piper mcthys- 
ticum ; by others to frequent intermarriage ; but the real nature of the 
affection is still somewhat doubtful ; it is not at all certain that it 
is ichthyosis. 

Pathology. — Leloir, basing his conclusions upon a histological study 
of two cases, was of the opinion that ichthyosis is a trophic affection 
dependent upon degenerative changes in the cutaneous filaments of 
the peripheral nerves and in the posterior roots of the spinal nerves, 
but his findings have not been confirmed by other observers. Unna 
regards it as an "infectious hyperkeratosis tending to parakeratosis"; 
Tommasoli believes the changes to be the result of a mild chronic 
inflammation. 

In the mild forms the horny layer of the epidermis is increased 
in thickness and its cells are without nuclei ; the granular layer is 
completely absent and the Malpighian layer somewhat atrophied, its 
cells smaller and the intercellular spaces narrower than normal. A 
small amount of yellow granular pigment is present in the lower 
cells of the rete. The papillae of the corium are somewhat flattened 
and there are small collections of cells in the vicinity of the vessels. 
In the more advanced cases the hyperkeratosis is still greater, in ichthy- 
osis hystrix reaching enormous proportions, and the horny layer in 
places penetrates the somewhat thickened rete. The granular layer 
is present and well developed. There is a moderate cellular exudate 
along the vessels of the derma, with occasional accumulations of 
plasma cells and an increased number of "mastzellen" (Unna). In 
old cases the collagenous tissue of the corium is thickened and the 
coils of the sweat-glands are dilated and their lining epithelium 
swollen. 

The changes found in ichthyosis congenita, as in the ordinary 
form, consist essentially of hypertrophy of the stratum corneum. 
Riecke especially emphasizes the marked cornification of the hair- 
follicles and the inclusions found in the hypertrophied corneous layer 
which he regards as snared-off parts of the derma. Bowen is of the 
opinion that this variety is due to the persistence of the embryonic 
epitrichial layer. 

Diagnosis. — Its early appearance, usually in the first or second 
year of life ; the dryness and scaliness of the skin, worse in cold weather 
and usually accompanied by symptoms of inflammation ; the polygonal 
or lozenge shape of the scales, in the more advanced cases producing 
a tessellated appearance, especially upon the legs, are features so 
characteristic that it is readily differentiated from other scaly affections. 
In the not infrequent cases in which an eczematous condition is super- 
added to the ordinary symptoms, it may be mistaken for eczema, but 
an examination of the skin will show a generalized scaling on parts 
not inflamed. 
32 



498 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Prognosis. — The affection when once established usually continues 
for the remainder of the patient's life, but it does not affect his general 
health in any way. As already noted ichthyotic subjects are espe- 
cially liable to eczematous inflammation of the skin, particularly in the 
winter season. While a cure is not to be expected, much can be done 
to relieve the condition by appropriate hygienic and therapeutic 
measures. 

Treatment. — Although the most efficient treatment for ichthyosis 
is external, there are a few internal remedies which exert a temporary 
beneficial effect upon the skin. Pilocarpine by its stimulating effect 
upon the sweat-glands tends to keep the skin soft and pliable. Thy- 
roid gland has been found useful by a number of authors ; in a case 
recently under the author's care very decided improvement was ex- 
perienced while the patient was taking it. 

Frequent baths are of great use in all forms of the disease, and 
combined with the inunction of bland ointments, such as cold-cream 
or cold-cream and lanolin in varying proportions, are often sufficient 
in mild cases to keep the skin soft and free from scales. One of the 
most efficient ointment bases is eucerin, a derivative of wool-fat intro- 
duced by Unna ; the author has found this far superior to all others. 

In the marked cases, warm alkaline baths followed by a salicylic 
acid ointment, two to five per cent., using either lanolin and cold- 
cream or preferably eucerin as a base, will be found more or less 
effective, but these must be continued methodically if the skin is to be 
kept smooth. In the severest types prolonged immersion in warm 
alkaline baths, and the use of an alkaline soap, such as the sapo viridis, 
are often necessary to remove the thick accumulation of horny scales. 
In such cases steam or vapor baths are extremely useful. In cases of 
the hystrix type, plasters and ointments containing from five to ten 
per cent, of salicylic acid may be applied continuously for several days 
to remove the thick scales. Stelwagon finds the addition of resorcin 
to such ointments and plasters, 3 to 10 per cent., increases their effective- 
ness, or resorcin may be used as an ointment of 5 to 20 per cent, strength, 
as recommended by Andeer. Anderson has suggested the wearing of 
rubber undergarments in obstinate cases for the purpose of macerating 
the adherent scales. 

VERRUCA 

Synonyms. — Wart ; Fr., Verrue ; Ger., Warze. 

Definition. — An epidermic and papillary benign new-growth. 

Symptoms. — Three varieties of wart are recognized: Verruca vul-* 
garis, verruca plana juvenilis, and verruca senilis. 

Verruca Vulgaris. — The most frequent variety, assumes a number of 
forms. It occurs as pin-head to pea-sized and larger hemispherical or 
conical elevations usually sessile, but sometimes pedunculated, with a 
finely or coarsely granular horny surface. At first the color of the 
normal skin, they become a dirty-gray, brownish, or blackish as they 



HYPERTROPHIES 



499 



grow older, and as they increase in size the surface is frequently 
divided by fissures which give them the appearance of small papillo- 
mata. This form is seen most commonly upon the backs of the hands 
in children either as a solitary lesion or, what is far more frequent, 
as irregular groups or patches, sometimes confluent, containing from 
three or four to a dozen or more. They may also occur on other parts, 
such as the face and scalp, but are rare upon the trunk ; they are also 
seen in adults, but much less frequently than in children. As was 
pointed out by Vidal, they are apt to begin with a single lesion, the 
" mother wart," around which a number of others appear later. Not 
infrequently they are situated along the lateral borders of one or more 
nails, or beneath the free border, particularly in adults, where they 



* 



m 




Fig. 170. — Verrucae digitatae. 



give rise to considerable disfigurement and much discomfort. Quite 
exceptionally they have been noted upon the mucous membrane of 
the lips (Eliot). 

When situated upon the palms and soles, they present an appear- 
ance somewhat different from the foregoing. In the latter region they 
occur as pea-sized and larger flat fissured elevations in the centre of 
a callosity, and are often mistaken for corns or callosities. The most 
frequent sites are parts especially exposed to pressure, such as the base 
of the great toe and the heel, and they are commonly the source of 
much pain and discomfort, interfering seriously with walking. 

Warts frequently occur upon the scalp, where they are apt to occur 
as small growths covered with slender, often rather soft papillae (ver- 
ruca digitata). Although such digitate lesions are more frequent in 
the scalp than upon other parts, they may also occur upon the hands 
and face (Fig. 170). 



500 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Occasionally there may be but one or two slender thread-like 
growths situated upon some portion of the face, sometimes upon the 
edge of an eye-lid, from 3 to 4 mm. long or longer (verruca nliformis). 

Verruca Plana Juvenilis. — This differs considerably in its appearance 
from the foregoing. The lesions are usually numerous, quite flat, with 
very little elevation, whitish or pinkish in color, with smooth or finely 
granular surface. Not infrequently a number of them are angular or 
irregular in outline and resemble more or less the papules of lichen planus. 
They vary in diameter from 2 to 3 mm. to 1 cm. or more, may be discrete 




Fig. 171. — Verrucas planse. 



or partly confluent, forming irregular patches of varying extent. They 
are situated most frequently upon the backs of the hands and upon the 
face, less commonly upon the palms and in the scalp, and exception- 
ally upon the legs and genitalia (Gemy, Dubreuilh). They are seen 
usually in children and adolescents, but are by no means uncommon in 
older subjects (Fig. 171). 

Verruca Senilis. — Synonyms. — Verruca plana seniorum ; Verruca 
seborrheica ; Senile wart. This is found, as a rule, as its name indicates, 
in elderly individuals. It occurs as round, flat, yellowish, brownish, or 
blackish elevations varying in diameter from 2 to 3 mm. to 1 to 2 cm., 



HYPERTROPHIES 501 

covered with a friable greasy scale or crust, beneath which is a somewhat 
granular or papillomatous surface. It is situated most frequently 
upon the upper part of the back, less commonly upon the upper chest, 
upper arms, and the face, and is often present in considerable num- 
bers. It is often associated with evidences of senile degeneration of 
the skin, and may be accompanied by considerable itching. 

Etiology. — Childhood and adolescence are active predisposing fac- 
tors in both verruca vulgaris and verruca plana; as already remarked, 
they are much more frequently met with at these periods than in adult 
age. Warts have long been regarded as contagious, and there is con- 
siderable clinical evidence in support of this opinion, such as acci- 
dental inoculation (Payne), and occurrence in several members of 
the same family. Recently successful inoculation experiments carried 
out by Jadassohn and others have established the infectious nature of 
these growths. Crocker and others regard the plantar wart as the 
result of traumatism from wearing ill-fitting shoes, etc., but these only 
serve in all probability as predisposing causes. 

Pathology. — All the layers of the epidermis are more or less in- 
creased in thickness : there is hyperkeratosis, sometimes with more 
or less parakeratosis ; the granular layer is increased in breadth and 
unusually well defined ; there is a decided acanthosis, the rete cells 
being enlarged and the intercellular spaces widened, with numerous 
mitoses in the cells of the basal layer and those immediately adjacent. 
The papillae of the corium are greatly increased in length, but other- 
wise show but little change ; occasionally there are evidences of inflam- 
mation in the shape of a moderate round-cell exudate in the neighbor- 
hood of the vessels. These changes vary according to the type of 
lesion ; in some the hyperkeratosis, in others the acanthosis, in still 
others the papillary hypertrophy predominates. There is some dif- 
ference of opinion as to whether the changes in the rete or those in the 
papillary layer are the primary ones. 

In the senile or seborrhceic wart, according to Pollitzer, there is a 
slight increase in the thickness of the horny layer, some hypertrophy 
of the rete, and groups and lines of epithelioid cells in the papillary 
and subpapillary portions of the corium. There is likewise a peculiar 
fatty infiltration of the epithelium of the coil-glands, of the papillary 
and subpapillary layers of the corium, and of the cells of the rete. 
This last finding, however, Dubreuilh was unable to confirm. The 
presence of epithelioid cells in the papillae and their peculiar arrange- 
ment lead Pollitzer to place these growths among the naevi. 

Diagnosis. — The common wart, verruca vulgaris, such as occurs 
so commonly upon the hands and in the scalp, is usually readily recog- 
nized. When situated upon the sole, they are frequently mistaken for 
corns or callosities, but a careful examination will soon disclose their 
true character. The plane wart, as already noted, may be mistaken 
at times for the papules of lichen planus, but the violaceous color, the 
flat shining top which characterize the latter, are absent. They may 



502 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

at times be confounded with the little tumors of epithelioma (mollus- 
cum) contagiosum, but they never present the small central opening 
found in such growths. 

Prognosis. — Warts are altogether benign growths, although in 
exceptional cases they may, when subjected to long-continued irrita- 
tion, undergo epitheliomatous degeneration. The common wart often 
pursues a most erratic course, particularly in children ; after lasting 
many months, it may quite suddenly disappear, leaving no trace of its 
existence. In adults they may continue to enlarge for a time and then 
remain unchanged indefinitely. The senile variety, when once de- 
veloped, may last for years, showing no tendency to spontaneous 
disappearance. Occasionally they become epitheliomatous ; Du- 
breuilh, however, asserts that this is incorrect, the error arising 
through confounding them with senile keratosis. 

Treatment. — A number of internal remedies have been recom- 
mended at various times as exerting some curative effect. A number 
of authors have testified to the beneficial effect of arsenic in both 
the common and plane varieties, and there seems to be but little doubt 
that this remedy does exert some influence upon them. Herxheimer, 
however, asserts that it is useful only in the plane wart and uses this 
as an argument for separating this variety from the common form. 
Colrat asserted that magnesium sulphate given internally caused their 
disappearance, and Crocker confirmed this statement, but other obser- 
vers, among whom may be included the author, have found it altogether 
without effect. Quite recently White has reported the disappearance 
of plane warts after the internal use of protiodide of mercury given 
in doses of one-quarter of a grain (0.016) three times a day. In view, 
however, of the frequent spontaneous disappearance of these growths, 
it is very difficult to determine the real value of any internal treatment 
without a very large experience with it. 

Warts of the common type may be removed by the use of caustics, 
such as glacial acetic acid, trichloracetic acid, or chromic acid ; or they 
may be destroyed by freezing with solid carbon dioxide, when not too 
large. Lesions of moderate size may be very conveniently and readily 
removed by electrolysis. The base of the growth should be trans- 
fixed in several directions by a needle attached to the negative pole, 
using a current strength of about five milliamperes. About the nails 
they are frequently most troublesome, but may be readily removed 
by the curette, first freezing them with ethyl chloride and afterward 
cauterizing the base with trichloracetic acid to prevent recurrence, 
which is very apt to happen unless this is done. Small flat growths 
may be removed by repeated painting with a solution of salicylic acid 
in collodion, ten to twenty per cent. ; the softened epithelium should 
be thoroughly rubbed off each time before making a fresh application, 
which should be done every second or third day. 

The plantar wart is often most resistant to treatment. The con- 
tinuous application of a 10 to 20 per cent, salicylic-acid plaster will often 



HYPERTROPHIES 503 

eventually cause their disappearance, but in the larger and deep-seated 
lesions it frequently fails. If not too large nor too deep-seated, they may 
be destroyed by freezing with the carbon dioxide " snow " ; or they 
may be frozen and curetted out, cauterizing the wound with nitrate of 
silver or trichloracetic acid. They may be very speedily destroyed by 
the high-frequency spark, this being especially applicable to the larger 
lesions. The filiform warts should be cut off with curved scissors, and 
the wound cauterized. 

When the lesions are so numerous and so widely distributed as 
to preclude any of the foregoing measures, ointments of sulphur or 
salicylic acid either alone or combined, 2 to 3 per cent, of each, may 
be applied twice a day, although very prompt results are hardly 
to be expected from this treatment. Radiotherapy is much more 
promising in such cases, and should be tried, especially in the plane 
and senile varieties. 

CONDYLOMA ACUMINATUM 

Synonyms. — Verruca acuminata ; Venereal wart ; Moist wart ; Fr., 
Condylome acumine ; Ger., Spitzencondylom, Spitzenwartze. 

Definition. — A benign epithelial new-growth of wart-like appear- 
ance, situated chiefly, but not exclusively, upon the genitalia and 
neighboring parts. 

Symptoms. — Although these growths are closely related to and 
resemble the ordinary warts in many respects, they differ from them 
considerably both clinically and histologically. 

They occur as small elevations with a granular surface, or as tufted 
and lobulated, sessile or pedunculated tumors of variable dimensions. 
Upon mucous surfaces they are pink or red, moist, or, when macer- 
ated, as is frequently the case, a dirty-gray or yellowish, covered with 
an abundant muco-purulent secretion with a most offensive odor, which 
sometimes dries sufficiently to form a thick yellowish or brownish 
crust. Upon cutaneous surfaces they are dry and the color of the skin, 
or when in regions where they are exposed to heat and friction they 
are covered with a grayish or yellowish moist coating. They fre- 
quently grow quite rapidly and may reach the size of a walnut or an 
egg. The seats of election are the genitalia, less frequently the 
perineum and anus, but they may also be found upon parts more or 
less remote from these, as the umbilicus, the axillae, between the toes, 
and in and about the mouth. Upon the penis a common, perhaps the 
most frequent, site is the furrow behind the corona glandis, where 
they may be so numerous as to form an almost continuous ring; they 
are also common about the frenum and on the inner surface of the 
prepuce ; less frequently they are situated on the perineum and around 
the anus. In women they occur upon all parts of the genitalia, but 
especially upon the labia minora and at the introitus vaginae ; the 
perineum and the anus are much more frequently affected than in men, 
the lesions in this region usually following those upon the genitalia. 



504 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Etiology. — Although there is but little doubt that these growths 
are the result of some infection, the infecting agent is not yet known. 
In much the largest proportion of cases they are associated with some 
irritating discharge, and are commonly seen in those suffering from 
gonorrhoea, hence the name venereal wart, by which they are com- 
monly known. 

Pathology. — According to Unna, the pointed condyloma is a pure 
acanthoma, and differs from the ordinary wart by the complete absence 
of hyperkeratosis ; indeed, the horny layer is not infrequently thinner 
than normal. The rete is markedly hypertrophied, its cells being 
several times the normal size and containing numerous mitoses, not 
only in the basal layer but in the layers above it ; the interpapillary 
spaces are much wider than normal and the intercellular fibres, or 
prickles, are unusually well developed. The papillae are greatly in- 
creased in length and are frequently branched ; their blood-vessels 
and lymph-spaces are dilated to a marked degree, the connective-tissue 
cells are increased in numbers, and there is a more or less considerable 
exudation of leucocytes with plasma-cells and a considerable number of 
" mastzellen." 

Diagnosis.- — Their appearance and situation upon the genitalia are 
so characteristic that they are not likely to be mistaken for other 
growths. They are to be distinguished chiefly from the syphilitic flat 
condylomata, but the latter are usually associated with other syphilitic 
lesions such as cutaneous eruptions and mucous patches. 

Prognosis. — The pointed condylomata are quite benign growths, 
but are often the source of much annoyance and frequently cause the 
patient great disquietude, as they are commonly mistaken for syphilitic 
lesions. Although at times resistant to treatment, they are curable, 
but recurrences are common. 

Treatment. — Cleanliness is of the first importance and is best main- 
tained by the frequent and liberal application of some mild antiseptic 
solution, such as a saturated solution of boric acid, weak solutions 
of carbolic acid, bichloride of mercury, or permanganate of potash, 
this last being one of the most effective. Small lesions may be made 
to disappear by the daily application of liquor ferri chloridi or pow- 
dered alum. One of the most effective applications is resorcin (Joseph, 
Riecke) which should be dusted on the lesions two or three times daily 
until a slough forms, which usually requires three or four days ; they 
should then be dusted with some drying powder, such as equal parts 
of boric acid and subgallate of bismuth, until the eschar falls. For the 
larger lesions Joseph recommends the application of formalin, first 
cocainizing them, since the application is quite painful. Large growths 
may be excised, but, as they are usually very vascular, bleeding is apt 
to be profuse, and for this reason the thermocautery is preferable 
to excision. 



HYPERTROPHIES 505 

SCLERODERMA 

Synonyms. — Sclerema; Scleriasis; Scleroma adultorum ; Ger., 
Sklerodermie ; Fr., Sclerodermic ; Sclereme des adultes. 

Definition. — A chronic disease characterized by a peculiar leathery 
induration of the skin, occurring diffusely or in patches. 

Diffuse Scleroderma. — The diffuse form may begin acutely or may 
appear so gradually that the patient cannot fix definitely the time of its 
beginning. Pronounced or characteristic prodromal symptoms are usually 
absent, but ill-defined muscular and arthritic pains, neuralgia or pares- 
thesia, may precede for a variable time the appearance of the cutaneous 
symptoms. At first there is slight stiffness of the skin with some oedema, the 
skin pitting slightly on firm pressure, the oedema being most pronounced in 
the cases which begin acutely, although it is probably present to some 
degree in most, if not all, cases in the earliest stages. The induration, 
which is always symmetrically distributed, usually spreads slowly, 
sometimes rapidly, until considerable areas may be involved, such as 
the entire face, the whole of a limb — both arms or both legs — or a large 
part of the skin of the trunk. When fully developed the skin is hard 
and leather-like to the touch and bound down to the underlying tissues 
so that it can no longer be picked up between the fingers. In the early 
stages the color may be but little changed, but later it is usually whitish 
or yellowish-white like old ivory, and in the final stages is frequently 
irregularly pigmented. 

While no portion of the skin is entirely exempt, the palms and soles 
are rarely attacked ; the face, neck, upper extremities, and upper half 
of the trunk are the regions most frequently affected. When the face 
is attacked, it presents a mask-like appearance, owing to the immobility 
of the facial muscles produced by the induration of the overlying 
skin. The nose is shrunken and pointed, the lips thin, and the mouth 
narrowed, so much so in advanced cases that it is opened with some 
difficulty ; the eyes are staring or only partly opened, owing to the 
stiffness and induration of the upper lids. W 7 hen considerable areas 
over the thorax are affected, the respiratory movements may be con- 
siderably interfered with. Occurring about the joints, it interferes more 
or less with their movements and may lead to more or less complete 
ankylosis. When the hands are affected, the fingers become thin and 
pointed, are partly flexed, and are moved with difficulty, a condition 
to which the name sclerodactylia has been applied. In a certain num- 
ber of cases the disease begins in this region with the symptoms of 
Raynaud's disease, such as cyanosis of the fingers followed by extreme 
local ischemia and ulceration. 

Exceptionally it has been observed to attack the mucous mem- 
branes of the mouth, pharynx, larynx, and vagina, which exhibit an 
induration similar to that seen in the skin. 

Constitutional symptoms are absent, as a rule, but in the cases 
which begin acutely with pronounced oedema of the skin there may 



506 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

be chills and elevation of temperature, which precede or accompany 
the early stages. 

Subjective symptoms may be altogether absent, but there is usually 
a pronounced feeling of stiffness or tension, and sometimes itching, but 
rarely enough to occasion any considerable amount of annoyance. 
The sense of touch is usually unchanged, but there may be varying 
degrees of hypersesthesia or anaesthesia. 

The course of the malady is a chronic one, but its duration varies 
within considerable limits. After reaching a considerable develop- 
ment it may show but little change for months or years and then 
retrogress slowly until complete recovery has taken place. Or it may 
exhibit irregular periods of retrogression and exacerbation, new areas 
becoming involved during the latter, before recovery is eventually 
established. Not uncommonly it pursues a steadily progressive course ; 
the skin becomes extremely atrophied and adherent to the underlying 
connective tissue and muscles which also undergo atrophy; fibrous 
ankylosis of the joints, particularly of the smaller ones, occur; and 
ulceration over bony prominences and parts subjected to pressure or 
friction is not uncommon. In long-standing and widespread cases 
which pursue such a course the patient may die from exhaustion or 
fall an easy victim to some intercurrent affection. 

Circumscribed Scleroderma. — Synonyms. — Morphcea; Keloid of 
Addison (Plate XXXIII). 

Symptoms. — The circumscribed variety of scleroderma is charac- 
terized by pale pink or white or yellowish-white, round, oval, or ribbon- 
like circumscribed patches varying in size from a pea to the palm of the 
hand or even larger, which are frequently surrounded by a narrow 
violaceous border, which on close inspection is seen to be made up of 
numerous minute capillaries. They are firm and inelastic to the 
touch, usually quite smooth and on a level with, or slightly depressed 
below the normal skin, although in the earliest stages they may be 
for a time slightly elevated. In old patches there is often a moderate 
amount of scaling with pigmentation, and the centre is occasionally 
occupied by a number of small pits resembling the dilated mouths of 
the sebaceous gland-ducts, with which, however, they have no relation. 
The number of patches varies from a single one to two, three, or more, 
but the number is rarely large. The affection exhibits a marked 
preference for certain regions, such as the face, especially the fore- 
head, the breasts in women, the arms, and the thighs. In a certain pro- 
portion of cases the malady exhibits a zoster-like arrangement, the 
patches being distributed over the course of some nerve, most fre- 
quently over the branches of the fifth pair, along the distribution of the 
brachial plexus (Fig. 172), the intercostals, or down the posterior sur- 
face of the thigh. In rare instances it is limited to one side of the face 
and is then frequently accompanied by marked atrophy of all the 
tissues (hemiatrophia facialis). 

The affection described by a number of authors under the name 



PLATE XXXIII 




Circumscribed scleroderma. 



HYPERTROPHIES 



507 



*' white-spot " disease, characterized by a variable number of shot- to 
pea-sized, rarely larger, chalk-white spots, situated in most cases on 
the neck and upper part of the chest and back, is a variety of circum- 
scribed scleroderma. 

Subjective symptoms are usually trivial and often entirely absent; 
there may be, however, some itching or burning or neuralgic pain in 
the patches. 

The course of the disease is usually quite irregular, continuing for 
an indefinite period. The patches may slowly increase in size for a 
time, then become stationary, showing little or no change for some 




Fig. 172. — Circumscribed scleroderma (morphcea). 

months, and finally gradually disappear, leaving little or no trace of 
their existence. In a certain proportion of cases, the atrophy of the 
skin becomes extreme — it is thin, wrinkled, scaly, and bound down to 
the parts beneath, exhibiting (especially in the band-like patches) a 
markedly scar-like appearance. When such atrophic patches are situ- 
ated about a joint, particularly about small ones, they may interfere 
considerably with movement. 

Etiology. — Both varieties of scleroderma are decidedly more fre- 
quent in women than in men. In a series of 435 cases collected by 
Lewin and Heller, 67 per cent, occurred in women. Although most 
frequent between the ages of twenty and fifty, it occurs at all periods of 



508 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

life from early childhood to advanced old age. The direct cause is 
absolutely unknown, but exposure to cold and damp and functional 
disturbance of the nervous system such as may arise from worry, grief, 
and mental shock, seem occasionally to be predisposing causes in the 
diffuse form. In the circumscribed variety, long-continued irritation 
of the skin, the pressure of a garter or of a stay, or an injury to a 
nerve has been noted to precede the appearance of the disease in a 
certain number of cases. 

It has been observed as a complication of a number of diseases 
of various kinds which in some instances seem to have had a causal 
relationship to it. Its association with Raynaud's disease has already 
been referred to. In a case of diffuse scleroderma, Hektoen found 
that the thyroid gland had undergone a fibrous atrophy which had 
destroyed the glandular structure, and more recently Roques, in a 
series of 31 cases, found changes in the size of this gland in no less 
than 70 per cent. Whitehouse and others obtained a positive Was- 
sermann reaction in a small proportion of cases, but these observations 
are still too few to permit any positive inference to be drawn as to the 
possible syphilitic origin of the affection. 

Pathology. — The most commonly accepted view of the nature of 
scleroderma is that it is a trophoneurosis. Its occasional occurrence 
after mental shock, or injury to a nerve, and the occasional distribution 
of the circumscribed variety over some nerve trunk in a zoster-like 
manner, are features which lend considerable support to such a view. 
In recent years the possibility of its being the result of some alteration 
or disturbance in some internal secretion, as has been suggested by 
Osier, has attracted some attention. As has already been observed, it 
is associated in a considerable proportion of cases with alterations in 
the thyroid gland. 

The essential feature of its histopathology is a hypertrophy of the 
collagenous tissue. The epidermis is usually but little altered. There 
is occasionally a moderate hyperkeratosis, a shortening of the inter- 
papillary prolongations of the rete sometimes amounting to their 
complete disappearance, and a deposit of pigment granules in the 
lower or basal-cell layer and in the lymph-spaces. The papillae of the 
corium are flattened out and their vessels narrowed and in places 
obliterated. In the deeper portions the vessels are in places sur- 
rounded by a moderate cellular exudate of round cells, are narrower 
than normal and in places are obliterated by a thrombus. About the 
borders of the circumscribed patches the vessels, particularly the veins, 
are dilated as a consequence of a collateral hyperemia; this explains 
the narrow lilac-colored zone which frequently surrounds such patches. 
In the advanced stages sweat and sebaceous glands show varying 
degrees of atrophy as a consequence of pressure from the hypertrophied 
collagenous fibres. The elastic tissue, according to Unna, shows no 
change. 



HYPERTROPHIES 509 

Diagnosis. — The peculiar leathery induration of the skin, which is 
the essential feature of scleroderma, is so characterized that the diag- 
nosis may be made without any difficulty in well-developed cases. In 
circumscribed scleroderma or morphoea, the circumscription of the 
patches, their ivory-white or yellowish-white color, the lilac-colored 
border which frequently surrounds them, and the induration are so 
characteristic that they are not likely to be mistaken for any other 
affection. By the inexperienced they might be mistaken for the white 
patches of vitiligo, but in that affection there is no palpable alteration 
of the skin. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis in diffuse scleroderma is unfavorable. 
While the general health is commonly unimpaired, in extensive cases 
in which ulceration occurs death from exhaustion may follow. It is 
usually of long duration, even in the cases in which recovery eventually 
takes place. Of 251 cases collected by Lewin and Heller, a cure took 
place in 16 per cent. ; improvement in 30 per cent., and in 25 per cent, 
death resulted. In children the prognosis is much more favorable. 
In the circumscribed variety the prognosis is much more favorable and 
recovery frequently occurs, although often only after a duration of 
months or years. In either form, when marked atrophy has taken 
place, a return of the skin to its normal condition rarely occurs. 

Treatment. — Every effort should be made to improve the patient's 
general health. He should have a liberal diet and should be clothed 
in such a manner as to protect him from sudden atmospheric changes, 
and particularly from cold and damp. Quinine, iron, arsenic, cod- 
liver oil may be given in moderate doses for their tonic effect, although 
they have no direct influences upon the malady. Thyroid gland has 
been employed by a number of authors with asserted good results. 
Roques reports the successful use of this substance in something over 
67 per cent, of a series of 67 cases collected from the literature. Other 
observers, however, have been less successful with this treatment. It 
should always be tried, especially in the cases in which any alteration 
in the size of the gland is present. 

Locally, massage and frictions with bland ointments, such as equal 
parts of oleum adipis and lanolin, should be diligently employed and 
inunctions of cod-liver oil, although disagreeable, are also of service. 
Mild galvanic currents are at times apparently of use in improving the 
nutrition of the skin and in preventing atrophy. In morphoea (cir- 
cumscribed scleroderma), in addition to the measures just mentioned, 
electrolysis, as advised by Brocq, may be tried in small patches, using 
the needle as in the removal of superfluous hairs, with a current of 
one to three or four milliamperes. In some instances I have observed 
decidedly favorable results after the use of the X-ray, employing 
moderate exposures at intervals of five days. The hypodermatic use 
of a 15 per cent, alcoholic solution of thiosinamin. as recommended 
by Hans Hebra, has met with little favor, although Neisser speaks 
favorably of it. 



510 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

SCLEREMA NEONATORUM 

Synonyms. — Induratio telae cellulosse; Fr., Algidite progressive; 
l'Endurcissement athrepsique ; Ger., Sclerem der Neugeborenen ; Fett- 
sclerem. 

Definition. — A diffuse induration of the skin occurring in new-born 
infants. 

Although this rare malady was first accurately described by Under- 
wood in 1784, the first recorded case was observed by Usenbenzius 
in the Stockholm Hospital, in 1718. At first it was confused with a 
similar induration of the skin accompanied by oedema occurring also 
in the new-born, but it was definitely separated from oedema neona- 
torum by the observations of Clementowsky and Parrot in 1873 an d 
1874. 

Symptoms. — Although it may be present at birth, it usually begins 
shortly after, within the first ten days ; in rare instances it may appear 
as late as the second month. The induration begins in the majority 
of cases upon the lower extremities and rapidly spreads upward so that 
in the course of three or four days the entire surface may be affected. 
In exceptional cases it first appears in the face and spreads downward. 
At first the skin is yellowish-white and wax-like, but later it is some- 
what livid. When fully developed the natural lines of the skin are 
more or less effaced, the cheeks and lips are stiff so that the infant 
nurses with difficulty or cannot nurse at all ; the limbs are rigid and 
the infant looks as if frozen. The surface is cool, pulse and respiration 
markedly slowed and the latter shallow and sighing. Death usually 
occurs in the course of five to ten days, although in the exceptional 
cases in which only a part of the surface is involved the affection may 
last for some months and recovery eventually take place. 

Etiology. — The disease is most frequently observed in lying-in 
hospitals and in foundling asylums, in other words, in ill-developed and 
ill-nourished infants. In the congenital cases there is usually no dis- 
coverable cause, but in those in which it appears after birth there is 
commonly some affection of the gastro-intestinal tract, of the lungs, or 
of the heart which has seriously impaired the infant's vitality. 

Pathology. — The nature of this peculiar and rare disease is still 
obscure. The researches of Langer and Knopfelmacher have appar- 
ently shown that the subcutaneous fat of the new-born infant solidi- 
fies at a higher temperature than that of adults, owing to its smaller 
content of oleic acid, and Bayer, who has recently studied the chemistry 
of the fat of infants dying from sclerema is definitely of the opinion 
that in such infants there is a congenital specific diminution in the, 
oleic-acid content of the subcutaneous fat, permitting it to solidify 
at the low bodily temperature present in these cases. Parrot be- 
lieved it to be the result of a draining of the tissues of fluids by pre- 
vious exhausting disease. He found the skin thinned, its blood 
vessels, particularly in the papillae, contracted, and the fat diminished. 
These findings have been confirmed by Ballantyne, who also found 
an increase in the connective tissue. 



HYPERTROPHIES 511 

Diagnosis. — Sclerema is to be distinguished from scleroderma and 
from oedema neonatorum. The early age at which it occurs, the rigid- 
ity of the limbs and face, and its rapid course to a fatal issue distinguish 
it readily from the former ; from the latter it is to be distinguished 
by the absence of pitting (absence of oedema) and the more general 
distribution of the induration. 

Prognosis. — Recovery is the rare exception, death usually occurring 
in the course of a few days. In the infrequent cases in which only a 
part of the surface is attacked, the prognosis is somewhat more 
favorable. 

Treatment. — Every effort should be made to raise the bodily tem- 
perature to the normal and maintain it there. The infant should be 
well wrapped up and surrounded by hot water bags or placed in an 
incubator, and should be supplied with as much nourishment of a 
proper kind as can be given to it. Since it cannot nurse, it must be 
fed by enema or by a tube passed into the stomach. 

CEDEMA NEONATORUM 

Synonyms. — CEdema of the new-born; Fr., CEdeme des nouveau- 
nes; Ger., das Sklerodem. 

Definition. — A disease of new-born infants, characterized by indura- 
tion of the skin with oedema. 

Symptoms. — The disease usually first appears within two or three 
days after birth, although in exceptional cases it may be present at 
birth. It begins with drowsiness and swelling and induration of the 
feet and legs, which extend upward to the thighs, buttocks, genitalia, 
hands, and arms, the swelling being most marked in dependent parts. 
Much less frequently the induration and oedema begin in the face 
or upper part of the trunk and spread downward, and in rare cases 
the entire cutaneous surface may be involved. The skin is pale or 
livid, very firm to the touch, and pits upon pressure. The body tem- 
perature is usually subnormal, although in rare cases it may be more 
or less elevated ; the respiration is shallow and the circulation weak. 
The infant becomes increasingly feeble ; the respiration and circulation 
fail; the temperature continues to decline and death usually occurs 
at the end of five or six days, sometimes preceded by diarrhoea or 
convulsions. 

Etiology. — CEdema neonatorum occurs almost without exception 
in prematurely born, imperfectly developed infants, or in those en- 
feebled by pulmonary or cardiac disease. Undue exposure to cold 
at the time of birth and improper or insufficient nourishment are also 
among the predisposing causes. 

Pathology. — There is an abundant serous effusion in the skin, sub- 
cutaneous tissues, and the muscles, and, in advanced cases, in the tho- 
racic and abdominal cavities and in the ventricles of the brain. Ac- 
cording to Luithlen, the oedema does not differ in any respect from 
ordinary oedema of the skin. He finds that the skin of infants suffer- 



512 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ing from this affection is not normally developed, but corresponds to 
the skin of a six to eight months foetus ; and, in consequence of its 
unusually delicate and loose structure, offers conditions especially favor- 
able to the occurrence of oedema. 

Diagnosis. — The only affection for which it is likely to be mistaken 
is sclerema of the new-born, which it closely resembles and with which 
it was formerly confounded. It differs from that affection, however, 
in its less general distribution, in the involvement of the palms and 
soles, which are, as a rule, exempt in sclerema, and in the presence 
of pitting after pressure (presence of oedema). 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis is most unfavorable, 
death occurring almost invariably in the course of five to six days. 
The treatment is essentially the same as for sclerema neonatorum. 

MYXCEDEMA 

Synonyms. — Cretinoid oedema; Cachexia thyropriva ; Cachexie 
pachydermique ; Fr., Myxoedeme ; Ger., Myxoedem. 

Definition. — A chronic constitutional disease due to suppression of 
the functions of the thyroid gland, characterized by a peculiar oedema 
of the skin, accompanied by mental symptoms. 

Symptoms. — This rare affection was first recognized as an inde- 
pendent disease by Gull, who in 1875 described it as a cretinoid 
state affecting women. A few years later ( 1878) Ord, as the result 
of his study of its clinical symptoms and pathology, proposed to 
call it myxoedema, a name by which it has since been generally 
known. 

The early symptoms are usually slight and ill defined ; there is a 
moderate anaemia with poor appetite, some loss of strength, unusual 
susceptibility to cold, and mental sluggishness. When fully estab- 
lished, the skin is everywhere oedematous, firm to the touch, but 
does not pit on pressure as in ordinary oedema. This swelling is 
most noticeable in the face, imparting to the patient a peculiar apathetic 
expression partly the result of obliteration of the normal lines and 
partly due to his mental state. The lids are thick and hang in folds 
so that an effort is necessary to keep the eyes open ; the nose is broad- 
ened as the result of thickening of the alae, and the lips are swollen, 
the lower one frequently everted so that the saliva escapes from the 
mouth. While the swelling of the skin is general, it is not uniform, 
being more noticeable in some regions than in others, as in the supra- 
clavicular region, where there may be ill-defined swellings partly 
due to oedema, partly due to deposit of fat. The hands and feet are 
larger than normal, the former presenting a peculiar flattened, "spade- 
like " (Gull) appearance. Because of the diminished activity of the 
sweat- and sebaceous-glands the skin is harsh, dry, and finely desquamat- 
ing. The hair loses its lustre, becomes brittle, breaks, and falls out, and 
the nails are brittle and broken at their free border. 

The mucous membranes of the mouth, pharynx, and larynx are 



HYPERTROPHIES 513 

also ©edematous, and the tongue is more or less swollen, sometimes 
excessively so. 

Along with the cutaneous symptoms there is notable alteration 
of the patient's mentality. She is dull and listless, speaks slowly with 
expressionless voice, the alteration in speech being due in part to 
the swelling of the vocal cords, the tongue, and lips, and in part to 
the slowing of her mental processes. Her disposition is usually more 
or less altered ; she is usually irritable, and symptoms of insanity ap- 
pear in a certain proportion of cases. 

The course of the malady is a very chronic one. The strength 
gradually fails, the patient becomes more apathetic, a marasmic condi- 
tion ensues, which eventuates in death ; or some intercurrent affec- 
tion, such as nephritis or tuberculosis, carries her off. 

Etiology. — The disease is one of adult life, although it may occur 
rarely in children. It is much more common in females than in males, 
fully 90 per cent, of the cases occurring in women. It is due to 
suppression, partial or complete, of the functions of the thyroid gland, 
but the cause of the thyroid disease is unknown. As Reverdin, Kocher, 
and others have shown, symptoms resembling those of myxoedema 
may follow extirpation of the thyroid (cachexia strumipriva). 

Pathology. — The thyroid gland is usually atrophied, its secreting 
structure replaced by fibrous tissue, or it is at times larger than nor- 
mal, but in such cases the glandular tissue is diminished, as in the 
atrophied gland, the enlargement being due to deposits of inflam- 
matory exudate or other material which have destroyed the gland 
tissue. A mucoid material is deposited in the corium and subcutane- 
ous tissue, the nature of which is still undetermined. Unna found 
both the collagenous and elastic tissue of the corium altered in their 
staining reactions, indicating degeneration of these. 

Diagnosis. — The patient's mental condition, her slow, halting 
speech and expressionless voice, the wide extent and peculiar quality 
of the cutaneous oedema are so characteristic in the developed affec- 
tion that the diagnosis usually presents but little difficulty. The oedema 
may be mistaken for that which accompanies chronic nephritis, but 
freedom of the urine from albumin and the absence of pitting will 
serve to distinguish it from that affection. 

Prognosis. — Unless stayed by appropriate treatment, the disease 
steadily progresses to a fatal termination, although death may be 
postponed for many years. If proper treatment is instituted at a 
sufficiently early period, the outlook as to a practical cure or great 
improvement is quite favorable. 

In very advanced cases, however, the best directed measures may 
fail to do more than produce a slight and temporary improvement in the 
patient's condition. 

Treatment. — Patients with myxoedema should be protected as much 
as possible from cold, to which they are very sensitive, and should 
be given thyroid gland either in substance, in dry extract, or fluid 
33 



514 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

extract, the last hypodermatically. Some care should be taken not 
to begin with too large a dose, lest disagreeable symptoms, such as 
restlessness, shortness of breath, and rapid pulse (thyroidism) ap- 
pear; as a rule, the beginning dose should not exceed one or two 
grains three times a day, but this may be gradually increased until 
fifteen or twenty grains a day are taken. Under this treatment 
marked improvement in all the symptoms usually appears promptly; 
the oedema diminishes, the sweat- and sebaceous-glands resume their 
functions, and the skin becomes soft and supple, the hair begins to 
grow, and the nervous and mental symptoms disappear. 

ELEPHANTIASIS 

Synonyms. — Elephantiasis Arabum ; Pachydermia; Elephant leg; 
Barbadoes leg; Cochin-China leg; Bucnemia tropica; Spargosis. 

Definition. — A chronic affection occurring endemically in many 
tropical and subtropical countries, sporadically in most parts of the 
world, characterized by extensive hypertrophy of the skin and sub- 
cutaneous tissues, situated most frequently, but not exclusively, upon 
the lower extremities and genitalia. 

Symptoms. — Although in the fully developed disease there is little 
difference between the endemic and sporadic forms, the symptoms of 
the early stages are much more pronounced in the former. The en- 
demic variety as seen in tropical countries usually begins with more 
or less decided constitutional disturbances, such as elevation of tem- 
perature, chills, pains in the limbs associated with a localized inflam- 
mation of the skin situated in most cases upon one, much less fre- 
quently both, lower extremities. This inflammation is commonly 
of an erysipelatous character and is frequently associated with symp- 
toms of lymphangitis, red lines extending up and down the limb, with 
swelling and pain, and swelling of the lymphatic glands. These acute 
symptoms gradually subside, but the swelling does not entirely dis- 
appear. After an interval of some weeks or months a new attack, 
accompanied by the same symptoms, occurs, followed by an in- 
crease in the permanent swelling, and these are repeated until the 
girth of the limb finally may become three or four times greater 
than normal. 

When fully developed, the foot is transformed into a cushion-like mass 
separated from the leg at the ankle by a deep narrow circular fissure ; 
the leg is either uniformly cylindrical in shape, several times its 
normal diameter, or a huge tumor-like mass divided by deep sulci, 
exaggerated normal furrows, from which escapes a foul-smelling fluid 
composed of decomposed sweat, sebum, and macerated epidermis. 
The skin may be dry, smooth, tense, and shining, or rough, uneven, 
covered with warty patches and papillomatous growths, and more 
or less deeply pigmented. 

When the superficial lymphatics are involved they form vari- 
cosities upon the surface or vesicles, which, when ruptured, either 



HYPERTROPHIES 515 

spontaneously or by violence, discharge lymph for a considerable 
time (lymphorrhcea). The surface of the leg is at times covered 
with oozing eczematous patches, excoriations, or ulcers with con- 
siderable crusting. 

Next to the lower extremities the male genitalia are the parts 
most frequently attacked, usually the scrotum, less frequently the 
penis. In women the labia and clitoris are occasionally affected. 

On the scrotum the disease usually begins, as upon the legs, with 
febrile attacks and local inflammation, accompanied by swelling and 
pain, the latter at times being quite severe, usually more so than 
upon the legs. In the course of time the scrotum is transformed into 
a large dependent tumor whose surface is furrowed and fissured and 
in places superficially ulcerated, which may reach to the knees and 
below, and may weigh many pounds. If the penis is not likewise 
affected it gradually disappears from view at the bottom of a deep 
canal from which it cannot be withdrawn. 

Upon the labia and clitoris it presents much the same features, 
although it seldom reaches the enormous proportions seen in the 
scrotum. 

The affection known as lymph scrotum is closely related to ele- 
phantiasis. The scrotum is enlarged, but much less so than in ele- 
phantiasis, its surface usually smooth, but beset with lymphatic varices 
and vesicles which rupture and discharge at times a milky, at others 
a clear, straw-colored, coagulable fluid. 

Attacks of fever and erysipelatous inflammation occur from time 
to time, and in a certain proportion of cases it terminates in true 
elephantiasis. 

In infrequent cases the mammary gland in women is affected, 
usually along with elephantiasis of an extremity. The breast 
may reach a huge size, forming a pendulous mass reaching to the 
pubes. 

Quite exceptionally the arms and face may be attacked, but 
the enlargement never reaches the proportions observed in other 
regions. 

In the sporadic form (elephantiasis nostras) febrile attacks such as 
occur in the tropical variety are seldom seen, or if they do occur are 
usually much less severe. The hypertrophy of the skin and subcu- 
taneous tissues is the same in character, but is usually much less 
pronounced. 

The patient's general condition is in many cases but little affected, 
although when the febrile attacks are severe and frequently repeated, 
or when the flow of lymph is abundant and long-continued, exhaus- 
tion may result. 

In advanced cases the frequently huge overgrowth of the legs or 
scrotum seriously interferes with locomotion. 

Under the name elephantiasis telangiectodes, Virchow described a 
congenital condition which undergoes further development, character- 



516 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ized by a more or less pronounced localized overgrowth of fibrous and 
vascular tissues. This condition, while elephantoid, is not, strictly 
speaking, elephantiasis. 

The permanent swelling of the lids and upper lip which sometimes 
follows repeated attacks of an erysipelatous character, to which Sir 
Jonathan Hutchinson some years ago gave the name solid oedema, is 
closely related to, if not identical with, elephantiasis. 

Etiology. — Elephantiasis is infrequent in children, and is much 
more common in men than in women, occurring in the proportion 
of three, according to some authors five, of the former to one of the 
latter. It is seen in the dark-skinned races much more frequently 
than in Europeans. As already observed, it is endemic in many tropi- 
cal and subtropical countries — in India, Cochin-China, the South Sea 
Islands, and the West Indies. 

The direct cause is a microscopic worm-like parasite, the Filaria 
sanguinis hominis, infection taking place through the bite of certain 
species of mosquito, commonly the Culex fatigans, which serve as the 
intermediate host in which it completes its development. Entering 
the lymphatics, the mature filaria gives rise to inflammatory changes 
and consequent interference with the lymph circulation. The larvae, 
which are about 0.3 mm. in length and 0.008 to 0.011 mm. in diam- 
eter, exhibit a remarkable nocturnal periodicity. Disappearing more 
or less completely from the peripheral circulation during the day, they 
begin to return with the approach of night, increase in numbers until 
midnight, when they may be present in enormous quantities, and 
then diminish again. Manson found them in great numbers in the 
large blood-vessels and the lungs during the day, when they were 
absent from the peripheral vessels. 

The sporadic or non-filarial form is the sequel of repeated or long- 
continued inflammations of the skin and subcutaneous tissues, usually 
of an erysipelatous character, which result in a blocking of the lymph 
channels. Unna regards such cases as the result of persistent strepto- 
coccic infection, and suggests for it the name elephantiasis strepto- 
genes. 

Pathology. — The principal pathological alteration is an enormous 
increase in the collagenous tissue affecting all parts of the derma, 
but especially the lowest part, and the subcutaneous connective tissue. 
There is a pronounced increase in the size and number ,^ the connec- 
tive-tissue cells, many of which are provided with long processes. 
Scattered through the derma, as evidence of chronic inflammation, 
are localized, usually perivascular, accumulations of round and plasma 
cells with giant cells and "mastzellen," the last being unusually large. 
Changes in the vessels are usually considerable ; the walls of both 
arteries and veins are much thickened, and the lumina of the latter 
are frequently occluded by thrombi composed of leucocytes. The 



HYPERTROPHIES 517 

lymph vessels and the lymph spaces are dilated and the walls of 
the former increased in thickness. Most observers have noted a 
marked increase in the elastic tissue, but Unna found it decidedly 
diminished. 

The changes in the epidermis are secondary to those in the derma. 
In the earlier stages there may be considerable thickening of the 
rete, later atrophy and hyperkeratosis. The hair-follicles, sebaceous 
glands and the sweat-glands are at first unaffected, but later they undergo 
atrophy from pressure of the fibrous tissue. Considerable deposits of 
pigment granules are present in the lowest cells of the rete and in the 
upper portion of the corium in many cases. 

Diagnosis. — The picture presented by a fully developed case of 
elephantiasis, even when of moderate extent, is so characteristic that 
it is usually recognizable at once. In regions in which the affection 
is endemic, repeated attacks of local inflammation of the skin, ac- 
companied by decided constitutional disturbance, even with but little 
swelling, should lead to examination of the blood for filarise, remem- 
bering, of course, that the organism is to be found most readily, indeed 
often only, at night. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis as to cure is unfavorable, the disease 
usually slowly but steadily progressing for an indefinite period. If, 
however, the patient can be removed to a region where it does not 
prevail endemically, and appropriate treatment is instituted early, 
much may be done to stay its progress. When the parts affected are 
so situated that they can be completely removed, such as the scrotum, 
a radical cure may follow surgical treatment. 

Treatment. — Removal from regions in which the malady is en- 
demic should always be advised as a measure of value in arresting 
or at least delaying its progress. During the febrile attacks, espe- 
cially in the endemic variety, rest in bed, quinine in considerable doses, 
and the continuous application to the inflamed skin of compresses wet 
with a saturated solution of boric acid or with lead water and lauda- 
num are useful. 

When the disease is situated upon the legs, rest in the recumbent 
position, massage, and the continuous application of an elastic band- 
age, more particularly the rubber bandage, are the measures most 
likely to produce favorable results, especially in the earlier stages 
before the hypertrophy has reached large proportions. Castellani 
has reported favorable results from daily injections of fibrolysin com- 
bined with the foregoing. Portions of the redundant tissue may 
be removed surgically, and in elephantiasis of the scrotum this is 
probably the best form of treatment. Cutting off the blood supply 
by ligation of the principal vessel supplying the affected region, and 
division or stretching of the nerve trunk, have in some instances 
been followed by more or less improvement, but these procedures are 
always uncertain in their results. 



518 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

DERMATOLYSIS 

Synonyms. — Cutis laxa ; Loose skin ; Cutis pendula ; Pachydermato- 
cele; Chalazodermia. 

Symptoms. — Under the term dermatolysis two quite distinct con- 
ditions of the skin have been described by authors. The first is dis- 
tinguished by more or less thickening and laxness of the skin, which 
in one or more regions presents pendulous folds which at times reach 
enormous size, producing extraordinary deformity. Occasionally the 
skin is coarse, somewhat pigmented, and the mouths of the follicles 
unusually patulous. While any region may be affected, the condi- 
tion is seen most frequently on the scalp, particularly the occipital 
region, the neck, the upper arm, and the thigh. The affection is 
probably nothing more than an exaggerated form of soft fibroma, 
fibroma molluscum, with the ordinary form of which it is occasion- 
ally associated (q.v.) 

In the second form, cutis laxa, elastic skin, cutis hyperelastica 
(Unna), dermatolysis proper, the skin presents no visible alteration 
in its structure, but is remarkably extensible and elastic so that it 
may be picked up and drawn out sometimes to an extraordinary ex- 
tent, and, when relaxed, retracts, sometimes with an audible snap. 
This unusual elasticity may be limited to certain regions or be pres- 
ent in the entire skin. In some of the reported cases the skin of the 
chest could be drawn up over the face, the skin of the forearm down 
over the hand. These are the ''elastic skin men," "India rubber skin 
men," of the museums. Cases have been observed by Duhring, Kopp, 
Seifert, and Du Mesnil. 

The histology of the affection has been studied by Du Mesnil, 
Williams, and Unna. Du Mesnil did not find any increase in the 
elastic fibres, as was thought likely by Kopp, but these were irregu- 
lar and more twisted than in normal skin ; he likewise found a myxo- 
matous condition of the cutis. Williams and Unna agree in attribut- 
ing considerable importance to the abnormal windings of the vessels 
and nerves. The latter found extreme splitting of the collagenous 
substance which he regards as an important factor in producing the 
unusual extensibility of the skin. 

The condition is a congenital one, and is irremediable. 

CUTIS VERTICIS GYRATA 

Attention was first directed to this rare and very curious anomaly 
of the scalp by Jadassohn, who saw four cases of it. Other cases have 
since been reported by Unna, who proposed for it the name cutis verticis 
gyrata; by Gogrow, von Veress, and a few others. 

It consists of a variable number of folds and furrows involving 
the entire thickness of the scalp, arranged in irregular convolutions 
resembling the cerebral convolutions, or less frequently in several 



HYPERTROPHIES 519 

parallel straight lines. It affects most frequently the vertex and occip- 
ital region, but also may occur in the parietal region. 

In a case seen by the author some years ago in the Skin Dis- 
pensary of the University Hospital, in the person of a young negro, 
twenty-two years old, there were four parallel folds as thick as a 
finger in each parietal region, running anteroposteriorly (Fig. 173). 

Von Veress has very recently reported no less than eleven cases, 
two of which he was able to study histologically. In one case there 




Fig. 173. — Cutis verticis gyrata (negro). 

were traces of decided inflammation at the bottom of the furrow, and 
in both there was pronounced atrophy of the sebaceous- and sweat- 
glands. He concludes that the condition is probably the result of a 
chronic inflammation of the scalp, although he admits the possibility 
of its congenital origin. 

No subjective symptoms of any kind are present. 

The only way in which the deformity can be removed is by ex- 
cision. 



CHAPTER XIII 

ATROPHIES— ATROPHIA 

DERMATITIS CHRONICA ATROPHICANS 

Synonyms. — Atrophia cutis idiopathica; Diffuse idiopathic atrophy 
of the skin ; Acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans ; Dermatitis atrophi- 
cans maculosa. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammation of the skin, terminating in 
atrophy. 

Symptoms. — Beginning with Buchwald in 1883, a number of au- 
thors (Neumann, Pick, Pospelow, Jadassohn, Herxheimer and Hart- 
mann, Beck, and a few others) have from time to time reported exam- 
ples of a cutaneous affection the chief characteristic of which is a 
diffuse, pronounced, and progressive atrophy of the skin. While these 
cases presented considerable variation in their clinical features, they 
closely resembled one another in the marked atrophy which char- 
acterized the final stage ; and in all probability they represented vari- 
ants of the same malady rather than separate affections. The erythro- 
melie of Pick and the erythema paralyticum of Neumann are regarded 
by most recent authors as belonging in the same category. Quite re- 
cently Finger and Oppenheim have carefully reviewed the whole sub- 
ject in a monograph containing reports of cases of their own and those 
collected from the literature. 

The disease usually begins with the appearance of a variable num- 
ber of patches varying from bright to dark red, which, slowly enlarg- 
ing, coalesce to form more or less extensive diffuse areas with smaller 
patches and streaks which eventually exhibit a more or less pro- 
nounced atrophy. When the affection has reached its acme, the skin 
in the affected regions is thin and wrinkled like "crumpled cigarette 
paper" (Fig. 174), dark or brownish red, and more or less translucent, 
so that the vessels are readily perceived through it, with here and 
there small scar-like white patches from which the pigment has 
disappeared. On the extremities the skin lies in thin longitudinal 
and oblique folds except over and around the joints, where the folds 
are transverse. The hair is thinned or lost in the affected regions, and 
there is frequently a fine branny desquamation owing to the dryness 
of the skin resulting from suppression of the functions of the sweat- 
and sebaceous-glands. In rare cases the disease begins as pinkish 
macules or maculo-papules or nodules, which are replaced in time 
by a macular atrophy (Jadassohn). 

In the majority of cases it begins upon the extremities (hence 
the name "acrodermatitis" proposed by Herxheimer and Hartmann), 
and may be confined to these, but it occasionally spreads to the trunk. 
The inflammatory early stage is often so little pronounced and de- 
void of symptoms that it usually escapes notice, and the atrophy is 
520 



ATROPHIES 



521 




^§£35C 



522 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

usually the first symptom to attract attention; for this reason the 
latter was regarded by the early observers as the primary condi- 
tion. Subjective symptoms are, as a rule, absent, but there may be 
at times itching and burning. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The limited number of cases thus far 
observed have occurred chiefly in middle-aged adults and somewhat 
more frequently in women than in men. Practically nothing is 
known about its primary cause. Finger and Oppenheim are inclined 
to attribute considerable importance to heat and cold and the weather. 
Fordyce observed an example in a syphilitic woman, but there was no 
conclusive evidence that this was more than a coincidence. 

According to Finger and Oppenheim, the malady is a chronic 
inflammation of the skin characterized by dilatation of the vessels, 
oedema, cell exudation, and principally by early disappearance of 
the elastic tissue. 

Diagnosis. — When the atrophy is fully developed, the affection 
is not likely to be mistaken for any other. It may at times be con- 
founded with scleroderma, but the soft wrinkled skin of the atrophic 
patches is altogether unlike the firm, leather-like, ivory-white patches 
characteristic of the latter. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis as to the arrest of the 
disease and restoration of the skin to the normal condition is very 
unfavorable ; in rare instances, however, complete recovery has been 
noted (Pick, Finger, and Oppenheim). The patient's general condi- 
tion is in no way affected. 

The skin should be protected against cold by proper clothing, 
and an endeavor made to improve its nutrition by warm baths, mas- 
sage, electricity, and inunctions of some bland ointment, such as 
equal parts of cold cream and lanolin, or lanolin and oil of sesame. 

ATROPHIA CUTIS SENILIS 

Synonyms. — Atrophoderma senilis ; Senile atrophy of the skin. 

Definition. — Atrophy and degeneration of the skin, peculiar to old 
age. 

Symptoms. — With increase in years, the skin, like other tissues of 
the body, undergoes certain structural changes. It loses its normal 
lustre and color, becomes yellowish or brownish, it is thin and 
wrinkled, in places hanging in loose folds, owing in part to diminu- 
tion or disappearance of the subcutaneous fat, and has to a consider- 
able extent lost its elasticity, so that when stretched it retracts slowly. 
In extreme cases it is very thin and partly translucent, so that the 
vessels beneath it can be readily seen. Upon parts exposed to sun 
and wind, such as the hands and face, smooth non-elevated brown or 
"blackish freckle-like patches often appear in varying number, such 
deposits of pigment being especially common on the backs of the 
hands. Other brown or blackish patches covered with a horny adher- 
ent crust are common also upon the back of the hands and in the 



ATROPHIES 523 

face, in the latter region especially upon the forehead and over the 
malar eminences, which show a decided tendency to undergo epithelio- 
matous change in time (senile keratoses). Occasionally, here and 
there, small scar-like white patches appear owing to disappearance of 
the normal pigment. On the trunk, particularly on the upper half 
of the back, numbers of wart-like elevations covered with fatty crusts 
which are readily removed are often present (senile warts, sebor- 
rheic warts), which, like the senile keratoses, occasionally become 
epitheliomatous. Vascular changes, such as telangiectases and small 
angiomata varying in size from a pin-head to a split pea, are likewise 
common in the senile skin ; purpuric patches are occasionally noticed 
on the back of the hands and more especially upon the lower extremi- 
ties, which may be spontaneous or the result of trifling unnoticed 
injury (purpura senilis). Quite commonly the skin of the aged is 
dry and finely desquamating, owing to the atrophy of the sweat- 
and sebaceous-glands. 

Pathology. — According to Neumann, there may be a simple senile 
atrophy of the skin, characterized by quantitative changes only, but 
in most cases there are qualitative changes as well. There is a 
more or less pronounced thinning of the epidermis affecting the rete 
chiefly, the cells of which are smaller than normal ; its interpapillary 
prolongations are greatly shortened or have in large part disap- 
peared, corresponding with a like shortening of the underlying papillae. 
In places there is a circumscribed increase in the thickness of the 
horny layer. There is an increased amount of pigment present in 
both the epidermis and corium. The follicles and glands show more 
or less pronounced atrophy. In addition to these quantitive changes 
the corium frequently exhibits certain qualitative changes. The elastin 
is transformed into elacin, and the collagen into collacin and col- 
lastin, changes which are indicated by alterations in the structure and 
tinctorial properties of these tissues. 

Treatment. — Although senile changes cannot be altogether pre- 
vented, nor the skin restored to its former condition when they have 
occurred, much may be done to delay their appearance by proper 
hygiene and the use of a nutritious diet containing an abundance of 
easily digested fat, together with cod-liver oil. Massage and warm 
baths followed by inunctions of some bland fat, such as lanoline di- 
luted with oil of sweet almond or oil of sesame, are useful in promoting 
the nutrition of the skin. 

Senile keratoses and seborrhceic warts, when present, should re- 
ceive special attention, owing to the possibility of epitheliomatous 
degeneration taking place in them. 

STRLflE ET MACULE ATROPHICA 

Synonyms. — Atrophia striata et maculosa ; Atrophoderma striatum 
et maculatum. 

Definition. — Atrophy of the skin, occurring in streaks and patches. 



524 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Symptoms. — Atrophic striae (Fig. 174 a) appear as stripes of varying 
length and breadth, which, when recent, are slightly livid, but later become 
pinkish, white, or pearly-white, and sometimes, when old, slightly 
pigmented. They are somewhat depressed below and visibly thinner 
than the normal skin, with a slightly wrinkled surface, and vary in 
breadth from 2 to 6 mm. and in length from 1 to 6 or 8 cm. They 
are usually multiple, and those in the same region are arranged more 
or less parallel with one another, although this is not invariably the 
case. They are situated most frequently in regions in which the 
panniculus adiposus is well developed, especially the abdomen, the 
inner and anterior surface of the upper thighs, the upper arm ; much 
less frequently they are situated about the joints, especially the knees 
(striae patellores). Upon the abdomen they are common in women 
who have been pregnant (linecc albicantes, vergetures, Schivangcr- 
scJiaftsnarbcn) , and similar stripes occur in the breasts as the result 
of lactation; they may also follow ascites and abdominal tumors. 
In the former region they are arranged horizontally at the level of 
the umbilicus, but run obliquely, parallel with the line of the groins, 
on the lower abdomen ; on the breasts they are arranged radially. 
The direction of the stripes is in general at right angles to the direc- 
tion of the greatest tension in the skin. As a rule they appear grad- 
ually and are unaccompanied by subjective symptoms. Evans has 
very recently reported a case, however, in which they appeared quite 
suddenly on the back in the course of two or three days. 

Similar alterations of the skin occurring as whitish spots or patches 
are also observed either in association with the striae or indepen- 
dently of these (maculae atrophicae). Liveing, Duhring, Jadassohn, and 
a few others have described cases of macular atrophy in which the 
patches were numerous, varying in size from a lentil to a coin, and 
were preceded by erythema and some infiltration. Jadassohn pro- 
posed the name anetodermia erythematodes for the affection he de- 
scribed. There is little or no doubt that these cases represent a 
pathological process quite distinct from that occurring in atrophic 
striae. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Atrophic striae are in the majority of 
cases produced by rapid overdistention of the skin such as occurs 
in the mammae and abdomen of women in pregnancy, in ascites and 
rapidly growing or very large abdominal tumors. They also occur 
in those who have grown stout rapidly and are often then situated 
not only on the abdomen, but on the upper thighs, the upper arms, 
and on the buttocks. Not all, however, are of this origin. A certain 
proportion follow severe acute illness, such as typhoid fever, as in 
the case observed by Shepherd, in which extensive striae occurred 
over and in the neighborhood of the patellae ; they have also been ob- 
served after scarlet fever (Osier, Bleibtrau, Silberstein). The origin 
of the macular lesions is for the most part unknown. 

Troisier and Menetrier, whose observations have been confirmed 



ATROPHIES 525 

by Unna, found striking changes in the elastic tissue in the striae. 
In the centre of the striae it had disappeared, while it was increased 
about the borders, and many of its fibres were ruptured. Unna found 
that numerous elastic fibres had undergone transformation into elacin 
(basophilic elastin). As the result of tension, the collagen bundles 
of the corium no longer interlace, but are stretched out parallel with 
the direction of the tension. The follicles and glands are more or 
less atrophied or absent. In the cases of macular atrophy described 
by Jadassohn there was complete absence of elastic tissue in the 
patches. 

Diagnosis. — The appearance of the striae is so characteristic that 
errors in diagnosis are not likely to occur. The macular lesions are 
to be differentiated from scars and from circumscribed scleroderma 
(morphcea). 

The condition is irremediable. 

KRAUROSIS VULV^i 

Definition. — A disease characterized by atrophy of the skin and 
mucous membrane of the vulva. 

Symptoms. — This infrequent malady was first described by Breisky 
under its present name in 1885, although cases of what was probably 
the same affection had been previously described by Weir and Lawson 
Tait, by the latter as a vascular degeneration of the vulva with atrophy 
of its mucous membrane. Cases have since been reported by Janovsky, 
Ohmann-Dumesnil, Baldy and Williams, Jayle, Thibierge, and a few 
others. 

The disease usually begins insidiously without any very definite 
symptoms, although in a certain proportion of cases pruritus pre- 
cedes the atrophy and may be a marked symptom. The labia majora 
are wrinkled and atrophic, the hair thin or lost, the mucous surface 
smooth, yellowish, or whitish, with occasional patches of leucoplakia 
or small vascular areas ; the labia minora are reduced to small vertical 
folds, or may completely disappear, and the prccputium clitoridis is 
similarly atrophied. The ostium vagincc is narrowed, at times so 
greatly as to scarcely admit the finger, and has lost its elasticity 
so that it is no longer distensible, making coitus difficult and very 
painful. Jayle, who has recently studied the malady very thoroughly, 
recognizes four forms — Leukoplasic kraurosis, corresponding with the 
form described by Breisky ; inflammatory kraurosis, of which the af- 
fection described by Lawson Tait was an example ; senile kraurosis ; 
and operative kraurosis, that which follows removal of the ovaries. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The causes and origin of this malady 
are obscure. It occurs in women past the menopause, or in those 
who have had their ovaries removed surgically. As already observed, 
pruritus frequently accompanies it and the irritation and inflamma- 
tion produced by scratching are regarded by some authors as having 
a causative relationship to it. In the majority of cases there is a 



526 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

vaginal discharge, either an ordinary leucorrhcea or gonorrhoea. Finger 
regards it as closely related to chronic lichen. According to Perrin,. 
leucoplakia and kraurosis vulvae are only different degrees of the same 
affection. There is little doubt that simple senile kraurosis is nothing 
more than an atrophic process such as is common to the skin and mucous 
membranes in old age. 

Breisky found in sections of the labium minus a thinning of the 
rete, and in the deeper portion of the corium a small-celled infiltra- 
tion. The papillary body and the upper portion of the corium were 
sclerosed. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — -The disease is usually a slowly progres- 
sive one and is but little influenced by treatment. In the cases in 
which leucoplasic patches are present upon the mucous surface, 
epithelioma occasionally follows. Baldy and Williams advise the total 
extirpation of the affected region. 

AINHUM 

Definition. — An endemic disease of the tropics characterized by a 
constricting furrow surrounding one or more toes, terminating in 
spontaneous amputation. 

This affection was first described by Clark as a disease endemic 
among the negroes of the west coast of Africa, and somewhat later 
independently by Da Silva Lima, who observed it among the negroes 
of Brazil. 

Symptoms. — It begins as a furrow situated at the base of the little 
toe, on the inner and plantar surface, which gradually increases in 
depth and extends to the outer side and dorsal surface until it com- 
pletely encircles the member. As the furrow deepens, the toe be- 
comes greatly swollen, looking as if encircled by a tight ligature, 
and ulceration is apt to occur in the bottom of the furrow, which is 
accompanied by pain and an offensive discharge. After some years 
the toe is attached only by a flexible pedicle and is occasionally acci- 
dentally knocked off, or is amputated because of the interference with 
walking; if left to itself, it eventually is completely detached by the 
progress of the disease. Until ulceration occurs it is usually painless, 
although exceptions are occasionally observed. As already noted, the 
disease in the great majority of cases attacks the little toe, but may 
also affect the fourth, but very rarely the other toes. It may be 
limited to one foot, or both little toes may be affected either simul- 
taneously or one after the other. In rare instances a similar con- 
stricting furrow has been observed on the fingers (Stelwagon, a case 
affecting the little finger). 

Etiology and Pathology. — The cause of this very curious affection 
is altogether unknown. It occurs almost exclusively in the dark races, 
especially in negroes, but a few cases have been reported in Europeans. 
It is confined for the most part to the west coast of Africa and to 
Brazil, but sporadic cases are occasionally seen in some of the islands 



ATROPHIES 527 

of Polynesia and among the negroes of the southern United States. 
It is a disease of early adult life, but is rare in children and the old \ 
males are more often attacked than females. Da Silva regarded hered- 
ity as an important predisposing factor; he saw families of negroes 
in which all the members were affected. Both parents of Duhring's 
patient had the disease. It may be pointed out, however, that such 
occurrences may as readily be explained by infection as by heredity. 
Manson thinks it probably the result of injury which occurs so readily 
and so frequently in those who go barefoot, and Wellman thinks that 
it may be produced by jiggers. The former makes the observation 
that a similar affection occurs in the tail of a certain species of monkey. 

The nature of the malady is very obscure. By some authors it 
is regarded as a trophoneurosis, by others an unusual form of sclero- 
derma; Manson saw a negro in whom one little toe presented a sclero- 
derma while the other presented a well-marked ainhum. Zambaco- 
Pasha thinks it a modified form of leprosy, but there is little evidence 
to support this opinion. 

The histopathology has been studied by a number of observers 
(Eyles, Wile, Moreira, and others), who practically agree in their 
findings. All the layers of the epidermis are greatly hypertrophied ; 
the papillae contain an abundant exudation of cells and the deeper 
vessels of the cutis and the hypoderm present alterations character- 
istic of obliterating endarteritis. In the furrow there is a fibrous 
hypertrophy of the collagen. The furrow may surround the joint or 
occur at the metatarso-phalangeal joint, or in the continuity of the 
phalanx which presents the changes indicative of a rarefying osteitis. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The course of the malady is a steadily 
progressive one and almost invariably terminates in the loss of the 
toe, which takes place after five to ten years. 

In advanced cases the toe should be amputated, since nothing can 
be done to stay the progress of the malady ; the toe is only a hindrance 
in walking, and the source of great pain and discomfort when ul- 
ceration has occurred. In the very early stages Da Silva Lima found 
that transverse division of the furrow arrested the process. 

PERFORATING ULCER OF THE FOOT 

Synonyms. — Malum perforans pedis ; Fr., Mai perforant du pied ; 
Ger., Perforirendes Fussgeschwiir. 

Definition. — An ulcer of trophic origin situated upon the sole of 
the foot. 

Symptoms. — This infrequent affection, which was first described 
by Nelaton, and given the name by which it is generally known by 
Vesignie, is situated upon some portion of the sole exposed to pres- 
sure, in most cases at the metatarso-phalangeal joint of the great or 
little toe. It begins as a callosity, beneath which after some time 
ulceration occurs ; the callosity is then cast off, disclosing an ulcer 
which communicates with the deeper tissues by a sinus which may 



528 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

extend down to and lay bare the bone which undergoes necrosis. 
The margins of the ulcer are surrounded by a thick layer of horny 
epidermis and the bottom is occasionally covered with granulations. 
At times all parts of the sole exposed to pressure exhibit a more 
or less marked degree of hyperkeratosis. The ulcer is, as a rule, 
painless, and there is usually more or less anaesthesia of the parts 
surrounding it ; walking, however, is frequently painful, and in ex- 
ceptional cases there is spontaneous pain in the foot. Occasionally 
the foot is cold and livid and perspires abundantly, the perspiration 
having a disagreeable odor. The ulcer is usually single, but there 
may be two or more, either on the same foot or on both. In rare 
instances it has been seen upon the hand (Terrillon, quoted by 
Crocker). The disease pursues a slow, indolent course, and, if the 
foot is put at rest, healing may in time take place, but the ulcer re- 
appears when the foot is used. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Perforating ulcer is observed far more 
frequently in men than in women ; of ninety-one cases collected by 
Gasquel, eighty-four were males. It is most common between the 
ages of thirty and fifty and is infrequent before twenty. In a large 
proportion of cases it is associated with some disease of the central 
or peripheral nervous system, such as locomotor ataxia, leprosy, pe- 
ripheral neuritis. Of Gasquel's 91 cases, 69 had some disease of the 
central nervous system, 32 of them tabes. In a few instances it has 
been observed to follow diabetes. 

Savory and Butlin, who made a careful study of five cases, were 
of the opinion that it was the result of pressure upon, or injury to, 
tissues whose vitality had been impaired by defective nerve supply, 
an opinion which has been generally accepted as correctly explaining 
the origin of the malady. These investigators, who examined sec- 
tions of the anterior and posterior tibial nerves in the foot, found the 
epineurium, perineurium, and endoneurium much thickened, the nerve 
fibres smaller than normal, the ultimate fibrils atrophied, and the 
smallest completely obliterated. 

Diagnosis. — The malady is to be distinguished from simple ulcer, 
from suppurating corns, and callosities. From these it is usually read- 
ily differentiated by the painless character of the ulcer, its sluggish 
course, the presence of a sinus leading down to the bone, and its asso- 
ciation with some affection of the nervous system. 

Prognosis and Treatment.— The prognosis is unfavorable ; even 
when healing does take place, it is only temporary, the ulcer reappear- 
ing with the resumption of the use of the foot. Even amputation of 
a part or the whole of the foot is apt to be followed in time by recur- 
rence in the stump. Treves recommends the removal of the thick 
horny epidermis around the ulcer by paring, and poultices and filling 
the sinus with a cream of salicylic acid and glycerin containing ten 
minims (0.65) of carbolic acid to the ounce (32.0). After healing has 
taken place, a perforated felt pad should be worn over the site of 



ATROPHIES 529 

the ulcer. Stretching of the sciatic or posterior tibial nerve has also 
been advised (Bevan Rake). 



GLOSSY SKIN 

Synonyms. — Glossy nngers ; Atrophoderma neuriticum ; Liodermia 
neuritica. 

Definition. — An atrophic condition of the skin affecting in most in- 
stances the fingers. 

Symptoms. — Attention was first specially called to this affection 
by Paget under the name of "glossy fingers," and it was described 
later by Mitchell, Morehouse, and Keen as a sequel of gunshot wounds 
and other injuries to nerves. The condition had been previously noted, 
however, by Romberg and others. The skin of one or more fingers 
is red, smooth, and shining, the normal lines of the skin more or 
less completely effaced. At times the color is dusky or somewhat 
livid and mottled, as in chilblain, which the affection may resemble 
in appearance quite closely. After a time the fingers become thin 
and tapering, often slightly flexed, the nails are curved from side to 
side and over the ends of the fingers, and occasionally the skin is 
retracted from the matrix, leaving it exposed ; upon the toes painful 
fissures and ulcers may thus arise. The skin is, as a rule, abnormally 
dry, but exceptionally there may be hyperidrosis ; the hair usually 
disappears from the affected region. Neuralgic pain or severe burn- 
ing (causalgia) frequently precedes and accompanies the changes in 
the skin, and the parts are sensitive and extraordinarily susceptible 
to trauma. In a case under the author's care, occurring in a house- 
maid, in which the affection had followed a partial severance of the 
ulnar nerve, the use of a broom or a dusting-brush for a short time, 
was always followed by ulcers on the ring and little fingers which 
were weeks in healing. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The affection is essentially a neuritis, 
which, interfering with the trophic function of the nerves supplying 
the affected region, leads to atrophy of the skin and its appendages. 
In the great majority of cases the neuritis is the consequence of trauma, 
but it may also follow a non-traumatic neuritis, such as may occur 
in gout, rheumatism, leprosy, and syphilis ; in a few instances it has 
been observed to follow a chronic inflammation of the cord. In a 
case limited to the index finger under the author's observation for 
many years, it followed a puncture with an awl. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis depends very largely 
upon the nature of the nerve lesion which has produced it. As a 
rule, the tendency is to recovery, but the recovery is usually slow, 
requiring months or even years, and occasionally the trophic changes 
continue indefinitely. 

The treatment is essentially that of neuritis. The parts should 
be carefully protected from cold and injury. 
34 



CHAPTER XIV 

ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION— ANOMALLE 
PIGMENTATIONIS 

LENTIGO 

Synonyms. — Ephelis ; Freckle ; Fr., Ephelide, Lentille, Tache de 
rousseur; Ger., Linsenflecke, Sommersprosse. 

Definition. — A pigmentary disorder of the skin characterized by 
light to dark-brown spots, varying in size from a pin-head to a pea, 
situated for the most part upon uncovered parts, such as the face 
and hands. 

Symptoms. — Freckles vary in color from light to dark brown, or, 
in dark-skinned subjects, to black. They are round, oval, or irregu- 
lar in shape and vary in size from a pin-head to a pea, small and large 
ones usually intermingled, but occasionally they are all very small 
or all quite large. They vary greatly in numbers ; at times they are 
few and widely separated, at others they are very numerous and 
almost confluent, covering the greater part of the face and backs of 
the hands. While in most cases confined to the face, hands, and 
forearms, they also occur occasionally upon the trunk, the buttocks, 
thighs, and penis (Duhring) ; in these covered regions they are popu- 
larly known as "cold freckles." Crocker saw a case in which they 
appeared first upon the thighs, to which they remained limited for a 
considerable time, but eventually they also appeared upon the face. 
In rare cases they may be unilateral (cases of Robinson, Pernet). 
They are occasionally associated with multiple soft fibrous tumors, 
fibroma molluscum (von Recklinghausen's disease), and are one of 
the symptoms of xeroderma pigmentosum. They are frequently ob- 
served upon the backs of the hands of elderly or aged individuals, 
often associated with senile warts and senile keratoses. They often 
appear quite suddenly, in the summer season as a rule, and are much 
darker in summer than in winter ; in the latter season they fade noticeably, 
and when light in color they disappear entirely until the return 
of summer. They are not accompanied by subjective symptoms of 
any kind. 

Etiology and Pathology. — There is no difference in the frequency 
with which the two sexes are affected. They are seen much more 
frequently in those with fair complexions than in dark-skinned sub- 
jects, but the latter are by no means immune. Individuals with red 
hair are especially apt to have them ; indeed, they almost invariably 
present some degree of freckling. They are rarely seen in quite young 
children, but usually appear about the eighth to the tenth year. A 
number of cases of congenital freckles have been reported, but these 
properly belong to the class of pigmented nsevi. 
530 



ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION 531 

The chief cause is exposure to light, but that this is probably not 
the only etiological factor is indicated by the not very rare occurrence 
of freckles upon the covered parts of the body. 

The only histological change is an increase of pigment in cir- 
cumscribed areas of the epidermis, in the lower layers of the rete, 
both between and within the cells. A few pigment-containing cells 
are also present in the papillae and in the subpapillary portion of 
the corium, chiefly in the neighborhood of the vessels. 

Treatment. — The pigment may be removed by producing an active 
desquamation of the epidermis, but in the great majority of cases 
it returns sooner or later and the treatment must be repeated. One 
of the most commonly employed and at the same time most effective 
remedies is bichloride of mercury, in aqueous or alcoholic solution, 
from one to five grains (0.065 to 0.32) to the ounce (0.32). This 
should be applied frequently with a bit of absorbent cotton or gauze 
until a mild dermatitis is produced, when it should be suspended ; 
with the desquamation which follows, the pigment disappears. When 
it is desired to produce a more rapid result and deeper effect the 
stronger solutions may be applied continuously on gauze for some 
hours until vesication is produced ; an abundant desquamation fol- 
lows. This latter method should be used with great care, as there 
is considerable risk of producing a severe inflammation which may 
be followed by scarring. Salicylic acid is equally effective and much 
less likely to be followed by undesirable results. It may be used 
as an alcoholic solution of 4 to 5 per cent, strength, which should 
be applied several times a day until scaling occurs ; or it may be 
used as a 10 to 20 per cent, paste or plaster, which should be applied 
continuously for several days until peeling begins. Pure carbolic 
acid may be lightly painted on the spots for the purpose of producing 
desquamation. When the freckles are light colored, an ointment of 
ammoniated mercury and subcarbonate of bismuth, one drachm (4.0) 
each to the ounce (32.0), is often of service. The frequent applica- 
tion of hydrogen peroxide will often produce a decided bleaching, but 
it must be continued. When the freckles are limited in number, 
they may be removed by electrolysis, using a current of one or two 
milliamperes and inserting the needle into the epidermis only a short 
distance, at several points, for three to five seconds. 

CHLOASMA 

Synonyms. — Melanoderma ; Melasma ; Liver spots. 

Definition. — Increased pigmentation of the skin occurring as vari- 
ously sized patches or in diffuse areas. 

Symptoms. — The discoloration varies from a pale yellowish-brown 
to dark brown or black ; it occurs in patches of varying size and shape, 
usually with ill-defined margins, or it may occupy the whole of a 
region, such as the face or the trunk, or even the entire surface of 
the body. It may occur as an independent affection, chloasma idio- 



532 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

pathicum, or it may be secondary to or accompany some visceral or 
general disorder, chloasma symptomaticum. It may appear somewhat 
suddenly or gradually , it may be transient or permanent, in the 
former event its duration varying from few to many months. The 
affected areas show no structural alteration of the skin, and there 
are no subjective symptoms resulting from the discoloration. In 
idiopathic chloasma the discoloration is usually limited in extent, and 
in the majority of cases occupies the exposed regions, but excep- 
tions are not uncommon. In long-standing pediculosis corporis the 
entire trunk and extremities at times assume a dark brown or almost 
black discoloration as the result of the long-continued irritation pro- 
duced by the parasite and more particularly by the scratching (pityri- 
asis nigra, Willan). In the symptomatic variety the pigmentation is 
frequently more or less general, although, like the idiopathic form, it 
may be limited to certain regions. One of the most frequent forms 
of symptomatic chloasma occurs in pregnancy or in association with 
uterine disease, chloasma uterinum. It is distinguished by yellowish- 
brown or dark-brown patches with ill-defined margins, situated upon 
the forehead and cheeks, which make their appearance in the early 
months of pregnancy and become more pronounced in color as the 
pregnancy advances. In the majority of cases the discoloration slowly 
disappears after the termination of the pregnancy, but may remain 
and increase in depth with each succeeding one. When associated 
with disease of the uterus or its appendages, its course and duration 
are somewhat indefinite. Much less frequently the pigmentation is 
not limited to the face, but extends upon the neck and various parts 
of the trunk. During pregnancy parts which are normally somewhat 
pigmented, such as the areola of the nipple, become decidedly darker. 
Etiology and Pathology. — Idiopathic chloasma is in most instances 
the consequence of prolonged local irritation of the skin. It may 
follow exposure to the rays of the sun or to the X-ray, or to heat, 
as in the pigmentation which may follow the prolonged exposure 
of the legs to the heat of a fire or the long-continued application of 
a hot-water bag. It may result from the application of a sinapism or 
blister. Occasionally it results from prolonged pressure, as Avhen it 
occurs about the waist from a tight corset, or on the legs from the 
garters. Pigmentation arising from these local causes is usually tran- 
sient, although its disappearance may be slow, and exceptionally it 
may be permanent. More or less permanent pigmentation frequently 
follows chronic inflammations of the skin, especially when situated 
upon the lower extremities, and in the same region may follow pro- 
longed venous stasis without actual inflammation. Pigmentation 
which may be transient or permanent frequently follows syphilitic 
eruptions and is a common sequel of lichen planus, in which it may 
be of the most pronounced character, at times being almost black. 
Pigmentation, usually of a patchy character, also occurs in leprosy and 
in xeroderma pigmentosum. 



ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION 533 

A small number of systemic or visceral diseases are accompanied 
by pigmentation of the skin, which is usually of a diffuse character. 
In Addison's disease the skin is more or less markedly discolored, 
and deposits of pigment occur in the mucous membranes. In hemo- 
chromatosis, or bronze diabetes, the skin is extensively and markedly 
pigmented, the color varying from brown to blue-black, and in the 
rare disorder known as ochronosis, characterized by blackening of the 
cartilages and fibrous tissues with alkaptonuria, the skin is at the same 
time pigmented, either diffusely or in limited regions. Reference has 
already been made to the influence of pregnane}' and diseases of the 
uterus and its adnexa upon the occurrence of chloasma. 

A general pigmentation, usually of moderate degree, frequently 
occurs in the later stages of wasting diseases such as tuberculosis 
and malignant neoplasms (chloasma cachecticorum). 

The prolonged use of arsenic is at times followed by extensive 
pigmentation of the skin, which is of a dirty grayish-brown and pre- 
sents a mottled appearance (melanosis arsenicalis) ; it is at times 
accompanied by other evidences of arsenicism, such as palmar and 
plantar keratosis and peripheral neuritis, as in a case recently seen 
by the author. 

The pigment present in chloasma is with very few exceptions 
melanin, which is normally present in the skin ; in hemochromatosis 
it is hemosiderin, a pigment containing iron. It is situated in the basal- 
cell layer of the rete and in the layers immediately above. In the 
papillae and between the cells of the lower portion of the rete are an 
abnormal number of large branched pigment-containing cells, the 
melanoblasts of Ehrmann. Xo other changes are present. 

Diagnosis.— The affections with which chloasma is most likely to 
be confounded are vitiligo and tinea versicolor. In the former the 
pigmentation surrounds depigmented white areas and presents a 
sharply defined concave border, while in chloasma it occurs as patches 
with ill-defined convex borders. The patches of vitiligo are usually 
symmetrically distributed, those of chloasma show no such arrange- 
ment. In tinea versicolor the discoloration is seated in the horny layer 
of the epidermis, which may be readily scraped off with the nail, and 
in the scrapings the microsporon furfur is readily demonstrated with 
the microscope. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis depends largely upon 
the cause of the pigmentation. In many of the cases arising from 
local irritation the discoloration disappears eventually when the cause 
is removed, but exceptions are not rare. Uterine chloasma usually 
disappears after the termination of the pregnancy or the removal of 
the uterine disease with which it is associated. The prognosis of the 
general pigmentation which occurs with Addison's disease or other 
general disorders is. of course, the same as that of the latter. Arsenical 
pigmentation usually disappears with the suspension of the drug, but 
may persist for a considerable time. 



534 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



The treatment of chloasma is essentially the same as that for 
lentigo, to which the reader is referred. 

VITILIGO 

Synonyms. — Leukoderma; Leukopathia; Leukasmus acquisitus. 

Definition. — An acquired defect of pigmentation characterized by 
circumscribed milk-white patches with more or less hyperpigmented 
margins, symmetrically distributed. 

Symptoms. — The disease usually begins quite insidiously with the 
appearance of a variable number of small oval or round white patches 
which gradually increase in size. According to Unna, the loss of 
pigment is always preceded by a diffuse hyperpigmentation, but this 
early stage almost invariably escapes notice. Exceptionally the affec- 







Fig. 175. — Vitiligo. 

tion begins quite suddenly and extends rapidly. As v the patches 
slowly enlarge peripherally, several of them unite to form larger 
areas with serpiginous or polycyclic borders, and in time the greater 
part of the pigment of the entire surface may disappear, leaving the 
skin milky-white or pink. In this manner an apparent spontaneous 
cure takes place, since the characteristic contrast between the pig- 
mented and depigmented areas no longer appears, and the patient 
has apparently nothing more than a very white delicate skin. The 
skin about the borders of the white patches is usually darker than 
normal, as if the pigment had been crowded out of the centre to 
the periphery of the patches. On exposed parts, such as the backs 
of the hands (Fig. 175), the sides of the neck, and the face, the dis- 
ease is much more noticeable in the summer than in the winter, owing 
to the darkening of the skin about the depigmented areas which are 
unaffected by the light. The number of patches present is quite vari- 
able ; they may be few or very numerous, and usually show a pro- 



ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION 535 

nounced preference for certain regions, such as the backs of the hands, 
a very common site, the sides of the neck, the face, and the genital 
region, but may occur in any region. In the great majority of cases 
they are distributed symmetrically, as on the backs of both hands, 
both sides of the neck, and on both sides of the trunk in the same 
regions. The hair in the white patches is also white, and occasion- 
ally the scalp shows one or more white tufts of hair, or the brows 
may be white, as in a case under the author's observation at the pres- 
ent moment. The malady is usually progressive, the old patches 
growing larger and new ones appearing, until a large part of the 
skin, or even all of it, may be depigmented. In a negro between fifty 
and sixty years of age under the author's observation some years ago, 
every vestige of the black pigment had disappeared except a half-dollar- 
sized patch over the malar eminences, a region which is usually the 
last to lose its pigment in these practically universal cases. In a 
small minority of cases the patches, after reaching a certain size, no 
longer enlarge, but remain unaltered indefinitely. There are no sub- 
jective symptoms. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Little or nothing is known about the 
direct cause of vitiligo. It is infrequent, but not unknown, in child- 
hood ; Crocker saw a case in a child four years old. It is most fre- 
quently seen in the second and third decades of life. Sex exerts little 
or no influence upon its incidence. It is considerably more common 
in the dark races than in the white ; according to Forel, it is very 
common in certain districts of Colombia situated on the north coast, 
the inhabitants of which are a mixture of negroes, Spaniards, and 
Indians. In some instances it has been observed to follow nervous 
disturbances, such as mental shock or injury to a nerve branch. Occa- 
sionally it follows long-continued local irritation. It is believed by 
some authors, especially the French, to be occasionally due to syphilis. 
In some instances heredity seems to have been a predisposing factor. 
In a considerable proportion of cases it is associated with such dis- 
eases as Graves's disease, or with other cutaneous diseases, such as 
alopecia areata, lichen planus, and psoriasis. Its association with the 
last-named affection is not very infrequent ; in an extensive case of in- 
veterate psoriasis under the author's care for a number of years an 
extensive vitiligo has developed (Fig. 176). .In a small number of 
instances the author has observed it follow a long-continued pruritus 
of the scrotum and perineum, the loss of pigment occurring only in the 
pruritic areas. 

Most pathologists are agreed in regarding vitiligo as a purely 
pigmentary trouble, but Darier found in a case of vitiligo affecting 
the prepuce considerable cellular exudate in the upper portion of 
the cutis at the hyperpigmented margin of the patches. Pigment 
is entirely absent in the rete of the white areas, but is still present 
in diminished quantity in the cutis. At the hyperpigmented margin 
of the depigmented areas both the epidermis and the cutis contain 



536 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



large quantities of dark-brown or black pigment, which in the former 
is situated both within and between the epithelial cells, and in the 
latter is contained in large, round, oval, and stellate cells, most numer- 
ous in the papillae and around the vessels, follicles, and glands. Darier 
found the accumulation of pigment in the epidermis most abundant 





FlG. 176. — Vitiligo, following psoriasis; patches of the latter are present in lumbar and gluteal regions. 



in the lower layers of the interpapillary prolongations of the rete, 
much more so than over the summits of the papillae. 

Diagnosis. — Vitiligo is occasionally mistaken for chloasma, but the 
latter is an increase of pigment unaccompanied by white patches, is 
situated upon the face, usually the forehead and cheeks, and in the great 
majority of cases the patches have ill-defined margins with convex 



ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION 537 

borders, the reverse of what occurs in the hyperpigmentation about 
the white patches of vitiligo. 

Vitiligo and tinea versicolor are occasionally confounded, but the 
latter is almost invariably confined to the covered parts, chiefly the 
trunk, the brown patches readily scale off upon scraping with the 
nail, and in the scales thus removed the microsporon furfur, the causa- 
tive fungus, is readily demonstrated microscopically. 

The patches of circumscribed scleroderma (morphcea) and certain 
cicatrices may resemble superficially the white areas of vitiligo, but 
there is always more or less evident structural alteration in these, 
which is never present in the latter. 

Depigmented areas frequently occur in lepra, but these are more 
or less decidedly anaesthetic and are accompanied by other symptoms 
of leprosy. 

The white, pigmentless areas characteristic of partial albinism re- 
semble those of vitiligo, but the former are congenital and stationary, 
the latter are acquired and almost always progressive. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — As already noted, the tendency of the 
patches is to grow larger ; in rare instances, after enlarging for a 
time they become stationary and remain so indefinitely. When large 
areas have been deprived of pigment, an apparent cure takes place 
through loss of contrast between the white areas and the normal or 
hyperpigmented skin which surrounds them. Very exceptionally the 
pigment returns and the skin resumes its normal condition. 

Treatment is very unsatisfactory ; as a rule, to which there are very 
few exceptions, nothing can be done to restore the pigment, but occa- 
sionally the long-continued administration of arsenic in considerable 
doses seems to favor its return. Buschke observed a partial return 
of pigment in the depigmented areas after exposure to the light of 
the quartz lamp, especially about the follicles, but the restoration was 
not permanent. 

ALBINISMUS 

Synonyms. — Albinism ; Leukoderma congenita ; Leukopathia con- 
genita ; Achromia congenita. 

Definition. — Congenital absence of pigment in the skin, hair, and 
choroid, partial or complete. 

Symptoms. — Albinos, as the subjects of albinism are called, have 
a milky-white skin, white, fine, silky, or yellowish-white, flaxen hair, 
light blue or pinkish irides, and the pupils show a pink or red reflex 
from the non-pigmented choroid behind. Owing to the absence of 
pigment in the structures of the eye, there is usually a more or less 
pronounced photophobia, the patient partially closing the lids in the 
endeavor to moderate the light, often accompanied by more or less 
nystagmus. The defect is a permanent one and shows no change 
during the subject's lifetime. In many instances the albino is below 
the normal, both mentally and physically, but there are many excep- 
tions to this rule. 



538 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Partial albinism is characterized by congenital absence of pig- 
ment in one or several circumscribed areas, producing a piebald ap- 
pearance. In these areas, as in the universal form, the skin is milky- 
white or pink, and the hair in them, as a rule, but not invariably, is 
also without pigment. They are of various sizes and shapes, and 
occasionally are limited to the area of distribution of certain nerves 
(Lesser, Hutchinson). Occasionally the absence of pigment is con- 
fined to a circumscribed area in the scalp, giving rise to a white tuft 
of hair (poliosis circumscripta), a peculiarity frequently inherited; 
Strieker has recorded an instance in which such a white tuft was 
present in six generations of one family (quoted by Lesser). In 
partial albinism the pigmentary structures of the eye are unaffected. 
As in the universal form, the absence of pigment is permanent; in 
a few instances the patches have been observed to increase in size. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The only etiological factor of which we 
have any definite knowledge is heredity, which plays a very promi- 
nent, if not the most important, role in its production. It is very 
apt to appear in successive generations of certain families, and its 
transmission and distribution take place according to Mendelian prin- 
ciples. Sym has recorded the case of a family of seven children in 
which every alternate child, beginning with the first, was an albino. 
It is to a considerable extent a racial peculiarity, negroes being much 
more liable to it than the white race, the partial form being especially 
peculiar to them (piebald negroes). Seligman states that there is a 
race of albinos among the Papuans. It is not confined to man, but 
also frequently appears in some of the lower animals, a very familiar 
example being the albino rabbit. 

Apart from the absence of pigment, the skin presents nothing 
abnormal. 

The condition is irremediable. 

ARGYRIA 

The long-continued internal use of silver nitrate may be followed 
by a peculiar slate-colored or bluish discoloration of the skin which 
affects not only the entire cutaneous surface, but the visible mucous 
membranes as well. While in most cases due to the prolonged inter- 
nal administration of the drug, it has been in a few instances ob- 
served after the frequently repeated and long-continued use of solu- 
tions or the solid stick to the throat ; it may also occur in those who 
handle silver (trade argyria). The discoloration, while general, is 
much more noticeable upon exposed parts, owing to the well-known 
effect of light upon the salts of silver. Since nitrate of silver has been 
replaced by the bromides in the treatment of epilepsy, argyria is 
much less frequently seen than formerly. A considerable quantity 
of the silver salt is necessary to produce the discoloration ; according 
to Krahmer (quoted by Crocker), the smallest quantity known to have 
produced it is 450 grains (30.0). According to Branson, the appear- 



ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION 539 

ance of the discoloration in the skin is preceded by a blue line at the 
margin of the gums like that seen in plumbism. 

The silver is deposited in the skin at the junction of the rete and 
the papillary layer of the corium, where it forms a dark-brown or 
blackish line of varying w T idth. It is also deposited in the membrana 
propria of the sweat- and sebaceous-glands, and to a slight degree 
in the ducts of the former. As has been shown by Neumann and 
Blaschko, it has a special affinity for the elastic fibres, on which it is 
abundantly deposited. Neither the epithelium of the rete nor that 
of the glands is affected. 

The condition is irremediable, although a few isolated instances 
of a lessening of the discoloration and its disappearance have been 
reported. Yandell noted its disappearance in two syphilitic subjects 
who had been treated by potassium iodide and mercurial vapor baths. 

TATTOOING 

Synonyms. — Fr., Tatouage ; Ger., Tatowierung. 

In tattooing, various vegetable and mineral pigments are intro- 
duced into the skin to form designs according to the fancy of the 
subject or the operator. The chosen design is first pricked into the 
skin with a needle or bunch of needles, and the coloring-matter imme- 
diately rubbed into the punctures. The pigments commonly employed 
are India ink, carbon (usually as gunpowder), and indigo for blue, 
and vermilion (mercuric sulphide, cinnabar), and carmine for red. 
The colors are permanent and can only be removed, if at all, with 
difficulty. Nearly all the methods employed for the removal of tat- 
tooing have for their aim the production of a superficially destructive 
inflammation of the skin by which a superficial eschar is formed, 
which, when it falls, takes with it more or less of the coloring matter 
and usually leaves a scar. When the pigmented area is small it may 
be most readily removed by excision. Stelwagon has used electro- 
lysis with success in small patches ; a small eschar is produced by 
introducing the needle obliquely into the skin all around the pig- 
mented area, at intervals of about an eighth of an inch, using a cur- 
rent of four to five milliamperes. Variot tattoos into the design a 
strong solution of tannic acid, and then rubs into the surface thus 
treated nitrate of silver stick ; a black eschar is formed, which falls 
in a week or two, removing the pigment. Brault pricks into the skin 
a strong solution of zinc chloride, thirty parts in forty of water; 
this produces a moderate inflammatory reaction with the formation 
of a crust, which falls after some days, leaving only a slight scar, unless 
the needle has been introduced too deeply. Ohmann-Dumesnil tat- 
toos in glycerol of papoid or of caroid in a similar manner. Recently 
Dubreuilh has recommended shaving off the pigmented area with a 
razor and applying to the denuded surface Thiersch grafts. Stelwagon 
has recently employed with moderate success, when the pigment is 
not too deep, freezing with carbon dioxide snow. 



540 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

A blue pigmentation is frequently produced by explosions of gun- 
powder which drive unburned powder grains into the skin; a similar 
discoloration is common in coal-miners as the result of the introduc- 
tion of small particles of coal through wounds and abrasions. The 
removal of such pigmentation is only practicable when the area in- 
volved is limited, and the same methods are applicable as in tattooing. 

A slate-colored discoloration of the skin is occasionally observed 
in morphine and cocaine habitues, usually on the arms, who use these 
drugs hypodermatically, the discoloration being produced by metallic 
salts resulting from corrosion of the needle. In a morphine habitue 
seen by the author some little time ago, both upper arms were cov- 
ered with a mottled bluish discoloration with innumerable punctate 
scars produced by the needle of the syringe. 

TINEA VERSICOLOR 

Synonyms. — Pityriasis versicolor ; Chromophytosis ; Dermatomy- 
cosis furfuracea ; Fr., Pityriasis versicolore ; Ger., Kleienrlechte. 

Definition. — Tinea versicolor is a parasitic disease of the skin due 
to the invasion of the upper layers of the epidermis by a fungus, and 
is characterized by non-elevated, slightly scaly patches of varying 
shades of brown. 

Symptoms. — It begins with the appearance of small yellowish-brown 
macules, situated for the most part about the mouths of the follicles, 
which slowly enlarge until by the coalescence of the smaller patches 
a diffuse sheet of discoloration is produced, about the well-defined 
borders of which are numerous outlying small patches. There is 
usually a slight, but easily perceptible, amount of scaling except in 
those with moist or greasy skins, but even in these light scratching 
with the finger-nail readily loosens the superficial horny layer, which 
comes off in bran-like scales. The color of the patches varies from a 
chamois to a dark-brown ; in exceptional cases they may be quite 
black. Occasionally the color is a yellowish-pink owing to the pres- 
ence of a slight hypersemia. In the dark-skinned races the color of 
the diseased skin, instead of being darker than normal, is lighter; in 
the negro the patches are frequently an ashy gray. 

The disease is in the great majority of cases confined to the cov- 
ered parts of the body, chiefly the upper portion of the trunk, front 
and back, and the upper arm (Fig. 177). It commonly begins over 
the sternum and beneath the clavicles anteriorly and over the scapulas 
posteriorly, spreading thence to other portions of the trunk. Not in- 
frequently it begins in the pubic region and groins as quite small, 
round, brown macules with a hair in the centre, showing but little 
tendency to coalesce into sheets as upon the chest. In rare instances 
the uncovered parts, such as the neck, face, and hands, may be af- 
fected. 

The extent of surface involved varies greatly; there may be but 
a few coin-sized patches upon the chest and back, or the greater part 



T 

(4 






Fig. 177. — Tinea versicolor. 



ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION 541 

of the trunk and arms may be covered, and in exceptional cases it 
may extend downward upon the thighs as far as the knees. 

The course of the malady is a very chronic one. It usually spreads 
slowly and lasts, as a rule, for an indefinite period unless removed by 
treatment. 

Subjective symptoms are, as a rule, absent; there may, however, 
be slight itching, especially in those cases in which there is some 
hyperemia, but rarely enough to occasion the patient any real annoy- 
ance. 

Tinea versicolor is very common in the tropics, where it is apt 
to exhibit features not seen in the temperate zones. Castellani has 
described several varieties of the tropical forms, to the two most im- 
portant of which, seen in Ceylon and India, he has given the names 
pityriasis versicolor flava and pityriasis versicolor nigra, In the former, 
which, unlike the European variety, occurs commonly upon the face 
as well as the trunk, the patches vary in color from a canary-yellow 
to a deep orange-yellow ; in the latter they are of a dull black color 
and seldom occur upon the face. Both are, as a rule, seen only in 
natives, although Europeans are not entirely immune. 

The affection is rarely seen in children, and is infrequent in the 
old, its greatest incidence being between twenty and forty. It is only 
very feebly contagious ; examples of its transmission even to those 
in frequent contact with those who have it are decidedly uncom- 
mon. It is apparently more frequent in those whose nutrition is 
much below par than in individuals in good health, although it is often 
observed in the robust ; it is frequently seen upon the chests of those 
with pulmonary tuberculosis; indeed, Daguet and Hericourt thought 
the fungus of tinea versicolor produced pulmonary phthisis, an opin- 
ion which altogether lacks confirmation. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Tinea versicolor is due to a parasitic 
fungus, the Microsporon furfur (Fig. 178), discovered by Eichstedt 
in 1846. The fungus is composed of rather short, irregularly septate, 
curved, and bent mycelial tubes and spores, the latter arranged in 
small masses or groups. The mycelia have an average diameter of 
3 microns, while the spores, which are round and of unequal size, 
vary from 2 to 5 microns in diameter. The fungus is found in the horny 
layers of the epidermis, where it exists in great abundance, and in the 
follicles of the lanugo hairs. Most authors assert that the latter 
are not invaded, but in sections made from a patch on the back we 
found numerous spores far down on the walls of a follicle of a lanugo 
hair which by good fortune we had cut throughout its length. Culti- 
vation does not readily succeed, but Spietschka, Matzenauer, Gastou 
and Nicolau, and others have grown it on various media. 

In pityriasis versicolor flava an organism which has been named 
Microsporon tropicum by Castellani is present. The mycelial tubes 
of this organism are comparatively thick and show numerous swell- 
ings and constrictions, while the spores are somewhat larger than 



542 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

those of the Microsporon furfur, 3.50 to 4.50 microns in diameter. 
Cultivation of this organism has not yet succeeded. Pityriasis versi- 
color nigra is due to a fungus, the Microsporon Mansoni, a name like- 
wise given it by Castellani. The mycelia of this fungus, as to size, 
are much like those of the Microsporon furfur, but contain an abun- 
dance of dark pigment; the spores are much larger, from 5 to 7.50 
microns in diameter. On maltose agar this organism grows rather 
rapidly, producing hemispherical black colonies. 

According to Unna, who regards the M. furfur as a saprophyte, 
the cells of the middle and upper layers of the stratum corneum swell 
up under the action of the fungus and are loosened from the lowest 








Fig. 178. — Microsporon furfur. 

layer, thus giving rise to the slight desquamation which usually ac- 
companies the disease. No other structural alterations occur in most 
cases, although Waelsch found a moderate hyperaemia of the super- 
ficial capillaries, with slight exudation about them in the papillae, 
especially where the fungus is most abundant. 

Diagnosis. — The yellowish-brown color, the slight branny desqua- 
mation, the limitation of the discoloration to the covered parts of 
the skin, and the absence of all inflammatory symptoms distinguish 
it from those affections with which it is most likely to be confounded, 
such as chloasma, seborrhoeic dermatitis, and pityriasis rosea. In 
chloasma, which is far more frequent in women than in men, and is 
situated as a rule upon the face, there is no desquamation and the 
pigmentation is in, not on, the skin. In seborrhoeic dermatitis and in 
pityriasis rosea there is always more or less inflammation, and the 



ANOMALIES OF PIGMENTATION 543 

latter runs an acute course. The microscopic examination of scrap- 
ings from the skin will readily resolve doubtful cases, since the fungus 
is easily demonstrated when present. 

In making this examination a small quantity of the scales is placed 
upon a slide with a drop of liquor potassae and covered with a cover- 
glass just as in examining scales for the ringworm fungus. 

Treatment. — An altogether satisfactory method of treatment is to 
thoroughly mop the patches night and morning with a solution of 
sodium hyposulphite in water, one drachm (4.0) to the ounce (32.0), 
with a half drachm (2.0) of glycerin in each ounce (32.0) of solu- 
tion, allowing the solution to dry on ; every four or five days the 
patches should be thoroughly scrubbed with tincture of green soap 
and hot'water, or with some one of the many sulphur soaps which are 
to be found in the market. The treatment should be continued until 
every trace of the disease has disappeared. The effectiveness of this 
solution is somewhat increased by following its application immedi- 
ately with very dilute acetic acid, which by decomposing the hypo- 
sulphite sets free nascent sulphurous acid. An ointment of precipi- 
tated sulphur, one drachm (4.0) to the ounce (32.0), well rubbed in 
once a day, or tincture of iodine painted over the patches every day 
or two, is likewise an efficient application. During the treatment the 
underclothing should be thoroughly disinfected by boiling or dry heat 
to prevent reinfection. 

While the disease is readily cured by any one of a number of 
parasiticide ointments and lotions, relapses are frequent, probably be- 
cause the remedies do not always reach the fungus in the follicles. 



CHAPTER XV 

NEW GROWTHS-NEOPLASMATA 
EPITHELIOMA (MOLLUSCUM) CONTAGIOSUM 

Synonyms. — Molluscum contagiosum ; Molluscum epitheliale ; Mol- 
luscum sebaceum; Acne varioliformis (Bazin). 

Definition. — A contagious epithelial neoplasm distinguished by 
small tumors the color of the normal skin, or less frequently pink or 
red, with a small central opening. 

This infrequent and comparatively trivial affection, which was 
first described by Bateman, who gave it one of the names by which 
it is best known, molluscum contagiosum, has attracted an amount 
of attention apparently out of all proportion to its importance, largely, 
no doubt, because it is one of the very few examples known of a con- 
tagious new-growth. 

Symptoms. — The tumors which characterize the affection are 
usually quite small, varying in size from a large pin-head to a pea, 
are most frequently the color of the skin, but often become pinkish 
or bright red as they increase in size, are as a rule sessile, but occasionally 
pedunculated, and in most instances have a small depressed opening 
in the centre (Fig. 179). They are quite solid, and when firmly pressed 
between the thumb and finger a white cheesy material escapes from 
the central opening; occasionally this material is extruded spontane- 
ously in the shape of a small soft spine. In the majority of cases they 
are situated on the face, often about the eyelids, and upon and in 
the neighborhood of the genitalia, but they may be found anywhere 
upon the skin, although very rarely upon the palms and soles. While 
the above regions are those in which the tumors are most frequently 
situated, they are occasionally limited to the trunk, as in a very ex- 
tensive epidemic observed by the author a few years ago. In this 
epidemic the face was in almost every instance free, although there 
were scores and hundreds upon the trunk (Fig. 180). The number 
is commonly small, varying from one or two to a half-dozen or a dozen, 
but, as noted above, they may be very numerous. Usually discrete, oc- 
casionally several coalesce, and in rare instances plaques of considerable 
size may be formed. Not very infrequently the lesions are arranged 
linearly as the result of the infection of a superficial scratch (Fig. 181). 

In a considerable number of cases as the lesions increase in size 
they become inflamed, suppurate, and are thus destroyed. While they 
seldom reach a size much beyond that of a large pea, instances have 
been observed in which they attained the size of a small orange or of 
the fist (Laache, Walter Smith). In most cases there are no sub- 
jective symptoms, but occasionally there is itching, which may be 
quite severe, as in the epidemic already alluded to. The duration of 
544 



NEW GROWTHS 



545 



the lesions is somewhat indefinite ; very commonly they last for sev- 
eral months, but they may remain without much change for a year, 
as in a case under the author's observation, or even for several or many 
years in rare instances. 

In a few cases tumor* have been seen upon mucous membranes. 
Abrahams observed a case in which, in addition to numerous lesions 
upon the skin, there was a white patch upon the tongue resembling 



% 




Fig. 179. — Epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum. 

leucoplakia, in which "molluscum bodies" were found, and the author 
has recently seen a persistent follictilosis of the lower lid which was 
almost certainly due to this infection, since it was associated with 
a small tumor on the edge of the lid. 

Etiology. — The malady is much more frequent in children than in 
adults, and is in many cases acquired through the bath, especially 
the Turkish bath, and through the use of infected towels and other 
articles of the toilet. In a limited number of cases it is due to direct 
contact w r ith an affected individual, a? when it is transmitted to the 
35 



546 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



breast of a mother by her nursing infant with lesions on the face. A 
remarkable example of direct infection by a surgeon with tumors on 
the hand has been reported recently by Paton, the operation wound 
having been thus infected in seven cases; tumors appeared in the 
scar or its neighborhood after an incubation period of several months. 
The occurrence of a similar disease in animals, and especially in do- 





/ 



Fig. 180.— Epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum. Lesions unusually abundant and accompanied 
by severe itching. One of several hundred cases occurring in an institution for young men. 

mestic fowls and birds such as the pigeon, has been well established, 
and a few authentic instances are on record in which the affection has 
been transmitted from these to human subjects. Sir Jonathan Hutch- 
inson observed a case in a young woman which was traced to a pet 
dog, the nature of the tumors in the dog having been established 
by microscopic examination ; Salzer has reported one contracted from 
a diseased pigeon, and Jiirgens acquired a tumor on the thumb as the 
result of accidental inoculation with the avian disease. 



NEW GROWTHS 



547 



Pathology. — The well-established occurrence of the malady in 
epidemics, especially in institutions for children, its occasional acci- 
dental inoculation, and particularly the successful experimental inocu- 
lations of Retzius, Pautry (a pupil of Yidal), Haab, Pick, and a 
number of other experimenters, furnish incontrovertible proof of its 
infectious nature. The infecting agent, however, has as yet escaped 
detection. Xeisser regards the so-called >l molluscum bodies " as pro- 
tozoan organisms and the cause of the disease, but these have been 




Fig. 



-Epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum. Note linear arrangement on chest where infection 
occurred in scratch. 



quite definitely proven to be degenerated epithelial cells. Juliusberg 
has apparently demonstrated that the virus is a filterable one ; and 
quite recently Lipschiitz has described a very minute organism which 
he has found in the degenerated epithelial cells of the tumor, for which 
he has proposed the name Strongylo plasma hominis, which he be- 
lieves to be the infecting agent. As the tumors are frequently seen 
in the region of the genitalia in association with pediculosis pubis, 
Ehrmann has suggested the possibility that the pediculus serves as the 
intermediate host for the infecting organism. The incubation period 
of the infection varies from eight or ten weeks to three or four months 



548 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



or more, the shorter period having been observed in the experimental 
inoculations. 

The tumors are epithelial neoplasmata, having their origin in the 
rete. They are surrounded by a narrow fibrous capsule and are com- 
posed of a variable number of oval or pyriform lobules made up of 
epithelial cells, separated by thin fibrous septa, which open into a 
central cavity opening upon the surface (Fig. 182). The cells in the 




Fig. 182. — Epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum. Section of a two-lobed tumor. 

periphery of the lobules are of the type found in the basal-cell layer of 
the rete, while those more centrally situated are oval, and many of 
them exhibit a peculiar form of degeneration, the so-called " molluscum 
bodies" or "molluscum corpuscles" (Fig. 183). Three varieties of 
degenerated cell may be distinguished : First and most numerous, large 
round bodies with double-contoured walls and granular segmented 
contents, in which the nucleus is eccentric (Figs. 184 and 185) much 
distorted and frequently flattened out against the inner wall of the 
cell ; second, oval cells lying in the midst of normal epithelium, with thick 
laminated walls, filled with a felt-like mass of fine short fibres and with 
a nucleus lying in a cavity at one pole of the cell ; and, third, com- 
pletely degenerated cells which appear as oval, deeply stained, struc- 



NEW GROWTHS 



549 



tureless bodies. In a somewhat extensive study made by the author 
a few years ago, a previously undescribed form of cell was seen in 
small numbers. This cell was much smaller than those above de- 
scribed, was perfectly oval in shape, had a double wall, was filled with 
a mass of fine fibrils and was without a nucleus. The nature of the 
degeneration of the epithelium is still a matter of debate. Unna be- 
lieves it a colloid or hyaline alteration, but White is quite convinced, 
that it is an extraordinary metamorphosis of rete cells into keratin. 




FiG. 183. — Epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum. A single lobule of tumor; "molluscum bodies" at 

A, B, C. 



Diagnosis. — The little tumors are usually so characteristic in 
appearance that the affection is readily recognized; it is only when 
it departs from the ordinary type that errors are likely to occur. 
When the lesions are red or inflamed and situated upon the upper part 
of the trunk, with a very small central opening, they may be mistaken 
on a cursory examination for the papules of acne, but a close examina- 
tion and the presence of other characteristic tumors will disclose their 
true nature. 

When situated upon the genitalia, they are sometimes regarded 



550 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 




by the inexperienced as syphilitic, most frequently as condylomata, but 
even a cursory examination will distinguish them from these lesions. 

When solitary the larger tumors may 
resemble epithelioma of the rodent ulcer 
type, as in a case observed by Pringle 
and in one under the author's care ; in 
the latter in which the lesion was situ- 
| ated upon the forehead of an elderly 
I woman and was of a year's duration, 
I the error in diagnosis was only discov- 
ered by the microscopic examination of 
the sections made from the excised 
tumor. 

Prognosis. — The affection is usually 
a trivial one, and responds readily 
to treatment. As has already been 
observed, a considerable number of 
the tumors disappear spontaneously, 
usually with symptoms of inflammation. 

Treatment. — An effective method of treatment is incision with a 
small bistoury or tenotome, and expression of the contents. Pure carbolic 
acid applied with a needle, or with a small pointed stick, such as a wooden 



4 

i-v-. 77:.:, 

„,7-: y% 



Fig. 184. — " Molluscum bodies." A, double 
wall surrounding the cell; B, nucleus of the 
cell flattened against the cell-wall. 





Fig. 185. — Epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum. A, large "molluscum body" in which is a second. 



tooth-pick, which should be bored into the central opening, will likewise 
cause their disappearance. The larger growths, particularly the peduncu- 
lated ones, may be snipped off with a pair of scissors. When the lesions 
are numerous or are limited to a small region, Stelwagon has found a 



NEW GROWTHS 551 

parasiticide ointment, one containing ammoniated mercury or sulphur, 
twenty to forty grains (1.35 to 2.65) to the ounce (32), effective. As a 
prophylactic measure, particular attention should be paid to the bath and 
the towels, which are frequently a source of contagion. 

TRICHOEPITHELIOMA 

Synonyms. — Trichoepithelioma papulosum multiplex; Epithelioma 
adenoides cysticum ; Benign cystic epithelioma. 

Definition. — A benign epithelial new growth having its origin in 
the hair-follicles, distinguished by shot- to pea-sized tumors situated in 
most instances upon the face. 

Under the name epithelioma adenoides cysticum, Brooke, in 1892, 
reported four cases of a small epithelial neoplasm situated in the face, 
which he believed identical with the affection described five years before 
by Jacquet and Barrier as a sweat-gland adenoma (hydradenomes 
eruptifs), but which Jacquet later proposed to call benign cystic epi- 
thelioma (epitheliome kystique benin), having failed to demonstrate 
its relationship with the sweat-glands. About the same time Fordyce 
reported two cases of a similar kind. Somewhat later Jarisch pro- 
posed to call the neoplasm trichoepithelioma papulosum multiplex, 
because of its demonstrable origin in the hair-follicles, a name which 
seems to the author the most appropriate of the many proposed for 
the affection. 

Symptoms. — The affection is distinguished by small nodules varying 
in size from a hemp-seed to a pea, rarely larger, yellowish, yellowish-pink, 
sometimes differing but little from the color of the normal skin, situated 
for the most part upon the forehead, temples, root of the nose, lids, 
less frequently upon the lower part of the face, and exceptionally upon 
the upper and anterior part of the trunk (Figs. 186 and 186 a). Many 
of the lesions are quite translucent, looking not unlike vesicles, 
but puncture shows them to be solid ; a considerable number show 
whitish points looking like milia, others have blackish or slate- 
colored dots in their centres which are small tufts of vessels in the 
interior of the nodule ; occasionally the larger ones have a few fine 
arborescent capillaries coursing over their surface. The number of 
lesions varies from two or three to scores ; they are usually discrete, 
but sometimes are arranged in small coalescent groups of two or three. 
They usually appear first in childhood or youth and new nodules con- 
tinue to appear from time to time for some years. They at first slowly 
increase in size, then become stationary and remain with little or no 
change for an indefinite time. Occasionally, however, ulceration of one 
or more of the lesions occurs, examples of this having been observed 
by Hallopeau, White, Jarisch, Stelwagon, and the author. 

Etiology. — Its cause is unknown. It is more frequent in women 
than in men, and begins as a rule in childhood or early adult life, but 
is not confined to this period. In many instances it is apparently 
hereditary, occurring in several members of the same family, as in the 
cases reported by Brooke and Fordyce. 



552 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



Pathology.— It is an epithelial new-growth, pursuing, as a rule, a 
benign course, but, as already noted, it at times undergoes ulceration 
and shows a tendency to recurrence after removal, as was observed 
in a case under my care some years ago, 

The neoplasm occupies the corium, but little change taking place 
in the epidermis. It is made up of numerous round, oval, and irregular, 
sometimes branching, masses of epithelial cells of the columnar type 
in which are variously sized cyst-like cavities containing granular debris 




FlG. i 86. — Trico-epithelioma (benign 
cystic epithelioma). 



Fig. 186a. — Trichoepithelioma (benign cystic epithe- 
lioma of the Brooke-Fordyce type.) 



(Fig. 187). About the borders of these masses the cells are frequently 
arranged radially, presenting a palisade-like appearance as described 
by Brooke. In places these epithelial masses seem to be connected 
with the basal layer of the overlying epidermis, but this is a simple 
fusion of the upward growing mass with the epidermis and not a 
downgrowth of the basal layer. When followed in a series of sections 
the connection of the neoplasm with, and its origin in, the hair-follicles 
can usually be demonstrated. 

Diagnosis. — The affection may be mistaken for syringocystoma, 
for hidrocystoma, and for adenoma sebaceum. The first of these is 
situated as a rule upon the trunk, the nodules are usually larger and 
not translucent like those of trichoepithelioma ; at times, however, 
a biopsy may be necessary to make a positive differential diagnosis. 
The lesions of hidrocystoma are much more transparent than those of 
trichoepithelioma and contain fluid. Adenoma sebaceum is limited to 



NEW GROWTHS 



553 



the face, occurs in very early life, is frequently of a red or brown-reel 
color, and the lesions are opaque. 

Treatment. — The lesions, when not too numerous, may be removed 
by excision, by curettement, by freezing with solid carbon dioxide. 
In one case under the author's care many of the nodules disappeared 
under X-rav treatment. 




Fig. 



187. — Trichoepithelioma. A, cystic area of columnar epithelium having its origin from the greatly 
enlarged and distorted hair-follicle, F, to which is attached the erector pili muscle, B. 



SYRINGOCYSTOMA 

Synonyms. — Hydradenomes eruptif s ; Syringocystadenoma ; Epi- 
theliome kystique benin ; Hsemangioendothelioma tuberosum multi- 
plex; Lymphangioma tuberosum multiplex; Nsevus cystepithelio- 
matosus. 

In 1887 Jacquet and Darrier described an affection of the skin con- 
sisting of numbers of discrete papules and tubercles situated on the 
anterior and upper surface of the trunk and on the inner surface of the 
arms to which they gave the name hydradenomes eruptifs, believing 
it to be a neoplasm connected with the sweat-glands ; but some time 
later Jacquet proposed to call it benign cystic epithelioma (epitheiiome 
kystique benin) since he had failed to establish its relationship to the 



554 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



sudoriparous apparatus. A small number of similar cases have since 
been reported under a variety of names, most of which indicate the 
reporters' belief in the origin of the neoplasm in some part, usually 
the duct, of the sweat-glands. 

Symptoms. — This rare. malady (which is identical with the affec- 
tion described years ago by Kaposi as lymphangioma tuberosum multi- 
plex) is characterized by numbers of pin-head to split-pea-sized, slightly 
elevated, flat, pinkish and yellowish, occasionally brownish, opaque 




Fig. i 88. — Syringocystoma. The author believes syringocystoma to be only a variant of tricho- 
epithelioma, the duct-like epithelial tracts originating in lateral oftshoots, A, A, of the hair-follicle. Note 
numerous long, branching tracts of columnar epithelium and numerous cysts. 

nodules situated in most instances upon the chest and upper extremi- 
ties, much less frequently in other regions, such as the face. These 
are usually present in considerable numbers and are unattended by any 
subjective symptoms. The patients, as a rule, are young adults and 
in most cases women. The disease pursues an indefinite course, 
usually lasting for years, with practically no change in the appearance 
of the nodules when once fully developed. 

Etiology. — Nothing whatever is known about the causation of the 
affection. 

Pathology. — By most authors it is regarded as an epithelial neo- 



NEW GROWTHS 



555 



plasm, having its origin in the ducts of the sweat-glands. Jarisch, 
Walters and others, however, consider it an endothelioma originating 
in the endothelium of the blood-vessels. Gassmann and Winkler look 
upon it as a variety of nsevus and have given it a name indicative 
of this view, viz., ncuvus epithcliomatosus. 

The author on several occasions has expressed the opinion, which he 
still holds, that it is an epithelial new-growth which has its origin in 
the slender lateral offshoots often normally present in the lanugo fol- 
licles ; in other words, it is a variety of trichoepithelioma. The nodules 
are composed of numerous straight and branching slender tracts of 
epithelial cells of the columnar type (Fig. 188) situated in the corium, 
and round or oval cysts with epithelial walls filled with hyaline material 




Fig. 



:8g. — So-called syringocystoma. A, duct-like tracts of cylindrical-celled epithelium growing 
from lateral portion of hair-follicle. 



frequently presenting a laminated arrangement. The epithelial tracts 
are usually quite narrow, often not more than two or three rows of cells 
wide, recalling in appearance the ducts of the sweat-glands, but without 
a lumen. The cysts, which are frequently of considerable size, are 
sometimes connected with the epithelial tracts ; occasionally they are 
situated within the follicles. In a case which I had the opportunity 
to study some years ago, the slender, duct-like tracts of epithelium 
could be definitely traced to the lanugo follicles and their origin from 
the lateral epithelial spurs of these clearly demonstrated (Fig. 189). 
Actual connection of the neoplasm with the sweat-gland ducts was not 
established in any of the published cases, but was inferred from the 
somewhat duct-like arrangement of the growth. 

Diagnosis. — The diseases for which syringocystoma may be mis- 



556 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

taken are trichoepithelioma (benign cystic epithelioma) and xanthoma. 
Trichoepithelioma is situated in most cases upon the face, while 
syringocystoma occurs upon the trunk; the nodules of the former 
are usually more or less translucent, while those of the latter are 
opaque. In xanthoma, which it may at times resemble, the nodules 
are, as a rule, much more widely distributed, and are of a very decided 
yellow color. 

Treatment. — The lesions may be destroyed by electrolysis, by caus- 
tics, preferably trichloracetic acid, and by freezing with carbon dioxide 
" snow." In a few cases the X-ray has been used successfully. 

ENDOTHELIOMA CUTIS 

Synonyms. — Sarcoma capitis ; Endothelioma capitis ; Multiple be- 
nign epithelioma of the scalp ; Turban tumors. 

Symptoms.' — According to Crocker, the first recorded case of this 
affection was observed by Morrant Baker, who described it as " wither- 
ing sarcoma of the scalp." Some twelve or fourteen cases have been 
reported by Poncet, Kaposi, Spiegler, Ancell, Cohn, Barret, and Du- 
breuilh and Auche, the last-named describing their case as benign 
epthelioma of the scalp. 

It occurs as multiple tumors situated upon the scalp, varying in size 
from a pea to an orange, pale, dark-red or violaceous in color, sessile 
or pedunculated. They are smooth, hairless, and vary in numbers 
from a half-dozen to scores, in the latter case forming a bosselated, 
turban-like mass covering the entire scalp. When the number is large, 
the surfaces in contact are moist, the epidermis macerated, with 
occasional superficial ulceration attended by the discharge of a fetid 
fluid. Occasionally a few similar, but usually much smaller, tumors 
are also found upon the face, neck, and trunk. The disease lasts indefi- 
nitely, the tumors slowly increasing in size and numbers, without 
affecting the patient's general condition. 

Etiology. — The great majority of the cases thus far observed have 
occurred in women, according to Dubreuilh and Auche, 12 out of 14; 
and in a considerable proportion an injury of some sort preceded the 
appearance of the tumors. In a relatively large number it was noted 
in several members of the same family and in two or three successive 
generations. 

Pathology. — The nature of the neoplasm is still a matter of some 
uncertainty. As already noted, the earlier cases were regarded as a 
form of sarcoma, but this view is no longer entertained. In its pro- 
longed and benign course and in its histopathology it is quite unlike 
any of the varieties of that neoplasm. Most recent authors agree with 
Spiegler in classifying it as an endothelioma. Quite recently, how- 
ever, Dubreuilh and Auche, who have studied its histopathology with 
great care and minute detail, expressed the opinion that it is a variety 
of multiple benign epithelioma having its origin in the epidermis and, 



NEW GROWTHS 557 

perhaps the hair-follicles, and resembling much, in the character of the 
cells which compose it, rodent ulcer. 

According to Spiegler, the tumor is composed of branching and 
intersecting cylindrical tracts of cells resembling small epithelial cells 
occupying the derma. About the margin of these tracts, which are 
surrounded-by a fine fibrous capsule and contain numerous small round 
and oval masses of hyaline material, the cells are of the columnar type 
and are arranged radially, while those in the interior are round or 
polygonal. 

Treatment. — The only effective treatment is the removal of the 
tumors surgically. Possibly the prolonged and careful use of the 
X-ray or of radium might be of service. 

ADENOMA SEBACEUM 

Synonyms. — Vegetations vasculaires (Raver) ; Nsevi vasculaires et 
papillaires (Yidal) ; Adenomes sebaces (Balzer et Menetrier). 

Definition. — A small tumor composed of sebaceous-gland tissue, 
probably congenital in origin, situated for the most part in the face. 

First described by Raver, Addison, and Gull (Crocker), who, how- 
ever, did not recognize its nature, it was later described by Balzer in 
connection with Menetrier- and Grandhomme, who gave it the name 
sebaceous adenoma. A limited number of cases have since been 
reported by other observers (Pringle, Caspary, Crocker, and others). 
It is quite certain, however, that not all the cases reported under this 
or similar titles represent the same affection, some of them being with- 
out doubt examples of trichoepithelioma (epithelioma adenoides cysti- 
cum, benign cystic epithelioma). 

Symptoms. — The tumors vary in size from a millet seed to a hemp 
seed, and occasionally reach the size of a small pea, the larger ones 
presenting at times a verrucous appearance. They may be the color 
of the normal skin, yellowish, or, what is commonly the case, a bright 
red, owing to the presence of minute capilliaries over and around them. 
They usually occur in considerable numbers, often closely crowded 
together, chiefly upon the nose, especially the alae, upon the cheeks 
adjoining, in smaller numbers at the root of the nose, on the forehead 
and upper lip, and exceptionally as isolated lesions upon the neck and 
in the scalp. They are in most cases symmetrically distributed on both 
sides of the nose and on both cheeks, but they may be asymmetrically 
arranged, as in the cases reported by Crocker and Pollitzer. Telangiec- 
tases, vascular and pigmented nsevi, and soft fibromata situated on various 
parts of the body are frequently associated with them. 

Etiology. — The congenital origin of the tumors is quite generally 
accepted, although they may not appear until puberty or even con- 
siderably later. In the majority of cases they are first noticed in early 
childhood, and exceptionally a few lesions may be present at birth. 
There is commonly a decided increase in their number about the time 
of puberty. A very considerable proportion of the cases occur in 



558 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



those who show more or less marked signs of arrested mental develop- 
ment, in epileptics and imbeciles, Crocker and Colcott Fox stating that 
the affection is not at all uncommon in idiot asylums in England ; there 
are notable exceptions, however, to this rule. 

Pathology. — Sebaceous adenoma is a hyperplasia of the sebaceous 
glands. Pringle found but little change in the epidermis beyond a 
lengthening of the interpapillary processes of the rete and a corre- 
sponding increase in the size of the papillae of the corium. The chief 
change consisted in " an enormous increase in the number and com- 



.., r:*f ^;:y'f ;■ ■ 




Fig. 190. — Adenoma sebaceum. 

plexity of the sebaceous glands " (Fig. 190). Balzer thought that some 
of the tumors in one of his cases had their origin in the sweat-glands, 
but, as Unna has pointed out, this case was almost certainly not ade- 
noma sebaceum, but benign cystic epithelioma (epithelioma adenoides 
cysticum, Brooke). Crocker, believing all the appendages of the skin 
involved, regarded it as a " pilosebaceous hidradenoma." 

Diagnosis. — The affection with which it is most likely to be con- 
founded is trichoepithelioma (benign cystic epithelioma), but its earlier 
appearance, its decided predilection for the nose, the red color of the 
tumors, and the absence of ulceration which occurs in a certain pro- 



NEW GROWTHS 559 

portion of cases of the latter sooner or later, will serve to distinguish 
it from that disease. When the lesions are few and of the color of 
the skin, the distinction certainly can only be made by biopsy. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The tumors are benign growths and 
after a certain period are likely to remain indefinitely with little altera- 
tion. Exceptionally some of the nodules undergo spontaneous involu- 
tion, leaving superficial scars. 

The larger lesions, when not too numerous, may be excised or 
removed by the curette, but in the majority of cases electrolysis is the 
most satisfactory method of treatment. A single puncture with a 
needle attached to the negative pole will usually destroy, in ten to 
twenty seconds, the small nodules ; the larger ones may require two or 
three punctures. 

LYMPHANGIOMA 

Definition. — A new-growth composed chiefly of new-formed and 
enlarged lymphatic channels. 

Under the term " lymphangioma " are included a number of new- 
growths wmich differ a good deal in their clinical features. They may 
occur as well-defined tumors, or, more frequently, as ill-defined diffuse 
enlargements. All varieties are infrequent, and the tumor forms are 
decidedly rare and usually concern the surgeon much more than the 
dermatologist. 

LYMPHANGIOMA CIRCUMSCRIPTUM 

Synonyms. — Lymphangiectodes (Tilbury Fox) ; Lupus lymphati- 
cus (Hutchinson); Lymphangioma cavernosum ; Lymphangioma 
capillaire varicosum ; Lymphangioma superficiale simplex (Unna). 

Definition. — A disease of the superficial lymphatics characterized 
by patches of non-inflammatory vesicles. 

Symptoms. — This affection, which was first described by Tilbury 
Fox under the name lymphangiectodes, is decidedly uncommon. It 
occurs as one or more patches, usually a single patch, of deep-seated, 
thick-walled, usually discrete, but often closely aggregated vesicles 
with transparent contents and a lesser number of opaque, small, wart- 
like lesions. The patches vary in size from a coin to half the palm, 
are usually irregular in shape, and may contain from a dozen to fifty 
or more lesions. The greater number of the vesicles are pearly or 
bluish in color, but a variable number are red, or purplish, owing 
to the presence of minute tufts of blood-vessels in their interior; 
and some of the opaque lesions frequently have arborescent vessels 
over their surface. If punctured, a clear yellowish fluid escapes which 
may continue to flow for some hours, or in the cases of the larger lesions 
for several days. No subjective symptoms of any kind accompany the 
affection, but occasionally the patches are subject to repeated attacks of 
an erysipelatous or erysipelatoid inflammation. The malady pursues 
an extremely chronic course, lasting many years, the patch usually 
slowly enlarging by the addition of new lesions at its borders. Occa- 



560 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



sionally the contents of some of the vesicles are absorbed and the lesions 
disappear, often leaving a faint scar and some pigmentation. In a case 
under the author's observation for some years the patch was situated 
above the spine of the scapula at first, but in the course of a year or 
two it had moved to the top of the shoulder, the vesicles on the lower 
side disappearing while new ones appeared at the upper margin, the 
site of the old lesions showing slight atrophy of the skin with faint 
pigmentation. The malady may occur on any portion of the body, but 
is most common in the region of the neck, the shoulders, and the 
axilla. In most cases the skin presents no other abnormality, but 






xfv-^VJ& 



Fig. 191. 



-Lymphangioma. Along with the vesicles on the thigh there was dilatation of the deep 
lymphatics and swelling of the whole extremity. 



occasionally the lymphatic affection is associated with vascular nsevi or 
varicose veins. In a few instances it has been seen upon the tongue, 
where it occurs as a patch of closely aggregated pin-head-sized to shot- 
sized translucent and opaque whitish or red vesicles situated either 
upon the dorsum or tip of the organ. As in the lesions upon the skin, 
the red color of some of the vesicles is due to the presence of vascular 
tufts in them. At the present time the author has under his observation 
a marked example of this form of the malady, the entire anterior third 
of the tongue being occupied by a wart-like mass of closely aggregated 
vesicles. 

Etiology. — The affection in most instances begins in childhood, often 
within the first few months, and in a few cases it seems to have been 



NEW GROWTHS 



561 



congenital ; in the author's case above referred to, it was first noticed 
in the second or third month after birth. As already noted, it is some- 
times associated with changes in the blood-vessels. 

Pathology. — Formerly there was considerable difference of opinion 
as to whether the malady was a simple dilatation of preexisting lymph 
channels or a formation of new ones, but the studies of Torok have 
shown quite conclusively that both processes are present. Oval and 
irregularly shaped cavities (Fig. 192) are found in the papillary and 
subpapillary portions of the corium which are lined with endothelium 




*&££&& 



I 




Fig. 192. — Lymphangioma circumscriptum. 

and contain small quantities of coagulated lymph and a few leucocytes. 
Occasionally a moderate exudate of round cells is found about the 
margins of the more recent cavities. A variable number of dilated 
and new-formed capillaries are also present in the corium, and in certain 
cases the vascular element is quite pronounced (hsemolymphangioma). 
Diagnosis. — The affection, although an uncommon one, usually pre- 
sents such characteristic features that it is recognized without diffi- 
culty. The non-inflammatory character of the vesicles, many of which 
contain small tufts of vessels, plainly visible to the naked eye, giving 
them a red or purple color, the absence of any subjective symptoms, 
36 



562 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

and its occurrence for the most part in childhood are the features 
which distinguish it from other vesicular affections. 

Prognosis. — The duration of the malady is indefinite and the 
patches usually slowly enlarge. As already observed, the malady is 
occasionally subject to repeated attacks of erysipelatoid inflammation. 

Treatment. — When moderate in extent, the patch may be excised, 
but care should be taken to remove every portion of it, otherwise a 
recurrence is likely at the border of the scar ; it may also be destroyed 
by caustics or by the galvanocautery. If the patch is small and the 
lesions few, it may be removed by electrolysis. The X-ray, however, 
is probably the remedy of choice, a number of instances of its success- 
ful employment having been reported (Engman and Mook, Ormsby, 
Dore, and the author). 

Closely related to the foregoing in most of its clinical features is 
a variety of lymphangioma in which the cutaneous affection is asso- 
ciated with dilatation of the deep lymphatic channels, the lymphan- 
gioma superUciale of Unna. In this variety there are a variable num- 
ber of deep-seated pin-head to pea-sized and occasionally considerably 
larger vesicles scattered irregularly over a swollen area, with or with- 
out more or less thickening of the skin. The regions most frequently 
affected are the lower extremity and the genitalia. In a case of this kind 
recently under the author's care the whole right thigh and leg were 
markedly swollen, and numerous pin-head to pea-sized vesicles were 
scattered over the inner surface of the thigh and down the leg, the 
latter having appeared some time after the swelling (Fig. 191). On several 
occasions the patient punctured some of the vesicles, and an abundant 
flow of lymph followed, which lasted for some days. When it occurs 
upon the vulva, there is usually a marked enlargement of the whole 
vulvar region, which is covered with numerous vesicles. 

Dilatation of lymph channels, lymphangiectasis, occasionally occurs 
as a congenital affection, giving rise to diffuse swelling or enlargement 
of limited regions such as the lip {macro cheilla) or the tongue (macro- 
glossia). In these, as in the affection already considered, there may 
be scattered vesicles of the type previously described, but usually in 
very much smaller numbers. It also occurs as an acquired affection, 
following injury (Elliot, Besnier), or repeated attacks of erysipelatous 
dermatitis, or infection (filiariasis) , as in elephantiasis. In the last 
there is not only dilatation of the lymphatics, but more or less extensive 
hypertrophy of the hypoderm. 

FIBROMA 

Definition. — A benign new-growth composed of fibrous connective 
tissue, occurring as variously sized soft or hard tumors. 

Two varieties of fibroma are recognized, soft fibroma (fibroma 
molle) and hard fibroma (fibroma durum), which differ considerably 
in their clinical aspects and in their histopathology. Both forms are 
infrequent, comprising, according to the statistics of the American 



NEW GROWTHS 



563 



Dermatological Association, something less than one-tenth of one per 
cent, of all diseases of the skin. Of the two varieties the soft is much 
the more frequent. 

FIBROMA MOLLUSCUM 

Synonyms. — Molluscum fibrosum ; Molluscum simplex ; Mollus- 
cum pendulum; Soft fibroma; Neurofibroma; v. Recklinghausen's 
disease. 

Symptoms. — This variety of fibroma is characterized by soft tumors 






Fig. 193. — Fibroma molluscum. 

varying in size from a small pea to an orange, or in exceptional cases 
as large as an infant's head (Fig. 193). The small ones are often quite 
deep-seated, hemispherical and sessile, while the larger ones are round, 
cylindrical, or pear-shaped, pendulous and frequently provided with a 
narrow pedicle. They are most frequently the color of the skin, but 
are often pinkish or bluish in their early stages and when old are apt 



564 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

to be more or less pigmented. The skin over them is as a rule normal 
in appearance, but over the large tumors the mouths of the ducts of 
the sebaceous glands are often patulous and occasionally filled with 
plugs of sebum, forming comedones of unusual size. The number 
varies from a single one, which is unusual, to hundreds and even 
thousands, Hashimoto having observed a case in which there were 
4500 (quoted by Joseph, Mracek's *' Handbuch ") ; as a rule they exist 
in considerable numbers. While they may appear on any portion of 
the skin they are apt to be most abundant upon the trunk, more so 
upon the anterior than upon the posterior surface, are common on the 
scalp, less so upon the extremities, and rare upon the palms and soles. 
After reaching a certain size they may show but little change for an 
indefinite period, but in some of them the contents are gradually 
absorbed, so that after a time nothing is left but an apparently empty, 
flaccid sac. Occasionally as the consequence of pressure, friction, or 
other mechanical injury or as the result of overdistention from rapid 
growth, a tumor may inflame, ulcerate, or become gangrenous and 
be thus destroyed. Patches of pigment, varying in hue from a light 
sepia to black, for the most part small and freckle-like, but occasion- 
ally coin- to palm-sized, accompany the tumors in a certain proportion 
of cases; telangiectases and hairy naevi are likewise occasionally pres- 
ent. Instead of numerous small or moderate-sized tumors, there may 
be but one or a few large ones, forming pendulous masses, situated 
most frequently upon the scalp, sides of the neck, the axillae, the but- 
tocks, the thighs, or the labia (fibroma pendulum). At times these 
tumors occur as large pendulous folds of skin, a condition to which the 
term " dermatolysis " is sometimes improperly applied. 

In rare cases tumors like those upon the skin are present upon the 
mucous membranes of the cheeks, the tongue, the palate, and the 
rectum. 

The soft, small, flaccid tumors, usually with slender pedicle, com- 
mon upon the trunk of elderly individuals, known as acrochordon, 
soft warts, " vermes chamues," are commonly regarded as a form 
of soft fibroma closely related to fibroma molluscum, if not identical 
with it, but these lesions are most probably soft naevi. 

Fibroma durum, hard fibroma, desmoid, is a rare new-growth of the 
skin much less common than fibroma molluscum. It occurs as a small, 
very firm, deep-seated, usually solitary, but occasionally multiple hemi- 
spherical tumor, pink, or the color of the skin. It usually grows very 
slowly, seldom attains any considerable size, and after reaching a certain 
stage of development may remain without much change for an indefinite 
period. It is unaccompanied by any subjective symptoms. 

Etiology. — As in a certain proportion of cases it, especially the soft 
form, has been observed in two or more successive generations and in 
several members of the same family (Virchow, Atkinson, Octerlony), it 
seems probable that heredity plays some role in its production. In the 



NEW GROWTHS 565 

majority of cases it begins in early childhood and may be congenital; 
exceptionally it does not appear until puberty or after, this being the case 
more particularly in fibroma pendulum, Tn a few instances traumatism 
seems to have been a predisposing factor (Taylor). Hebra called attention 
to the fact that it is frequently associated with defective bodily and mental 
development, an observation amply corroborated by subsequent observ- 
ers, but there are numerous exceptions to this rule. Some years ago 
Brickner called attention to a variety to which he gave the name 
fibroma molluscum gravidarum, in which the tumors appeared only 
during pregnancy and disappeared upon its termination. Hirst has 
reported a case of this kind which the author had the opportunity of 
seeing in the University Hospital 

Pathology. — According to von Recklinghausen, molluscum fibrosum 
is a neurofibromatosis, the tumors having their origin in the connective 
tissue of the sheaths of the nerves; with this view Unna, Darrier and 
other recent observers are in full accord. The epidermis shows no 
change beyond the disappearance of the interpapillary pegs of the 
rete, the result of the pressure from below of the growing tumor. 
The corium, except a narrow zone immediately beneath the epidermis, 
is entirely replaced by a finely fibrous tissue containing numerous 
nuclei. In the old lesions the centre of the tumor is quite compact, 
while the peripheral portion forms a loose, fibrous meshwork. Unna 
has called attention to a peculiar variety of " mastzell " present which 
is much larger than the ordinary variety and is surrounded by a wide, 
structureless halo. Elastic fibres are not present in the tumor, but are 
well maintained about its borders. 

Hard fibroma is composed of bundles of collagenous tissue contain- 
ing few cells, which cross one another at all angles. Very few vessels 
are present in the growth, and the elastic tissue has almost entirely 
disappeared. 

Diagnosis. — The picture presented by the ordinary case of fibroma 
molluscum is so strikng that it is usually recognized at once. The 
tumors may at times be mistaken for lipoma, but this neoplasm is 
usually lobulated, elastic, never pedunculated, and seldom exists in 
such numbers as fibroma. The very small lesions may be mistaken for 
epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum, but are readily distinguished 
from that affection by their softer consistency and by the absence of a 
central opening. From sarcomatosis the affection is to be distin- 
guished by the much greater softness of the tumors and their benign 
course. 

Prognosis. — The affection usually continues indefinitely, lasting dur- 
ing the patient's lifetime, but in the great majority of cases in no way 
impairing his general health. When the tumors are large and situated 
about the face, scalp, or the genitalia they may cause considerable 
disfigurement or inconvenience. As has already been noted, they may 
become inflamed and ulcerate, and in exceptional cases the ulceration 



566 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



terminates in malignant disease. Garre asserts that at least twelve 
per cent, become sarcomatous. 

Treatment. — Whitehouse has reported a case in which a consider- 
able number of the tumors disappeared while the patient was taking 
arsenic, but as some of the tumors at times disappear spontaneously 
it may be doubted whether the improvement was due to the remedy. 
The tumors may be removed by excision, which is the method of choice 
when they are of large size, and by the galvanocautery loop, this last 
being a ready and effective method of disposing of those of moderate 
size with a pedicle. Care should be taken to remove the entire tumor, 
otherwise it is likely to return. When they are very numerous, only 
the largest or those which incommode the patient should be removed. 

KELOID 

Synonyms. — Cheloid ; Keloid of Alibert ; Fr., Chelotde. 

Definition. — A benign connective-tissue new-growth situated in 
the corium, characterized by smooth pink or red rounded or flat, fre- 
quently scar-like tumors, in most, if not in all, cases following 
traumatism. 

Symptoms. — Alibert, who first gave the affection the name " keloid,*' 
divided it into two varieties — spontaneous or true keloid and cica- 






Fig. 194- — Keloid. 

tricial or false keloid — a distinction still maintained by many authors, 
although it is extremely probable that there is no such thing as spon- 
taneous keloid. 

It usually begins as a small pinkish or red firm nodule rather deeply 
embedded in the skin, which slowly increases in size, forming a button- 
like, rounded tumor (Fig. 194) or more frequently an irregularly shaped, 
well-circumscribed, more or less elevated plaque with a number of 
claw-like processes extending from its borders, and it is to these that the 
affection owes its name "keloid" (from z 7 )* 7 ) > a claw). In most in- 
stances the tumors are of moderate size, varying from a pea to a nut, 



NEW GROWTHS 



567 



but occasionally they reach much more extensive proportions, as large 
as a small orange or as the fist or even larger. The surface is usually 
smooth, pink or red in color, sometimes violaceous owing to the pres- 
ence of fine arborescent vessels. In many cases there are no subjective 
symptoms ; but not very infrequently the tumors are decidedly sensitive 
to pressure and in a few cases are the seat of more or less spontaneous 
pain, which may be severe enough at times to demand measures for its 
relief. The number of lesions is a variable one : often there is but a 
single tumor; not uncommonly they are multiple and exceptionally 
numerous (Fig. 195). When they are multple they sometimes exhibit 




Fig. 195- — Keloid. (Negro.) 

a certain amount of symmetry in their distribution, a feature which 
is regarded by many authors as characteristic of the so-called " spon- 
taneous keloid." While the tumors may occur in any region, there 
are certain localities for which they exhibit a well-marked predilection ; 
these are, in the order of frequency, the sternum, where they usually 
present the characteristic claw-like configuration, the lobes of the 
ears, where they are apt to occur as the sequel of piercing of the ears ; 
the nape of the neck, and the back. 

Cicatricial keloid, or the so-called " false keloid," does not present 
any symptoms by which it may be distinguished from that which is 
supposed to arise spontaneously, except that it develops at the site of 



568 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



a scar. A distinction must be made, however, between this form 
and the hypertrophic scar, such as develops so frequently in the scars 
of burns (Figs. 196 and 197). The former, although beginning in a 
scar, does not remain limited to it, but extends into the neighboring 
sound skin, while the latter remains strictly limited to the cicatricial 
tissue. 

Etiology. — The primary cause of keloid is unknown. Age and sex 
have little or no effect upon its incidence, although it is much more 
frequent in men than in women, because the former are much more 
exposed to injuries of the skin than the latter. Heredity seems at times 




: 




Fig. 196. — Hypertrophic scar (scar keloid) following a burn. 

to have some influence in predisposing to it, since it is occasionally 
observed in two or more members of the same family. Race exercises 
a decided predisposing effect, the negro being much more liable to it 
than the Caucasian. In the vast majority of cases, if not in all, it 
follows an injury to the skin, beginning in a scar the consequence 
of a punctured or incised wound or the result of diseases of the skin, 
such as acne or the pustular syphiloderm. That a special predisposi- 
tion is necessary, however, to call it forth is quite evident, since every 
individual suffers from numerous injuries to his skin and has scars in 
consequence, while very few suffer from keloid. Since very trivial 
injuries may be sufficient in predisposed individuals to produce it, it 



NEW GROWTHS 



569 



is more than probable that the so-called spontaneous form follows in- 
juries so slight that they escape notice. Crocker saw a most extensive 
case follow prickly heat. That some special quality in the irritant 
may be necessary is suggested by the very remarkable case observed 
by Welander (quoted by Unna, " Histopathology of the Diseases of 
the Skin") in which keloid developed in a tattooed figure in the red 
portions only, while those in which blue pigment was used escaped. 



■ 





Fig. 197. — Keloid, back (followed burn with a cupping-glass). 

Pathology. — Keloid is essentially a fibroma having its origin in the 
deeper portions of the corium ; and there is no demonstrable histological 
difference between the true and the so-called false or cicatrical forms. 
It is composed of bundles of fibres which for the most part run parallel 
with the long axis of the tumor, and in its early stages contains a 
considerable number of small round cells most abundant in the neigh- 
borhood of the vessels, which extend along these sometimes, according 
to Warren and Crocker, some distance beyond the visible limits of 



570 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the growth. The older lesions are poor in cells and their vessels 
are markedly atrophied, even to the point of complete disappearance 
at times. Neither follicles, glands, nor elastic tissue is as a rule present 
in the tumor, the two former having been pushed to one side. Accord- 
ing to Warren, Kaposi, Vidal, Joseph, and others, who maintain a dis- 
tinction between spontaneous and scar keloid, the papillary body and the 
corresponding interpapillary prolongations of the rete are present in the 
former, absent in the latter, but the observations of Babes, Crocker, 
and others have shown quite conclusively that this is by no means always 
the case, the reverse sometimes being true. 

Diagnosis. — The peculiar scar-like appearance of the growth, its 
frequent situation over the sternum, and its usual association with 
cicatrices are features which enable it to be easily recognized. From 
the hypertrophic scar it may be distinguished by its involvement of the 
neighboring sound skin. 

Prognosis.— As a rule to which there are very few exceptions, keloid 
continues indefinitely, but after reaching a certain stage of develop- 
ment it frequently remains stationary. In rare cases it exhibits a 
tendency to spontaneous involution and may eventually disappear. 
Hypertrophic scars, after a duration of two or three years, usually 
flatten down considerably, and may eventually assume the characters 
of the ordinary cicatrix. 

Treatment. — Operative treatment is rarely, if ever, to be advised, 
since with rare exceptions it only results in an increase in the size 
of the tumor when it returns, as it almost invariably does. Electrolysis 
has been used with some success in a limited number of cases, Crocker 
regarding it as one of the most useful methods of treatment. Vidal 
recommended repeated linear scarification followed by the application 
of antiseptic dressings. In small growths the author has seen improve- 
ment follow the continued application of lead plaster diluted somewhat 
with petrolatum, at the same time applying moderate pressure with 
a roller bandage. Crocker and Pernet obtained a certain amount of 
improvement from injections of a 10 per cent, solution of thiosinamin 
in alcohol or in equal parts of water and glycerin, made into the tumor, 
giving ten to twenty minims at each injection. The most useful 
remedy is the X-ray, Pusey, Ormsby and others reporting not only 
improvement, but cure in a number of instances ; and the author has 
in a small number of cases under his own observation noted a decided 
diminution in the size of the growth after such treatment. 



CICATRIX 

Synonyms. — Scar; Fr., Cicatrice; Ger., Narbe. 

Definition. — A connective-tissue new-growth replacing a loss of 
substance involving the corium. 

Symptoms. — Scars are perhaps the commonest of all the lesions 



NEW GROWTHS 571 

met with upon the skin, indeed there are few, if any, adult individuals 
who cannot show more than one. They may be found on any part of 
the body and vary greatly in their appearance. They may be round, 
linear, or irregular in shape ; they may be thin, smooth, soft, and pliable, 
or thick, uneven, hard, and unyielding ; they may be elevated, depressed, 
or level with the sound skin. Fresh scars are usually red or violaceous 
in color, while old ones are white, often whiter than normal skin ; less 
frequently they are livid or pigmented. The thicker scars often ex- 
hibit a more or less marked tendency to contraction, and in consequence 
may give rise to deformity and to interference with the functions of 
movable parts. They vary much in their characteristics according 
to their causes : as is well known, the scars of burns are especially prone 
to contraction. In the face contracting scars frequently cause ectro- 
pion and distortion of the mouth ; and upon the neck, when extensive, 
they may pull the chin down upon the chest and interfere with the 
free movement of the lower jaw. The scars of syphilis are usually 
quite round, soft, and pliable, are often more or less pigmented, espe- 
cially about their borders, while those which result from tuberculous 
ulceration are irregular in shape, uneven, and at times quite hard. A 
knowledge of these peculiarities is frequently of much service in 
diagnosis. 

Etiology. — Scars are in most cases the result of such injury or 
ulcerative disease as produces a break in the continuity of the skin 
involving the corium ; they may also follow the absorption of inflam- 
matory or other products deposited in the skin without any external 
break, as frequently happens in certain of the lesions of acne and 
syphilis. 

Pathology. — The scar is the product of a reparative process ; be- 
ginning as granulation tissue, it varies much in its histological features 
according to its age. Recent scars are made up of fibrous connective 
tissue in which are many leucocytes, young connective-tissue cells, 
and numerous new-formed capillaries. Old lesions contain but few 
cells and are composed chiefly of bundles of collagen fibres with some 
new-formed delicate elastic-tissue fibres. The epidermis is thinner 
than normal and its lower margin, instead of presenting the usual 
markedly undulatory line, is quite straight or only very slightly 
wavy owing to the absence of the papillary body of the corium. While 
it is commonly stated that the latter is never reproduced in scars, 
this is only measurably true, since in many scars small papillae are 
present. Hair-follicles and glands are absent. 

Treatment. — Scars may require treatment for cosmetic reasons or 
because they interfere with important functions. Small lesions may 
sometimes be sucessfully dealt with by electrolysis, by injections of 
thiosinamin, or occasionally by massage. The X-ray occasionally 
renders good service in the treatment of unsightly scars, but should be 
used with caution, lest a radiodermatitis be excited, which is apt to be 
followed by disfiguring telangiectases. Mercier has very recently 



572 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



reported excellent results from the Rontgen ray in the treatment of 
cicatrices interfering with the movements of the fingers, hand, and 
arm, following wounds ; eight to twelve treatments were given. In 
many cases excision is the remedy of choice, closing the defect, when 
it is considerable, by skin grafting or by the transplantation of skin 
from the neighboring parts. 

GRANULOMA ANNULARE 

Synonyms. — Ringed eruption (Colcott Fox) ; Eruption chronique 
circinee de la main (Dubreuilh) ; Lichen annularis (Galloway) ; Be- 
nign sarcoid (Galewski) ; Neoplasie circinee et nodulaire (Brocq) ; 
Erythemato-sclerose du dos des mains (Audry) ; Stereo-phlogose nodu- 
laire et circinee (Pellier) ; Helodermia simplex et annularis (Vomer) ; 
Erythema elevatum diutinum (Crocker). 

Definition. — A benign new-growth occurring in small annular 



Sh 





Fig. 198. — Granuloma annulare. 

and crescentic patches situated principally upon the extremities, most 
frequently upon the hands. 

The credit of having first recognized this affection belongs to 
Colcott Fox, who, in 1895, reported a case under the name " ringed 
eruption." Radcliffe Crocker a year before had reported a case as 
one of lupus erythematosus resembling lichen planus, but, after seeing 
other cases, recognized his error and suggested for the affection the 
name granuloma annulare, which has been generally accepted by 
English and American dermatologists. 



NEW GROWTHS 



573 



Symptoms.— It is distinguished by one or more annular or crescen- 
tic patches from a half to an inch or more in diameter, composed of 
firm, flat, hemp-seed-sized or larger whitish, pinkish, occasionally vio- 
laceous, nodules situated most frequently upon the hands (Fig. 198), 
usually on the backs of the fingers about the joints, less commonly 
upon the tops of the feet, and exceptionally upon the trunk. The skin 
in the centre of the patches may be quite normal in appearance, or 
somewhat depressed and atrophic. There is often but a single patch, 
but two or three are not uncommon, and exceptionally there may be 




Fig. 



[99. — Granuloma annulare. C, cellular exudate made up of cells chiefly of connective-tissue type; 
D, central area of necrosis; 5, sweat-duct. 



as many as a dozen or twenty. In a case under the author's obser- 
vation, occurring in a child 3 years old, there were six or eight dime- 
sized rings on the arms, abdomen, and legs. The affection often appears 
quite suddenly without any premonitory signs, and when once fully 
developed may persist indefinitely. In rare instances, instead of annu- 
lar patches, the disease occurs as firm, flat, pinkish, pea-sized nodules 
or flnger-nail-sized plaques, a form described by Crocker as erythema 
elevatum diutinum. In a case of this kind seen by the author some 
years ago there were three small, oval and irregularly shaped plaques 
the size of a finger nail, one upon the side of the neck, another upon 



574 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the back of the hand, and a third upon the side of the leg. Occasionally 
both annular patches and flat plaques or nodules may be present at the 
same time, as in the author's first case ; or it may begin with nodules 
which by central involution and simultaneous peripheral extension 
become ring-shaped and crescentic patches, as in the case reported 
by Wende. 

No subjective symptoms of any kind accompany the affection, as 
a rule. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The malady is seen chiefly, but not ex- 
clusively, in children and young adults. Graham Little, who has made 
an extensive study of it based upon fifty cases, is strongly of the 
opinion that it is in some way closely related to tuberculosis, but the 
evidence for this is, to say the least, not convincing, and the author's 
experience is altogether against it. 

The histopathology is quite characteristic. The epidermis is but 
little or not at all altered. Beginnng in the subpapillary portion of 
the corium and extending down to the hypoderm there is a fairly well- 
circumscribed cellular exudate composed largely of spindle cells of 
the connective-tissue type, lymphoid cells, and a few large epithelioid 
cells, densest about the vessels, and the coil-glands and their ducts. 
The most striking and characteristic feature is an area of necrosis 
(Fig. 199) occupying the centre of the exudate in which every trace 
of cellular structure has disappeared and about the borders of which 
the cells are arranged in radiating lines. This necrotic area is small in 
recent lesions, but much more extensive in the older ones. 

Examination of sections made from the plaque on the back of the 
hand of the case of erythema elevatum diutinum referred to above, 
showed the same histological features characteristic of granuloma 
annulare and left no room for doubt in the author's mind that the two 
maladies are identical. 

Diagnosis. — The frequent localization on the hands, particularly 
about the joints of the fingers, the firmness of the nodules, the ringed 
arrangement of the patches, the youth of the patient, the absence of 
subjective symptoms of any sort, and the indefinite duration of the 
lesions are distinctive features. It may be mistaken for the annular 
form of lichen planus, but the nodules never present the peculiar 
flat tops with occasional umbilication seen in that affection and are 
decidedly harder. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — When left to itself it may continue for 
many months or even indefinitely ; in a very considerable proportion of 
cases, however, the nodules disappear spontaneously, leaving neither 
pigmentation nor scarring. 

Jadassohn (quoted by Little) thought the internal adminstration 
of arsenic exercised a beneficial effect upon the disease. Graham Little 
found salicylic acid in ointment or plaster and ointments of ichthyol 
and resorcin satisfactory. The author has found X-ray treatment the 
most satisfactory method of dealing with the affection. 



NEW GROWTHS 575 

PARAFFINOMA 

Definition. — A tumor-like formation due to the injection of paraffin 
into the skin. 

Symptoms. — Since the introduction of paraffin prosthesis by Ger- 
suny in 1900, injections of paraffin have been largely employed for the 
correction or removal of facial deformities and blemishes. In a con- 
siderable number of instances these injections have been followed, after 
an interval varying from some months to one or two years, by the 
formation of firm tumor-like masses at the site of the injection. These 
vary in size from a small to a large nut, are smooth or nodular, and 
are red or violaceous, often with dilated capillaries over their surface. 
They are usually quite firm and at times bear some resemblance to 
keloid. They are situated usually about the angles of the mouth, 
beneath the eyes, and about the alae of the nose, regions in which the 
injections have been made to fill up hollows or smooth out wrinkles. 
At times there is considerable oedema of the surrounding parts, espe- 
cially when they are situated in the neighborhood of the eyes. The 
amount of deformity produced is frequently considerable, but they are 
not accompanied by any annoying or painful subjective symptoms. 

Pathology. — According to Heidingsfeld, who has made a careful 
study of the histopathology of two cases, the paraffin acts as a foreign 
body, setting up an inflammatory reaction, with exudation of leucocytes 
and the formation of many giant-cells. The paraffin gradually disap- 
pears and is replaced by fibrous connective tissue which presents a 
honeycombed appearance, the cavities representing the spaces formerly 
filled by the paraffin. 

Diagnosis. — Paraffinoma may at times resemble keloid or lupus 
vulgaris, but is usually much less firm than the former and does not 
present the small brownish-red nodules with ulceration which distin- 
guish the latter. Due regard being paid to the history, there is usually 
but little difficulty in recognizing the nature of the tumors. 

Treatment. — The mass should be thoroughly removed by excision, 
taking especial care to remove all the paraffin to prevent recurrences. 
The excision should be followed by X-ray treatment. 

LIPOMA 

Synonym. — Fatty tumor. 

Definition. — A new-growth composed of fat-tissue characterized by 
soft, usually somewhat elastic tumors of variable size. 

Symptoms. — Lipoma may occur as a solitary growth or as multiple 
tumors which are usually rather soft and elastic, sessile and indis- 
tinctly lobulated. They grow slowly and reach a size varying from a 
nut to the fist or even larger. The large tumors are commonly solitary 
and occasionally attached by a pedicle ; the multiple growths vary in 
size from a small nut to an tgg, but rarely reach the dimensions 
attained by the single tumors. Except in regions where they are 
exposed to constant pressure or friction they are painless and freely 



576 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

movable with the skin. The skin over them is in most cases normal, 
although in old lesions it may be somewhat pigmented. As a rule, 
after reaching a certain size they cease to grow, but in exceptional 
cases they may continue to enlarge indefinitely and eventually reach 
a size of several pounds. Instead of occurring as well-defined tumors, 
they may assume the shape of ill-defined diffuse infiltrations some- 
times of considerable extent, the result of the fusion of a number of 
smaller masses, a notable example of this form being the so-called 
"fatty neck" (Fig. 200). Although fatty tumors may occur on any 
portion of the body, the most frequent site is the back, the least fre- 
quent the scalp. 

In this connection mention may be made of the affection first 



L H ■: 







Fig. 200. — Lipoma. 

described by Dercum as " adiposa dolorosa," in which there are irregu- 
lar fatty deposits distributed over various parts of the body, sometimes 
symmetrically with marked debility, alterations of tactile and tem- 
perature sense, tenderness, and pain. In most instances the patients 
have been women in middle life. 

Etiology.— Lipoma is a disease of adults, occurring in most in- 
stances in middle-aged individuals, although a few examples of its 
congenital occurrence have been observed (Jacobi). Women are much 
more frequently affected than men, but the diffuse form is confined 
almost exclusively to the latter. In a few instances it seems to have 
been inherited (Murchison, Blaschko). 

Pathology. — The tumors are composed of fat-tissue which does 



NEW GROWTHS 577 

not differ essentially from that of the subcutaneous fat, although the 
cells are somewhat larger. They are surrounded by a fibrous capsule 
and divided into lobules by fibrous septa which contain the blood- 
vessels which supply the tumor. Occasionally fibrous tissue is present 
in considerable amount (fibrolipoma) and may contain calcareous or 
osseous deposits. In a small number of cases of multiple lipoma and 
in two cases of adiposa dolorosa, alterations of the thyroid gland were 
observed (in the latter, induration and calcification). 

Diagnosis. — The features which distinguish them from other neo- 
plasms are : their soft elastic quality, their lobulated structure, and 
their slow growth and painlessness. 

Prognosis. — Although they occasionally produce considerable dis- 
figurement or inconvenience when they are numerous or large, they 
are altogether without influence upon the patient's general condition. 
When subjected to long-continued pressure they may ulcerate. 

Treatment. — Large single tumors may be removed by excision. 
In multiple tumors Joseph recommends injections of absolute alcohol 
made directly into the tumor at several points, at intervals of a few 
days ; this is followed by softening of the fat which may then be 
evacuated by incision. 

DERMATOMYOMA 

Synonyms. — Myoma ; Leiomyoma ; Myoma levicellulare ; Fr., My- 
ome ; Ger., Myom. 

Definition. — A new-growth composed of unstriped muscle, situated 
in the corium, characterized by small solitary or multiple tumors. 

Symptoms. — Myoma is a rare neoplasm and may be solitary or 
multiple. The solitary form, the myome dartoique of Besnier, which 
is the more frequent, occurs as a small firm tumor which varies in size 
from a small nut to the fist, is sessile or pedunculated, is more or less 
vascular, and when irritated or exposed to changes of temperature 
exhibits some degree of contractility. Although usually painless, in 
exceptional cases it may be the seat of severe pain. In the great 
majority of the cases observed, the tumor was situated upon the breast, 
in the areola of the nipple, on the scrotum or the labia ; it has been 
seen, however, in other regions. 

Multiple myoma is characterized by a variable number of hemp-seed- 
to pea-sized, rarely larger, firm nodules embedded in the skin, pinkish 
or brownish-red in color. The number of lesions is usually limited, 
but in exceptional cases large numbers have been observed. While 
they frequently occur in irregular groups or patches, they, as a rule, 
exhibit no definite arrangement or distribution, and may be found 
on any portion of the body. At first painless, they after a time be- 
come sensitive, and in about one-half the cases are subject to par- 
oxysms of severe pain lasting from a few minutes to some hours, 
the pain appearing spontaneously or after exposure to cold. In the 
cases reported by Jarisch and Jadassohn, severe itching was like- 
37 



578 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

wise present along with the pain. The tumors grow very slowly, but 
rarely reach any considerable size, and after a time cease to grow; 
new tumors, however, continue to appear at irregular intervals. 

Etiology. — We are in complete ignorance of the cause of the mal- 
ady. Age and sex apparently exert little or no influence in its causa- 
tion. In the great majority of cases the tumors have appeared al- 
most imperceptibly, without any previous alteration of the skin; but 
in the case reported by Brigidi and Marcacci, swelling of the hands 
preceded the appearance of tumors in this region. Wolters has re- 
ported a case of multiple myoma in which the tumors appeared rather 
suddenly in a diabetic subject, but there seems to be some doubt as 
to the correctness of the diagnosis — the lesions were much like those 
of xanthoma. 

Pathology. — The tumors are situated in the reticular portion of 
the corium and are composed of interlacing bundles of smooth-muscle 
fibres and an abundant network of elastic tissue. The larger soli- 
tary tumors occasionally, in addition to muscle fibres, contain a con- 
siderable amount of fibrous tissue (fibromyoma), at times are very 
vascular (angiomyoma), or contain numerous dilated lymphatics 
(lymphangiomyoma). The small multiple tumors take their origin 
in the arreactores pilorum, while the solitary and larger growths orig- 
inate in the deeper muscular structures of the skin, such as the mus- 
cular coat of the vessels or the muscular fibres in the sudoriparous 
glands. 

Diagnosis.- — Dermatomyomata are to be distinguished chiefly from 
neurofibroma and neuroma, but the differential diagnosis can rarely, 
if ever, be positively made without the aid of a biopsy. 

Prognosis. — The affection is a benign one, but is likely to continue 
indefinitely, although both Jadassohn and Lukasiewicz observed partial 
spontaneous involution of the tumors. 

Treatment. — Small lesions may be destroyed by electrolysis ; for 
the larger ones excision is the only remedy. 

NEUROMA 

Synonyms. — Nerve tumor ; Fr., Nevrome ; Ger., Neurom. 

Definition. — A new-growth composed of connective tissue and 
nerve fibres situated in the corium and distinguished by multiple pain- 
ful tubercles and small tumors. 

Tumors made up of nerve tissue are occasionally found on the 
severed ends of nerves in amputation stumps or upon nerve trunks 
as nodules and fusiform swellings (plexiform neuroma), but as these 
are not situated in the skin we shall not consider them here. Neu- 
roma of the skin is an extremely rare affection, there being but two 
well-characterized examples in dermatological literature, viz., the cases 
of Duhring and Kosinski ; to these two cases may perhaps be added 
the case of extremely tender multiple tumors on the back of a woman 
presented by Cavafy before the Dermatological Society of London 



NEW GROWTHS 579 

in 1893. The cases of Duhring and Kosinski were characterized by 
multiple pea-sized and somewhat larger pinkish or slightly violace- 
ous, closely aggregated nodules and tumors situated in the one in- 
stance over the scapula, shoulder, and upper arm, in the other over 
the buttock and the posterior surface of the thigh. In both cases the 
lesions were at first painless, but after a time, three years in Duhring's 
case, they became very sensitive and subject to paroxysmal attacks 
of severe pain lasting several hours. 

Etiology. — The cause of the affection is altogether unknown. Duhr- 
ing's patient was a man in apparently good health, sixty years of age ; 
Kosinski's case occurred in a youth of sixteen. 

Pathology. — In both Duhring's and Kosinski's cases the tumors 
were found to contain both fibrous connective tissue and non-medu- 
lated nerve fibres, i.e., they were neurofibromata. In the former a 
careful dissection failed to discover any connection with the nerve 
trunks, although excision of a portion of the brachial plexus was fol- 
lowed by great, although temporary, relief. In the latter the tumors 
were found to be supplied with filaments from the small sciatic and 
external cutaneous nerves. 

Diagnosis. — Cutaneous neuroma is to be distinguished from plexi- 
form neuroma and from the affection described by Wood as "pain- 
ful subcutaneous tubercle." Both the latter are distinctly subcutaneous ; 
plexiform neuroma is situated along the trunks of nerves, while the 
subcutaneous tubercle, which is almost without exception solitary, 
occurs in the neighborhood of a joint. 

Treatment. — The only treatment which has proven effective is 
excision of a portion of the nerve supplying the affected region. As 
already observed, Duhring's patient obtained decided, although only 
temporary, relief from excision of a portion of the brachial plexus, 
the return of the pain being due to the union of the severed ends of 
the nerve, as shown at the autopsy. In Kosinski's case, immediate 
cessation of the pain followed resection of the small sciatic nerve, 
and the tumors almost completely disappeared. 

OSTEOMA CUTIS 

Synonym. — Osteosis cutis. 

In a few instances deposits of bone in the skin have been observed, 
either as flat plaques or more commonly as hard nodules, usually of 
small size. Examples have been reported by Salzer, Coleman (Sher- 
well's case), Pusey (case observed by Harris), Taylor and Mackenna, 
and Heidingsfeld. In most of the reported cases there was but a 
single tumor, and the overlying skin presented nothing abnormal, 
but in the case reported by Taylor and Mackenna there were nine 
or ten plaques and nodules scattered over the extremities, trunk, and 
scalp, over which the skin was purplish. In Harris' case the deposit 
was situated in a laparotomy scar, in Heidingsfeld's a nodule the size 
of a bean was present in a hairy nsevus on the chin. 



580 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

A positive diagnosis can only be made by excision and microscopic 
examination. 

The treatment is wholly surgical. 

XANTHOMA 

Synonyms. — Xanthelasma ; Vitiligoidea ; Fibroma lipomatodes ; 
Molluscum cholesterique ; Plaques jaunatres des paupieres (Rayer) ; 
Fr., Xanthome ; Ger., Xanthom. 

Definition. — A benign new-growth characterized by yellow nodules, 
tumors, flat plaques, and striae situated upon various parts of the skin. 

Three varieties of this affection are commonly recognized, viz., 
xanthoma planum, confined to the lids ; xanthoma tuberosum, and 
xanthoma diabeticorum. These, while resembling one another in 
a general way, differ sufficiently to require separate consideration. 

Xanthoma Planum ; Xanthoma Palpebrarum. — Symptoms. — This is 
a by no means infrequent affection, and consists of yellowish or chamois- 
colored patches situated upon the lids, usually upon the inner half, although 
the entire lid may be affected. It begins commonly at the inner canthus, 
as one or more quite small yellow spots, which slowly enlarge and coalesce 
until they may occupy the greater part or all of the surface. The skin 
is soft, smooth, and pliable, and apparently but little changed except in 
its color. Much less frequently the patches are decidedly infiltrated and 
project above the surface as flat nodules or elongated bands of a bright 
yellow or orange color. In a young woman under the author's care a few 
years ago a distinctly elevated bright-yellow band about 3 mm. wide occu- 
pied the free borders of both upper lids, producing a very bizarre 
disfigurement. The affection is always symmetrical; although it 
may begin on one side, both sides are eventually involved. The color, 
while in the great majority of cases some shade of yellow, may be 
whitish or may be quite dark or even brown. There are no subjective 
sensations, as a rule. 

Xanthoma Tuberosum. — Synonyms. — Xanthoma tuberculatum ; Xan- 
thoma tuberosum multiplex. 

Symptoms. — This variety of xanthoma, which is much less fre- 
quent than the preceding, indeed, a rare disease, is characterized by 
shot- to pea-sized nodules, and tumors varying in size from a nut 
to a small orange, usually a pronounced yellow in color, situated most 
frequently about the joints, such as the knuckles, elbows, and knees, 
but also on other parts of the limbs, trunk, and face. These nodules 
and tumors are usually firm and elastic, but are occasionally quite 
soft, and vary in numbers from two or three to scores. While usually 
scattered about discretely, they may be closely aggregated, forming 
nodular masses or plaques with uneven nodular surface, sometimes 
of considerable extent. Upon the palms and soles, especially the 
former, it occurs as yellow or chamois-colored somewhat elevated 



PLATE XXXIV 






Xanthoma tuberosum. 



— «*■ 



NEW GROWTHS 581 

bands situated in the normal furrows (Plate XXXIV). Nodules are 
occasionally found in the sheaths of the tendons and in the mucous 
membranes of the lips, gums, and in rare instances upon the con- 
junctiva. 

The course of the malady is usually slow ; new nodules may con- 
tinue to appear from time to time, while the old ones, after slowly 
increasing in size for a variable period, become stationary and undergo 
little or no change in their appearance for an indefinite period. Quite 
exceptionally spontaneous involution with the complete disappearance 
of the lesions has been observed. 

In a Very large proportion of cases — 50 to 75 per cent. — a more or 
less marked jaundice, the result of hepatic disease or obstruction of 
the biliary passages, precedes or accompanies the cutaneous affection. 
In children, however, in whom the disease is rare, jaundice is never 
present. 

Xanthoma Diabeticorum. — Symptoms. — This is much less frequent 
than either of the other forms of xanthoma and differs from them mate- 
rially in its symptoms and course. It is apt to appear rather suddenly as 
an eruption of dull-red papules, many of which have yellow tops, so that 
they resemble pustules somewhat, but they contain no fluid and are quite 
firm to the touch. The eruption varies much in the number of lesions 
and in its distribution. At times the papules are few in number and 
confined to the extremities, usually the extensor surfaces ; at other 
times they are extremely numerous and distributed over the greater 
part of the trunk, extremities, and face, but, unlike the other varieties, 
almost never upon the lids. Occasionally when the eruption is very 
abundant, the lesions may coalesce to form plaques of considerable ex- 
tent, and may be found in the mouth. There are usually some itching 
and burning, and at times these may be sufficiently pronounced to 
cause the patient considerable discomfort. In exceptional cases the 
yellow hue of the eruption is quite pronounced, as much so as in the 
nodular variety. 

After a duration varying from a few months to a year or two, the 
eruption usually disappears, sometimes within a very short time. In 
some cases it pursues a somewhat irregular course, the eruption com- 
ing and going, at times almost completely disappearing, then reap- 
pearing. 

In the great majority of cases, but not invariably, glycosuria is 
present, either continuously or intermittently. 

Etiology. — Xanthoma of the lids is somewhat more common in 
women than in men, according to Hutchinson, in the proportion of 
three to two. It is seen chiefly in adults, although it may in rare 
cases occur in children. A number of authors, among them Church, 
Fagge, Torok, have noted its occurrence in several members of the 
same family and in successive generations, so that it seems probable 



582 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

that heredity plays some part in its production. It has been observed 
in association with migraine, gout, uterine disease, and disease of 
the liver, but with the exception of the last-named the causal relation- 
ship of these to the affection is very doubtful. 

In xanthoma tuberosum, jaundice is present in so large a percent- 
age of cases that it can scarcely be doubted that there is an intimate 
relationship of some sort between the two diseases. Pinkus and Pick 
are of the opinion that a deposition of cholesterin-fatty-acid-ester, 
which is present in considerable quantity in the blood of patients with 
icterus and glycosuria, takes place in the connective tissue and endo- 
thelial cells, and that this is the essential characteristic of xanthoma; 
and Schmidt succeeded in demonstrating a considerable cholesteri- 
nsemia in xanthoma patients. Pollitzer and Wile believe it due to the 
irritative effects of cholesterol-fatty-acid-ester upon the connective 
tissue. It would seem that the causal relationship of this lipoid to 
the malady is pretty well established by these studies. 

Pathology. — Xanthoma is a connective-tissue hyperplasia accom- 
panied by a deposition of a peculiar fat-like substance in the con- 
nective-tissue cells, in the lymph spaces, and between the fibres of the 
corium, which gives to the lesions their characteristic yellow color. 
While many authors regard the several forms of the malady as prac- 
tically identical in their histological features, Unna, and still more 
recently Pollitzer, deny that xanthoma of the lids (xanthoma planum) 
is in any way related to the nodose form ; the latter regards it, not 
as a hyperplasia, but as a special form of fatty degeneration of the 
muscle fibres of the lids. In lid xanthoma the epidermis shows little 
or no change, but in the nodular variety it is at times somewhat 
thinned as the result of pressure from beneath by the growing tumor. 
In the derma are numerous peculiar large round and oval cells with 
a granular protoplasm and one or several round or oval nuclei arranged 
in elongated tracts or rounded " nests " situated between the collagenous 
fibres of the corium ; these, which are derived from the connective-tissue 
cells, are the so-called " xanthoma cells." Here and there large round 
multinuclear cells, xanthoma giant-cells, are scattered throughout the 
growth (Fig. 201). 

In xanthoma diabeticorum the histological changes are much more 
indicative of inflammation than in the other forms. There are peri- 
vascular collections of lymphoid, plasma, and connective-tissue cells 
along with xanthoma cells, the last being less numerous than in the 
nodular and plane varieties. 

The sweat- and sebaceous-glands and the elastic tissue are in all 
the forms practically unaffected. 

Diagnosis. — The symptoms of all the forms of xanthoma are usually 
so striking and characteristic that the diagnosis rarely, if ever, offers 
any difficulty. In children when the lesions are numerous and flat 
there may be a superficial resemblance to urticaria pigmentosa, but 
wheals are never present and the eruption is distinctly yellow. In 



NEW GROWTHS 



583 



xanthoma diabeticorum the yellow-topped papules and the presence 
of glycosuria are distinguishing features. 

Prognosis. — Xanthoma of the lids and xanthoma tuberosum usually 
last indefinitely; although a few cases of spontaneous disappearance 
of the latter have been reported, this is altogether exceptional. In 
xanthoma diabeticorum the outlook for eventual recovery is more 
favorable ; after lasting some months or years, the eruption usually 
disappears, but relapses may occur. 



*£»* 




Fig. 



-Xanthoma tuberosum. X, Large so-called "xanthoma cells." 



Treatment. — Painting the patches lightly with trichloracetic acid 
is often an effective method of dealing with xanthoma of the lids; 
the patches may also be destroyed by electrolysis, but relapses or a 
further extension of the disease is not at all infrequent after both these. 
In the nodular variety the larger lesions may be removed by excision 
or by applying a 25 per cent, plaster of salicylic acid, as recommended 
by Morrow. In xanthoma diabeticorum, a diet appropriate to the glyco- 
suria should be employed ; and when itching is a pronounced symptom, 
a lotion of phenol, 1 to 2 per cent., in water may be applied two or 
three times a day. 



584 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



PSEUDOXANTHOMA ELASTICUM 

Synonym. — Xanthoma elasticum. 

This rare affection, which was first described by Balzer, resembles 
xanthoma in some of its clinical features. It consists of yellowish 
macules and flat, slightly elevated nodules varying in size from a 
pin-head to a split pea, discrete or confluent, in the latter case form- 
ing variously sized patches. The lesions are symmetrically distrib- 
uted, most commonly in the subclavicular, axillary, and abdominal 
regions and in the flexures of the extremities, usually avoiding the 
regions commonly affected by xanthoma, although in one or two of 
the reported cases the face was slightly affected. In most cases it 
is unaccompanied by any subjective symptoms, although occasionally 
itching of a more or less pronounced character is present. In a series 
of fourteen cases recently collected by Herxheimer and Hell, the pa- 
tients were of all ages; although the majority were middle-aged, it 
likewise occurred in children and in the aged. 

Pathology. — The histopathology, which has been studied by Balzer, 
Darrier, Bodin, and others, who are in practical agreement as to the 
changes present, is quite characteristic, and is indicative of degenera- 
tion of the elastic tissue. Areas of granular material situated between 
the fibres of the corium are scattered through the derma, and these 
exhibit the staining reaction characteristic of elastin. The collagen 
fibres show no change. Bodin found in a case which he studied giant- 
cells situated at the periphery of the lesions near the vessels with 
the perithelial layer of which they seemed to be in relation. The 
affection is apparently closely related pathologically to colloid de- 
generation of the skin, if it is not identical with it. 

Diagnosis. — The affection is to be distinguished from xanthoma by 
the less yellow color of the lesions and by the locations affected, which, 
as already noted, are different from those of the former malady. 

Treatment. — The treatment is unsatisfactory. When the lesions 
are few and the patches small, painting them lightly with tricholora- 
cetic acid or electrolysis might be tried as in xanthoma planum. 

COLLOID DEGENERATION OF THE SKIN 

Synonyms. — Colloid milium ; Colloidoma miliare ; Hyaloma. 

Definition. — A benign neoplasm distinguished by pin-head-sized yel- 
low nodules resembling milium, situated for the most part upon the 
face. 

Symptoms.— This disease, which was first described by Wagner 
in 1886, under the misleading name "colloid milium," is a very infre- 
quent affection, not more than a score of cases having thus far been 
observed. 

It consists of numerous pin-head- to shot-sized, occasionally larger, 
discrete and confluent, translucent elevations varying in color from a 
bright lemon-yellow to a brownish yellow, situated mostly upon the face, 



PLATE XXXV 





Colloid degeneration of the skin. 



NEW GROWTHS 



585 



especially both malar eminences and over the bridge of the nose; less 
frequently the backs of the hands and the ears exhibit similar elevations. 
Owing to their translucency, they resemble vesicles in appearance, but they 
are quite firm to the touch, and when pricked no fluid escapes from them. 
After incision a pale yellowish material may be expressed resembling 
glycerin jelly. In exceptional cases the conjunctiva may be the seat of 
yellowish patches resembling pterygium, and in one case at least the 
mucous membrane of the lip was the seat of lesions like those upon the 
cheeks. The course of the affection is a chronic one ; in most of the cases 




Fig. 202. — Colloid degeneration of the skin, so-called colloid milium. C, colloid masses replacing the 
rete mucosum and papillary body of the corium. 



reported it had lasted for several years, showing but little change when 
once established. In a small number of instances, however, the lesions 
undergo spontaneous involution, and the entire disease may disappear 
completely in the course of a variable period of time. There are no 
subjective symptoms of any importance (Plate XXXV). 

Etiology.— The cause of colloid degeneration of the skin is un- 
known. In about one-half of the reported cases the patients were 
between forty and seventy years of age and had been much exposed 
to the weather, the skin exhibiting considerable pigmentation of the 



586 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

exposed parts upon which the disease was situated. Although so 
large a proportion of those affected were middle-aged or old, the 
malady is by no means confined to these, but may occur in children, 
one case having been observed in a boy nine years of age. 

Pathology. — The malady is a peculiar degeneration of the skin 
which results in the formation of a jelly-like material, colloid. Those 
who have studied the pathology and morbid anatomy of the malady 
differ somewhat in their views as to what tissues are affected and 
where the degeneration begins. Some, such as Jarisch and Pelizarri, 
believe it a degeneration of the elastic tissue chiefly, but the author's 
own studies lead him to agree with those who think both the collagen 
and elastin equally involved in the degeneration. The principal morbid 
changes are situated in the upper and middle portions of the corium. 
The papillary and subpapillary layers are entirely replaced by an amor- 
phous granular material which reacts to the various staining reagents 
in a manner characteristic of colloid (Fig. 202) ; the elastic tissue has 
either entirely disappeared or is in various stages of degeneration. 
Exceptionally the prickle-cells of the epidermis share in the colloid 
transformation, although, as a rule, the cellular elements exhibit a 
somewhat remarkable immunity. 

Diagnosis.— The peculiar yellow color of the lesions, their vesicle- 
like translucency, their situation upon the face, particularly over the 
zygoma and the bridge of the nose, the absence of subjective symp- 
toms, and the presence of a jelly-like material in their interior which 
may be readily expressed after incision, are features which will serve 
to distinguish it readily from other similar affections. 

Treatment. — The lesions may be removed by the curette, or, what 
is preferable, by electrolysis. In employing the latter method of 
treatment, the platinum or iridium needle attached to the negative 
pole is thrust into the centre of each lesion and a current of five to 
ten milliamperes allowed to flow for thirty to forty seconds. In a 
case under the author's observation the X-ray seemed to influence fa- 
vorably the affection, but the patient was quite irregular in his at- 
tendance, so that no definite conclusion could be drawn as to the 
real usefulness of this agent. 

ANGIOMA 

Definition. — A new-growth composed principally of blood-vessels. 

The angiomata vary greatly in size, structure, and mode of pro- 
duction. They may be arterial or venous or both ; they may consist 
of new-formed vessels or may arise from dilated preexisting ones ; 
or, what is frequently the case, both new-formed and dilated vessels 
are present in the growth. According to their clinical or histological 
peculiarities, they are commonly divided into a number of groups. 
Kaposi arranged them in four, viz., Telangiectasis, nsevus vascularis, 
angio-elephantiasis, and tumor cavernosus. Unna separates the vas- 
cular naevi from the angiomata proper because the former represent 



NEW GROWTHS 587 

a primary dilatation of the vessels and not a new growth of capil- 
laries, and, unlike the latter, do not increase in size. Although ad- 
mittedly much less accurate scientifically, they may for practical pur- 
poses be divided into two groups, viz., vascular nsevi, including under 
this term all vascular growths present at or appearing shortly after 
birth, and acquired growths, the telangiectases, and angioma caverno- 
sum which properly belongs to surgery rather than dermatology. 

NiEVUS VASCULARIS 

Synonyms. — Naevus vasculosus ; Naevus sanguineus ; Angioma sim- 
plex; Fr., Naevus vasculaire, Tache de feu; Ger., Gefassmal, Feuermal. 

Definition. — A vascular new-growth characterized by flat patches 
or variously sized tumors of red or violaceous color, in most instances 
congenital or appearing shortly after birth. 

Vascular nsevi present great variations in their size and appear- 
ance. The commonest variety is the so-called "port-wine stain" 
(ncevus Hammes, tache de feu, Gefassmal), which occurs as variouslv 
sized and shaped non-elevated, usually smooth patches which vary in 
color from pale pink to bright crimson or dull violaceous, the color 
depending upon the degree of vascularity and the depth at which the 
vessels are situated in the skin. They are usually present at birth 
and rarely show any increase in size, but in very exceptional cases 
they may extend considerably (Crocker). Instead of being smooth 
and non-elevated, they may be more or less raised and studded over 
with pin-head- to pea-sized red tumors or wart-like growths, some of 
which may be attached by a short slender pedicle. Crying, cough- 
ing, or straining, by increasing the amount of blood in the patches, 
makes them a deeper color ; by pressure the vessels may be completely 
emptied, leaving the skin slightly yellowish or faintly pigmented. 

This variety of nsevus is most frequently situated upon the face, 
the neck, and the extremities, and may be no larger than a coin or may 
cover the half or more of the face or the greater part of an extremity. 
Its most frequent site is the occipital region, where it occurs as a 
usually rather pale red stain just within the hair, sometimes extend- 
ing down upon the neck. According to Depaul, one-third of all 
new-born infants present a nsevus in this situation, and Unna observed 
it in from 10 to 20 per cent. The author's own observations fully 
confirm the frequency of its occurrence in this region. Another fre- 
quent site is the centre of the forehead between the eyes, where it 
forms a pale pink patch, which becomes a bright crimson when the 
infant cries; the less marked patches frequently disappear after some 
months. 

Somewhat less frequent than the foregoing are small red or purplish 
flat or hemispherical tumors varying in size from a pea to an English 
walnut or larger, with smooth or lobulated surface, situated on the 
face, scalp, or, less frequently, the extremities (angioma simplex, angi- 
oma glomeriiliforme, Unna). They are soft and compressible and 



588 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



may be more or less completely emptied of blood by moderate pres- 
sure, the blood returning slowly when the pressure is removed. Cough- 
ing or straining causes them to become turgescent, and occasionally 
they are pulsatile. They are usually congenital or appear a few weeks 
after birth, commonly continue to grow for some time after their 
appearance, and in infrequent cases reach extensive proportions, in- 
volving, it may be, the greater part of a limb, which is usually en- 
larged and irregularly lobulated (elephantiasis telangiectodes) (Fig. 
203). Occasionally they spontaneously ulcerate, and in this man- 
ner may be completely destroyed. In a case under the author's ob- 
servation an angioma of this variety occupying the whole of the 
upper arm of an infant a few months old was thus removed in the 
course of two or three months and replaced by an extensive scar. 







i 






-••...;'-•: 



Fig. 203. — Na2vus vascularis occupying the hand, forearm and a part of the upper arm. 

Etiology. — The causes of vascular naevi are extremely obscure. 
They occur much more frequently in females than in males, accord- 
ing to Gessler, in the proportion of two to one. Virchow believed 
that they occurred most frequently in the region of the embryonic 
branchial clefts, probably as the result of some slight irritation during 
the development of the foetus. Unna thinks it likely that they are 
the result of continued pressure on certain regions by the mother's 
bony pelvis during intrauterine life. The popular notion that they 
are due to prenatal maternal impressions lacks trustworthy evidence. 

Pathology. — In nsevus flammeus ("port-wine stain"), the middle 
and upper portions of the corium are occupied by numerous tortuous 
and dilated capillaries lined by flat epithelium. In simple angioma, 
which, as already remarked, Unna separates from the vascular naevi, 
although it is practically always congenital, the tumor is made up 



NEW GROWTHS 589 

of new-formed and dilated arterial capillaries, most abundant in the 
neighborhood of the hair-follicles and suboriparous glands. 

Diagnosis. — The vascular character of the growth is usually so 
apparent, even on superficial examination, that the diagnosis may 
be made very readily. The faint naevi which are so common in the 
occipital region may in infants be mistaken for patches of mild der- 
matitis, but a careful examination will soon rectify this error. 

Prognosis. — The port-wine mark is of importance only because of 
the very great disfigurement which it causes when at all extensive ; 
it never occasions the patient any physical discomfort and seldom in- 
creases after birth, although it may do so in exceptional cases. The 
simple angioma may occasionally be the seat of hemorrhage, but 
rarely profuse enough to endanger the infant's life. It not infre- 
quently, however, continues to grow for some time after birth, and 
may at times reach extensive proportions. As already noted, in a 
small number of cases spontaneous ulceration occurs, and may totally 
destroy it in the course of a few months. 

Treatment. — Many methods of treatment have been employed for 
the removal of port-wine stain, but none of them has proven entirely 
satisfactory. Radiotherapy probably gives the most satisfactory re- 
sults from the cosmetic point of view. The use of radium, as advo- 
cated by Wickham and Degrais, frequently removes the stain with 
scarcely perceptible scarring ; and much the same results may occa- 
sionally be obtained by exposure to the X-ray. The latter should 
be used with caution, however, lest atrophy of the skin or disfiguring 
telangiectases result. When the patches are small, freezing by solid 
carbon dioxide or by liquid air sometimes gives satisfactory results, 
but care must be taken not to freeze the parts too deeply, otherwise 
disfiguring scarring will follow. The " snow " should be applied for 
ten to twenty seconds with only moderate pressure. The patches may 
also be destroyed by electrolysis, using an irido-platinum needle 
attached to the negative pole and a current of three to five milliam- 
peres. Numerous punctures are made in the patch a short distance 
apart, allowing the current to act for twenty to thirty seconds. The 
method is extremely tedious and is suitable only for small patches. 
When used wuth judgment, the high-frequency spark may be em- 
ployed with excellent effect, but this, too, is best adapted to patches 
of moderate extent. 

Angiomata may be destroyed by electrolysis, by caustics, by the 
galvano- or thermo-cautery, by freezing with liquid air, or solid carbon 
dioxide, and by radiotherapy ; and the choice of any one of these 
will depend largely upon the size, number, and situation of the growths. 
Lesions of moderate size .may often be successfully dealt with by 
freezing with solid carbon dioxide, the amount of pressure employed 
and the length of the application being regulated by the size of the 
tumor. Thirty to forty seconds with moderately firm pressure are 
usually sufficient in the smaller growths. When the crust falls, the 



590 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

freezing may be repeated if the first one has not been sufficient to com- 
pletely destroy the lesion. They may also be destroyed by electrolysis, 
inserting both needles in the growth at various points, taking care 
that they do not touch, using a current of from ten to twenty mil- 
liamperes; both needles should be irido-platinum or gold-plated to 
avoid the staining which occurs at the positive pole when steel is 
used. This is often an effective method, but it is painful and there- 
fore requires an anaesthetic. One of the most satisfactory methods 
of treatment, when the growths are situated upon the face and of 
moderate size, is by radium. In a case under the author's observa- 
tion a few years ago, in which the tumor was situated upon the lip 
of a six-months-old infant, this agent was employed with the most 
satisfactory results. 

TELANGIECTASIS 

Definition. — Permanent dilatation and new formation of cutaneous 
capillaries usually occurring in circumscribed areas. 

Symptoms. — While, strictly speaking, the term "telangiectasis" 
should be applied only to dilated capillaries, it is also used to desig- 
nate certain vascular affections characterized by new-formed as well 
as dilated capillaries. 

Capillary dilatation very frequently occurs in connection with cer- 
tain diseases of the skin of an inflammatory or other nature, such 
as acne rosacea, lupus erythematosus, circumscribed scleroderma, 
xeroderma pigmentosum, radiodermatitis, and cicatrices resulting from 
injury or disease. In acne rosacea the dilated vessels are situated 
for the most part upon the nose, particularly the alse, upon the malar 
eminences, and are usually associated with papules and pustules, the 
usual inflammatory lesions of that affection ; or the telangiectases 
may occur in these regions unaccompanied by eruption, particularly 
in those who are much exposed to the weather. The author has in 
a few instances observed patches made up of very fine capillaries upon 
the sides of the neck in women much addicted to outdoor sports, 
which gave rise to considerable disfigurement. 

In recent years most extensive telangiectasis has been frequently 
observed as the consequence of X-ray dermatitis. While it is most 
common after ulceration, in the scar, it may also occur without any 
destruction of the skin when X-ray treatment has been prolonged 
over a considerable period. 

Not very infrequently intrathoracic or intra-abdominal disease is 
associated with arborescent patches of vessels on the sides of the 
thorax and at the borders of the ribs, owing to interference with the 
local circulation. Hyde has called attention to the occasional occur- 
rence of telangiectases with Graves's disease. 

As an independent affection, telangiectasis may occur as small 
stellate patches with a small red dot in the centre, from which radiate 
a number of fine, somewhat tortuous and branched vessels, a variety 
known as spider nccvus, ncuvus araneus, spider cancer. It occurs 



NEW GROWTHS 591 

somewhat more frequently in children than in adults, usually as a 
single patch, although there may be several and in rare instances 
many patches. Crocker observed a case in which the lower two- 
thirds of the face and the forearms and hands were covered, and a 
still more extensive case has been recorded by Mandelbaum. The 
most common situation is the face, although it occasionally occurs 
upon the trunk. Occasionally the patches disappear spontaneously 
after a time, but as a rule they continue indefinitely. 

A form frequently observed in elderly and old individuals occurs 
as pin-head- to split-pea-sized crimson or purple flat elevations situated 
more frequently upon the trunk than elsewhere, although sometimes 
seen upon the face (ncuvus sanguineus, papillary varices). 

As "inherited hemorrhagic telangiectasis," Osier has described an 
affection characterized by numerous telangiectases situated in the 
skin and mucous membranes associated with frequent and at times 
severe or even dangerous hemorrhage. The disease exhibits a mark- 
edly familial character, two or more members of the family being af- 
fected. Although rare, Gjessing, who has recently reported a marked 
example, was able to collect from the literature nineteen families in 
which the malady had been observed. 

Etiology. — As already noted, dilatation and the new formation of 
cutaneous capillaries are frequent concomitants of a number of in- 
flammatory diseases of the skin and of circulatory troubles associated 
with visceral disease. In the generalized forms it seems probable, 
as Stokes has recently suggested, that syphilis, plumbism, alcoholism, 
and other forms of toxaemia play an important role in the production 
of the affection. In the malady described by Osier, heredity is ap- 
parently the most important etiological factor. 

Treatment. — The most effective and convenient method of deal- 
ing with telangiectases occurring in limited areas is to destroy them 
by electrolysis. A needle attached to the negative pole is thrust 
through the vessels at a number of points in their course, and a 
current of two or three milliamperes allowed to act for ten to twenty 
seconds; this is soon followed by blanching and occlusion of their 
lumen. In the stellate telangiectases (spider nsevus), the needle should 
be inserted in the central dot ; a single puncture is usually sufficient, 
but if it fails to occlude all the vessels the little operation may be re- 
peated after four or five days. In the inherited hemorrhagic telangiec- 
tasia the bleeding vessels may be destroyed by cauterization, as ad- 
vised by Osier. In the very extensive forms but little can be done 
in the way of their removal. 

ANGIOMA SERPIGINOSUM 
Synonyms. — Infective angioma; Nsevus lupus (Hutchinson). 
Definition. — A disease of uncertain nature distinguished by spread- 
ing patches of bright-red puncta. 

Symptoms. — This affection is of decidedly rare occurrence, some 
twenty-five cases only having been reported since Hutchinson first 



592 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

called attention to it in 1890. It is distinguished by annular, cres- 
centic, or retiform patches of bright-red dots, " like grains of cayenne 
pepper," some of which are slightly elevated, which very slowly but 
steadily spread in all directions. From time to time new dots appear 
beyond the borders of the patches, the "infective satellites" of Hutch- 
inson, which become the starting point for new patches. In this man- 
ner the disease gradually extends until it occupies considerable areas ; 
in exceptional cases, such as, for example, the one recently reported 
by Wise, the greater part of the cutaneous surface may be affected. 
While the patches usually exhibit a more or less noticeable circinate 
or retiform arrangement, they may be without any definite configura- 
tion and may be associated with areas of diffuse redness in which no 
dots are visible. In a few cases there was slight desquamation, and 
in others slight atrophy of the skin and scarring occurred. The course 
of the malady is a slowly progressive one, the patches enlarging al- 
most imperceptibly ; occasionally it comes to a standstill for a time 
and then advances again ; or it may slowly disappear, leaving the 
skin quite normal in appearance. In a few cases moderate itching 
was noted, but, as a rule, there are no subjective symptoms worthy 
of note. 

Etiology. — Nothing is known concerning its causation. Neither 
age nor sex seems to have any influence upon its occurrence ; it has 
been observed at all periods of life between infancy and sixty years 
of age. In a considerable proportion of cases it was associated with 
some form of vascular nsevus, either originating in or near such a 
lesion. 

Pathology. — In White's case Bowen and Councilman found feat- 
ures characteristic of angiosarcoma. Cells of young connective-tissue 
type were found along the vessels, the capillaries were dilated, and 
there was proliferation of the endothelium and the perithelium. Dar- 
rier, who also examined the case, practically agreed with the findings 
of Bowen and Councilman and suggested the name " reticulated angio- 
plasty sarcoma" for it. In a study of the histopathology of the very 
extensive case reported by Wise, already referred to, Pollitzer found 
a progressive infiltration about the vessels in circumscribed areas in 
the papillary and subpapillary portions of the corium, with prolifera- 
tion of the capillaries. The elastic tissue was unchanged. In the 
epidermis there were secondary changes, such as marked inter- and 
intra-cellular cedema. He did not regard the case as an angioma, but as 
a low-grade inflammation affecting primarily the capillary areas of the 
papillary and subpapillary regions. 

Diagnosis. — The affection is to be differentiated from certain forms 
of vascular nsevus, from telangiectases, and from the affection de- 
scribed by Majocchi as "purpura annularis telangiectodes." From 
nsevus it is distinguished by the annular or retiform arrangement of 
the patches and their steady extension ; in telangiectases the vessels 
are usually clearly visible and usually present a stellate arrangement ; 







. 



.. J 



Fig. 204. — Xsevus pigmentosus. 



NEW GROWTHS 



593 






i 



from the last-named disease it differs by the absence of purpuric patches 
and its occurrence upon regions other than the legs. 

Prognosis. — The malady usually persists for long periods and 
steadily invades new areas, although it may in exceptional cases cease 
to spread and may even disappear. 

Treatment. — Treatment is unsatisfactory. Small patches may be 
destroyed by electrolysis, larger ones by the galvanocautery, but it 
is apt to reappear at the margins of the scar. In view of the well- 
known effect of the X-ray upon vascular tissues, it might be worth 
while to try this agent. 

N^VUS PIGMENTOSUS 

Synonyms. — Mole ; Pigmentary mole ; Fr., Nsevus pigmentaire ; 
Ger., Fleckenmal, Linsenmal. 

Definition. — A circumscribed increase in the cutaneous pigment 
frequently associated with an increase of some of the other elements 
of the skin, usually congenital, 
but also appearing some time 
after birth. 

Symptoms. — The pigmented 
nsevi present great variation in 
their color, size, shape, num- 
bers, and arrangement. They 
vary in color from a pale cafe- 
au-lait to a dark brown or black. 
They may be no larger than a 
pin-head, are frequently as large 
as a coin, and in exceptional 
cases may cover a considerable 
part of the body. They are 
usually round or oval, but are 
often irregular in outline and 
vary in number from a single 
lesion, which is unusual, to 
scores or even hundreds scat- 
tered about on various parts of 
the skin, in most cases with- 
out any definite arrangement, 
but sometimes arranged in 
lines. By far the commonest 
form occurs as one or more 
smooth patches of variable size (Fig. 204) and shape, of varying shades 
of brown, little or not at all elevated above the surrounding parts 
( ncevus spilus) ; they may be more or less elevated, with a somewhat 
uneven, wart-like surface (ncevus verrucosus) (Fig. 205) ; or they 
may be distinctly papillomatous in appearance (ncevus papillomatosus). 
In many instances, in addition to the increase in the pigment, there is 
38 




T "•'-•'• r 



<S£? 



Fig. 205.— N 



aevus pigmemosus. 



594 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



a more or less abundant growth of hair, which may be thick and 
dark, or fine and colorless (nevus pilosus) (Fig. 206). Much less fre- 
quently the pigmentary changes are accompanied by an increase in 
the fatty and connective tissues, forming soft tabulated growths, 
sometimes of considerable size (ncevus lip omat odes). While the vast 
majority of pigmented nsevi are of moderate size, seldom exceeding 



"A 




Fig. 206. — Hairy naevus (nsevus pilosus). 

an inch or two in diameter, in rare cases they may cover a considerable 
part of the body, as in the so-called " bathing-trunk " nsevus, in which 
the lower part of the trunk, the hips, and the upper part of the thighs 
are covered by a pigmented, frequently hairy, growth. 

In rare instances they exhibit a marked linear arrangement, occur- 
ring as one or more bands or lines, sometimes of considerable lengthy 



NEW GROWTHS 



595 




composed of shot- to pea-sized, smooth, or more frequently horny 
elevations, limited, as a rule, but not invariably, to one side of the body 
{nccvus unius lateris, linear ncevus, nerve ncuvus, systematized nccvus). 
In a case of this kind recently under the author's observation in the 
Philadelphia Hospital, a band of 
small wart-like lesions extended 
down the posterior surface of the 
right thigh, following roughly 
the course of the sciatic nerve 
(Fig. 207). 

Etiology. — Pigmented naevi 
are extraordinarily common ; in- 
deed, there are very few, if any, 
individuals who do not possess 
one or more of them. They are 
somewhat more frequent in 
women than in men and are 
usually congenital, although 
there is but little doubt that they 
also appear after birth, even some 
years after. 

Pathology. — In the smooth 
naevi the epidermis shows but lit- 
tle change beyond an increase in 
pigment in the lower cells (Fig. 
208) ; in those with warty surface 
there is more or less hyperkera- 
tosis. The papillary and subpapil- 
lary portions of the corium are 
occupied by nests and columns of 
round cells resembling the epithe- 
lial cells of the rete, but smaller 
and without prickles, with large 
centrally situated vesicular nuclei. 
Except in the deeper portions of 
the corium they are closely packed 
together without any intercellular 
substance and contain brown gran- 
ular pigment (melanin), which 
Ehrmann believes they obtain 
from certain other pigment-bear- 
ing cells which he calls " melano- 
blasts." The great majority of the 
cells contain but a single nucleus, but a few, larger than those already 
described, are multinucleated (naevus giant-cells). Demievill and 
von Recklinghausen believed the naevus cells to be endothelial, hav- 
ing their origin in the endothelium of the blood vessels and lym- 




*'■■''# 



^1 



Fig. 207. — Naevus unius lateris. 



596 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



phatics ; but the more recent studies of Unna, Gilchrist, W. S. Fox, 
and others seem to have established their epithelial character and 
epidermal origin. Fox, however, believes that certain nsevi in which 
the typical nsevus arrangement of the cells is absent, may be of meso- 
blastic origin. The author is very decidedly in agreement with the 
view that they are epithelial growths, and that therefore the pig- 
mented malignant neoplasms which occasionally originate in them 
are carcinoma and not sarcoma. 

The histological changes found by various observers in linear nsevus 








Fig. 208. 



-Flat, smooth pigmented nsevus. The corium is filled with large spindle-shaped and branch- 
ing cells containing brown pigment. 



have been by no means uniform ; indeed, they differ so much that it 
is difficult to believe that they have all been describing the same 
affection. In one of the two cases examined by Unna there was little 
beyond some hypertrophy of the prickle layer of the epidermis, with 
some hyperkeratosis ; in the other there were evidences of inflamma- 
tion, the lesion resembling histologically a papule of eczema (Fig. 209). 
A number of theories have been proposed to explain the peculiar 
distribution of linear nsevus. Barensprung, who first directed atten- 
tion to the subject, thought they followed the nerves, hence the term 



NEW GROWTHS 



597 



"nerve naevus" sometimes applied to them. Other theories are that 
they follow the blood-vessels ; the lines of cleavage of the skin ; the 
lines which bound the several nerve areas (Voigt's lines) ; that their 
distribution is metameric, and, lastly, that they follow the embryonic 
sutures ; none of these, however, fits all the cases. Montgomery be- 
lieves that the last is the most satisfactory. 

Diagnosis. — Their usually congenital origin and their general ap- 
pearance are so distinctive in most cases that the diagnosis is usually 
made with ease. 




Pig. 209. — Naevus unius lateris. Interpapillary processes of the rete mucosum greatly elongated; num- 
erous connective-tissue cells in the papillas of the corium. Section from case shown in Fig. 207. 

Prognosis. — In the great majority of cases naevi remain stationary 
after their appearance, but they occasionally become darker and more 
hairy with years ; in exceptional cases they increase in size. At times 
when situated in regions where they are subject to constant irrita- 
tion or frequent injury, as in the face where they are frequently cut 
in shaving, or less frequently spontaneously, they undergo malignant 
degeneration. Growths of this kind (nsevocarcinoma) are among the 
most rapidly fatal of all the malignant neoplasms. 

Treatment. — Small, flat, hairless or downy lesions may be readily 
and conveniently destroyed by freezing with solid carbon dioxide. 



598 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Those containing stiff hairs usually diminish greatly in size or even 
disappear after removal of the hairs by electrolysis. This method 
may also be employed to remove the larger lesions. The needle should be 
thrust repeatedly into the naevus parallel with the surface of the skin, and 
the current allowed to act until the overlying skin turns white ; when 
the crust falls, after a week or ten days, the operation may be re- 
peated if necessary. They may also be removed by caustics, one of 
the most satisfactory being trichloracetic acid. This should be painted 
over the lesion until it turns white, repeating the application after the 
falling of the crust as often as may be necessary. In large hairy nsevi 
the X-ray, either alone or combined with freezing by carbon dioxide, 
may be used (Ormsby). When nsevi which have been irritated or 
injured exhibit the slightest signs of growth, they should be excised 
at once, making sure that every portion is removed. 

CARCINOMA CUTIS 

Carcinoma may occur in the skin either as a primary or as a second- 
ary affection, in the latter case spreading from adjacent organs or 
tissues or reaching the skin through metastasis from a focus more 
or less remote. Primary carcinoma, which is more frequent than 
the secondary form, and the one with which the dermatologist is 
chiefly concerned, presents a number of varieties which differ from 
one another in their clinical symptoms, course, and histopathology. 

EPITHELIOMA 

Synonyms. — Epithelial cancer ; Cancer of the skin ; Cancroid ; Ro- 
dent ulcer. 

Definition. — An epithelial new-growth characterized by destructive 
ulceration and a marked tendency to recurrence after removal. 

For purposes of description, epithelioma (Plate XXXVI) may be 
divided into two varieties — the flat or superficial, and the deep or 
infiltrating ; but it should be kept in mind that this is a somewhat arbi- 
trary division and that often no sharp line can be drawn between these 
two forms, since the superficial variety may after a time invade the 
deeper tissues. 

Flat or superficial epithelioma may begin in a variety of ways. It 
frequently commences as a dirty yellow or brownish pea- to finger- 
nail-sized scaly or horny patch, senile keratosis, situated most fre- 
quently upon the face, occasionally upon the neck, the external ear, or 
back of the hands. Such patches frequently show but little change 
for years beyond a slight increase in thickness, but sooner or later 
the skin about the edges of the crust becomes slightly reddened, and 
when the crust is forcibly removed a shallow ulcer with a finely 
granular surface is revealed, which slowly but steadily grows in cir- 
cumference, but usually remains comparatively shallow. 

It may begin as a small pinkish, opaque, or bluish-white, partly 
translucent nodule, or two or three small confluent nodules, which 



PLATE XXXVI 




Epithelioma. 



NEW GROWTHS 



599 



very slowly increases in size, and after a year or two, or it may be 
many years, begins to ulcerate, the ulcer being sharp-cut with slightly 
infiltrated "bead-like" border. This form of ulcer was first described 
by Jacob of Dublin, hence sometimes called Jacob's ulcer, but it is 
better known, especially in England, as rodent ulcer. This form is 
frequently very superficial, but it steadily advances and in the course 
of years may produce the most extensive destruction, destroying in 
its progress not only the soft tissues, but bone and cartilage. (Fig. 210.) 








Fig. 210. — Epithelioma (.rodent ulcer). 

Under the name "crateriform ulcer," Sir Jonathan Hutchinson de- 
scribed some years ago a variety of epithelioma resembling in some 
of its features rodent ulcer, but differing from it in the much more 
rapid course which it pursues, in the greater depth of the ulcer, and 
the eventual implication of the lymphatic glands. This form may 
develop from the ordinary so-called rodent ulcer or it may occur as 
a primary lesion. 

An unusual form of flat epithelioma to which Danlos first directed 
attention, and for which I suggested a few years ago the name 



600 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

"morphcea-like epithelioma," begins as a small rounded or oval yel- 
lowish or yellowish-pink, sometimes atrophic, at other times slightly 
infiltrated, patch, the borders of which are traversed by numerous fine 
vessels ; after a variable duration, ulceration occurs, usually beginning 
at the border of the patch. (Figs. 211 and 212.) 

Occasionally epithelioma begins as a small wart-like or papillo- 
matous nodule with an infiltrated base, which slowly increases in size, 
the papillae enlarging until a cauliflower-like vascular growth is pro- 
duced. After a variable time the centre of the papilloma ulcerates, 
and a round, oval, or irregularly shaped ulcer is produced with firm 
infiltrated base and border. The lesion, while usually sessile, may 
have a distinct pedicle. Although superficial in the early stages, these 
growths after a time commonly extend to the deeper tissues, and 
the neighboring lymphatic glands become involved in the cancerous 




Fig. 211. — Morphoea-like epithelioma. Yellowish- white patch with small point of 
ulceration at border. 

process. In a certain proportion of cases the papillomatous epithelioma 
is a development of the flat variety, the papilloma developing either 
before or after ulceration. 

The deep-seated or infiltrating form of epithelioma may be the 
sequel of the superficial form, or it may begin as an intradermic 
or subcutaneous nodule which steadily increases in size until it 
reaches the dimension of a small nut, when softening and ulcera- 
tion occur. The resulting ulcer is seated upon an extensively infil- 
trated base and its edges are firm and thick. The ulcer rapidly ex- 
tends in circumference and depth, and involvement of the lymphatic 
glands is apt to occur early. 

While in most cases the lesions of epithelioma are single, it not 
uncommonly happens that there are two or more, multiple lesions 
being especially common in that variety which follows senile kera- 



NEW GROWTHS 



601 



tosis and in the cancers which occur in the workers in tar, paraffin, 
and similar substances. 

The course pursued by the flat or superficial varieties of epi- 
thelioma is usually a very prolonged one ; they may exist for years 
as quite insignificant lesions, as many as ten, fifteen, or twenty years 
before they produce any considerable degree of ulceration. Event- 
ually, however, extensive destruction of the skin is produced unless 
the progress of the disease is stayed by treatment. In the cases in which 
infiltration begins, however, the lesion loses its comparatively benign 
character and becomes rapidly destructive. 

The deep forms pursue a much more rapid course than the superficial 




Fig. 212. — Morphcea-like epithelioma, side of thorax. 



and may cause extensive destruction of tissue in the course of a few 
months.* 

The superficial variety of epithelioma is situated, in the largest 
proportion of cases, upon the face, usually in the upper half, this 
being especially true of the variety known as rodent ulcer, the favorite 
sites being the cheek, the inner canthus, and the nose. Less fre- 
quently it occurs upon the neck, the ear, and the hands. The trunk, 
while not immune, is much less frequently attacked. 

The lower lip is a frequent site, the lesion beginning as a super- 
ficial erosion, fissure, or small nodule which eventually undergoes 

* Implication of the lymphatic glands and metastases are very infrequent in the 
superficial variety, while these always occur sooner or later in the deep forms. 



602 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ulceration. While often, although by no means always, of the super- 
ficial type in the beginning, infiltration of the deeper tissues occurs 
sooner or later with involvement of the lymphatic glands beneath 
the jaw. In this situation epithelioma is frequently the sequel of a 
long-standing leukoplakia. 

N^EVOCARCINOMA 

Pigmented nsevi may undergo cancerous change, giving rise to 
a form of cutaneous cancer which presents a number of special clin- 
ical and histological features. As the result of traumatism, often 
slight, or from some unknown cause, the nsevus begins to increase in 
size and after a variable time, usually short, ulceration takes place, 
speedily followed by enlargement of the neighboring lymphatic glands, 
the appearance of secondary nodules in the immediate neighborhood 
of the primary lesion, or at points some distance from it, and shortly 
by widespread metastases. The color of the primary and secondary 
growths, according to the amount of pigment in them, varies from 
a light brown to a slaty blue or black, and the degree of malignancy 
seems to be in direct proportion to the amount of pigment present. 
This represents one of the most malignant and rapidly fatal of all the 
forms of cancer. Recurrence promptly follows its removal, metastases are 
usually numerous and widespread, and it runs a rapidly fatal course. 

CARCINOMA LENTICULARE 

or lenticular cancer is usually a secondary form, although it may 
exceptionally occur as a primary affection. It is in most cases sec- 
ondary to cancer of the female breast, and occurs as discrete and 
confluent, shot- to pea-sized and larger, pinkish or red, very firm 
nodules seated in the skin, usually over the anterior and lateral re- 
gions of the chest. With the progress of the disease the nodules in- 
crease in number and size, are thickly crowded together, and in some 
instances coalesce to form an extensive sheet of dense infiltration 
with a red or purplish, uneven surface, which may encase the chest so 
firmly as to interfere with the movements of respiration, the so-called 
cancer en cuirasse. In the course of some months softening and ul- 
ceration of the nodules take place, extensive ulcers are formed, vis- 
ceral metastases occur, followed by cachexia and death. In excep- 
tional cases the nodules are disseminated over a wide area, as in 
the cases reported by Morrow and Pollitzer, and may appear some 
distance away from the primary focus. In a case under the author's 
observation some years ago a nodule was found on the back beneath 
the scapula, the primary focus being in the breast. Owing to block- 
ing of the lymph channels and consequent interference with the cir- 
culation of the lymph, the arm of the affected side is sometimes enor- 
mously swollen. The glands in the axilla are likewise more or less 
enlarged. The disease is usually accompanied by pain of a stabbing 
or burning character ; or in exceptional cases severe itching is a pro- 
nounced and distressing symptom, as in the case reported by Pollitzer, 
already referred to. 



NEW GROWTHS 603 

CARCINOMA TUBEROSUM 
or tuberose cancer of the skin is a rare form and is usually secondary 
to cancer in some other region, although it sometimes occurs as the 
primary disease. It begins as deep-seated intrademic or subcutaneous 
nodules, which grow with more or less rapidity until they reach the size 
of a nut or an egg, the skin over them becoming red or purplish as 
they approach the surface. After some months, softening and ulcera- 
tion take place and invasion of the viscera is not uncommon. The 
number of nodules present may be considerable, and when numerous 
and closely aggregated they may form large nodular masses. The 
affection usually runs a rapidly fatal course. 

Etiology. — Cancer of the skin, like other forms of the malady, is 
a disease of middle and advanced age ; it is very infrequent before 
thirty years of age and most common after fifty, although in rare cases 
it has been observed in young subjects. Some years ago the author 
saw a rodent ulcer in a boy fourteen years of age, and quite recently 
Sequeira has reported an example of the same affection in a boy 
twelve years old. It is about twice as frequent in males as in females. 
While heredity is no longer believed to play the prominent role for- 
merly attributed to it in the causation of cancer, yet the disease seems 
to occur with unusual frequency in certain families, and recent experi- 
mental studies in the lower animals, such as mice, seem to support 
the view that heredity exerts a direct influence upon its incidence. 

Many of its features suggest the possibility of its infectious origin, 
but all attempts to demonstrate an infecting organism have thus far 
failed, although its discovery has been repeatedly announced. 

The number of cases in which epithelioma has followed directly 
upon and at the site of a wound is so considerable that it is diffi- 
cult to deny a causal influence to traumatism. The author has seen 
so many instances of this that he is fully convinced of the relationship 
between the two. 

Long-continued irritation, whether of a mechanical or chemical; 
kind, or such as results from certain chronic inflammations of the skin, 
is one of the most powerful of the causes which predispose to the 
malady. Examples of this are to be seen in the epithelioma of the 
lower lip which occurs in smokers, in the so-called chimney-sweep's 
cancer resulting from the irritation produced by soot, and in the 
closely related variety which occurs in workers in paraffin and tar. 

It occasionally follows lupus vulgaris and lupus erythematosus, 
more particularly the former, and occurs in a certain proportion of 
cases in cicatrices, especially those which follow burns. Maxwell 
states that epithelioma is unusually frequent in the Vale of Cashmere, 
a large proportion of the cases occurring upon the abdominal walls 
and thighs, in the scars of burns produced by a small charcoal brazier, 
" Kangri," which the natives are in the habit of carrying beneath their 
clothes, rilled with burning charcoal. 



604 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Senile and other forms of keratosis, such as cutaneous horns and 
especially arsenical keratosis, frequently serve as the starting points 
for epithelioma. 

The dermatitis which follows long-continued or frequently repeated 
exposure to the sun's rays and the X-ray may be followed by cutane- 
ous cancer. 

Pathology. — Carcinoma is an epithelial neoplasm which may have 
its origin in any epithelial tissue. In the skin it may arise from the 
Malpighian layer, from the basal-cell layer of the epidermis, or from 
the columnar cells which line the hair-follicle and sweat glands. 

Epithelioma may be divided into two classes according to the 
type of cell present. In one the growth is composed of squamous 
epithelium derived from the Malpighian layer ; in the other it is made 
up of columnar-celled epithelium derived from the basal-cell layer 
of the epidermis, from the cells of the hair-follicles, or from the sweat 
glands. In the squamous-celled type lobulated masses and branching 
tracts of squamous epithelium still retaining traces of the prickles 
grow down into the corium from the epidermis. In the centre of 
many of the lobules are peculiar bodies composed of concentrically 
arranged flattened horny epithelial cells, the so-called "cell-nests" or 
"pearly bodies." Many of the cells undergo degeneration, which trans- 
forms them into large round or oval bodies with a thick homogeneous 
or sometimes laminated wall and a central cavity containing one or 
several nuclei. Such cells were at one time thought to be protozoa, 
but this was soon disproved. Cell-inclusions are frequently seen, the 
result of endogenous cell-formation. 

This form is found typically in epithelioma of the lip, in that which 
follows senile and other keratoses, and in the tar and paraffin cancers. 

In the basal-celled form (Fig. 213), of which rodent ulcer may 
be taken as the type, long, branching, cylindrically shaped processes 
composed of small, columnar or cylindrical epithelial cells with scanty 
protoplasm extend down into the corium. Sometimes these exhibit 
a retiform arrangement or many form alveoli. The peculiar bodies 
known as "pearly bodies" and the forms of hyaline degeneration 
common in the squamous-cell variety are absent as a rule, but degen- 
eration of the central portion of the cell-masses occasionally occurs, 
forming cystic cavities containing a small quantity of granular debris. 

In the corium about the epithelial masses is a more or less dense 
cellular exudate composed of lymphoid and plasma cells. The elastic 
tissue disappears completely in the regions invaded by the neoplasm. 

Involvement of the neighboring lymphatic glands and metastases 
occur in the squamous-cell cancers, but are rare, or, if they occur at 
all, occur late in the basal-cell variety. 

Nsevocarcinoma or pigmented carcinoma of the skin was formerly 
regarded as sarcoma, but Unna's studies of nsevi and those of Gil- 
christ have demonstrated that the neoplasms which originate in them 
are epithelial. These growths exhibit an alveolar structure, the alveoli 



NEW GROWTHS 



605 



being filled with large epithelial cells, many of which contain several 
large nuclei. The pigment which distinguishes them is found in the 
connective tissue and in and between the epithelial cells. In some 
instances it is so very abundant that it is difficult to make out the 
structural details of the growth. According to Unna, the hyaline and 
other forms of degeneration which occur in epithelioma are not found 
in naevocarcinoma. Secondary growths in the skin and widespread 
metastases are common and usually occur early. 

Diagnosis. — The age of the patient, who is usually fifty or more ; 
its situation upon the face, often on the nose or lower lip ; the history 




Epithelioma baso-cellulare. 



of a horny patch or wart-like nodule having preceded the ulcer for 
a considerable time, often a number of years ; its slow growth, sev- 
eral years often elapsing in the flat superficial forms before an ulcer 
of any dimensions is formed ; and the peculiar " bead-like " border 
which commonly surrounds it, all are features so characteristic of epi- 
thelioma that the diagnosis is usually readily made. 

The initial lesion of syphilis, when situated upon the lower lip, 
may at times bear considerable resemblance to epithelioma, but the 
induration of the ulcer, the early and marked swelling of the sub- 
maxillary glands, and the presence or early appearance of a generalized 
eruption (which should always be looked for, even when denied by 



606 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the patient), usually enables a positive diagnosis to be made. Exam- 
ination of scrapings from the suspected ulcer for the spirochseta with 
dark-ground illumination is a valuable aid in the diagnosis in such 
cases. 

Epithelioma and the ulcerating lesions of late syphilis may at 
times be confounded, but the lesions of the latter are often multiple, 
while the former is usually single ; the latter are often crescentic, reni- 
form, or serpiginous, while epithelioma rarely assumes such a shape ; 
and the course of the syphilitic ulcer is usually much more rapid. 
In doubtful cases a Wassermann test should not be omitted ; an un- 
necessary surgical operation may sometimes thus be avoided. Epi- 
thelioma is sometimes mistaken for lupus, a mistake which is not 
likely to occur if any care is exercised. The latter disease begins, in 
the vast majority of cases, before puberty and practically never at 
the age at which epithelioma is most common ; and the reddish-brown 
flat nodules and the very slow ulceration which characterize it are 
in most cases quite unlike anything which is seen in epithelioma. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis of epithelioma is always serious, but 
judicious treatment in the more superficial varieties is usually effec- 
tive when begun early. In advanced cases, however, treatment fre- 
quently fails to stay the ravages of the disease, and death follows. 
In the deep infiltrating forms the prognosis is most grave. In the 
pigmented epithelioma originating in a naevus, death usually results 
within a year or tw r o and frequently earlier. 

Treatment. — No internal remedy is as yet known which exercises 
any demonstrable effect upon the course of carcinoma. The only 
effective treatment is local treatment, and the earlier this is begun 
the more likely is it to be effective. 

When the lesion is favorably situated, i.e., when it is in a locality 
in which it may be completely removed, such as the lip, excision is 
without doubt the remedy of choice in many, if not in most, cases. 
The lines of the incision should always include a considerable part 
of apparently sound skin in order to insure the removal of all the 
disease. When small, it may be removed with the curette, but unless 
this is followed by thorough cauterization in order to completely de- 
stroy it, it is not a method which can be relied upon. 

A large number of caustics have been recommended at one time 
or another for the destruction of the growth, and some of them are 
at times most useful when employed with discrimination in properly 
selected cases ; the most generally useful and effective of these are 
arsenic, chloride of zinc, and pyrogallol. Arsenic is a very efficient 
caustic, exercising to some degree a selective action upon the neo- 
plastic tissues, but gives great pain and frequently produces a most 
pronounced inflammatory reaction, accompanied by great swelling, 
particularly when used in the neighborhood of the eye. It should 
not be applied to extensive surfaces lest arsenical poisoning follow. 
It may be conveniently employed as Marsden's paste, which is com- 



NEW GROWTHS 607 

posed of equal parts of powdered gum arabic and arsenic trioxide, 
mixed with enough water to make a rather stiff paste ; this may be ap- 
plied for twenty-four to forty-eight or seventy-two hours, the time de- 
pending upon the depth of the lesion. 

The author's own preference is for pyrogallol employed as a 40 per 
cent, plaster, made as follows : 

Pyrogallol gr. xcvj (6.0) 

Cerat. resinas 3 ii (8.0) 

Bals. Peruvian q. s. ut emplast. ft. 

M. 

Before applying the plaster, the surface of the lesion should be 
lightly rubbed for a few minutes with a stick of caustic potash until 
the patient complains of slight pain ; the potash should then be neu- 
tralized with dilute acetic acid, after which the plaster may be applied 
thickly spread on a piece of kid slightly larger than the lesion, and 
renewed twice a day. After four to five days its use should be sus- 
pended, and a pad of gauze or lint wet with a saturated solution 
of boric acid and covered with oiled silk should be applied continu- 
ously for twenty-four to forty-eight hours, at the end of which time 
the slough will have come away. A 2 per cent, salicylic acid oint- 
ment may now be applied until cicatrization is complete. Some of 
the best results, both cosmetic and curative, the author has ever 
seen in the treatment of superficial epithelioma have been obtained 
by this method. The destruction of the growth is usually complete 
and the resulting scar is smooth and pliable. 

With the exception of excision, the X-ray and to a less extent 
radium have largely superseded all other methods of treatment, and 
there is no longer any doubt about the efficacy of these agents in the 
treatment of the more superficial forms of cancer of the skin. In the 
so-called rodent ulcer and in other forms of baso-cellular epithelioma 
the X-ray is in most cases curative, and it is frequently effective in 
the flat and superficial forms, such as follow senile keratosis. In 
the deeper and infiltrating forms, however, it often fails. In such 
cases the best results are to be obtained by excision followed by X-ray 
treatment. The X-ray may be employed in one of two w r ays : An ex- 
posure of ten to fifteen minutes may be given every three or four 
days until a mild erythema is produced, when the treatment should 
be suspended until the reaction has subsided ; or the so-called massive- 
dose method may be employed, in which an erythema dose is given 
at once and not repeated until the erythema has disappeared. Both 
methods have their advocates, but the latter is preferred by many 
Rontgenologists at the present time. 

PAGET'S DISEASE 

Synonym. — Malignant papillary dermatitis. 

Definition. — A malignant disease of the skin confined in the great 
majority of cases to the nipple and areola of the female breast, char- 



608 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



acterized by an eczematoid inflammation, followed in time by carci- 
noma of the mammary gland. 

This affection was first described in 1874 by Sir James Paget in 
a paper published in the St. Bartholomew Hospital Reports. His ac- 
count of the disease was based upon fifteen cases, all occurring in 
women between the ages of forty and sixty. It began with an eczema- 
toid inflammation of the nipple and areola, accompanied by vesicles, 
an abundant oozing of a sticky fluid, and crusts. In a few instances 
the eruption was dry and scaly, resembling to some degree psoriasis. 
In all these fifteen cases the cutaneous inflammation was followed 
within one or two years by mammary cancer. Since the publication 
of Paget's paper the disease has been studied by Butlin, Thin, Duhring 
and Wile, Crocker, Wickham, Hirschel, and others. 




-/§*-.■# 







'k: : >;0:f« 




Fig. 214. — Paget's disease. 

Symptoms.— The disease is in the great majority of cases found 
upon the female breast (Fig. 214). It begins upon the nipple, spreads 
to the areola and occasionally beyond it, and exceptionally may cover 
the skin of the entire gland. It is as a rule unilateral, and is found 
more frequently upon the right than upon the left breast. It begins 
upon the top of the nipple with a small horny crust, firmly attached 
to the underlying part, and beneath this crust there is at first a red- 
dened surface, which after a time becomes superficially ulcerated 
and fissured. In time the areola is invaded ; it becomes red and scaly, 
or moist, discharging a yellow, viscid fluid, which dries into yellowish 
crusts. In the fully developed disease the affected parts are red, with 
a finely granular, in places superficially ulcerated, surface from which 
more or less oozing takes place. The diseased area is usually irregularly 
rounded in shape, with well-defined borders, the nipple in the centre, 



NEW GROWTHS 609 

differing in this respect from the ill-defined margin present in patches of 
ordinary eczema of this region. Small bluish-white islands of epidermis 
are scattered over this red and oozing surface, evidences of an attempt at 
repair. Early in the disease a parchment-like induration, likened by 
Paget to a penny felt through a cloth, occurs. Itching and burning, 
frequently severe, and often coming on in paroxysms, are usually present 
from the very beginning. Retraction of the nipple is a characteristic 
feature in many cases ; it may be present early and may be followed by 
its complete disappearance. On the other hand, the nipple may remain 
prominent throughout the disease. 

After a period varying from some months to several years carci- 
nomatous change appears, usually beginning upon the ulcerated sur- 
face as more or less well-defined nodules, or, what is more frequent, 
as a well-defined lump in the gland tissue, the symptoms then being 
those usually found in carcinoma of the breast. Deep-seated, stabbing 
pains, destructive ulceration, and swelling of the axillary lymphatic 
glands are common symptoms at this stage of the disease. 

Exceptionally it begins elsewhere upon the breast than upon 
the nipple, as a red, scaly patch with well-defined borders, accom- 
panied by burning and itching, the whole resembling very closely ordi- 
nary eczema. The subsequent course of such patches is, however, 
the same as in those cases in which the affection begins on the nipple 
and areola. 

While the seat of the disease is in the great majority of cases 
the female breast, Forrest has reported a case in which a chronic 
" eczema " situated upon the breast of a man seventy-two years of age 
was followed by carcinoma. 

The mammary gland is not, however, the only seat of the affec- 
tion ; it may occur upon other portions of the cutaneous surface. 
Shortly after the appearance of Paget's communication, in which the 
disease was described for the first time, other observers began to 
report isolated cases of an affection presenting the same clinical and 
histological features as those observed upon the female breast, and 
up to the present time some eighteen or twenty examples of extra- 
mammary disease are on record. The back, the arm, the scrotum and 
penis, the buttocks (Fig. 215) have all been the site of the malady. 
It is worthy of note that of eighteen cases of extramammary Paget's 
disease collected by the author in 1910, no less than nine were sit- 
uated on the external genitalia or in regions immediately adjacent 
thereto, and five of these nine were situated on the glans penis. These 
extramammary cases differ but little, if at all, from the disease as 
found upon the breast. 

It is a somewhat remarkable fact that in no less than 75 per cent, 
of all the cases observed the right breast was affected. With very few 
exceptions, it is confined to one side. 

The average time at which cancer of the mammary gland appears 
39 



610 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



is from six to seven years after the first cutaneous symptoms, although 
this period varies within wide limits. In the fifteen cases which served 
as the basis of Paget's account of the disease, cancer developed in 
all within two years, in most of them at the end of one year. Jami- 
son observed a case in which the first symptom of cancer appeared 
twenty years after the beginning of the malady, while Duhring has 
reported one in which a period of ten years elapsed before carcinoma 
appeared. 

Etiology. — Age and sex are important predisposing causes. Wick- 
ham found that almost 53 per cent, of the twenty-three cases col- 
lected by him occurred between the ages of fifty and sixty. It is prac- 
tically confined to women, its occurrence in men being altogether ex- 
ceptional, and in most cases it is observed in those past the meno- 




FlG. 215. — Paget's disease of the buttocks. 

pause, although it may occur very much earlier than this period. Re- 
peated or long-continued irritation of any sort, no doubt, plays an 
important role in the production of the disease. The numerous slight 
injuries inflicted upon the nipple during nursing are not uncommonly 
its starting point. At one time it was regarded as due to the invasion 
of the skin by psorosperms, but this was soon shown to be erron- 
eous, the so-called psorosperms being nothing more than degenerated 
epithelium. 

Pathology. — There is considerable divergence of opinion among 
those who have studied its pathology concerning the nature of the 
malady and the character of the histological changes present. Butlin, 
who examined the cases upon which Paget based his early descrip- 
tion, considered the changes in the epidermis as the same in character 
as those in the ducts. Thin, who proposed the name malignant papil- 



NEW GROWTHS 611 

lary dermatitis for the malady, believed it due to cancerous change 
beginning near the mouths of the milk-ducts, spreading thence to the 
mammary gland. In 1889 Darier announced that the affection was 
a psorospermosis, and that the peculiar round bodies found in the 
epidermis were protozoa ; in this opinion he was supported by Wick- 
ham. Subsequent investigation, however, soon proved the erroneous- 
ness of this opinion. Jacobaeus thinks it carcinoma which has its 
origin in the epithelial lining of the excretory ducts of the gland; he 
regards the peculiar cells in the epidermis, not as degenerated rete 
cells, but cancer cells which have emigrated into the epidermis from 
the ducts ; Hirschel is of the same opinion. Unna looks upon it as 
a disease sui generis, neither cancer nor eczema, which leads only 



^ 




SISeS***' 



Fig. 216. — Paget 's disease of the breast. Rete mucosum greatly broadened and filled with numerous 

large vacuolated epithelial cells. 

indirectly to cancer. Although at first inclined to agree with this 
view of Unna, the author's studies of the malady lead him to the 
conclusion that it is carcinoma from the beginning and that the pecul- 
iar epitheliar cell-changes should be regarded as cancerous in their 
nature. 

The earliest changes are found in the epidermis. The rete is 
greatly broadened and many of its cells exhibit peculiar and char- 
acteristic changes (Fig. 216). They have lost their prickles and are 
enormously enlarged, these changes being due, according to Unna, 
to intracellular oedema. They resemble round or oval cavities in 
which lie one, two, or three large well-stained nuclei. When a number 
of adjacent cells undergo this transformation they produce a coarse 
mesh-work in which are scattered nuclei. At times these areas of cell 
degeneration are separated from one another by rows of apparently 



612 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

normal cells in such a manner as to give rise to an alveolated ap- 
pearance of the rete. 

In the very early stages of the disease there is but little change 
in the corium, but later the papillary and subpapillary regions are 
occupied by a dense cellular exudate composed of lymphoid cells, 
plasma cells, and a considerable number of mastzellen. Unna describes 
this exudate as made up entirely of plasma cells, a pure plasmoma, 
which acts as a barrier to cancer extension, but in all the sections 
which the author has examined this was not found to be the case, 
but lymphoid cells were always present along with plasma cells. 

The cancerous changes which take place in the milk-ducts and 
in the gland tissue in the final stages of the disease do not differ from 
those present in ordinary cancer of the breast. 

Diagnosis. — In the early eczematoid stage the differentiation of 
Paget's disease from eczema of the areola and nipple, the malady for 
which it is most likely to be mistaken, may at times be extremely 
difficult, but the former occurs in the majority of cases in those past 
the menopause, while the latter is seen most frequently during the 
child-bearing period and especially during lactation. 

In Paget's disease the border of the patch is sharply circumscribed 
and at times slightly elevated, and upon palpation is found to be 
slightly indurated, while in eczema the patches are apt to be diffuse 
and without induration. In Paget's disease the surface of the patch 
is bright red, granular, with superficial ulcers here* and there, while in 
eczema ulceration is never present. 

When it occurs in regions other than the breast a positive diagnosis 
may be impossible in the early stages without a biopsy. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is always serious, but if treatment is 
instituted early a cure may take place. In cases which have existed 
for any length of time carcinoma of the gland is almost certain to 
follow, and the prognosis is then that of cancer of the breast. 

Treatment. — In the early stages of the affection trial may be made 
of the X-ray or of radium and a symptomatic cure may be obtained. 
In a few instances permanent cure has followed the employment of the 
former. In cases which have existed for some time, or if there is 
the slightest induration in the tissue of the mammary gland, complete 
removal of the breast should be advised without further delay. 

XERODERMA PIGMENTOSUM 

Synonyms. — Dermatosis Kaposi ; Melanosis lenticularis Progres- 
siva ; Liodermia essentialis cum melanosi et telangiectasia; Atropho- 
derma pigmentosum ; Epitheliomatose pigmentaire. 

Definition. — A chronic malignant disease distinguished by freckle- 
like pigmentation followed by atrophy of the skin, telangiectases, and 
in its final stages, by epitheliomatous tumors. 

This remarkable and grave malady was first described by Kaposi, 
in 1870, his description being based upon two cases observed in Hebra's 



NEW GROWTHS 613 

clinic. Although a rare condition, more than a hundred cases have been 
reported since Kaposi first called attention to it. 

Symptoms. — Authors differ somewhat in their account of the first 
symptoms of this affection, most probably owing to the fact that it 
seldom comes under the physician's observation in its earliest stages. 

In a certain proportion of cases the first manifestation of the dis- 
ease is a patchy or diffuse redness, or much less commonly an erysipe- 
latous or eczematoid dermatitis accompanied by vesiculation, situated 
upon the face and hands. These symptoms are seldom of long dura- 
tion, a week or two, and are followed by scaling and pigmentation. 
They are apt to occur in the summer season or after exposure to the 
rays of the sun ; and sometimes disappear in the winter or at least 
become much less marked. In most cases, however, the first evidence 
of the disease noted is pigmentation resembling the ordinary freckle, 
situated upon exposed parts of the skin, the pigmented patches varying 
in color from a light fawn color to a decided brown and in size from 
a pin-head to a large pea. These are scattered over the face, neck, ears, 
upper part of the chest and back, hands and forearms, and grow darker 
as they grow older. With the progress of the affection they are no 
longer limited to the uncovered parts of the skin, but appear upon the 
trunk and lower extremities ; and by multiplication and increase in size 
extensive pigmented areas may eventually be formed. In the early 
stages this pigmentation like ordinary freckles may diminish sensibly 
in the winter season and be much more noticeable after exposure to the 
sun, but eventually it becomes permanent, uninfluenced by season. 
Similar lesions may also occur upon the mucous membranes of the lip 
and tongue and upon the conjunctiva. 

Coincidently with this pigmentation, or subsequently to it circum- 
scribed white atrophic patches, sometimes smooth and glistening, or 
wrinkled, and covered with a thin scanty scale, appear on the face 
and hands, later on other portions of the cutaneous surface, some- 
times situated on skin previously normal in appearance at other times 
in the pigmented areas. These patches increase in numbers and size 
so that eventually large areas of the skin become atrophic, dry, wrinkled 
and scaly, giving to the patient's face the appearance of premature 
senility (senilitas praecox). 

Along w r ith this atrophy numerous telangiectases make their 
appearance either in the atrophic patches or about their borders or in 
the pigmented areas. These are punctate or stellate, occasionally 
elevated, in the last case forming small angiomata like those fre- 
quently seen in elderly or old individuals ; and similar vascular lesions 
may occur upon the mucous membranes of the lips, gums and 
conjunctiva. 

Keratosic patches resembling those so common on the faces of the 
aged, wart-like elevations and variously sized tumors of an epithelio- 
matous character after a variable time, appear the last-named lesions 
eventually undergoing ulceration. 



614 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Conjunctivitis with extreme photophobia and lachrymation is an 
early and frequent symptom ; and this commonly terminates in kera- 
titis with corneal opacity and serious interference with vision. Ec- 
tropion is likewise a common condition. 

The course and evolution of the malady present a number of varia- 
tions. While usually steadily progressive, it is marked at times by 
periods of quiescence or temporary arrest and the sequence of the 
various symptoms is not always the same. In some cases the atrophic 
symptoms may be but little marked while in others they may be the 
best developed, and in some one or the other of them may be either 
absent or but little pronounced. The epitheliomatous stage may be 
long delayed or may be absent as in the cases of Duhring, White and 
others. Its course is a markedly chronic one usually lasting a number 
of years, although it may terminate within a year or two. In the vast 
majority of cases it begins in the first two years of life, sometimes 
as early as the fifth or sixth month, and according to Pick it may be 
congenital. Exceptions to this, however, are occasionally observed: 
Falco saw it in several instances in individuals between the ages of 
seventy and ninety. In these very old cases the keratosic and atrophic 
symptoms predominate. 

In the early stages the patient's general health is unimpaired, but 
with the appearance of the epitheliomatous stage and ulceration a 
cachectic condition gradually develops which eventually terminates in 
death. 

Etiology. — Sex is without influence upon its incidence. As already 
noted the great majority of the cases occur in infancy and childhood. A 
notable tendency to occur in several members of the same family has 
been frequently observed, but there is little or no evidence that hered- 
ity plays any part in its production. We have no knowledge of the 
direct causes ; but that it is due to some congenital defect in the skin 
seems most likely. 

The resemblance of the changes in the skin to those seen in those 
much exposed to sun and wind, sailor's skin of Unna, and more par- 
ticularly, to the changes which result from chronic X-ray dermatitis, 
suggest the great probability that light plays an important role in 
the causation of the disease, and that it may accordingly be due to a 
congenital deficiency in the skin of the apparatus intended to protect 
it from the injurious light rays. 

Pathology. — The pathological changes are numerous and varied, 
as might be expected from the variety of clinical symptoms observed 
during the course of the disease. 

But few observations are at hand concerning the earliest or hyper- 
aemic stage, as there is seldom opportunity to study it during this 
period. Leukasiewicz found a collection of round cells about the 
vessels and glands of the papillary and subpapillary layers of the 
corium and serous infiltration of the papillary body with dilatation 
of its capillaries and swelling of their endothelia. 



NEW GROWTHS 615 

In the pigmented patches brown pigment granules are found in 
great abundance in the epidermis situated both intra- and extra-cellu- 
larly, but most abundant in the basal-cell layer. Pigment is also present 
in the lymph-spaces of the papillary body and in the connective-tissue 
cells. 

In the white areas Ehrmann finds evidences of a high degree of 
degenerative atrophy. There is thinning of the rete Malpighii with 
increase in thickness of the horny layer. The most marked changes, 
however, are found in the cutis in which both the collagen and the 
elastin have undergone extensive degenerative alterations. Unna, 
however, does not regard the changes found in these patches as indica- 
tive of atrophy, but thinks they resemble much more those found in 
certain cases of circumscribed scleroderma. 

The tumors characteristic of the final stage of the malady are 
according to most authors epitheliomatous, presenting the usual feat- 
ures of epithelioma, although a considerable number of other new 
growths have been described by various authors, such as sarcoma, 
carcinoma and myxoma; and sometimes a mixture of several of these. 
Pollitzer, who examined a case of Crocker's, found both spindle-celled 
and round-celled sarcoma with myxoma and carcinoma. 

Diagnosis. — The picture presented by Xeroderma pigmentosum 
is so remarkable and so characteristic when fully developed, that mis- 
takes in diagnosis are not likely to occur. The white patches of 
atrophy bear some resemblance to those of scleroderma, but the latter 
are quite firm while the former are soft and pliable, sometimes wrinkled 
and scaly. The early stage at which they occur and their association 
with more or less marked pigmentary, vascular and atrophic changes 
will serve to distinguish the epitheliomatous lesions from those of the 
ordinary type. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis is always serious, death occurring sooner 
or later, in most cases as the result of the cancerous lesions. The 
longer, therefore, the tumor stage is delayed the more favorable the 
outlook for the prolongation of the patient's life. 

Treatment. — The treatment is to the last degree unsatisfactory. 
No internal treatment has yet been found which exerts any influence 
upon the course of the disease. Hyde found the hygienic management 
of decided value in three patients under his care. The X-ray has been 
used with favorable results in the treatment of the epitheliomatous 
lesions by Hyde, Balzer and Merle, Nicolas and Favre, and others, 
but this agent has had little or no influence on the other symptoms 
of the disease. 

As a prophylactic measure exposure to the rays of the sun should 
be avoided, since there is apparently little doubt about the injurious 
effects of such exposure. 

The telangiectases are not new-formed vessels, but the result of a 
collateral hyperemia which produces dilatation of the capillaries 
around and sometimes in the white atrophic patches. 



616 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

SARCOMA CUTIS 

Synonyms. — Sarcoma of the skin ; Sarcome cutane. 

Definition. — A malignant new-growth composed of embryonic 
connective-tissue cells occurring in the skin and hypoderm as nodules 
tumors and flat infiltrations. 

Sarcoma of the skin is a rare affection. It may be primary, or second- 
ary to sarcoma of the viscera or other tissues. The lesions may be soli- 
tary or multiple, and vary in color from the normal skin through varying 
shades of red, blue and brown to black, the color depending chiefly upon 
the degree of vascularity and the presence of pigment. It varies much 
in its clinical features and course, so that a satisfactory clinical classi- 
fication is difficult, but for purposes of description the classifications of 
Perrin or De Amicis, which resemble one another in their principal 
features, may be followed. De Amicis divides sarcoma of the skin into 
three groups : First, the non-pigmented forms with a solitary lesion or 
multiple lesions ; second, melanotic forms ; third, the idiopathic multiple 
hemorrhagic sarcoma of the type described by Kaposi. 

Non-Pigmented Sarcoma. — Symptoms. — Non-pigmented sarcoma of 
the skin occurs as rather firm, pea- to nut-sized nodules and tumors situated 
in the derma or in the subcutaneous tissue. When in the latter situation 
the skin is usually movable over the lesions at first and is often unchanged 
in color, but with the growth of the tumors the skin becomes red or 
violaceous and adherent. They increase in size slowly or rapidly, often 
slowly in the early rapidly in the later stages, and their number varies 
from a single one to scores and hundreds. Occasionally the disease exists 
as a single small tumor for a considerable time, but in most cases 
new lesions appear sooner or later, either in the immediate neigh- 
borhood of the primary one or some distance from it ; and in some 
instances hundreds of tumors appear in every region of the skin 
constituting a general sarcomatosis. In the earlier stages of the 
malady some of the tumors occasionally undergo spontaneous invo- 
lution, disappearing completely ; in the later stages ulceration of 
some of them takes place, although this is infrequent. 

The course and evolution of the affection varies a good deal. It 
may remain without much change for months or even a year or two ; 
but usually the tumors multiply, and increase in size, visceral metas- 
tases occur involving the lungs, kidneys, spleen, liver and brain, and 
death speedily follows. Unlike carcinoma, sarcoma rarely invades 
the glandular system ; when it does, it does so only in its latest 
stages. 

Occasionally sarcoma of the skin follows a visceral sarcoma; and 
in that event the tumors are usually numerous and widely distrib- 
uted. In a woman, about forty years of age, under my observation 
some years ago, who had been ill for some months with obscure 
symptoms, hundreds of pea- to cherry-sized nodules suddenly ap- 
peared in the skin and hypoderm along with urgent dyspnoea ; death 



NEW GROWTHS 617 

followed in a short time, and the autopsy revealed a sarcoma as large 
as a small orange in the left kidney. 

The affection described by Hutchinson as " recurrent fibroid of 
the skin " was regarded by Crocker as a form of spindle-celled sar- 
coma. It usually begins on the lower extremities and spreads slowly. 
Removal is followed by speedy recurrence ; eventually it becomes 
generalized, ulceration takes place, and death follows. 

Not uncommonly cases intermediate between those above de- 
scribed and the hemorrhagic sarcoma of Kaposi occur in which some 
of the symptoms of both forms are present. In the number, distribu- 
tion and evolution of the lesions they correspond with the former, 
but they are more or less pigmented like the latter. Such pigmented 
forms are to be strictly separated from melanotic sarcoma ; the pig- 
mentation is due to the deposit of blood pigment in the tissues and 
not to melanin which is found in the melanotic variety, and they are 
much less malignant. 

Melanotic Sarcoma. — This variety of sarcoma, which represents 
one of the most deadly of all the malignant growths, when it occurs 
as a primary affection in the skin, begins in most cases in a pig- 
mented naevus which may have existed for many years without show- 
ing any signs of growth ; or it may be secondary to a sarcoma originat- 
ing in some normally pigmented tissue such as the choroid. It may 
begin as a small round or oval, brown or black tumor frequently not 
larger than a large pea, as a smooth brown or slate-colored non- 
elevated pigmentation, or as a flat verrucous pigmented patch. In 
the beginning it is apt to grow slowly, but after a period varying 
from some months to a year or two, usually as the sequel of some 
irritation or slight traumatism, it rather suddenly begins to increase 
in size; secondary lesions appear either in the immediate neighborhood 
of the primary one or some distance from it, sometimes in great 
numbers; the lymphatic glands are invaded, visceral metastases occur 
and death soon follows. 

Formerly all the malignant pigmented growths of the skin having 
their origin in pigmented nsevi were classified as sarcoma, but the 
studies of Unna, Gilchrist and others, as has been observed else- 
where, have shown quite conclusively that most, if not all, of them are 
epithelial growths and therefore carcinoma, not sarcoma. My own 
limited studies of such cases have convinced me of the correctness 
of this view (vid. Naevocarcinoma). 

As melanotic whitlow Hutchinson described a form of melanotic 
sarcoma which begins as a chronic inflammation of the nail ; this 
gradually develops into a fungating slightly pigmented tumor fol- 
lowed in time by secondary growths. 

Idiopathic Multiple Hemorrhagic Sarcoma (Kaposi). — Kaposi first 
called attention to this affection in 1872, giving it the name idiopathic 
multiple pigmented sarcoma which a little later he changed for the name 



618 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

by which it is now known. It begins almost invariably upon the ex- 
tremities (Fig. 217) as more or less deeply pigmented and infiltrated 
patches of variable size and shape followed in time by nodules and small 
tumors which when numerous and closely aggregated form thick plaques 
of considerable size with uneven surface. Upon the backs of the 
hands and tops of the feet it usually occurs as a uniform slate-colored or 
violaceous rather firm infiltration without any indication of tumor forma- 
tion. Some of the tumors are very vascular, resembling angiomata ; 
and firm pressure upon them produces a noticeable diminution in 
their size. 

The mucous membranes are sometimes implicated along with the 
skin and at a comparatively early period, pigmented patches appear- 
ing on the inside of the lips, cheeks and on the hard and soft palate. 

Subjective symptoms are usually slight, although quite severe pain 
sometimes attends the appearance of the lesions which usually sub- 
sides when they are fully developed. In a case of my own severe 
itching accompanied the first appearance of the disease upon the feet 
and continued for some time after the disease was well established, 
hut at no time did the patient complain of pain. 

The extent of the disease varies considerably. In some cases 
there are a few pigmented patches of moderate size situated usually 
upon the legs, while in others and in advanced stages not only the 
extremities, but the face, ears and trunk are affected. 

Its course is usually slow, lasting from three or four to twenty years 
or even more. In the case above referred to (see Fig. 217) ) it lasted for 
twenty years without appreciably affecting the patient's general 
health. New pigmented patches and nodules continue to appear 
while the old ones slowly increase in size. As in other forms of sar- 
coma, spontaneous involution of a nodule or tumor sometimes occurs ; 
the pigment begins to fade, the nodule becomes less prominent, the 
skin over it becomes somewhat scaly, and eventually a depressed scar- 
like patch is all that remains. In the late stages ulceration may occur, 
but this is decidedly uncommon. In the final stage metastases in- 
volving the viscera occur, and the bones may be attacked. Bern- 
hardt and Hille have reported cases in which some of the tarsal and 
metatarsal bones were more or less completely destroyed. When 
visceral metastases take place death soon follows. 

Etiology. — The cause of sarcoma is unknown. It may occur at 
any age, and both sexes are equally liable to it. In the melanotic 
variety originating in a pigmented nsevus injury or repeated irritation 
frequently serves to start it. In hemorrhagic sarcoma of the Kaposi 
type prolonged exposure to severe cold has preceded the appearance 
of the malady in a certain proportion of cases (Semenow, Jackson). 

Pathology. — Sarcoma is a connective-tissue neoplasm composed 
of small or large, round or fusiform cells surrounded by a delicate 



NEW GROWTHS 



619 



reticulum. In the non-pigmented forms the cells are as a rule of the 
small fusiform type, much less commonly they are of the small round 
variety. In fibrosarcoma there is a considerable amount of fibrous 




Fig. 217. — Idiopathic multiple hemorrhagic sarcoma. 

tissue and the cells are usually fusiform. 

In melanotic sarcoma the cells may be large and round or small 



620 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



and fusiform. In those which begin in pigmented nsevi they are large, 
round and contained in alveoli, reproducing to some extent the struc- 
ture of the nsevus in which they have had their origin. In the second- 
ary form following sarcoma of normally pigmented tissues like the 
choroid, the cells are of the fusiform variety. The pigment present 
in these growths, known as melanin, occurs as yellowish-brown 
granules in and between the cells; it is quite distinct from the blood 
pigment found in the ordinary pigmented variety. 




Fig. 218. 



■Multiple pigmented hemorrhagic sarcoma. A 

Low power. 



spindle-cells; B, lacunae rilled with blood. 



As already observed the growths which origiriate in pigmented 
nsevi are almost certainly not true sarcoma, but carcinoma. 

There is some difference of opinion about the exact place which 
should be assigned to the Kaposi type. While most agree that it is 
sarcomatous, a considerable minority believe this doubtful, and some 
deny it altogether. De Amicis, whose experience with the disease 
has been large, perhaps larger than any other author, would place it 
between granuloma and real sarcoma. Bernhardt believes it sar- 
coma which has its origin in the perithelium of the blood-vessels. 
The study of my own case leads me to regard it as a sarcoma of special 
type in which disease of the blood-vessels have a prominent share. 

In the case previously referred to the pathological changes were 



NEW GROWTHS 621 

limited to the corium, the epidermis showing but little alteration 
beyond a moderate increase in the thickness of the horny layer. The 
papillary layer had disappeared entirely and the reticular portion of 
the corium throughout its whole extent was occupied by a cavernous 
tissue resembling under a low power an angioma (Fig. 218). It 
contained numerous cavities with thin walls lined by endothelial cells 
filled with blood. Between these were islets of round and spindle- 
cells contained in a rather coarse fibrous mesh-work within and be- 
tween which was a considerable quantity of brown granular pigment. 
In most instances the spindle-celled areas surrounded capillaries, the 
long axis of the cells parallel with the long axis of the vessel. Numer- 
ous interstitial hemorrhages were present in various parts of the 
tumor. These changes corresponded in all essential particulars with 
those described by other observers. 

Diagnosis. — Non-pigmented sarcoma is to be distinguished from 
fibroma, granuloma fungoides and from leukaemia cutis. The nodules 
of the first-named are considerably harder than those of sarcoma, are 
usually of very slow growth, and show no tendency to dissemination. 
From the two latter the differentiation is not always easy, particularly 
in the early stages, even with the aid of a biopsy, but the evolution and 
course pursued by sarcoma is as a rule much more rapid. Melanotic 
and multiple hemorrhagic sarcoma present such characteristic pictures 
in most instances that errors in diagnosis seldom occur. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis in every variety of the malady is un- 
favorable, death being the usual termination, although the period at 
which this occurs varies much. Fibrosarcoma is the least, the mela- 
notic the most, malignant form, death occurring in the latter in the 
course of a year or eighteen months, and even earlier. The multiple 
hemorrhagic variety usually runs a prolonged course of five to ten 
years or longer, but exceptionally death occurs in the course of a few 
months. In rare instances, after a considerable duration, spontaneous 
recovery takes place, as in the cases reported by Hardaway. 

Treatment. — As may be gathered from the foregoing the treatment 
leaves much to be desired. Surgical removal is usually followed by 
prompt recurrence, and in the melanotic variety seems to incite the 
malady to increased activity. Fibrosarcoma is somewhat of an excep- 
tion, since its thorough removal not uncommonly results in a cure. 

Arsenic given internally seems at times to exert a favorable in- 
fluence upon the tumors, but as has already been noted these sometimes 
undergo spontaneous involution ; and it is always difficult to determine 
just how much of the favorable course of the malady in those taking 
arsenic is to be attributed to the drug. In recent years a considerable 
number of cases of sarcoma have been reported in which the neoplasm 
has disappeared after X-ray treatment. In a case of the multiple 
hemorrhagic type I observed considerable improvement in all the 
symptoms for a time ; and others have reported encouraging results 
from the use of this agent. It should always be given a thorough trial. 



-622 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



LEUKJEMIA CUTIS. PSEUDOLEUKEMIA CUTIS 

Leukaemia and pseudoleukemia are at times accompanied by cuta- 
neous eruptions of diverse kinds, by tumor-like infiltrations of the skin 
and by actual tumors situated in the skin and subcutaneous tissues. 
According to Pinkus the cutaneous lesions of leukaemia may be divided 
into three groups: first, leukemic tumors; second, a more or less 
generalized dermatitis followed in time by tumors, of which the 
lymphodermia perniciosa of Kaposi is the type ; third, exudative erup- 





■ 



HHRJ 1 

Fig. 219- — Leukaemia cutis. Numerous pruritic nodules; patient presented blood-picture character- 
istic of lymphatic leukaemia. 

tions, mostly of an urticarial type, produced only indirectly by the 
leukaemia, in which leukaemic tissue is not present and in which tumor 
formation is rare. For this last group Audry has proposed the name 
" leuccmides:' 

In acute lymphatic leukaemia hemorrhages into the skin, varying 
from petechias to extensive extravasations, accompanied by hemor- 
rhages from the mucous membranes of the mouth, nose, bladder, 
vagina and the gastro-intestinal canal, frequently occur. When these 
hemorrhages are large they may result in destructive necrosis of the 
skin and mucous membranes. In chronic lymphatic leukaemia pruritus 
of varying degrees of severity, and eruptive lesions most commonly 



NEW GROWTHS 



623 



of urticarial type, but occasionally erythematous, vesicular, or nodular, 
may occur (Fig. 219). An extensive dermatitis characterized by dry, 
red and scaling, or moist and oozing patches resembling eczema, accom- 
panied or followed by flat, ill-defined, red or brownish-red infiltrated 
areas and tumors which tend to undergo ulceration — is at times present. 
This last frequently bears a close resemblance to granuloma fungoides 
and is probably identical with the affection described by Kaposi under 
the title lymphodermia perniciosa. Actual tumor formation, the tumors 








* ■*$& . 









■ '■ I B P I -- 



Fig. 220. — Leukaemia cutis. Dense infiltrate of lymphoid cells in the corium. Section of nodule 

from case shown in Fig. 219. 

situated most frequently in the face, less commonly on the trunk and 
extremities, may occur. These are red or violaceous in color, of vary- 
ing dimensions, and after reaching a certain size usually show but 
little change for an indefinite period ; as an exceptional occurrence 
ulceration takes place. 

In myelogenous leukaemia the skin is pale and dry, but eruptions 
are much less frequent than in the lymphatic variety although nodular 
lesions and, in rare cases, tumors may occur. 

In pseudoleukemia (Hodgkin's disease) cutaneous symptoms much 
like those already described as occurring in lymphatic leukaemia are 



624 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

occasionally present. Pinkus regards the former as identical, both 
clinically and histologically with the latter. 

Etiology. — The eruptions and tumors are dependent upon the gen- 
eral blood disorder whose cause is unknown. The recent discovery 
of a diphtheroid bacillus in the blood of individuals suffering from 
pseudoleukaemia makes it probable that this affection is an infection, 
but the etiological relationship of this organism to the malady is not 
yet definitely established. 

Pathology. — According to Pinkus leukaemic tumors, which are 
situated in the corium and hypoderm, are lymphatic granulation tissue 
composed of lymphocytes, which arise from the abnormal growth of 
traces of lymphatic tissue normally present in the skin. These accu- 
mulations of lymphocytes are present not only in the infiltrations and 
tumors, but also in those eruptions which present no symptoms of 
infiltration (Fig. 220). They are absent, however, as a rule, in the 
eruptions of the third group. 

Diagnosis. — Since the leukaemic eruptions as a rule present nothing 
characteristic of the general condition with which they are associated 
their true nature is very apt to be overlooked or misapprehended. 
The chronic multiform dermatitis with infiltrations and flat tumors, as 
already observed, bears a very close resemblance to granuloma fun- 
goides, and can only be differentiated from that affection by a study of 
the blood, which should never be omitted in such cases. 

Treatment. — The treatment of the cutaneous lesions of leukaemia 
is, of course, essentially the same as that of the underlying blood dis- 
order. Quite recently favorable results from the internal administra- 
tion of benzole (benzene) have been reported by a number of observ- 
ers, but this remedy is still on trial. The careful and intelligent use 
of the X-ray is probably the most useful therapeutic measure, especially 
in the treatment of the tumors and tumor-like infiltrations. 



CHAPTER XVI 

NEUROSES 

ANESTHESIA 

Definition. — Loss of sensation. 

Anaesthesia in varying degree accompanies a number of diseases of 
the skin and those which may affect the skin along with other tissues 
or systems, such as syphilis and leprosy. It may in rare instances 
occur as an idiopathic affection, but is usually symptomatic, and is 
in most instances a symptom of disease of the central or peripheral 
nervous system. It may be, in exceptional cases, quite general, but 
is much more frequently limited to certain districts or to the area of 
distribution of definite nerve branches. It varies all the way from 
slight numbness to complete loss of sensibility. Occasionally there is 
dissociation of sensibility, as in Morvan's disease, or syringomyelia, 
in which with retention of tactile sensibility there is complete loss of 
temperature sense and sensibility to pain ; or there may be complete 
tactile anaesthesia with severe pain (anaesthesia dolorosa, Romberg). 
The loss of sensation may be accompanied by structural changes in the 
skin or there may be no demonstrable alteration in its structure. It 
is a common manifestation of hysteria in which it is often complete ; 
it may occupy the half of the body, hemianaesthesia, or all of it, or it may 
occur in irregular areas without any definite relation to nerve dis- 
tribution ; it is apt to shift its location and to vary much in degree 
from time to time. 

The prognosis depends altogether upon the nature of the affection 
of which it is a symptom. The treatment belongs to the neurologist 
rather than the dermatologist. 

HYPERESTHESIA 

Definition.— Abnormal sensibility of the skin. 

Abnormal sensibility of the skin may occur independently of any 
other manifestation of disease, but is in the great majority of cases 
symptomatic, usually of some affection of the nervous system, central 
or peripheral. It presents all degrees of severity from mere discom- 
fort to acute pain which may be produced by the slightest touch or by 
contact with the clothing in severe cases. It may occupy small or 
large areas of the skin, and in exceptional cases may be more or less 
general. The increased sensitiveness may be confined to the touch, or 
it may affect the temperature sense as well or exclusively. It is a 
common symptom of hysteria in which, like all other symptoms of that 
protean affection, it may exhibit all kinds of variations as to degree, 
distribution, situation and duration. It may be a temporary symptom 
or it may last indefinitely. 

40 625 



626 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The prognosis and treatment are essentially the same as those of 
the diseases with which it is associated. 

PRURITUS 

Synonym. — Itching. 

Definition. — An affection characterized by itching without visible 
or palpable signs of disease in the skin. 

Symptoms. — Itching is a very frequent concomitant of many dis- 
eases of the skin, chiefly those of an inflammatory character, such as 
eczema, lichen planus, urticaria, and is one of the principal symptoms 
of such parasitic diseases as scabies and pediculosis ; but it may occur 
quite independently of such, without other symptoms, constituting a 
disease in itself. Pruritus as a primary or independent affection may 
affect the entire cutaneous surface more or less, Pruritus universalis, 
or it may be confined to certain regions, Pruritus localis ; the latter is 
much the more frequent variety and shows a decided preference for 
certain localities. 

Pruritus Universalis. — The affection usually comes on quite in- 
sidiously with sensations of itching, stinging, creeping, formication, 
which may be more or less continuous, but are much more apt to occur 
in paroxysms coming on at irregular intervals, and which are almost 
invariably greatly aggravated at night, beginning often with the 
removal of the clothing upon retiring. Not all portions of the skin 
are affected at the same time, but the itching shifts about, now affecting 
the face, now some portion of the trunk, and again the extremities. It 
exhibits the widest variation in its intensity ; in mild cases it is but a 
trifling annoyance, in severe ones it makes sleep and rest well-nigh 
impossible and drives the patient to the most violent scratching in his 
efforts to obtain relief which is only obtained, and then for but a brief 
period, when the skin is torn and bleeding. In the latter case parts 
accessible to the patient's fingers are covered with linear excoriations, 
and sooner or later eczematous patches which ooze and crust, thicken- 
ing and pigmentation appear as the result of the long-continued violent 
irritation. A more or less generalized pruritus is common in the 
elderly and aged, pruritus senilis. It is often of a severe type, causing 
the patient great distress, and may or may not be associated with more 
or less pronounced evidences of senile change in the skin. 

Under the name pruritus hiemalis Duhring some years ago de- 
scribed a form of itching which, coming on in the autumn, continues 
until the return of warm weather. Although usually most pronounced 
on the legs, it is not confined to these regions, but occurs upon the 
trunk and upper extremities as well. It is commonly quite severe 
and is frequently followed by eczematous changes, especially upon 
the legs, the result of scratching. " Prairie itch," " swamp itch," " lum- 
berman's itch," are in all probability examples of the same affection. 

As bath pruritus Stelwagon has called attention to a form which 
follows bathing. The itching usually comes on immediately after 
leaving the bath, and may be slight or severe. While it may be limited 



NEUROSES 627 

to the lower, extremities it frequently affects the trunk or the entire 
body, and may last from a few minutes to two or three hours. In a 
case under the author's care the itching was well-nigh intolerable and 
lasted for three or four hours so that bathing was a severe ordeal. 

Pruritus Localis. — As already observed, the local forms of pruritus 
are especially prone to affect certain regions, those most frequently 
affected being the anus and the genital region of both sexes ; much less 
commonly the itching is confined to the legs, to the palms and soles, 
to the face, especially about the nose, and to the scalp. 

Pruritus Ani. — This is one of the commonest forms of localized 
pruritus. The itching is often of the severest character, coming 
on in paroxysms which compel the patient to scratch regardless of 
place and surroundings. As a result of this violent scratching the 
anus and the parts immediately around are excoriated, the skin is thick- 
ened and forms radiating folds at the muco-cutaneous junction, which 
are often whitish from maceration. The itching frequently extends 
forward to the perineum where the same eczematous changes are 
soon produced. The scrotum is likewise often the seat of pruritus, 
pruritus scroti, but, owing to the delicacy of the skin in this region, 
inflammatory changes with thickening and oozing soon appear. 

Pruritus Vulvae. — One of the most distressing of all the local forms 
of pruritus occurs on the vulva. The itching affects not only the 
cutaneous surface, but the mucous membrane of the labia and the 
parts about the clitoris and occasionally extends well within the vagina. 
It usually comes on paroxysmally and is often atrocious, driving the 
patient during the paroxysms almost insane, and often making a com- 
plete nervous wreck of her. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Generalized pruritus is in many cases, if 
not in most, due to toxic substances of unknown nature, either formed 
in and absorbed from the gastro-intestinal canal or produced in the 
economy by metabolic disturbances. It is frequently associated with 
hepatic disease, functional or organic, and is a frequent concomitant of 
jaundice; it is also at times associated with disease of the kidneys, of 
the uterus and ovaries, and with pregnancy. In the last-named it may 
be reflex, or what is more common, the result of the formation and 
retention of toxic substances which occur so frequently in this con- 
dition. In a certain proportion of cases it is due to the ingestion of 
certain articles of food, especially shell-fish, and to drugs, such as opium 
and its alkaloids and cocaine, the last-named at times producing all 
kinds of anomalous sensations of creeping and crawling accompanied 
by delusions of insects or foreign bodies in the skin. In a case of 
severe general pruritus under the author's care some years ago it was 
learned that the patient was in the habit of taking one or two small 
doses of opium daily for the control of a chronic diarrhoea; with the 
suspension of the opium the pruritus which had tormented the patient 
for many years completely disappeared. Tea, coffee, alcohol and 
tobacco are in many cases predisposing, if not direct, causes of both 
local and general itching. The author has knowledge of an instance 



628 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

in which the smoking of a strong cigar after dinner in the evening was 
invariably followed by pruritus of the anus lasting throughout the 
night. In a small proportion of cases the itching is associated with dis- 
ease of the central nervous system. Kobner has reported a case of 
severe unilateral itching with suppression of sweat on the paralyzed 
side after cerebral embolism; and Sarbo (quoted by Sack) observed 
incoercible pruritus in several cases of beginning progressive paralysis 
Senile pruritus is commonly attributed to senile changes in the skin, 
but in many cases the skin presents no visible abnormality. In pruri- 
tus ani and pruritus vulvae some local disease may be the exciting 
cause; in the former haemorrhoids, fissure ascarides, in the latter, 
leucorrhoea may be the exciting cause. Pruritus vulvae may occur 
at the menopause as a reflex symptom. Only too often, however, 
no cause can be found in both the universal and local forms. 

The affection is a functional disturbance of the nerves of the skin 
unattended by any discoverable alteration — a sensory neurosis. As 
has already been pointed out, in long-standing cases inflammatory 
changes appear sooner or later in the skin as the result of scratching. 

Diagnosis. — Itching without any eruption of any sort is so charac- 
teristic of the affection that the diagnosis in uncomplicated cases is 
made without difficulty. General pruritus is most likely to be mis- 
taken for pediculosis corporis, but the absence of the linear excoria- 
tions over the shoulders and buttocks so characteristic of the latter, 
and failure to find the parasite, which should always be looked for in 
cases of general itching, will serve to exclude the parasitic affection. 
Urticaria may at times be mistaken for pruritus owing to the absence 
of the characteristic wheals at the time of the examination, but there 
is usually a clear history of an eruption which comes and goes in the 
former. In pruritus ani and pruritus vulvae, as in other forms of local 
pruritus, the absence of visible change in the skin is diagnostic, but 
when a secondary eczema has appeared it is often next to impossible 
to say whether the primary affection was an eczema or pruritus unless 
the history is very clear. Particular care should always be taken to 
exclude pediculosis pubis in itching about the genitalia before making 
a diagnosis of pruritus. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Pruritus in all its forms is often most 
rebellious to treatment and usually taxes our therapeutic resources to 
the limit. Senile pruritus and pruritus of the anus and of the vulva 
are the most intractable varieties. The last frequently drives its unfor- 
tunate victims to the verge of insanity, and sometimes over it. When 
the cause is discoverable and removable the outlook is, of course, much 
more favorable than when the contrary is the case. 

Treatment should be both general and local. Careful search should 
always be made for evidence of gastro-intestinal, hepatic or renal dis- 
ease, and if any of these are present, they should receive appropriate 
treatment. The urine should invariably be examined for sugar, and if 
this is present a proper dietary should be adopted. The diet in any 
case should be most carefully ordered, excluding such articles of food 



NEUROSES 629 

as are known to excite at times disturbance in the skin, such as salt- and 
shell-fish, fresh pork, strong cheeses; complete abstinence from tea, 
coffee, alcohol and tobacco should be insisted upon. In pruritus ani 
and vulvae all possible local causes should be carefully looked for, 
such as haemorrhoids, ascarides, especially in children, anal fissure, 
and in women disease of the uterus and ovaries, and if found should 
be given careful attention. 

While internal treatment only too often fails to produce curative 
effects a number of drugs are more or less serviceable in affording relief 
from the itching. Cannabis Indica, % to y 2 gr. (0.65 to 0.03) of the 
extract, three times a day, has often proven of decided value in the 
author's hands; antipyrin, acetphenetidin, aspirin, or some other form 
of salicylic acid, are also more or less useful at times in lessening the 
itching. Sodium bromide, in considerable doses, 20 to 30 grs. (1.30 
to 2.0J several times a day, is also a useful remedy, and its usefulness 
may be considerably increased by combining it w r ith cannabis indica. 
Carbolic acid given carefully in increasing doses, may be employed with 
good effect ; it should be carefully watched to avoid toxic effects. In 
some cases pilocarpin has produced good results. Quite recently cal- 
cium chloride or lactate, in doses of 15 to 20 grains (1.0 to 1.30) three 
or four times a day, has been highly recommended as a remedy for itch- 
ing, buc the author, who has given it considerable trial, is rather scep- 
tical about its usefulness. Hypnotics, such as chloral, sulphonal, 
trional and veronal, may be given, but they usually fail to produce relief 
unless given in large doses. In the author's opinion opium and its 
alkaloids are. to be used only under very exceptional circumstances; 
as is well known, these frequently produce pruritus in certain indi- 
viduals, and what is much more important, the danger of acquiring 
the opium habit is too great to justify their use in most instances. 
Indeed, habit-forming drugs of any kind should be prescribed in so 
distressing and chronic an affection as pruritus, only after due con- 
sideration of the dangers attending their use. 

Local treatment is always necessary and is frequently much more 
effective than the internal treatment. Warm baths, either plain or 
made alkaline by the addition of bicarbonate or biborate of soda, y^ lb. 
(80.0), to the bath, are often useful, especially in senile pruritus and 
their good effects are often considerably enhanced by following them 
with inunctions of some bland ointment such as cold-cream, or, better, 
cold-cream and lanoline. In bath pruritus the skin should be quickly 
and thoroughly dried after the bath and liberally dusted with talcum 
powder, plain or containing one-half of one per cent, menthol. Woolen 
underwear should never be worn next the skin, but cotton or silk over 
which a woolen garment may be worn in cold weather; this is especially 
important in that form of pruritus which comes on in cold weather 
(pruritus hiemalis"), a form which is most effectively treated by removal 
to a warmer climate during the winter season. 

By far the most useful local remedies are carbolic acid and menthol ; 
these may be used as lotions or ointments, the form adopted depending 



630 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

largely upon the extent of surface, to which they are to be applied. 
The first may be used as a lotion in aqueous solution, varying in 
strength from 3 to 5 per cent., and it is usually more effective if a small 
quantity of glycerin is added to it (3 to 4 per cent.). This solution 
should be mopped or sprayed on the surface several times a day and 
may be followed by a dusting powder of talc and subcarbonate of 
bismuth. The antipruritic effect of carbolic acid is usually more pro- 
nounced when used as an ointment which may be of a strength varying 
from 2 to 4 per cent., but the ointment should not be applied to large 
surfaces without caution since toxic effects may be produced by absorp- 
tion. Bronson advises the following oil containing a large percentage 
of carbolic acid : 

Acid, carbolic 3i-3ii (4-8) 

Liq. potassas f3i (4) 

Ol. Hni m (32) 

M. 

This mixture should be thoroughly shaken before applying it and 
should not be applied over very large areas for fear of toxic effects. 

Although menthol is only very slightly soluble in water the follow- 
ing lotion will often afford great relief from itching, and has the very 
great merit that it never irritates as many other antipruritic 
remedies do. 

Mentholis gr. viii (0.5) 

Sodii biborat ■ 3ss (2.0) 

Glyceri f3ii (4.0) 

Aq. destil fSviii (250.0) 

M. Filtra. 

Sig. Apply with an atomizer. 

The following ointment is highly recommended by Sack: 

Ung. zinci oxid gr. ccc (20.0) 

Adipis lanae 3ijss (10.0) 

Mentholis gr. xv (10.0) 

Aq. acid, carbolic (6%) fBi (30.0) 

M. 

Lotions of chloral, 2 to 4 per cent., of thymol, 5 per cent., of resorcin, 
2 to 4 per cent, are likewise more or less useful, especially if they are 
made up with some alkaline menstruum, such as lime-water. 

Coal tar, as the liq. carbonis detergens, is frequently of great service 
in relieving itching, especially if combined with carbolic acid or men- 
thol. The following is a useful formula : 

Liq. carbonis detergentis f3ii (60) 

Mentholis gr. iv (0.25) 

M. et adde 

Glycerin £Sij (8.0) 

Liq. calcis q.s. ad f§iv (120.0) 

In pruritus ani and pruritus vulvae the same local remedies are 
to be employed. A paste containing from 2 to 4 per cent, of carbol- 



NEUROSES 631 

camphor is one of the most valuable local remedies in these most dis- 
tressing affections. In pruritus vulvae douching the parts with water 
as hot as can be borne will occasionally bring relief lasting for some 
hours. Painting the parts with a solution of silver nitrate in spt. 
aetheris nitrosi, 2 to 5 per cent., will occasionally succeed after other 
remedies have failed, but it, too, often fails. Marked, and occasionally, 
permanent relief is at times obtained from the X-ray. Lastly, when 
all other measures have failed to bring relief, divisions or exsection of 
the nerves supplying the parts may be resorted to. 

DERMATALGIA 

Synonyms. — Neuralgia of the skin ; Rheumatism of the skin ; Fr., 
Dermalgie. 

Symptoms. — The affection is characterized by pain, unassociated 
with any visible change in the skin, which is in most cases confined 
to limited areas of varying extent. The severity of the pain varies 
from moderate discomfort to excruciating torture, and is described 
by the patient as stabbing, burning, or tearing in character. It usually 
comes on spontaneously, but contact with some foreign body or move- 
ment may precipitate an attack. The pain may be continuous but is 
more frequently paroxysmal and is in most cases decidedly worse at 
night. More or less hyperesthesia frequently accompanies the 
neuralgia. 

The term causalgia was employed by Weir Mitchell to designate 
the peculiar burning pain which accompanies certain affections asso- 
ciated with disease of the peripheral nerves, such as glossy skin. The 
author has seen in two instances severe and persistent burning pain 
in the skin occur as a sequel of zoster which appeared after all visible 
evidences of disease had entirely disappeared, and persisted for months. 
The sensation was likened by the patients to that produced by holding 
a hot iron close to the skin. 

Etiology. — The causes of neuralgia of the skin are frequently 
obscure. It is more frequent upon the hairy skin than upon smooth 
parts and usually occurs in middle-aged subjects who are more often 
women than men. It occasionally follows exposure to cold and is at 
times associated with rheumatism, chlorosis and hysteria. In a con- 
siderable proportion of cases it is a concomitant of disease of the cord, 
such as locomotor ataxia, or of some affection of the peripheral nerves. 

Diagnosis. — It is to be distinguished from hyperesthesia by the 
existence and continuance of pain independent of contact with some 
foreign body ; but as in a certain proportion of cases of neuralgia there 
is also more or less pronounced hyperesthesia an accurate differentia- 
tion of the two is not always possible. It is also to be differentiated 
from muscular rheumatism. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — In most instances the affection pursues 
an irregular and chronic course with periods of remission and exacer- 
bation. In a certain proportion of cases, however, after some weeks 
or a month or two it disappears spontaneously. 



632 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The general treatment is to be directed to the condition with 
which it is associated. In rheumatic subjects the salicylates should be 
given, especially aspirin, which often acts most effectively in relieving 
pain. When the patient is chlorotic, iron, arsenic and cod-liver oil are 
indicated. When disease of the cord or peripheral nerves is the under- 
lying affection these are to be treated in an appropriate manner. 

Relief is often afforded by local remedies. The prolonged application 
of hot water or frictions with liniments containing aconite or chloroform 
are frequently of service, although the relief thus obtained is apt to be 
only temporary. Lightly blistering the painful areas will at times pro- 
duce a favorable effect which is occasionally permanent. 

ERYTHROMELALGIA 

Definition. — A disease characterized by pain and flushing of the 
extremities. 

Symptoms. — This rare affection was first described by Weir 
Mitchell, in 1872, as a " rare vaso-motor neurosis " of the extremities, and 
in a subsequent communication, in 1878, he proposed for it the name 
erythromelalgia, the name by which it has since been known. 

It is characterized by pain of a burning character in one or both 
feet, usually some part of the sole, such as the ball of the great toe or 
the heel, which comes on after walking or prolonged standing. After 
a time the pain is followed or accompanied by flushing of the affected 
part which becomes a bright or dusky, mottled red when the patient 
assumes the erect position ; the superficial vessels stand out promi- 
nently, the pain becomes of a throbbing character and the temperature 
of the foot is elevated one or two degrees. When the horizontal posi- 
tion is resumed the pain and vascular symptoms disappear. The 
attacks usually, at first come on in the evening, but as the disease 
continues they appear during other parts of the day. The affection 
usually comes on gradually, but it may appear quite suddenly, as in a 
case reported by Gerhardt in which it began in the night with head- 
ache and vomiting. It is as a rule slowly progressive up to a certain 
point and then becomes stationary. The pain may be mild or severe, 
may be limited to the foot, or exceptionally, may extend to the leg. 
In a few instances the hands as well as the feet have been affected 
(Gerhardt, Senator). Trophic changes occasionally are observed; 
Mitchell saw ulceration of the toe occur and Morel-Lavallee has 
reported trophic changes in the nails, but this case was quite atypical 
and a doubtful one. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The disease occurs far more frequently 
in men than in women, and its subjects are usually young adults. It 
is usually, but not always, worse in summer, and improves with the 
appearance of cold weather. In a certain proportion of cases it occurs 
independently of any other discoverable affection, in others it is asso- 
ciated with symptoms of disease of the cord or of the peripheral nerves. 
In a number of cases symptoms of Raynaud's disease have also been 



NEUROSES 633 

present ; indeed, it is occasionally difficult to draw a hard and fast line 
between the two affections. It has been observed to follow trauma- 
tism ; in a case recently under the author's observation it followed 
an injury to the foot. 

Mitchell and Spiller in the histological examination of a toe which 
had been amputated for ulceration following erythromelalgia found 
marked degeneration of the nerves ; the connective tissue surrounding 
the nerve bundles was greatly thickened and many of the nerve 
fibres had disappeared. There was likewise great thickening of the 
walls of the arteries and veins, the lumen of the former being occasion- 
ally occluded. 

Diagnosis. — It may be confounded with gout and rheumatism, but 
these affections are unaccompanied by the peculiar vascular phenomena 
which characterize erythromelalgia. At times it may be difficult to 
differentiate it from Raynaud's disease since, as already noted, symp- 
toms of both may be present. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis as to recovery is un- 
favorable, but in many instances the affection comes to a standstill. 

The treatment is largely symptomatic, since we know of no remedy 
which is curative. Antipyrin, phenacetin and aspirin are frequently of 
decided service in relieving the pain. In a case under the author's care 
the first-named kept the patient free from pain as long as he continued 
to take it ; Senator also found it of service. Recently Kanoky and 
Sutton found short exposures to the X-ray, using a soft tube, useful. 

MERALGIA PARESTHETICA 

Definition. — An affection characterized by abnormal sensations in 
the region of distribution of the external cutaneous nerve. 

This rare condition which was first described by Bernhardt, in 
1895, an d shortly afterwards given the name mcralgia paresthetica by 
Roth, is distinguished by sensations of tingling, pricking, tearing, cold 
or heat, less frequently, itching and pain, situated on the outer surface 
of the thigh in the region supplied by the branches of the external 
cutaneous nerve. There is usually some diminution of tactile sensi- 
bility in the same region. These abnormal sensations usually come 
on while walking or standing and vary much in degree from mere 
annoyance to severe discomfort. 

The affection is much more frequent in men than in women ; of 
100 cases collected by Musser and Sailer, 75 were men. It has been 
noted to follow lead-poisoning (Bernhardt), exposure to cold, infec- 
tious fevers, such as typhoid, and in a considerable proportion of 
cases, traumatism. All of Oppenheim's cases (quoted by White) 
occurred in alcoholics. In women it may follow pregnancy. 

Treatment is usually without much effect. In some cases massage 
has been found useful. Excision of the nerve where it passes under 
Poupart's ligament has given good results (Osier). Goldberger ob- 
tained prompt relief in his own person by wearing a metal plate in 
his shoe for the correction of flat foot. 



CHAPTER XVII 

DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES— MORBI 
APPENDICIUM 

DISEASES OF THE NAILS 

Diseases of the nails may be congenital or acquired; they may 
occur independently of other morbid conditions, but are far more 
frequently secondary to diseases of the skin, for the most part of 
an inflammatory character. Alterations of the nail itself are, with but 
very few exceptions, secondary to or a part of pathological changes 
in the nail-bed or matrix or in the surrounding nail-wall. Such changes 
may result from injury, may be due to acute local disease, may fol- 
low acute or chronic general diseases, or may be a part of such gen- 
eral infections as tuberculosis, syphilis, leprosy.. Diseases of the nails 
occasionally accompany chronic affections of the circulatory system, 
or follow disease or injury of the central or peripheral nervous systems 
as a consequence of disturbance of trophic functions. Owing to the 
very varied character of their etiology, and more particularly because 
the same condition may arise from diverse causes, the etiological 
diagnosis is frequently a matter of considerable difficulty. 

ONYCHAUXIS 

Definition. — Overgrowth of the nail. 

Symptoms. — While the nail may be increased in all three direc- 
tions, the increase is usually most marked in the direction of its 
length and thickness. The nail-plate is hard, ridged, or quite smooth 
and shining, and of a yellowish or brownish color. Quite often it 
is separated from the nail-bed by a considerable accumulation of ill- 
smelling dry or moist horny epithelial scales, which may be readily 
scraped out. When the increase in length is considerable, and it 
may in exceptional cases amount to as much as 6-J cm., the nail is 
usually twisted on its long axis or curved like a sheep's horn (onycho- 
gryphosis) (Fig. 221). While the nails of both fingers and toes may 
exhibit this deformity, it is most frequent upon the latter and usually 
most marked upon the great toe, to which it may be confined. When 
the increase in breadth is marked, one or both lateral nail-folds are 
frequently inflamed and ulcerated owing to the pressure of the edge 
of the nail-plate (ingrowing nail). 

The number of nails is in rare cases increased, but only as a rule 
to which the exceptions are extremely rare, in connection with super- 
numerary fingers and toes. The nails are usually well-developed^, 
but in exceptional cases may be more or less deformed. Occasion- 
ally nails of abnormal size are observed in syndactylism, a single 
nail covering two or more fingers. 
634 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 635 

Etiology. — Onychauxis may be congenital or acquired, the latter 
being much the more frequent. Wilson has reported a remarkable 
instance of the congenital variety, corresponding to the hyperkera- 
tosis subungualis of H. Hebra, occurring in three generations. The 
nails of all the fingers and toes were thickened and lifted up from the 
nail-bed by a friable horny mass beneath them ; the condition was 
present from birth. "While the acquired form may occur at almost 
any age, it is much more frequently seen in the old and feeble, in 
whom it is often the result of neglect rather than of disease. It 
occasionally follows injury, some local inflammatory affection of the 
matrix, or some inflammatory disease of the skin, such as eczema 
or psoriasis. In chronic disease of the circulatory apparatus in which 
clubbing of the fingers takes place, there may be a coincident enlarge- 
ment of the nails ; and thickening and deformity may follow disease 
or injury of the peripheral nerves. 

Treatment. — The redundant portion of the nail may be removed 




Fig. 221. — Onychogryphosis. 

by the knife or stout scissors when not too thick and hard, first soak- 
ing the nail thoroughly in a warm solution of bicarbonate of soda 
or borax. If the nail is very thick it may be necessary to use a small 
saw or bone-cutting forceps. To prevent recurrence, the nail should 
be frequently trimmed, and shoes which fit properly and do not 
press upon the toe unduly should be worn. When the overgrowth 
is secondary to some inflammatory affection of the nail-bed or to 
some disease of the skin these should have appropriate treatment. 
Ointments of tar, of salicylic acid, or of ammoniated mercury will 
often be found useful in such cases. 

ATROPHIA UNGUIUM 

Synonyms. — Onychatrophia ; Atrophy of the nails. 

Symptoms. — In rare cases the nails may be partially or wholly 
absent at birth (anonychia), or exist only in a rudimentary condi- 
tion. Eichhorst has reported a case in which the nails of the fingers 
and toes were totally lacking at birth ; Jacob one in which the nails 



636 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

were only rudimentary, two of ; the. patient's sisters exhibiting the 
same deformity ; and Hutchinson observed a brother and sister in 
whom there was congenital absence of- all the nails along with alopecia; 
the nails, however, grew later. 

In the acquired forms of nail atrophy the nail-plate presents vary- 
ing degrees of thinning or disorganization ; it may be dry and friable, 
as when it is invaded by fungi, or in extreme cases it may be reduced 
to a soft parchment-like layer of cornified epithelial cells which barely 
cover the nail-bed (hapalonychia). Occasionally the thinned nails 
are concave instead of convex, the so-called "spoon-nails" (koilony- 
chia). As onychorrhexis Dubreuilh and Freche have described an 
atrophic condition of the nails characterized by fine longitudinal fur- 
rowing of the nail-plate and extreme brittleness. - .. 

At times the nail-plate becomes partly detached from the nail- 
bed without obvious cause (Onycholysis, decollement des ongles). 
It becomes yellowish or brownish either at the anterior free border 
or at one of the lateral margins, and gradually becomes separated 
from the nail-bed, at times as far as the matrix. 

At other times it is completely detached and cast off (shedding 
of the nails, onychomadesis). Montgomery has reported a case in 
which one or more of the nails was constantly being shed ; the affec- 
tion was hereditary, the mother of the patient and several of the 
maternal aunts and uncles suffering in like manner. 

Transverse furrowing of the nails is seen with considerable fre- 
quency after acute illness and sometimes after quite trivial disturb- 
ances. The author has noted such furrowing in his own nails after 
two or three days of sea-sickness. The furrow is most marked in 
the thumb-nail and in the nails of the index and middle fingers, and 
much less so in the nail of the little finger. 

Chalk-white patches frequently occur in the nails (leukonychia, 
leukopathia unguium, canities unguium, flores unguium). They may 
appear as small spots, leukonychia punctata; as transverse bands, leu- 
konychia striata ; and in rare instances the entire nail becomes white, 
leukonychia totalis. One or several nails may be affected at the same 
time or in succession, and in rare instances all the nails of both fingers 
and toes. 

Etiology. — As may be gathered from the foregoing, the causes of 
atrophy of the nails are many and various. As already noted, it is 
in rare cases congenital, but far more frequently it is a sequel or 
accompaniment of some inflammatory affection of the nail-bed or 
matrix, or some disease of the skin ; it may follow eczema, psoriasis, 
pityriasis rubra pilaris, epidermolysis bullosa, syphilis. In a case 
reported by the author some years ago extreme atrophy of the nails 
was associated with an arthritis of the fingers resembling arthritis 
deformans. The nails are occasionally shed after severe scarlatina 
with abundant desquamation ; they are sometimes lost in certain dis- 
eases of the central nervous system, as locomotor ataxia. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 637 

Leukonychia may result from traumatism, as was observed by 
Heller in his own person, but in the majority of cases the cause is 
not known. In the case of total leukonychia reported by Giovanni, 
it followed typhoid fever, and in another, involving all the nails, 
reported by Weber and Krieg more recently, the patient suffered from 
a rheumatic cardiac affection. The white color is regarded by most 
authorities as due to accumulations of air bubbles between the cells 
of the nail-plate, but Heidingsfeld was unable to demonstrate this 
in sections of nails which he studied. Unna does not regard the 
presence of air as the primary condition, but secondary to abnormal 
softness and swelling of the nail-cells. 

Treatment. — The treatment of the various forms of atrophy of the 
nails depends altogether upon the causation. When secondary to 
some disease of the skin, such as eczema or psoriasis, these must be 
appropriately treated. If the result of syphilis, mercury, salvarsan, 
and the iodide of potassium together with the use of mercurial oint- 
ments locally may be confidently relied upon to favorably influence 
the disease. In those cases in which there is no demonstrable local 
or general disease to which the affection of the nails can be traced, 
the internal administration of arsenic will at times produce favorable 
results, although it more often fails. 

ONYCHIA 

Synonym. — Onychitis. 

Definition. — Inflammation of the nail-bed and nail-walls. 

Symptoms. — To be strictly accurate, there is no such thing as 
inflammation of the nails, what is so called being inflammation of 
the soft parts to which the nail-plate is attached, the nail-bed and the 
nail-walls. 

Onychia may be acute or chronic, the course it pursues being largely 
dependent upon the cause. In the former the distal phalanx becomes 
red, swollen, and painful, and suppuration of the nail-bed frequently 
occurs, often with inflammation of the nail-walls, followed by loosen- 
ing of the nail, which may be completely detached, leaving a red 
granulating surface covered with pus. In the chronic form the in- 
flammatory symptoms are usually less marked and the nail is thick 
and uneven. 

In tuberculous and syphilitic children, much less frequently in 
adults, a rare form of onychia occurs, characterized by extreme chro- 
nicity (onychia maligna). It begins with inflammation of the nail-bed, 
which terminates in painful ulceration, continuing for many months 
or even years. Exceptionally the inflammation is unusually marked 
and may be accompanied by lamphangitis. 

Along with the soft parts to which the nail is attached, the nail- 
wall, and the nail-bed, the deeper tissues surrounding the nail may 
also be inflamed, the inflammation at times extending down to the 
periosteum and terminating in suppuration (paronychia, panaritium, 
whitlow). 



638 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

One of the most frequent forms of inflammation of the nail is 
that commonly known as ingrowing nail (Unguis incarnatus, Onychia 
lateralis). Owing to continued pressure upon the nail-wall by the 
edge of the nail, the former becomes painful, red, and swollen, and 
sooner or later ulceration occurs in the nail furrow. The ulcer is 
frequently covered with flabby granulations and shows no tendency 
to heal. Occasionally the ulceration extends beneath the nail, and 
in rare cases necrosis of the phalanx occurs. The affection is con- 
fined to the toes, in the great majority of cases to the inner border 
of the great toe. 

Alterations occasionally occur in the nail as the result of syphilis. 
In infrequent cases one or more of the nails gradually lose their trans- 
lucency and lustre, become yellowish, brittle, uneven, and fissured 
(Fig. 222), and in time are partially or completely detached from 
the nail-bed (onychia sicca syphilitica, scabrities unguium syphilitica, 
onyxis craquele). The affection is usually a symptom of the later 

* 




Fig. 222. — Syphilis of the nails. 

stages, but is seen exceptionally in the earlier period of the infection. 

More frequently the nail-walls become red and swollen and ulcera- 
tion follows, which at times extends beneath the nail-plate, which 
may be lost, leaving frequently a sluggish, very painful ulcer occupy- 
ing the nail-bed (paronychia syphilitica). In most cases several nails, 
either of the fingers or of the toes, and not infrequently the majority 
of both, are affected. Heller attaches considerable importance to the 
multiplicity of the lesions as a diagnostic symptom. Syphilitic parony- 
chia usually occurs in the secondary period and is apt to run a pro- 
longed course. 

As isolated papule of the nail-bed Heller describes a syphilitic 
affection of the nail occurring in the secondary stage, characterized 
by the appearance coincidently with the eruption of an intensely red 
spot beneath the nail, over which the nail-plate becomes increasingly 
thinner and finally gives way without suppuration. 

Etiology. — A number of the causes of inflammation of the nails 
and the soft parts immediately connected with them have already 






DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 639 

been alluded to in the account of symptoms. Injuries and infection 
secondary to them are frequent causes of onychia and paronychia. 
Infections such as syphilis and tuberculosis have already been re- 
ferred to as occasional causes. Disease of the spinal cord may in 
rare instances be followed by paronychia ; a painless recurrent parony- 
chia is a characteristic symptom of Morvan's disease or syringomyelia. 

Treatment. — In acute onychia following traumatism or local in- 
fection, moist dressings of a saturated solution of boric acid or of 
bichloride of mercury, I : 2000, should be applied continuously until 
the acute symptoms have subsided, when an ointment of ammoniated 
mercury or of calomel, 2 to 5 per cent., should be gently rubbed 
in twice a day. In the chronic forms and in those associated with 
eczema or other inflammatory disease of the skin, the same ointments 
may be used alone. 

The treatment of paronychia is essentially surgical. When the 
inflammation is severe and extends deeply, a deep and free incision 
should be made into the inflamed parts and one of the above solu- 
tions applied. 

In ingrowing nail the portion of the nail-plate pressing upon the 
inflamed nail-fold should be lifted up by gently insinuating a small 
pledget of absorbent cotton or gauze beneath it, at the same time 
trimming off as much of the nail as possible with the scissors. Should 
this fail to relieve the condition, the nail should be split and 
the part pressing upon the nail-wall removed. Properly fitting shoes 
must be worn to prevent a speedy return of the trouble, as it is in 
most cases due to the pressure of an ill-fitting shoe. 

The treatment of syphilis of the nails does not differ from the 
treatment of syphilis of other parts, 

ONYCHOMYCOSIS 

Definition. — Disease of the nails due to the vegetable parasites, 
the trichophyton, and the Achorion Schonleinii. 

Symptoms. — Notwithstanding the frequency of ringworm of the 
scalp and of non-hairy parts, ringworm of the nails (onychomycosis 
trichophytica, trichophytosis unguium) is an uncommon disease. It 
begins at the free border of the nail, which becomes yellowish or 
dirty gray, opaque, and brittle. As it extends backward toward the 
lunula the nail-plate becomes thickened and fissured and is separated 
from the nail-bed by a dry friable mass of dirty gray color, consist- 
ing of elements of the fungus and cornified epithelial cells (Figs. 
223 and 224). After a time the greater part or the whole of the nail- 
plate is disorganized and may be lost. Although as a rule, to which 
the exceptions are rare, the disease is unaccompanied by inflammatory 
symptoms, inflammation, and still less frequently suppuration, of the 
nail-walls and nail-bed may occur, probably as the consequence of a 
secondary staphylococcic infection. One or several nails may be 
affected, and in rare cases all of them. While confined in the great 



640 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



majority of cases to the ringers, the nails of the toes do not always 
escape. Exceptionally the nails alone are affected, but in most cases 
ringworm of the scalp or of other regions is also present; Heller, how- 
ever, observed an instance in which the nails of the fingers and 
toes were attacked alone. Unless arrested by treatment, the disease 




Fig. 223. — Onychomycosis, ringworm of the nails. 

pursues a very chronic course and may last for several years. Unlike 
other forms of ringworm, it is relatively frequent in adults, and even 
in old age. Heller collected records of four cases in men over sixty- 
nine years of age. 

Favus of the nails (onychomycosis favosa), although a rare affec- 
tion, is relatively less so than ringworm of the nails. It very rarely 




Fig. 224. — Ringworm of the nail, thumb. 

occurs as an independent malady, but is almost always associated 
with favus of other regions, usually the scalp. It begins as one or 
more pale yellow spots beneath the free border of the nail-plate, 
which enlarge, extending backward toward the root until the greater 
part or the whole of the nail is affected. The nail-plate, which be- 
comes opaque, thick, uneven, fissured, and brittle, is separated from 
the nail-bed by a yellowish friable, sometimes dry and powdery, mass 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 641 

of mycelia and spores mixed with horny epithelial cells. The disease 
is confined in the great majority of cases to the nails of the fingers, 
although in rare instances the nails of the toes may be attacked. It 
may last for years and may eventually completely disorganize the 
nail. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of ringworm of the nails can only be 
made with certainty by the microscope, especially when it exists inde- 
pendently of ringworm of other regions, since its clinical features are 
by no means sufficiently characteristic to differentiate it from other 
dystrophic conditions of the nails. The fungus is usually, but not 
always, readily found in scrapings from beneath the nails (Fig. 225) 
which have been subjected to the action of liquor potassae for a few 





t£ V; 




















§ ' 




V- 










lim 







r»*i 



fl "sH\ 







^r^,0f : ;-/■• 

Fig 225. — Ringworm of the nails. Scrapings from beneath the nail, containing great abundance of 
jointed mycelium, from case shown in Fig. 2^3. 

minutes. Favus of the nails is usually more readily recognized owing 
to the decidedly yellow color of the subungual accumulation and to 
its almost invariable association with favus of other regions, particu- 
larly the scalp. The achorion is easily demonstrated in the scales 
beneath the nail-plate. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Neither ringworm nor favus of the 
nails shows any tendency to spontaneous recovery ; if left to them- 
selves, they may continue for years, eventually destroying the nail. 
A ere is only to be obtained by persistent treatment. 

In order to enable the parasiticides to reach the fungus, which is 
protected by the hard and almost impermeable nail-plate, as much as 
possible of the diseased nail should be trimmed off with the knife 
or scissors and the remainder scraped very thin with a dull knife- 
blade, or, better, with a piece of glass. The affected fingers or toes 
41 



642 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

should then be soaked in a hot solution of bichloride of mercury, 
i : iooo, for fifteen to twenty minutes daily, and afterwards dried and' 
an ointment of ammoniated mercury, 5 to 10 per cent., applied. 
Sabouraud recommends the application of a dressing soaked in the 
following solution of iodine and potassium iodide: Iodine, gr. 5 / 6 
(0.05) ; Potassium iodide, gr. 15 (1.0) ; distilled water, 3 ounces (100.0). 
The dressing should be covered with a protective and should be con- 
tinued for six months. As a last resort in obstinate cases, the dis- 
eased nails may be removed and tincture of iodine applied to the nail-bed. 

DISEASES OF THE HAIR AND HAIR-FOLLICLES. 
HYPERTRICHOSIS 

Synonyms. — Hirsuties; Polytrichia; Trichauxis; Hypertrophia 
pilorum ; Superfluous hair; Fr., Poils accidentels. 

Definition. — Excessive development of hair. 

Symptoms. — Abnormal development of hair may occur as a con- 
genital anomaly or as an acquired condition ; it may affect the entire 
hairy system or may be confined to certain regions, either those 
normally hairy or those in which lanugo is present under normal 
conditions. When it is general it is commonly designated universal 
hypertrichosis, but, strictly speaking, this is incorrect, since certain 
regions, such as the palms and soles, are invariably free from hair 
no matter how extensive the development may be. 

Congenital hypertrichosis may be general or partial. In the former 
the abnormal growth of hair may be present at birth as a downy 
growth or less frequently pigmented, covering every part of the skin 
except the palms and soles ; or, what is less common, the abnormal 
development may not take place until some months or a year or two 
after birth. Although a very rare anomaly, some remarkable exam- 
ples of congenital universal hypertrichosis have been observed at 
various times. Among the best known and most striking are the 
Burmese family, of Shwe Maon, in which excessive and general 
hairiness was present in three generations ; the Russian " dog-faced 
man," Jeftichjew, and his son, and the Burmese child, Krao, exhib- 
ited some years ago in various parts of Europe and America. In 
such cases the excessive development of hair is frequently associated 
with defective development of the teeth. According to Michelson, the 
grandfather of the hairy Burmese family was entirely without molars 
and had but one canine ; Jeftichjew had no teeth in the upper jaw, 
and the son, who was examined when he was sixteen years old by 
Jackson, had but five teeth at that time. 

More frequently the abnormal growth of hair is limited to cer- 
tain regions in which hair does not normally grow. Many of the 
cases of partial congenital hairiness are examples of hairy naevus, 
the hair growing, not upon normal, but upon pigmented or otherwise 
altered skin. Occasionally the abnormal growth is situated in the 
lumbar region over a concealed spina bifida. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 643 

Acquired partial hypertrichosis may affect regions in which nor- 
mally the hair is but little developed, or exists as lanugo, such as the 
upper lip, chin, and cheeks in women ; or hair may develop prematurely 
in regions which are normally hairy only in adult age, such as the 
cheeks, chin, and upper lip in male children and the genitalia in children 
of both sexes. Beigel saw a girl, six years old, in whom the genitalia 
were developed and covered with hair like a woman of twenty ; and 
boys are in rare instances seen with a beard, usually associated with 
precocious development of the sexual apparatus. 

The hair of the beard and scalp in exceptional cases undergoes 
unusual development and may reach an extraordinary length. All- 
worthy has reported a case in which the beard reached the length of 
130 inches ; the carpenter of Edam had one nine feet long. Beigel 
relates that Negreni, a female dancer, had hair over nine feet long, 
the increase in length following an acute illness. The axillary and 
pubic hair may likewise grow to an unusual length. 

A partial hypertrichosis, usually of a transient character, occasion- 
ally follows local irritation, such as may result from the application 
of a blister, or repeated friction (Boyer, Raver, Osiander, quoted by 
Kaposi) ; Kaposi relates the case of a woman in whom an abnormal 
growth of hair occurred upon the back of the hand after rubbing 
in mercurial ointment for three weeks. The author has knowledge 
of a case in which frictions with cosmoline after a fracture of the 
forearm was followed by a vigorous growth of hair in the region 
rubbed ; the hair reached a length of three or four inches, but soon fell 
off when the frictions were stopped. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Congenital general hypertrichosis fre- 
quently exhibits a markedly hereditary character, and the same is 
true, but to a less degree, perhaps, of some of the acquired partial 
forms, such as those which affect the beard and scalp. The facial 
hypertrichosis of women is, according to Jackson's statistics, fre- 
quently hereditary ; out of 350 cases this author found hirsuties on 
the maternal side in 41 per cent. Derangement of the sexual apparatus 
is likewise a predisposing factor in this form of hypertrichosis. In 
many instances there is a decided increase in the growth of hair in 
the face after the menopause. As illustrative of the influence of 
disease of the sexual organs upon the growth of facial hypertrichosis, 
the case reported by Hyde may be referred to. A woman thirty-five 
years old, the mother of three children, ceased to menstruate, and 
developed a general and facial hirsuties, the latter resulting in the 
growth of a full beard and mustache. Two or three years later 
menstruation returned, and with its reappearance the general hyper- 
trichosis spontaneously disappeared. 

The association of certain cases of local hypertrichosis, affecting 
the lumbar and sacral regions, with spina bifida has already been 
referred to. In a small number of cases an abnormal growth of hair 



644 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

has been observed to. follow spinal paralysis or injury to peripheral 
nerves (Schiefferdecker and others). 

According to Unna, congenital hypertrichosis is to be regarded as 
an arrest of development of the hair, a trichostasis. The foetal hair, 
instead of falling, continues to develop, producing a general hairiness. 

Treatment. — The circumscribed forms, such as hairy moles and 
facial hypertrichosis, alone are amenable to treatment, and it is chiefly 
these for which the physician's advice is sought. Although various 
methods have been devised for the destruction of the superfluous 
hairs, there are practically but three methods to be considered, viz., 
the use of depilatories, electrolysis, and the X-ray. s The use of de- 
pilatories is only a temporary expedient, as the hair grows again and 
the depilatory must be reapplied at intervals of a week or two. The 
following, in which barium sulphide is the active agent, is a useful 
formula : 

Barii sulphid 3iij (12.0) 

Pulv. zinci oxid. 

Pulv. amyli aa Bss (16.0) 

M. 

Sig. Mix with water and apply as a paste. 

When slight burning is perceived the paste is to be removed, scraped, 
or washed off, and cold cream or a dusting powder applied for a short 
time, as more or less irritation is produced. Some degree of caution 
is necessary in the use of all depilatories, as considerable inflammation 
of the skin may follow their employment unless due care is exercised. 
In the vast majority of cases electrolysis is the method of choice ; 
indeed, it is the only safe practicable method of permanently destroy- 
ing the hair. Very briefly, the method consists in the electrolytic de- 
struction of the hair papilla by inserting into the follicle a fine needle 
fixed in a suitable handle, connected with the negative pole of a gal- 
vanic battery. It was first suggested by Michel, of St.,Louis, in 1875, 
for the removal of hairs in trichiasis, and was shortly afterwards used 
by Hardaway in the treatment of hypertrichosis. While any form 
of galvanic battery will answer the purpose, some form of dry cell 
will be found most satisfactory. The current may be controlled by 
a rheostat and measured by a milliamperemeter, but these are not 
absolutely necessary. A current-strength of two to three milliamperes 
is usually quite sufficient to destroy the papilla. If a milliamperemeter 
is not used, the current from five to ten ordinary dry cells or from 
ten to fifteen chloride of silver cells will be found sufficient. The most 
satisfactory form of needle is one made of irido-platinum, although 
a fine steel needle or a jeweler's "broach" will serve the purpose, 
the latter being preferred by Jackson. When steel needles are used 
care should be taken not to connect them with the positive pole acci- 
dentally, as oxidation of the needle will occur, producing a small black 
dot at the point of insertion. When the face is the region to be oper- 
ated upon, as it is in the great majority of cases, the patient should 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 645 

be placed in a reclining chair in a good light, holding in her left hand 
by its non-conducting handle a wet sponge electrode, which should 
be at least three inches in diameter, connected with the positive pole 
of the battery. The needle is gently inserted in the follicle, using it 
as a probe to enter an already existing passage, and not to force a 
new one, and when the bottom of the follicle is reached, which is 
indicated by a slight increase in resistance to the needle, the patient 
is directed to grasp the sponge with her right hand, thus completing 
the circuit. Within a few seconds slight frothing appears at the mouth 
of the follicle, and after twenty to thirty seconds the circuit should 
be broken by removing the hand from the sponge, when the needle 
may be withdrawn ; if the needle is withdrawn first a slight shock is 
apt to be produced. If the papilla has been destroyed the hair will 
be found to be quite loose so that it may be extracted easily with 
forceps ; if, on the contrary, it is still firmly fixed in the follicle the 
operation has been a failure and must be repeated at another sitting. 
The operation usually gives rise to some pain, which, however, is rarely 
severe enough to cause the patient real distress. From forty to fifty 
hairs may be removed at a sitting, but they should not be removed 
too close together at the same sitting, since scarring may result from 
neglect of this precaution. After the operation the part operated on 
should be bathed for a few minutes in hot water and afterwards an- 
nointed with cold cream or covered with some dusting powder. 

When the number of hairs is very great, their removal by electro- 
lysis is practically impossible, owing to the length of time required ; 
under such circumstances the X-ray may be used, giving an exposw e 
just sufficient to produce a mild erythema, measuring the exposure 
by means of a meter, such as the Holzknecht or the Sabouraud-Noire 
pastile. This agent is to be employed, however, with the utmost 
care, since great harm may be done with it even in the hands of 
an experienced operator. Ill effects, such as a persistent dermatitis, 
followed by disfiguring telangiectases, and atrophy of the skin, may 
appear months or even years after its employment. 

The fine cylindrical knives devised by Kromayer and the fine ther- 
mocautery, microbrenner, employed by Unna are so far inferior to 
electrolysis in every respect that while they are mentioned they are 
not recommended. 

ATROPHIA PILORIUM PROPRIA 

FRAGILITAS CRINIUM 

Synonyms. — Scissura pilorum ; Fissura pilorum ; Trichoptilosis. 

Definition. — Abnormal dryness with brittleness of the hair. 

Symptoms. — The hair may be abnormally dry and break readily 

as a symptom of disease of the hair itself, such as ringworm or favus, 

or of some chronic inflammatory affection of the scalp, such as eczema, 

psoriasis, seborrhceic dermatitis ; or the abnormal dryness mav be 

secondary to some general constitutional disease, such as typhoid 



646 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

fever, syphilis, tuberculosis, leprosy, which seriously impairs the gen- 
eral nutrition. Much less commonly it occurs as an idiopathic affec- 
tion unaccompanied by any manifest or discoverable local or general 
disease. 

In the symptomatic form the hair is abnormally dry, without its 
accustomed lustre, and often much thinned, owing to the readiness 
with which it splits up and breaks off with handling or even spontane- 
ously. In the idiopathic form longitudinal splitting of the shaft fre- 
quently takes place at the ends, in its continuity, or within the follicles, 
the last only rarely. A splitting of the ends of the hair of the scalp 
which may extend some distance is common in the long hair of women ; 
much less frequently a similar condition is seen in the hair of the 
beard. In rare cases the splitting begins in the bulb, as in those 
reported by Duhring, Parker, Hyde, and Crocker. In Duhring's case 
the disease occurred in the beard and was accompanied by great irri- 
tation and inflammation of the follicles. It may affect hairs irregu- 
larly scattered throughout the scalp or beard, or it may be confined to 
certain limited areas. 

Etiology and Pathology. — As already observed, the symptomatic 
form may result from the invasion of the hair by parasitic organisms, 
or may be the result of a lowering of the nutrition of the scalp from 
local or general causes. The cause of the idiopathic form is for the 
most part unknown. Kaposi attributed the splitting of the ends of 
the hair to its comparative remoteness from the papilla, the source of 
its nutrition, but since short hairs are at times affected as well as 
long ones, this is hardly an adequate explanation. Doubtless mis- 
handling of abnormally dry hair by the patient herself or by hair- 
dressers is frequently responsible for the condition in women. 

Beyond the dissociation of the fibres of the shaft, but little is 
to be seen microscopically in most cases ; in the case reported by 
Duhring, however, there was a decided atrophy of the bulb. Spiegler 
has announced the finding of a bacillus in the hair with which he 
succeeded in reproducing the affection, but this finding still awaits 
confirmation by other investigators. 

Treatment. — The affection is apt to be persistent. When it is 
secondary to some other local or general disease, this must receive 
attention. The scalp should be washed at intervals of two or three 
weeks, avoiding much rubbing, and the cleansing followed by inunc- 
tions of small quantities of vaseline, oil of sweet almond, or oil of 
sesame. The split ends of the hairs should be cut off, and when the 
beard is affected daily shaving for a time should be advised. 

TRICHORRHEXIS NODOSA 

Synonyms. — Clastothrix ; Trichoclasia ; Trichoptilose (Devergie) ; 
Auftreibung und Bersten der Haare (Beigle). 

Definition. — An affection of the hair characterized by longitudinal 
splitting and nodose swelling of the shaft. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 647 

Symptoms. — As "swelling and bursting of the hair" Beigel de- 
scribed this affection in 1855, although it had been recognized pre- 
viously by Wilson and Wilks, the former giving it the name fragilitas 
crinium. The name by which it is generally known at present was 
given it by Kaposi in 1881. 

It is characterized by one or more grayish or whitish nodose swell- 
ings of the hair-shaft, which at a little distance may be mistaken for 
the ova of pediculi, but which on nearer examination are seen to in- 
volve the entire thickness of the hair instead of being attached to it. 
They are produced by the longitudinal splitting and spreading out of 
a small section of the shaft, producing an appearance which has 
been aptly likened to the interlocking of two small brushes which have 
been pushed together (Fig. 226) ; the shaft is frequently broken off at 
the site of the nodes, leaving brush-like ends. In the great majority 
of cases the disease is limited to the mustache and beard, although it 
may also occur in the scalp, axillary, and pubic hairs. Hodara has 
described a form observed frequently in the hair of the scalp of women 
in Constantinople, which differs slightly from the ordinary form in 





Fig. 226. — Trichorrhexis nodosa. 

that the nodes are quite small and splitting of the shaft occurs not 
only at but between the nodes. As a rule it is the distal third of the 
shaft that is affected, the proximal portion being free and firmly fixed 
in the follicle ; the number of nodes on a hair varies from one to eight 
or ten, placed at irregular intervals. No subjective symptoms accom- 
pany the affection, which is usually discovered accidentally in handling 
the beard or mustache. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The malady is infrequent, although prob- 
ably not so rare as commonly stated, since, owing to its comparatively 
trivial character and the absence of subjective symptoms, it is fre- 
quently overlooked by the patient and seldom brought to the notice 
of the physician. As already observed, it is much more frequent in 
men than in women, although Raymond found it present in the hair 
of the labia majora of a large proportion of women examined, and 
Hodara has noted its frequent occurrence in the scalp hair of the 
women of Constantinople. Its direct cause has not yet been definitely 
determined. Of the earlier observers, Beigel thought it due to the 
accumulation of a gas in the hair which burst it, while Wilson re- 
garded it as the result of some nutritive disturbance. McCall Ander- 
son observed it in parents and children, and concluded that heredity 



648 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

played a part in its production, but, as Raymond has pointed out, 
this can just as reasonably be attributed to contagion as to heredity. 
In recent years a number of investigators (Raymond, Hodara, Spieg- 
ler, v. Essen, Markusfeld, de Keyser) have found microorganisms 
in the nodes, which they have regarded as the etiological factor. Ho- 
dara found a small bacillus which he named the bacillus multiformis 
trichorrhexides, with cultures of which he succeeded in producing the 
affection experimentally. Ravenel, who suffered from it himself in 
his mustache, records the interesting fact that his tooth-brushes and 
shaving-brushes presented nodes similar to those in his mustache ; 
other observations of a similar kind have been made by Blaschko, 
Jadassohn, and others, who found nodes in the brushes of hair-dressers. 
Wolfberg, Sabouraud, Brocq, and others believe it due to mechanical 
injury of the shaft occurring in those with abnormally dry hair. 

According to Kaposi, the affection begins with a longitudinal split- 
ting of the cortex and an increase in the thickness of the medulla. 
After a time the medulla disappears and fracture of the shaft occurs 
at the site of the node. Eichhorst found numerous droplets of fat 
between the cells of the medulla, and numerous particles of extraneous 
matter are entangled in the fine fibres of the nodes. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The malady is a very intractable one 
and often refuses to yield to the best-directed treatment. When it 
affects the beard and mustache, daily shaving should be advised and 
continued for some time. In view of its probable infectious nature, 
parasiticide lotions and ointments may be employed. Sabouraud rec- 
ommends the following lotion : 

» 

Hydrarg. bichlorid gr. vijss (0.50) 

Sp. setheris, 

Alcoholis aa fS iv (125.0) 

Resorcini 3ss (2.0) 

Acid, tartaric 3ss (2.0) 

Schwimmer advises the use of a 3 per cent, ointment of sulphur, while 
Jadassohn recommends a 1 per cent, ointment of pyrogallol. Besnier 
applied tincture of cantharides, pure or diluted, according to the amount 
of irritation produced. Sack thinks epilation a useful auxilliary. Joseph, 
who believes the nodes produced mechanically, forbids washing the hair, 
and applies daily oil of sweet almond or castor oil largely diluted with 
alcohol. 

MONILETHRIX 

Synonyms. — Aplasia pilorum intermittens ; Fr., Nodosite des poils ; 
Ger., Spindelhaare. 

Definition. — A congenital affection of the hair distinguished by 
constrictions occurring at regular intervals throughout its entire 
length. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 



649 



Symptoms. — This rare affection was first described in 1879 inde- 
pendently by Walter Smith and Luce ; since then cases have been 
reported by Behrend, Lesser, Hallopeau, Sabouraud, Gilchrist, Rug- 
gles, and a number of other English, French, German, and American 
observers. Quite recently MacKee and Rosen have published a very 
thorough study of its clinical features and histopathology. 

It is characterized by constrictions of the hair-shaft regularly placed 
at intervals of about a millimetre throughout its entire length, includ- 




Fig. 221. — Monilethrix. (Dr. Geo. M. MacKee.) 

ing the root, giving to the hair a beaded appearance. Although 
commonly described as consisting of alternate constrictions and fusi- 
form swellings or nodes, it is only the former that are pathological, 
since the so-called nodes are in fact portions of the normal hair- 
shaft which present a deceptive appearance of nodes or swellings 
in contrast with the constrictions. When viewed by transmitted 
light the fusiform portions of the shaft are dark, while the constric- 
tions are lighter in color or white and translucent. Fracture of the 
shaft occurs readily at the constrictions, and in consequence the 



650 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



hair is quite short, and partial or in exceptional cases complete bald- 
ness results. The entire scalp is usually affected, but it may be for 
a time limited to certain parts of it, and exceptionally the brows or 
the hair of extremities may be affected ; in the cases reported by 

Gilchrist and Ruggles it was lim- 
ited to the legs. In most of the 
cases a more or less marked kera- 
tosis pilaris accompanies the dis- 
ease, the follicles being filled with 
small plugs of horny epithelium. 
In exceptional cases the scalp is 
scaly and inflammation of the 
follicles is present (Fig. 227). 

Etiology and Pathology. — 
Both sexes are alike affected. In 
a large proportion of the reported 
cases it was congenital or ap- 
peared shortly after birth ; in a 
much smaller proportion it ap- 
peared for the first time some 
years after birth. Anderson has 
reported the occurrence of four- 
teen cases among twenty-seven in- 
dividuals in six generations of one 
family ; Sabouraud found seven- 
teen cases in five generations, and 
other, but less striking, examples 
of its hereditary character have 
been observed by Payne, Lesser, 
Hudelo, Tenneson, and others. 
There is, accordingly, but little 
doubt that heredity plays an im- 
portant role in its production. 

The pathogenesis of the af- 
fection still awaits a satisfactory 
explanation. Smith and Virchow 
attributed it to periodic variations 
in the formative activity of the 
cells of the hair-bulb. Bonnet and 
Unna explain the formation of 
the constrictions by supposing a 
periodic contraction of the follicles, due to variations in the tonicity of 
their muscular and elastic elements. 

The pathological alterations of the hair are limited to the con- 
strictions, the so-called nodes being, as already noted, normal portions 
of the shaft. At the site of the constrictions the medulla has disappeared 
and fracture is common. MacKee and Rosen found the upper part of the 




Fig. 228. — Monilethrix. Section of follicle containing 
twisted hair with nodes. (Dr. Geo. M. MacKee.) 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 651 

follicles dilated, with a marked increase in keratinization, producing large 
hyperkeratotic masses, which occluded the follicle and compelled the hair, 
which was rotated upon its axis, to take a tortuous course. (Fig. 228.) 
Both the external and internal root-sheaths were well developed. The 
inner sheath was apparently normal in the region of the bulb, its two 
layers well differentiated, but as it ascended the nuclei and keratohylin 
granules disappeared from Huxley's layer and the sheath became homo- 
geneous. The superficial vessels of the corium were slightly dilated and 
surrounded by a moderate exudate of small lymphocytes. 

Diagnosis. — Monilethrix is to be differentiated from trichorrhexis 
nodosa, from intermittent graying of the hair (ringed hair), and from 
ringworm of the scalp. In the first of these affections fractures occur 
at the nodes and not in the thin parts of the hair-shaft, as in moni- 
lethrix : in intermittent graying of the hair there are no nodes, but 
alternate sections of white and dark hair ; ringworm usually occurs 
in patches and the trichophyton is readily found in the hair ; lastly, 
none of these diseases is congenital. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Spontaneous recovery never occurs, 
although improvement has been noted in rare cases. Treatment has 
but little, if any, effect. Stimulating lotions and ointments of sulphur 
and salicylic acid may, however, be found useful. 

PLICA 

Synonyms. — Plica Polonica ; Ger.. Weichselzopf ; Fr., Plique polo- 
naise. 

Definition. — A matted condition of the hair of the scalp. 

Symptoms. — The early authors devoted considerable space to the 
consideration of plica, and, according to the appearances presented, 
divided it into a number of varieties. Hebra and Kaposi, however, 
showed quite conclusively that it was not a disease, but a condition 
arising from neglect. The entire scalp may be covered with a mass 
of hair inextricably tangled together, filled with swarms of pediculi 
and innumerable ova, giving off an exceedingly disagreeable rancid 
odor. The scalp beneath may be quite normal in appearance, or it 
may be red and crusted, or moist and oozing, owing to the irritation 
produced by the presence of pediculi and scratching. 

As plica neuropathica a small number of cases have been reported 
(Le Page, Pestonji, De Amicis, Stelwagon, and a few others) in which 
matting of the hair was confined to a limited area of the scalp which 
showed no evidences of neglect, and in a few instances appeared quite 
acutely. In the case observed by Le Page the condition appeared 
shortly after washing the hair in warm water, and Pestonji has re- 
ported a case having a similar origin. Ohmann-Dumesnil has re- 
ported a case in a girl sixteen years old in whom matting of the 
hair followed suppression of the menses. In Stelwagon's case, which 
was seen by the author, the matting was confined to an area in the 



652 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

occipital region about the size of a silver dollar and formed a rope- 
like lock four feet long; the scalp was perfectly clean and free from 
pediculi. 

Etiology. — As already observed, the condition is commonly the 
result of neglect ; the nervous origin of the neuropathic form is purely 
hypothetical. 

Treatment. — Thorough soaking of the tangled mass with olive 
oil or oil of sweet almond and the patient use of the comb will usually 
disentangle the hair. When the condition is limited to a circumscribed 
area the quickest way to get rid of it is to cut off the matted hair 
with the scissors, but not infrequently, owing to some superstitious 
notion, the patient will not permit this to be done. 

PIEDRA 

Synonyms. — Trichosporie (Vuillemin) ; Piedra nostras (Unna) ; 
Tinea nodosa (Morris and Cheadle) ; Trichomycose nodulaire (Juhel- 
Renoy). 

Definition. — A parasitic affection of the hair endemic in Colombia, 
but also occurring sporadically in rare instances in Europe, character- 
ized by minute hard concretions attached to the hair-shaft. 

Symptoms. — First described by Osorio, this affection occurs in 
two forms, one endemic in Colombia, where it is found almost ex- 
clusively in the valleys of Cauca, and a second, which has been met 
with sporadically in various parts of Europe. 

The endemic Colombian variety is confined almost exclusively to 
the hair of the scalp in women, although it is in exceptional cases 
seen in the mustache and beard in men. It is characterized by minute 
dark or black concretions of stony hardness, situated on the shaft of 
the hair at intervals of one-half to two centimetres, beginning about 
a centimetre from the surface of the scalp. When the concretions 
are numerous, combing or shaking the hair produces a rattling sound. 

In the European variety, or piedra nostras (tinea nodosa), similar, 
but somewhat larger and softer, nodules and sheath-like deposits occur 
upon the hair-shaft of the hair of the mustache and beard, to which 
regions it is limited. 

The affection described by Beigel in 1869 as "chignon disease" 
is regarded by Behrend and others as identical with piedra. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Morris believes the probable cause of 
the malady, as observed in Colombia, is to be found in a mucilaginous 
oil which the native women apply to the hair of the scalp for cosmetic 
purposes ; other authorities think it possibly due to the peculiar muci- 
laginous properties of the water of certain sluggish streams in the 
regions in which the affection is endemic. The parasitic nature of 
the disease, however, has been established by the studies of Behrend, 
Juhel-Renoy, Unna, and others, who found various forms of spores 
in the nodular masses. The Colombian variety is due to the trichospo- 
rum gigemteum; piedra nostras to a somewhat similar organism, the 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 653 

Trichosporum ovale. It is altogether likely that the various organisms 
described are variations of one pleomorphic fungus. The spores which 
form the nodules are held together by a glutinous material which 
Vuillemin believed was produced by the fungus. The hair-shaft is 
as a rule but little or not at all affected, since the spores are situated 
on the outside and do not penetrate its substance. 

Treatment. — An entirely satisfactory method of treatment is to 
wash the hair with a hot i : iooo solution of bichloride of mercury. 
Besnier suggested adding i per cent, acetic acid to this solution. The 
washing should be followed by combing with a fine-tooth comb. 

Diagnosis. — The affection for which it is most likely to be mis- 
taken is lepothrix, but that malady is confined to the hair of the axillae, 
scrotum, and perineal region, and the nodules frequently contain an 
orange-colored pigment soluble in the sweat which stains the under- 
wear. 

LEPOTHRIX 

Synonyms. — Trichomycosis nodosa (Patterson) ; Trichomycosis 
palmellina (Pick). 

Definition. — An affection of the axillary, scrotal, and perineal hairs 
characterized by fungous incrustations attached to the hair-shaft. 




v 



Fig. 229. — Lepothrix, axillary hair. 



Symptoms. — This affection, which was first described by Paxton 
in 1869, and later given the name lepothrix by Erasmus Wilson, is 



654 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



distinguished by minute nodular masses and sheath-like incrustations 
on and around the hair-shafts of the axillary region, and less fre- 
quently the hairs of the scrotum and perineum. The incrustations 
are grayish or red-brown in color, and although rather soft on hairs 
moist with perspiration are quite hard on dry hairs. The affected 
hairs are usually quite brittle and frequently break with a brush-like 
fracture. When the nodules are red-brown (Fig. 229) they contain 
a pigment which, soluble in perspiration, stains the underwear a bright 
orange, which is oftentimes the first and only symptom to call the 
patient's attention to the condition. The malady is a common one, 
Behrend finding it in 90 per cent, of his dispensary patients, but as 
it is unaccompanied by any subjective symptoms, medical advice is 
rarely sought for it. It is more frequent in blondes than in brunettes, 




Fig. 230. — Lepothrix. Micrococci from a brownish incrustation on hair which produced orange-colored 
staining of the underwear — so-called red sweat. 

and in those who perspire freely, but neglect of the toilet is not a cause, 
as is stated by some authors. 

Under the names trichomycosis flava, trichomycosis nigra, and 
trichomycosis rubra, Castellani has described an affection of the axil- 
lary hairs in Ceylon resembling lepothrix and probably closely related 
to it. The incrustations are quite abundant and soft, and in exceptional 
cases two of the three varieties may be found on the same hair, or 
one axilla may present one variety, the other another. 

The incrustations consist of masses of a short bacterium held 
together by a gloea, which penetrates the cortex of the hair-shaft so 
that it readily breaks off. In a study of red nodules obtained in one 
case from the axillary hairs, in another from hairs in the perineum, 
the author found masses of a micrococcus (Fig. 230) which in cultures 
was arranged in tetrads or groups of four. In the Ceylon affection 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 655 

Castellani found great numbers of bacilli in the yellow variety and 
cocci in the black and red forms. 

The affection is readily recognized. Its limitation to the axillary 
and scrotal hairs and the presence of the incrustations, which when 
of the red-brown variety stain the underwear, are sufficiently character- 
istic to prevent its being mistaken for any other condition. 

Treatment. — Although commonly regarded as readily curable by 
the use of parasiticide lotions, such as a solution of bichloride of mer- 
cury, i : iooo, this has not been the author's experience. Unless the 
use of such lotions is preceded by shaving of the affected regions but 
little can be accomplished, and it is likely to persist for an indefinite 
period. Castellani applies a 2 per cent, solution of formalin in alco- 
hol two or three times a day, and a 2 per cent, ointment of sulphur 
at night. The formalin solution should be used somewhat cautiously, 
as it is likely to cause considerable dermatitis after a little while. 

ALOPECIA 

Synonyms. — Calvities ; Baldness; Fr., Alopecie; Ger., Kahlheit. 

Definition. — Baldness, especially of the scalp, but also affecting 
other hairy regions. It may be local or general, partial or complete, 
congenital or acquired. 

According to its causes, course, and clinical symptoms, it pre- 
sents a number of varieties, of which the following are those gener- 
ally recognized by authors : alopecia congenita ; alopecia prematura ; 
alopecia senilis ; alopecia areata. 

ALOPECIA CONGENITA 

Synonyms. — Alopecia adnata ; Hypotrichosis ; Oligotrichosis ; Fr., 
Alopecie congenitale. 

Symptoms. — In congenital alopecia, which is a rare variety, the 
hair may be entirely absent at birth, or, what is more frequent, it is 
scanty, patchy^ or imperfectly developed. In the cases in which it 
is entirely wanting there is commonly some associated anomaly of 
development of the teeth and nails. Occasionally the hair is present 
in normal quantity and quality at birth, but shortly falls, and is not 
reproduced, or is reproduced imperfectly and incompletely (hypotri- 
chosis). In certain other cases of congenital alopecia the baldness 
is not permanent, but is due to delayed development of the hair, which 
eventually is produced in normal quantity. Congenital alopecia fre- 
quently presents a more or less marked familial character, and the 
number of instances in which it has been observed in two or more 
members of the same family or in succeeding generations is relatively 
large. A striking example of this peculiarity is furnished by Nicolle 
and Halipre, who have reported the occurrence of thirty-six cases 
of defective development of the hair and nails in six generations of 
one family ; Charles J. White has reported a similar, though less 
extensive, series (seven cases in four generations). Congenital ab- 



656 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

sence of hair may be a racial peculiarity ; Hill has reported the existence 
of a hairless tribe of Australian aborigines. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The only etiological factor of which we 
have any definite knowledge is heredity, and there is apparently but 
little doubt that in a very large proportion of the cases of this va- 
riety of alopecia this is the chief, if not the only, cause. 

Congenital alopecia is to be regarded as an anomaly of develop- 
ment rather than a disease. Its histopathology has been studied by 
Schiede, Jones and Atkins, and Ziegler. In the cases studied by the 
last-named, hair and hair papillae were entirely absent, but the sweat- 
and sebaceous-glands were quite normal in appearance. In the neigh- 
borhood of the sebaceous glands were epithelial tubes surrounded by 
circularly arranged connective-tissue tracts in which terminated smooth 
muscle fibres resembling those of the arrectores pilorum ; Ziegler re- 
garded these tubes as "rests" of external root-sheaths. 

ALOPECIA SENILIS 

Symptomatology. — Senile alopecia, or that which appears after fifty 
years of age, usually begins on the vertex, but may begin on the ante- 
rior portion of the scalp. The hair loses its lustre, becomes thin and 
fine, and sooner or later a bald patch is formed, which spreads in all 
directions, until in many cases a large part of the scalp is bare. The 
bald area is usually quite smooth, oily, and shining, but may be slightly 
scaly and dry from a mild seborrlicea. In a certain proportion of cases 
the hair on other parts of the body, such as the beard and the pubic 
region, is less vigorous than in early life and may also fall to some 
extent. The loss of hair is in most cases accompanied by other senile 
changes, such as whitening of the hair and atrophy of the skin. It 
is much less frequent in women than in men, and when it does occur 
is usually much less extensive. 

Senile alopecia is a part of the atrophic changes which take place 
with advancing years. Unna, however, has called attention to the 
fact that the hair on other parts of the body frequently becomes 
stiffer and stronger in old age, and thinks it possible that the loss 
of hair upon the scalp in the aged is the result of a mild unrecognized 
seborrhcea. 

Michaelson found a fibrous endarteritis of the vessels of the scalp 
which narrowed their lumen and led to partial destruction of the capil- 
lary network surrounding the hair-follicles, which were shrunken and 
filled with horny epithelium. Unna found practically the same changes 
but does not believe that the hair loss is produced by the endarteritis. 

ALOPECIA PREMATURA 

By alopecia prematura is understood loss of hair occurring in young 
subjects, i.e., before twenty-five or thirty years of age. It may occur 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 657 

independently of any recognizable disease of the scalp or general dis- 
turbance, alopecia prematura idiopathica ; or it may be the result of 
some local affection of the scalp, or secondary to some constitutional 
disease, alopecia prematura symptomatica. 

Alopecia Prematura Idiopathica. — The idiopathic form of premature 
alopecia usually begins at the temples and on the vertex, or in one or the 
other of these regions. The hair fall is increased and coincidently there 
is a progressive enfeeblement of the new-growth until there is nothing 
but a fine and scanty down which, too, in turn disappears, leaving the 
greater part of the scalp bare, smooth and shining. Quite commonly the 
loss of hair is rapid, more or less complete baldness appearing in the course 
of some, sometimes a few, months. When it begins upon the vertex it 
produces a circular tonsure-like patch which spreads in all directions ; 
when it begins at the temples the hair recedes on both sides, often leaving 
a central patch, which may persist for some time after the remainder 
of the scalp is quite bald. In advanced cases the greater part of the 
scalp may be bare, a narrow fringe remaining above the ears and in the 
occipital region only. Premature alopecia of this variety is much more 
frequent in men than in women, indeed it is quite uncommon in the 
latter, and when it does occur almost never reaches the proportions 
frequently seen in men. 

Alopecia Prematura Symptomatica, or that variety secondary to 
local disease of the scalp, or to some general infection such as syphilis, 
typhoid fever and the like, varies a good deal in its symptoms and course 
according to its causation. As in the other forms of baldness it may 
be partial or complete, and may involve other hairy regions as well as 
the scalp. 

By far the most common form of symptomatic alopecia is that 
which follows seborrhceic dermatitis of the scalp (alopecia pityrodes, 
alopecia furfuracea). The fall of the hair is preceded for a variable 
period, usually considerable, by a more or less abundant scaling of 
the scalp, which may be dry and bran-like or somewhat greasy, in the 
latter case forming fatty crusts. After a time the hair-fall is increased 
and the hair upon the anterior portion of the scalp and on the vertex 
becomes increasingly thinner until partial or complete baldness results. 
Exceptionally the loss of hair takes place with comparative rapidity. 

More or less loss of hair frequently follows certain general diseases, 
especially those attended by elevation of temperature for a consider- 
able period, such as typhoid fever, pneumonia, erysipelas (defluvium 
capillorum). With the appearance of convalescence the hair falls 
out rapidly and abundantly, although complete baldness seldom occurs. 
The loss of hair is commonly temporary and lasts but a comparatively 
short time, although there are exceptions to this rule. 

A temporary alopecia is a fairly common symptom of the secondary 
42 



658 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

stage of syphilis (alopecia syphilitica). It occurs as a diffuse thin- 
ning of the hair of the scalp or in ill-defined patches ; the loss of hair 
is seldom sufficient to produce complete baldness. Areas of com- 
plete and permanent baldness may result from the ulcerative lesions 
of late syphilis when these are situated in the scalp. Alopecia con- 
fined to the site of the eruptive lesions is common in lepra. Inflam- 
matory diseases, such as eczema and psoriasis, when situated upon the 
scalp, may be followed by a certain amount of thinning of the hair, 
but actual baldness seldom results. Lupus erythematosus of the scalp, 
folliculitis decalvans, and morphcea (localized scleroderma) are infre- 
quent causes of patches of permanent baldness. 

Disease of the scalp due to the vegetable parasites, such as ring- 
worm and favus, are attended by partial or complete circumscribed 
loss of hair. In the former the loss of hair is usually temporary, but 
may be permanent after the inflammatory forms (kerion) ; in favus the 
hair-follicles are often entirely destroyed with permanent loss of hair in 
the affected areas. 

Etiology and Pathology. — There is little or no doubt that a ten- 
dency to early loss of hair is inherited and heredity is probably the 
most active of the causes which predispose to premature alopecia. 
The wearing of stiff hats, which interferes with the circulation of the 
scalp and leads to a lessening of its nutrition, is regarded by some 
authors (Jamison, King) as a predisposing factor; and Ellinger thought 
that the daily use of cold water upon the scalp interfered with the 
proper growth of the hair. 

In the symptomatic varieties of premature alopecia the most fre- 
quent of all causes is seborrhcea or seborrheic dermatitis of the scalp. 
According to Elliot more than 90 per cent, are due to this cause ; Jack- 
son found about 75 per cent, of his cases suffering from this affection, 
while White noted it in 79 per cent. A considerable number of recent 
investigators regard the seborrhceic affection as due to an invasion of 
the follicles by a small bacillus, the mocrobacillus of Sabouraud, and 
consequently transmissible. While there is some evidence for the 
contagiousness of the malady this evidence is yet far from conclusive. 

In those cases in which the alopecia has followed such diseases as 
typhoid fever, pneumonia, erysipelas, the loss of hair is probably due 
to some toxin rather than the high temperature, since many cases of 
high temperature occur without loss of hair. The fall of hair which 
occurs quite commonly after pregnancy is very probably a toxic effect. 

Loss of hair may follow the internal administration of thallium ace- 
tate, and is quite common after exposure of hairy parts to the X-ray. 

In alopecia pityrodes there is a mild hyperkeratosis extending into 
the mouths of the follicles which are filled with an accumulation of 
horny epithelium in which are numerous microorganisms (micro- 
bacilli). The rete is at first but little altered,. but in the later stages 
shows some atrophy. The vessels of the papillae are dilated and are 
surrounded in places by a moderate cellular exudate in which are con- 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 659 

siderable numbers of " mastzellen." The sebaceous glands in the 
early stages show but little change, but in advanced cases are more 
or less atrophied. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis of all the varieties of alopecia depends 
largely upon the causes. In the congenital, senile and idiopathic 
premature forms the prognosis is most unfavorable, although in rare 
instances hair does eventually appear in the congenital variety and 
may be partially restored in the other forms. In alopecia pityrodes 
the prognosis is fairly favorable if treatment is undertaken early and 
carried out persistently and methodically. In cases of defluvium 
capillorum following typhoid fever, pneumonia, erysipelas, and in 
syphilitic alopecia the hair usually returns within a comparatively short 
time. In the patchy baldness following local affections of the scalp, 
like erythematous lupus and folliculitis decalvans, the loss of hair is 
irreparable, as the follicles are destroyed. 

Treatment. — When there is a hereditary tendency to early loss of 
hair prophylactic measures are indicated. The scalp should be kept 
clean by an occasional shampoo or by washing it with tincture of green 
soap and warm water followed by cold, following the shampoo or the 
washing by the application of a small quantity of some bland oil, such 
as oil of sweet almond, oil of sesame or vaseline. Under ordinary 
circumstances a shampoo every two or three weeks is quite often 
enough ; but for those who are much exposed to dust it may be neces- 
sary to cleanse the scalp more frequently. Daily brushing the hair 
with a stiff brush for a few minutes is also useful, as well as gentle 
massage two or three times a week. Men should wear soft rather than 
stiff hats and should not w r ear them in-doors. 

While there are few if any remedies which exert a direct effect 
upon the growth of the hair, internal treatment is frequently indicated 
by the patient's general condition. Iron, arsenic, strychnia, cod-liver 
oil and other remedies of a similar kind may be of use in certain cases, 
owing to the presence of anaemia, or debility. In syphilitic alopecia 
antisyphilitic remedies are, of course, indicated as in any other manifes- 
tation of syphilis. As there is some evidence that pilocarpin stimu- 
lates the growth of the hair small doses, from a one-twentieth to one- 
fifteenth gr. (.003-004) three times a day, may be given for short 
periods. 

The chief reliance must be placed, however, upon local treatment, 
and this consists for the most part in the application of stimulating 
ointments and lotions and the use of such procedures as, by attracting 
an increased blood-supply to the scalp, tend to increase the nutrition 
of the hair-producing apparatus. Certain mechanical procedures, such 
as vigorous brushing and massage to which reference has already been 
made, are of decided use and should be employed methodically and 
judiciously. The faradic brush and the high-frequency spark may also 
be employed for the same purpose. The list of local remedies is a long 
one and most of them have in common the property of producing 



660 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

more or less irritation and local hyperemia and many of them possess 
parasiticide properties. Ammonia, acetic acid, carbolic acid, capsi- 
cum, cantharides, sulphur, tar, are some of the drugs which are 
employed locally, either as lotions or as ointments, with more or less 
favorable effect. 

Jackson speaks in laudatory terms of the following lotion contain- 
ing pilocarpin, which, as already mentioned, probably exerts a directly 
stimulating effect upon the growth of the hair : 

n 

Pilocarpin. muriat gr. xx (1.33) 

Spt. odorati f3 iv (16.0) 

Aq. rosae, 

Alcoholis absolut...aa partes sequales q. s. ad f§ viij (250.0) 
M. 
Sig. Rub in well night and morning with the ringer. 

Quinine has long had a reputation as a " hair tonic," although it is 
somewhat doubtful if it is deserved ; it is usually used as a lotion, 
either alone or combined with some stimulating substance, as in the 
following : 

Spt. formicarum f3 ij (64.0) 

Quinise sulphat gr. xvi (1.0) 

Aq. Cologniens f3 i (32.0) 

M. 

Sig. Apply with gentle friction once a day. 

Paschkis thinks the best results follow the use of the preparations of 
the bark, probably because of the tannic acid which they contain. The 
following lotion, containing acetic acid, a chemically incompatible mixture, 
has been recommended by Cottle : 

Acid, acetic f3 iv (16.0) 

Pulv. boracis 3i (4.0) 

Glycerini f3iii (12.0) 

Alcoholis fSss ( 16.0) 

Aq. rosae q. s. ad f3viii (250.0) 

M. 

The following is an old and useful stimulating lotion containing 
cantharides in combination with capsicum : 

Tr. cantharidis io i-f3 iv (3.40-16.0) 

Tr. capsici f3 iv-f3 i (16.0-32.0) 

Ol. ricini f3ss (2.50) 

M. 

The treatment of alopecia pityrodes, or that which follows sebor- 
rhea or dermatitis seborrheica of the scalp, is essentially the treatment 
of the seborrheic affection. The scalp should first be freed of crusts 
and scales by washing it with tincture of green soap and warm water, 
after which the remedy chosen may be applied. Probably the most 
effective of all the local remedies for seborrhcea is sulphur which, 
owing to its insolubility, is usually employed as an ointment. The 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 661 

sulphur " cream " devised by Jackson some years ago is a very agree- 
able and effective preparation ; the formula is as follows : 

H 

Cera? alb 3 vij (28.0) 

Ol. petrolati f5 v (155.0) 

Aq. rosas f% ijss (75.0) 

Sodii biborat gr. xxxvj (2.30) 

Sulphur, prsecip 3 vij (28.0) 

M. 

This should be rubbed into the scalp every night ; after four days the 
scalp should be washed with tar soap and water, dried, and the cream 
reapplied. If more stimulation is thought desirable 2 or 3 per cent, of 
salicylic acid may be added. An equally agreeable and effective ointment 
is the following, in which the base is eucerin, a lanolin derivative: 

Sulphur, praecip 3ss (2.0) 

Eucerin E i (32.0) 

The author has used this with very satisfactory results, occasionally 
adding 1 per cent, pilocarpin muriate to it. 

Resorcin is another useful agent, but less so than sulphur , it may 
be used as an alcoholic lotion, 3 to 5 per cent., or as an ointment of the 
same strength, applied once a day. Owing to the staining which it 
causes it should not be used in those with white or light hair. Charles 
J. White prefers a modification of resorcin, euresol, as more effective, 
which he combines with mercuric bichloride, as in the subjoined lotion 
suggested by Dr. George T. Elliot. 

Hydrarg. bichlorid gr. iv (0.24) 

Euresol 3 ij (8.0) 

Spt. formicar fS i (32.0) 

Ol. ricini f3 i-iij (4.0-12.0) 

Alcohol, 78% q. s. ad il viij (250.0) 

M. 

A 4 to 5 per cent, solution of chloral hydrate in water or 70 per cent, 
alcohol is a cleanly and agreeable application which is frequently effective 
in mild cases; if there is much oiliness of the scalp an equal quantity of 
tannic acid may be added with advantage, but this addition should not 
be made in the case of those with blonde or white hair, as it stains slightly. 
The various preparations of tar are frequently serviceable, but their 
strong odor and the staining which accompanies their use limits their 
usefulness considerably. The following, which contains a deodorized 
and decolorized tar, is used by Joseph : 

Anthrasol TTt xlv (3.0) 

Ol. aurant. flor 1TJ, iv (0.25) 

Spt. saponis kalin fS i (32.0) 

Alcoholis 00% q. s. ad fS v (i5o N < 



662 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Sack recommends the following compound tar ointment: 

n 

Anthrasol f5 ss-f 3 i (2.0-3.0) 

Sulphur, prsecip gr. lxxv-cl (5.0-10.0) 

Resorcin gr. xv (1.0) 

Tr. cantharidis f3 ss-f3 i (2.0-5.0) 

Ungt q. s. ad 5 iss (50.0) 

M. 

These may be rubbed in gently for some minutes once a day. 

Lassar, who was fully convinced of the contagious character of 
this form of alopecia, devised the following somewhat complicated 
treatment which he found very efficacious in bringing about a return 
of the hair. The scalp is to be washed daily with a strong tar soap, 
rubbing in the lather for fifteen minutes. It is then rinsed off with 
warm, followed by cold, water and a wash composed of equal parts of 
a 1 : 300 solution of bichloride of mercury, spirits of Cologne and 
glycerin is thoroughly applied. The scalp is then dried and an alco- 
holic solution of naphthol, one to one and a half per cent, strength, is 
rubbed in and finally a one and a half per cent, carbolized oil is applied. 

For some years the author has used with considerable satisfaction 
an ointment containing 10 to 15 per cent, of betanaphthol, usually 
employing eucerin as a base ; this is decidedly stimulating and para- 
siticide and rarely if ever produces undue reaction. 



ALOPECIA AREATA 

« 

Synonyms. — Area Celsi ; Porrigo decalvans ; Alopecia circum- 
scripta ; Fr., Pelade. 

Definition. — Loss of hair occurring in circumscribed areas, usually 
confined to the scalp and beard, but also affecting at times other parts 
of, or exceptionally the entire, hairy system. 

Symptoms. — In the great majority of cases the affection begins 
without premonitory symptoms as one or more small circumscribed, 
round or oval patches upon the scalp completely devoid of hair. In 
a certain small proportion of cases, however, the patient experiences 
some pains in the head or itching of the scalp for some little time before 
the patches appear, but these symptoms are as a rule so vague and 
indefinite as to have little or no significance. The hair often falls 
quite suddenly, a patch occasionally appearing over night and spread- 
ing rapidly for a time and then becoming stationary. When small 
they are often discovered quite by accident, usually by some member 
of the patient's household or by one of his associates. There may 
be but a single area or there may be several, and occasionally there 
kre many which by peripheral spread produce extensive irregular bald 
areas involving the greater part of the scalp (Fig. 231). The skin in 
the patches is whitish or pinkish, soft and smooth ; in the early stages it 
may be slightly cedematous, but later is apt to be somewhat depressed, 
and the follicles less prominent than in the normal scalp. About the 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 



663 



borders of the spreading patches are usually a number of short hairs 
which may be readily plucked out, the intrafollicular portion being 
thinner than that which projects above the surface, the " exclamation- 
point hairs " of Crocker. After a period of variable duration lanugo 
appears in the bald areas which is in time replaced by pigmented hair. 
Xot uncommonly, however, this new hair falls out one or more times 
before permanent recovery takes place ; or the new hair may remain 
thin and soft and without pigment for a considerable time. It not 
infrequently happens that while new hair is growing in the early- 
patches new bald areas appear which pursue the same course as the 




Fig. 231. — Alopecia areata (in brothers). 

first and in this manner the disease may be prolonged for many months. 
Instead of occurring in rounded or oval patches it may occur as irregu- 
lar or serpiginous bands, especially about the borders of the scalp, the 
ophiasis of Celsus. Sabouraud regards this form as peculiar to child- 
hood, occurring only exceptionally in adults ; this does not accord, 
however, with the experience of most other observers. 

The bearded region in men is quite commonly attacked, usually 
coincidently with the scalp, but occasionally alone. Exceptionally the 
hair loses its pigment some weeks or months before it falls out 
(Crocker). 

In infrequent cases the loss of hair extends to the other parts of the 
hairy system ; the brows and lashes may be lost wholly or in part and 



664 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the hair in the pubic and axillary regions may fall. In rare cases all 
the hair of the body may be lost, no vestige of it remaining on any part, 
the so-called malignant alopecia. 

Under the name alopecia seborrheica circinata Crocker has described 
a form of circumscribed baldness in which the bald areas, instead of 
being smooth and without any alteration beyond the loss of hair, 
present marked seborrheic scaliness. 

In a certain small proportion of cases alopecia areata is associated 
with other cutaneous affections, such as vitiligo (Besnier, Feulard, 
Dubreuilh Eddowes), scleroderma (Abrahams), and dystrophic affec- 
tions of the nails (Le Sourd, Audry, Sabouraud, Wende). 

The course of the affection is frequently quite erratic, the hair 
may return in the course of a few months, either permanently or only 
to fall out again one or more times ; as already mentioned, new patches 
may appear while the old ones are disappearing, and in this manner 
many months or one or two years may elapse before permanent 
recovery. In the very extensive or universal cases it is usually some 
years before recovery takes place even under the most favorable 
circumstances. 

Etiology. — Alopecia areata is most frequent between the ages of 
ten and thirty, is decidedly uncommon before five years, and infrequent 
after forty-five. Sex is without any definite influence upon its inci- 
dence, although most authorities state that it is somewhat more fre- 
quent in females than in males ; my own experience has been the 
reverse of this. It is probable that heredity is an etiological factor in 
a certain proportion of cases. Sabouraud believes that syphilis is an 
occasional auxilliary cause, but never a primary one. 

The direct cause is as yet undetermined. The chief theories con- 
cerning its causation are, first, that it is a trophoneurosis; second, that 
it is the result of an infection with some as yet undiscovered micro- 
organism. In favor of the first theory are the well-authenticated cases 
in which loss of hair has occurred in circumscribed areas supplied by 
nerves which have been injured by accident or in surgical operations 
(Pontoppidan, Schutz, Askanazy) ; the occurrence of loss of hair, at 
times quite extensive or even universal, after severe mental shock, 
fright, grief, and worry ; the association of the affection with other 
maladies of known origin ; and, lastly, the experiments of Joseph, who 
produced patches of baldness in cats by the excision of the second 
cervical ganglia. Jacquet has advanced the theory that a common 
cause is reflex irritation in the sphere of the fifth pair of nerves arising 
from defective teeth, but satisfactory proof of the correctness of this 
theory is still lacking. 

The evidence in favor of the second or parasitic theory is almost 
entirely clinical, but quite conclusive. Although a number of micro- 
organisms have been described from time to time by various authors 
(Bazin, Thin, von Sehlen, Robinson, Sabouraud) their etiological rela- 
tionship to the affection has not been established. A considerable 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 665 

number of epidemics, chiefly in schools and garrisons, have been re- 
ported by Hillier, Crocker, Bowen, Feulard, and a number of others ; 
and it is quite impossible to satisfactorily explain such occurrences 
on any other theory than that of infection with some microorganism. 
Hutchinson and Crocker regarded it as in some manner related to 
ringworm, the former believing that alopecia in the adult was preceded 
by ringworm in childhood. 

The alopecia which has been observed to follow the internal adminis- 
tration of thallium salts, the occurrence of which has been confirmed 
by the experiments of Buschke, strongly suggests the probability that 
certain cases, particularly those in which the loss of hair is extensive 
and widespread, are due to some toxic substance formed within the 
economy. 

Pathology. — The histopathc.ogy has been studied by a number of 
investigators, the most important studies being those of Robinson and 
Giovannini, who in the main agree as to the changes present. In a 
study of sections made from a patch of one week's duration Robinson 
found the rete normal, but in the papillary layer there were slight signs 
of inflammation which became more pronounced in the corium where 
there was a considerable exudate of round cells about the vessels limited 
to certain areas. Some of the lymph-vessels were dilated and in places 
contained fibrous coagula. The sebaceous- and sweat-glands were 
normal. Some of the follicles were empty, others contained normal 
or lanugo hair, and the hairs showed evidence of malnutrition, the 
shaft being split or broken. In chronic cases there was thickening 
of the vessel-walls with narrowing of the lumen. In a long-standing 
case with permanent alopecia the hair-follicles and sebaceous glands 
were destroyed. Unna does not find the cellular exudate composed of 
leucocytes as Giovannini states, but of connective-tissue cells. Sabou- 
raud observed a lack of pigment in the lower layers of the rete and 
found considerable numbers of " mastzellen " in the cellular exudate. 

The hairs show signs of disturbed nutrition ; the cells of the medulla 
disappear and the medullary canal is in places obliterated, in others 
dilated ; the cells of the cortex which contains a large amount of air are 
dissociated, leading to splitting up and breaking off of the shaft. The 
pigment disappears from the intrafollicular portion which resembles 
lanugo while in the extrafollicular part it is normal or irregularly 
distributed. 

Diagnosis. — The suddenness of its appearance ; the completeness 
of the hair loss ; the smoothness of the patches, and the complete 
absence of all signs of inflammation and structural change differentiate 
this form of alopecia from all other forms. It is most frequently mis- 
taken for ringworm of the scalp, but in this affection the baldness, 
with the exception presently to be noted, is rarely complete ; the 
patches contain numerous stumps of broken hairs in which the ring- 
worm fungus may be readily found with the microscope. In the 
infrequent, so-called bald ringworm, however, the resemblance be- 



666 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

tween the two affections is very close and the differential diagnosis 
can only be made by a careful microscopic examination of hairs from 
the borders of the patches. Syphilitic alopecia rarely occurs in such 
sharply circumscribed patches, but rather as a diffuse thinning, pro- 
ducing a moth-eaten appearance. In the bald areas following lupus 
erythematosus, folliculitis decalvans and in ulcerative affections of the 
scalp well-marked symptoms of inflammation and scarring are always 
present. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis depends largely upon the age of the 
patient, the type of the disease and its extent. Small patches in chil- 
dren and young adults usually recover within a reasonable period, 
although at times recovery may be delayed for some months, and 
exceptionally, for a year or two. When a considerable part of the scalp 
is denuded a guarded prognosis should be given, especially if the 
patient is past forty and if the affection has lasted for some time. 
In the cases in which a large part or the whole of the hair of the body 
as well as of the scalp has been lost the prognosis is very unfavorable, 
recovery being the exception ; although attempts at reproduction of 
the hair in limited areas may occur from time to time, the new hair 
usually falls out within a short time. In very exceptional cases is 
the hair completely restored even after a number of years. Relapses 
are common in all forms of the disease. 

Treatment. — In case the patient is anaemic, ill-nourished, or presents 
evidence of disturbance of the nervous system, functional or organic, 
such internal remedies as iron, arsenic, strychnia and cod-liver oil are 
indicated and such hygienic measures should be adopted as will tend to 
improve in every way the general condition. In view of Jacquet's 
contention that reflex irritation from diseased teeth is a common cause 
of the disease the condition of the teeth should be carefully investi- 
gated and defects corrected. 

A number of authorities regard arsenic as exerting a favorable 
influence upon the growth of the hair, but the evidence for this is, to 
say the least, not very convincing, but it is useful, however, as a 
general tonic. Small doses of pilocarpin, one-twentieth grain (0.003), 
may be given three times a day for short periods, or it may be em- 
ployed hypodermatically in the bald areas in doses of one-thirtieth grain 
(0.002) (Crocker, Stelwagon). Although usually without influence the 
author has in a few instances observed a favorable effect from thyroid 
in long-standing and extensive cases. 

Local treatment is usually indispensable and is decidedly more 
effective than the general. It consists for the most part in the appli- 
cation of ointments and lotions which, acting as local stimulants, produce 
an increased afflux of blood to the affected regions. Among the most 
useful local remedies are chrysarobin, sulphur, carbolic acid, acetic 
acid, cantharides ammonia, and betanaphthol. Crocker and Stel- 
wagon find chrysarobin one of the most effective remedies used in an 
ointment containing from ten to sixty grains (0.65 to 4.0) to the ounce 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 667 

(32.0), well rubbed in every night. It should be employed with some 
care, as it occasionally produces a severe dermatitis of the face with 
considerable swelling; another objection to its use is the decided 
staining which it causes. Sack thinks nothing can take the place of 
pure carbolic acid applied every eight days, and MacGowan recom- 
mends trikresol used in the same way, first cleansing the scalp with 
benzine. These applications are usually quite painful and are fol- 
lowed by free exfoliation. Acetic acid is a useful topical remedy and 
may be used in the following mixture employed by Besnier : 

Acid, acetic, glacial Tr[ viii-xxx (0.50-2.0) 

Chlorof ormi fS ss (20.0) 

M. 

Sig. Rub on the scalp gently with a pledget of absorb- 
ent cotton every day or every other day. 

If this excites considerable irritation, as it may do, it should be omitted 
until the irritation subsides. 

The following lotion suggested by Erasmus Wilson is regarded by 
Jamison as extremely useful : 

Liq. amnion, fortior., 
Chloroformi, 

Ol. sesami aa fSss (16.0) 

Ol. limoni f3ss (1.90) 

Spt. rosamarim q. s. ad fS iv (120) 

M. 

This should be gently rubbed in once or twice a day. 

The author has frequently employed betanapthol with much satis- 
faction in an ointment containing from 10 to 15 per cent., occasionally 
combined with pilocarpin, as in the following: 

R 

Betanaphthol o i (4.0) 

Pilocarpin. muriat gr. i (0.65) 

Eucerin % i (3.20) 

M. 

Sig. Rub in thoroughly every night. 

When used in the bearded region applications like the foregoing should 
be reduced in strength at least one-half, otherwise a too severe reaction 
is likely to be produced. 

The high-frequency and static currents are recommended by Stel- 
wagon as useful, making the applications long enough to produce 
considerable reaction. The faradic brush may also be used with 
excellent effect, each sitting being long enough to produce a well- 
marked hyperemia. In recent years Finsen, Jersild, Sack, Kromayer, 
Jackson, and others, have used phototherapy with favorable results in 
many cases. The most useful form of light is that produced by the 
iron electrode lamp. Exposures of from ten to thirty minutes are 
given daily until there is a decided reaction, when the treatment should 
be suspended until the reaction subsides. Jackson, who used the 
Piffard lamp, thought this method of treatment superior to all others. 



668 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

FOLLICULITIS DECALVANS 

Synonyms. — Alopecie innominee (Besnier) ; Acne decalvante 
(Lailler) ; Lupoid sycosis ; Ulerythema sycosiforme (Unna) ; Alopecia 
orbicularis (Neumann); Alopecia cicatrisata (Crocker). 

Definition. — A chronic inflammatory disease of the hair-follicles, 
chiefly of the scalp, characterized by permanent loss of hair in patches 
with atrophy and scarring of the scalp. 

Symptoms. — The first symptom to attract the patient's attention is 
usually one or more small patches of baldness in and about the borders 
of which are scattered pin-head-sized pustules and small red points in 
which are hairs. These patches spread slowly and new ones appear, 
either in the neighborhood of the old ones or at some distance from 
them, so that in course of time considerable irregularly shaped areas 
more or less devoid of hair are formed. The baldness is seldom com- 
plete, however, but here and there are small tufts of hair situated 
in apparently normal scalp and single hairs twisted and bent. The 
bare scalp usually shows some atrophy and scarring with here and 
there small spines of horny epidermis filling the follicles. There is 
usually some itching which may be at times quite annoying. The 
course of the malady is a slowly progressive one ; and in the advanced 
stages the pustules and other signs of inflammation of the follicles may 
entirely disappear. Although seen for the most part in the scalp, a 
similar affection may also occur in the beard (lupoid sycosis, q. v.) 
or in other hairy regions, such as the axillae and the pubic region. 

The affection described by .Crocker under the name of alopecia 
cicatrisata (the alopecia orbicularis earlier described by Neumann, the 
pseudopelade of Brocq) differs from the foregoing malady chiefly by 
the absence of well-defined inflammatory symptoms. There are no 
pustules and only occasionally a slight redness around the hairs which, 
although they show no signs of disease, are readily extracted. There 
are usually a number of quite small bald patches which, as they increase 
in numbers and size, form large hairless areas in which the scalp is 
atrophied, depressed and smooth. Exceptionally after some time 
pustules may appear just as in the epilating folliculitis described by 
Quinquaud, and from which it is then quite indistinguishable. Indeed, 
it is altogether likely that both these diseases represent variants of 
the same affection. Brocq would include all the members of the 
group under the name atrophying alopecia (alopecie atrophiante), 
recognizing three forms, viz., pseudopelade ; folliculitis decalvans, and 
lupoid sycosis. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The cause is as yet undetermined, 
although, reasoning by analogy, there is but little doubt that it is a 
follicular infection. Although it has been seen in infancy (Brocq) it 
is for the most part a disease of adult life, most common between the 
ages of twenty and forty-five. It is much more frequent in men than in 
women, but one of the most marked cases ever under the author's obser- 
vation occurred in a woman, beginning at the age of fifty. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 669 

Quinquaud found a collection of young cells in the derma situated 
about the hair-follicles and, to a less degree, about the sebaceous glands. 
Later atrophic changes appeared followed by disappearance of the 
follicles and glands. In addition to the streptococcus he also found 
a micrococcus, cultures of which when rubbed into rats, rabbits and 
man produced a folliculitis with loss of hair, but other investigators 
have not been able to confirm these findings. In the non-inflammatory 
form, pseudopelade, Brocq found an enormous dilatation of the capil- 
laries of the subpapillary and perifollicular network and a cellular 
exudate composed chiefly of lymphocytes, but also containing plasma 
cells, " mastzellen," eosinophils and many large cells containing 
granular pigment. The sebaceous glands underwent atrophy and dis- 
appeared completely. 

Diagnosis. — The various forms of the affection are to be distin- 
guished from alopecia areata, from lupus erythematosus and from 
favus. From the first they all differ by the presence of atrophy and 
scarring, symptoms which are never present in uncomplicated alopecia 
areata. Erythematous lupus is seldom confined to the scalp but usually 
presents patches with characteristic distribution on the face and ears. 
They differ from favus which they may at times resemble closely, espe- 
cially when the latter is about terminating, by the absence of the 
characteristic yellow crusts in which the Achorion may be readily 
demonstrated microscopically. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis as to the restoration of the hair is alto- 
gether unfavorable ; the follicles have been destroyed and a regrowth of 
hair is impossible. The duration of all the forms is usually prolonged 
and they are but little amenable to treatment. 

• Treatment. — Brocq advises extraction of the loose hairs, although 
not convinced of its necessity, and the use of the following lotion : 

I* 

Acid, acetic, glacial Hi, lxxv (5.0) 

Hydrarg. bichlorid gr. vijss (0.50) 

Glycerin f 3 vi (25.0) 

Alcoholis f£ ijss (75.0) 

Aq. destil fS v ( 1 50.0) 

M. 

This should be rubbed in daily unless it produces irritation, and fol- 
lowed by an ointment of yellow oxide of mercury, 15 to 30 grains 
(1.0 to 2.0) to the ounce (32.0) of vaseline. He also recommends 
sulphur ointment, 10 per cent., or the following: 

Sulphur, praecip gr. xxx (2.0) 

Tr. cantharidis f3 vi (25.0) 

Bals. Peruvian TTL x (0.75) 

Medul. bovis Bijss (80.0) 

Ol. ricin f3 i (5.0) 

M. 

The author has had favorable results from the daily application 
of an ointment of ammoniated mercury, 40 to 60 grains (3.0 to 4.0) to 



670 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the ounce (32.0), using eucerin as a base. Crocker advised an ointment 
of biniodide of mercury two grains (0.13) to the ounce (32.0), or one 
containing 20 grains each (1.30) of sulphur and resorcin to the ounce 
(32.0). Jackson apparently checked the progress of the affection by 
the daily application of the following, containing colloidal sulphur: 

Acid, salicylic gr. xv (1.0) 

Sulphur, colloidal 3 i (4.0) 

Adipis lanae, 

Adipis anserini partes aequales 3 i (32.0) 

Ol. geranii nt viij 

M. 

CANITIES 

Synonyms. — Gray hair; Hoariness ; Trichonosis discolor; Poliosis; 
Poliothrix. 

Definition. — Absence of pigment in the hair. 

Symptoms. — Absence of pigment in the hair may exist as a con- 
genital defect, or what is far more common, it occurs as a physiological 
process, which usually begins about the fortieth or fiftieth year, but 
often at an earlier period. It may exist in circumscribed regions or may 
affect the greater part or the whole of the hairy system. 

In the congenital form (canities congenita) which is uncommon, 
it may occur as circumscribed patches situated most frequently upon 
the scalp, but also at times upon other parts, such as the beard or the 
brows. Such patches are not infrequently hereditary and may be 
seen in several members of the same family and in successive genera- 
tions, occupying the same region. Rizzoli and Strieker (quoted by 
Sack in Mracek's Handbuch) record the occurrence of a white lock 
of hair in six successive generations and Seligsohn. observed it in four 
sisters. Observations of a similar kind have been made by Godlee 
and others. Congenital absence of pigment may also affect the entire 
hairy system as one of the phenomena of albinism and is then associated 
with other pigmentary defects, such as absence of pigment in the skin 
and choroid. The hair in such cases is yellowish-white, differing from 
the silvery-white usually characteristic of the canities of old age. 

Acquired grayness of the hair is usually a physiological process 
appearing about the fourth or fifth decennium (canities senilis), but 
its occurrence at a much earlier period, at twenty to twenty-five years 
of age or even earlier (canities prematura) is not at all uncommon. The 
change in color usually first appears upon the temples (hence the name 
of this region) and spreads slowly to other parts of the scalp. In the 
beard, which usually becomes gray later than the scalp, although there 
are numerous exceptions, it begins upon the chin and affects the mus- 
tache last. In the great majority of cases the graying of the hair 
takes place slowly, but it may occur quite suddenly. Although it has 
been denied, chiefly on theoretical grounds, that sudden blanching of 
the hair may occur there are too many well-authenticated instances on 
record to doubt it, but it is also true that many of the published 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 671 

cases are to be accepted with considerable hesitation. Landois 
observed an instance in which the hair turned gray over night in a man 
suffering from delirium tremens; Brown-Sequard noted in his own 
person that a few hairs became white daily, often in their whole length ; 
and Raymond saw a case in which, during a severe attack of neuralgia 
the hair turned from black to red in the course of five hours, and in the 
following two days became white and fell out. Other instances in 
which the hair became white in the course of some days or weeks have 
been placed on record by reliable and competent observers. 

When once begun the loss of pigment usually slowly continues 
until it involves the entire scalp, the beard and finally the axillary 
and pubic hair. Not very infrequently, however, certain regions, such 
as the brows, for example, may retain their pigment long after the scalp 
and beard have become perfectly white. As a rule the pigment first 
disappears at the roots of the hair, but exceptionally the distal end is 
the part first affected. With rare exceptions the depigmentation is 
permanent, but in rare instances the hair has been known to resume its 
original color. A remarkable example has been recorded by Jackson, 
to whom it was communicated by Warner, in which the hair of the 
scalp and beard changed from black to white and to black again three 



Fig. 232. — Ringed hair. 

times in thirty years. Richelot (quoted by Unna) observed that the 
brown hair of a girl of seventeen turned white while she suffered from 
chlorosis, but later was restored to its normal color. 

As ringed hair (Fig. 232) (Pili annulati ; Fr., Canitie annelee ; Ger., 
Ringelhaare) a very rare and peculiar form of graying of the hair has 
been described, in which short sections of the hair-shaft are alternately 
pigmented or white, giving the hair a ringed or banded appearance. 
First described by Karsch, in 1846, other cases have been reported by 
Simon, Spiess, Landois, Pincus, Brayton, Crocker, and a few others. 
With but very few exceptions the hair showed no other alteration, but 
in one instance the pigmentary change was associated with trichor- 
rhexis nodosa (Crocker), and in another with monilethrix (Lesser). 
The majority of the cases reported were observed in children, and with 
the exception of the case observed by Crocker in which the mustache 
was affected, it was confined to the scalp. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The most important etiological factors 
in the production of gray hair are age and heredity. Reference has 
already been made to the hereditary character of the patchy grayness 
and the absence of pigment in the hair which accompanies albinism ; 
and the fact that the members of certain families become gray early is 
a matter of common observation. The effect of prolonged mental 



672 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

effort and other mental stress such as worry, fear, shock in the produc- 
tion of gray hair has long been known and generally admitted. Prema- 
ture grayness may follow severe acute illnesses, such as the infectious 
fevers, or chronic affections of various kinds. Local injuries to the 
scalp may be followed by patches of gray hair, or less frequently, the 
whole region may be affected. Patches of white hair may be a symp- 
tom of vitiligo, the scalp at the same time being depigmented; they 
also occur in the early stages of recovery in alopecia areata, the new 
hair frequently remaining for some time without pigment. Senile 
grayness is to be regarded as a physiological rather than a pathological 
process, and is the result of alterations in the trophic processes con- 
cerned in the growth of the hair about the details of which we know 
little or nothing. 

The white color of the hair may be due to disappearance of the 
pigment, to accumulations of minute air-bubbles in the cortex, or to the 
simultaneous occurrence of both these. When it is the result of the 
disappearance of the pigment it is yellowish-white, and when air is 
present in the shaft it is silvery-white, as in most cases of senile canities. 

The manner in which the pigment disappears still lacks an alto- 
gether satisfactory explanation. Ehrmann attributes the loss of pig- 
ment to the failure of certain pigment-bearing cells (melanoblasts) to 
convey pigment from the papillae to the hair cells, although pigment 
may be still present in the former. Metchnikoff explains the loss of 
the pigment by the phagocytic action of certain branched cells of the 
medulla which absorb pigment, from the cortex. In cases of sudden 
whitening of the hair the change in color is probably due to accumu- 
lation of air between the cells of the cortex which obscures the pig- 
ment and which is still present to some degree. Wilson attributed 
the occurrence of the white section in ringed hairs to accumulations 
of gas in the hair which developed during the night or on alternate 
days ; this is, however, pure speculation lacking confirmation. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The prognosis is most unfavorable- 
hair which has become white remains so for the remainder of the 
patient's life ; the cases in which there has been a restoration of the 
normal color are to be regarded as clinical curiosities. In the senile 
form loss of the pigment usually slowly increases and extends until all 
the hair is affected ; very exceptionally its progress is arrested before 
all the hair is involved. 

In those cases in which the loss of pigment is attributable to some 
general affection which lowers the patient's vitality, to mental stress 
or other debilitating influence, hygienic measures, and abundance of 
highly nutritious food and general tonics, such as iron, arsenic, strych- 
nia, should be employed. The only method by which the color can be 
restored is the use of some one of the many hair-dyes to be found in 
the shops, but the use of these is not advisable. 

Discoloration of the Hair. — Changes in the color of the hair may 
follow diseases of various kinds, or may result from purely external 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 673 

causes ; both are rare. Alibert, quoted by Rayer, twice observed a 
change in the color of the hair following a severe illness ; in one in- 
stance the blonde hair of a young woman which had fallen out after 
an illness was replaced by black hair ; in another, brown hair was 
succeeded by red. Beigel has reported a case in which blonde hair 
was replaced by black after an attack of typhus. Reinhard records the 
case of an idiot boy with epilepsy in whom a change in the color of 
the hair from a reddish blonde to yellow occurred during violent fits 
of temper, the change beginning at the free ends and occupying about 
two days ; after about a week the normal color was restored. Smyly 
observed a change in the color of the hair from mouse color to yellow in 
the right temporal region of an infant suffering from suppuration in the left 
temporal bone. Mayer has reported the case of a boy with blonde 
hair in whom a band of red hair about two fingers broad, appeared 
at the occipital border on three separate occasions, the first during 
convalescence from an illness. In a case reported by Squire there were 
patches of auburn and brown hair on the side of the head of a youth, 
sixteen years old, producing a coloration like that of a tortoise-shell cat; 
the condition was congenital. In the oft-quoted case reported by Prentiss 
a change of color of the hair from blonde to black followed the hypo- 
dermatic administration of pilocarpin for two months. The subject was 
a young woman suffering from pyelonephritis and suppression of urine: 
the hair was not only changed in color, but became coarser and grew 
more vigorously than before. 

Discoloration of the hair from external causes is occasionally 
observed and may be an occupational affection. Green hair has been 
observed in Avorkers in copper ; blue in those who work in cobalt mines 
and in indigo ; brown, in those who handle anilin. Discoloration of 
the hair from various medicinal agents, such as chrysarobin and 
resorcin, are not very uncommon. The former produces a brownish- 
red stain, the latter a dirty yellow in those with white or blonde 
hair. 

Treatment. — The only treatment for discoloration of the hair aris- 
ing from obscure internal causes is the use of a dye ; the treatment of 
those due to external causes is sufficiently obvious — avoid the cause. 

DERMATITIS PAPILLARIS CAPILLITII 

Synonyms. — Acne keloid; Folliculitis nuchse sclerotisans (Ehrmann). 

Definition. — A folliculitis situated on the occiput at the margin 
of the hair characterized by firm, keloid-like nodules. This rare affec- 
tion was first described by Kaposi in 1869, although it had been recog- 
nized by earlier authors, the affection described by Alibert as pian 
ruboid and by Rayer as sycosis capillitii being in all probability the 
same disease. 

Symptoms. — It is situated almost without exception on the nape 
of the neck at the border of the hair (Fig. 233), whence it extends 
upwards into the occipital region. It consists of a variable number of 

43 



674 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

pin-head to pea-sized, red or pinkish, very firm nodules, which are 
at first discrete, but later more or less confluent by the crowding 
together of the lesions, thus forming an elevated, nodular plaque. The 
hair is lost in large part, although here and there small bunches of ill- 
formed twisted hairs project between the nodules or from the centre 
of the nodule itself and are usually quite firmly fixed in the follicle. 
In the more advanced stages of the malady the surface of the diseased 
area may become moist, covered with a foul-smelling sero-purulent 
secretion, and scattered pustules and small abscesses are not uncom- 
monly present. In the final stages there is marked atrophy with 
sclerosis and more or less complete baldness of the affected area, only 
a few scattered tufts of deformed hairs projecting from the distorted 
follicles remaining. 

Although in most cases limited to the nape of the neck, it may 




Fig. 233 — Dermatitis papillaris capillitii (acne keloid). 

extend some distance upwards over the occiput and cover a consider- 
able area. Occasionally it extends laterally, forming a transverse band 
across the back of the neck. 

According to Ehrmann it begins with the appearance of discrete 
or grouped pustules situated upon an infiltrated base each penetrated by 
a hair, the nodules being a later manifestation of the disease. 

The subjective symptoms as a rule are insignificant. 

Etiology. — The direct cause is unknown. Sabouraud believes it 
the result of invasion of the hair-follicles by the microbacillus of sebor- 
rhcea. Ehrmann thinks it is caused by the staphylococcus aureus and 
albus, its special clinical and histological features being due to the unusual 
depth of the follicles and the mode of their arrangement in the affected 
region. 

Pathology. — The view of Bazin and some later observers that the 
malady is simply a combination of acne and keloid, seems scarcely ten- 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 



675 



able in view of the fact that its subjects show no special predisposition 
to keloidal growths elsewhere. There is apparently but little doubt 
that it is a follicular infection, although there are differences of opinion 
as to the nature of the infecting agent. 

In the early stages the histology is that of a folliculitis and perifol- 
liculitis which in the beginning at least affects the upper part of the 
follicle. In and around the follicles there is an exudation of lympho- 
cytes, polymorphonuclear leucocytes, some plasma cells and numerous 




Fig. 234. — Dermatitis papillaris capillitii. Section from case shown in Fig. 233. A. Follicular abscesses; 
E, exudate containing a considerable number of plasma cells and some lymphoid cells about follicles. 

" mastzellen " (Fig. 234). Ledermann, Ehrmann, and some others 
have observed giant cells in the exudate. The collaginous tissue is 
increased and the elastin has disappeared. In advanced stages of the 
disease there is complete atrophy of the follicles and sebaceous glands. 

According to Unna, neither staphylococci nor the bacillus acnes is 
present in the folliculitis with which the affection begins, and he there- 
fore believes that the disease is a special one — neither acne nor keloid. 

Diagnosis. — The clinical features of the malady are so characteristic 
that the diagnosis rarely presents any difficulty. In its earliest stage it 
may be mistaken for ordinary acne, but the presence of small solid 



676 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

keloidal elevations, which appear quite early in the disease, serves to 
distinguish it from that affection. 

Prognosis. — The disease is an extremely chronic one, lasting for 
years and slowly extending in area ; less frequently it becomes station- 
ary after a time. 

Treatment. — Ointments of sulphur and ichthyol in moderate 
strength are perhaps the best applications, and in mild and early cases 
may suffice to bring about a cure. When the disease has lasted for 
some time and there is much sclerosis, more vigorous methods of treat- 
ment must be employed. Linear scarification, curettage, and excision 
have all been advised. Abscesses when present should be thoroughly 
evacuated after incision and the cavities cleansed frequently with hot 
boric acid solution. According to Ehrmann the removal of the hairs 
from the affected area by electrolysis is an absolutely certain method 
of treatment. 

The Rontgen ray has been employed with satisfactory results in 
a few cases. 

SYCOSIS VULGARIS 

Synonyms. — Non-parasitic sycosis ; Coccogenic sycosis ; Folliculitis 
barbae; Fr., Sycosis non-parasitaire ; Ger., Bartfinne. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammation of the hair follicles principally 
of the beard, characterized by an eruption of papules, pustules and 
nodules, each of which is perforated by a hair. 

Symptoms. — The disease (Plate XXXVII) usually begins with a 
few small discrete papules and pustules situated most commonly upon 
the chin, cheek or upper lip and new lesions continue to appear, usually 
in crops at irregular intervals, until a patch of variable size is formed. 
In time the entire upper lip, the greater portion of the cheek, or even 
the entire bearded region may be covered by the eruption. In exten- 
sive cases which have lasted for some time there is usually more or 
less thickening and crusting of the affected region, especially when 
the upper lip is the part involved. In rare cases when the crusts have 
been allowed to accumulate the surface beneath is red, papillomatous 
or vegetating, and covered with seropurulent discharge (Lang, 
Neumann). Upon the upper lip, to which the disease is often limited, 
the portion immediately beneath the nostrils is usually first affected 
whence it spreads to other parts of the lip, or what is not at all infre- 
quent, it may remain limited to the central portion, forming a flat, 
sometimes tumor-like elevation covered with pustules and crusts. As 
a rule the hairs are firmly retained in the follicles and attempts at 
extraction are quite painful ; exceptionally when the disease has lasted 
for a considerable period and the inflammation has been deep-seated the 
follicles may be completely destroyed with loss of hair and more or 
less scarring (Fig. 235). The subjective symptoms vary from moder- 
ate itching and occasional slight burning to severe itching or burning, 
or less frequently pain. Although limited in the vast majority of 



PLATE XXXVII 




Sycosis vulgaris. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 



677 



cases to the bearded region a similar affection may occur in other hairy 
regions, such as the eyebrows, axillae and the pubic region. 

The duration of the disease is quite indefinite. It usually lasts for 
months and even years unless terminated by treatment. Spontaneous 
recovery is a rare occurrence. 

Some years ago Milton described a variety of folliculitis of the 
beard in which the hair follicles were completely destroyed and exten- 
sive scarring followed, to which he gave the name lupoid sycosis (Fig. 
236) ; more recently Unna has proposed the name ulerythema sycosi- 




Fig. 235. — Sycosis vulgaris. Many years' duration with 



scarring. 



forme for it. The eruption, beginning as in the ordinary form with 
small papules and pustules spreads from the place of its beginning 
centrifugally, producing a smooth atrophic patch with red and slightly 
elevated borders, from which the hairs have completely disappeared. 
According to Unna it does not begin like the ordinary form, with 
papules and pustules, but with erythematous spots upon which vesicles 
appear. It is situated much more frequently upon the cheeks than 
elsewhere in the beard, and is often limited to this region. It is 
extremely chronic, lasting in most cases for many years with occasional 
periods of remission of variable length. 

Etiology. — The researches of Bockhardt, Unna, Sabouraud, and 



678 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



others have apparently demonstrated quite conclusively that the pri- 
mary cause of sycosis is the Staphylococcus pyogenes, most frequently 
the aureus, although the citreus and albus are likewise found in the 
pustules. It would seem, however, that other organisms may also 
occasionally produce a similar inflammation of the hair-follicle. Tom- 
masoli has reported, under the name sycosis bacillogenes, a case of 
sycosis in which he found a bacillus which was proven to be the active 
cause by cultures and inoculations in the rabbit and his own skin. 

Among predisposing causes are inflammations of the bearded region 




Fig. 236. — Lupoid sycosis. 

of various origin, either such as may result from local irritation, as from 
shaving or from disease such as eczema, or seborrhceic dermatitis. In 
sycosis of the upper lip there is quite commonly a nasal discharge which 
leads to secondary infection of the follicles of the mustache, a fact of 
great importance in connection with treatment of the disease in this 
region. 

Pathology. — Sycosis is a folliculitis and perifolliculitis in which, 
according to Unna, four stages may be distinguished histologically. 
The first stage is represented by a small pustule in the neck of the hair 
follicle situated between the horny layer and the rete mucosum ; in the 
second stage there is a nodular perifolliculitis in the neck of the follicle 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 679 

and in the third a perifollicular abscess; from all of these there may be 
complete recovery. In the fourth stage there is total suppuration of 
the follicle followed by its complete destruction, loss of hair and scar- 
ring. The walls of the follicle are infiltrated with numerous leucocytes 
and contain great numbers of streptococci. 

In lupoid sycosis (ulerythema sycosiforme) Sack, working in 
Unna's laboratory, found extensive collections of plasma cells about 
the follicles with complete disappearance of the elastic and rarefaction 
of the collagenous tissues. There was also atrophy of the follicles, 
sebaceous- and sweat-glands and muscles of the skin. The papillary 
body contained large multinucleated chorio-plaques and numerous 
" mastzellen." 

Diagnosis. — Sycosis may be mistaken for pustular eczema of the 
beard and for parasitic sycosis, trichophytosis (ringworm) of the beard. 
In eczema the inflammation is rarely confined to the bearded region 
alone, but spreads beyond it and is frequently present on other parts 
of the face, such as the forehead or upon some part of the trunk or 
extremities. The inflammation is not limited to the follicles as in 
sycosis, but is diffuse and is accompanied by oozing and abundant 
crusting with itching, frequently very pronounced. 

Parasitic sycosis or ringworm of the beard usually begins much, 
more acutely than the non-parasitic variety and is usually much more 
inflammatory. Sycosis vulgaris frequently attacks the upper lip ; the 
parasitic variety only very rarely does so. In the latter the inflamed 
area is often nodular or " lumpy " and elevations the size of a large 
pea or hazel-nut occur in which the hairs are quite loose, so that they 
may be readily and painlessly extracted, or fall out spontaneously. 
Examination of these loose hairs reveals the presence of the 
trichophyton. 

Treatment. — It is extremely doubtful whether the course of sycosis 
is influenced to any appreciable degree by internal remedies. If, how- 
ever, the patient's general health is impaired in any way it is well 
to employ such internal measures as will tend to repair it so that his 
powers of resistance may be increased. If his nutrition is below the 
normal cod-liver oil, moderate doses of arsenic, with some easily assim- 
ilable form of iron if anaemia is present, may be found useful. The 
sulphide of calcium or calx sulphurata which has been advised for its 
supposed favorable effect upon suppuration is probably without effect; 
certainly I have never seen it do any good. 

When the inflammation is severe with much pain and burning and 
frequent crops of pustules, mild lotions such as a saturated solution 
of boric acid, or black wash, lotio nigra, applied three or four times 
a day, will usually afford much relief, the beard first being closely 
clipped and crusts, if present, removed by washing with hot water, 
or the liberal application of some bland fat, such as vaseline, olive 
oil, or cold cream. In the severest cases with swelling and pain, much 
relief may be obtained by the use of a starch poultice made with a 



680 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

saturated solution of boric acid ; this serves not only as a soothing 
application, but softens the crusts and facilitates their removal. Fre- 
quent shaving, every day, or at least every other day, should be in- 
sisted upon, as this is a most valuable auxiliary to the local treatment. 
Depilation is advised by most authors, and is without doubt a valu- 
able procedure, but done in the ordinary way with forceps it is fre- 
quently so painful that the patient will not do it or permit it to be 
done. Depilation by the X-ray, however, is frequently followed by 
brilliant results ; with the falling of the hair the disease may com- 
pletely disappear, leaving the skin quite smooth. Unfortunately the 
eruption is likely to return with the hair, although occasionally the 
cure is permanent. The exposures should be controlled by the Sabou- 
raud-Noire pastile or Holzknecht meter, and should be just sufficient 
to produce fall of the hair without dermatitis ; if this dose is exceeded 
permanent loss of hair may result. 

In the ordinary case with moderate inflammation which has 
lasted for some time one of the most useful local remedies is sulphur, 
used as an ointment or soft paste, in the strength of from twenty to 
forty grains (1.30 to 2.60) to the ounce (32.0); this may be applied 
once or twice a day with gentle friction. An ointment of ammoniated 
mercury, twenty to thirty grains (1.30 to 2.0) to the ounce of cold 
cream, or cold cream and lanolin is often of much service, and is little 
inferior, if at all, to sulphur. 

A very valuable remedy, although a rather disagreeable one on account 
of its odor and color, is ichthyol. This may be used either as an aqueous 
solution, 20 to 40 per cent., best applied with a brush, or as an ointment 
containing 10 to 20 per cent. Occasionally it may be combined with 
sulphur; a compound ointment of ichthyol, one to two drachms (4.0 to 
8.0), and sulphur, one-half a drachm (2.0), does better than either 
one alone. 

In obstinate cases injections of a vaccine made from the patient's 
own lesions may be tried; these are occasionally followed by brilliant 
results, the eruption rapidly disappearing, but unfortunately quite as 
often they are without effect. 

DISEASES OF THE SEBACEOUS GLANDS 
ASTEATOSIS 

Synonym. — Asteatodes. 

Definition. — A deficiency of fatty material in the skin. 

Symptoms.' — The skin is abnormally dry, inclined to superficial 
fissuring, and is frequently finely desquamating. The deficiency of 
fat is to be regarded as a symptom rather than as an independent affec- 
tion ; it is frequently an accompaniment of other affections, such as 
ichthyosis, prurigo, pityriasis rubra pilaris, extensive psoriasis. It is 
frequently present in old age and in wasting diseases as a part of 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 681 

the general failure of nutrition. As a local condition limited to cer- 
tain regions, such as the hands and forearms, it is fairly common in 
those whose occupation necessitates frequent and prolonged contact 
with substances which remove the fatty material from the skin ; it 
frequently occurs in washerwomen, w r hose hands and arms are im- 
mersed for hours at a time in strongly soapy water, and in workers 
in certain trades in which alcohol, ammonia, or other alkalis are 
used. 

Treatment. — The treatment is altogether symptomatic and consists 
in the local use of such bland fats as vaseline, lanoline, oil of sweet 
almond, or oil of sesame, either alone or in various combinations. 
In the regional form contact with fat-dissolving substances should 
be avoided when possible. 

SEBORRHCEA 

Synonyms. — Stearrhoea ; Steatorrhea ; Acne sebacea ; Fr., Sebor- 
rhee ; Ger., Schmeerrlus. 

Definition. — A disease of the fat-excreting glands of the skin char- 
acterized by oiliness of the skin with or without the formation of fatty 
crusts. 

The present conception of seborrhcea differs in a number of important 
particulars from Hebra's definition, which was almost universally accepted 
for many years, the change being almost entirely due to the indefatigable 
labors and numerous writings of Unna and Sabouraud. Many of the 
most recent authors recognize but one form of seborrhcea, viz., the oily 
form, the seborrhcea oleosa of Hebra, rejecting that author's seborrhcea 
sicca altogether as belonging in another category. 

As there is still considerable difference of opinion and uncertainty 
as to the place of some of the forms of the latter, and as the author is not 
yet fully convinced that some of them at least are not seborrhceic, two 
forms are still recognized here for purposes of description, although it 
is admitted that the pityriasis simplex of many authors, which Hebra 
included among the dry forms of seborrhcea, is quite certainly not 
seborrhcea. 

Seborrhoea Oleosa.— Fluxus sebaceus ; Acne sebacee huileuse (Bes- 
nier) ; Hyperidrosis oleosa (Unna) ; Hyperidrose huileuse (Brocq). 

Symptoms. — This form of seborrhoea, which for a considerable 
number of the most recent writers is the only true seborrhoea, is dis- 
tinguished by a more or less marked greasiness of the skin. It ex- 
hibits a very decided predilection for those regions in which the seba- 
ceous glands are most numerous and active, such as the scalp, the 
forehead, the nose and cheeks, the sternum and the interscapular 
region. Much less commonly the entire cutaneous surface is abnor- 
mally greasy. 

Upon the scalp, which is one of the regions most frequently af- 
fected, it varies from slight greasiness of the hair to extreme oiliness. 



682 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

In the most marked cases the hair is shining, and when long, as in 
women, sticks together in greasy locks, looking as if oil had been 
freely applied to it. 

When the face is affected the forehead and nose are oily and 
shining, and frequently grimy, owing to the readiness with which 
floating dust and dirt adhere to the greasy skin. The mouths of the 
ducts of the sebaceous glands are more or less dilated, giving an 
appearance of coarseness to the skin, and from the dilated ducts slender 
filaments of sebaceous material can be readily expressed, the "sebor- 
rheic filaments " of Sabouraud, which this author regards as an essen- 
tial and characteristic feature of the malady. In many instances come- 
dones and papules and pustules of acne are likewise present in vary- 
ing numbers. 

Seborrhcea sicca; Pityriasis simplex; Pityriasis steatodes; Eczema 
seborrhceicum (Unna). 

The so-called dry form of seborrhoea attains its most characteristic 
development upon the scalp, to which region it is for the most part 
confined. It is characterized by yellowish or grayish, friable or soft 
greasy crusts, which glue the hair down to the scalp. Although ad- 
herent, they may be readily removed and the scalp beneath is found 
to be either normal in appearance or of a pale leaden color; occa- 
sionally there is some hypersemia. 

Occasionally there is an abnormal production and accumulation 
of sebaceous material (smegma) beneath the prepuce in men and 
about the clitoris in women, which may undergo decomposition and 
give rise to balanitis in the former and vulvitis in the latter. 

What may be regarded as a physiological seborrhoea exists to a 
greater or less degree during the last months of intrauterine life and 
in the new-born infant as the vernix caseosa. This quite commonly 
persists for two or three months after birth upon the scalp as a 
yellowish or greenish, quite adherent crust. The scalp beneath is often 
normal in appearance, but may be more or less hypersemic, or even 
inflamed, either as the result of decomposition of the fatty material 
in the crust or from ill-directed efforts to remove it ; when inflam- 
mation is present, it cannot properly be regarded as seborrhoea, but 
as a seborrhceic dermatitis (eczema seborrhceicum). 

Pityriasis simplex, pityriasis furfuracea, commonly known as dan- 
druff, was regarded by Hebra as a form of dry seborrhcea, but there 
is general agreement among writers of the present day that it is 
not an affection of the sebaceous glands, but of the epidermis. It 
is characterized by a more or less abundant dry bran-like scaling, con- 
fined for the most part to the scalp, but not at all infrequent in the 
beard and brows ; when at all marked, the patient's coat-collar and 
shoulders are constantly covered with fine white scales, which sift 
down from the scalp. The scalp is either normal in appearance or 
slightly hypersemic and more or less itching, less frequently burning, 
are present. Sooner or later the hair becomes dry, lustreless, and 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 683 

thinned, and baldness (alopecia pityrodes) eventually appears. Occa- 
sionally the smooth parts of the face present a similar desquamation, 
and in those suffering from chronic wasting diseases the entire cutane- 
ous surface may be affected (pityriasis tabescentium). 

Etiology. — Seborrhcea is a disease of adolescence and early adult 
life, beginning commonly about the time of puberty, when the sebace- 
ous glands are undergoing rapid development. It occurs with about 
the same frequency in both sexes, although it is stated by some authors 
to be somewhat more frequent in women after middle age ; this, how- 
ever, has not been the author's experience. It is more frequent in 
those with dark complexions than in blonds. It is frequently asso- 
ciated with that congeries of symptoms included under the some- 
what vague term dyspepsia, and in a considerable proportion of cases 
symptoms of anaemia, chlorosis, or tuberculosis are present. It occasion- 
ally follows severe illnesses, such as the exanthemata, especially vari- 
ola. All these, however, are nothing more than predisposing factors, 
and any or several of them may be present in those who exhibit no 
symptoms of seborrhcea. The present tendency is to regard it as 
primarily due to some one of the microorganisms present in the gland- 
ducts and the crusts. 

According to Sabouraud, the cause is a microbacillus present in 
enormous numbers in the seborrhceic filament, which can be expressed 
from the ducts of the sebaceous glands in the affected regions. 

Pathology. — Largely as the result of the extensive studies of Unna 
and Sabouraud, to which reference has already been made, many 
authorities of the present day regard the infectious nature of the 
malady as proven. As just observed, Sabouraud believes the infect- 
ing agent in the oily variety to be his microbacillus. 

The form characterized by fatty crusts is believed by this author 
to be a secondary infection by a polymorphous coccus forming gray 
cultures, probably identical with Unna's morococcus, engrafted upon 
a scalp already affected by pityriasis. This last is not a seborrhcea 
at all, but an epidermic affection due to the organism first described 
some years ago by Malassez, which is probably the same organism 
described later by Unna as the bottle-bacillus (Flaschenbacillus). 

Unna does not believe the sebaceous glands are the source of 
the fatty excretion, but the coil-glands, and calls the affection, not 
seborrhcea, but hyperidrosis oleosa. Beatty's careful observations, 
however, have confirmed the generally prevalent view that the sebace- 
ous glands are the seat of the disease. They at the same time go 
far to support Unna's contention that the dry forms are inflammatory 
and should therefore be considered forms of seborrhceic dermatitis 
(eczema seborrhceicum). 

Diagnosis. — The recognition of the oily form of seborrhcea is usually 
easy; it cannot readily be mistaken for any other affection. When 
fatty crusts are present it is to be distinguished from seborrhceic 



684 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

dermatitis and from psoriasis. It is to be distinguished from the 
former by the evident dilatation of the ducts of the sebaceous glands 
from which vermicelli-like filaments can be readily expressed, and 
the absence of inflammation. It must be admitted, however, that it 
is sometimes difficult to draw the line between the two affections, as 
the seborrhoea readily becomes inflammatory and is then no longer 
a seborrhoea but a seborrheic dermatitis. 

In the author's experience no error is more common than to mis- 
take a dry seborrhoea of the scalp for a psoriasis. A careful exami- 
nation, however, will always prevent mistakes. The crusts of sebor- 
rhoea are fatty or greasy, are diffuse instead of well-circumscribed, 
and cover a scalp which is normal in appearance or paler than normal. 
In psoriasis the crusts are dry and friable, circumscribed, and cover 
areas of scalp which are red and inflamed, and in the great majority 
of cases there are unmistakable patches on the smooth surfaces, par- 
ticularly the elbows and knees. 

Prognosis. — The prognosis as to a cure is only fairly favorable ; 
improvement is likely to be slow, and relapses are common even with 
the best-directed treatment. Sabouraud regards it as incurable, al- 
though great improvement almost amounting to a cure can be brought 
about by proper treatment. In the dry varieties baldness (alopecia 
pityrodes) is an almost invariable sequel unless treatment is under- 
taken early and continued perseveringly. 

Treatment. — If the patient is anaemic or chlorotic, some readily 
assimilable form of iron should be given either alone or in conjunc- 
tion with small doses of arsenic. In those showing signs of tuber- 
culosis, such as chronic adenitis, cod-liver oil may be administered 
in small quantities with an abundance of easily digested and nutritious 
food, and above all an abundance of fresh air and sunlight should be 
insisted upon. If there are symptoms of faulty digestion and assimi- 
lation, the diet should be carefully regulated and strychnia and hydro- 
chloric acid given. Sabouraud is thoroughly convinced of the useful- 
ness of the stronger sulphur waters taken internally. 

However useful such general treatment as is briefly outlined above 
may be, and there is no doubt that it is at times of use, it will ac- 
complish little or nothing unless employed in conjunction with judi- 
cious local treatment. 

When the scalp is the seat of the disease, it should be washed at 
first every five days, or once a week, with warm water and tar soap ; 
or if there is considerable crusting the tincture of green soap may 
be used instead. After washing, a small quantity of vaseline, or, bet- 
ter, oil of sesame, should be rubbed in. As improvement takes place 
the intervals between the washings may be lengthened to ten days 
or two weeks. 

The most useful external remedies are, in the order of their efficacy, 
sulphur, resorcin, tar, and ammoniated mercury, and there is general 
agreement among dermatologists that the first-named is much the 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 685 

most efficacious. As a rule, ointments are more effective than washes, 
although less agreeable to use. The following lotion containing sul- 
phur in suspension is a useful one in the milder cases : 

Sulphur, prascip., 

Alcoholis, 90 per cent aa 3ijss (io.o) 

Aq. destil., 

Aq. rosse aa f Siss ( 50.0) 

M. 

Sid. Apply once a day (Sabouraud). 

The author has for some time used the following ointment of sulphur 
with satisfactory results : 

Sulphur, prsecip gr. x-xx (0.65-1.30) 

Eucerin 3i (32.0) 

M. 

Sig. Apply with friction every night upon retiring. 

The preparations of tar are frequently of decided value, but are ob- 
jectionable on account of their strong unmistakable odor and the 
staining which follows their use. Sabouraud recommends the fol- 
lowing tarry lotion : 

Ol. cadini fSiij ( 100.0) 

Decoct, quillaise f Si (30.0) 

Ovi vitel. No. i, 

Aq. destil q. s. ad fBviij (250.0) 

M. 

The oil of cade and the quillaia are to be mixed first, the yolk of the 
egg is to be gradually added in a mortar, stirring all the while, and 
the water added last. One tablespoonful of this emulsion is to be 
added to a quart of water and the mixture used as a lotion once or 
twice a day. Anthrasol, a decolorized and deodorized tarry prepara- 
tion, may be substituted for the oil of cade, making a more agreeable 
application, although somewhat less effective, perhaps. 

A lotion of resorcin, 2 to 5 per cent., in 70 per cent, alcohol, is 
a useful application in many cases ; it should be gently rubbed in once 
a day either with the fingers or with a pledget of cotton. Occasion- 
ally the stronger lotions excite a considerable degree of inflamma- 
tory reaction and should therefore be used at first with some care. 
Should these lotions prove too drying, a few minims of glycerin, ten 
to twenty to the ounce (32.0), may be added. Ointments of resorcin 
are less effective than lotions and much less agreeable. Owing to 
the staining which it produces, resorcin should not be used on the 
scalp when the hair is fair or white. 

A 4 to 6 per cent, ointment of ammoniated mercury is frequently 
quite beneficial in seborrhcea of the scalp ; it is odorless and colorless, 
and therefore much more agreeable than the preparations of tar and 
sulphur. 



686 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

In seborrhoea of the face and other non-hairy parts, nothing in 
the author's experience has been found superior to the sulphide of 
zinc lotion. Beginning with one containing i per cent, each of the 
sulphate of zinc and the sulphate of potash in water with ten to 
fifteen minims of glycerin to each ounce (32.0) it may be gradually 
increased to 2 or 3 per cent. 

In seborrhoea of the genitalia, frequent ablutions with warm water 
and castile soap and the application two or three times a day of a 
saturated solution of boric acid or a lotion containing one-half to 
one per cent, of resorcin, followed by a dusting powder of equal parts 
of talc and boric acid, will be found effective. Ointments should not 
be used in these regions, or if used should always be made up with 
some one of the mineral fats, as those made with the animal and 
vegetable fats speedily decompose and irritate. 

COMEDO 

Synonyms. — Blackhead; Fr., Comedon; Acne ponctuee; Ger., 
Comedon ; Mitesser. 

Definition. — An affection of the ducts of the sebaceous glands dis- 
tinguished by black or brownish dots which represent the outer end 
of small plugs of sebum and epithelial debris filling the ducts. 

Symptoms. — This very common affection is found for the most 
part on those parts of the skin in which the sebaceous glands are most 
abundant and best developed, such as the face, the upper portion of 
the chest and back, the concha of the external ear; exceptionally it 
occurs upon the abdomen, the shaft of the penis, in fact anywhere 
where there are sebaceous glands. The small black point which 
characterizes it may be level with the surrounding skin or slightly 
elevated, forming small pin-head-sized papules with a black punctate 
centre (acne punctata, acne ponctuee of the French). Upon the face, 
which is one of the regions most frequently attacked, they may be 
present as a few scattered black points, or exist in great numbers, 
looking like grains of gunpowder imbedded in the skin, often pro- 
ducing decided disfigurement. They vary in size from a mere point 
to a pin-head or a hemp-seed, the larger lesions occurring upon the 
nose and the cheeks adjoining. Upon the back and chest they are 
often numerous and are usually larger than in the face ; in these 
regions, the back especially, they frequently occur in pairs, represent- 
ing double comedones, which communicate with each other beneath 
the small bridge of skin which separates them. In the external ear 
they may reach the size of a small hemp-seed and are frequently 
bluish in color. By pressing on both sides of the mouth of the duct 
the comedo may be expressed, and then appears as a yellowish cylinder, 
the external end of which is quite firm and covered with a black top, 
while the lower end is soft ; these are popularly known as "flesh- 
worms." Lesions which have existed for some time may be quite 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 687 

hard, and instead of being uniformly cylindrical may be somewhat pear- 
shaped, the outer end being slightly smaller than the remainder. 

Although comedones may exist independently of any other cutane- 
ous affection, they are in most instances associated with some other 
disease of the sebaceous glands, particularly with oily seborrhcea 
and acne, the papules and pustules of the latter frequently arising in 
the follicles already occupied by comedones. 

Usually scattered about irregularly in the regions affected, they 
may in rare cases occur in symmetrically placed groups, an observa- 
tion first made by Thin and later confirmed by Crocker, Wetherill, 
and others. In the cases observed by Crocker there were symmetrical 
groups of closely crowded lesions on both sides of the face which 
showed but little tendency to inflammation. In a case seen by the 
author a few years ago they were confined exclusively to the upper 
lids, each of which contained a dozen or more. The occurrence of 
grouped comedones in quite young children and infants has been 
noted in a few instances by Crocker, Caesar, Colcott Fox, and Harries, 
the last-named having recently reported four examples. They were 
usually present in large numbers upon the forehead, the occiput, the 
cheeks, and occasionally in other regions. 

The affection is a very chronic one, many of the lesions lasting 
with little or no change for years. In rare instances atrophic scars 
at the mouths of the follicles have been noted as a sequel (Lang, 
Neumann). 

Etiology. — Comedo is most frequently seen in those between the 
ages of fifteen and thirty, but may, as already noted, occur in child- 
hood, and is not very uncommon in the elderly and old. In children 
Crocker regarded heat and moisture, and perhaps local irritants, as 
causal agents ; he also observed its simultaneous occurrence in several 
members of a family, and quotes Haddon as having made a similar 
observation, suggesting the possibility of its origin from contagion. 
It frequently occurs in those who are anaemic or chlorotic, or in those 
who suffer from some form of indigestion with constipation. In 
women it is often associated with irregularity of the menstrual func- 
tion or other evidences of disease of the generative apparatus. It 
also occurs as an occupational disease in workers in tar and paraffin. 
The author has seen numerous comedones occur upon the bald scalp 
after inunctions of crude petroleum employed by the patient for the 
purpose of promoting the growth of the hair. Dore observed them 
follow inunctions of camphorated oil in a child. 

Pathology. — According to the most recent views, comedo is not 
to be regarded as an independent affection, but simply as a part of 
certain pathological processes the result of an infection of the follicles, 
which, beginning with seborrhcea, end with acne. Sabouraud regards 
it as a degeneration of the "seborrhceic filament," which is always 
present in seborrhcea. It begins with a hyperkeratosis of the mouth 
of the follicle, which, interfering with the free escape of the sebum, 



688 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



leads to its accumulation in the duct, which sooner or later is dilated 
in consequence. The retention of the sebum is a mechanical effect 
and not the result of an alteration in its quality, as was formerly 
believed. The comedo is composed of horny epithelial cells and sebum 
and contains twisted or rolled-up lanugo hairs, pigment granules, espe- 
cially in its outer end, and occasionally one or more samples of the 
Acarus (demodex) folliculorum (Fig. 237). In the soft interior are 
enormous numbers of a very small bacillus, the microbacillus of Sa- 





Fig. 237. — Comedo. 

bouraud, which that author believes to be the primary etiological factor 
in its production. Unna has likewise described a small bacillus present 
in the comedo, which is probably the same organism, which under 
certain circumstances may be pyogenic and give rise to inflammation 
and suppuration of the follicle (acne). The bottle-bacillus (Flaschen- 
bacillus) is also to be found in its outer and firmer portion. The black 
material found in the outer end of the comedo is not, as commonly 
supposed, extraneous matter, but a pigment which Unna considers 
is probably a degeneration product of keratin ; Sabouraud thinks it 
likely that it is derived from the cortical cells of the hair. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 689 

Diagnosis. — The appearance of the comedo is usually so character- 
istic that it is readily recognized ; the localities which it affects and 
its frequent association with seborrhcea and acne are likewise more or 
less characteristic. Occasionally small black dots resembling comedo 
at a little distance are formed at the mouths of the follicles as the 
result of a chemical decomposition when mercurial preparations are 
followed shortly by sulphur, or vice versa. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — With persevering treatment it is usually 
possible to remove the affection and prevent its return. The treat- 
ment, both general and local, is practically the same as that of acne. 
In anaemic and chlorotic patients, iron and arsenic should be pre- 
scribed ; cod-liver oil is frequently of service, particularly in those 
with thick, oily skins and enlarged glands. In the great majority of 
cases laxatives, especially the salines, should be given. The diet should 
be carefully looked after; tea, coffee, and alcoholic beverages, par- 
ticularly beer and sweet wines, should be forbidden, and plenty of out- 
door exercise should be enjoined. 

The face should be washed daily for a time with hot -water and 
tincture of green soap, or, if this proves too irritating, castile soap. 
Two or three times a week the face should be steamed or thoroughly 
bathed with warm water containing a small quantity of borax, and the 
comedones gently expressed with the fingers or removed with one 
of the "comedo extractors" to be obtained of the instrument makers. 
One of the most useful local applications is the sulphide of zinc lotion, 
ten to fifteen grains (0.65 to 1.0) each of sulphate of zinc and sul- 
phide of potassium to the ounce (32.0) of water. This should be thor- 
oughly shaken and mopped on every night before retiring. The fol- 
lowing lotion of sulphur is especially useful in the cases in which there 
is oily seborrhcea : 

Sulphur, sublimat 3j (4.0) 

^theris fSss (i5-0) 

Alcoholis . . . , fSiijss (90.0) 

M. 

Sig. Shake thoroughly and apply. 

Van Harlingen recommends the following paste for the purpose of 
loosening the comedones : 

Aceti f 3ij (7.50) 

Glycerini f3iij (12.0) 

Kaolini ■ 3ss (i5-o) 

M. 

This should be spread over the affected surface at night. 

MILIUM 

Synonyms. — Grutum ; Strophulus albidus : Acne albida; Acne mili- 
aria; Tuberculum sebaceum. 
44 



690 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Definition. — Small, yellowish-white, cystic tumors having their 
origin in the follicles of the lanugo hairs. 

Symptoms. — Milium is distinguished by small to large pin-head- 
sized nodules, which are opaque or faintly translucent, white, yellow- 
ish-white, or pale yellow, situated most frequently on some portion 
of the face. The most common sites are the malar eminences, the 
lids, often at the inner canthus, the forehead, and the temples; less 
frequently they are found on the shaft of the penis, the corona glandis, 
the scrotum, where they may reach the size of a split pea, and the 
inner surface of the labia in women. When the genitalia are affected 
they may be the source of some uneasiness to the patient, who is apt 
to regard them as of venereal origin. They are usually discrete and 
without any special arrangement, although Crocker saw a case in 
which they were arranged symmetrically on both cheeks. In most 
cases they are present in moderate numbers, but occasionally they 
are quite numerous, and two or more may unite to form a single lesion 
as large as a pea. If incised a small white globular mass may be ex- 
pressed with moderate pressure. In a few instances the contents 
undergo calcareous degeneration, forming cutaneous calculi. 

Etiology. — Milia occur at all periods of life from early infancy to 
old age. Although most frequently seen in young adults, they are 
quite common in early infancy {strophulus albidus), and are occasion- 
ally present even at birth. They are sometimes observed to follow 
pemphigus, dermatitis herpetiformis, and other bullous affections ; 
they may be present in considerable numbers in the regions previously 
occupied by the bullae ; they also occur in scars of varying origin. 

Pathology. — Milia, which are situated in the upper portion of the 
corium, are horny cysts, the product of a hyperkeratosis of the lanugo 
hair-follicles, remnants of which Unna invariably found attached to 
them. They contain small masses of horny epithelium arranged in con- 
centric layers, forming so-called "pearls" ; true milia do not contain 
fat. Virchow, who was the first to study their structure, although 
recognizing their connection with the hair-follicle, regarded them as 
retention cysts formed in a small sebaceous gland or in one of the 
glandular acini. Robinson believes there are two forms, one arising 
from aberrant embryonic epithelium of the rete, or of a hair-follicle 
which is without duct, contains no fatty epithelium, and shows no 
connection with the sebaceous gland ; the other contains fatty epi- 
thelium and cholesterin and is provided with a duct, a deep-seated 
comedo. According to Ehrmann, the place of origin of the cyst is 
probably not the same in all cases, since he has been able in some 
instances to demonstrate a connection with the excretory duct of the 
sweat-gland. The discrepancies which exist between the earlier and 
the more recent accounts of the histopathology of these small cysts is 
probably due, as Unna suggests, to the failure of the earlier observers 
to distinguish clinically with accuracy milium from comedo and small 
sebaceous cysts. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 691 

Diagnosis. — When situated upon the lids they may be mistaken 
for the nodules of xanthoma, but the latter are usually decidedly larger, 
flat instead of hemispherical, often quite bright or orange-yellow, and 
when incised do not give exit to the white material found in the 
former. They differ from comedo, to which they may bear only a 
very superficial resemblance, by their situation and the absence of 
the small black dot which usually distinguishes the latter. The so- 
called colloid milium, colloid degeneration of the skin, which occurs 
in the same situation, is a very much deeper yellow and contains 
a gelatinous substance quite unlike the white contents of ordinary 
milium. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The affection is a trivial one, but when 
the lesions are numerous they may produce considerable disfigure- 
ment. It lasts for an indefinite period, but many of the individual 
lesions eventually disappear spontaneously, leaving no trace. 

In infants, washing with soap and warm water will frequently re- 
move them ; in adults, the most satisfactory treatment is electrolysis, 
by which they may be quickly and easily destroyed. A fine needle 
connected with the negative pole of the battery should be inserted a 
short distance into the little tumor and a current of one to two mil- 
liamperes allowed to act for ten to fifteen seconds. The larger lesions 
may be incised with a small scalpel and their contents expressed. 

STEATOMA 

Synonyms. — -Atheroma ; Sebaceous cyst ; Wen ; Ff ., Steatome, 
Kyste sebace, Loupe ; Ger., Balggeschwulst, Griitzbeutel. 

Definition. — A cystic tumor of the skin with soft, cheesy or semi- 
fluid contents. 

Symptoms. — Sebaceous cysts vary in size from a hemp-seed to a 
walnut or an egg, and exceptionally may be as large as the fist. When 
small they are round, somewhat flat, and button-like ; when larg'e 
they are hemispherical or less frequently globular. They are usually 
soft, elastic, and movable ; exceptionally they may be rather firm and 
fixed. They are the color of the skin, pinkish, or, when large and 
distended, whitish or slightly violaceous. In a certain number a small 
opening exists, which is at times closed by a small comedo-like plug, 
from which the cheesy contents may be expressed, or from which 
a milky, foul-smelling fluid escapes spontaneously from time to time ; 
in many, if not most cases, however, no such opening can be discov- 
ered. The most common site is the scalp, where in the early stages 
they are covered with hair, but with increase in size they become 
smooth and perfectly bald. They are infrequent upon the trunk and 
rare upon the extremities ; they are occasionally seen upon the scrotum, 
where they may exist in considerable numbers. They may be single 
or multiple, and in rare cases are very numerous, scores or even hun- 
dreds being present. It is quite likely, however, that most of the 



692 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

cases of so-called multiple sebaceous cyst were in fact dermoid cysts. 
They usually grow very slowly, and after reaching the size of a 
walnut may remain practically stationary for long periods. Occa- 
sionally, either from over-distention or from injury, they may become 
inflamed and suppurate or ulcerate ; in rare cases they may undergo 
epitheliomatous change. At times they may become the seat of cu- 
taneous horns, particularly those which have a patulous duct. They 
are filled with a whitish, cheesy mass or an extremely fetid semifluid 
material. Occasionally the contents undergo calcareous degeneration, 
especially in the tumors of the scrotum, Joseph reporting an instance 
in which there were forty such calcified tumors in this region. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Sebaceous cyst is an affection chiefly of 
adult life, rarely occurring before puberty. The direct cause is quite 
unknown. 

Virchow regarded the so-called atheroma or sebaceous cyst as a 
retention cyst of the sebaceous gland, a view which was accepted by 
the majority of pathologists and dermatologists for a considerable 
time, but the more recent studies of Franke and Torok have appar- 
ently proven its incorrectness, at least for a considerable number of 
such tumors. The latter, in examining a number of atheromata from 
various parts of the body, found papillae in all but two, a finding which 
completely disproves the view that they originate in the sebaceous 
glands. The contents of most of them were horny cells, cholesterin, 
and in some instances chalky masses ; fat was very seldom present. 
Torok asserts that true atheromata are nothing but dermoid cysts. 
Winiwarter was of the opinion that there was first a new formation 
of gland tissue, which was later transformed into a cystic tumor. 
According to Unna, true sebaceous cysts always have an external 
opening ; those which have fatty contents are never true atheromata. 
A survey of the literature leads to the conclusion that much of the 
difference of opinion concerning the histopathology of this tumor is 
due in large part to the failure to carefully distinguish clinically the 
sebaceous cyst from other forms of cystic tumor of the skin. Joseph 
agrees with Franke that under the name atheroma two forms of tumor 
have been described — one a follicular cyst seated in the cutis, arising 
in the sebaceous follicle ; the other, which Franke calls epidermoid, 
situated in the subcutaneous tissue, arising from embryonic inclusions 
of the epidermis. 

The Avail of the cyst is composed of fibrous connective tissue, and 
it is lined by squamous epithelium. The contents, which may be 
cheesy or semifluid, are horny epithelial cells, crystals of cholesterin, 
fatty debris, and occasionally hairs. 

Diagnosis. — Its situation in most instances upon the scalp ; the 
absence of hair from the larger ones ; the presence of an opening from 
which whitish cheesy material can be expressed, or from which an 
extremely offensive fluid escapes spontaneously from time to time, 
are characteristic features of this form of tumor which readily dis- 



PLATE XXXVIII 




Acne vulgaris 



PLATE XXXIX 




Acne vulgaris. 



r 






DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 693 

tinguish it from other similar tumors. Those which are situated upon 
the trunk or elsewhere than the scalp are to be distinguished from 
fatty tumor (lipoma) and from fibroma. From the former they differ 
by their smoothness, greater elasticity, and absence of lobulation ; 
from the latter by their greater softness. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Steatomata or sebaceous cysts are be- 
nign tumors, as a rule unaccompanied by any painful or annoying sub- 
jective symptoms ; when large or numerous they may produce decided 
disfigurement. Occasionally, as already noted, they inflame and sup- 
purate ; in rare instances they may become the seat of epithelioma. 

The treatment is surgical. The overlying skin should be incised 
and the cyst enucleated. If it is ruptured, or if its wall is adherent 
to the skin, it should be carefully dissected out, taking care to leave 
no portion of the wall behind, otherwise a recurrence is likely to take 
place. Small cysts may sometimes be obliterated by injecting them 
with tincture of iodine. 

ACNE 

Under the term "acne" are included a number of chronic inflam- 
matory affections, for the most part pustular, having their seat in the 
sebaceous glands and follicles, presenting more or less similarity in 
their clinical symptoms, but varying considerably in their etiology. 
The several diseases included under this title are : acne vulgaris, acne 
rosacea, these two being the most closely related of the group ; acne 
varioliformis, acne keratosa, acne urticata, and acne artificialis. The 
first two of these are far more frequent than the others, and may be 
regarded as types of this affection. They are closely related to one 
another in their clinical symptoms, course, and etiology ; while the 
other members of the group are quite distinct etiologically, and prob- 
ably have little or nothing in common with the first two but their 
anatomical seat. 

ACNE VULGARIS 

Synonyms. — Acne simplex; Fr. Acne; Ger., Akne; Finnen. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammatory disease of the sebaceous glands 
characterized by an eruption of papules, pustules, nodules, and occa- 
sionally abscesses, having its seat in the regions in which the glands 
are most abundant and best developed, such as the face and the upper 
portion of the chest and the back (Plates XXXVIII and XXXIX). 

Symptoms. — There is considerable variation both in the number 
and character of the lesions and in the extent of the eruption. 

While the lesions, which may be small and superficial or large 
and deep-seated, are for the most part pustular, or become so in the 
course of their evolution, a certain number of them may remain papular 
or nodular throughout the entire term of their existence. The erup- 
tion is usually more or less multiform, being made up of papules and 
pustules with comedones, and according to the predominance of one 
or the other form of lesion and the course of the eruption, for conven- 



694 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



ience of description a number of clinical varieties are recognized, such 
as acne punctata, acne pustulosas, acne indurata, acne cachecticorum. 
In acne punctata the eruption consists of small red papules, frequently 
not larger than a large pin-head, with a small black dot in the centre. 
The eruption is usually quite abundant and has its favorite seat on 
the forehead. Acne pustulosa presents two fairly distinct types ; one 
in which the pustules, which are usually numerous, are quite small, 




tit- 




.IP 




Fig. 238. — Acne vulgaris. 

superficial, and only moderately inflammatory, the greater part of the 
eruption being situated upon the forehead ; and a second type in which 
the lesions are much larger, more inflammatory, occupying not only 
the forehead, but the cheeks, the chin, the chest, and the back. In 
acne indurata the eruption consists of large, deep-seated red or bluish- 
red, firm nodules, which often remain without much change for weeks 
or even a month or two, and then soften and discharge, or undergo 
slow absorption, leaving well-defined and permanent scars. 

In acne cachecticorum or scrofulosorum, the lesions are unusually 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 695 

numerous and large, and extend over the face and trunk. They are 
usually distinguished by an unusual lividity, and small abscesses are 
common (Fig. 238). This variety of the malady is seen in tubercu- 
lous or strumous subjects with pale, pasty skin, and in those whose 
nutrition is much below the normal as the result of poor or improper 
food or debilitating disease. 

As a rule the subjective symptoms are trifling, or may be altogether 
absent. There may be a moderate amount of itching, but rarely 
enough to give the patient much annoyance, and occasionally some 
of the larger and more inflammatory lesions are somewhat painful, 
but this is decidedly the exception. 

The number of lesions varies from a dozen or more upon the face 
or back to hundreds, covering not only the face but the upper chest 
and back and exceptionally extending in the last-named region to the 
buttocks. In cases of moderate severity the forehead, cheeks, and the 
angles of the jaws are the regions most affected. In almost all cases 
more or less scarring follows the eruption, and in acne indurata the 
cicatrices are apt to be large and deep, and when numerous may pro- 
duce quite as much disfigurement as variola. The eruption is apt to 
appear in crops coming out at irregular intervals, and shows no 
tendency to any special arrangement, the lesions being scattered about 
irregularly. In addition to the papules and pustules already described, 
there are almost invariably evidences of disturbed function of the 
sebaceous glands, such as comedones, seborrhcea, and small sebaceous 
cysts. 

Etiology. — Among the predisposing causes of acne vulgaris a prom- 
inent place must be assigned to youth. The disease almost invariably 
begins at or about the time of puberty, and in the vast majority of 
cases occurs in those between the ages of fifteen and twenty-five. Dis- 
turbance of the gastro-intestinal tract is a common accompaniment 
and plays a more or less important role in predisposing to the affection. 
Disease of the generative organs, functional or organic, must also be 
reckoned among the causes which predispose to it. The relationship 
to disorders of these organs is especially noticeable in women, in 
whom a more or less marked menstrual exacerbation is commonly 
observed. 

Unwholesome occupations, improper or insufficient food, and dis- 
eases such as tuberculosis, by leading to malnutrition, favor the occur- 
rence of the malady. The mechanical blocking up of the ducts of the 
glands, which occurs in those whose occupation compels them to work 
in an atmosphere charged with dust, predisposes to the disease. 

The variety known as acne indurata, with large, livid, deep-seated, 
sluggish lesions, is especially apt to be seen in seamstresses and factory 
operatives, who, shut away from fresh air and sunlight for hours, 
work in ill-ventilated and poorly lighted rooms. 

As to the direct cause, the weight of evidence is greatly in favor 
of a specific infection of the sebaceous glands. A number of micro- 



696 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

organisms have been found in the inflamed glands to which a causative 
agency has been attributed, but definite proof of their etiological rela- 
tionship has not yet been satisfactorily furnished. There is much, 
however, in favor of the view that the organism described by Gilchrist 
as the Bacillus acnes, which is similar to, if not identical with, the 
microbacillus of Sabouraud, is the causative agent ; but there is no 
doubt that the infection is a mixed one in most cases, the Staphylo- 
coccus albus and aureus taking a considerable part in the production 
of the inflammation. 

Pathology. — According to Unna, the first pathological change in 
acne is a hyperkeratosis affecting the mouths of the sebaceous gland 
ducts, which, by interfering with the discharge of the secretion of the 
gland, leads to the formation of a comedo, a plug composed of horny 
epithelial cells and sebum. The formation of the comedo is followed 
in time by inflammation of the sebaceous gland, a folliculitis, and if the 
inflammatory process extends to the parts about the gland by a peri- 
folliculitis. 

According to Leloir and Vidal, the inflammation begins in the peri- 
follicular tissues and later extends to the follicle itself. The degree 
of inflammation varies considerably ; at times it is limited to the gland, 
at others it extends to the parts around, with the frequent formation 
of small abscesses (Fig. 239). In acne indurata the cellular exudate 
about the gland is composed of connective-tissue cells, plasma cells, 
an increased number of "mastzellen," and an occasional giant-cell. 
The suppuration wmich is present is not the result of infection with 
the staphylococci, according to Unna, but results from a bacillus found 
in the comedo, and the severity and depth of the suppuration de- 
pends upon the situation of these organisms, i.e., whether they 
are situated in the upper or lower portion of the comedo. In those 
cases in which the inflammation is severe and deep-seated, complete 
destruction of the gland or of the entire follicle may take place, with 
the formation of permanent scars. 

Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of acne usually presents no difficulties. 
The youth of the patient ; the inflammatory character of the eruption ; 
its localization upon the face and upper portion of the trunk ; evidence 
of disturbed function of the sebaceous glands, such as comedones and 
unusual oiliness of the skin; its chronic course; and the usual absence 
of any notable subjective symptoms, notwithstanding the frequently 
considerable inflammation present, are features which sufficiently dis- 
tinguish it from other eruptions. Errors are most likely to occur in 
confounding it with some one of the acne-like eruptions which fre- 
quently follow the internal use of the salts of iodine and bromine, but 
these are usually distributed over a much more extensive surface, af- 
fecting the trunk quite as much as the face, whereas acne vulgaris is 
often confined to the face alone, and when it exists upon the trunk 
is almost always limited to the shoulders and upper part of the chest. 

Prognosis, — Untreated acne is commonly of long duration, lasting 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 



697 



for many months or several years. While there is frequently, per- 
haps in most cases, a tendency to spontaneous disappearance as the 
patient approaches the age of twenty-five or thirty, its continuance 
after that period is by no means rare. The course and results of 
the eruption are very materially influenced by the type of lesion 
present. When these are small and superficial they usually run a com- 
paratively rapid course and disappear without scarring ; if, on the 











' *'^$e« : 



Fig. 239. — Acne vulgaris. Section of a papulopustule. Follicle, /, is filled with cellular debris and 
polymorphonuclear leucocytes, while about the follicle there is an abundant exudation of lymphoid, poly- 
morphonuclear and plasma cells. 

other hand, they are of the livid, deep-seated type, their course is 
sluggish, they may last for six to eight weeks, and are followed 
by deep and permanent scars. In most instances, however, even 
in the severest cases, ultimate cure may be expected with judicious 
treatment. 

Treatment. — Since in the great majority of cases there is more or 
less evidence of disturbance of the gastro-intestinal tract, such as 
flatulence, discomfort after taking food, and constipation, the careful 
regulation of the patient's diet and the use of laxatives are always 



698 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

matters of importance in the treatment of acne. Sweets, fried foods, 
pork, pastry, tea and coffee, sweet wines and beer should be strictly 
prohibited. Sound ripe fruit, fresh or cooked, should be taken freely. 
In anaemic girls and young women the tartrate of iron and potash 
in moderate doses, or Blaud's pill, should be given either alone or 
with small doses of arsenic. In those cases in which the lesions are 
large, livid, deep-seated, and sluggish, occurring in those with thick, 
grayish ^skin, cod-liver oil is a remedy of decided value. The calx 
sulphurata or calcium sulphide, which at one time enjoyed a consider- 
able reputation in the treatment of pustular affections of various kinds, 
has in the author's hands, as in that of others, proved of no value. In 
the acne of women, uterine disease or menstrual irregularity should re- 
ceive appropriate treatment. Among laxatives, the salines are as a rule 
the most effective. The bitter mineral waters, such as Hunyadi, 
Appenta, or Friederichschall, may be employed. Phosphate of soda 
is likewise useful, although it is less efficient than sulphate of mag- 
nesia. A slightly laxative mixture which the author has employed 
for some years with much satisfaction in the treatment of acne is 
the following : 

Sodii hyposulphitis Bss (1.60) 

Glycerini, 

Aquas menthae piperitae aa fSiij (90.0) 

M. 

Sig. Two teaspoonfuls t.i.d. in water after meals. 

This usually exerts a slightly laxative effect, which may be in- 
creased if necessary by the addition of ten or fifteen minims of the 
fluidextract of cascara to each dose. The compound licorice powder 
in doses of one or two drachms (4.0-8.0) taken at bedtime is an espe- 
cially useful laxative in acne. The mistura ferri acida is likewise 
an efficient, but rather disagreeable, laxative mixture; it is com- 
posed as follows : 

Magnesii sulphatis Sj (30.0) 

Ferri sulphatis gr. viij (0.5) 

Acidi sulphurici diluti f3jss (6.0) 

Aquae menthae piperitae q. s. ad Sviij (250) 

M. 

Sig. One tablespoonful in a tumblerful of water be- 
fore breakfast. 

In recent years, following the studies of Wright on opsonins, the 
hypodermatic injections of killed cultures of organisms such as the 
staphylococcus and the Bacillus acnes, found in the lesions of acne, have 
been employed with varying results. In a certain number of cases 
the effect has been apparently most satisfactory, and it has been just 
as disappointing in others. Even in those cases in which its use has 
been followed by a rapid disappearance of the eruption, relapses have 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 699 

occurred sooner or later. The use of autogenous rather than stock 
vaccines is always to be advised ; indeed, most authors are agreed 
that the latter are useless as a rule. With improved technic in 
their preparation, and with more exact knowledge of the organ- 
isms concerned, this will doubtless prove in time an effective 
method of treatment, but it is yet on trial and can only be regarded 
as promising. 

The local treatment is quite as important as, if not more so than, 
the internal treatment. 

The pustules should be opened with a sterile needle and evacu- 
ated by gentle pressure with the thumb and finger ; abscesses should 
be incised with a small bistoury or tenotome and emptied ; comedones 
should be expressed with a little instrument known as a comedo ex- 
tractor, or with the thumb and finger, first thoroughly bathing the 
skin with a hot, weak solution of borax or plain hot water. These 
several little operations should be performed with gentleness, since 
the violent squeezing of the lesion only increases the inflammation, 
prolongs its course, and increases the liability to scarring. 

In the somewhat exceptional cases in which the inflammation is 
quite acute and the skin sensitive, the use of mild lotions should 
precede for a time more stimulating applications. A saturated solu- 
tion of boric acid in water, mopped on three or four times a day, will 
often serve a useful purpose under such circumstances ; and this may 
be replaced a little later by a saturated alcoholic solution which often 
answers admirably in the superficial types of pustular acne. 

Sulphur and its compounds easily occupy the first place among 
local remedies in the treatment of acne of all varieties ; it may be 
used as a lotion or as an ointment, the latter usually being much more 
effective than the former. The following cream-like mixture, known 
as Kummerfeld's lotion, is a useful application in many cases ; 

Sulphur, praecip 3iv ( 16.0) 

Pulv. camphorse gr. x (0.65) 

Pulv. tragacanth gr. xx (1.30) 

Liq. calcis, 

Aq aa fSij (60.0) 

M. 

Sig. Apply at bedtime. 

When there are many comedones with much oily seborrhoea, the 
following lotion, containing sublimed sulphur, will be found especially 
useful : 

Sulphur, sublimat 3j (4.0) 

Alcoholis fSiijss (108.0) 

y£theris fSss (15.0) 

M. 

Sig. Shake and apply at bedtime. 



700 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

The sulphide of zinc lotion, which is essentially a sulphur lotion, 
may often be employed with good results in pustular acne when the 
lesions are not very deeply seated. 

Zinci sulphat., 

Potas. sulphuret aa 3j (4.0) 

Aquae Siv (130.0) 

M. 

Sig. Apply night and morning. 

Should this prove too drying, fifteen or twenty minims of glycerin 
should be added to each ounce (32.0), or cold cream may be applied 
after its use. In the sluggish, deep-seated types of the disease the 
solution of the sulphuret of lime known as Vleminckx's solution is 
a most effective application, but objectionable on account of the strong 
odor of sulphureted hydrogen which it gives off. This is to be used 
as a lotion in the strength of one part to three or six of water, mop- 
ping it on twice a day. An ointment containing from thirty to sixty 
grains (2.0 to 4.0) of precipitated sulphur to the ounce (32.0), the 
strength depending upon the degree of inflammation and the depth 
of lesions, is frequently most useful. When stimulation is desired, 
as in acne indurata, salicylic acid, fifteen to twenty grains (1.0 to 1.50) 
to the ounce (32.0), may be combined with the sulphur. The following 
ointment of sulphur and green soap is often productive of marked 
benefit in the cases in which the lesions are livid in color, deep-seated, 
and sluggish : 

Sulphur, praecipitat, 

Saponis virid aa 3ij (8.0) 

Lanolini §ss (15.0) 

M. 

Sig. Apply at bedtime with friction, and wash off in 

the morning with hot water. 

The salts of mercury, such as the bichloride and ammoniated mer- 
cury, are frequently effective local remedies. The bichloride may 
be used as a lotion in the strength of 1 : 3000 to 1 : 2000, either in water 
or 70 per cent, alcohol, or as an ointment containing 0.5 to 1 per cent., 
the latter being reserved for cases with sluggish lesions. Ammoniated 
mercury, which in the author's hands has often proved extremely useful, 
may be used as a 10 to 12 per cent, ointment applied once a day. 

Resorcin, although not so generally useful as sulphur, is neverthe- 
less often efficacious, and may be used either as an ointment or lotion. 
The ointment should contain from 10 to 12 per cent., and should be 
well rubbed in at bedtime. If a more stimulating application seems 
desirable, it may be used as a lotion containing from 3 to 5 per cent, 
in 70 per cent, alcohol, which may be applied once or twice a day. 
Occasionally, owing to unusual susceptibility, resorcin excites a con- 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 701 

siderable dermatitis, and for this reason it should be used with some care 
until it has been ascertained that no such unusual susceptibility exists. 

In the severer forms with deep-seated pustular lesions, a 2 per cent, 
solution of salicylic acid in 70 per cent, alcohol often produces admirable 
results. It should be softly mopped on night and morning-, and if it 
produces more than a moderate amount of scaling it should be followed 
by the application of cold cream, or, better, equal parts of lanolin and 
cold cream. When used alone in an ointment it is far less effective, 
although, as already observed, it is a useful addition to other ointments, 
such as sulphur ointment. 

In extensive, long-standing acne, with numerous large and deep- 
seated lesions, the use of ointments, pastes, or washes containing beta- 
naphthol, sulphur, or resorcin in sufficient strength to produce an 
exfoliating dermatitis is frequently the speediest way to get rid of 
the eruption. This method of treatment is, of course, to be employed 
with care, and necessitates the patient remaining indoors for a short 
time. A 15 to 20 per cent, solution of resorcin in alcohol applied twice 
a day until desquamation occurs, or Vleminckx's solution one part, water 
two parts, applied twice a day, until exfoliation occurs, may be employed 
for this purpose. The following paste : 

Betanaphthol 3j— 3ij (4.0-8.0) 

Sulphur, praecip Sss (16.0) 

Saponis viridi, 

Unguent, aq. rosae aa 3ij (8.0) 

may be used. This is to be applied to the face spread upon lint, and 
allowed to remain from twenty minutes to one-half hour, after which 
it is removed with vaseline or cold cream, the face washed with hot 
water, and cold cream or other soothing ointment applied. This is 
repeated every night until exfoliation begins. 

The X-ray is an extremely valuable remedy in the treatment of 
acne, but owing to its destructive effect upon the hair-follicles and 
to certain untoward results which sometimes follow its use, even 
in the hands of the most careful and experienced, it should be re- 
served for the rebellious and more aggravated types of the malady, 
and should always be used with caution. The exposure should sel- 
dom exceed five to seven minutes in duration, given every five days, 
stopping the treatment upon the appearance of the slightest erythema. 
The treatment is best carried out with the aid of some one of the 
various devices employed for the measurement of the ray. The Holz- 
knecht meter and the Sabouraud and Noire pastille are convenient 
and reliable instruments for this purpose. Care must of course be 
taken to protect the brows and scalp. In certain cases a disfiguring 
atrophy of the skin follows the use of the X-ray even when no decided 
reaction has been produced. 



702 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

ACNE ROSACEA 

Synonyms. — Rosacea ; Gutta rosea ; Fr., Acne rosacee, couperose ; 
Ger., Kupferose ; Kupf erfinne. 

Definition. — A chronic affection of the skin characterized by hyper- 
emia, telangiectases, and increase in the number of the superficial 
capillaries, with inflammatory lesions, such as papules, pustules, and 
occasional hypertrophy of the fibrous tissue of the corium, particularly 
of the nose (Plate XL). 

Symptoms. — The disease is limited to the face, occupying chiefly 
and frequently in mild cases exclusively the central third, although in 
advanced and neglected cases the whole face may be involved. 

It usually begins as a transient redness of the forehead, nose, and 
adjacent parts of the cheeks, which later becomes more pronounced 
and more or less permanent. Sooner or later an eruption of pustules 
and papules, the latter often of a bright red color, appears in the 
reddened areas. Less frequently there is no precedent redness, but the 
disease begins with small bright red papules scattered over the chin 
and lower portion of the nose, often accompanied by slight scaling; 
this variety is seen more particularly in women. As the disease 
progresses the redness becomes more decided, the eruptive lesions in- 
crease in number, and dilated vessels make their appearance upon 
the nose and cheeks, especially upon the alae of the former. In the 
later stages of the affection the nose enlarges, the enlargement being 
usually confined to the lower portion, the mouths of the ducts of 
the sebaceous glands are notably increased in size, and the entire 
nose is oily and of a dull red or violaceous hue. In a small proportion 
of cases the hypertrophy which occurs in the late stages of the dis- 
ease gives rise to lobulated masses varying in size from a pea to a 
small nut, resulting in marked disfigurement, a condition to which the 
name rhinophyma is applied. 

Notwithstanding the frequently marked inflammatory appearance 
of the forehead, cheeks, and nose, the skin is cold to the touch and 
subjective symptoms are as a rule entirely absent, although excep- 
tionally itching and burning are present. The course of the affection 
is markedly chronic, characterized by exacerbations during which 
the redness is much increased and the number of papules and pustules 
greatly multiplied. These exacerbations are frequently accompanied 
by, or follow, symptoms of indigestion, and in women are especially apt 
to occur at or about the time of the menstrual period; indeed, a men- 
strual exacerbation is the rule. Unlike acne vulgaris, acne rosacea shows 
no tendency to disappear spontaneously, but, on the contrary, grows 
worse with advancing years. 

Etiology. — It is decidedly infrequent before the age of thirty, al- 
though exceptionally it may occur in much younger subjects. Women 
are commonly said to be more frequently affected than men, but this 
preponderance in the female sex is probably more apparent than real, 



PLATE XL 




Acne rosacea. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 703 

since women are much more apt to seek advice on account of dis- 
figurement than men. Disturbances of the alimentary canal from 
errors in diet, inordinate indulgence in tea, coffee, and alcoholic liquors, 
must all be reckoned among the causes which predispose more or less 
to the affection. Exposure to the weather is likewise a factor in its 
production. In women disease of the uterus or its adnexa is frequently 
associated with the malady, and, as has already been noted, each men- 
strual period is usually accompanied by a marked increase in the symp- 
toms. Nasal disease, such as chronic catarrh, or other chronic affec- 
tions of the interior of the nose, according to the observations of Seiler 
and others, strongly predisposes to it. Folliculitis of the vibrissas by 
producing repeated congestion of the overlying skin, may serve as 
the starting point of the affection. 

Pathology. — Authors are not quite in agreement as to its pathol- 
ogy. Some, as Leloir and Vidal, regard it as an acne occurring upon 
a skin chronically congested ; Unna believes it a variety of sebor- 
rhea, and would call it rosacea seborrheica. 

The earliest changes consist in the dilatation of the branches of 
both the superficial and deep network of vessels and especially of 
those surrounding the pilo-sebaceous follicles, probably the result of 
some toxic substance in the circulation of as yet undetermined char- 
acter. This dilatation of the vessels, at first transient, later becomes 
permanent, and is followed by inflammatory changes in their imme- 
diate neighborhood and about the sebaceous glands, which are more 
or less increased in size. In the papules and pustules the same patho- 
logical changes are to be seen as in similar lesions of ordinary acne, 
namely, a cellular exudate composed of polymorphonuclear and lym- 
phoid cells in varying quantity situated in and about the sebaceous 
glands. In the final stages of the malady, accompanied by an increase 
in the size of the nose, glandular hypertrophy in some cases predomi- 
nates, while in others there is a pronounced increase in the fibrous 
connective tissue. Occasionally the blood and lymphatic vessels are 
so greatly enlarged as to present the appearance of an angioma (Le- 
loir and Vidal). 

Diagnosis. — Acne rosacea when typical is not readily mistaken for 
any other affection, but it is occasionally confounded with acne vul- 
garis, erythematous eczema, erythematous lupus, and syphilis. 

It differs from ordinary acne by its limitation to the face, where 
it shows a pronounced predilection for the central portion, especially 
the nose, and by the associated hyperaemia and vascular dilatation 
always present in cases of any duration. 

In the early hyperaemic stage, when papules are absent or small 
and few, if itching is present, as is occasionally the case, it is some- 
times mistaken for erythematous eczema, but it differs from that af- 
fection by the mild type of the itching and the limitation of the red- 
ness to the nose and chin. 

It can only be mistaken for erythematous lupus when the latter 



704 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

is of the telangiectic type, but papules and pustules are never present 
in that disease, which usually terminates in a peculiar atrophic scar- 
ring. 

Not very infrequently the hypertrophic stage is confounded with 
late syphilis of the nose of the nodular type, but the absence of ulcera- 
tion and scarring in the former and their almost invariable occurrence 
sooner or later in the latter readily differentiate the two affections. 

Prognosis. — Left to itself, the disease tends to grow more pro- 
nounced with years. Under appropriate treatment, however, cases of 
moderate severity are usually quite amenable, and even when the 
disease is marked great improvement follows the use of well-directed 
therapeutic measures and a careful regimen. When, however, there 
is any considerable degree of hypertrophic change, the prognosis is 
unfavorable as to cure, although the deformity which attends advanced 
cases may be greatly lessened by the surgical removal of the lobulated 
tumors. 

Treatment. — In the general treatment of acne rosacea, careful reg- 
ulation of the diet is of the first importance; and unless the patient 
willingly and intelligently cooperates with the physician in this, but 
little permanent improvement can be looked for. Plain, easily digested 
food, taken at regular intervals, the avoidance of condiments, sweets, 
pastry, rich soups and gravies, complete abstinence from tea, coffee, 
and alcoholic beverages, the avoidance of hot soups or hot drinks, 
or anything which tends to flush the face, all are a necessary part in 
the treatment. Occupations which expose the face to heat or to 
the wind should be avoided. When functional disorders of the uterus 
or its adnexa are present, as is frequently the case, these should have 
appropriate treatment if permanent improvement is to be obtained. 
When constipation is present, as it usually is, laxatives, the salines 
preferably, are to be given, and even in cases in which there is a daily 
evacuation of the bowels an occasional short course of fractional doses 
of calomel or five grains (0.32) of mercurial pill, followed by a saline, 
will often be advantageous. When there are symptoms of atonic dys- 
pepsia, nux vomica or strychnia and hydrochloric acid may be given 
for a time. Fluidextract of ergot in doses of from twenty to sixty 
minims three times a day, or ergotin in doses of three to five grains 
(0.20 to 0.32) three or four times a day, has been advised for its 
supposed effect upon the dilated vessels, but its usefulness is more 
than doubtful. Unna advises ichthyol in three-grain (0.20) doses sev- 
eral times a day for the same purpose, but there is very little reliable 
evidence that it innr^nces the vessels appreciably, and not infrequently 
it disturbs the storr ch. 

The local treatment is much the same as that of acne vulgaris, 
but as a rule lotions answer better than ointments. One of the most 
useful local applications is the zinc sulphide lotion in the strength of 
from five to ten grains (0.32 to 0.65) of each of the salts to the ounce 
(32.0). Instead of water, it may be made up with 70 per cent, alcohol 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 705 

when the hypersemia is marked ; or two drachms (8.0) of the 1 : 1000 
solution of adrenalin chloride may be added to each ounce (32.0) 
for its effect upon the vessels. Occasionally, however, such a lotion 
proves too irritating in any strength, especially in the cases charac- 
terized by small, bright-red papules upon the nose and chin, 
accompanied by itching. In such cases a saturated solution of boric 
acid will often answer well for a time. A solution of bichloride of 
mercury in 70 per cent, alcohol, 1 : 2000, is also a useful lotion. When 
there is an abundant eruption of pustules and papules and beginning 
thickening of the skin, Vleminckx's solution, one part to eight or 
ten of water, may be applied with good effect. 

Among useful ointments may be mentioned sulphur 20 to 40 grains 
(1.30 to 2.60) to the ounce (32.0), resorcin 30 to 60 grains (2.0 to 4.0) 
to the ounce (32.0), ichthyol 1 to 2 drachms (4.0 to 8.0) to the ounce 
(32.0). Of these the sulphur ointment is the most generally useful. 
Ichthyol is often a valuable remedy, but its disagreeable odor and color 
limit its usefulness very much. One of the least disagreeable, and at 
the same time one of the most effective, ways of using it is to apply 
it as a varnish with a brush, using equal parts of ichthyol and water. 
After a few minutes it dries, leaving a brown varnish-like covering, 
which can be readily washed off with hot water. 

As in acne vulgaris, the X-ray is a valuable method of treatment, 
but it must be used with care and discrimination. 

The dilated venules are best removed by electrolysis. The needle 
attached to the negative pole is thrust into the vessels transversely 
and a current of two or three milliamperes allowed to pass for twenty 
or thirty seconds ;*this is usually followed by the complete obliteration 
of the lumen of the venule and its ultimate disappearance. 

In the milder grades of hypertrophy, linear scarification, electro- 
lytic puncture, or repeated puncture with the Pacquelin or galvano- 
cautery, using a small point, may be tried. The lobulated fibrous 
masses which occur upon the nose in advanced cases are to be dealt 
with surgically, removal with the knife being the shortest and most 
satisfactory way of dealing with them. 

ACNE ARTIFICIALIS 

An inflammation of the follicles resembling in many of its features 
acne vulgaris ; may result from the ingestion of certain drugs, more 
particularly the compounds of iodine and bromine. These, unlike 
the eruption of true acne, are not limited to the face and shoulders, 
but are usually much more extensively distributed. 

The introduction of such substances as tar, paraffin, and chlorine 
into the follicles from without, as happens in those employed in certain 
occupations, frequently gives rise to blocking up of their mouths, with 
the formation of large comedones and inflammation of the follicle. 
Such artificial acnes are characterized by a w'despread distribution 
of large, black or brown comedones, and nume ous acne-like pustules 
45 



706 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



situated chiefly on the trunk and extremities, rather than the face. 
These paraffin and tar acnes (Fig. 240), when of long duration, may 
be followed by the formation of inflammatory wart-like lesions, which 
not infrequently terminate in epithelioma, the so-called tar or paraffin 
cancer. 

Treatment.— The first and most important point in the treatment 
of these artificial acnes is the removal of the cause. When they are due 
to drugs, these should be suspended. In tar and paraffin acne the patient 
should be informed of the cause of the eruption and should be advised 
to bathe frequently and change his clothing often, since these, when 




Fig. 240. — Paraffin acne. Patient worked in an oil refinery. 

saturated with paraffin or tar, serve to convey these substances to the 
follicles. If these precautions are observed, the disease may in large 
measure be prevented. In the treatment of the eruption the same 
remedies may be employed as in acne vulgaris. 



ACNE VARIOLIFORMIS 

Synonyms. — Acne necrotica; Acne frontalis; Acne atrophica; Acne 
rodens. 

Definition. — A chronic acne-like inflammation of the skin character- 
ized by pustules, situated about the margin of the scalp and over the 
sternum, rarely in other regions, followed by pit-like cicatrices. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 707 

Symptoms. — Acne varioliformis, a name first given to the affection 
by Hebra, is situated for the most part upon the forehead and tem- 
ples, particularly at the border of the hair, in the scalp (Fig. 241), and 
less frequently upon the hairy portion of the sternum; quite excep- 
tionally it may occur upon the extremities. It is distinguished by an 
eruption of small red papules upon which presently pustules appear, 
which dry into blackish depressed and adherent crusts. After ten 
days to two weeks the crusts fall, leaving small pit-like indelible scars, 
resembling those of variola, hence the name given the affection. The 
number of lesions present at any one time is usually small and they are 
commonly discrete without any special arrangement ; occasionally 




Fig. 241. — Acne \ariolifcrmis. 

they are quite numerous and may show a tendency to occur in groups. 
Beyond occasional slight itching and moderate tenderness when the 
inflammation is at its height, the eruption is not accompanied by any 
decided subjective symptoms. The affection is a chronic one, the 
lesions coming and going for a number of years. 

Etiology. — Sex seems to have but little, if any, influence upon the 
incidence of the disease. Unlike ordinary acne, it is uncommon in 
young adults, being seen most frequently between the ages of thirty 
and fifty. 

The weight of evidence is much in favor of its microbic origin. 
Sabouraud believes it a mixed infection of the hair-follicle with the 
micro-bacillus of seborrhoea and the staphylococcus, the latter being a 
secondary invasion. Unna likewise thinks the infection a mixed one, 



708 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

the organisms being a small bacillus resembling the acne bacillus, and 
a diplococcus. The latter organism, by destroying the former, even- 
tually brings about the healing of the lesion. 

In the early lesions taken from one of his cases, Fordyce found 
great numbers of staphylococci, which he was inclined to regard as 
the etiological factor, but in older lesions taken from a second case no 
organisms at all were found. 

Pathologjr. — There is apparently but little doubt that the disease 
is an infection which has its seat in the pilo-sebaceous follicles. Some 
authors are inclined to regard it as of tuberculous origin and would 
place it among the so-called tuberculides (Stelwagon and others). 

The histological studies of Leloir and Vidal, Fordyce, Sabouraud, 
and Touton have shown that it is a folliculitis. About the upper por- 
tion of the follicle, usually above the sebaceous gland, there is a dense 
round cell exudate which, with the evolution of the lesion, extends 
laterally and upward, occasionally downward, surrounding the seba- 
ceous gland, involving the follicular wall, which is followed by necrosis 
and complete or partial destruction of the follicle. 

Diagnosis. — Acne varioliformis is distinguished from ordinary acne 
by its localization upon the scalp or other hairy region and the peculiar 
pit-like scars which follow the eruption. It is frequently mistaken 
for the pustular syphiloderm, but its localization about the margin of 
the scalp and its frequent limitation to this region, the black, sunken 
crusts which cover the lesions, and the absence of other symptoms of 
syphilis are usually sufficient to distinguish it from that malady. 

Treatment. — Crocker found the iodide of potassium produced im- 
provement in most cases ; in others, chloride of iron was found more 
useful. I have found Donovan's solution in five-minim doses, three 
times a day, apparently influences the disease favorably. 

Local treatment is much more effective than the internal. In the 
author's experience one of the most effective local applications is the zinc 
sulphide lotion, 15 grains (1.0) each of sulphate of zinc and sulphuret of 
potash to the ounce (32.0) of water, mopped on twice a day. Stelwagon 
advises a solution of resorcin in a saturated solution of boric acid. An 
ointment of ammoniated mercury, 40 to 60 grains (2.60 to 4.0) to the 
ounce (32.0), rubbed in gently twice a day, is often an effective remedy. 

Prognosis. — Although lasting indefinitely, if left to itself, a cure 
may usually be expected under judicious treatment, but relapses are 
very likely to occur sooner or later unless the local treatment is con- 
tinued for some time. 

ACNITIS 

Synonyms. — Disseminated follicular lupus (Tilbury Fox) ; Acne 

telangiectodes (Kaposi) ; Hydradenitis destruens suppurativa (Pol- 
litzer) ; Acne agminata (Crocker). 

This infrequent malady, which was described by Barthelemy, in 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 709 

1891, who gave it the name acnitis, is probably identical with the affec- 
tion described by Tilbury Fox, in 1878, as disseminated follicular lupus. 
Although Barthelemy regarded it as distinct from the disease which 
he described under the name folliclis, the papulo-necrotic tuberculide 
of other writers, most authors look upon it as simply a variant of that 
affection. 

Symptoms. — It usually begins rather suddenly with the appearance 
upon the face of millet-seed-sized painless nodules deeply seated in 
the skin, which at first produce little or no visible elevation, but which 
gradually enlarge until at the end of eight to ten days they have reached 
the size of a small pea. When fully developed they form brownish-red 
papules, many of which show a waxy translucency, which usually suppu- 
rate, discharging a drop or two of pus which dries into a crust. At the 
end of three or four weeks the crust falls and the papule disappears, 
leaving a small depressed pigmented scar. Not all of the lesions, 
however, undergo suppuration ; some of them after three or four weeks 
gradually disappear without any appearance of pus, w r ith or without 
scarring. The eruption usually appears in crops at intervals of a few 
days, and is situated almost exclusively upon the face, w r here it tends to 
form patches on the cheeks, chin, and forehead; isolated papules are 
sometimes seen upon the neck and extremities. The numbr of lesions 
is usually considerable, in some instances amounting to hundreds. The 
disease reaches its acme in the course of three or four months, after 
which each succeeding crop becomes smaller until at the end of six 
months or a year recovery usually takes place. There is little or no 
tendency to recurrence. 

Etiology and Pathology. — All the cases thus far observed have been 
in adults who have presented no special symptoms of disease outside 
the cutaneous eruption. As has already been noted, most authors 
regard it as simply a variety of the papulo-necrotic tuberculide, the fol- 
liclis of Barthelemy, but efforts to find the tubercle bacillus and 
attempts at animal inoculation have resulted almost without exception 
in failure. Quite recently, however, Arndt has reported finding the 
organism in the lesions. As to its histopathology, it is a granuloma 
presenting the features of tuberculosis. Darier, who examined lesions 
from one of Barthelemy's cases, found an accumulation of lymphoid, 
epithelioid, and giant-cells about the pilosebaceous follicles, and Gallo- 
way reported practically the same findings in one of Crocker's cases. 
More recently Schamberg found an enormous cellular exudate extend- 
ing through the entire thickness of the corium, consisting chiefly of 
round cells with many giant cells, some of the Langhans type. The 
exudation involved the hair-follicles and the sweat-glands, but he was 
unable to decide whether the process originated in the latter as Pol- 
litzer and Unna believe, or whether these were involved only 
secondarily. 

Diagnosis. — The diseases which it may resemble more or less at 
times are acne, the papulo-necrotic tuberculide, and syphilis. From 



710 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

acne it may be distinguished by the grouping of the lesions, the 
waxy lustre of many of them, and their comparatively sluggish course. 
In the papulonecrotic tuberculide the eruption shows a decided predi- 
lection for the hands and the neighborhood of the joints, avoiding the 
face as a rule, while just the reverse is true in acnitis. The former is 
almost invariably associated with chronic adenitis or other symptoms 
of tuberculosis, while the latter exhibits no such association. Its 
resemblance to syphilis is at times considerable, but it differs from 
that disease in its usual limitation to the face, the uniform character 
of the lesions, and the absence of general adenopathy. 

Treatment.— It is very doubtful whether the course of the disease 
is materially influenced by either general or local treatment. Besnier 
believed he obtained beneficial effects from salol administered inter- 
nally ; Schamberg thought his patient did better after taking biniodide 
of mercury. One of the most useful local applications is the lotion 
of sulphate of zinc and sulphuret of potash 15 or 20 grains (1.0 or 1.30) 
of each to the ounce (32.0) of water. An ointment of ammoniated 
mercury 30 to 40 grains (2.0 to 2.60) to the ounce (32.0), or one con- 
taining 40 grains (2.30) of precipitated sulphur to the ounce (32.0), 
may be used with good effect. 

Prognosis. — Recovery usually takes place in the course of some 
months, but more or less scarring follows the eruption. 

ACNEFORM INFLAMMATIONS 
ACNE URTICATA 

Under the name acne urticata Kaposi first described an acne-like 
eruption occurring in the regions affected by ordinary acne, such as 
the face, the upper part of the trunk, and the arms. The primary lesion, 
which is usually difficult to see as it is destroyed early by the patient's 
nails, is a small, wheal-like papule upon the summit of which a vesicle 
with turbid contents appears, which is soon scratched off and replaced 
by a crust or superficial excoriation. The eruption comes out in crops, 
is usually quite superficial, and is accompanied by marked itching, 
which only disappears when the top has been torn off by scratching. 
The affection, which is not a common one, runs a chronic course, 
lasting for months and years. It is usually seen in young adults of 
both sexes, but in the author's experience is much more frequent in young 
women than in young men. 

While the malady bears a certain superficial resemblance to ordinary 
acne it is quite distinct from it, and is probably more nearly related 
to the so-called acne varioliformis than to acne vulgaris. Lowenback, 
who had the opportunity to carefully study clinically and histologi- 
cally a case of the affection, believes it stands midway between acne 
varioliformis and urticaria perstans. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 711 

ACNE KERATOSA 

Under this title Crocker described some years ago an unusual form 
of acne situated upon the face, principally about the angles of the 
mouth, in which there were red, rather firm nodules on which pustules 
formed, and in which were imbedded small conical plugs of horny 
material. These plugs produced great irritation, and in order to obtain 
relief the patient was impelled to squeeze them out. After extraction 
of the plugs the lesion slowly healed, leaving a scar. The course of 
the affection was a very chronic one, lasting in one case forty years. 

DISEASES OF THE SWEAT-GLANDS 

ANIDROSIS 

Definition. — A functional disease of the sweat-glands characterized 
by a diminution, or in rare instances total suppression, of the sweat. 

Symptoms. — The skin is dry and harsh, frequently covered with 
scanty furfuraceous scales, and is inclined to fissure in the normal lines 
and about the smaller joints. Diminution of the perspiration is a symp- 
tom of many diseases of the skin, particularly those of inflammatory 
character ; it accompanies ichthyosis, psoriasis, eczema, prurigo, ery- 
sipelas, in the last of which it is, according to Aubert, suppressed for the 
time altogether in the affected area. It is greatly diminished or altogether 
suppressed in the patches of scleroderma and in the anaesthetic areas 
of leprosy, injections of pilocarpin being usually without effect in 
such areas. 

In the majority of cases the lessened amount of sweat is due to the 
inhibition of the activity of the sweat-glands ; in rare instances its total 
absence is the result of a congenital absence of the glands, as in the 
cases reported by Tandlau (quoted by Torok, Mracek's " Handbuch der 
Hautkrankheiten "). In a small number of instances it has been noted 
to follow disease or injury of the spinal cord, of peripheral nerves or 
some portion of the sympathetic nervous system. 

Treatment. — The treatment of the symptomatic form, which is by 
far the more common, is quite secondary to the treatment of the diseases 
of which it is a minor symptom; with the disappearance of these it also 
disappears. Daily warm baths, the wearing of warm clothing, and the 
taking of an abundance of fluids will serve to increase the excretion of 
sweat. The cases of total absence of sweat due to congenital absence of 
the sweat-glands are irremediable, of course. 

HYPERIDROSIS 

Synonyms. — Idrosis ; Polyidrosis; Ephidrosis ; Sudatoria; Fr., 
Hyperidrose ; Ger., Schweissfluss. 

Definition. — A functional disorder of the sweat-glands character- 
ized by excessive sweating. 

Excessive sweating may be general or local, symptomatic or idio- 



712 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

pathic. It is a frequent symptom in many general diseases, acute or 
.chronic, especially those accompanied by elevation of temperature, 
such as pneumonia, typhoid fever, in both of which it frequently occurs 
as a critical symptom, tuberculosis, particularly pulmonary tubercu- 
losis, malaria, rhachitis, especially about the head, and in the rare 
epidemic affection known as the " sweating sickness," sudor Anglicus. 
The dermatologist, however, is especially concerned with the idiopathic 
form, and more particularly with the regional varieties. 

Symptoms. — Excessive general sweating occurring quite inde- 
pendently of any other manifest disturbance of health is not at all 
uncommon, but it is not always easy to say when this is pathological, 
since like other secretions what may be excessive for one individual 
may be normal for another. 

In the local forms which may present all degrees of severity, corre- 
sponding regions are affected on both sides of the body, such as both 
axillae, both palms, both soles ; much less frequently the sweating 
occurs only upon one side. The regions most frequently affected are 
the palms and soles and next to these the axillae; all three may be 
affected simultaneously or separately. The palms may be simply 
damp or clammy, or the sweating may be so profuse that they drip with 
moisture, saturating gloves in a very short time. The sweating may 
be continuous or come on in paroxysms, sometimes as the consequence 
of some emotional disturbance, often slight, or from some unknown 
cause. The same variation in intensity occurs in hyperidrosis of the 
soles ; they may be damp and cold, or the perspiration may be so 
abundant that the socks are saturated, although changed several times 
a day. In the milder cases the skin shows but little change, but in the 
severe ones the horny layer, particularly on the heels and between 
the toes, is white and sodden, and in the former region the macerated 
areas are frequently surrounded by a hyperaemic border. The soles 
may become sensitive so that walking is painful, and when the macera- 
tion is extreme the entire horny layer of the epidermis may be stripped 
off, leaving a red, raw-looking surface so sensitive that walking is 
for a time impossible. As a sequel of chronic hyperidrosis a more 
or less marked hyperkeratosis at times appears upon the palms and 
soles, much more frequently in the latter than in the former region. 
Owing to decomposition of the sweat and macerated epidermis a 
particularly offensive odor commonly accompanies hyperidrosis of 
the feet (bromidrosis, q. v.). 

When hyperidrosis occurs in the axillary, genito-crural regions, or 
between the buttocks, the consequent maceration of the epidermis and 
friction frequently give rise to an intertrigo or to an eczema. 

Unilateral sweating is rare and presents numerous variations in 
its location and distribution. It occurs more frequently in the face 
than in any other region, especially in the area of distribution of the 
fifth pair of nerves. It may be limited to an extremity or to the lateral 
half of the trunk. In very rare instances it has been observed to 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 713 

occupy one-half of the face and the opposite half of the trunk, crossed 
hyperidrosis ( Kaposi ) . 

It is occasionally limited to very circumscribed areas, as in the case 
recently reported by Sutton in which it was confined to the inner 
extremity of the left eyebrow. 

In the great majority of cases hyperidrosis pursues a very chronic 
course, lasting for many months or years. Quite exceptionally it may 
begin suddenly and last but a short time, as in a case under the author's 
observation some years ago. A man without any signs of ill-health 
suddenly began to sweat profusely upon the palms, the sweat trickling 
from the finger-tips ; after eight to ten hours it ceased as suddenly as it had 
begun and never returned. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Excessive sweating occurs most fre- 
quently between the ages of fifteen and forty-five, but is often seen 
considerably before and after this period. Sex exerts no apparent in- 
fluence upon its incidence. Exceptionally it seems to be hereditary. 
As has already been noted, excessive general sweating is frequently 
associated with symptoms of some constitutional disease ; in the local 
forms, however, the patient as a rule presents no signs of ill-health, 
although there are at times symptoms of neurasthenia, especially in 
those who suffer from hyperidrosis of the palms. A number of observ- 
ers have noted the frequent association of flat-foot with hyperidrosis 
of the soles (Lesser, Hardaway and Allison), and attribute a causal 
influence to it. Palmar and plantar hyperidrosis occasionally follow 
the administration of arsenic in considerable doses for considerable 
periods, the excessive sweating preceding a characteristic hyperkera- 
tosis of these regions. 

Unilateral sweating is most commonly associated with injury to 
or disease of the peripheral nervous system, or less frequently of the 
brain and spinal cord. The classical experiments of Claude Bernard 
demonstrated that unilateral sweating of the face could be produced 
by injury to the cervical sympathetic; and localized sweating has been 
noted to follow injury, such as gun-shot wounds (Weir Mitchell) of 
the peripheral nerves. Less frequently unilateral hyperidrosis occurs 
in individuals who present no discoverable signs of disease. It may 
occur as an idiosyncrasy with regard to certain articles of food or drink. 
Torok records a remarkable example of the former observed in the 
person of a colleague who was perfectly healthy, in whom food contain- 
ing red Cayenne pepper, vinegar, cheese, or mustard produced profuse 
sweating of the left half of the face, neck, and chest, while heat, warm 
drinks and exertion produced sweating on the right side only. Hutchin- 
son noted an instance in which drinking tea caused sweating of the 
feet. 

There is but little room for doubt that unilateral or regional hyperi- 
drosis is dependent upon some abnormality, inborn or acquired, of some 
portion of the nervous system, although in many, if not most, instances 
the nature of this abnormality is not demonstrable. 



714 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Virchow, who examined the sweat-glands of an individual dead 
ffom pulmonary tuberculosis, found fatty degeneration of the epi- 
thelium of the gland. Robinson was not able to find any alterations 
in the glands in hyperidrosis of the palms. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — Owing to the frequently erratic charac- 
ter of the affection the prognosis is very uncertain. Occasionally after 
a variable course it disappears spontaneously, but relapses are apt to 
occur. The majority of cases of hyperidrosis of the palms and soles 
last for months and are frequently very resistant to treatment. 

In debilitated and neurasthenic subjects general tonics, such as 
strychnia and iron, more especially the tincture of the chloride of iron, 
or the mineral acids, such as aromatic sulphuric acid, are occasionally 
of use. Drugs which directly diminish the secretion of sweat, such as 
belladonna, or its alkaloid atropin, agaricin, and picrotoxin may be given 
with temporary benefit, but seldom produce lasting improvement, the 
sweating reappearing promptly with the suspension of the drug. 
Crocker found sulphur, given in teaspoonful doses, twice a day, the 
best of all internal remedies ; he asserted that cases treated with this 
remedy seldom required local treatment. If it acts too freely upon 
the bowels its effect should be controlled by the administration of 
astringents. 

Local treatment is in most cases indispensable and is usually far 
more effective than any constitutional treatment. 

Astringent lotions containing sulphate of zinc, acetate of alumina or 
tannic acid, in strengths varying from one-half to five per cent., are 
frequently useful in the milder cases ; they should be mopped on two 
or three times a day and followed by a dusting powder of equal parts 
of oxide of zinc and talc, or, what is usually much more effective, 
powdered boric acid, which should be liberally applied. Perhaps the 
most effective of all the lotions is one containing from 10 to 20 per 
cent, of formalin, a 40 per cent, solution of formaldehyde. Owing 
to its irritating properties only the milder solutions are to be used 
in regions in which the skin is sensitive such as the axillae and about 
the genitalia; upon the soles of the feet and the palms it may be 
used much stronger. It should be applied with a brush or a small 
mop of absorbent cotton once or twice a day and should be followed 
by a dusting powder. In hyperidrosis of the feet the liberal use of pow- 
dered boric acid to the inside of the stockings and the shoes and 
between the toes, as recommended by Thin, will frequently suffice to 
check the excessive sweating in mild cases. A dusting powder of talc 
and oxide of zinc containing from 5 to 10 per cent, of salicylic acid 
is likewise often most useful ; it should be applied to the inside of 
the stockings and between the toes twice a day. Frederique advised 
the employment of finely pulverized tartaric acid in the stockings ; as 
this sometimes proves quite irritating it should be used with some 
care. Torok speaks well of tannoform, a condensation product of 
formaldehyde, and tannic acid, used as a dusting powder in the stock- 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 715 

ings, either pure or mixed, with an equal quantity of talcum. Paint- 
ing the soles with a 5 per cent, aqueous solution of chromic acid 
once a week frequently produces good results. Owing to the possi- 
bility of toxic effects from absorption, it should not be used upon raw 
surfaces. Legoux advises painting the soles with a mixture of the 
solution of the sesquichloride of iron, 30, and glycerin, 10, as most 
effective, occasionally bringing about a cure in a few days. 

The treatment devised by Hebra has frequently afforded excellent 
results, but is far too troublesome for the average patient. Diachylon 
ointment spread upon strips of lint is closely bound upon the feet and 
placed between the toes after carefully washing and drying them. 
This application is renewed twelve hours later after thoroughly rub- 
bing, not washing, off the old application with a dry cloth and a dust- 
ing powder. This is repeated every day for ten days to two weeks, 
at the end of which time the epidermis will have come off in brownish 
flakes. When desquamation is complete the feet may be washed and 
a dusting powder applied daily for some time longer. 

The X-ray has recently been employed with good results in a num- 
ber of instances (MacKee, Ormsby, and others). 

CHROMIDROSIS 

Synonyms. — Ephidrosis tincta; Ephidrosis discolor; Colored sweat- 
ing; Stearrhcea nigricans; Seborrhcea nigricans; Pityriasis nigricans. 

Definition. — A functional disorder of the sweat-glands characterized 
by colored sweat. 

Symptoms. — Although the earliest case to be found in literature 
was published as early as 1709 by Yonge of England (Crocker), it was 
not until much later that the publications of Le Roy de Mericourt 
(1857-1864) called the attention of the profession to this rare and 
remarkable affection. Although the conclusions of this author were 
generally received with considerable scepticism and their correctness 
denied by the French Academy of Medicine, and although a number of 
the reported cases are not above suspicion, it is generally admitted 
at the present time that genuine cases of colored sweating do occur. 

The most frequent form of the affection is characterized by a black, 
brownish-black, blue-black, or grayish discoloration situated in most 
instances on the lids, especially the lower lids, and the region about 
the eyes. While the orbital region is the one most frequently affected, 
it may also occur on other parts of the face, such as the forehead, nose, 
and around the mouth, to which parts it occasionally extends from 
the lids, on the neck, the hands, the chest, the back, abdomen, groins 
and scrotum. The discoloration is due to the presence on the skin of 
a finely granular, in some instances flaky and slightly greasy, material 
which is removed with difficulty by soap and water, but is readily 
wiped off with oil; when removed it is slowly reproduced. Besides 
the various shades of black, brown, and blue, other colors have been in 
rare instances observed. Dubreuilh has reported a case in which the 



716 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

'thumb of both sides and one wrist were red. White, one in which the 
underwear was stained a bright saffron yellow on one side of the trunk 
only, the skin itself being of normal color. In rare cases the color 
has changed from time to time or has varied in different situations 
(Purdon). In a few cases discoloration of the hair has been associated 
with the colored sweat. 

Etiology and Pathology. — In the great majority of cases the sub- 
jects of chromidrosis have been girls or women between the ages of 
fifteen and fifty who have presented more or less marked and unmis- 
takable symptoms of neurasthenia or hysteria ; in a small minority 
they have been men in apparently normal health. In some instances it 
has followed strong emotional disturbance, as in one recorded by 
Hyde, in which it appeared after the excitement produced by the 
receipt of good news. Since a large number of the patients have 
resided in the neighborhood of the sea, this has been supposed to bear 
some causal relationship to the affection (de Mericourt, Mitchell), but 
this is extremely hypothetical. Green sweat has been observed in 
workers in copper (Clapton), and Hyde has recorded an example which 
followed the application of a copper electrode to an abraded surface. 
(Tollman and Scherer have reported a case in which a man while taking 
iron had a light-blue discoloration of the scrotum which gave the 
chemical reaction for iron. Blue sweat has been attributed to the 
presence of indican in the excretion, many of the patients suffering 
from obstinate constipation ; excreted in the colorless form it oxidizes 
and turns blue when exposed to the air. Temple observed pink sweat 
with simultaneous discoloration of the hair in an individual who was 
taking iodide of potassium. The so-called red chromidrosis of the 
axilla is not a true chromidrosis, as the sweat is colorless when ex- 
creted, but it dissolves the pigment contained in small nodules attached 
to the hair (lepothrix, q.v.) and thus produces staining of the underwear. 

In all probability the sebaceous- as well as the sweat-glands are 
involved in this disorder, this being especially the case when the 
coloring material upon the skin is greasy. Under the microscope the 
coloring substance presents a finely granular or occasionally crystalline 
appearance. The chemical examinations made by a number of investi- 
gators have given such varying results that no definite conclusions can 
be drawn from them in most of the cases. 

The affection is without doubt, in most instances, dependent upon 
some functional disturbance of the nervous system, the nature of which 
is quite unknown. 

Diagnosis.— The appearance of the affection is usually so striking 
and peculiar that it is readily recognized. It is necessary, however, to be 
constantly on one's guard to escape being deceived by factitious cases. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The course of the malady is in most 
instances a chronic one, but recovery usually takes place, occasionally 
spontaneously. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 717 

Treatment is to be directed to improvement of the patient's general 
condition and the removal of the underlying nervous affection which 
causes it. Local treatment is of little or no avail ; removal of the 
discoloration is always followed by its reproduction. 

BROMIDROSIS 

Synonyms. — Bromhidrosis ; Osmidrosis; Stinking sweat; Fr., 
Bromidrose ; Ger., Stinkschweiss. 

Definition. — A functional disorder of the sweat-glands distin- 
guished by sweat of an offensive odor. 

Symptoms. — The sweat generally may have a disagreeable odor, 
as in certain individuals and in the members of certain races, as the 
negro. A disagreeable odor of the sweat frequently accompanies a 
number of febrile disorders, such as acute articular rheumatism, typhoid 
fever, and the exanthemata in which the odor is frequently more or less 
characteristic. In the great majority of cases, however, bromidrosis 
is a regional affection, the regions especially affected being the axillae, 
the genitalia particularly in women, and most frequently of all the feet. 
The character and intensity of the odor vary greatly ; it may be simply 
stale and disagreeable, or it may be an intolerable stench perceptible 
some distance, making social intercourse impossible with the unfor- 
tunate subject. In most instances there is an excessive production of 
sweat, but the offensive odor may be present in sweat normal in 
quantity. Gerber has recorded an instance, however, in which the 
patient under ordinary conditions presented no trace of bromidrosis, 
but when he perspired profusely, as after eating, drinking or exercising, 
he gave off so disagreeable an order that he was compelled to forego 
all social intercourse. Upon the feet when there is hyperidrosis 
as well as bromidrosis redness, vesiculation and occasionally bullae 
may appear, making walking painful or impossible. 

In rare instances the sweat has a peculiar, but not disagreeable 
odor, or even an agreeable odor. Hammond has reported an instance 
in which it had an odor resembling violets and another in which it 
was like pineapple. In diabetes mellitus it occasionally has the odor 
of acetone. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Bromidrosis occurs most frequently in 
young adults, particularly in those who are for hours upon their feet 
and who are anaemic or neurasthenic. Thin found a bacterium in the 
sweat, the Bacterium foctidum, to which he attributed the production 
of the offensive odor. Hebra long ago pointed out that in most in- 
stances the sweat was devoid of disagreeable odor when first excreted 
and only became offensive after it had been upon the skin for some 
time. There is no doubt that the affection is the result of decomposi- 
tion of the sweat and of epithelial debris and sebaceous material. 
Abnormal odors may arise in the sweat after the ingestion of certain 
articles of food, such as onions, garlic, or after taking certain drugs, 



718 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

such as copaiba, turpentine, asafoetida. In rare cases the odor may 
accompany some nervous disorder, particularly hysteria and neuras- 
thenia ; the genuineness of such cases, however, is to be accepted with 
considerable reserve. 

Treatment. — The treatment of bromidrosis is practically the same 
as for hyperidrosis ; indeed, as already observed, the two are in most 
instances associated. Especially useful are lotions and dusting pow- 
ders containing substances which inhibit decomposition, such as lotions 
of formalin, boric acid, or of permanganate of potash, and dusting pow- 
ders containing tannof orm and salicylic acid ; these are to be employed in 
the same manner as in hyperidrosis. Crocker regarded sulphur internally 
and boric acid locally as the best treatment. The internal administration 
of sodium salicylate has been credited with a cure in some instances 
(Crocker). Frequent washing with soap and hot water and thoroughly 
dusting the stockings and the shoes with a dusting powder containing 
50 per cent, of tannoform is probably one of the least troublesome and 
most effective methods of treatment. The X-ray has been employed with 
benefit in a number of instances. 

URIDROSIS 

Synonyms. — Sudor urinosus; Urinidrosis; Fr., Uridrose; Ger., 
Harnschweiss. 

Definition. — The excretion of some of the constituents of the urine, 
particularly urea, in the sweat. 

Symptoms. — The sweat normally contains traces of urea (Landois), 
and this may be very sensibly increased in certain diseases of the 
kidneys which interfere seriously with their excretory function. Urea 
may also appear in the sweat in considerable quantities in other affec- 
tions in which the urinary excretion is suppressed, as in cholera 
(Drasche). It appears as a fine white crystalline deposit with a urinous 
odor, most noticeable upon the exposed parts of the skin, such as the 
face, hands, and forearms, which, when the excretion is considerable, 
look as if lightly dusted with flour. 

PHOSPHORIDROSIS 

Synonym. — Photidrose ( Audry ) . 

Definition. — Phosphorescent sweat. 

As an extremely rare condition the sweat may be phosphorescent. 
Panceri (quoted by Duhring) has reported the case of a physician who, 
during an illness caused by eating phosphorescent fish, excreted sweat 
which was luminous in the dark; Koster (Carpenter's Physiology) has 
recorded an instance in which the sweat after violent exercise made 
the underwear phosphorescent. Luminous sweat has also been observed 
in phthisis and in miliaria. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 719 

H^MATIDROSIS 

Synonyms. — Hsemathidrosis ; Hsemidrosis ; Sudor sanguineus ; 
Ephidrosis cruenta ; Fr., Hematidrose, sueurs sanglantes ; Ger., Blut- 
schwitzen, Blutschweiss. 

Definition. — Bloody sweat. 

Symptoms. — This very rare affection, the existence of which was 
long doubted until the observations of such competent observers as 
Parrot, Hebra, Chambers, Erasmus Wilson, jVTCall Anderson and 
others had proven its occurrence, is distinguished by the appearance 
of a pink or red fluid composed of blood pure or diluted upon the 
unbroken skin. It usually appears without any premonitory symp- 
toms, but in a small proportion of cases its appearance is preceded by 
sensations of pricking, throbbing, or burning, or much less frequently 
by hyperemia or an eruption of vesicles ; it is doubtful, however, 
whether these last properly belong in the same category with the cases 
in which no alteration of the skin precedes the hemorrhage. The 
bleeding is usually limited to small areas which may be situated upon 
any part of the cutaneous surface, but is more frequent upon the ends 
of the fingers, in the face, upon the forehead, the nose, in the axillae, 
upon the chest, the inner surface of the thighs, and the feet. The 
quantity of blood is usually inconsiderable and the duration of its 
discharge short, varying from a few minutes to several hours. It 
usually oozes out slowly, almost imperceptibly, but may in exceptional 
cases escape freely for a short time, as in the one observed by Hebra, 
in which it was discharged as a small jet from the back of the hand. 

Etiology and Pathology. — With but very few exceptions the dis- 
ease is confined to females during the age of sexual activity who present 
the stigmata of hysteria or suffer from derangement of the menstrual 
function ; in a few instances it has been observed in those with sup- 
pressed menstruation, appearing at the usual menstrual periods (vica- 
rious menstruation). A few notable exceptions, however, have been 
recorded; Hebra's case, already referred to, occurred in a young man 
strong and well nourished. 

The affection is not, accurately speaking, a secretion of bloody 
sweat, as was pointed out long ago by Hebra, but a hemorrhage from 
the skin in which the blood escapes from the mouths of the sweat- 
ducts, as Crocker has expressed it, " a purpura of the sweat-glands." 
Torok found red blood-cells in the lumen of the coils of the sweat- 
gland, and Tittel could express blood from the sweat-pore in a case 
under his observation (quoted by Torok, Mracek's " Handbuch der 
Hautkrankheiten "). 

Diagnosis. — The appearance of blood upon the skin without any 
solution of continuity, which slowly reappears when wiped off, espe- 
cially in an hysterical female, is so characteristic that the diagnosis 
presents no difficulties ; but it is necessary to be on one's guard always 
against fraud. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The amount of blood lost is so insig- 



720 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



nificant that it in no way impairs the patient's general condition, but 
the affection is likely to run an irregular and indefinite course. 

The treatment is essentially that of the nervous disorder upon which 
it in most cases depends. 

HIDROCYSTOMA 

Synonyms. — Hydrocystoma ; Cyst of the coil-ducts. 

Definition. — A non-inflammatory affection of the ducts of the 
sweat-glands characterized by small vesicle-like cysts situated in the 
face. 

Symptoms. — This affection which was first described by Robinson, 





Fig. 242. — Hidrocystoma. Cysts, c, c, formed by dilated sweat-ducts. 

in 1884, is distinguished by pin-head- to split-pea-sized tense vesicles 
situated upon the cheeks, nose, forehead, and, less frequently, upon the 
cutaneous surface of the upper and lower lips. They are translucent, 
pearly, or, when large, bluish in color, and when deep-seated resemble 
sago-grains embedded in the skin. Often limited in numbers there 
may be as many as a hundred or more. After a time the contents of 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 721 

some of them dry up, they become whitish, resembling milium, and 
eventually disappear by absorption. In their early stages they are 
always deep-seated, but as they grow larger they project more or less 
decidedly above the surface. The lesions are usually symmetrically 
distributed over the cheeks and nose, but in a case observed by Hutchin- 
son they were limited very largely to one side. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The disease has been observed almost 
without exception in middle-aged women who, exposed to heat and 
moisture, such as laundresses, sweat freely. It is usually worse in 
summer, and may disappear wholly or in part in winter. In the uni- 
lateral case reported by Hutchinson, referred to above, the patient 
sweated only on the side occupied by the eruption. In a case observed 
by Hallopeau an exacerbation occurred at the menstrual period. Hyde 
and McEw^en saw a typical case in a woman past the menopause who 
suffered from exophthalmic goitre accompanied, by sweating. 

The affection is a cystic dilatation of the duct of the sweat-gland 
(Fig. 242) situated in the deeper portion of the corium just above 
the coil. Adam reports the finding of cysts in the gland itself, but this 
finding has not been confirmed by other investigators. In the upper 
part of the corium in the neighborhood of the larger and older lesions 
a moderate exudation of leucocytes is present. The cysts are filled 
with a fluid presenting the characters of normal sweat. 

Diagnosis. — The affection is readily recognized; the non-inflamma- 
tory character of the vesicles, their deep seat, their limitation to the 
face, and. their occurrence in middle-aged women exposed to heat 
and moisture, are characteristic features. 

Treatment. — Puncture of the lesions and evacuation of their con- 
tents will cause them to disappear. Prolonged exposure to heat, par- 
ticularly moist heat, and other causes of excessive sweating should 
be avoided. 

MILIARIA 

Synonyms. — Miliaria rubra; Miliaria alba; Strophulus; Red gum; 
Lichen tropicus; Prickly heat; Fr., Miliaire ; Ger., Frieselausschlag. 

Definition. — An acute inflammatory affection associated with pro- 
fuse perspiration, characterized by an eruption of small, bright-red 
papules or minute papulo-vesicles. 

Symptoms. — The eruption, which occupies the trunk chiefly, but 
also occurs on the face and extremities, appears rather suddenly after 
profuse sweating during hot weather, or in those who are exposed 
for hours to heat and sweat profusely in consequence. It occurs as 
innumerable minute bright-red papules (miliaria papulosa, lichen trop- 
icus), or as very small, for the most part acuminate, papulo-vesicles 
and vesicles with clear contents (miliaria rubra, miliaria vesiculosa), 
which after some hours or a day become cloudy (miliaria alba). After 
a few days the eruption, which is a very abundant one, the lesions 
being closely placed but discrete, begins to fade ; the contents of the 

40 



722 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

* 

vesicles are absorbed or dry into minute yellow crusts, which cap the 
lesions, and a moderate branny desquamation follows for a short 
time. While the individual lesions are short-lived, the eruption as 
a whole may continue for some weeks, new crops of vesicles appear- 
ing more or less continuously. In poorly cared-for infants, in whom 
it is very common during the hot summer months, it is frequently 
accompanied by furunculosis and often terminates in eczema when 
prolonged. In adults eczema may follow in regions where there is fric- 
tion of opposed surfaces, such as the axillae, the groins, beneath the breasts 
in women, and between the folds of skin in obese individuals. More 
or less marked itching and burning accompany the eruption. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Miliaria is most common in the hot 
months of summer in children, and at any season in small infants 
wdio are overclothed. The affection popularly known as " red gum," 
or simply as "gum," strophulus, is a miliaria occurring in new-born 
infants as the result of overclothing. It is also common in adults 
who are exposed to high temperature and perspire excessively. The 
eruption is a very common one among Europeans in tropical countries. 

The vesicles are situated between the horny and granular layers 
of the epidermis, or in the upper portion of the rete mucosum, and 
contain granular material, leucocytes, and a few swollen epithelial 
cells. The papillary vessels are dilated and are surrounded by a 
moderate cellular exudate in which Torok found "mastzellen." Ac- 
cording to Robinson, the affection is an inflammatory disease of the 
epidermis, the lesions resulting from an exudation in the rete mu- 
cosum around the orifice of the sweat-duct ; he also believes they may 
form independently of the sweat apparatus. Pollitzer regards the 
vesicles as small retention cysts situated in the sweat-duct resulting 
from a swelling of the epidermic cells in a skin insufficiently pro- 
vided with fat. Torok was unable to demonstrate any connection of 
the vesicles with the sweat-duct. 

Prognosis. — Miliaria may be confounded with papular and vesicu- 
lar eczema; it differs from these, however, by the suddenness of its 
appearance, usually in hot weather or in those exposed to heat, by 
its association with profuse sweating, by the diffuse character of the 
eruption, the absence of oozing, and its usually very acute course. It 
is to be remembered, however, that eczema is an occasional sequel 
of miliaria. 

Treatment. — Light clothing should be worn and woollen under- 
wear should be avoided. The free use of a dusting powder, such as 
equal parts of talc and oxide of zinc or subcarbonate of bismuth, 
will usually suffice to afford relief in the average case. When the 
inflammatory symptoms are more marked, the frequent application 
of diluted alcohol or a saturated solution of boric acid in water, fol- 
lowed by a dusting powder, will be found useful. Internal treat- 
ment may in most cases be dispensed with ; occasionally a mild saline laxa- 
tive and acidulated drinks may be given with some benefit. 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 723 

MILIARIA CRYSTALLINA 

Synonyms. — Sudamina ; Fr., Miliaire, Miliaire cristalline ; Ger., 
Friesel. 

Definition. — An acute non-inflammatory affection of the sweat- 
gland ducts characterized by an eruption of small, transparent vesicles. 

Symptoms. — The eruption appears suddenly after profuse sweating 
as very small, pin-point to pin-head-sized, transparent, colorless vesi- 
cles, which, owing to their extremely thin walls, look like drops of 
dew sprinkled over the skin. It is usually most abundant upon the 
anterior surface of the trunk, particularly the abdomen and lower 
chest, but also occurs upon the neck and extremities. After a few 
days' duration the contents of the vesicles are absorbed and a scanty 
fine branny desquamation follows for a day or tw r o. At no time are 
there any signs of hypersemia or inflammation of the skin, or sub- 
jective symptoms of any moment. 

Etiology and Pathology. — As a rule, to which there are very few 
exceptions, the eruption occurs in those suffering from some febrile 
disorder attended by sweating, such as typhoid fever, pneumonia, 
acute rheumatism, septic fever, pulmonary tuberculosis, and is fre- 
quently seen after the so-called "critical sweats." 

All those who have studied the affection microscopically agree in 
placing the vesicles, which are in effect minute retention-cysts, in 
the horny layer of the epidermis, at the mouth of the sweat-duct 
(Robinson, Torok, Unna, Coats). In all the vesicles examined by 
Torok a sweat-duct opened into the bottom of the lesion. The nature 
of the obstruction leading to the retention of the sweat has not yet 
been altogether satisfactorily explained, but Torok's explanation seems 
to be the most plausible one ; he believes the mouth of the duct is 
obstructed by an accumulation of horny epithelial cells during the 
period of diminished or suppressed excretion of sweat during the febrile 
period which frequently precedes the critical sweating. Coats thinks 
it due to the formation of a plug of leucocytes of inflammatory origin, 
but it is very evident that he does not accurately distinguish between 
this affection and miliaria rubra, since he speaks of some of the vesi- 
cles after a time containing leucocytes and becoming minute abscesses. 

Diagnosis. — The exquisitely transparent character of the vesicles, 
the complete absence of all symptoms of inflammation, and the inti- 
mate association of the eruption with profuse sweating, are symptoms 
so characteristic that an error in diagnosis is scarcely possible. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The affection is a trivial one, unaccom- 
panied by any annoying symptoms, and usually terminates in a few 
days. 

In many cases no treatment is required beyond the use of a dusting 
powder. If the affection is prolonged by repeated crops, a lotion of 
dilute alcohol may be used several times a day in coniunction with 
the dusting powder. 



724 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

MILIARY FEVER 

Synonyms. — Sudor Anglicus ; Sweating sickness ; Suette de Pi- 
cardie ; Suette miliaire ; Ger., Schweissfriesel. 

Definition. — An epidemic disease characterized by fever, profuse 
sweating, and an eruption resembling miliaria. 

Symptoms. — This singular affection, about the history of which 
there is a great deal of uncertainty, first appeared in England in 1485, 
and remained limited to that country for more than half a century, 
five epidemics occurring between that date and 1551. It then spread 
to the Continent, where many epidemics of a similar, if not identical, 
disease have since occurred, particularly in France, Italy, and Ger- 
many, although it has never reappeared in England since the middle 
of the sixteenth century. An attack may be precded by prodromal 
symptoms, such as headache, weakness of the lower extremities, and 
irritation of the skin, or it may appear suddenly without premonitory 
symptoms with chilliness, headache, fever with profuse sweating and 
a painful feeling of constriction of the chest and epigastrium, accom- 
panied by dyspnoea, which in severe cases may be extreme and most 
distressing. After three or four days, and sometimes later, an erythe- 
matous eruption appears which may resemble the eruption of measles 
upon which vesicles develop shortly with transparent contents, which 
soon become turbid. Occasionally the eruption appears upon the 
mucous membranes of the mouth. The duration of the affection varies 
from two or three days in mild cases to eight or ten in the severe 
ones, and terminates with a more or less marked desquamation. The 
severity of the symptoms varies much in different epidemics ; occa- 
sionally a fulminant form occurs, in which all the symptoms are 
greatly aggravated, and death takes place in a short time. The mor- 
tality varies from 8 or 9 per cent, to 20 or 30 per cent. 

A remarkable feature of the disease is the very short duration 
of the epidemics, which last, as a rule, only a few weeks, and in 
some instances only a few days ; during this short period many hundreds 
or thousands of cases may occur. 

The cause is altogether unknown, but season exerts a very decided 
influence upon its incidence, since the large majority of epidemics 
have occurred during the summer and early autumn. 

The treatment is to be conducted upon general principles, the 
cutaneous symptoms being of secondary importance. 

GRANULOSIS RUBRA NASI 

Definition. — An inflammatory affection of the nose, occurring for 
the most part in children, distinguished by redness, an eruption of 
small papules, and localized hyperidrosis. 

Symptoms. — This disease was first recognized by Luithlen, w r ho 
reported a case in 1900 as a peculiar form of acne accompanied by 
changes in the sweat-glands. A year later Jadassohn reported seven 



DISEASES OF THE APPENDAGES 725 

cases, together with the results of the histological study of four of 
them, establishing its right to be regarded as a disease sui generis, 
and proposing for it the name by which it has since been known, 
granulosis rubra nasi. Other cases have since been reported by Herr- 
mann, Pick, MacLeod, Little, and a few others. 

It is confined to the lower portion of the nose, especially the tip 
and alae, which is diffusely reddened and covered with a rather scanty 
eruption of small dark-red or brown-red papules and an occasional 
small pustule; the end of the nose is constantly moist with perspira- 
tion, which stands in small drops upon it. Occasionally hydrocystoma 
is associated with it, as in the cases reported by Pinkus, Lebet, and 
Jadassohn. It pursues a very chronic course, changing but little in 
appearance when once established. With the exception of occasional 
slight itching, there are no subjective symptoms. 

Etiology and Pathology.— The affection is confined for the most 
part to children, who are usually anaemic, ill-nourished, or nervous. 
In a few instances it has been observed in adults ; Pinkus has re- 
ported one in a man fifty-nine years old, Lebet one in an adult woman 
over thirty years of age ; and the author has notes of a case occurring 
in a young woman twenty-two years of age. 

The epidermis shows but little change, but characteristic alterations 
are present in the corium. The vessels of the upper and middle portion 
are dilated and surrounded in places by a cellular exudate composed 
of leucocytes, connective-tissue cells, with a few plasma cells and 
"mastzellen." The ducts of the sweat-glands are in places irregularly 
dilated and surrounded by a cellular exudate. The collagen and elastic 
tissue are but little altered. 

Diagnosis. — The affection may be mistaken for acne rosacea, as 
was done in several of the earlier reported cases, but the youth of 
the patient and the presence of local hyperidrosis will serve to dis- 
tinguish it from that affection. When the papules are well developed 
and numerous it may bear some resemblance to lupus vulgaris, but 
there are no intradermic nodules, and no tendency to infiltration 
and ulceration. 

Treatment. — The treatment is very unsatisfactory. Astringent lo- 
tions and dusting powders afford some temporary relief. Among 
dusting powders, one containing from 25 to 50 per cent, of tannoform 
will be found one of the most useful. When the patient is anaemic or 
ill-nourished, as is often the case, he should be given iron or cod-liver 
oil, and should live outdoors as much as possible. 



CHAPTER XVIII 

SOME DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 

CONTINUOUS WITH, OR ADJACENT TO, 

THE SKIN 

A certain number of diseases of the skin at times invade the 
mucous membranes adjoining the skin. This invasion may occur 
through direct extension of the morbid process from the skin to the 
mucous membrane, as when the conjunctiva becomes inflamed in 
eczema of the lids ; or as the result of a general infection, as when 
lesions of the mucous membranes occur in connection with the 
syphilodermata. 

While the involvement of the mucous surfaces usually occurs 
simultaneously with or shortly after the appearance of the cutaneous 
•eruption, it may exist, for a time at least, without any accompanying 
cutaneous symptoms, and in this event the recognition of the true 
character of the mucous membrane affection may be a matter of con- 
siderable, or even very great, difficulty, since owing to differences in 
structure and function, and largely because they are constantly bathed 
in the secretions of the part, eruptive lesions on the mucous mem- 
branes often present features quite unlike those on the skin. 

Eczema of the mucous membranes is not at all unusual ; it fre- 
quently extends from the lids to the conjunctiva, from the vulva to the 
inner surface of the labia and less frequently to the vagina, from the 
anus to the ano-rectal mucous membrane ; and the eczemas of these 
regions, and particularly of the anal and genital regions, are among the 
most distressing of the many varieties of this disease. Although it is 
denied by many writers, in rare instances it invades the buccal mucous 
membrane, as in a case long under my observation. 

As an infrequent occurrence the eruption of erythema multiforme 
invades the mucous membranes of the mouth simultaneously with the 
skin. 

In a few instances epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum has been 
observed upon the tongue and upon the conjunctiva, usually in asso- 
ciation with similar tumors upon the skin. 

Psoriasis was thought by the older writers to occur occasionally 
upon the mucous membranes of the mouth, and in particular upon the 
tongue ; but what was regarded as psoriasis in these regions was in 
most instances leucoplakia ; psoriasis is limited to the cutaneous 
surface. 

Lichen planus occurs not very infrequently upon the tongue, inner 
surface of the cheeks, and upon the glans penis. 

Lupus erythematosus is occasionally seen upon the mucous sur- 
face of the lips, particularly upon the lower lip. 
726 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 727 

Lupus vulgaris frequently attacks the mucous membranes of the 
nose and pharynx; indeed, it is almost as frequent in these regions as 
upon the skin. 

The cutaneous eruptions of syphilis and leprosy are in many in- 
stances associated with disease of the various mucous membranes. 

The special features which the foregoing diseases present when 
they occur upon mucous membranes have already been described in 
more or less detail in the various sections devoted to their considera- 
tion and will not, therefore, be discussed further. 

There are certain other diseases of the mucous membranes, which, 
although they occur as independent affections, unaccompanied by 
cutaneous symptoms, yet come under the observation of the derma- 
tologist so frequently that a brief account of their symptoms is given 
in the following pages. 

LEUCOPLAKIA 

Synonyms. — Ichthyosis linguae ; Psoriasis linguae ; Tylosis linguae ; 
Smokers' patches ; Psoriasis buccalis ; Keratosis mucosae oris et linguae ; 
Leucokeratosis buccalis ; Leucoma ; Fr. Leucoplasie ; Plaques opalines ; 
Plaques blanches de la bouche. 

Definition. — A chronic disease of the mucous membranes, chiefly of 
the mouth, and especially of the tongue, but also attacking the mucous 
membranes of the genitalia of both sexes, distinguished by bluish- 
white, yellowish- whi-te or white patches with ill-defined borders. 

The earliest cases of this affection were described by Alibert, 
Rayer and Plumbe as ichthyosis of the tongue. To Bazin, however, 
belongs the credit of first having recognized it as an independent dis- 
ease, and of having carefully described it as such under the name of 
buccal psoriasis. Notable contributions to our knowledge of the 
malady have been made by Kaposi, Debove who retained the name 
given it by Bazin, although he recognized that it had nothing to do 
with the affection of the skin known as psoriasis, Schwimmer, who 
gave it the name leucoplakia by which it is generally known at the 
present time, and a number of others, chiefly French and German 
writers. 

Symptoms. — As the affection usually begins insidiously, without 
subjective symptoms, its earliest stages commonly escape notice and 
the patient often discovers it quite accidentally. In the majority of 
cases it first comes under the physician's notice as bluish-white or 
milky patches of variable size with ill-defined borders and smooth 
slightly translucent surface through which the red color of the mucous 
membrane is still faintly visible. According to Schwimmer, it begins 
as small red spots or patches analogous to erythema of the skin, in 
which the papillae are somewhat swollen, and he believes these always 
precede the white patches. Butlin, however, with his extensive experi- 
ence with diseases of the tongue, has not been able to confirm this. 



728 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 



With the further progress of the disease the patches become opaque, 
yellowish-white or less frequently chalk-white, and slowly, or at times 
quite rapidly, extend at the borders, often coalescing with other patches 
to form considerable plaques with irregular borders, or even in time 
covering the whole dorsum of the tongue, the mucous surface of the 
lips, or exceptionally all the buccal, lingual and labial mucous mem- 
branes. Schwimmer states that so long as the patches are extending 
they are surrounded by a narrow erythematous border which disap- 
pears when they become stationary. As the plaques increase in thick- 
ness the surface is no longer smooth, but often wart-like, traversed by 
furrows which divide it into small irregular or lozenge-shaped areas. 
Occasionally a part of the covering is cast off, leaving a red sensitive 
surface which is usually covered again in a short time, but which may 
remain as a superficial ulcer. Ulceration frequently occurs at the 

bottom of the furrows after a 
time and becomes the source 
o f considerable pain when 
highly-seasoned food or hot or 
strong alcoholic drinks are 
taken (Fig. 243). 

In the earlier stages there 
are few or no subjective symp- 
toms, but later if the plaques 
reach any degree of thickness 
there is some stiffness of the 
tongue and a sensation of dry- 
ness and roughness, interfering 
to some extent with the free 
movement of the organ and 
consequently with speech. The 
sense of taste is, as a rule, not 
interfered with, but it may be 
somewhat impaired when the 
covering of the plaques is thick. There is occasionally some increase 
in saliva, and in advanced cases there may be quite marked salivation. 
When ulceration occurs there is, of course, more or less pain. 

The dorsum of the tongue is the region most frequently affected, 
the under surface rarely if ever being attacked. Next in point of fre- 
quency it occurs upon the mucous surface of the lower lip, where it is 
apt to begin near one or the other commissure at the point where the 
patient is accustomed to carry his cigar or pipe, where it may remain 
stationary, or, as not infrequently happens, it may eventually extend to 
the whole mucous surface. W r hile the upper lip is by no means immune 
it is much less frequently affected. Upon the inner surface of the 
cheeks its most frequent site is the space between the upper and lower 
teeth, where it occurs as variously sized, irregularly rounded, linear, 
or irregularly stellate, whitish patches with smooth or uneven surface 




FlG. 243. — Leucoplakia of the tongue. 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 729 

which in time may exhibit Assuring and ulceration such as occur upon 
the tongue. 

Although the affection is in the great majority of cases a disease of 
the lingual and buccal mucous membranes it is not limited exclusively 
to these, but occurs upon other mucous surfaces, especially those of 
the genitalia. In the male it is occasionally seen upon the inner sur- 
face of the prepuce, less frequently upon the glans penis; in women 
it occurs upon the mucous membrane of the labia, less often upon the 
vaginal, and exceptionally upon the uterine mucous membrane. Jayle 
and Bender have collected as many as 45 cases in which the mucous 
membranes of the female genitalia were the seat of the malady. 
Lendorff has reported a case affecting the mucous membrane of the 
bladder with symptoms of cystitis, and was able to collect from liter- 
ature 31 cases of a similar kind. 

The course of the malady varies a good deal. After reaching a 
certain stage of development it may become stationary and continue 
indefinitely as smooth, slightly translucent bluish-white patches which 
look as if the surface had been painted with a strong solution of nitrate 
of silver, or it may continue to spread slowly either with or without 
increase in thickness until considerable areas, or even, in rare instances, 
the entire labial, lingual and buccal mucous membranes are covered. 
In a considerable proportion of cases ulceration of limited areas occurs 
which in time assumes the character and pursues the course of epi- 
thelioma. Upon the lip shallow erosions accompanied by burning 
appear from time to time which may eventually become epitheliomatous 
ulcers. Less frequently epitheliomatous nodules appear on the dorsum 
or sides of the tongue. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Among predisposing factors a promi- 
nent place must be assigned to age and sex. All writers are agreed as 
to the rarity of the affection in childhood. According to Butlin it is 
almost unknown before twenty years of age and rarely begins after 
sixty. It is likewise very infrequent in women, although not unknown. 
Debove reports Bazin as having seen two cases in females. As an 
extraordinary exception to the rule as to age and sex the author may 
refer here to a most extensive case under his observation some years 
ago involving the entire lingual, buccal and palatal mucous mem- 
branes ; it occurred in a young girl, began at eleven years of age and 
terminated in epithelioma at twenty-five. 

As the names they gave it indicate, the earlier writers regarded it as 
a mucous membrane manifestation of ichthyosis or psoriasis, or at least 
intimately related to these affections ; and some more modern authors 
have called attention to its occasional association with certain keratosic 
affections of the skin. Morrow some years ago reported a case of 
keratosis follicularis associated with leucoplakia, and in the author's 
extraordinary case referred to above, there were numerous small 
patches of follicular keratosis on the trunk. Lewandowsky has re- 
ported an instance in which two sisters suffered from leucoplakia 



730 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

associated with other disturbances of keratosis, such as congenital 
thickening of the nails, hyperkeratosis follicularis and high-grade 
development of callosities on the soles of the feet. Schutz has observed 
and recently reported several instances in which it coexisted with 
psoriasis, and has collected a considerable number of cases of a similar 
kind from literature. He believes the association is not accidental, but 
dependent upon some condition of the economy common to both 
affections. 

There can be little doubt that repeated irritation of the mucous 
membrane plays a most important role as a direct cause. Such irrita- 
tion may result from the use of highly-seasoned foods, hot soups, hot 
or strongly alcoholic drinks, tobacco and tobacco smoke. This last has 
long been recognized as a factor in its production, hence the name 
" smokers' patches " given to the milder forms ; and the author feels 
quite certain that it is a frequent and most potent cause of the malady, 
although by no means the only one. Butlin is quite convinced that 
the stomatitis which occasionally arises from wearing artificial teeth 
with a vulcanite plate may lead to leucoplakia. But it is quite evident 
that something more than these irritants are necessary to its produc- 
tion, some special predisposition inherited or acquired ; otherwise it 
would be a very common affection instead of a rather infrequent one. 
Many authors regard the disease as due directly or indirectly to syph- 
ilis. Kaposi asserted that it was always the consequence of a precedent 
syphilis, although not actually syphilitic. He believed that the occur- 
rence of syphilitic lesions upon the mucous membranes of the mouth 
led later to its appearance in the same situations. The French are 
almost unanimous in regarding syphilis as the chief agent in its pro- 
duction, either directly or indirectly. Very recently Landouzy, who 
made a practice of examining the mouths of all his adult patients for 
leucoplakia, asserted that he found it almost exclusively in syphilitic 
subjects, and he regards its presence as almost pathognomonic of 
syphilis. On the other hand, Bockenheimer, whose observations were 
made in Von Bergmann's clinic in Berlin, asserts that it has absolutely 
nothing to do with syphilis. While it is altogether probable that 
syphilis plays an important part in its production in a certain proportion 
of cases, probably in an indirect way, it is quite certain that it occurs 
in non-syphilitic subjects as well. 

Its histopathology, as well as its clinical symptoms, indicates a 
chronic inflammatory process terminating in hyperkeratosis ; Kaposi 
described it as a keratosis of the mucous membranes of the mouth. 
Schwimmer and Babesiu, who were among the first to study the his- 
topathology of the disease, found the essential pathological changes in 
the corium, where they believed it had its origin. In this region imme- 
diately beneath the patch they found an abundant infiltration of small 
round cells with complete disappearance of the papillary body. They 
found the epidermis generally thickened, but in places there was 
atrophy of this layer, giving rise to the cicatricial appearance at times 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 



731 



observed on the surface of the tongue. In a most extensive leucoplakia 
of the tongue terminating in epithelioma which the author had the 
opportunity to study some years ago, the entire epidermis and the 
upper portion of the corium presented marked pathological alterations. 
In the former the horny layer was decidedly thicker than normal and 
the interpapillary prolongations of the rete extended to an unusual 
depth into the corium, this latter probably representing beginning epi- 
thelioma. In the papillary and subpapillary portion of the corium 
there was an abundant cellular infiltration composed of polymorpho- 
nuclear leucocytes, plasma cells and an unusual number of small 
" Mastzellen." The entire tongue showed evidences of an extensive 
glossitis of moderate severity. 




Fig. 244. — Section through a small patch of leucoplakia of the tongue. H, thick horny layer of the 
mucous membrane; R, rete markedly increased in breadth; C, cellular exudate in upper part of the 
corium composed of polymorphonuclear leucocytes, plasma cells and a considerable number of small 
"Mastzellen." From author's case referred to in the text. 

Diagnosis. — Leucoplakia is usually readily recognized, but it may 
be mistaken for the mucous patch of syphilis which it occasionally 
resembles to some extent. The former, however, comes on rather 
insidiously while the latter appears quite acutely, reaches its full devel- 
opment in a few days, is often multiple, round and well circumscribed, 



732 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

opaque and yellowish-white in color, quite unlike the faintly translu- 
cent bluish-white appearance of the former. The mucous patch is as a 
rule associated with other evidences of syphilitic infection, such as a 
more or less general adenopathy, cutaneous eruptions, condylomata 
about the anus, moist papules on the scrotum ; and the treponema pallidum 
may be demonstrated in it by dark-field illumination. 

Scars on the tongue following ulceration often present a bluish- 
white appearance not unlike that observed in leucoplakia, but the 
cicatricial character of such patches is usually quite apparent. 

Occasionally lichen planus occurs upon the buccal and lingual 
mucous membranes, producing white patches which bear some resem- 
blance to leucoplakia, but these are almost invariably associated with 
the cutaneous eruption of flat papules characteristic of that affection. 

Prognosis. — The affection is essentially a chronic one, lasting for 
years. Schwimmer asserts that spontaneous recovery is not unusual, 
but this does not accord with the experience of most observers, cer- 
tainly not with that of the author. He divides the malady into two 
forms, benign and malignant, but it is doubtful whether any such 
division is justifiable although it is quite true that individual cases 
differ much in their course and termination. In many instances the 
disease after a time becomes stationary and remains unaltered for an 
indefinite period. On the other hand, the occurrence of epithelioma is 
a fairly frequent event, and it is this sequel which gives the malady its 
chief importance. In a series of 80 cases of carcinoma of the tongue 
Butlin found it had been preceded by leucoplakia in 16, but he is 
strongly of the opinion that the frequency of this sequel is much greater 
than these figures indicate. Von Bergmann (quoted by Bocken- 
heimer) found leucoplakia present in 50 per cent, of his cases of cancer 
of the tongue. 

Treatment. — Certain prophylactic measures are of importance, and 
the first and most important of these is complete abstention from the 
use of tobacco, particularly smoking — even an occasional cigar is, in 
the opinion of the author based on a considerable experience, highly 
injurious. Highly-seasoned foods, hot soups and hot and strongly 
alcoholic beverages should likewise be abstained from. Rough or 
sharp edges of the teeth should be made smooth, and if the patient 
wears artificial teeth with a vulcanite plate the latter should be replaced 
by a gold one ; in short, every possible source of irritation should be 
removed. 

Internal treatment is upon the whole valueless. Certain of those 
who regard syphilis as playing a part either directly or indirectly in 
its production administer anti-syphilitic remedies, but these seldom, if 
ever, produce any favorable effect. Landouzy, however, has recently 
asserted that the patches are apt to retrogress after the administration 
of potassium iodide and mercury, but Debove a number of years ago 
thought that the latter greatly aggravated the affection. Quite recently 
Baer has reported a series of nine cases, all in syphilitic subjects, in 
which complete recovery occurred after injections of salvarsam 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 733 

Local treatment while more effective than internal is frequently 
disappointing in its results except in the mildest cases. Mild astrin- 
gent or alkaline mouth-washes, such as weak solutions of tannic acid 
or of sodium biborate are sometimes serviceable in the early stages. 
Thick patches may be removed by the galvano-cautery or the recently 
introduced method of electro-thermic desiccation ; these may also be 
employed in the treatment of persistent ulcers. Caustics, such as 
silver nitrate, should be scrupulously avoided; they are apt to do more 
harm than good, favoring the development of epithelioma. Butlin 
advises the use of astringent ointments as being more effective than 
washes, using as a base vaseline, 5ii, lanolin, 5vi. Bockhardt lauds the 
efficiency of balsam of Peru applied daily in conjunction with frequent 
washings of the mouth with one-half to one per cent, salt solution. 

The X-ray may be used at times with good results, but it more 
often fails. Radium may also be applied and is much more conven- 
iently used than the X-ray. In a case under the author's observation 
some of the patches disappeared after the use of this agent, but soon 
recurred. 

EXFOLIATIO AREATA LINGUA 

Synonyms. — Pityriasis linguae ; Annulus migrans ; Erythema migrans ; 
Wandering rash ; Fr. Lichenoide lingual ; Desquamation aberrante en 
aires de la langue; Ger., Fluchtige gutartige Plaques der Zungenschleim- 
haut ; Landkartenzunge. 

Definition. — A chronic affection of the mucous membrane of the 
tongue occurring principally in children, characterized by desquamat- 
ing, centrifugally spreading circular patches. 

Although this curious and somewhat infrequent affection, to which 
many names have been given, was first described by Rayer in the 
early part of the last century it was not fully described until much 
later (T872) by Bridou in an inaugural dissertation, under the title "An 
Unnamed Affection of the Lingual Mucous Membrane." Among later 
writers upon the subject are Vanlair, Parrot, Molenes, Gubler, Cas- 
pary, Unna, Barker, Colcott Fox, Kinnier, Allen and the author. 

Symptoms. — The affection begins as a small yellowish or white 
opaque elevation looking somewhat like a vesicle situated usually 
upon the anterior portion of the dorsum of the tongue, often near or 
upon the tip, which steadily increases in diameter forming a patch 
which soon begins to desquamate, leaving a smooth, sometimes shin- 
ing red surface somewhat brighter near the margin than in the centre. 
The patch continues to spread, preserving its circular outline, until it 
reaches the edge of the organ, which it seldom passes, but it may, 
exceptionally, extend to the under surface (Caspary). New patches 
appear from time to time at irregular intervals so that several are 
frequently present at the same time in various stages of development, 
or they may be multiple from the beginning, and as these spread their 



734 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

extending borders coalesce and in part disappear where they meet, 
leaving semicircles and crescents which enclose map-like areas the con- 
figuration of which has suggested one of the numerous names by which 
the malady is known, viz., geographical tongue (Ger., Landkarten- 
zunge). Caspary has emphasized the yellow hue of the borders of the 
desquamating areas as a very characteristic feature, but this is by no 
means constantly present. In a case under the author's observation 
for a considerable time the borders of the patches were invariably 
white, and Unna found them more frequently bluish, grayish or even 
silver-white than yellow. Occasionally it happens that as a patch 
increases in diameter a new one starts in its centre so that several 
concentric rings may thus be formed. The duration of the individual 
patches varies from ten days to two weeks. After reaching a variable 
size desquamation ceases, the centre begins to resume its normal 
appearance and within a few days, if there has been but a single patch, 
all evidence of the affection may have vanished ; but shortly new ones 
appear which pursue the same course, and in this manner the affection 
may last for months or even years. In the great majority of cases 
there are no subjective symptoms worthy of note, but in a very few 
instances intense itching with a profuse flow of saliva was observed 
(Barker), and Vanlair has reported one in which there was decided 
pain. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The direct cause of the disease is quite 
unknown. Among contributing or predisposing causes age is an impor- 
tant one; its subjects are in the vast majority of cases infants and 
young children, although it is also occasionally observed in adults. 
Heredity apparently exerts a considerable influence in its production ; 
Caspary saw it in two sisters, Colcott Fox in a brother and sister, and 
Wolff observed an instance in which five sisters were affected. Out of 
103 cases collected by Bohm 16 occurred in nearly related individuals, and 
in 23 it was congenital ; Klausner has very recently reported several cases 
in which it was present at birth. The annular shape of the patches and 
their excentric spread early suggested the possibility that the malady 
might be parasitic, but every effort to discover a specific organism thus 
far has resulted only in failure. Parrot was quite certain that it was a 
manifestation of syphilis, but he was quite alone in this opinion. 
Unna and Du Castel both observed instances in which syphilis was 
acquired after the affection of the tongue had existed for some time. 
Gastro-intestinal disturbance, usually of a functional character, has 
been observed by a number of authors in connection with the disease, 
and is regarded by some as having some etiological relationship to it. 
In a case reported by the author some years ago which was under 
observation for about two years, gastric disturbance so regularly 
preceded the appearance of a new patch that it was difficult to avoid 
the conclusion that there was some intimate relationship between the 
two. Bohm thought it probably related to tuberculosis, but the evi- 
dence for such a relationship is altogether inadequate. 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 735 

Parrot found the epithelium in the diseased areas swollen and 
thickened, the cells of the stratum corneum and of the rete increased in 
size. He especially emphasized the presence of a perivascular exudate 
of lymphoid cells in the papillae and the subpapillary portion of the 
corium which he regarded as the real seat of the disease. Guinon 
thought it a purely epithelial inflammation ; he did not find the derma 
implicated at all. Unna found its seat quite superficial, within the 
horny layer of the epidermis. 

Diagnosis. — The affection may be confounded with syphilis, the 
annular patches of which upon mucous membranes it resembles some- 
what, but the very superficial character of the lesions, their rapid 
excentric extension and consequent rapid change in the configuration 
of the eruption, and the absence of other symptoms of syphilitic infec- 
tion, make the distinction between the two diseases one of no difficulty. 

Prognosis. — It is a wholly benign malady. Quite commonly it 
disappears spontaneously in children after the sixth or seventh year; 
on the other hand, it may persist for years in spite of active treatment. 

Treatment. — On the whole, the results of treatment are not very 
satisfactory. In view of the fact that gastro-intestinal disturbances 
of one kind or another have been noted to precede or accompany the 
appearance of the patches in a certain proportion of cases, careful atten- 
tion should be given to the condition of the alimentary canal. The diet 
should be carefully supervised and an occasional laxative given, pref- 
erably a saline. Small doses of arsenic have seemed to the author to be 
beneficial, a remedy which Vanlair also found useful. Locally, astrin- 
gent or alkaline mouth-washes may be used. The following, contain- 
ing a small quantity of thymol, may be used three or four times daily : 



3 



M. 



Thymolis gr. i 

Sodii biborat gr. xii 

Glycerin f 3 i 

Aq. destil f I iv 

Sig. — Mouth-wash ; use 3 or 4 times daily. 



MOLLER'S GLOSSITIS. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammation of the tongue characterized 
by painful red patches. 

This peculiar and but little known form of glossitis was first 
described by Moller in 185 1, who briefly reported six cases as " Chronic 
Excoriation of the Tongue." A few additional cases have since been 
reported by Michelson, Joseph and quite recently by Harris, the last 
giving a complete account of the malady with its literature to date. 

Symptoms. — It occurs as irregular, sharply circumscribed, intensely 
red spots and patches in which the epithelium has disappeared, or is at 
least thinned, and the papillae are hyperaemic and swollen. It affects 



736 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

by preference the edges and tip of the organ, but often occurs on the 
under surface and on the inner surface of the cheeks. When once 
formed, the patches show little or no tendency to extend, and may 
remain with little change for months. Occasionally there are short 
periods of remission and exceptionally short complete intermissions. 
The patches are painful and sensitive and the pain is greatly increased 
by food and drink, especially when these are hot. In a considerable 
number of cases the sense of taste is more or less dulled. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The cause of the affection is unknown. 
Five out of the six cases which formed the basis of Moller's original 
description occurred in adult women ; and in the same number tape- 
worm was present, but this latter seems to have been nothing more than 
an unusual coincidence. But little opportunity has been afforded to study 
its pathology, but it is quite evidently an inflammatory condition. 

Diagnosis. — The affection seems to have been most frequently con- 
founded with " geographical tongue," but it differs very decidedly from 
that curious affection by the presence of decided pain and the absence of 
the annular and gyrate arrangement so characteristic of the patches of 

the latter. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — In 13 
cases collected by Flarris in which the 
duration was noted it varied from 1 to 15 
years; and in only three out of 20 did 
recovery occur. The treatment, as may be 
H inferred from the foregoing, is very un- 
satisfactory. Mildly alkaline and astrin- 
fA gent mouth-washes are indicated, with 
avoidance of hot and highly-seasoned food 
and alcoholic drinks. 




1 



LOZENGE-SHAPED MEDIAN 
GLOSSITIS 

Under the title of " Lozenze-shaped 
Median Glossitis of the Dorsal Surface of 
the Tongue " (Glossite mediane losang-ique 
FlG - SSSsft^-v^F*** de la face dorsale de la langue) , Brocq and 

Pautrier have quite recently (1914) called 
attention to a previously undescribed variety of glossitis ; two cases of 
a similar kind have since been reported by Dubreuilh. The affection 
is distinguished by an oblong lozenge-shaped, smooth red patch, with 
fairly well defined borders, situated on the dorsal surface of the tongue 
in the middle line, just anterior to the V formed by the fungiform 
papillae. It is altogether painless and is usually discovered quite by chance. 
It is very prolonged in its course and extremely rebellious to treat- 
ment. Its cause is unknown. The histopathology as described by 
Brocq and Pautrier is that of an ordinary superficial inflammation of 
the tongue (Fig. 245). 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 737 

BLACK TONGUE 

Synonyms. — Hairy tongue; Hyperkeratosis linguae; Fr., Langue 
noire; Nigritie de la langue; Hypertrophic epitheliale piliforme; Langue 
noire pileuse ; Ger., Haarzunge ; Schwarze Haarzunge. 

Definition. — A rare affection of the tongue characterized by brown 
or black discoloration of its surface, with abnormal length of the 
filiform papillae. 

Although this affection is quite rare and comparatively insignifi- 
cant, it has a considerable literature owing to its unusual features. It 
was first described early in the nineteenth century by Portal and a few 
years later by Rayer. Among later authors who have written concerning 
it are Bertrand de Saint Germain, Raynaud, Fereol, Dessois, Waller- 
and, Lucet and quite recently 
Lebar among the French, 
Brosin and Vollmer among 
the Germans and Heidingsfeld 
in the United States. Lebar's 
study of the malady, made 

with the aid of modern ^HHHlki 

methods, is an especially valu- jfek - 

Symptoms. — I t usually ^Wt-Wm 

begins as a light to dark- *.^lt lRfe~ 

brown or. black patch on the ' $ 

dorsum of the tongue situated I f|. 

just in front of the apex of the | 

angle formed by the circum- 
vallate papillae, which slowly 
spreads anteriorly and later- 
ally until it may cover a con- 
siderable portion of the dorsal 
surface of the organ. While 

. , ,.-.., , . Fig. 246. — Black tongue (after Brosin). 

the color, which is deepest in 

the centre of the patch and grows lighter towards the margin, is in most 
cases a dark brown or black, other colors have been observed in excep- 
tional cases. Dinkier saw a yellow patch, and Mourek has reported a 
case in which it was dark-green. Instead of a single central patch there 
may be two linear patches running anteroposteriorly, one on each side of 
the median furrow, or both sorts of patches may be present. Gen- 
erally the discoloration is accompanied by a more or less marked 
increase in the thickness and especially in the length of the filiform 
papillae, which have been observed to reach in some cases a length of a 
centimeter or more, causing the patch to appear as if covered with 
stiff bristles or hair — hence the term " hairy tongue " employed by 
some authors. After a period varying from a few weeks to several 
months, or even a year or two, the discoloration begins to fade at the 
47 



'38 



DISEASES OF THE SKIN 







edges of the patch and finally disappears with slight desquamation of 
the epithelium. Recurrences are not uncommon and may be frequent. 
In the great majority of cases there are no subjective symptoms of any 
.moment ; at times, however, the patient complains of a disagreeable 
taste and, quite exceptionally, of pain (Fig. 246). 

Etiology and Pathology. — The cause of the condition has not yet 
been definitely determined. It occurs with about equal frequency in 
the two sexes and has been observed at all ages, although it is more 
frequent in the elderly and old than in the young. It has been attributed 
to a considerable variety of microorganisms which have been found 
:in the patches. Dessois believed it due to an organism which he named 
the glossophyton; Ciaglinski and Hewelke have described a black mould 
which they obtained from a case of black tongue and succeeded in 
cultivating; Lucet thought it caused by a blastomyces, the sacchar- 
omyces Ungues piloses. Other varieties of organism have been described 

as present in the malady, but none 
of them has been satisfactorily 
proven to be the cause of it; every 
attempt to produce it by the inocu- 
lation of any of the organisms de- 
scribed has resulted only in com- 
plete failure. Nevertheless, Butlin 
and some others accept the explana- 
tion that the discoloration is due to 
microorganisms of some sort. Ros- 
tazew has reported an instance in 
which husband and wife were af- 
fected, and he believes this to prove 
its contagious character ; but as this 
is the only recorded instance of the 
kind it may be quite readily ex- 
Brosin believes the black discolora- 
tion to be a secondary phenomenon dependent upon the abnormal 
proliferation and cornification of the epithelial cells covering the 
papillae filiformes; he regards the affection as a hyperkeratosis limited 
to these structures, an opinion with which Lebar, who has recently 
studied the affection most carefully,' agrees. According to this last 
named investigator, it begins as a superficial glossitis which leads to 
hypertrophy of the filiform papillae with keratinization, this last account- 
ing for the discoloration characteristic of the disease. He believes, 
with Lucet, that there is no essential difference between black tongue 
and the coated tongue, the former being only an exaggerated form of 
the latter. 

The hypertrophied filiform papillae in the discolored areas are cov- 
ered with quite flat laminated, in some places imbricated, epithelial cells, 
the most external of which have lost their nuclei, are brownish in 
color and present other evidences of having undergone cornification 
(Fig. 247). 




Fig. 247. — Black tongue (after Vollmer). 
Greatly hypertrophied filiform papillae cov- 
ered with cornified epithelium. 

plained as a mere coincidence. 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 739 

Diagnosis. — The affection is readily recognized. It is to be dis- 
tinguished from discolorations produced by alimentary and other sub- 
stances, the latter occasionally employed for purposes of deception by 
hysterical and other individuals. It must also be distinguished from 
the actual pigmentation which occurs in argyria and Addison's dis- 
ease ; in these the discoloration is in the substance of the tongue, not 
on the surface. 

Treatment. — Attention should be paid to the condition of the ali- 
mentary canal. An occasional laxative, preferably a saline, and care 
as to the diet should be advised. Alkaline mouth-washes, of which 
one of the best is a one to two per cent, solution of sodium biborate 
in water with a few minims of glycerin in each ounce, may be used 
several times a day. Alcoholic solutions of salicylic acid in moderate 
strength have been advised as especially useful (Roth, Semon, Unna). 

CHEILITIS GLANDULARIS 

Synonyms. — Cheilitis .glandularis apostematosa ; Myxadenitis 
labialis. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammation of the lower lip involving the 
mucous glands. 

This rare affection, of which only a few cases are on record, was 
first described by Volkmann in 1870 ; other cases have since been reported 
by Purdon, Sutton and a few others. 

Symptoms. — The affection is distinguished by inflammation and 
firm swelling of the lower lip, which come on gradually. There is visi- 
ble enlargement of the mucous glands, which form small elevations as 
large as a hemp-seed, and the mouths of their ducts are dilated, suffi- 
ciently so in some instances to permit the introduction of a small probe. 
From the dilated ducts an opaque mucoid secretion may be expressed 
and sometimes exudes spontaneously, which, drying, leads to the for- 
mation of crusts. In some of Volkmann's cases abscesses formed which 
were slow to heal and were followed by fistulae. Occasionally the inflam- 
mation extends to the skin surface of the chin, as in one of Purdon's 
cases. In nearly all of the reported cases the affection of the lips was 
accompanied by a catarrhal inflammation of the buccal and pharyngeal 
mucous membranes. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The cause of the condition is as yet 
undetermined. Most of the cases thus far observed occurred in adult 
males. Three of Volkmann's five cases occurred in syphilitic sub- 
jects, but he did not regard the affection as syphilitic ; and there is 
general agreement among those who have had most opportunity to 
study it that syphilis is not among the causative factors. It is alto- 
gether probable that there is a close relationship between the catarrhal 
inflammation of the buccal and pharyngeal mucous membranes usually 
present and the disease of the lips. 

Sutton, who had an opportunity to study the histopathology of the 



740 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

malady, regards it as an adenomatous condition of the mucous glands. 
He found enormous dilatation and hypertrophy of their ducts accom- 
panied in most instances by great increase of the glandular tissue. He 
thinks it probably congenital in origin. 

Diagnosis. — The limitation of the affection to the lower lip ; the 
hard firm swelling; and above all the visible implication of the mucous 
glands with great dilatation of their ducts are distinguishing features 
which make its recognition rather easy. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The malady is an extremely chronic 
one and most resistant to all methods of treatment. Purdon's patients 
were most benefited by the application of black wash containing a small 
quantity of glycerin, and the occasional pencilling of the parts with 
a solution of silver nitrate. Sutton obtained benefit from mild X-ray 
treatment. 

CHEILITIS EXFOLIATIVA 

Synonyms. — Psoriasis labialis ; Exfoliative inflammation of the 
lips ; Pityriasis des levres ; Eczema exfoliant des levres. 

Definition. — A chronic inflammatory affection of the lips, chiefly the 
lower one, accompanied by persistent exfoliation. 

Although this affection was first recognized by Rayer, who de- 
scribed it as pityriasis of the lips with great accuracy in his treatise 
on diseases of the skin, it received but little attention until it was 
described anew by Besnier many years later. Cases of the malady 
have been reported in recent years by Galloway, Jamieson, Stelwagon, 
Trimble and a few others. 

Symptoms. — It is distinguished by redness and swelling of the 
lower lip, which is covered by scales and in the more severe cases by 
crusts which may reach considerable thickness. The scales and crusts 
are constantly cast off, the former as thin papery flakes or as thicker 
parchment-like fragments often more or less distinctly laminated. 
Beneath these the surface is dry, glazed and sometimes fissured. The 
swelling may at times be so great as to produce marked eversion of the 
lower lip, as in the case of an elderly woman under the author's obser- 
vation for many months. While the lower lip is the one most fre- 
quently, and often the only one, affected, the disease may extend to the 
upper one in time. It is a very chronic affection, lasting for many 
months and not uncommonly for many years. In a considerable pro- 
portion of cases it is associated with seborrhcea of the face and scalp 
(Besnier, Stelwagon). 

Etiology and Pathology. — The cause is not known. Rayer in his 
account of the condition made the observation that two of his patients 
had the habit of biting the lip, and Morris much later made a similar 
observation ; Crocker noted that in one of his patients the lip had been 
much irritated by picking it some time previous to the appearance of 
the disease, and it is not at all unlikely that persistent irritation plays 
an important part in its production. In the case of the authors just 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 741 

referred to a well-marked pyorrhoea was present, and MacLeod noted 
that the condition of the teeth was very bad in a case under his obser- 
vation. Besnier and Stelwagon regard the condition as a form of 
seborrhceic dermatitis, and the latter includes it under that disease in 
his treatise. 

Diagnosis. — The malady is to be distinguished from the glandular 
form of cheilitis described by Volkmann by the absence of any sign of 
involvement of the mucous glands in the morbid process which is a 
prominent and characteristic feature of that affection. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The condition frequently persists for 
years, as already observed; in a case reported by Galloway it lasted 
for 15 years. 

The treatment is far from satisfactory. Morris obtained much im- 
provement from the use of radium, and Ormsby reports success from 
the use of the X-ray. Stelwagon obtained good results from the 
repeated application of lactic acid, at first dilute, later pure. In all 
cases careful attention should be given to the condition of the teeth 
and gums. 

PERLECHE 

Synonyms. — Bridou ; Poisonnade ; Niarde. 

Definition. — A contagious affection of the lips, limited to the com- 
missures, occurring principally in children. 

Our knowledge of perleche (from Fr. ponrlecher, to lick, because of 
the patient's habit of moistening the diseased parts with the tongue) 
is of recent date ; it was described for the first time by Lemaistre in 
1885. It has attracted very little attention outside of France, where it 
is a very common malady among school children, although it is prob- 
ably equally common in the United States. Lane saw 40 to 50 cases in 
the course of 18 months, and a short time ago A. L. Smith published a 
clinical and bacteriological study based upon 223 cases observed in 
various dispensaries in a period of three years. 

Symptoms. — The disease is characterized by whitish, opaque 
patches covered with a slightly wrinkled pellicle, which is only loosely 
attached, so that it may be readily stripped off, situated at both labial 
commissures. A fissure, sometimes several, forms in the commissures, 
which, when deep, leads to bleeding and oozing with a certain amount 
of crusting. While the inflammation may extend some distance from 
the commissures, it never invades the central portion of the lip, but 
may extend to the inner surface and exceptionally may be accompanied 
by a diphtheroid stomatitis. The affection is painless except when the 
fissures are deep, when a certain amount of pain may occur when the 
mouth is widely opened, as in yawning. According to Lemaistre, its 
duration varies from 15 to 30 days, when recovery takes place spontane- 
ously. Raymond finds 30 days to be the minimum, and that it frequently 
lasts six weeks. Recurrences are very common. The part of the lip 
affected remains whitish, with a smooth, pearly surface, for some 
months after the disappearance of the disease. 



742 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

Etiology and Pathology. — The malady is highly contagious and its 
occurrence is greatly favored by uncleanliness. It may be transmitted 
by direct contact, as in kissing, and through the intermediation of table 
utensils, soiled towels and similar articles of daily use, so that several 
members of the family may be affected simultaneously or in rapid 
succession. While it is to be regarded as a disease of young children, 
it is not limited exclusively to these but may occur in adults ; Smith 
saw 1 6 adult cases in his series. 

Lemaistre found a streptococcus, the streptococcus plicatilis, in and 
between the epithelial cells of the affected parts, which he believed to 
be the direct cause of the disease. Raymond found only staphylococci, 
principally the S. albus, which he thought produced it; but he likewise 
thought it might be produced by several organisms. A. L. Smith 
believes the chief predisposing cause is an increased flow of saliva 
resulting from some abnormal condition of the nasal or oral cavities 
which by macerating the mucous membrane of the lip favors the 
entrance of the anaerobic streptococcus described by Lemaistre as the 
primary cause ; staphylococci are present only as a secondary infec- 
tion. Sabouraud regards it as a form of impetigo affecting the 
commissures. 

Diagnosis. — The characteristic features of the malady are the age 
of the patient, who is usually a child, its localization at the commis- 
sures, its evident contagiousness, and its self-limited .course ; these 
make its recognition easy. It may be mistaken, however, for the 
mucous patches of syphilis, and so experienced an observer as Fournier 
admitted that the differential diagnosis might at times be very difficult. 

Treatment. — In view of its contagious nature the patient should 
have his own table utensils, towels, etc., and should be prevented from 
coming in contact with well individuals. The affected parts should be 
painted with a two per cent, solution of silver nitrate, or a five per 
cent, solution of copper sulphate ; or they may be lightly rubbed with 
a crystal of the latter. The affection is readily cured by these remedies. 

APHTHOUS STOMATITIS 

Synonyms. — Stomatitis aphthosa ; Apthse ; Follicular stomatitis. 

Definition. — An acute inflammatory affection characterized by 
small sharp-cut, shallow, painful ulcers situated on the inner surface 
of the lips, on the gums, the tongue, and on the inner surface of the 
cheeks. 

Symptoms. — It begins with the rather sudden appearance of a 
variable number, rarely large, of small vesicles, which appear as opaque 
yellowish-white or grayish elevations which soon lose their covering 
and become round or oval shallow ulcers with grayish bases sur- 
rounded by an inflammatory areola. These ulcers, which show no 
tendency to enlargement after their appearance, are very sensitive and 
painful, often so much so that small children persistently refuse food 



DISEASES OF THE MUCOUS MEMBRANES 743 

because of the pain which it causes. They may appear as a single 
crop within the first twenty-four hours, or new lesions may continue to 
appear in small numbers for three or four days. They are situated 
principally upon the inner surface of the lower lip, often in the sulcus 
between the lip and the gum, and on the sides and tip of the tongue; 
they may occur on any portion of the mucous membrane of the mouth 
and pharynx. There is commonly a marked increase in the flow of 
saliva, which in infants and small children may be so abundant as to 
run from the mouth. Slight constitutional disturbance is occasionally 
present, and in the severer cases there may be decided elevation of 
temperature for a day or two. The affection runs an acute course and 
lasts from four or five days to a week. 

Etiology and Pathology. — Disturbance of the gastro-intestinal 
tract is a predisposing cause and frequently precedes and accompanies 
it. It is occasionally associated with other diseases of infancy and child- 
hood. The direct cause is unknown, but there is some probability that 
it is the result of an infection, although no organism has yet been 
demonstrated in connection with it. 

Diagnosis. — The youth of the patient, the sudden appearance of the 
ulcers, their acute course and painful character are features which 
readily distinguish the malady from other diseases of the mucous mem- 
branes of the mouth. 

Treatment. — The ulcers should be painted with a two to five per 
cent, solution of silver nitrate or lightly touched with the solid stick. 
Mouth-washes of borax, two to three per cent., or of chlorate of potash, 
a saturated solution, are likewise useful. 

FORDYCE'S DISEASE 

In 1896, in a paper entitled " A Peculiar Affection of the Mucous 
Membrane of the Lips and Oral Cavity," Fordyce first called attention 
to a hitherto undescribed condition of the lips and inner surface of the 
cheeks which has since been known as Fordyce's Disease. 

Symptoms. — The affection is characterized by small, pin-head sized 
yellowish-white or chamois-colored spots which when numerous coal- 
esce to form small patches, situated on the mucous membrane of both 
lips, usually most abundant on the upper one, and on the buccal 
mucous membrane in the space between the upper and lower teeth. 
Occasionally, instead of macules, they may be slightly elevated, maculo- 
papules, and then resemble milium somewhat. On the lips they are 
at times so abundant as to form an irregular continuous band extend- 
ing from one commissure to the other. No subjective symptoms 
accompany the condition and it is often, indeed usually, discovered 
quite by accident. It is present in a very large proportion of indi- 
viduals. Fordyce's first patient, who was a physician, found it in all 
the members of his own family and in nearly every one he examined. 
C. J. White, in the course of six weeks, examining all new patients 



744 DISEASES OF THE SKIN 

coming under his observation in private and hospital practice, saw no 
less than 64 cases ; and the author has found it in quite two-thirds of 
all individuals examined for its presence. 

Etiology and Pathology. — The causes and nature of the affection 
are still matters of debate. The author has always had doubt about 
the propriety of calling the condition a disease ; it is at most nothing 
more than a mild deformity present in most individuals. It is some- 
what more frequent in females than in males. White found 70 per 
cent, of his cases suffered from diseases intimately associated with dis- 
orders of the sebaceous glands and 77 per cent, presented symptoms of 
dyspepsia, which he thought stood in a Causal relationship to the affection. 

Fordyce, in a study of its histopathology, found the entire epithelial 
layer thickened, the epithelial cells showing a peculiar form of granular 
degeneration which Lustgarten thought analogous to that which takes 
place in the granular layer of the epidermis. Audry found sebaceous 
glands in every lesion,, which he thought had their origin in embryonic 
buds. Heuss also found the lesions largely composed of sebaceous 
glands, but he thought these were formed in the rete, and he regarded 
the affection as analogous to acne rosacsea. According to White, the 
essential changes consist of acanthosis, oedema and parakeratosis, the 
sebaceous glands present being, in all his sections, beyond the bound- 
aries of the lesions. 

Diagnosis. — The appearance of the condition is so peculiar and 
characteristic that its recognition presents no difficulties. 

Prognosis and Treatment. — The duration of the affection is indefi- 
nite, and it is but little, if at all, influenced by treatment. The patient, 
who is frequently somewhat uneasy when he discovers it, should be 
assured of its entire innocuousness. 



INDEX 



Aachen, 304 
Abscess, cold, 259 
Absence of the nails, 635 
Acanthia lectularia, 443 
Acantholysis bullosa, 190 
Acanthosis, 30 

in eczema, 130 
in psoriasis, 103 
nigricans, 491 
course, 490 
definition, 491 
diagnosis, 492 
etiology, 492 
histology, 492 
pathology, 492 
prognosis, 492 
symptoms, 491 
synonyms, 491 
treatment, 493 
Acare des follicules, 458 
Acarina, 454 
Acarus (demodex) folliculoram, 458, 688 

scabiei, 444, 446, 447 
Acetanilid (antifebrin) eruption, 216 

in skin diseases, 41 
Achorion canina, 404 
gallinarum, 404 
gypseum, 404 
Quinckeanum, 404 
Schonleinii, 398, 401, 404 
in the nails, 641 
Achromia congenita, 537 
Acne, 693 

albida, 689 
agminata, 708 
artificialis, 705 
atrophica, 706 
cachecticorum, 253, 694 
concrete, 472 
decalvante (Lailler), 668 
frontalis, 706 
indurata, 694 
keloid, 673 
keratosa, 711 
miliaria, 689 
necrotica, 706 
ponctuee, 686 
punctata, 686, 694 
pustulosa, 694 
rodens, 706 



Acne rosacea, definition, 702 

diagnosis, 703 

etiology, 702 

pathology, 703 

prognosis, 704 

symptoms, 702 

synonyms, 702 

treatment, 704 
rosacee, 702 

scrofulosorum, 253, 261, 694 
sebacea, 681 
sebacee, 472 

cornee, 477 

huileuse (Besnier), 681 
simplex, 693 
telangiectodes, 708 
urticata, 710 

varioliformis (Bazin), 544 
varioliformis, 706 

definition, 706 

diagnosis, 708 

etiology, 707 

pathology, 707 

prognosis, 707 

symptoms, 707 

synonyms, 706 

treatment, 708 
vulgaris, 693 

definition, 693 

diagnosis, 696 

etiology, 695 

pathology, 696 

prognosis, 696 

symptoms, 693 

synonyms, 693 

treatment, 697 
Acneform inflammations, 710 

syphilid, 278 
Acnitis, 253, 708 
definition, 708 
diagnosis, 709 
etiology, 709 
pathology, 709 
prognosis, 710 
symptoms, 709 
synonyms, 708 
treatment, 710 
Acrochordon, 564 
Acrodermatite suppurative continue (Hal- 

lopeau), 197 
Acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans, 520 

745 



746 



INDEX 



Acrodermatitis perstans, 197 

pustulosa hiemalis (Crocker), 210, 254 
urticarioides (Schamberg), 450 
Acrodynia, 371 
definition, 371 
etiology, 372 
symptoms, 371 
synonyms, 371 
treatment, 372 
Actinomyces, 335 
Actinomycose, 335 
Actinomycosis, 335 
definition, 335 
diagnosis, 337 
etiology, 336 
pathology, 336 
prognosis, 338 
symptoms, 335 
synonyms, 335 
treatment, 338 
Acuminate papular syphiloderm, 276 

papules, 81 
Acute, disseminated miliary tuberculosis 
of the skin, 257 
circumscribed eczema, 65 

oedema, 65 
eczema, 138 

arsenic in, 139 
lotions in, 140 
treatment of, 140 
pemphigus, 179 
etiology, 180 
symptoms, 180 
multiple gangrene of the skin, 202 
leprosy, 312 
Addison, keloid of, 506 
Addison's disease, 33 
Adenoma sebaceum, 557 
definition, 557 
diagnosis, 558 
etiology, 557 
pathology, 558 
prognosis, 559 
symptoms, 557 
synonyms, 557 
treatment, 559 
Adeomes sebaces (Balzer et Menetrier), 

557 
Adenopathy in gangosa, 352 

in scarlatina, 384 

in syphilis, 300 
Adiposa dolorosa, 576 
Adrenal extract in skin diseases, 41 
Adult gangrene of the skin, 202 
Aeby's views on pigment of the skin, 7 
Agaricin in hyperidrosis, 714 
Age, 25, 35 



Age, in general diagnosis, 35 

in skin diseases, 25 
Agents, keratolytic, 47 

keratoplastic, 47 
Ainhum, 526 

definition, 526 
etiology, 526 
pathology, 526 
prognosis, 527 
symptoms, 526 
treatment, 527 
Aix la Chapelle method of inunctions, 304 
Akne, 693 
Aktinomycose. 335 
Albinism, 537 
Albinismus, 537 
definition, 537 
etiology, 538 
pathology, 538 
symptoms, 537 
synonyms, 537 
Alcohol in acne, 700 
in eczema, 137 
in herpes zoster, 164 
Alibert, keloid of, 566 

pian fungoide of, 323 
Alibert' s ichthyosis of the tongue, 727 

keloid, 566 
Alkalies in eczema, 138 
in psoriasis, 107 
in skin diseases, 39 
Alkaline baths in psoriasis, 108, 109 
menthol lotion in eczema, 140, 143 
waters in eczema, 137, 138 
Aleppo boil, 344 
Algidite progressive, 510 
"Alligator" men, 494 
Alopecia, 655 

definition, 655 
synonyms, 655 
adnata, 655 
areata, 662 

definition, 662 
diagnosis, 665 
etiology, 664 
pathology, 665 
prognosis, 666 
symptoms, 662 
synonyms, 662 
treatment, 666 
cicatrisata (Crocker), 668 
circumscripta, 662 
congenita, 655 
etiology, 656 
pathology, 656 
symptoms, 655 
synonyms, 655 



INDEX 



747 



Alopecia furfuracea, 657 

orbicularis (Neumann), 668 
prematura, 656 

definition, 656 
etiology, 656 
pathology, 658 
idiopathica, 657 
prognosis, 659 
symptomatica, 657 
symptoms, 656 
treatment, 659 
varieties, 656 
pityrodes, . 657 

in ringworm of the scalp, 407, 408 
seborrhceica circinata, 664 
senilis, 656 

symptoms, 656 
syphilitica, 658 
Alopecie, 655 

atropheante, 668 
congenitale, 655 
innominee (Besnier), 668 
Alphos, 97 

Alteration cavitaire, 379 
Alterations, objective, 17 

in pigment of the skin, 33 
qualitative, 33 
quantitative, 33 
Ammoniated mercury in eczema, 140, 142 
in impetigo contagiosa, 196 
in psoriasis, no 
in seborrhoea, 685 
Anaesthesia, 625 
Anaesthetic leprosy, 312 
Anaphylaxis in eczema, 127 
Anatomical wart, 249 
Anatomy of the skin, 1 
Anetodermia erythematodes, 524 
Anginoid scarlatina, 384 
Angiokeratom, 489 
Angiokeratoma, 489 
definition, 489 
diagnosis, 490 
etiology, 490 
pathology, 490 
prognosis, 490 
symptoms, 489 
synonyms, 489 
treatment, 490 
Angioma glomeruliforme, 587 
infective, 591 
serpiginosum, 591 
definition, 591 
diagnosis, 592 
etiology, 592 
pathology, 592 
prognosis, 593 



Angioma serpiginosum, symptoms, 591 
synonyms, 591 
treatment, 593 
simplex, 587 
Angiomyoma, 578 
Angioneurosis, 66 
Angioneurotic oedema, 65 
Angioplastic sarcoma, reticulated, 592 
Ani, eczema, 126 
Anidrosis, 711 

definition, 711 
symptoms, 711 
treatment, 711 
Animal parasitic diseases, 437 

ankylostomiasis cutis, 455 
brown-tail moth dermatitis, 

452 
cimex lectularius, 443 
copra itch, 451 
craw-craw, 460 
cysticercus cellulosae cutis, 

454 
demodex folliculorum, 458 
dermanyssus avium et gal- 

linae, 456 
dracontiasis, 456 
echinococcus cutis, 457 
grain itch, 450 
ixodes, 454 
larva migrans, 458 
leptus, 452 
oestrus, 455 
pediculosis, 437 
pulex irritans, 443 
penetrans, 433 
scabies, 444 
Ankylostomiasis cutis, 455 
Ankylostomum dermatitis, 455 

duodenale, 455 
Annular granuloma, 572 
psoriasis, 97 
syphiloderm, 273 
Annulus migrans, 733 
Anomaliae pigmentationis, 530 
Anomalies of pigmentation, 530 
albinismus, 537 
argyria, 538 
chloasma, 531 
lentigo, 530 
tinea versicolor, 540 
tattooing, 538 
vitiligo, 534 
Anonychia, 635 
Anthrasol in alopecia, 661 
in psoriasis, 109 
in seborrhoea, 685 
Anthrax, 230, 338 



748 



INDEX 



Anthrax, definition, 338 
diagnosis, 339 
etiology, 339 
pathology, 339 
prognosis, 340 
symptoms, 338 
synonyms, 338 
treatment, 340 
simplex, 230 
Antifebrin, 216 

Antimony (tartar emetic, eruption, 216 
in psoriasis, 107 
in skin diseases, 41 
Antipruritics, 47 
Antipyrin eruption, 216 
in skin diseases, 41 
Antiseptics, 47 
Antitoxin eruption, 217 
Antrum of Highmore in etiology, 27 
Anus, eczema of, 126, 147 

pruritus of, 627 
Aplasia pillorum intermittens, 648 
Appendages, diseases of, 634 
Apthae, 742 

Aphthous stomatitis, 742 
definition, 742 
diagnosis, 743 
etiology, 743 
pathology, 743 
symptoms, 742 
synonyms, 742 
treatment, 743 
Arc-light in psoriasis, no 
Area Celsi, 662 
Argyria, 538 
Arrectores pilorum, 7 
Arsenic in alopecia areata, 666 
in eczema, 139 
in epithelioma, 606 
in acne vulgaris, 698 
in dermatitis herpetiformis, 176 
in lichen planus, 89 
in lupus vulgaris, 247 
in pemphigus, 188 
in psoriasis, 105, 106 
in skin diseases, 40 
Arsenical herpes zoster, 162 
eruption, 217 
keratosis, 215 
pigmentation, 33, 216 
Arsenobenzol in skin diseases, 40, 303, 305 
Arthritis in erythema multiforme, 54 
Arzneiexantheme, 215 
Aspergillus, 343 
Asphyxie locale et gangrene symmetrique 

des cxtremites, 204 
Aspirin eruption, 217, 219 



Asteatodes, 680 
Asteatosis, 680 
definition, 680 
symptoms, 680 
synonyms, 680 
treatment, 681 
Astringents, 47 

in hyperidrosis, 714 
Atheroma, 691 
Atophan eruption, 217 
Atoxyl in psoriasis, 107 
in skin diseases, 40 
Atrophia cutis idiopathica, 520 
senilis, 522 

definition, 522 
etiology, 522 
pathology, 523 
symptoms, 522 
synonyms, 522 
treatment, 523 
pilorum propria, 645 
striata et maculosa, 523 
unguium, 635 

etiology, 366 
symptoms, 635 
synonyms, 635 
treatment, 637 
Atrophias, 520 
Atrophies, 520 
ainhum, 526 

atrophia cutis senilis, 522 
dermatitis chronica atrophicans, 

520 
glossy skin, 529 
kraurosis vulvas, 525 
perforating ulcer of the foot, 527 
strias et maculae atrophicae, 523 
Atrophoderma neuriticum, 529 
pigmentosum, 612 
"striatum et maculatum, 523 
senilis, 522 
Atrophy of the nails, 635 
of the rete mucosum, 30 
of the skin, senile, 522 
Atropin eruption, 217 

in hyperidrosis, 714 
Audry's erythemato-sclerose du dos des 
mains, 572 
photidrose, 718 
Auftreibung und Bersten der Haare 

(Beigle), 646 
Aussatz, 307 

Autogenous vaccines in acne vulgaris, 698 
Autographism, 59 
Autoserums, 42 



INDEX 



749 



Baccillus acnes, 675, 696 
anthracis, 338, 339 
lepras, 319 
mallei, 340-342 

multiformis trichorrhexides, 648 
pyocyaneus in treatment of anthrax, 

340 

tuberculosis in lupus vulgaris, 242 
Bacterium fcetidum, 717 
Bacteriology of furunculus, 228 

of impetigo contagiosa, 195 

of leprosy, 319 

of pityriasis rosea, 114 
Baldness, 655 
Bald ringworm, 408, 409 
Balggeschwulst, 691 
Ballooned cells, 31 

"Ballooning colliquation " of Unna, 163 
Balsam of Peru in scabies, 449 
Balzer et Menetrier's adenomes sebaces, 

557 
Bandages to the legs, in eczema, 148 
Band-like distribution of lesions in lichen 

planus, 86 
Barbadoes leg, 514 
Barber's itch, 410 
false, 193 
Barium sulphide paste in hypertrichosis, 

644 
Barley itch, 450 
Bartfinne, 676 
Bases, ointment, 44 
Bastard measles, 391 
Bath pruritus, 626 
Bathing-trunk nasvus, 594 
Baths in psoriasis, 108 

in skin diseases, 43 
Bat's-wing disease, 358 
Bazin's acne varioliformis, 544 

buccal psoriasis, 727 

disease, 257 

hydrca bulleux, 170 
vacciniforme, 165 
Bead-like border in epithelioma, 605 
Beard, eczema of, 124, 146 

ringworm of, 410 

treatment of ringworm of, 429 
Bed-bug, 443 
Bed, nail, 13 
Beerschwam, 347 
Beigle's Auftreibung und Bersten der 

Haare, 646 
Belladonna eruption, 217 

in hyperidrosis, 714 
Benign cystic epithelioma, 551 

epithelioma of the scalp, 556 



Benign sarcoid (Galewski), 572 

miliary, 26 d. 
Benzoic acid eruption, 218 
Besnier's acne sebacee huileuse, 681 
alopecie innominee, 668 
myome dartoique, 577 
Betanaphthol in acne, 701 
in alopecia areata, 667 
in psoriasis, no 
in ringworm, 427 
in scabies, 449 
in skin diseases, 40 
Bettwanze, 443 
Beverages in eczema, 137 
Bichloride of mercury in acne, 700 
Biett's erytheme centrifuge, 357 
Biological tests in general diagnosis, 37 
Bird mite, 456 
Biskra button, 344 
Bismuth in eczema, 140, 147 
Blackhead, 686 
Black measles, 389 
smallpox, 376 
tongue, 737 

definition, 737 
diagnosis, 739 
etiology, 738 
pathology, 738 
symptoms, 737 
synonyms, 737 
treatment, 739 
wash in eczema, 139 
Blaschen, 17 
Blaschenflechte, 154 
Blasen, 17 

Blasenausschlag, 178 
Blastomyces, 328 
Blastomycetic dermatitis, 325 
Blastomycose cutanee, 328 
Blastomycosis cutis, 328 
definition, 328 
diagnosis, 332 
etiology, 330 
pathology, 330 
prognosis, 332 
symptoms, 328 
synonyms, 328 
treatment, 332 
Blattern, 373 
Blebs, 17, 19 

in dermatitis herpetiformis, 171 
formation, 31 
in leprosy, 313 

in pemphigus, 178 180, 182, 183, 186- 
188 
Blind boil, 228 
Blister, fever, 154 



750 



INDEX 



Blisters, 17 

Blix's studies on sensation, 16 

Bloody sweat, 719 

Blood-vessels of the skin, 4 

Bluish discoloration of skin in cocaine 

habitues, 540 
Blutschwar, 227 
Blutschweiss, 719 
Blutschwitzen, 719 
Blutfleckenkranheit, 461 
Bockhardt's impetigo, 31, 194 
Bodies, molluscum, 545, 548 
Body, favus of, 399 

ringworm of, 411 

treatment of, 429 
Boeck's multiple benign sarcoid, 264 
Boil, 227 

Aleppo, 344 

Delhi, 344 

Oriental, 344 
Bone deposits in the skin, 579 
Bordet's observations in syphilis, 301 
Boric acid eruption, 218 

solution in eczema, 139 
Borken, 20 \ 
Bot-fly, 455 
Botryomyces, 235 
Botryomycose humaine (Poncet and Dor) , 

234 
Botryomycosis, 234 
Boubas (Brazil), 347 
Bouton d'Alep, 344 
Bowditch Island ringworm, 430 
Brachial zoster, 160 
Brandschwar, 230 
Breasts, eczema of, 125 

Paget's disease of, 607 
Bridon, 741 

Bri don's exfoliatio areata linguae, 733 
Brocq's dermatite polymorphe douleureuse, 
170 

hyperidrose huileuse, 681 

neoplasie circinee et nodulaire, 572 
Bromide eruptions, 218 
Bromidrose, 717 
Bromidrosis, 712, 717 

definition, 717 

etiology, 717 

pathology, 717 

symptoms, 717 

synonyms, 717 

treatment, 718 
Bromhidrosis, 717 
Bromoderma, 218 

Bronchopneumonia in measles, 390 
Brooke's paste, 198 
Brown pigment, 4 



Brown-tail moth dermatitis, 452 

treatment, 452 
Bruck's observations in syphilis, 301 
Buccal psoriasis, 727 
Bucnemia tropica, 514 
Buds, farcy, 341 
Buffalo gnat, 369 
Bug, harvest, 452 
Bulb of the hair, 8 
Bullae, 17, 19 

formation, 31 
Bulles, 17 
Bullous erythema multiforme, 51, 53 

syphilis in infants, 296 

syphiloderm, 286 

urticaria, 58 
Burmese family, 642 
Burns of the skin, 208 
Burrows in scabies, 444 
Butterfly disease, 358 
Buttocks, Paget's disease of, 610 
Button, Biskra, 344 

scurvy, 347 

O 

Cachexia thyropriva, 512 
Cachexie pachydermique, 512 
Cacodylate of soda in psoriasis, 106 

in skin diseases, 40 
Calomel in eczema, 140, 142, 147 

in urticaria, 62 
Caloric dermatitis, 208 
Callositas, 470 

definition, 470 

etiology, 470 

pathology, 470 

symptoms, 470 

synonyms, 470 

treatment, 470 
Callosite, 470 
Callosity, 470 
Callus, 470 
Calvities, 655 
Campbell and Head's observations in 

herpes zoster, 163 
Cancer en cuirasse, 602 

epithelial, 598 

of the skin, 598 

of stomach in causation of skin dis- 
eases, 26 
Cancroid, 398 
Canities, 670 

definition, 670 

etiology, 671 

pathology, 671 

prognosis, 672 

symptoms, 670 



INDEX 



751 



Canities, synonyms, 670 

treatment, 672 

congenita, 670 

prematura, 670 

senilis, 670 

unguium, 636 
Canitle annelee, 671 
Cantharides in alopecia prematura, 660 
Caraate, 435 
Carate, 435 

Carbolic acid in eczema, 148 
in pruritus, 629 
in psoriasis, 107 
Carbon dioxide in lupus vulgaris, 248 

"snow, " in lupus erythematosus, 
366 
in naevus, 589 

pigmentosus, 597 
Carboncle, 230 
Carbuncle, 230 
Carbunculus, 230 

definition, 230 

diagnosis, 231 

etiology, 230 

pathology, 231 

prognosis, 231 

symptoms, 230 

synonyms, 230 

treatment, 231 
Carcinoma cutis, 598 

lenticulare, 602 

of the skin, 598 

tuberosum, 603 
Carrion's disease, 350 
Cascadoe, 430 

Catarrhal symptoms in measles, 388 
Cathartics in skin diseases, 39 
Causalgia, 529, 631 
Causes of angioneurotic oedema, 66 

of eczema, 126 
external, 128 

of erythema multiforme, 53 
nodosum, 56 

of herpes zoster, 162 

of lupus vulgaris, 242 

of psoriasis, 99 

of skin diseases, 24 

of urticaria, 60 

pigmentosa, 63 
Caustics, 47 

in epithelioma, 606 
Cautery in lupus vulgaris, 241 
Cells, 32 

giant, 32 

prickle, 3 

rete mucosum, 3 

stratum corneum, 2 



Cells, stratum granulosum, 2 

xanthoma, 582, 583 
Cellular exudate, 31 
Central canalization, 363 
Cerumen, 13 

Cervico-brachial zoster, 160 
Chalazodermia, 518 
Chancre, 268 

Hunterian, 268 
Charbon, 338 
Chaulmoogra oil, 322 
Cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 
definition, 740 
diagnosis, 741 
etiology, 740 
pathology, 740 
prognosis, 741 
symptoms, 740 
synonyms, 740 
treatment, 741 
glandularis, 739 
definition, 739 
diagnosis, 740 
etiology, 739 
pathology, 739 
prognosis, 740 
symptoms, 739 
synonyms, 739 
treatment, 740 
opostematosa, 739 
Cheiropompholyx (Hutchinson), 167 
Cheloid, 566 
Chelo'ide, 566 
Chemicel dermatitis, 212 
irraants in eczema, 128 
rays in causation of skin diseases, 

28 
reaction of keratohyalin, 2 
treatment of lupus vulgaris, 247 
Chicken louse, 456 
Chickenpox, 393 
Chignon disease, 652 
Chigoe, 453 
Chilblain (pernio), 49 
Children, urticaria in, 60 
Chloasma, 531 

definition, 531 
diagnosis, 533 
etiology, 532 
pathology, 532 
prognosis, 533 
symptoms, 531 
synonyms, 531 
treatment, 533 
idiopathica, 531 
symptomaticum, 532 
uterinum, 532 



752 



INDEX 



Chloral eruption, 219 

in alopecia, 661 
Chromatophores, 7 
Chromidrosis, 715 
definition, 715 
diagnosis, 716 
etiology, 716 
pathology, 716 
prognosis, 716 
symptoms, 715 
synonyms, 715 
treatment, 716 
Chromophytosis, 540 
Chronic excoriation of the tongue, 735 
leg ulcer, 148 
pemphigus, 180 

symptoms, 180 
synonym, 180 
Chrysarobin in eczema, 143 
in ringworm, 428 
in psoriasis, 108 
in tinea imbricata, 
Cicatrice, 570 
Cicatrices, 20, 22 
Cicatricial keloid, 567 
Cicatrix, 570 

definition, 570 
etiology, 571 
pathology, 571 
symptoms, 570 
synonyms, 570 
treatment, 570 
Cilia, 8 

Cimex lectularius, 443 
synonyms, 443 
treatment, 443 
Circinate pemphigus, 180 
psoriasis, 97 
syphiloderm, 273 
squamous, 291 
Circulation, lymphatic, of the skin, 5 

vascular, of the skin, 4 
Circumscribed hypertrophy of the rete 
mucosum, 30 
kerators, 29 
scleroderma, 506, 507 
diagnosis, 509 
etiology, 508 
pathology, 508 
prognosis, 509 
symptoms, 506 
treatment, 509 
Citrine ointment in pinta 436 
Clastothrix, 646 
Clavus, 469 

definition, 469 
etiology, 469 



Clavus, pathology, 469 

symptoms, 469 

synonyms, 469 

treatment, 469 
Climate in skin diseases, 24 
Clinical varieties of psoriasis, 97) 
Clothing in causation of skin diseases, 25 

in eczema, 137 

in therapeutics, 39 
Clou de Biskra, 344 

de Gafsa, 344 
Coal-tar in psoriasis, 109 

in eczema, 139, 141, 142 
Cochin-China leg, 514 
Coccogenic sycosis, .676 
Cod-liver oil, 40 

in acne vulgaris, 698 
Coffee in eczema, 137 
Coil-glands, 411 

Colcott Fox's ringed eruption, 572 
Cole and Ruh's pemphigoid, 195 
Cold, abscess, 259 

cream in eczema, 140 

dermatitis, 209 

in eczema, 129 

freckles, 530 

sore, 149, 154 
Collagen, 4 
Collar, pellagrous, 367 

of Venus, 285 
Collastin, 363 
Collodion in eczema, 147 

in herpes zoster, 165 

in psoriasis, 108 
Colloid degeneration of the corium, 33 
of the skin, 584 
definition, 584 
diagnosis, 586 
etiology, 585 
pathology, 586 
prognosis, 586 
symptoms, 584 
synonyms, 584 
treatment, 586 

milium, 584 
Colloidoma miliare, 584 
Columnar adiposas in carbun cuius, 231 
Color of lesions in lichen planus, 84 
in syphilis, 269, 300 

of the skin, 1, 7 
Colored sweating, 715 
Comedo, 686 

definition, 686 

diagnosis, 689 

etiology, 687 

pathology, 687 

prognosis, 689 



INDEX 



753 



Comedo, symptoms, 686 

synonyms, 686 

treatment, 689 

extractors, 689 

Comedon, 686 

Complement fixation test in general diag- 
nosis, 37 
Complications of lupus vulgaris, 241 
of measles, 390 
of scarlatina, 385 
of varicella, 396 
Concentrated light, 47 
Condyloma acuminatum, 503 
definition, 503 
diagnosis, 504 
etiology, 504 
pathology, 504 
prognosis, 504 
symptoms, 503 
synonyms, 503 
treatment, 504 
flat, 286 
Condylomata lata, 274 
Condylome acumine, 503 
Confluent smallpox, 376 
Congelatio, 209 
Congenital pemphigus, 190 

syphilis, 286, 295 
Congestions, erythema ab igne, 48 
caloricum, 48 
intertrigo, 49 
pernio, 49 
simplex, 48 
traumaticum, 49 
venenatum, 49 
Conical papular syphiloderm, 276 
Constitutional disease in causation of 
skin diseases, 26 
treatment, 39 
Contractions in leprosy, 316 
Copaiba eruption, 219 
Copper color of lesions in syphilis, 269, 300 
Copra itch, 451 
Cor, 469 
Corium, 4 

blood-vessels of, 4 
corpuscles of, 5 
of Krause, 5 
of Meissner, 5 
of Vater, 5 

of Wagner (Tastkorperchen), 5 
degeneration of, 33 
hair in, 8 
muscle of, 7 

Pacinian corpuscles of, 4, 5 
Rufrini corpuscles, 6 
Merkel's corpuscles, 6 

48 



Corium, pars papillaris, 4 
pars reticularis, 4 
sebaceous glands of, 10 
sweat-glands, 11 

tactile corpuscles (Tastkorperchen), 5 
Corn, 469 

Corne de la peau, 471 
Corneous layer of the epidermis, 1 

papules, 272 
Cornifi cation in psoriasis, 103 
Cornu cutaneum, 471 
definition, 471 
diagnosis. 471 
etiology, 4^1 
pathology, 471 
prognosis, 471 
treatment, 471 
humanum, 471 
Corona veneris, 272, 300 
Corps ronds, 481 
Corpuscles of Krause (Kolbenkorperchen) 

5 

of Meissner, 5 

Merkel's, 6 

molluscum, 548 

Pacinian, 4 

Rufrini, 6 

tactile (Tastkorperchen), 5 

of Vater, 5 

of Wagner (Tastkorperchen), 5 
Cortex of the hair, 8 
Coster's paste in ringworm of the scalp, 

427 
Cosme's. paste in lupus vulgaris, 247 
Couperose, 702 1 

Course of angioneurotic oedema, 65, 66 

of dermatitis exfoliativa epidemica, .72 
exfoliativa, 69 
herpetiformis, 171 

of eczema, 118, 132 

of erythema nodosum, 57 

of herpes simplex, 157 

of hydroa vacciniformis, 165 

of leprosy, 312 

of lichen planus, 85 

of lupus vulgaris, 239 

of pityriasis rosea, 112 
rubra pilaris, 94, 

of prurigo, 78 

of psoriasis, 98 

of urticaria, 59 

pigmentosa, 63 
Crab lice, 441 

yaws, 348 
Crateriform ulcer, 599 
Craw-craw, 460 
Creasote in skin diseases, 40 



754 



INDEX 



Creeping eruption, 458 
Cretinoid cedema, 512 
Critical sweats, 723 
Crocker's acne agminata, 708 

acrodermatitis pustulosa hiemalis,2io 

alopecia cicatrisata, 668 

seborrheica circinata, 664 

dermatitis repens, 197 

erythema elevatum diutinum, 572 

exclamation -point hairs, 663 

treatment of psoriasis, no 

views on psoriasis, 98, 100 
Crossed hyperidrosis, 713 
Croton oil in ringworm, 428 
Croutes, 20 
Crustae, 20 
Crusts, 20, 21 
Cuboidal cell, 32 
Culex fatigans, 516 
Cuniculus in scabies, 444 
Cups of favus, 399 
Cutaneous horn, 471 

symptoms of syphilis, 269 
Cuticula pili, 8 
Cuticle of the hair, 8 
Cutis anserina, 7, 476 

blastomycosis, 328-331 

carcinoma, 598 

cysticercus cellulosae, 454 

ecchinococcus, 458 

endothelioma, 556 

laxa, 518 

leukaemia, 622 

osteoma, 579 

pendula, 518 

pseudoleukaemia, 622, 623 

sarcoma, 616 

trypanosomiasis, 372 

tuberculosis miliaris, 256 

verrucosa, 249, 250, 252 

verticis gyrata, 518, 519 
Cyclaster scarlatinalis, 386 
Cysts of the coil-ducts, 720 

ecchinococcus, 457 

sebaceous, 691 
Cysticercus cellullosae cutis, 454 
Cystic epithelioma, benign, 551 
Cytoryctes vaccinae, 378 



Dandruff, 682 

Darier's disease, 30, 477 

dystrophie papillaire et pigmentaire, 
491 
Darier-Roussy's sarcoid, 265 
Das sklerodem, 511 
Decollement des ongles, 636 



Deep ringworm, 415, 417, 424 
Definition of acanthosis nigricans, 491 
of acne rosacea, 702 
varioliformis, 706 
vulgaris, 693 
of acrodynia, 371 
of actinomycosis, 335 
of adenoma sebaceum, 557 
of ainhum, 526 
of albinismus, 537 
of alopecia, 655 

areata, 662 
of anaesthesia, 625 
of angioma, 586 

serpiginosum, 591 
of angiokeratoma, 489 
of angioneurotic cedema, 65 
of anidrosis, 711 
of ankylostomiasis cutis, 455 
of anthrax, 338 
of aphthous stomatitis, 742 
of asteatosis, 680 
of atrophia cutis senilis, 522 
of black tongue, 737 
of blastomycosis cutis, 328 
of bromidrosis, 717 
of callositas, 470 
of canities, 670 
of carbunculus, 230 
of cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 

glandularis, 739 
of chloasma, 531 
of chromidrosis, 715 
of cicatrix, 570 
of clavus, 469 

of colloid degeneration of the skin, 584 
of comedo, 686 

of condyloma acuminatum, 503 
of cornu cutaneum, 471 
of dermatitis, 207 

chronica atrophicans, 520 

exfoliativa, 66 

epidemica, 71 
neonatorum, 76 

factitia, 221 

gangraenosa symmetrica, 204 

repens, 197 

seborrhoeicum, 149 

venenata, 211 
of dermatomyoma, 577 
of dracontiasis, 456 
of drug dermatoses, 215 
of ecthyma, 226 
of elephantiasis, 514 
of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria, 

190 
of equinia, 340 



INDEX 



755 



Definition of epithelioma, 598 
of erysipelas, 231 
of erysipeloid, 233 
of erythema induratum, 257 

multiforme, 51 

nodosum, 55 

scarlatiniforme, 73 
of erythrasma, 434 
of erythromelalgia, 632 
of exfoliatio areata linguae, 733 
of favus, 398 
of fibroma, 562 
of folliculitis decalvans, 668 
of fragilitas crinium, 645 
of frambcesia, 347 
of furur cuius, 227 
of gangosa, 352 
of glossy skin, 529 
of grain itch, 450 
of granuloma annulare, 572 

fungoides, 323 

inguinale tropicum, 354 

pyogenicum, 234 
of granulosis rubra nasi, 724 
of haematidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 154 

zoster, 158 
of hidrocystoma, 720 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 165 
of hyperesthesia, 625 
of hypertrichosis, 642 
of ichthyosis, 493 
of impetigo contagiosa, 191 
of keloid, 566 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 486 

follicularis, 477 

palmse et plantae, 482 

pilaris, 474 

senilis, 472 
of kraurosis vulvae, 525 
of larva migrans, 458 
of lentigo, 530 
of lepra, 307 
of lepothrix, 653 
of leucoplakia, 727 
of lichen planus, 81 

scrofulosorum, 261 

simplex chronicus, 91 
of lipoma, 575 
of lupus erythematosus, 357 

vulgaris, 236 
of lymphangioma, 559 

circumscriptum, 559 
of measles, 388 
of meralgia paraesthetica, 633 
of miliaria, 721 

crystallina, 723 



Definition of miliary fever, 724 
of milium, 690 
of Moller's glossitis, 735 
of monilethrix, 648 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 264 
of mycetoma, 342 
of myxcedema, 512 
of naevus pigmentosus, 593 

vascularis, 587 
of neuroma, 578 
of oedema neonatorum, 511 
of onychauxis, 634 
of onychia, 637 
of onychomycosis, 639 
of Oriental sore, 344 
of Paget 's disease, 607 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 254 
of paraffinoma, 575 
of parapsoriasis, no 
of pediculosis, 437 
of pellagra, 367 
of pemphigus, 178 

of perforating ulcer of the foot, 527 
of perleche, 741 
of phosphoridrosis, 718 
of piedra, 652 
of pinta, 435 
of pityriasis rosea, 112. 

rubra pilaris, 93 
of plica, 651 
of pompholyx, 167 
of porokeratosis, 487 
o^ prurigo, yj 

nodularis, 80 
of pruritus, 626 
of psoriasis, 97 
of purpura, 461 
of rhinoscleroma, 355 
of Ritter's disease, 76 
of rubella, 391 
of sarcoma cutis, 616 
of scabies, 444 
of scarlatina, 382 
of sclerema neonatorum, 510 
of scleroderma, 505 
of scorbutus, 466 
of seborrhcea, 681 
of smallpox, 373 
of sporotrichosis, 333 
of steatoma, 691 

of striae et maculae atrophicae, 523 
of sycosis vulgaris, 676 
of syphilis, 267 
of telangiectasis, 590 
of tinea imbricata, 430 

versicolor, 540 
of trichoepithelioma, 551 



756 



INDEX 



Definition of trichophytosis, 406 

of trichorrhexis nodosa, 646 

of trypanosomiasis cutis, 372 

of uridrosis, 718 

of urticaria, 58 

of varicella, 393 

of verruca, 498 

of verruga peruana, 350 

of vitiligo, 534 

of xanthoma, 580 

of xeroderma pigmentosum, 612 
Defluvium capillorum, 657 
Degeneration of the skin, colloid, 32, 584 
fatty, 32 
hyaline, 33 
myxomatous, 33 
Delhi boil, 344 
Dementia in pellagra, 368 
Demodex folliculorum, 458, 688 
Depilatories, 644 
Derma, 4 
Dermalgie, 631 
Dermamyiasis linearis migrans cestrosa, 

458 
Dermanysse des oiseaux, 456 
Dermanyssus avium et gallinae, 456 
Dermatalgia, 631 
definition, 631 
diagnosis, 631 
etiology, 631 
prognosis, 631 
symptoms, 631 
synonyms, 631 
treatment, 631 
Dermatite exfoliatrice, 66 

polymorphe douleureuse (Brocq), 170 
pustuleuse chronique en foyers a 
progression excentrique, 199 
Dermatitis, 31, 207 
a frigore, 209 
ankylostomum, 455 
artefacta, 221 
artrophicans maculosa, 520 
blastomycetica, 328 
brown-tail moth, 452 
bullosa hereditaria, 190 
calorica, 208 
chronica atrophicans, 520 
definition, 520 
diagnosis, 522 
etiology, 522 
pathology, 522 
prognosis, 522 
symptoms, 520 
synonyms, 520 
treatment, 522 



Dermatitis congelationis, 209 
contusiformis, 55 
epidemica, 71 
exfoliativa, 66 

definition, 66 
diagnosis, 70 
etiology, 69 
pathology, 70 
prognosis, 71 
symptoms, 67 
synonyms, 66 
treatment, 71 
epidemica, 71 

definition, 71 

diagnosis, 73 

etiology, 72 

pathology, 72 

prognosis, 73 

symptoms, 72 

synonyms, 71 

treatment, 73 
neonatorum, 76 

definition, 76 

diagnosis, 77 

etiology, 76 

pathology, 76 

prognosis, 77 

symptoms, 76 

synonyms, 76 

treatment, 76 
factitia, 221 

definition, 221 
diagnosis, 223 
etiology, 223 
symptoms, 221 
synonyms, 221 
treatment, 224 
gangrenosa, 200 
adultorum, 202 

etiology, 203 

pathology, 203 

prognosis, 203 

symptoms, 202 

treatment, 203 
diabeticorum, 203 
infantum, 200 

diagnosis, 201 

etiology, 201 

pathology, 201 

prognosis, 201 

symptoms, 200 

synonyms, 200 

treatment, 201 
symmetrica (Raynaud's disease), 
204 

definition, 204 

diagnosis, 206 



INDEX 



757 



Dermatitis gangrasnosa symmetrica, etiol- 
ogy, 205 
pathology, 206 
prognosis, 206 
symptoms, 204 
synonyms, 294 
treatment, 206 
herpetiformis, 170 
course, 170, 171 
definition, 170 
diagnosis, 175 
etiology, 174 
pathology, 174 
prognosis, 175 
symptoms, 170 
synonyms, 170 
treatment, 176 
varieties, 171 
malignant papillary, 607 
medicamentosa, 6, 215 
papillaris capillitii, 673 
definition, 673 
diagnosis, 675 
etiology, 674 
pathology, 674 
prognosis, 675 
symptoms, 673 
synonyms, 673 
treatment, 675 
pellagrous, 367, 370 
psoriasiformis nodularis (Jadassohn), 

no 
repens, 197 

definition, 197 
diagnosis, 198 
etiology, 197 
pathology, 197 
prognosis, 198 
symptoms, 197 
synonyms, 197 
treatment, 198 
scarlatiniformis recidivans, 73 
seborrhoeica, 149 
definition, 149 
diagnosis, 153 
etiology, 152 
pathology, 152 
prognosis, 153 
symptoms, 149 
synonyms, 149 
treatment, 154 
vegetans, 199 
venenata, 211 

definition, 211 
diagnosis, 214 
etiology, 212 
pathology, 214 



Dermatitis venenata, prognosis, 214 
symptoms, 211 
treatment, 214 

uncinarial, 455 
Dermatographism, 59, 533 
Dermatolysis, 518 

symptoms, 518 

synonyms, 518 
Dermatomycosis furfuracea, 540 
Dermatomyoma, 577 

definition, 577 

diagnosis, 578 

etiology, 578 

pathology, 578 

prognosis, 578 

symptoms, 577 

synonyms, 577 

treatment, 578 
Dermatophilus penetrans, 453 
Dermatoses, drug, 215 
Dermatosis, Kaposi, 612 
Desquamation aberrante en aires de la 

langue, 733 
Desquamation in erythema scarlatini- 
forme, 75 

in scarlatina, 383 
Desquamative scarlatiniform erythema, 73 
Destot's inoculation of psoriasis, 101 
Devergie's trichoptilose, 646 
Dhobie itch, 413 
Diachylon ointment, 45 

in hyperidrosis, 715 
Diabetes as a cause of eczema, 128 
Diabetic gangrene, 203 
Diagnosis, 35 

age in, 35 

biological test in, 37 

general, 35 

history in, 37 

occupation in, 36 

of acanthosis nigricans, 492 

of acne rosacea, 703 
varioliformis, 708 
vulgaris, 696 

of acnitis, 709 

of actinomycosis, 337 

of adenoma sebaceum, 558 

of alopecia areata, 665 

of angiokeratoma, 490 

of angioma serpiginosum, 592 

of angioneurotic oedema, 66 

of anthrax, 339 

of aphthous stomatitis, 743 

of black tongue, 739 

of blastomycosis cutis, 332 

of bullous syphiloderm, 286 

of carbunculus, 231 



u 



758 



INDEX 



Diagnosis of carcinoma cutis, 605 
of cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 

glandularis, 740 
of chloasma, 533 
of chromidrosis, 716 
of colloid degeneration of the skin, 586 
of comedo, 689 

of condyloma acuminatum, 504 
of cysticercus, 454 
of dermatalgia, 631 
of dermatitis chronica atrophicans, 520 
exfoliativa, 70 

epidemica, 72 
neonatorum, 77 
factitia, 223 

gangrasnosa symmetrica, 206 
herpetiformis, 175 
papillaris capillitii, 675 
repens, 198 
seborrhceica, 153 
venenata, 214 
of dermatomyoma, 578 
of drug dermatoses, 220 
of ecthyma, 227 
of eczema, 132 
of elephantiasis, 517 
of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria, 

191 
of epithelioma, 605 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 549 
of equinia, 342 
of erysipelas, 233 
of erysipeloid, 234 
of erythema induratum, 259 
multiforme, 54 
nodosum, 57 
scarlatiniforme, 75 
of erythematous syphiloderm, 271 
of erythrasma, 434 
of erythromelalgia, 633 
of exfoliatio areata linguae, 735 
of favus, 404 
of fibroma, 565 
of follicular syphiloderm, 277 
of folliculitis decalvans, 668 
of Fordyce's disease, 744 
of frambcesia, 349 
of furunculus, 229 
of gangosa, 353 
of granuloma annulare, 574 
fungoides, 327 
inguinale tropicum, 354 
pyogenicum, 235 
rubra nasi, 725 
of gumma, 294 
of haematidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 157 



Diagnosis of herpes zoster, 164 
of hidrocystoma, 721 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 616 
of ichthyosis, 497 
of impetigo contagiosa, 196 

Herpetiformis, 177, 178 
of keloid, 570 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 487 

follicularis, 481 

contagiosa, 482 

palmae et plantse, 485 

pilaris, 476 

senilis, 474 
of leprosy, 320 
of leucoplakia, 731 
of leukaemia cutis, 624 
of lichen nitidus, 90 

pilaris seu spinulosus, 477 

planus, 88 

scrofulosorum, 263 

simplex chronica, 92 
of lipoma, 597 
of lupus erythematosus, 363 

vulgaris, 244 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 56 1 
of measles, 391 
of miliaria crystallina, 723 
of milium, 691 
of Moller's glossitis, 736 
of monilethrix, 651 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 267 
of mycetoma, 344 
of myxcedema, 513 
of naevus pigmentosus, 597 

vascularis, 589 
of neuroma, 579 
of nodular syphiloderm, 290 
of oedema neonatorum, 512 
of onychomycosis, 641 
of Oriental sore, 346 
of Paget's disease, 612 
of papular syphiloderm, 275 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 255 
of paraffinoma, 575 
of parapsoriasis, 112 
of pediculosis capitis, 438 

corporis, 439 

pubis, 442 
of pellagra, 371 
of pemphigus, 185 
of perforating ulcer of the foot, 528 
of perleche, 742 
of piedra, 653 

of pigmentary syphilide, 285 
of pityriasis rosea, 115 

rubra pilaris, 95 
of pompholyx, 169 



INDEX 



759 



Diagnosis of porokeratosis, 489 
of prurigo, 79 

nodularis, 80 
of pruritus, 628 

of pseudoxanthoma elasticum, 584 
of psoriasis, 103 
of pinta, 437 
of purpura, 463 

annularis telangiectodes, 466 
of pustular syphiloderm, 284 
of rhinoscleroma, 357 
of ringworm of the beard, 411 

of the scalp, 409 
of rubella, 393 
of sarcoma, 621 
of scabies, 448 
of scarlatina, 386 
of sclerema neonatorum, 511 
of scleroderma, 509 
of scorbutus, 467 
of scrofuloderma, 260 
of seborrhcea, 683 
of smallpox, 379 
of sporotrichosis, 334 
of squamous syphiloderm, 293 
of steatoma, 692 
of straw itch, 451 
of striae et maculae atrophica?, 525 
of sycosis vulgaris, 679 
of syringocystoma, 555 
of syphilis, 269, 271, 275, 277, 278, 

284, 286, 290, 293, 294, 300 
of tinea imbricata, 433 

versicolor, 542 
of trichoepithelioma, 552 
of tuberculosis miliaris cutis, 257 

verrucosa cutis, 252 
of urticaria, 61 

pigmentosa, 65 
of varicella, 396 
of verruca, 501 
• of verruga peruana, 352 
of vesicular syphiloderm, 278 
of vitiligo, 536 
of xanthoma, 582 
of xeroderma pigment 3sum, 615 
race in, 35 
sex in, 35 
Diarrhoea in pellagra, 367 
Diet in acne rosacea, 704 

angioneurotic oedema, 66 
eczema, 137 
infantile eczema, 143 
psoriasis, 105 
in skin diseases, 38 
in urticaria, 62 
Dietetic disturbances in pellagra, 369 



Diffuse idiopathic atrophy, 520 
psoriasis, 97 
scleroderma, 505 
Digitalis eruption, 219 
Diminished sweating, 711 
Dioxydiaminoarsenobenzol, 303, 305 
Diphtheria of the skin, 206 
Dipterocarpus laevis, 322 
Discoloration of the hair, 672 
Discomyces, 343 
Diseases, animal parasitic, 437 
bat's-wing, 358 
butterfly, 358 
of the appendages, 634 
Carrion's, 350 
Darier's, 477 
Duhring's, 170 
Fordyce's, 743 

of the hair and hair follicles, 642 
alopecia, 655 
areata, 662 
congenita, 655 
prematura, 656 
senilis, 656 
atrophia pilorium propria, 645 
canities, 670 
dermatitis papillaris capillitii, 

673 

folliculitis decalvans, 668 
fragilitas crinium, 645 
hypertrichosis, 642 
lepothrix, 653 
monilethrix, 648 
piedra, 652 
plica, 651 

sycosis vulgaris, 676 
trichorrhexis nodosa, 646 
Hodgkin's, 622 
Milton's, 65 
of mucous membranes, 726 

aphthous stomatitis, 742 
black tongue, 737 
cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 

glandularis, 739 
exfoliatio areata linguae, 733 
Fordyce's disease, 743 
leucoplakia , 727 
lozenge-shaped median glos- 
sitis, 736 
Moller's glossitis, 735 
perleche, 741 
of the nails, 634 

onychauxis, 634 
onychia, 637 
onychomycosis, 639 
Paget's, 607 
Quincke's, 65 



-i 



760 



INDEX 



Diseases, Raynaud's, 204 
Ritter's, 76 
Schonlein's, 462 
Savill's, 71 

of sebaceous glands, 680 
acne, 693 

artificialis, 705 
rosacea, 702 
varioliformis, 706 
vulgaris, 693 
acneform inflammations, 

710 
acnitis, 708 
asteatosis, 680 
comedo, 686 
milium, 689 
seborrhcea, 681 
steatoma, 691 
of the skin, external treatment, 42 
congestions, 48 
exudations, 51 
general diagnosis, 35 
etiology, 24 
pathology, 29 
symptomatology, 1 7 
therapeutics, 38 
inflammations, 51 
internal or constitutional treat- 
ment, 39 
objective symptoms, 17 
subjective symptoms, 23 
sweat-glands, 711 
anidrosis, 711 
bromidrosis, 717 
chromidrosis, 715 
granulosis rubra nasi, 724 
hsematidrosis, 719 
hidrocystoma, 720 
hyperidrosis, 711 
miliaria, 721 

crystallina, 723 
miliary fever, 724 
phosphoridrosis, 718 
uridrosis, 718 
vegetable parasitic, 398 
wool-sorter's, 338 
Disseminate erythematous lupus, 361 

folliculitis, 253 
Disseminated follicular lupus, 708 

gangrene of the skin, 202 
Distribution of angioneurotic oedema, 65 
dermatitis seborrhceica, 150 
eruption in diagnosis, 36 
erythema nodosum, 56 
impetigo contagiosa, 192 
lepra, 307 
lesions in scabies, 444 



Distribution, lesions in dermatitis herpeti- 
formis, 171 
,in erythema multiforme, 52 
in urticaria, 58 

pigmentosa, 63 
lichen planus, 84 
lupus vulgaris, 237 
pityriasis rosea, 112, 113 
psoriasis, 98 
Divergie's pityriasis pilaris, 93 
Dog-faced man, 642 
Dracontiasis, 456 
definition, 456 
etiology, 457 
pathology, 457 
symptoms, 456 
synonyms, 456 
treatment, 457 
Dracunculus, 456 

medinesis, 456 
Dressings, gelatine, 46 
Drug dermatoses, 215 
definition, 215 
diagnosis, 220 
etiology, 220 
pathology, 220 
prognosis, 221 
symptoms, 215 
synonyms, 215 
treatment, 221 
varieties, 216 
eruptions, 215 

erythema multiforme, 54 
Drugs causing dermatitis herpetiformis, 174 
in psoriasis, 105 
in skin diseases, 39, 40 
in treatment of eczema, 138 
Dubreuilh's eruption chronique circinee de 

la main, 572 
Ducrey and Respighi's hyperkeratose 

figuree centrifuge atrophiante, 487 
Duct of sebaceous gland, 9 
Ductless glands in causation of skin dis- 
eases, 27 
Duhring's dermatitis herpetiformis, 170 
pruritus hiemalis, 626 
seborrhcea corporis, 149 
Duration of erythema nodosum, 56 

leprosy, 321 
Dusting powders, 44 

in eczema, 140 
in herpes zoster, 164 
Dysidrosis (Tilbury Fox), 167 
Dyspnoea in angioneurotic oedema, 65 
Dystrophic papillaire et pigmentaire 

(Darier), 491 
Dystrophies in leprosy, 317 



INDEX 



761 



E 
Ears, eczema of, 124 
Ecchymomata, 461 
Ecchymoses, 461 
Echinococcus cutis, 457 
Ecthyma, 226 

definition, 226 

diagnosis, 227 

etiology, 226 

pathology, 227 

symptoms, 226 

synonyms, 226 

treatment, 227 
Ecthymaform syphilid, 278 
Ecthyma, infantile gangrenous, 200 
Ecthyma terebrant, 200 
Eczema, 116 

course, 118 

definition, 116 

diagnosis, 132 

etiology, 120 

pathology, 129 

prognosis, 136 

symptoms, 117 

synonyms, 116 

treatment, 136 

varieties, 118 

acute, 138 

ani, 126 

of the anus, 126, 147 
lotion for, 148 

aurium, 1 24 

barbae, 124 

of the beard, 124 

of the breasts, 125 

capitis, 123 

causes, external, 128 
internal, 126 

craquele, 122, 123 

of the ears, 124 

erythematosum, 119 

of the eyelids, 124 

exfoliant des levres, 740 

external causes, 128 

faciei, 123 

fendille, 122 

fissum, 122 

genitalium, 125 

of the hands, 124 

of the legs, 148 

mammarum, 125 

mannum, 124 

of the margin of the lids, 146 

marginatum, 135, 412, 413 
treatment of, 430 

medicinal treatment of, 138 

of mucous membranes, 726 



Eczema of the nails, 125 

of the nipple and areola, 147 

palpebrarum, 124 

papular, 120 

papillosum, 120 

pigmentation in, 131 

pustular, 121, 133, 134, 

pustulosum, 121 

regional forms of, 123 

rubrum, 121 

of the scalp, 144 

ointment bases for, 144 

scalp, 121, 134 

sclerosum, 123, 132 

of the scrotum, 147 

seat of, 123 

seborrhceicum, 149, 682 

squamosum, 121 

squamous, 134 

subacute, 143 

unguium, 125 

verrucosum, 123 

vesicular, 119, 130, 133 

vesiculosum, 119 
Eczematoid ringworm, treatment of, 430 
Eddowes' view of spiral fibres of the rete, 4 
Ehler's observations on prurigo, 78, 79 
Ehrmann's folliculitis nuchae sclerotisans, 

673 

melanoblasts of, 34 

view pigment of the skin, 7 
Ehrlich's "606," 305 
Eiterblase, 226 
Ekzem, 116 
Ekthyma, 226 
Elacin, 363 

Elastic webbing bandage in eczema, 148 
Elastin, 4 
Electrolysis, 47 

in acne rosacea, 705 

in hypertrichosis, 644 

in naevus, 589 

pigmentosus, 598 
Electrotherapy in alopecia areata, 667 - 

prematura, 659 
Eleidin, 2 
Elephantiasis, 514 

definition, 514 

diagnosis, 517 

etiology, 516 

pathology, 516 

prognosis, 517 

symptoms, 514 

synonyms, 514 

treatment, 517 

varieties, 514 

arabum, 514 






762 



INDEX 





Elephantiasis graecorum, 307 

telangiectodes, 508, 515, 588 
Elephant leg, 514 
Emotion as a cause of urticaria, 60 
Endodermophyton, 432 
concentricum, 433 
indicum, 433 
Endothelioma cutis, 556 
etiology, 556 
pathology, 556 
symptoms, 556 
synonyms, 556 
treatment, 557 
capitis, 556 
l'Endurcissement athrepsique, 510 
Energy, radiant, 47 
Entozoon folliculorum, 558 
Ephelide, 530 
Ephelis, 530 
Ephidrosis, 711 
cruenta, 719 
discolor, 715 
tincta, 715 
Epidemic eczema, 71 

form of herpes simplex, 155 
"Epidermic collarette," 272 
Epidermis, layers of, 1 

of the skin, 1 
Epidermolysis bullosa herditaria, 190 
definition, 190 
diagnosis, 191 
etiology, 190 
pathology, 190 
prognosis, 191 
symptoms, 190 
synonyms, 190 
treatment, 191 
Epidermophyton inguinale, 136, 418, 422 

(Lang), 101 
Epilation in ringworm, 426, 429 
Epithelial cancer, 598 
Epithelioma, 598 
definition, 598 
diagnosis, 605 
etiology, 603 
pathology, 604 
prognosis, 606 
symptoms, 598 
synonyms, 598 
treatment, 606 
varieties, 602 
adenoides cysticum, 551 
benign cystic, 551 
contagiosum, 30 
(molluscum) contagiosum, 544 
definition, 544 
diagnosis, 549 



Epithelioma (molluscum) contagiosum, 
etiology, 545 
pathology, 547 
prognosis, 550 
symptoms, 544 
synonyms, 544 
treatment, 550 
of mucous membranes, 726 
of the scalp, multiple benign, 556 
Epitheliome kystique benin, 551, 553 
Epitheliomatose pigmentaire, 612 
Eponychium, 13 
Equinia, 340 

definition, 340 
diagnosis, 342 
etiology, 341 
pathology, 341 
prognosis, 342 
symptoms, 340 
synonyms, 340 
treatment, 342 
Erbgrind, 398 
Ergot eruption, 219 
Erntemilbe, 452 
Erythema ab igne, 48 
caloricum, 48 
contusiforme, 55 
elevatum diutinum (Croker), 572 
exsudativum multiforme (Hebra), 51 
gyratum, 51 
induratum, 253, 257 
definition, 257 
diagnosis, 259 
etiology, 258 
pathology, 258 
prognosis, 259 
symptoms, 257 
Synonyms, 257 
treatment, 259 
intertrigo, 49 
iris, 53 

keratodes, 484 
migrans, 233, 733 
multiforme, 51 
definition, 51 
diagnosis, 54 
etiology, 53 
illustrations, 52, 53 
pathology, 54 
prognosis, 55 
symptoms, 51 
synonyms, 51 
treatment, 55 
of mucous membranes, 726 
nodosum, 55 

definition, 55 
diagnosis, 57 



INDEX 



763 



Erythema nodosum, etiology, 56 
pathology, 57 
prognosis, 57 
symptoms, 55 
synonyms, 55 
treatment, 57 
paralyticum, 520 
pernio, 49 
perstans, 53 
scarlatinoides, 73 
scarlatiniforme, 73 
definition, 73 
diagnosis, 75 
etiology, 75 
pathology, 75 
prognosis, 75 
symptoms, 73 
synonyms, 73 
treatment, 75 
serpens (Morrant Baker), 233 
solare, 48 
simplex, 48 
traumaticum, 49 
venenatum, 49 
Erythemato-sclerose du dos des mains 

(Audry), 572 
Erythematous eczema, 119 

syphiloderm, diagnosis, 270 
Erytheme centrifuge (Biett), 357 
endemique, 367 
epidemique, 371 
indure des scrofuleux, 257 
multiforme, 51 
noueux, 55 
Erythrasma, 434 
definition, 434 
diagnosis, 434 
etiology, 434 
pathology, 434 
symptoms, 434 
treatment, 435 
Erythrodermie exfoliante (Besnier), 66 
pityriasique en plaques disseminees, 
no 
Erythromelalgia, 632 
definition, 632 
diagnosis, 632 
etiology, 632 
pathology, 632 
prognosis, 633 
symptoms, 632 
treatment, 633 
Erythromelie, 520 
Espundia, 346 
Eruption chronique circinee de la main 

(Dubreuilh), 572 
Eruption, creeping, 458 



Eruption, dematitis herpetiformis, 171 

in eczema, 1 1 7 

in erythema multiforme, 51 
scarlatiniforme, 73 

of lichen planus, 82 

in psoriasis, 98 

ringed, 572 
Eruptions in congenital syphilis, 294 

drug, 215 

feigned, 221 

syphilitic, 269 

vaccinal, 381 
Eruptions medicamenteuses, 215 
Erysipelas, 231 

definition, 231 

diagnosis, 233 

etiology, 232 

pathology, 232 

prognosis, 233 

symptoms, 231 

synonyms, 231 

treatment, 233 

ambulans, 232 

migrans, 232 

perstans faciei, 361 
Erysipele, 231 
Erysipeloid, 233 

definition, 233 

diagnosis, 234 

etiology, 234 

pathology, 234 

prognosis, 234 

symptoms, 234 

synonyms, 233 

treatment, 234 
Espundia, 346 
Essential itching, 626 
Etiology of acanthosis nigricans, 492 

of acne rosacea, 702 
varioliformis, 707 
vulgaris, 695 

of acnitis, 709 

of acrodynia, 372 

of acute pemphigus, 1 80 

of actinomycosis, 336 

of adenoma sebaceum, 557 

of ainhum, 526 

of albinismus, 538 

of alopecia areata, 664 
congenita, 656 
premature, 658 

of angioma serpiginosum, 592 

of angioneurotic oedema, 66 

of angiokeratoma, 490 

of anthrax, 339 

of aphthous stomatitis, 743 

of atrophia unguium, 636 



764 



INDEX 







Etiology of black-tongue, 738 
of blastomycosis cutis, 330 
of bromidrosis, 717 
of callositas, 470 
of canities, 671 
of carcinoma cutis, 603 
of carbunculus, 230 
of cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 

glandularis, 739 
of chloasma, 532 
of chromidrosis, 716 
of cicatrix, 570 
of clavus, 469 

of colloid degeneration of the skin, 585 
of comedo, 687 

of condyloma acuminatum, 504 
of cornu cutaneum, 471 
of dermatalgia, 631 
of dermatitis gangraenosa symmetrica, 
205 

chronica atrophicans, 522 

exfoliativa, 69 

epidemica, 72 

neonatorum, 76 

factitia, 223 

gangraenosa adultorum, 203 
infantum, 201 

herpetiformis, 174 

papillaris capillitii, 674 

repens, 197 

seborrhceica, 152 

venenata, 212 
of dermatomyoma, 578 
of diabetic gangrene, 204 
of dracontiasis, 457 
of drug dermatoses, 220 
of ecthyma, 226 
of eczema, 126 
of elephantiasis, 516 
of endothelioma cutis, 556 
of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria, 

190 
of epithelioma 603 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 543 
of equinia, 341 
of erythema induratum, 258 

multiforme, 53 

nodosum, 56 

scarlatiniforme, 75 
of erysipelas, 232 
of erysipeloid, 234 
qf erythrasma, 434 
of erythromelalgia, 632 
of exfoliatio areata linguse, 734 
of favus, 401 
of fibroma., 564 



Etiology of folliculitis decalvans, 668 
of Fordyce's disease, 744 
of fragilitas crinium, 646 
of frambcesia, 349 
of furunculus, 228 
of gangosa, 3 3 
general, 24 
of glossy skin, 529 
of grain itch, 450 
of granuloma annulare, 574 

fungoides, 326 

inguinale tropicum, 354 

pyogenicum, 235 
of granulosis rubra nasi, 725 
of haematidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 156 

zoster, 162 
of hidrocystoma, 721 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 166 
of hyperidrosis, 713 
of hypertrichosis, 643 
of ichthyosis, 496 
of impetigo contagiosa, 195 

herpetiformis, 177 
of keloid, 567 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 487 

follicularis, 479 

contagiosa, 482 

palmae et plantae, 485 

pilaris, 475 

senilis, 473 
of kraurosis vulvse, 525 
of larva migrans, 459 
of lentigo, 530 
of leprosy, 318 
of leucoplakia, 729 
of leukaemia cutis, 624 
of lichen nitidus, 90 

pilaris seu spinulosus, 476 

planus, 87 

scrofulosorum, 262 

simplex chronicus, 91 
of lipoma, 576 
of lupus erythematosus, 36 1 

vulgaris, 241 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 

559 
of measles, 390 
of miliaria, 722 

crystallina, 723 
of milium, 690 
of Moller's glossitis, 736 
of monilethrix, 650 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 265 
of mycetoma, 343 
of myxcedema, 513 
of nsevus pigmentosus, 595 



INDEX 



765 



Ftiology of nasvus vascularis, 588 
of neuroma, 579 
of oedema neonatorum, 511 
of onychia, 638 
of Oriental sore, 345 
of Paget's disease, 610 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 255 
of parapsoriasis, 1 1 1 
of pediculosis capitis, 437 

corporis, 439 

pubis, 441 
of pellagra, 369 
of pemphigus, 184 

of perforating ulcer of the foot, 528 
of perleche, 742 
of piedra, 652 
of pinta, 436 
of pityriasis rosea, 113 

rubra pilaris, 94 
of plica, 652 
of pompholyx, 168 
of porokeratosis, 488 
of prurigo, 78 

nodularis, 80 
of pruritis, 627 
of psoriasis, 99 
of purpura, 463 

annularis telangiectodes, 466 
of rhinoscleroma, 356 
of ringworm, 416 

of the scalp, 407 
of rubella, 392 
of sarcoma, 618 
of scabies, 446 
of scarlatina, 385 
of sclerema neonatorum, 510 
of scleroderma, 507 
of scorbutus, 467 
of scrofuloderma, 260 
of seborrhcea, 683 
of smallpox, 378 
of sporotrichosis, 334 
of steatoma, 692 

of striae et maculae atrophicse, 524 
of sycosis vulgaris, 677 
of syphilis, 297 
of syringocy stoma, 554 
of telangiectasis, 591 
of tinea imbricata, 431 

versicolor, 541 
of trichoepithelioma, 551 
of trichophytosis, 416 
of trichorrhexis nodosa, 647 
of tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, 251 
of urticaria, 60 

of pigmentosa, 63 
of varicella, 396 



Etiology of verruca, 501 

of verruga peruana, 351 
of vitiligo, 535 
of xanthoma, 581 
of xeroderma pigmentosum, 614 
Eucerin, 45, 498 

in alopecia prematura, 661 
Euproctis chrysorrhea, 452 
Euresol in alopecia prematura, 661 
Evolution of eruption in psoriasis, 98 
Exacerbations in psoriasis, 98 
Exanthemata, 373 
measles, 388 
rubella, 391 
scarlatina, 382 
smallpox, 373 
vaccinal eruptions, 381 
varicella, 393 
Erythema leprosum, 388 
Excision in epithehona, 606 

in lupus vulgaris, 246 
Exclamation-point hairs, 663 
Excorationes, 20 
Excoriations, 21 
Exfoliating dermatitis, 66 
Exfoliatio areata linguae, 733 
definition, 733 
diagnosis, 735 
etiology, 734 
pathology, 734 
prognosis, 735 
symptoms, 733 
synonyms, 733 
treatment, 735 
Exfoliative inflammation of the lips, 740 
Exposure as a factor in skin diseases, 27, 

54 
External causes of eczema, 128 

root sheath, 9 

treatment of eczema, 139 

of skin diseases, 42, 43, 46 
Extragenital chancre, 268 
Extramammary Paget's disease, 609 
Exudate, cellular, 31 
Exudationes, 51 
Eyelids, eczema of, 124 



Facial eczema, 123 

herpes, 154 

zoster, 160 
Factitious dermatitis, 221 

urticaria, 61 
False keloid, 567 
Farcy, 340 

"buds," 341 



766 



INDEX 






Fatty degeneration of the corium, 32, 575 

neck, 576 

tumor, 575 
Favus, 398 

definition, 398 

diagnosis, 404 

etiology, 401 

pathology, 401 

prognosis, 406 

symptoms, 398 

synonyms, 398 

treatment, 405 

in lower animals, 404 

of the nails, 639 
Feigned eruptions, 221 
Femoral zoster, 160, 161 
Fettsclerem, 510 
Feuermal, 587 
Fever blister, 154 

miliary, 724 

Oroya, 350 

scarlet, 382 

splenic, 338 
Fibroma, 562 

definition, 562 

varieties, 562 

durum, 562, 564 

lipomatodes, 580 

molle, 562 

molluscum, 563 
diagnosis, 565 
etiology, 564 
pathology, 565 
prognosis, 565 
symptoms, 563 
synonyms, 563 
treatment, 566 

pendulum, 564 
Filiaria sanguinis hominis, 516 

meddinensis, 456 
Fingers, glossy, 529 
Finnen, 693 

Finsen treatment of lupus vulgaris, 248 
Fischschuppenausschlag, 493 
Fish diet in etiology of leprosy, 318 
Fish-skin disease, 493 
Fissura pilorum, 645 
Fissures, 20, 21 
Flaschenbacillus, 683, 688 
Flat condyloma, 286 

condylomata, 287 
Flea, 443 
Flecken, 17 
Fleckenmal, 593 
Fleckensyphilid, 270 
Flesh-worms, 686 
Flindt's spots in measles, 389 



Flores unguium, 636 

Fluchtige gutartige Plaques der Zungen- 

schleinchaut, 733 
Fluxus sebaceus, 681 
Fly, bot, 455 
gad, 455 
Foetus, harlequin, 496 
Focal infection in skin diseases, 27, 163 
Fold, nail, 13 
Follicle, hair, 8, 9 

of the skin, 4 
Folliclis, 253, 709 

(Barthelemy), 254 
Follicular lupus, disseminated, 708 
stomatitis, 742 
syphiloderm, 276 
Folliculitis barbae, 676 
decalvans, 668 

definition, 668 
diagnosis, 669 
etiology, 668 
pathology, 668 
prognosis, 669 
symptoms, 668 
synonyms, 668 
treatment, 669 
exulcerans (Lucasiewicz), 254 
nuchae sclerotisans (Ehrmann), 673 
Folliculorum demodex, 458 
Food allergy, 38 

in causation of skin diseases, 25 
Foot, madura, 342 

perforating ulcer of, 527 
Fordyce's disease, 743 
diagnosis, 744 
etiology, 744 
pathology, 744 
prognosis, 744 
symptoms, 743 
treatment, 744 
Foreign serums in general therapeutics, 42 
Formalin in hyperidosis, 714 

in ringworm, 428 
Formation of blebs, 31 
of bullae, 31 
of pustules, 31 
of vesicles, 31 
Forms of eczema, regional, 123 

of favus, 399 
Formulas for acne vulgaris, 698 
alopecia areata, 667 
prematura, 660 
relief of itching, 630 
seborrhcea, 685 
Fournier's syphilide herpetiforme, 278 
Four layers of the epidermis, 1 
Fowler's solution in psoriasis, 106 



INDEX 



767 



Fowler's solution in skin diseases, 40 
Fragilitas crinium, 645 
definition, 645 
etiology, 646 
pathology, 646 
symptoms, 645 
synonyms, 645 
treatment, 646 
Frambcesia, 347 

definition, 347 

diagnosis, 349 

etiology, 349 

pathology, 349 

prognosis, 350 

symptoms, 347 

synonyms, 347 

treatment, 350 
Framboesioid syphiloderm, 275 
Freckles, 530 
Fressende Flechte, 236 
Friable crusts in favus, 399 
Friesel, 723 
Frieselausschlag, 721 
Frontal zoster, 160 
Frost-bite, 209 
Fumigation, mercurial, 305 
Function of the pigment of the skin, 8 

of the skin, 14 

of the stratum corneum, 2 
Fungi in causation of skin diseases, 27 
Fungus foot of India, 342 

ray, 335 
Furoncle, 227 
Furuncle, 227 
Furun cuius, 227 

definition, 227 

diagnosis, 229 

etiology, 228 

pathology, 228 

prognosis, 229 

symptoms, 227 

synonyms, 227 

treatment, 229 
Furunkel, 227 

G 

Gadfly, 455 
Gale, 444 

Galewski's benign sarcoid, 572 
Galloway's ulcerating granuloma of the 
pudenda, 354 

lichen annularis, 572 
Galvanism in herpes zoster, 165 
Gangosa, 352 

definition, 352 

diagnosis, 353 

etiology, 353 



Gangosa, pathology, 353 
prognosis, 353 
symptoms, 352 
synonyms, 352 
treatment, 353 
Gangrene, diabetic, 203 

of the skin, 200 
Gangrene of the skin, multiple cachectic,. 
200 
symmetrical, 204 
Gangrenous urticaria, 202 

varicella, 394 
Gases in the skin, 15 

Gastric disturbance in etiology of geo- 
graphical tongue, 734 
Gastrophilus, larva of, 458 
Gefassmal, 587 
Gelatin dressings, 46 

in eczema, 148 
(Unna) in eczema, 143 
Gemeiner floh, 443 
General diagnosis, 35 
age in, 35 

biological tests in, 37 
history in, 37 
occupation in, 36 
race in, 35 
sex in, 35 
etiology, 24 
pathology, 29 
symptomatology, 1 7 
therapeutics, 38 
Generalized herpes, 155 

vaccinia, 381 
Genitalia, eczema of, 125 

herpes of, 155 
Geographical tongue, 734 
Germinativum, stratum, 3 
German measles, 391 
Geschwulste, 17 
Geschwure, 20 

Giant cells of Langerhans, 32 
hives, 65 
urticaria, 65 
wheals, 18 
Glanders, 340 

Glands, diseases of the sebaceous, 68o> 
Meibomian, 1 1 
of Moll, 12 
sebaceous, 10 

of the skin, 4 
sudoriparous, 11 
sweat, 11 

of the skin, 4 
Tysonian, 11 
Glandulae sudoriparag, 11 
Glandular enlargement in prurigo, 7& 



768 



INDEX 




"Globi," 320 

Glossite mediane losangique de la face 

dorsale de la langue, 736 
Glossitis, lozenge-shaped median, 736 
Moller's, 733, 735 
variolosa, 375 
Glossophyton, 738 
Glossy fingers, 529 

skin, 529 
Glycerin in general therapeutics, 46 
Glycogelatins, 46 

Goldscheider's epidermolysis bullosa 
hereditaria, 190 
studies in sensation, 16 
Gomme scrofulo-tuberculeuse, 259 
Gonorrheal keratosis, 486 
Goose-skin, 7, 476 
"Goose-skin" in ringworm of the scalp, 

409 
Gout in causation of skin diseases, 27 
Grain itch, 450 

definition, 450 
diagnosis, 451 
etiology, 450 
pathology, 450 
symptoms, 450 
synonyms, 450 
treatment, 451 
Granular layer of the epidermis, 1 
Granuloma fungoides, 323 
definition, 323 
diagnosis, 327 
etiology, 326 
pathology, 326 
prognosis, 327 
symptoms, 323 
synonyms, 323 
treatment, 327 
inguinale tropicum, 354 
definition, 354 
diagnosis, 354 
etiology, 354 
pathology, 354 
prognosis, 355 
symptoms, 354 
synonyms, 354 
treatment, 355 
annulare, 572 

definition, 572 
diagnosis, 574 
etiology, 574 
pathology, 574 
prognosis, 574 
symptoms, 573 
synonyms, 572 
treatment, 574 
of Majocchi, 423 



Granuloma pediculatum, 234 
pyogenicum, 234 
definition, 234 
diagnosis, 235 
etiology, 235 
pathology, 235 
prognosis, 235 
symptoms, 234 
synonyms, 234 
treatment, 235 
telangiectodes, 234 
ulcerating, of the pudenda, 354 
unnamed, 253 
Granulomata, infectious, 236 
Granulosis rubra nasi, 724 
definition, 724 
diagnosis, 725 
etiology, 725 
pathology, 725 
symptoms, 724 
synonyms, 724 
treatment, 724 
Gray hair, 670 
Green soap in acne, 700 
in comedo, 689 
in eczema, 143 
in seborrhcea, 684 
Groin ulceration, 354 
Ground itch, 455 
Groove, nail, 13 
Growths, new, 544 
Grutum, 689 
Griitzbeutel, 691 
Guaiacol in skin diseases, 40 
Guinea-worm, 456 
Gum, red, 721 
Gumma, 293 

Gummatous syphiloderm, 293 
Gune, 430 

Gunpowder lesions of mycetoma, 343 
Gurjun balsam, 322 
Gurtelausschlag, 158 
Gurtelrose, 158 
Gutta rosea, 702 
Guttate psoriasis, 97 
Gynocardia, 322 
Gyrate erythema, 51 
psoriasis, 97 



Haarbalgmilbe, 458 
Haarzunge, 737 
Habits in general diagnosis, 36 
Haemangioendothelioma tuberosum mul- 
tiplex^ 553 
Hasmathidrosis, 719 
Haematidrosis, 719 



INDEX 



769 



Haematidrosis, definition, 719 

diagnosis, 719 

etiology, 719 

pathology, 719 

prognosis, 719 

symptoms, 719 

synonyms, 719 

treatment, 719 
Hasmatoidin, 33 
Hasmatomata, 461 
Haematoporphyrinuria in hydroa vaccin- 

iformis, 166 
Hasmorrhagic sarcoma, idiopathic mul- 
tiple, 617 

measles, 389 

scarlatina, 385, 387 

urticaria, 58 
Haemorrhcea petechialis, 461 
Hasmosiderin, 33 
Hair, anatomy of, 8 

discoloration of, 672 

diseases of, 642 

follicles of the skin, 4, 9, 642 

gray, 670 

papilla, 10 

ringed, 671 

superfluous, 642 

tonics, 660 
Hairy nasvus, 594 

tongue, 737 
Hallopeau's acrodermatite suppurative 
continue, 197 

dermatite pustuleuse chronique en 
foyers a progression excentrique, 199 
Hall's studies in etiology of eczema, 127 
Ham color of lesions in syphilis, 300 
Hands, eczema of, 124 
Hapalonychia, 636 
Hard fibroma, 562, 564 
Harlequin foetus, 496 
Harnschweiss, 718 
Harvest bug, 452 
Hautabschurfungen, 20 
Hautblastomycose, 328 
Hauthorn, 471 
Hautschrunden, 20 
Head and Campbell's observations in 

herpes zoster, 163 
Head eczema, 123 
Heat, dermatitis from, 208 

in eczema, 129 

prickly, 721 

of the skin, 15 
Hebra's erythema exudativum multi- 
forme, 51 

impetigo herpetiformis, 177 

49 



Hebra's lichen ruber, 93 
prurigo, 77 

seborrhoea congestiva, 357 
Hebrew predilection, 36 
Hedge-hog skin, 496 
Hefenmykose, 328 
Helcosoma tropicum, 346 
Helodermia simplex et annularis (Vomer) , 

572 
Hematidrose, 719 
Hemiatrophia facialis, 506 
Hemorrhages, 461 
purpura, 461 

annularis telangiectodes, 465 
scurvy, 466 
Hemorrhagiae, 461 

Hemorrhagic erythema multiforme, 461 
measles, 389 
scarlatina, 385, 387 
smallpox, 376 

sarcoma, idiopathic multiple, 617 
urticaria, 58, 461 
varicella, 396 
Henle, layer of, 9 
Henoch's purpura, 462 
Heredity in angioneurotic oedema, 66 

in skin diseases, 24 
Hepatic disease as a cause of eczema, 128 
Herpes, 154 

circinatus, 411 

bullosus (Wilson), 170 
facialis, 154 
desquamans, 430 
gestationis (Milton), 170 
prasputialis, 157 
progenitalis, 155 
simplex, 154 

definition, 154 
diagnosis, 157 
etiology, 156 
pathology, 156 
prognosis, 157 
symptoms, 154 
synonyms, 154 
treatment, 157 
varieties, 154 
tonsurans, 406 

maculosus (Hebra), 112 
tonsurant, 406 
vulgaire, 154 
zoster, 158 

definition, 158 
diagnosis, 164 
etiology, 162 
pathology, 163 
prognosis, 164 



770 



INDEX 



Herpes zoster, symptoms, 158 

synonyms, 158 

treatment, 164 

arsernicalis, 162 

focal infection in, 163 

Rosenow's observations on cause 
of, 163 

traumatism in, 162 
Herxheimer's spirals, 3 

view of spiral fibres of the rete, 4 
Hidrocystoma, 720 
definition, 720 
diagnosis, 721 
etiology, 721 
pathology, 721 
symptoms, 720 
synonyms, 720 
treatment, 721 
High-frequency current, 47 
Hirsuties, 642 

Histopathology of acanthosis nigricans, 402 
of acne rosacea, 703 

varioliformis, 708 

vulgaris, 696 
of acnitis, 709 
of actinomycosis, 336 
of adenoma sebaceum, 558 
of ainhum, 527 
of alopecia areata, 665 

congenita, 656 

prematura, 658 
of angiokeratoma, 490 
of angioma serpiginosum, 592 
of anthrax, 339 
of black tongue, 738 
of blastomycosis, 330 
of canities, 671 
of carcinoma cutis, 604 
of cheilitis glandularis, 739 
of colloid degeneration of the skin, 586 
of comedo, 688 
of dermatitis exfoliativa, 70 
epidemica, ^2 
neonatorum, yj 

herpetiformis, 175 

papillaris capillitii, 674 

repens, 197 

seborrhceica, 152 

venenata, 214 
of dermatomyoma, 578 
of drug dermatoses, 220 
of ecthyma, 227 
of eczema, 129 
of elephantiasis, 516 
of endothelioma cutis, 556 
of equinia, 341 



Histopathology of epidermolysis bullosa 

hereditaria, 191 

of epithelioma, 604 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 547 
of erysipelas, 232 
of erythema induratum, 258 

scarlatiniforme, 75 
of erythromelalgia, 633 
of exfoliatio areata linguae, 734 
of favus, 402 
of fibroma, 565 
of folliculitis decalvans, 668 
of Fordyce's disease, 744 
of frambcesia, 349 
of furun cuius, 228 
of gangosa, 353 
of granuloma annulare, 574 

fungoides, 326 

inguinale tropicum, 354 

rubra nasi, 725 
of herpes simplex, 156 

• zoster, 163 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 166 
of ichthyosis, 497 
of impetigo contagiosa, 195 

herpetiformis, 177 
of keloid, 569 

of keratosis follicularis, 479 
contagiosa, 482 

senilis, 474 
of kraurosis vulvas, 525 
of larva migrans, 459 
of lentigo, 530 
of lepra, 307 
of leprosy, 320 
of leucoplakia, 730 
of lichen nitidus, 90 

planus, 87 

scrofulosorum, 262 

simplex chronica, 92 
of lupus erythematosus, 362 

vulgaris, 243 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 561 
of measles, 390 
of miliaria, 722 

crystallina, 723 
of milium, 690 
of monilethrix, 650 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 265 
of mycetoma, 343 
of naevus pigmentosus, 595 
of Oriental sore, 346 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 255 
of Paget's disease, 611 
of parapsoriasis, in 
of pellagra, 370 
of pemphigus, 185 



INDEX 



771 



Histopathology of pityriasis re sea, 115 
of rubra pilaris, 95 

of pompholyx, 169 

of porokeratosis, 483 

of prurigo, 79 

nodularis, 80 

of psoriasis, 102 

of purpura, 463 

annularis telangiectodes, 466 

of rhinoscleroma, 356 

of ringworm, 418, 422 

of rubella, 393 

of sarcoma, 618 

of scabies, 446 

of scarlatina, 386 

of scleroderma, 508 

of smallpox, 378 

of sporotrichosis, 334 

of steatoma, 692 

of stria? et maculae atrophica?, 524 

of sycosis vulgaris, 678 

of syphilis, 298 

of syringocystoma, 555 

of tinea imbricata, 432 

of trichoepithelioma, 552 

of tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, 251 

of urticaria, 61 

pigmentosa, 64 

of varicella, 396 

of verruca, 501 

of vitiligo, 535 

of xanthoma, 582 
elasticum, 584 

of xeroderma pigmentosum, 614 
Histological changes in erythema nodo- 
sum, 57 
History in general diagnosis, 37 
Hives, 58, 59 

giant, 65 
Hoariness, 670 
Hodgkin's disease, 622 
Holzbock, 454 
Holzknecht meter, 701 
Honeycomb ringworm, 398 
Horn, cutaneous, 471 

Horse serum in general therapeutics, 42 
Hot air in lupus vulgaris, 248 
Hiihnerauge, 469 
Hunterian chancre, 268 
Hutchinson's cheiropompholyx, 167 

crateriform ulcer, 599 

infective satellites, 592 

lupus lymphaticus, 559 

naevus lupus, 591 

recurring summer eruption, 165 

varicella gangraenosa, 200 
Huxley, layer of, 9 



Hyaline degeneration of the corium, 33 

Hyaloma, 584 

Hydradenitis destruens suppurativa, 253, 

708 
Hydradenomes eruptifs, 551, 553 
Hydroa aestivalis, 165 

bulleux (Bazin), 170 

herpetiformis (Tillbury Fox), 170 

puerorum (Unna), 167 

vacciniforme (Bazin), 165 

vacciniformis, 165 
definition, 165 
diagnosis, 166 
etiology, 166 
pathology, 166 
prognosis, 166 
symptoms, 165 
synonyms, 165 
treatment, 166 
Hydrochloric acid in parapsoriasis, 112 
Hydrocystoma, 720 
Hyoscyamus eruption, 219 
Hyperemia, 48 
Hyperesthesia, 625 
Hyperemia, 48 
Hyperidrose, 711 

huileuse (Brocq), 681 
Hyperidrosis, 711 

definition, 711 

etiology, 713 

pathology, 713 

prognosis, 714 

symptoms, 712 

synonyms, 711 

treatment, 714 

oleosa, 681, 683 
Hyperkeratose figuree centrifuge atro- 

phiante (Ducrey and Respighi), 487 
Hyperkeratosis, 29 

excentrica (Respighi,) 487 

in eczema, 130 

linguae, 737 
Hyperpigmentation, 33 
Hypertrichosis, 642 

definition, 642 

etiology, 643 

pathology, 643 

symptoms, 642 

synonyms, 642 

treatment, 644 
Hypertrophia piVrum, 642 
Hypertrophiae, 469 

Hypertrophic epitheliale piliforme, 737 
Hypertrophies, 469 

acanthosis nigricans, 491 

angiokeratoma, 489 

callositas, 470 



772 



INDEX 



Hypertrophies, clavus, 469 

condyloma acuminatum, 503 

cornu cutaneum, 471 

cutis verticis gyrata, 518 

dermatolysis, 518 

elephantiasis, 514 

ichthyosis, 493 

keratosis blennorrhagica, 486 
follicularis, 477 

contagiosa, 481 
palmas et plantae, 482 
pilaris, 474 
senilis, 472 

lichen pilaris seu spinulo us, 476 

myxcedema, 512 

oedema neonatorum, 511 

porokeratosis, 487 

sclerema neonatorum, 510 

scleroderma, 505 

verruca, 498 
Hypertrophy of rete mucosum, 30 
Hyponomoderma, 458 
Hypotrichosis, 655 
Hysterical gangrenous zoster, 202 
Hypertrophic scar, 568 

I 
Ichthyol in herpes zoster, 165 

in skin diseases, 41 
Ichthyose, 493 
Ichthyosis, 493 

definition, 493 

diagnosis, 497 

etiology, 496 

pathology, 497 

prognosis, 498 

symptoms, 497 

synonyms, 497 

treatment, 498 

varieties, 497 

as a factor in eczema, 128 

congenita, 493, 496 

follicularis, 496 

hystrix, 493, 496 
linearis, 496 

linguae, 727 

nigricans niger, 494 

nitida ichthyose nacree, 493 

palmaris et plantaris, 482 

sebacea (Hebra), 496 

serpentina, 494 

simplex, 493 
vera, 493 
Ichtyose, 493 
Idiopathic erythemata, 48 

itching, 626 

multiple sarcoma (Kaposi), 617 



Idiopathic premature alopecia, 657 
Idiosyncrasy in skin diseases, 25 
Idrosis, 711 

Illustrations of acne rosacea, 702 
varioliformis, 707 
vulgaris, 692, 694, 697 
of acute multiple gangrene of the skin, 

202, 203 
of alopecia areata, 663 
of arsenical keratosis, 215 

pigmentation, 216 
of black tongue, 737, 738 
of blastomycosis cutis, 328-331 
of bromide eruption, 217, 218 
of chronic pemphigus, 181, 182 
of colloid degeneration of the skin, 

584, 585 
of comedo, 688 
of cutis verticis gyrata, 519 
of dermatitis chronica atrophicans, 521 

exfoliativa, 68 

factitia, 220, 222 

herpetiformis, 170-174. 

papillaris capillitii, 674, 675 

repens, 198 

seborrhceica, 150, 151 

venenata, 211, 213 
of eczema, 118 

of the beard, 146 

craquele, 122 

fendille, 122 

rubrum, 120 

of the scrotum, 126 
of epithelioma, 598-601, 605 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 545- 

550 

of erythema induratum, 258 

multiforme, 52, 53 

scarlatiniforme, 74 
of favus, 398, 400, 402, 403 
of fibroma molluscum, 563 
of granuloma annulare, 572, 573 

fungoides, 322, 324, 325 

pyogenicum, 235, 236 
of herpes simplex, 154. 
facialis, 155 

zoster, 160-162, 164 
arsenicalis, 162 
of hidrocystoma, 720 
of histology of eczema rubrum, 131 

vesiculosum, 130 
of ichthyosis, 494, 495 
of iodiopathic multiple hemorrhagic 

sarcoma, 619, 620 
of impetigo contagiosa, 192-194 
of keloid, 566-569 
of keratosis follicularis, 478-480 



INDEX 



773 



Illustrations of keratosis palmae et plantar, 

483, 484 
pilaris, 475 
senilis, 472, 473 
of larva migrans, 459 
of leprosy, 310, 313-317* 3*9 
of lepothrix, 653, 654 
of leucoplakia, 728, 731 
of leukasmia cutis, 622 
of lichen scrofulosorum, 262 
planus, 82-86, 88 
simplex chronica, 92 
of lipoma, 576 

of lozenge-shaped median glossitis, 736 
of lupus erythematosus, 358-360, 364 

vulgaris, 236-241 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 

560, 561 
of measles, 388 
of monilethrix, 649, 650 
of naevus pigmentosus, 592-597 

vascularis, 588 
of onychogryphosis, 635 
of onychomycosis, 640, 641 
of Oriental sore, 345 
of Paget's disease, 608, 610, 611 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 254 
of paraffin acne, 706 
of pediculosis corporis, 439, 440 

pubis, 442 
of pediculus capitis, 437, 438 
of pellagra, 368-370 
of pemphigus, 186-188 
vegetans, 184 
vulgaris, 182 
of pityriasis rosea, 1 14 
rubra pilaris, 94 
of pomphoryx, 168 
of prurigo nodularis, 81 
of psoriasis, 96, 97, 100 
of purpura simplex, 460 
of ringed hair, 671 
of ringworm of the beard, 410, 411 
of the body, 412-419, 422-425 
of the scalp, 406-408 
of scabies, 444-447 
of scarlatina, 382 
of scleroderma, 506, 507 
of seborrhceic dermatitis, 148 
of smallpox, 272, 273 
of sycosis vulgaris, 676-678 
of syphilis, 268, 270-276, 279-284, 
287-292, 294, 638 
of the nails, 638 
of syringocystoma, 554, 555 
of thoracic herpes zoster, 161 
of tinea imbricata, 432, 433 



Illustrations of tinea versicolor, 540, 542 
of trichoepithelioma, 552, 553 
of trichorrhexis nodosa, 647 
of tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, 249, 

250, 252 
of urticaria, 59, 62 

pigmentosa, 62, 64 
of varicella, 372, 395. 
of verruca, 499, 500 
of vitiligo, 534, 536 
of xanthoma, 580, 583 
Impetigo, Bockhardt's, 31, 194 
circinata, 191 
contagiosa, 191 

definition, 191 
diagnosis, 196 
etiology, 195 
pathology, 195 
prognosis, 196 
symptoms, 191 
synonyms, 191 
treatment, 196 
figurata, 191 
herpetiformis, 177 
definition, 177 
diagnosis, 178 
etiology, 177 
pathology, 177 
prognosis, 178 
symptoms, 177 
treatment, 178 
staphylogenes (Bockhardt), 194 
streptogenes, 191 
varicellosa, 394 
vulgaris, 191 
Impetiginous syphilid, 280 
Incidence of eczema, 116 
Increased sweating, 711 
India, fungus foot of, 342 
" India rubber " skin, 518 
Induratio telas cellulosae, 510 
Infantile gangrenous ecthyma, 200 
eczema, treatment of, 143 
syphilis, 296 
Infection, focal, as a cause of disease of 

the skin, 27, 163 
Infectious granulomata, 236 
lupus vulgaris, 236 
tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, 249 
multiple gangrene, 202 
Infective angioma, 591 

satellites of Hutchinson, 592 
Infiltration in congenital syphilis, 296 
Inflammations, acneform, 710 
acrodermatitis hiemalis, 210 
acrodynia, 371 
actinomycosis, 335 



774 



INDEX 



Inflammations due to animal parasites, 

437 
anthrax, 338 
blastomycosis cutis, 328 
carbunculus, 230 
dermatitis, 207 

calorica, 208 

a frigore, 209 

exfoliativa, 66 

epidemica, 71 
neonatorum, 76 

factitia, 221 

gangrenosa, 200 
adultorum, 202 
infantum, 200 
symmetrica, 204 

herpetiformis, 170 

repens, 197 

traumatica, 207 

vegetans, 199 

venenata, 211 
diabetic gangrene, 203 
diphtheria, 206 
drug dermatoses, 215 
ecthyma, 226 
eczema, 116 

epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria, 190 
equinia, 340 
erysipelas, 231 
erysipeloid, 233 
erythema induratum, 257 

multiforme, 51 

nodosum, 55 

scarlatiniforme, 73 
espundia, 346 
exanthemata, 373 
exfoliative of the lips, 740 
frambcesia, 347 
furunculus, 227 
gangosa, 352 
granuloma fungoides, 323 

inguinale tropicum, 354 

pyogenicum, 234 
herpes simplex, 154 

zoster, 158 
hydroa vacciniformis, 165 
impetigo contagiosa, 191 

herpetiformis, 177 
infectious granulomata, 236 
lepra, 307 
lichen nitidus, 90 

planus, 81 

scrofulosorum, 261 

simplex chronicus (Vidal), 91 
lupus erythematosus, 357 

vulgaris, 236 
multiple benign sarcoid (Boeck), 264 



Inflammations, mycetoma, 342 
oedema angioneuroticum, 65 
Oriental sore, 344 
papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 254 
parapsoriasis, no 
pellagra, 367 
pemphigus, 178 
pityriasis rosea, 112 

rubra pilaris, 93 
pompholyx, 167 
psoriasis, 97 
prurigo, 77 

nodularis, 80 
radiodermatitis, 224 
rhinoscleroma, 355 
sarcoid, 264 
scrofuloderma, 259 
skin, 50, 207 
sporotrichosis, 333 
syphilis, 267 
of the tongue, 735 
trypanosomiasis, 372 
tuberculosis fungosa, 253 
miliaris cutis, 256 
verrucosa cutis, 249 
tuberculides, 253 
urticaria, 58 

pigmentosa, 63 
vegetable parasitic diseases, 398 
verruga peruana, 350 
Inflammatory fungoid neoplasm, 323 
Ingrowing nails, 638 

Inherited hemorrhagic telangiectasis, 591 
Initial lesion of syphilis, 267 
Injections, hypodermatic, 42 
intracutaneous, 37 
intramuscular, 304 
of sera, 42 
Injury in causation of skin diseases, 27 
Inner root-sheath of hair follicle, 9 
Innocent, syphilis of the, 297 
Internal treatment, 39 

of dermatitis seborrhceica, 154 

herpetiformis, 176 
of eczema, 136 
of lichen planus, 89 
of lupus vulgaris, 245 
of psoriasis, 105 
of syphilis, 302 
of urticaria, 62 
Intertrigo, 49 

treatment of, 49 
Intestinal antiseptics in urticaria, 62 
Intracellular oedema, 37 
Intracutaneous injections, 37 
Intramuscular injections, 304 
Inunctions of mercury, 303, 304 



INDEX 



i to 



Inveterate psoriasis, 98 
Iodide eruption, 219 

of potassium in psoriasis, 107 
Iodides, 303 

in skin diseases, 40 
Iodine eruption, 219 

in ringworm, 427, 429 
Iodoform in eczema, 144 
Iritis in syphilis, 300 
Iron in acne vulgaris, 698 

in skin diseases, 39 
Itch, 444 

barber's, 410 

barley, 450 

copra, 451 

dhobie, 413 

grain, 450 

ground, 455 

mattress, 450 

Norway, 446 

straw, 450 

water, 455 
Itching, 626 

in dermatitis herpetiformis, 172 

in eczema, 139 

formulas for the relief of, 630 

at night in scabies, 445 

pemphigus, 181 
Ivy poisoning, 211 
Ixodes, 454 

reduvius-, 454 

ricinus, 454 

unipunctatus, 454 



Jacob's ulcer, 599 

Jarisch's treatment of psoriasis, no 
view on pigment of the skin, 7 
Jaw, lumpy, 335 
Jeftichjew (Jo-Jo), 642 
Jigger, 453 
Juckblattern, 77 
Juhel-Renoy's trichomycose nodulaire, 652 

K 

Kahlheit, 655 

Kaposi's acne telangiectodes, 788 

dermatosis, 612 

idiopathic multiple hemorrhagic sar- 
coma, 617 

lichen ruber acuminatus, 93 

lymphangioma tuberosum multiplex, 

554 
sarcoid, 264 

treatment of psoriasis, no 
trichorrhexis nodosa, 647 
Karbunkel, 230 



Karg's experiments on pigmentation of the 

skin, 8 
Kava-kava in ichthyosis, 497 
Keloid, 566 

definition, 566 
diagnosis, 570 
etiology, 568 
pathology, 569 
prognosis, 570 
symptoms, 566 
synonyms, 566 
treatment, 570 
acne, 673 
of Addison, 506 
of Alibert, 566 
Keratodermia blennorrhagica, 486 
symmetrica erythematosa, 484 
Keratodermie blennorrhagique, 486 
palmaire et plantaire, 482 
symmetrique hereditaire, 482 
Keratohyalin, 2, 9 
Keratolysis neonatorum, 76 
Keratolytic agents, 47 
Keratoma, 470 
senile, 472 
Keratoplastic agents, 47 
Keratose blennorrhagique, 486 
Keratoses, senile, 523 
Keratosis blennorrhagica, 486 
definition, 486 
diagnosis, 487 
etiology, 487 
pathology, 487 
prognosis, 487 
symptoms, 486 
synonyms, 486 
treatment, 487 
follicularis, 477 
definition, 477 
diagnosis, 481 
etiology, 479 
pathology, 479 
prognosis, 481 
symptoms, 477 
synonyms, 477 
treatment, 481 
contagiosa, 481 
mucosas oris et linguae, 727 
nigricans, 491 
palmae et plantae, 482 
definition, 482 
diagnosis, 485 
etiology, 485 
pathology, 485 
prognosis, 486 
symptoms, 482 
synonyms, 482 



776 



INDEX 



Keratosis palmas et plan tag, treatment, 486 
pilaris, 474 

definition, 474 

diagnosis, 476 

etiology, 475 

pathology, 476 

symptoms, 474 

synonyms, 474 

treatment, 476 
senilis, 472 

definition, 472 

diagnosis, 472 

etiology, 473 

pathology, 474 

prognosis, 474 

symptoms, 472 

synonyms, 472 

treatment, 474 
suprafollicularis, 474 
vegetans (Croker), 477 
Kerion, 408, 409 

Kerosene in pediculosis capitis, 438 
Kidney complications in scarlatina, 385 

disease in causation of skin disease, 26 
Killed microorganisms in dermatologic 

therapeutics, 42 
Kleienflechte, 540 
Knoten, 17 
Knotenerythem, 55 
Knotchen, 17 
Koilonychia, 636 

Kolbenkorperchen (corpuscles of Krause), 5 
Kolliker's view of "touch-cells," 6 
Koplik's spots in measles, 389 
Krao, 642 
Kraurosis vulvae, 525 

definition, 525 

etiology, 525 

pathology, 525 

prognosis, 526 

symptoms, 525 

synonyms, 525 

treatment, 526 
Kratze, 444 
Krause, corpuscles of, 5 

view of "touch-cells," 6 
Kromayer, protoplasmic fibres of, 3 

view of spiral fibres of the rete, 4 
Krusten, 20 

Kummerfeld's lotion, 699 
Kupf-erfinne, 702 
Kupferose, 702 
Kyste sebace, 691 



Lactic acid in cheilitis exfoliativa, 741 
La lepre, 307 



La rose, 231 

Lailler's acne decalvante, 668 
Landkartenzunge, 733 
Land scurvy, 462 
Langerhans' giant cells, 32 
Langue noire, 737 

pileuse, 737 
Lanolin in eczema, 140 
Lanugo, 8 

Large flat papular syphiloderm, 274 
Larva migrans, 458 

definition, 458 
etiology, 459 
pathology, 459 
symptoms, 458 
synonyms, 458 
treatment, 460 
Lassar's paste, 45 
Late syphilodermata, 288 
Lausesucht, 437 
Laxatives in acne vulgaris, 698 

in eczema, 138 

in skin diseases, 39 

in urticaria, 62 
Layer of Henle, 9 

of Huxley, 9 
Layers of the epidermis, 1 

of the hair follicle, 9 
Lead plaster in chronic leg ulcer, 149 

in pompholyx, 169 
Leg, Barbadoes, 514 

Cochin-China, 514 

elephant, 514 

ulcer, 148 
Leichdorn, 469 
Leiomyoma, 577 
Leishmania tropica, 344, 346 
Leishmaniasis, 346 
Leloir's alteration cavitaire, 379 
Lentigo, 530 

definition, 530 

etiology, 530 

pathology, 530 

symptoms, 530 

synonyms, 530 

treatment, 531 
Lentille, 530 
Leontiasis, 310 
"Leper claw," 316 
Lepothrix, 653 

definition, 653 

symptoms, 653 

synonyms, 653 

treatment, 655 
Lepra, 307 

definition, 307 

diagnosis, 320 



INDEX 



777 



Lepra, etiology, 318 

pathology, 319 

prognosis, 321 

symptoms, 308, 312 

synonyms, 307 

treatment, 322 

anaesthetica, 312 

nervorum, 312 

(psoriasis), 97 

tuberosa, 308, 310 

varieties, 308 
Lepre lazarine, 313 
Leprosy, 307 

Lombardy, 367 

of mucous membranes, 727 
Leptus, 452 

Americanus, 452 

autumnalis, 452 

irritans, 452 
Lesions in angioneurotic oedema, 65 

in dermatitis herpetiformis, 171 

in dermatitis.repens, 197 
seborrhceica, 150 

in drug eruptions, 215 

in eczema, 117 

in erythema multiforme, 51 
nodosum, 56 

in herpes simplex, 154 
zoster, 158 

in impetigo contagiosa, 191 

in leprosy, 308 

in lichen planus, 82 

in lupus vulgaris, 237 

in pemphigus, 178-180, 182, 183 

in pityriasis rosea, 112 

in pompholyx, 167 

primary, of the skin, 17 

in psoriasis, 98 

in syphilis, 269 

in urticaria, 58 

pigmentosa, 63 
Leucemides, 622 
Leucokeratosis buccalis, 727 
Leucoma, 727 
Leucoplakia, 727 

definition, 727 

diagnosis, 731 

etiology, 729 

pathology, 729 

prognosis, 732 

symptoms, 727 

synonyms, 727 

treatment, 732 
Leucoplasie, 727 
Leukasmus acquisitus, 534 
Leukaemia cutis, 622 

diagnosis, 624 



Leukaemia cutis, etiology, 624 

pathology, 624 

treatment, 624 
Leukoderma, 534 
congenita, 537 
following psoriasis, 99 
syphilitic, 285 
Leukonychia, 636 
punctata, 636 
striata, 636 
totalis, 636 
Leukopathia, 534 
congenita, 537 
unguium, 636 
Leys' rhinopharyngitis mutilans, 352 
Lichen annularis, 83 

(Galloway), 572 
linearis, 84 
lividus, 261 
nitidus, 90 

diagnosis, 90 

etiology, 90 

pathology, 90 

symptoms, 90 

treatment, 90 
obtusus corneus, 80 
pilaris, 474 

seu spinulosus, 476 
planus, 81 

definition, 81 

diagnosis, 88 

etiology, 87 

pathology, 87 

prognosis, 89 

symptoms, 82 

synonyms, 81 

treatment, 89 

discoides, 84 

erythematosus (Crocker), 87 

of mucous membranes, 726 
psoriasis, 81 
ruber (Hebra), 93 

acuminatus (Kaposi), 93 

moniliformis (Kaposi), 87 

planus, 81 
sclerosus, 87 
scrofulosorum, 261 

definition, 261 

diagnosis, 263 

etiology, 262 

pathology, 262 

symptoms, 261 

synonyms, 261 

treatment, 263 
simplex, 120 

chronicus (Vidal), 91 
definition, 91 



778 



INDEX 



Lichen simplex chronicus, diagnosis, 92 
etiology, 91 
pathology, 91 
prognosis, 92 
symptoms, 91 
synonyms, 91 
treatment, 92 
syphiliticus, 276 
trophicus, 721 
variegatus, no 
verrucosus, 87 
Lichenincation, 91 
Lichenoide lingual, 733 
Lids, eczema of, 145, 146 
Lily rash, 212 
Lineae albicantes, 524 
Linear nasvus, 595 
Lines in lesions of lichen planus, 83 

Voigt's, 597 
Linsenflecke, 530 
Linsenmal, 593 

Liodermia essentialis cum melanosi et 
telangiectasia, 612 
neuritica, 529 
Lipoma, 575 

definition, 575 
diagnosis, 577 
etiology, 576 
pathology, 576 
prognosis, 577 
symptoms, 575 
synonyms, 575 
treatment, 577 
Lips, exfoliative inflammation of, 740 
Liquid air in nasvus, 589 
Liquor carbonis detergens, 109 

in eczema, 146, 148 
in psoriasis, 109 
picis alkalinis in eczema, 143 
Liver diseases in causation of skin diseases, 

53i 
spots, 531 
Local asphyxia, 204 
pruritus, 627 

treatment of acne rosacea, 704 
vulgaris, 699 
of alopecia areata, 666 

prematura, 660 
of dermatitis seborrhceica, 154 
of eczema, 139 
of hyperidrosis, 714 
of leucoplakia, 733 
of lichen planus, 89 
of lupus vulgaris, 246 
of psoriasis, 108 
of skin diseases, 42 
of urticaria, 62 



Lombardy leprosy, 367 
Loose skin, 518 

Loss of hair in ringworm of the scalp, 407, 
408 
of pigment in psoriasis, 99 
Lotio alba (sulphide of zinc lotion), 700 

nigra in eczema, 139 
Lotion, Kummerf eld's, 699 
Lotions, 44 

in acne rosacea, 704 
in alopecia areata, 667 

prematura, 660 
in chronic eczema, 141 
in dermatitis herpetiformis, 176 
in eczema, 139- 141 
Loupe, 691 
Louse, chicken, 456 
Lousiness, 437 

Lozenge-shaped median glossitis, 736 
Lucidum, stratum, 2 
Luetin reaction in general diagnosis, 37 

test, 301 
Lumberman's itch, 626 
Lumbo-abdominal zoster, 160, 161 
Lumpy jaw, 335 
Lunula, 13 

Lupoid sycosis, 668, 677 
Lupus, disseminated follicular, 708 
disseminatus, 238 
erythemateux, 357 

dissemine (Boeck), 254 
erythematodes, 357 
erythematosus, 357 
definition, 357 
diagnosis, 363 
etiology, 361 
pathology, 362 
prognosis, 364 
symptoms, 357 
synonyms, 357 
treatment, 465 
of mucous membranes, 726 
exedens, 236 
exfoliativus, 237 
hypertrophicus, 239 
naevus, 591 

lymphaticus (Hutchinson), 559 
maculosus, 237 
planus, 237 
sclerosis, 239 
sclerosus, 249 
tuberculeux, 239 
verrucosus, 249 
vorax, 236 
vulgaire, 236 
vulgaris, 236 

definition, 236 



INDEX 



779 



Lupus vulgaris, diagnosis, 244 

etiology, 241 

pathology, 243 

prognosis, 246 

symptoms, 237 

synonyms, 236 

treatment, 245 

erythematodes, 239 

of mucous membranes, 727 
Lycopodium in eczema, 140 
Lymphadenie cutanee, 323 
Lymphangiectasis, 489, 562 
Lymphangiectodes (Tilbury Fox), 559 
Lymphangioma, 559 

capillaire varicosum, 559 
cavernosum, 559 
circumscriptum, 559 

definition, 559 

diagnosis, 561 

etiology, 560 

pathology, 561 

prognosis, 562 

symptoms, 559 

synonyms, 559 

treatment, 562 
superficiale simplex (Unna), 559 
tuberosum multiplex, 553 
Lymphangiomyoma, 578 
Lymphatic circulation of the skin, 5 
involvement in epithelioma, 601 
Lymphatics of the skin, 4 
Lymphomatose cutanee generalisee, 323 
Lymphorrhea, 515 

M 

Macrocheilia, 562 
Macroglossia, 562 
Maculse, 17 

casruleae, 441 
Macular leprosy, 314 

syphiloderm, 270 
Macules, 17 
Maculo-anassthetic lepra, illustrative 313, 

315 
Madura foot, 342 
Madurafuss, 342 
Majocchi, granuloma of, 423 

purpura annularis telangiectodes of, 
592 
Mai de Meleda, 485 

del pinto, 435 

del sole, 367 

de la rosa, 367 

de los pintos, 435 

des pieds et des mains, 371 

perforant du pied, 527 
Malignant measles, 389 



Malignant oedema, 339 

papillary dermatitis, 607 

pustule, 338 

scarlatina, 384 

syphilis, 302 
Malum perforans pedis, 527 
Mallein, 341, 342 

Manson's pemphigus contagiosus, 193 
Marsden's paste, 606 
Masern, 388 
Mastzellen, 32 

in dermatitis exfoliativa, 70 

in urticaria pigmentosa, 64 
Matrix of the nail, 13 
Mattress itch, 450 
Measles, 388 

definition, 388 

diagnosis, 391 

etiology, 390 

pathology, 390 

prognosis, 391 

symptoms, 388 

synonyms, 388 

treatment, 391 

bastard, 391 

German, 391 
Meats in eczema, 137 
Mechanical pressure in causation of skin 

diseases, 28 
Medulla of the hair, 8 
Medullated nerve-fibres of the skin, 5 
Meibomian glands, 1 1 
Meissner, corpuscles of, 5 
Melanin, 4, 7, 33 
Melanoblasts of Ehrmann, 34 
Melanoderma, 531 
Melanosis arsenicalis, 533 

lenticularis, 612 
Melanotic sarcoma, 617 
Melasma, 531 

Membranes, diseases of mucous, 726 
Menthol in eczema, 140, 141, 145, 147, 148 

in pruritus, 629 
Meralgia paraesthetica, 633 
Mercury causing dermatitis herpetiformis, 

174 

eruption, 219 

in pediculosis pubis, 442 

in ringworm, 427, 429 

in skin diseases, 40 

in syphilid 303 
Merkel's touch-cells, 6 
Metabolism, protein, in psoriasis, 103 
Mica-like scales in psoriasis, 103 
Microscope in general diagnosis, 37 
Microscopic section of acne vulgaris, 697 
of actinomycosis, 337 



780 



INDEX 



Microscopic section of adenoma seba- 
ceum, 559 
of blastomycosis, 330, 331 
of colloid degeneration of the 

skin, 585 
of comedo, 688 
of dermatitis papillaris capillitii, 

6 75 
venenata, 213 
of eczema rubrum, 131 
of the epidermis and corium, 2 
of epithelioma, 605 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 
548-550 
of favus, 402, 403 
of granuloma annulare, 573 

pyogenicum, 236 
of hair follicle, 11 
of hidro cystoma, 720 
of herpes zoster, 164 
of lepothrix, 654 
of leucoplakia, 731 
of leukaemia cutis, 623 
of lichen planus, 88 
of lupus erythematosus, 364 

vulgaris, 242 
of lymphangioma circumscrip- 
tum, 561 
of microsporon furfur, 542 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 266 
pigmented hemorrhagic sar- 
coma, 620 
of naevus pigmentosus, 596, 597 
of Paget 's disease, 611 
of pellagra, 370 
of pemphigus, 186-188 
of pityriasis rubra pilaris, 96 
of psoriasis, 102 
of the rete mucosum, 3 
of rhinoscleroma, 356 
of ringworm, 418, 419, 422-425 

of the nails, 641 
of scabies, 446, 447 
of syphilis, 299 
of a sweat-gland, 12, 13 
of a tactile corpuscle, 6 
of tinea imbricata, 433 
of tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, 252 
in urticaria pigmentosa, 64 
of vesicular eczema, 130 
of xanthoma, 583 
Microsporon anamceon, 114 

Audouini, 407, 408, 419, 420 
dispar, 114 
equinum, 420 
furfur, 541 
lanosum, 420 



Microsporon Mansoni, 542 
minutissimum, 434 
tropicum, 541 
Miliaria, 721 

definition, 721 
diagnosis, 722 
etiology, 722 
pathology, 722 
symptoms, 721 
synonyms, 721 
treatment, 722 
alba, 721 
crystallina, 723 
definition, 723 
diagnosis, 723 
etiology, 723 
pathology, 723 
prognosis, 723 
symptoms, 723 
synonyms, 723 
treatment, 723 
papulosa, 721 
rubra, 721 
vesiculosa, 721 
Miliaire, 721, 723 
Miliary fever, 724 

definition, 724 
symptoms, 724 
synonyms, 724 
papular syphiloderm, 276 
pustular syphiloderm, 280, 281 
tuberculosis of the skin, 256 
Milieu d'epreuve, 420 
Milium, 689 

definition, 690 
diagnosis, 691 
etiology, 690 
pathology, 690 
prognosis, 691 
symptoms, 690 
synonyms, 689 
treatment, 691 
colloid, 584 
"Milk crust" in infants, 120 
Milton's disease, 65 

herpes gestationis, 170 
Milz brand, 338 

Mistura ferri acida in acne vulgaris, 698 
Mitchell's causalgia, 631 
erythromelalgia, 632 
Mite, bird, 456 
Mitesser, 686 
Mixed leprosy, 318 
Moist papules, 270, 286 

wart, 503 
Mole, 593 

pigmentary, 593 



INDEX 



781 



Moll, glands of, 12 
Moller's glossitis, 735 
definition, 735 
diagnosis, 736 
etiology, 736 
pathology, 736 
prognosis, 736 
symptoms, 735 
treatment, 736 
Mollin, 482 

Molluscum bodies, 545, 548 
cholesterique, 580 
contagiosum, 30, 544 
corpuscles, 548 
epitheliale, 544 
fibrosum, 563 
pendulum, 563 
sebaceum, 544 
simplex, 563 
Monilethrix, 648 
definition, 648 
diagnosis, 651 
etiology, 650 
pathology, 650 
prognosis, 651 
symptoms, 649 
synonyms, 648 
treatment, 651 
Mononuclear cells, 32 
Morbi appendicium, 634 
Morbilli, 388 

laeves, 389 
Morbus maculosus Werlhofhi, 462 

pedicularis, 437 
Morococcus, 683 
Morphine eruption, 219 

in herpes zoster, 164, 165 
Morphcea, 506 

Morphoea-like epithelioma, 600 
Morris and Cheadle's tinea nodosa, 652 
Morro test in general diagnosis, 37 
Mortimer's malady, 264 
Morve, 340 

Moth dermatitis, brown-tail, 452 
Mother yaw, 347 
Much's granules, 255 
Mucous membranes, diseases of, 726 
in leprosy, 312 
lupus vulgaris, 241 
in pemphigus, 179 
syphilis of, 286 
patches, 286 
Multiform erythema, 51 
Multilocular vesicles of smallpox, 375 
Multiple benign epithelioma of the scalp, 
556 
benign sarcoid (Boeck), 264 



Multiple benign sarcoid, definition, 264 
diagnosis, 267 
etiology, 265 
pathology, 265 
prognosis, 267 
symptoms, 264 
synonyms, 264 
treatment, 267 
cachectic gangrene of the skin, 200 
hemorrhagic sarcoma, idiopathic, 617 
tumors of the skin accompanied by 
intense itching, 80 
Muscle of the skin, 4, 7 
Muscular tremor in pemphigus vegetans, 

183 
Mutilating rhinopharyngitis, 352 
Mycetoma, 342 

definition, 342 

diagnosis, 344 

etiology, 343 

pathology, 343 

prognosis, 344 

symptoms, 343 

synonyms, 343 

treatment, 344 
Mycosis d'emblee, 326 

fungoides, 323 
Myom, 577 
Myoma, 577 

levicellulare, 577 
Myome, 577 

dartoique, 577 
Myxadenitis labialis, 739 
Myxomatous degeneration of the corium, 

33 
Myxcedem, 512 
Myxcedema, 512 

definition, 512 

diagnosis, 513 

etiology, 513 

pathology, 513 

prognosis, 513 

symptoms, 512 

synonyms, 512 

treatment, 513 
Myxcedeme, 512 

N 
Naevi vasculaires et papillaires (Vidal), 557 
Naevocarcinoma, 597, 602 
Nasvus araneus, 590 

cystepitheliomatosus, 553 

epitheliomatosus, 555 

flammes, 587 

lipomatodes, 594 

lupus, 591 

papillomatosus, 593 



782 



INDEX 



Naevus pigmentaire, 593 
pigmentosus, 593 
definition, 593 
diagnosis, 594 
etiology, 595 
pathology, 595 
prognosis, 597 
symptoms, 593 
synonyms, 593 
treatment, 597 
varieties, 593 
pilosus, 587, 594 
sanguineus, 591 
spilus, 593 

unius lateris, 496, 595 
vasculaire, 587 
vascularis, 587 

definition, 587 
diagnosis, 589 
etiology, 588 
pathology, 588 
prognosis, 589 
symptoms, 587 
synonyms, 587 
treatment, 589 
vasculosus, 587 
verrucosus, 593 
Nail bed, 13 
fold, 13 
groove, 13 
Nails, 13 

atrophy of, 635 
diseases of, 634 
eczema of, 125 
ingrowing, 638 
parasitic diseases of, 639 
in psoriasis, 98 

treatment of ringworm of, 430 
Narbe, 570 
Narben, 20 

Nasal secretion in leprosy, 319 
Nasi, granulosis rubra, 724 
Nassende flechte, 116 
Nastin, 323 

B, 323 

Necator Americanus, 455 
Neck, fatty, 576 
Negreni, 643 
Negro, keloid in, 567, 568 

pigment in, 4 

predilection, 36 

psoriasis in, 100 

syphilis in, 273, 282, 284, 300 
Neilson's views on psoriasis, 100 
Neisser's observations in syphilis, 301 
Neonatorum oedema, 5 1 1 

sclerema, 510 



Neoplasee circinee et nodulaire (Brocq), 

572 
Neoplasmata, 544 
Neosalvarsan, 305 

Nephritis after mercury treatment, 305 
Nerve naevus, 595 

tumor, 578 
Nerves of the skin, 4, 5 
Nervous disturbances in pellagra, 368 
Nesselausschlag, 58 
Nesselsucht, 58 
Nettlerash, 58 
Neumann's alopecia orbicularis, 668 

pemphigus vegetans, 183 
Neuralgia in herpes zoster, 165 

of the skin, 631 
Neurofibroma, 563 
Neurom, 578 
Neuroma, 578 

definition, 578 

diagnosis, 579 

etiology, 579 

pathology, 579 

synonyms, 578 

treatment, 579 
Neuroses, 625 

anaesthesia, 625 

dermatalgia, 631 

erythromelalgia, 632 

hyperesthesia, 625 

meralgia paraesthetica, 633 

pruritus, 626 
Nevrodermite circonscrite, 91 
Nevrome, 578, 625 
New growths, 544 

adenoma sebaceum, 557 
angioma, 586 

serpiginosum, 591 
carcinoma cutis, 598 
cicatrix, 705 
colloid degeneration of the skin, 

584 
dermatomyoma, 577 
endothelioma cutis, 556 
epithelioma, 598 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 

544 
fibroma, 562 

molluscum, 563 
granuloma annulare, 572 
keloid, 566 
leukaemia cutis, 622 
lipoma, 575 
lymphangioma, 559 

circumscriptum, 559 
naevus pigmentosus, 593 

vascularis, 587 



INDEX 



783 



New growths, neuroma, 578 

osteoma cutis, 579 

Paget' s disease, 607 

paraffinoma, 575 

pseudoxanthoma elasticum, 584 

sarcoma cutis, 616 

syringocy stoma, 553 

telangiectasis, 590 

trichoepithelioma, 551 

xanthoma, 580 

xeroderma pigmentosum, 612 
New-born, exfoliating dermatitis of, 76 
Niarde, 741 

Night itching in scabies, 445 
Nigrite de la langue, 737 
Nipple shield in eczema, 147 
"Nits" of pediculus capitis, 438 
of pediculosis corporis, 439 

pubis, 441 
Nodosite des poils, 648 
Nodulae, 17 
Nodular erythema, 55 
prurigo, 80 

syphilodermata, 288, 289 
Nodules, 17, 20 

Noguchi's operation? in syphilis, 301 
Non-medullated nerve fibres in the skin, 5 
Non-parasitic sycosis, 676 
Non-pigmented sarcoma, 616 
Norway itch, 446 
Nummular psoriasis, 97 



Objective symptoms, 17 
Occupation acne, 705 

in causation of skin diseases, 25 
in general diagnosis, 36 
Ochronosis, 532 

(Edema, acute circumscribed, 65 
angioneuroticum, 65 
definition, 65 
diagnosis, 66 
etiology, 66 
pathology, 66 
prognosis, 66 
symptoms, 65 
synonyms, 65 
treatment, 66 
malignant, 340 
neonatorum, 511 
definition, 511 
diagnosis, 512 
etiology, 511 
pathology, 511 
prognosis, 512 
symptoms, 511 
synonyms, 511 



(Edema neonatorum, treatment, 512 

of the rete mucosum, 30 
(Edeme des nouveaunes, 511 
(Eil de pedrix, 469 
(Estridas, 455 
(Estrus, 455 
Oftedal and Rosenow on the cause of 

herpes zoster, 163 
Oil of birch in eczema, 142 
in psoriasis, 109 

of cade in eczema, 142 
in psoriasis, 109 

chaulmoogra, 322 

cod liver, 40 
Ointments, 44 

in acne, 700 

diachylon, 45 

in eczema, 140 

in herpes zoster, 165 

in psoriasis, 108 
Oleum cinereum, 303, 304 
Oligotrichosis, 655 
Onychatrophia, 635 
Onychauxis, 634 

definition, 634 

etiology, 635 

symptoms, 634 

treatment, 635 
Onychia, 637 

definition, 637 

etiology, 638 

symptoms, 637 

synonyms, 637 

treatment, 639 

lateralis, 638 

maligna, 637 

sicca syphilitica, 638 
Onychitis, 637 
Onychogryphosis, 634, 635 
Onycholysis, 636 
Onychomycosis, 636, 639 

definition, 639 

diagnosis, 641 

prognosis, 641 

symptoms, 639 

treatment, 641 

favosa, 640 

trichophytica, 639 
Onychorrhexis, 636 
Onyxis craquele, 638 
Oozing in eczema, 120, 132 
Opium eruption, 219 
Oroya fever, 350 
Oriental boil, 344 

sore, 344 

definition, 344 
diagnosis, 346 



784 



INDEX 



Oriental sore, etiology, 345 

pathology, 346 

prognosis, 346 

symptoms, 344 

synonyms, 344 

treatment, 346 
Orientbeule, 344 
Osmidrosis, 717 
Osteoma cutis, 579 

synonyms, 579 
Osteosis cutis, 579 
Outer root-sheath of hair follicle, 9 
Ova of pediculus capitis, 438 
of pediculosis corporis, 439 

pubis, 441 



Pachydermatocele, 518 
Pachydermia, 514 
Pacinian corpuscles, 4, 5 
Paget 's disease, 607 

definition, 607 

diagnosis, 612 

etiology, 610 

pathology, 610 

prognosis, 612 

symptoms, 608 

synonyms, 607 

treatment, 612 
Pain in herpes zoster, 165 
Palmar syphilis, 290 
Palsies in leprosy, 316 
Panaritium, 637 
Papilla of the hair, 8, 10 
Papillary dermatitis, malignant, 607 

varices, 591 
Papillomatous syphiloderm, 289 
Papulae, 17 
Papular eczema, 120 
syphiloderm, 271 
Papules, 17, 18 

in lichen planus, 83, 84 
in pityriasis rubra pilaris, 93 
moist, 286 
Papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 254, 709 

definition, 254 

diagnosis, 255 

etiology, 255 

pathology, 256 

prognosis, 256 

symptoms, 254 

synonyms, 254 

treatment, 256 
Papulo-pustular syphiloderm, 284 
Paraffin acne, 706 
Paraffinoma, 575 
definition, 575 



Paraffinoma, diagnosis, 575 

pathology, 575 

symptoms, 575 

treatment, 575 
Parakeratosis, 30 

in eczema, 130 

in psoriasis, 103 

variegata (Unna), no 
Paranghi (Ceylon), 347 
Parapsoriasis, no 

definition, no 

diagnosis, 112 

etiology, in 

pathology, in 

prognosis, 112 

symptoms, 11 1 

synonyms, no 

treatment, 112 

en plaques (Brocq), no 
Parasitare Bartfinne, 410 
Parasites in causation of skin diseases, 27 
Parasitic diseases, animal, 437 

vegetable, 398 
Parasiticides, 47 

in erythrasma, 435 

in pediculosis capitis, 438 
corporis, 441 
pubis, 442 

in pinta, 436 

in ringworm, 427 

of the head, 429 

in scabies, 448 

in tinea imbricata, 433 
Paronychia, 637 

syphilitica, 638 
Pars papillaris, 4 

reticularis, 4, 34 
Pastes, 45 

Brooke's, 198 

in eczema, 140, 142 

in psoriasis, 108 

Lassar's, 45 

Marsden's, 606 
Patches, mucous, 286 

smokers', 727 
Pathology, 29 

of acanthosis nigricans, 492 

of acne rosacea, 703 
varioliformis, 708 
vulgaris, 696 

of acnitis, 709 

of actinomycosis, 336 

of adenoma sebaceum, 558 

of ainhum, 526 

of albinismus, 538 

of alopecia areata, 665 
congenita, 656 



INDEX 



785 



Pathology of alopecia pityrodes, 658 

prematura, 658 
of angiokeratoma, 490 
of angioma serpiginosum, 592 
of angioneurotic oedema, 66 
of anthrax, 339 
of aphthous stomatitis, 743 
of atrophia cutis senilis, 523 
of black tongue, 738 
of blastomycosis cutis, 330 
of bromidrosis, 717 
of callositas, 470 
o^ canities, 671 
of carbunculus, 231 
of carcinoma cutis, 604 
of cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 

glandularis, 739 
of chloasma, 532 
of chromidrosis, 716 
of cicatrix, 571 
of clavus, 469 

of colloid degeneration of the skin, 586 
of comedo, 687 

of condyloma acuminatum, 504 
of dermatiits chronica atrophicans, 
520 

exfoliativa, 70 

epidemica, 72 
neonatorum, 76 

gangrenosa adultorum, 203 
infantum, 201 
symmetrica, 206 

herpetiformis, 174 

papillaris capillitii, 674 

repens, 197 

seborrhceica, 152 

venenata, 214 
of dermatomyoma, 578 
of dracontiasis, 457 
of drug dermatoses, 220 
of ecthyma, 227 
of eczema, 129 
of elephantiasis, 516 
of endothelioma cutis, 556 
of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria 

190 
of epithelioma, 604 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 547 
of equinia, 341 
of erysipelas, 232 
of erysipeloid, 234 
of erythema induratum, 258 

multiforme, 54 

nodosum, 57 

scarlatiniforme, 75 
of erythrasma, 434 
of erythromelalgia, 632 



Pathology of exfoliatio areata linguae, 734 
of favus, 401 
of fibroma, 565 
of folliculitis decalvans, 668 
of Fordyce's disease, 744 
of fragilitas crinium, 646 
of frambcesia, 349 
of furunculus, 228 
of gangosa, 353 
of glossy skin, 529 
of grain itch, 450 
of granuloma annulare, 574 

fungoides, 326 

inguinale tropicum, 354 

pyogenicum, 235 
of granulosis rubra nasi, 725 
of haematidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 156 

zoster, 163 
of hidrocystoma, 721 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 166 
of hyperidrosis, 713 
of hypertrichosis, 643 
of ichthyosis, 497 
of impetigo contagiosa, 195 

herpetiformis, 177 
of keloid, 569 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 487 

follicularis, 479 

contagiosa, 482 

pilaris, 476 

palmae et plantae, 485 

senilis, 474 

rubras, 525 
of larva migrans, 459 j 
of lentigo, 530 
of leprosy, 319 
of leucoplakia, 729 
of leukaemia cutis, 624 
of lichen nitidus. 90 

planus, 87 

scrofulosorum, 262 

seu spinulosus, 476 

simplex chronicus, 91 
of lipoma, 576 
of lupus erythematosus, 362 

vulgaris, 243 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 561 
of measles, 390 
of miliaria, 722 

cryitallina, 723 
of milium, 690 
of Moller's glossitis, 736 
of monilethrix, 650 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 265 
of mycetoma, 343 
of myxcedema, 513 



786 



INDEX 



Pathology of naevus pigmentosus, 595 

vascularis, 588 
of neuroma, 579 
of oedema neonatorum, 511 
of Oriental sore, 346 
of Paget's disease, 610 
of papular-necrotic tuberculide, 255 
of paraffinoma, 575 
of parapsoriasis, 1 1 1 
of pellagra, 369 
of pemphigus, 185 
of perforating ulcer of the foot, 528 
of perleche, 742 
of piedra, 652 
of pinta, 436 
of pityriasis rosea, 115 

rubra pilaris, 95 
of pompholyx, 168 
of porokeratosis, 488 
of prurigo, 79 

nodularis, 80 
of pruritus, 627 
of psoriasis, 10 1 
of purpura, 463 

annularis telangiectodes, 466 
of rd diodermatitis, 225 
of rhinoscleroma, 356 
of ringworm, 418, 422 
of rubella, 392 
of sarcoma, 618 
of scabies, 446 
of scarlatina, 385 
of scrofuloderma, 260 
of scorbutus, 467 
of seborrhcea, 683 
of smallpox, 378 
of sporotrichosis, 334 
of sclerema neonatorum, 510 
of scleroderma, 508 
of steatoma, 692 

of striae et maculae atrophicae, 524 
of sycosis vulgaris, 678 
of syphilis, 298 
of syringocy stoma, 554 
of tinea imbricata, 432 

versicolor, 541 
of trichoepithelioma, 552 
of trichophytosis, 422 
of trichorrhexis nodosa, 647 
of tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, 251 
of urticaria, 61 

pigmentosa, 63 
of varicella, 396 
of verruca, 501 
of verruga peruana, 351 
of vitiligo, 535 
of xanthoma, 582 



Pathology of xanthoma elasticum, 584 

of xeroderma pigmentosum, 614 
Patient's clothing in relation to skin dis- 
eases, 39 
. occupation in relation to skin dis- 
eases, 39 
Patterson's trichomycosis nodosa, 653 
Pearly bodies in epithelioma, 604 , 
Pedicularis morbus, 437 
Pediculosis, 437 
definition, 437 
diagnosis, 438, 439, 442 
symptoms, 437, 439, 441 
synonyms, 437 
treatment, 438, 441, 442 
varieties, 437 
capitis, 437 

diagnosis, 438 
etiology, 437 
treatment, 438 
corporis, 437, 439 
diagnosis, 439 
etiology, 439 
treatment, 441 
pubis, 437, 441 

diagnosis, 442 
etiology, 441 
treatment, 442 
vestimentorum, 437, 439 
Pediculoides ventricosus, 451 
Peitschenwurm, 456 
Pelade, 662 

Peliosis rheumatica, 462 
Pellagra, 367 

definition, 367 
diagnosis, 371 
etiology, 369 
pathology, 369 
prognosis, 371 
symptoms, 367 
synonyms, 367 
treatment, 371 
Pellagre, 367 
Pellagrous collar, 367 
Pellier's stereo-phlogose nodulaire et cir- 

cinee, 572 
Pemphigus, 178 
definition, 178 
diagnosis, 185 
etiology, 180, 184 
pathology, 185 
prognosis, 189 
symptoms, 179, 180 
synonyms, 178 
treatment, 188 
varieties, 179 
acute, 179 



INDEX 



787 



Pemphigus circinatus, 180 
(Rayer), 170 
congenital, 190 
contagiosus, 193 
foliaceus, 182 
gangrgenosus, 200 
pruriginosus, 181 
syphilitica, 286 
vegetans, 183 
vulgaris, 180 
Pemphigoid, 195 
Pendje sore, 344 

Perforating ulcer ot the foot, 527 
definition, 527 
diagnosis, 528 
etiology, 528 
pathology, 528 
prognosis, 528 
symptoms, 527 
synonyms, 527 
treatment, 528 
Perforirendes fussgeschwur, 527 
Peridiaphania, 73 
Perifolliculitis suppurativa conglomerata, 

54i 
Perleche, 741 

definition, 741 

diagnosis, 742 

etiology, 742 

pathology, 742 

symptoms, 741 

synonyms, 741 

treatment, 742 
Pernio, 49 

Persistent papular dermatosis, 80 
Peruvian wart, 350 
Petechias, 461 
Petite verole, 373 
Phenacetin eruption, 219 

in skin diseases, 41 
Phenol in eczema, 147 

in skin diseases, 41 

in pruritus, 629 

in psoriasis, 107 
Phosphoridrosis, 718 

definition, 718 

synonyms, 718 
Photidrose, 718 

Phototherapy in lupus vulgaris, 248 
Phthiriase, 437 
Phthiriasis, 437 
Phymata, 17 

Physiology oi the skin, 1, 14 
Painful subcutaneous tubercle, 579 
Pian, 347 

fungoide, 323 
Picric acid in ringworm, 428 



Picro toxin in hyperidrosis, 714 
Pick's trichomycosis palmellina, 653 
Piebald negroes, 538 
Pied de Madure, 342 
Piedra, 652 

definition, 652 
diagnosis, 653 
etiology, 652 
pathology, 652 
symptoms, 652 
synonyms, 652 
treatment, 653 
nostras (Unna), 652 
Pigment in the negro, 4 
of the skin, 1, 4, 7 
alterations in, 33 
Pigmentary changes in the hair, 671 
mole, 593 
syphilide, 285 
Pigmentation, arsenical, 216 
in prurigo, 78 
of the rete in eczema, 131 
Pili annulati, 671 
Pilocarpin in alopecia areata, 666 

prematura, 660 
Pilosebaceous hidradenoma, 558 
Pimples, 693 
Pinta, 435 

definition, 435 
diagnosis, 436 
etiology, 436 
pathology, 436 
symptoms, 435 
synonyms, 435 
treatment, 436 
Pityriasis des levres, 740 
furfuracea, 682 
linguae, 733 

maculata et circinata, 112 
nigra, 532 
nigricans, 715 
pilaris, 474 

(Devergie), 93 
rose (Gibert), 112 
rosea, 112 

definition, 112 
diagnosis, 115 
etiology, 113 
pathology, 115 
prognosis, 116 - 
symptoms, 112 
synonyms, 112 
treatment, 116 
rubra, 69 

(Hebra), 66, 253 
pilaris, 93 

definition, 93 



788 



INDEX 



Pityriasis rubra pilaris, diagnosis, 94 
etiology, 94 
pathology, 94 
prognosis, 94 
symptoms, 93 
synonyms, 93 
treatment, 94 
simplex,,682 
steatodes, 682 
tabescentium, 683 
versicolor, 540 
nigra, 541 
versicolore, 540 
Pix liquida in eczema, 142 
Plantar syphilis, 290 
Plaques blanches de la bouche, 727 

jaunatres des paupieres (Rayer), 580 
muqueuses, 286 
opalines, 727 
ortiee, 17 
Plaster mulls, 46 

in eczema, 143 
pyrogallol, 607 
Plasters, 46 

Plates of acne rosacea, 702 
vulgaris, 692 
of chronic pemphigus, 180 
of circumscribed scleroderma, 506 
of colloid degeneration of the skin, 584 
of dermatitis factiua, 220 
of eczema, 118 

of the beard, 146 
fissum, 120 
rubrum, 120 
squamosum, 120 
of epithelioma, 598 
of erythematous and vesicular eczema, 
118 
eczema, 118 
of favus, 398 

of granuloma fungoides, 322, 324 
of herpes simplex, 154 
of lupus vulgaris, 236 
of measles, 388 
of naevus pigmentosus, 592 
of psoriasis, 96 
of purpura simplex, 460 
of Raynaud's disease, 204 
of ringworm of the beard, 410 
of the body, 412, 414 
of the scalp, 406 
of scabies, 444 
of scarlatina, 382 
of seborrhceic dermatitis, 148 
of sycosis vulgaris, 676 
of syphilis, 268, 270, 292 
of tinea versicolor, 540 



Plates of varicella, 372 

of variola, 372 

of xanthoma, 580 
Plexuses of blood-vessels of the skin, 4 
Plica, 651 

definition, 651 

etiology, 652 

symptoms, 651 

synonyms, 651 

treatment, 652 
Plica neuropathica, 652 

polonica, 651 
Plique polonaise, 651 
Plumbe's ichthyosis of the tongue, 727 
Pocken, 373 
Podelcoma, 342 
Poils accidentels, 642 
Poisonnade, 742 

Poison plants in causation of skin dis- 
eases, 28 
Poliosis, 670 

circumscripta, 532 
Poliothrix, 670 

Pollitzer's hydradenitis destruens suppura- 
tiva, 708 
Polyidrosis, 711 
Polymorphonuclear cells, 32 
Polytrichia, 642 
Pomphi, 17 
Pompholyx, 167 

definition, 167 

diagnosis, 169 

etiology, 168 

pathology, 168 

prognosis, 169 

symptoms, 167 

synonyms, 167 

treatment, 169 
"Porcupine" men, 496 
Porokeratosis, 487 

definition, 487 

diagnosis, 489 

etiology, 488 

pathology, 488 

prognosis, 489 

symptoms, 487 

synonyms, 487 

treatment, 489 
Porrigo contagiosa, 191 

decalvans, 662 
"Port-wine" stain, 587 
Post-mortem wart, 249 
Potassium iodide causing dermatitis her- 
petiformis, 174 

permanganate in dermatitis repens, 
198 
Pou de bois, 454 



INDEX 



789 



Poultices, starch, 43 

Powders, dusting, 44 

Pox, water, 455 

Prairie itch, 626 

Predisposing causes of skin diseases, 24 

Premature alopecia, 656 

Premycosic stage of granuloma fungoides, 

324 

Prickle-cell layer of the hair follicle, 9 
Prickle-cells of the rete mucosum, 3 
Prickly heat, 721 
Primary lesions of the skin, 17 
"Primary plaques" (Crocker) in psoriasis, 

98 
"Primitive plaques" in pityriasis rosea, 

113 

Primula obconica, 28, 212 
Principles of general therapeutics, 38 
Prognosis of acanthosis nigricans, 492 
of acne rosacea, 704 

varioliformis, 708 

vulgaris, 696 
of acnitis, 710 
of actinomycosis, 338 
of adenoma sebaceum, 559 
of ainhum, 527 
of alopecia areata, 666 

prematura, 659 
of angiokeratoma, 490 
of angioma serpiginosum, 593 
of angioneurotic oedema, 66 
of anthrax, 240 
of blastomycosis cutis, 332 
of canities, 672 
of carbunculus, 231 
of carcinoma cutis, 606 
of cheilitis exfoliativa, 741 

glandularis, 740 
of cholasma, 533 
of chromidrosis, 716 
of comedo, 689 

of condyloma acuminatum, 504 
of cornu cutaneum, 471 
of dermatalgia, 631 
of dermatitis exfoliativa, 71 
epidemica, 73 
neonatorum, 77 

gangraenosa adultorum, 203 
infantum, 201 
symmetrica, 206 

herpetiformis, 175 

papillaris capillitii, 676 

repens, 198 

seborrhoeica, 153 

venenata, 214 
of dermatomyoma, 578 
of drug dermatoses, 221 



Prognosis of eczema, 136 
of elephantiasis, 517 
of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria, 

191 
of epithelioma, 606 

(molluscum) contagiosum„550 
of equinia, 341 
of erysipelas, 233 
of erysipeloid, 234 
of erythema multiforme, 55 

nodosum, 57 
of erythromelalgia, 633 
of exfoliatio areata linguae, 735 
of favus, 406 
of fibroma, 565 
of folliculitis decalvans, 669 
of frambcesia, 350 
of furunculus, 229 
of gangosa, 353 
of glossy skin, 529 
of granuloma annulare, 574 

fungoides, 327 

inguinale tropicum, 355 

pyogenicum, 235 
of haematidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 157 

zoster, 164 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 166 
of hyperidrosis, 714 
of ichthyosis, 498 
of impetigo contagiosa, 196 

herpetiformis, 177 
of keloid, 570 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 487 

follicularis, 481 

palmas et plantae, 486 

senilis, 474 

vulvae, 526 
of leprosy, 321 
of leucoplakia, 732 
of lichen planus, 89 

simplex chronica, 92 
of lipoma, 577 
of lupus erythematosus, 364 

vulgaris, 246 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 562 
of measles, 391 
of miliaria, 722 

crystallina, 723 
of milium, 691 
of Holler's glossitis, 736 
of monilethrix, 651 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 267 
of mycetoma, 344 
of myxcedema, 513 
of naevus pigmentosus, 597 

vascularis, 589 



790 



INDEX 



Prognosis of oedema neonatorum, 512 

of onychomycosis, 641 

of Paget's disease, 612 

of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 257 

of parapsoriasis, 112 

of pellagra, 371 

of pemphigus, 189 

of perforating ulcer of the foot, 528 

of pityriasis rosea, 116 
rubra pilaris, 95 

of pompholyx, 169 

of porokeratosis, 489 

of prurigo, 79 
nodularis, 81 

of pruritus, 628 

of psoriasis, 105 

of purpura, 464 

annularis telangiectodes, 466 

of radiodermatitis, 225 

of rhinoscleroma, 357 

of rubella, 393 

of sarcoma, 621 

of scabies, 449 

of scarlatina, 387 

of sclerema neonatorum, 5 1 1 

of scleroderma, 509 

of scorbutus, 468 

of seborrhcea, 684 

of smallpox, 380 

of steatoma, 693 

of syphilis, 302 

of tinea imbricata, 433 

of trichorrhexis nodosa, 648 

of urticaria, 61 

pigmentosa, 65 

of varicella, 397 

of verruca, 502 

of verruga peruana, 352 

of vitiligo, 537 

of xanthoma, 583 

of xeroderma pigmentosum, 615 
Protectives, 47 
Protein injections in general diagnosis, 37 

metabolism in psoriasis, 103 

sensitization, 38 

susceptibility in eczema, 127 
Protoplasmic fibres of the rete, 3 
Prurigo, 60, 77 

definition, 77 

diagnosis, 79 

etiology, 78 

pathology, 79 

prognosis, 79 

symptoms, 77 

synonyms, 77 

treatment, 79 

varieties, 77 



Prurigo aestivalis, 167 
agria (Hebra), 77 
ferox, 77 

mitis (Willan), 77 
nodularis, 80 

definition, 80 
diagnosis, 80 
etiology, 80 
pathology, 80 
prognosis, 81 
symptoms, 80 
synonyms, 80 
** treatment, 81 
Prurit circonscrit avec lichenification 

(Brocq), 91 
Pruritus, 626 

definition, 626 
diagnosis, 628 
etiology, 627 
pathology, 627 
prognosis, 628 
symptoms, 626 
synonyms, 626 
treatment, 628 
varieties, 626 
ani, 627 
hiemalis, 626 
localis, 627 
universalis, 626 
vulvas, 627 
Pseudobotryomycose, 234 
Pseudoleukasmia cutis, 622 
Pseudopelade, 668 
Pseudoxanthoma elasticum, 584 
diagnosis, 584 
pathology, 584 
synonym, 584 
treatment, 584 
Psoriasiform and lichenoid exanthem 

(Neisser), no 
Psoriasis, 97 

definition, 97 
diagnosis, 103 
pathology, 101 
prognosis, 105 
symptoms, 97 
synonyms, 97 
treatment, 105 
arthritica, 10 1 
buccalis, 727 
circinata, 97 
diffusa, 97 

guttata et punctata, 97 
gyrata, 97 
inveterata, 98 
labialis, 740 
linguas, 727 



INDEX 



791 



Psoriasis of mucous membranes, 726 

nummularis, 97 

ostreacea, 99 

rupoides, 99 

universalis, 97 
Psorospermose folliculaire vegetante, 477 
Psorospermosis, 30 
Ptyalism, 305 
Puce commune, 443 

de sable, 453 
Pudenda, ulcerating granuloma, 354 
Pulex irritans, 443 

synonyms, 443 
treatment, 443 

penetrans, 453 
Pulmonary tuberclosisis as a sequel to 

lupus vulgaris, 245 
Punaise des lits, 443 
"Punched out" ulcers of syphilis, 293 
Punctate psoriasis, 97 
Purpura, 461 

definition, 461 

diagnosis, 464 

etiology, 463 

pathology, 463 

prognosis, 464 

symptoms, 461 

synonyms, 461 

treatment, 465 

varieties, 461 

annularis telangiectodes, 465, 592 
diagnosis, 466 
etiology, 466 
pathology, 466 
prognosis, 466 
symptoms, 465 
synonyms, 465 
treatment, 466 

fulminans, 462 

hemorrhagica, 462 

Henoch's, 462 

neonatorum, 463 

rheumatica, 462 

scorbutica, 466 

senilis, 463, 523 

simplex, 461 

of the sweat-glands, 719 

urticans, 58, 461 

variolosa, 376 
Pustula maligna, 338 
Pustulag, 17 
Pustular eczema, 121 

syphiloderm, 278 
Pustule formation, 31 

of anthrax, 339 
Pusteln, 17 
Pustules, 17, 19 



Pustulo-crustaceous syphiloderm, 278 
Pyodermite vegetante, 199 
Pyrogallol in psoriasis, 1 10 

in lupus vulgaris, 247 

in parapsoriasis, 112 

in pityriasis rubra pilaris, 97 

plaster, 607 

Q 

Quaddeln, 17 
Quincke's disease, 65 
Quinine in alopecia, 660 

eruption, 219 

in skin diseases, 39 

urticaria, 60 
Quirica, 435 

R 
Race in general diagnosis, 35 
Rabl's view on coloration of the skin, 7 

on hair papilla, 10 
Radiant energy, 47 
Radiodermatitis, 224 

pathology, 225 

prognosis, 225 

symptoms, 224 

synonyms, 224 

treatment, 225 
Radiotherapy in epithelioma, 607 

in lupus erythematosus, 366 

in lupus vulgaris, 248 

in naevus, 589 
Radium, 47 
Rash, wandering, 733 
Ray fungus, 335 
Rayer's exfoliatio areata linguae, 733 

ichthyosis of the tongue, 727 

pemphigus circinatus, 170 

plaques jaunatres des paupieres, 580 

vegetations vasculaires, 557 
Raynaud's disease, 204 
Raynaud 'sche krankheit, 204 
Reaction attending salvarsan, 306 

Wassermann, 301 
Recurrent scarlatiniform eruption, 73, 387 
Recurring summer eruption (Hutchinson), 

165 

Red gum, 721 
Redness of the skin, 48 
Regional forms of eczema, 123 

hyperidrosis, 713 
Regulation of the temperature by the 

skin, 15 
Remedies used for external treatment, 46 

for internal treatment, 38 
Remission in measles, 388 
Repens, dermatitis, 197, 198 



792 



INDEX 



Resistant maculo-papular scaly erythro- 

dermias (Fox and MacLeod), no. 
Resorcin in acne, 700 

in alopecia prematura, 661 

in dermatitis seborrhceica, 154 

in eczema, 140-142, 144 

in seborrhcea, 685 

lotion in infantile eczema, 144 

and bismuth lotion in eczema, 141 
Respighi's hyperkeratosis excentrica, 487 
Respiratory function of the skin, 15 
Rete Malpighii, 1, 3 

mucosum, 1, 3 
Reticulated angioplastic sarcoma, 592 
Reticulating colliquation, 379 
Rhagaden, 20 
Rhagades, 20 

Rheumatism in skin disease, 27, 631 
Rhinopharyngitis mutilans (Leys), 352 
Rhinoscleroma, 355 

definition, 355 

diagnosis, 357 

etiology, 356 

pathology, 356 

prognosis, 357 

symptoms, 355 

treatment, 357 
Rhus toxicodendron, 28, 31, 212 

venenata, 212 

vernix, 212 
Rhynochoprion penetrans, 453 
Riehl's view of pigment of the skin, 7 
Ringelhaare, 671 

Ringed eruption (Colcott Fox), 572 
Ringworm, 406 

of the beard, 410 

of the body, 411 

Bowditch Island, 430 

infection from a cat, 413, 417 

honeycomb, 398 

of the nails, 639 

of non-hairy parts, treatment, 429 

of the scalp, 406, 424 

tokelau, 430 

yaws, 348 
Ritter's disease, 76 
Rodent ulcer, 598 
Rontgen ray dermatitis, 224 
Root of the hair, 8 
Root-sheaths of the hair follicles, 9 
Rosacea, 702 

seborrhceica, 703 
Rose, 231 
Rosenow's observations on the cause of 

herpes zoster, 163 
Roseola syphilitica, 270 
Rotheln, 391 



Rothlauf, 231 

Rotz, 340 

Rougele, 388 

Rougeole fausse, 391 

Rouget, 452 

Round-cell neoplasm, 264 

Rubber band in psoriasis, 108 

Rubbings in scabies, 449 

Rubella, 391 

definition, 391 

diagnosis, 393 

etiology, 392 

pathology, 392 

prognosis, 393 

symptoms, 392 

synonyms, 391 

treatment, 393 
Rubeola, 388, 391 
Rurfini bodies, 6 
Rupia, 283 
Rupioid psoriasis, 99 

S 

Sabouraud and Noire pastille, 701 
Sabouraud's treatment of ringworm of the 

scalp, 425 
Saccharomyces linguae pilosas, 738 
Saccharomycosis hominis, 328 
Sailor's skin, 28 
St. Anthony's fire, 231 
Salicin in psoriasis, 107 

in skin diseases, 41 
Salicylate of bismuth in skin diseases, 40 
Salicylates in eczema, 138 

eruption, 219 

in psoriasis, 107 

in skin diseases, 41 
Salicylic acid in acne, 700, 701 

in eczema, 138, 141, 145-148 
in pompholyx, 169 
Salines in acne vulgaris, 698 

in skin diseases, 39 
Salol eruption, 219 

in skin diseases, 40 
Salt rheum, 116 
Salves, 44 
Salvarsan, 303, 305 

eruption, 219 

in skin diseases, 40 

in verruga peruana, 352 
Salzfluss, 116 
Sand-flea, 453 
Sandfloh, 453 
Sapo viridis, 46 
Sarcoptes scabiei, 447 



INDEX 



793 



Sarcoid, 253, 264 

benign (Galewski), 572 

of Darier-Roussy, 265 

Spiegler-Fendt, 266 
Sarcoma capitis, 556 

cutis, 616 

definition, 616 
diagnosis, 621 
etiology, 618 
pathology, 618 
prognosis, 621 
symptoms, 616 
synonyms, 616 
treatment, 621 
varieties, 616 

idiopathic multiple hemorrhagic, 617 

melanotic, 617 

non-pigmented, 616 

reticulated angioplastic, 592 
Sarcomatosis, 616 

cutis, 323 
Sarcome cutane, 616 
Savill's disease, 71 
Scabies, 444 

definition, 444 

diagnosis, 448 

etiology, 446 

pathology, 446 

prognosis, 449 

symptoms, 444 

synonyms, 444 

treatment, 448 

Norwegica, 446 
Scabrities unguium syphilitica, 638 
Scales, 20, 21 

of psoriasis, 103 
Scaly eczema, 121 
Scalp, eczema, 144 

favus, 399 

lupus erythematosus, 360 

multiple benign epithelioma, 556 

ringworm, 406, 418, 419 
Scar, 570 

hypertrophic, 568 
Scarlatina, 382 

definition, 382 

diagnosis, 386 

etiology, 385 

pathology, 385 

prognosis, 387 

symptoms, 382 

synonyms, 382 

treatment, 388 

anginosa, 384 

maligna, 384 
Scarlatine, 382 
Scarlet fever, 382 



Scarring in acne vulgaris, 695 

in lupus vulgaris, 237 
Scars, 20, 22 

Schwarze Haarzunge, 737 
Schwimmer's leucoplakia, 727 
Schamberg's acrodermatitis urticarioides, 
450 

views on psoriasis, 103, 105 
Scharlach, 382 
Scharlachfieber, 382 
Schaudinn and Hoffmann's spirochasta, 

297 
Scheerendeflechte, 406 
Schleimhaut papeln, 286 
Schmerflus, 681 
Schmetterling, 358 
Schonlein's disease, 462 
Schuppen, 20 
Schuppenflechte, 97 

Schwalbe's view of pigment of the skin, 7 
Schwangerschaftsnarben, 524 
Schweissfluss, 711 
Schweissfriesel, 724 
Schwiele, 470 
Scissura pilorum, 645 
Sclerem der Neugeborenen, 510 
Sclerema, 505 

neonatorum, 510 
definition, 510 
diagnosis, 511 
etiology, 510 
pathology, 510 
prognosis, 511 
symptoms, 510 
synonyms, 510 
treatment, 511 
Sclereme des adultes, 505 
Scleriasis, 505 
Sclerodactylia, 505 
Scleroderma, 505 

definition, 505 

diagnosis, 509 

etiology, 507 

pathology, 508 

prognosis, 509 

symptoms, 505, 506 

synonyms, 505 

treatment, 509 

varieties, 505 

circumscribed, 506 

diffuse, 505 
Sclerodermic, 505 
Scleroma adultorum, 505 
Scolex of taenia solium, 454 
Scorbutus, 466 

definition, 466 

diagnosis, 467 



794 



INDEX 




Scorbutus, etiology, 467 

pathology, 467 

prognosis, 468 

symptoms, 466 

synonyms, 466 

treatment, 468 
Scrofuloderma, 259 

diagnosis, 260 

etiology, 260 

pathology, 260 

symptoms, 259 

synonyms, 259 

treatment, 261 
Scrotum, eczema of, 466 
Scurvy, button, 347 
Scutulum of favus, 399, 402 
Seasonal predisposition, 24 
Sebaceous adenoma, 557 

cyst, 691 

gland duct, 9 

glands of the skin, 4, 10 
diseases of, 680 
Seborrhee, 681 
Seborrhcea, 681 

definition, 681 

diagnosis, 683 

etiology, 683 

pathology, 683 

prognosis, 684 

symptoms, 681 

synonyms, 681 

treatment, 684 

varieties, 681 

congestiva (Hebra), 357 

corporis (Duhring's), 149 

nigricans, 715 

oleosa, 681 

sicca, 682 
Seborrhceic dermatitis, 149, 682 

filament, 687 

warts, 523 
Sebum, 10, 14 
Secondary eczema, 121 

lesions of the skin, 20 
of syphilis, 269 
Sedatives, 47 
Senile alopecia, 656 

atrophy of the skin, 522 

keratoses, 523 

wart, 500, 523 
Sensation, increased, 625 

loss of, 625 

of the skin, 16 
Sepsis as a cause of dermatitis herpeti- 
formis, 174 
Sera in erysipelas, 233 
Serum eruption, 217 



Serums in general therapeutics, 42 

Seven years' itch, 444 

Sex influence in skin diseases, 25 

in general diagnosis, 35 
Shaft of the hair, 8 
Shampooing in alopecia prematura, 

659 
Sheaths, root, of the hair follicles, 9 
Shedding the nails, 636 
Shell-fish in eczema, 137 
Shell-like psoriasis, 99 
Sherrick's observations in syphilis, 301 
Shingles, 158 

Shotty papules in smallpox, 374 
Shwe Maon, 642 
Sickness, sleeping, 372 
spotted, 435 
sweating, 712, 724 
Silica in etiology of pellagra, 369 
Silver nitrate in eczema, 147 

eruption, 219 
Simulium, 369 
Situation of vesicles, 31 
"606," 305 

Skin, alterations in pigment of, 33 
anatomy of, 1 
blood-vessels of, 4 
cancer, 598 
circulation of, 5 
color of, 1, 7 
congestions of, 48 

corpuscles of Krause (Kolbenkor- 
perchen), 5 
of Meissner, 5 
of Merkel, 6 

of Pacini (Pacinian), 4, 5 
of Rufnni, 6 
of Vater, 5 
of Wagner, 5 
corium, 4 
diphtheria of, 206 
diseases, 1 

baths in, 43 
etiology of, 24 
of general diagnosis, 35 
pathology, 29 
symptomatology, 17 
• therapeutics, 38 
local or external treatment of, 42 
vaccines in, 42 
epidermis, 1, 4 
exudations, 51 
gangrene of, 200 
glossy, 529 
hair, 8 

follicles of, 4 
inflammations of, 50, 207 



INDEX 



795 



Skin, internal or constitutional treatment 
of, 39 

loose, 518 

lymphatics of, 4 

muscle of, 4, 7 

nails, 13 

nerves of, 4, 5 

neuralgia of, 631 

pars papillaris, 4 
reticularis, 4 

pathology, 29 

physiology of-, 1, 14 

pigment of, 1, 4, 7 

primary lesions of, 17 

rheumatism- of, 631 

sarcoma of, 616 

sebaceous glands of, 4, 10 

secondary lesions of, 20 

sweat-glands of, 4, 11 

tactile corpuscles (Tastkorperchen), 5 

true, 4 
Sklerodermie, 505 

Slate color of lesions in actinomycosis, 338 
Sleeping sickness, 372 
Small mononuclear cells, 32 
Smallpox, 373 

definition, 373 

diagnosis, 379 

etiology, 378 

pathology, 378 

prognosis, 380 

symptoms, 373 

synonyms, 373 

treatment, 380 

without eruption, 376 
Small pustular scrofuloderm (Duhring), 

254 
Smegma, 682 
Smokers' patches, 727 
"Snuffles," 296 
Soaps, 46 
Sodium arsenate in skin diseases, 40 

biborate in eczema, 140 
eruption, 218 

benzoate eruption, 218 

hyposulphite in ringworm, 428, 429 

salicylate causing dermatitis herpeti- 
formis, 174 
Soft fibroma, 562, 563 
Solution, Vleminckx's, 700 
Sommersprosse, 530 
Sore, Oriental, 344 
Sores, water, 455 
Spaces of Unna, in the corium, 5 
Spade-like hands in myxcedema, 512 
Spargosis, 514 
Spedalskhed, 307 



Sphaceloderma, 200 
Spider cancer, 590 

naevus, 590 
Spiegler-Fendt sarcoid, 266 
Spindelhaare, 648 
Spirals, Herxheimer's, 3 
Spirillicides, 305 
Spirochagta pallida, 267, 297 

pertenuis, 347, 349 
Spitzblattern, 393 
Spitzencondylom, 503 
Spitzenwartze, 503 
Splenic fever, 338 
"Spongy transformation" of the rete 

(Unna), 131 
Spontaneous amputation in leprosy, 317 

of the toes, 526 
Sporotrichosis, 333 

definition, 333 

diagnosis, 334 

etiology, 334 

pathology, 334 

symptoms, 333 

treatment, 335 
Sporotrichum, 333 
Spots, 17 

Spotted sickness, 435 
Spoon-nails, 636 
Squamae, 20 
Squames, 20 
wSquamous eczema, 121 

palmar and plantar syphiloderm, 290 
Stages of syphilis, 267 
Staphylococcus pyogenes albus, 696 

aureus, 228, 696 
Starch in eczema, 140 

poultices, 43 

in eczema, 141 
in sycosis vulgaris, 679 
Steatoma, 691 

definition, 691 

diagnosis, 692 

etiology, 692 

pathology, 692 

prognosis, 693 

symptoms, 691 

synonyms, 691 

treatment, 693 
Steatome, 691 
Steatorrhcea, 681 

nigricans, 715 
Steatozoon folliculorum, 458 
Stellate telangiectasis, 591 
Stereo-phlogose nodulaire et circinee (Pel- 

lier), 572 
Stinckschweiss, 717 
Stinking sweat, 717 



796 



INDEX 









Stomatitis aphthosa, 742 

aphthous, 742 

follicular, 742 
Stratum eorneum, 1 

germinativum, 1, 3 

lucidum, 1 

subcutaneum, 4 
Straw dermatitis, 450 

itch, 450 
Streptococcus erysipelatis, 232 

plicatilis, 742 
Striae et maculae atrophicae, 5^3 
definition, 523 
diagnosis, 525 
etiology, 524 
pathology, 524 
prognosis, 525 
symptoms, 524 
synonyms, 523 

patellores, 524 
Striped muscle of the skin, 7 
Strongyloplasma hominis, 547 
Strophulus, 721 

albidus, 689 . 

prurigineux, 77 
Styrax in scabies, 449 
Subjective symptoms, 23 
Subcutaneous sarcoid (Darier-Roussy), 
264 

tubercle, painful, 579 
Sudamnia, 723 
Sudatoria, 711 
Sudor Anglicus, 712, 724 

sanguineus, 719 

urinosus, 718 
Sudoriparous glands, 1 1 
Sueurs sanglantes, 719 
Suette miliaire, 724 

de Picardie, 724 
Sulphide of calcium in skin diseases, 41 

of zinc lotion in acne, 700 
in seborrhcea, 686 
Sulphonal eruption, 220 
Sulphur in acne vulgaris, 699 

in alopecia prematura, 661 

in comedo, 689 

in dermatitis herpetiformis, 176 

in ringworm, 427, 429 

in scabies, 448 

in seborrhcea, 684 

in skin diseases, 41 
Superfatted soaps, 646 
Superfluous hair, 642 
Suppuration of the nail bed, 637 
Surgical scarlatina, 385 

treatment of epithelioma, 606 
of lupus vulgaris, 246 



Surgical treatment of sarcoma, 62 1 
Swamp itch, 626 
Sweat, 14 

bloody, 719 

glands of the skin, 4, 1 1 

diseases of, 7 1 ~ 
stinking, 717 
Sweating, colored, 715 
sickness, 712, 724 
Sweats, critical, 723 
Sycosiform syphiloderm, 275 
Sycosis bacillogenes, 678 
non-parasitaire, 676 
lupoid, 668 
parasitica, 410 
vulgaris, 676 

definition, 676 

diagnosis, 679 

etiology, 677 

pathology, 678 

symptoms, 676 

synonyms, 676 

treatment, 679 
Symmetrical gangrene, 204 
Symptoms of acne rosacea, 702 

varioliformis, 707 

vulgaris, 693 
of acnitis, 709 
of acrodynia, 371 
of actinomycosis, 335 
of adenoma sebaceum, 557 
of ainhum, 526 
of albinismus, 537 
of alopecia areata, 662 

congenita, 655 

senilis, 656 
of anaesthetic leprosy, 312 
of angiokeratoma, 489 
of angioma serpiginosum, 591 
of angioneurotic oedema 65 
of anidrosis, 711 
of anthrax, 338 
of aphthous stomatitis, 742 
of asteatosis, 680 
of atrophia cutis senilis, 522 
of atrophy of the nails, 635 
of blastomycosis cutis, 328 
of bromidrosis, 717 
of canities, 670 
of callositas 470 
of carbunculus, 230 
of cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 

glandularis, 739 
of chloasma, 531 
of chromidrosis, 715 
of cicatrix, 570 
of circumscribed scleroderma, 506 



INDEX 



797 



Symptoms of clavus, 469 

of co loid degeneration of me skin, 584 
of comedo, 686 
of congenital syphilis, 297 
of condyloma acuminatum, 503 
of cornu cutaneum, 471 
of dermatalgia, 631 
of dermatitis chronica atrophicans, 
520 

exfoliativa, 67 
epidemica, 72 
neonatorum, 76 

factitia, 221 

gangrenosa adultorum, 202 
infantum, 200 
symmetrica, 204 

herpetiformis, 170 

papillaris capillitii, 673 

repens, 197 

seborrhceica, 149 

venenata, 211 
of dermatolysis, 518 
of dermatomyoma, 577 
of dracontiasis, 456 
of drug dermatoses, 215 
of eczema, 117 
of ecthyma, 226 
of elephantiasis, 514 
of endothelioma cutis, 556 
of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria, 

190 
of epithelioma (molluscum) contagio- 

sum, 544 
of erysipelas, 231 
of erysipeloid, 234 
of erythema induratum, 257 

multiforme, 51 

nodosum, 55 

scarlatiniforme, 73 
of erythrasma, 434 
of erythromelalgia, 632 
of equinia, 340 

of exfoliatio areata linguae, 733 
of favus, 398 

of fibroma molluscum, 563 
of folliculitis decalvans, 668 
of Fordyce's disease, 743 
of frambcesia, 347 
of furunculus, 227 
of gangosa, 352 
of glossy skin, 529 
of grain itch, 450 
of granuloma annulare, 573 

fungoides, 324 

inguinale tropicum, 354 

pyogenicum, 234 
of granulosis rubra nasi, 724 



Symptoms of hasmatidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 154 

zoster, 158 
of hidrocystoma, 720 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 165 
of hyperidrosis, 712 
of ichthyosis, 493, 496 
of impetigo contagiosa, 191 

herpetiformis, 177 
of itching, 626 
of keloid, 566 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 486 

follicularis, 477 

palmae et plantse, 482 

pilaris, 474 

senilis 472 
of kraurosis vulvae, 525 
of larva migrans, 458 
of lentigo, 530 
of lepothrix, 653 
of lepra, 308 
of leprosy, 307 
of leucoplakia, 727 
of lichen planus, 82 

nitidus, 90 

scrofulosorum, 261 

simplex chronicus, 91 
of lipoma, 575 
of lupus erythematosus, 357 

vulgaris, 237 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 559 
of measles, 388 
of miliaria, 72 1 

crystallina, J2T, 
of miliary fever, 724 
of milium, 690 
of Moller's glossitis, 735 
of monilethrix, 649 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 264 
of mycetoma, 343 
of myxcedema, 512 
of naevus pigmentosus, 593 
of non-pigmented sarcoma, 616 
objective, 17 

of oedema neonatorum, 511 
of onychauxis, 634 
of onychia, 637 
of onychomycosis, 639 
of Oriental sore, 344 
of Paget'* disease, 609 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 254 
of paraffinoma, 575 
of parapsoriasis, 1 1 1 
of pellagra, 367 
of pemphigus vulgaris, 180 
of perforating ulcer of the foot, 527 
of perleche, 741 



798 



INDEX 



*> 



Symptoms of piedra, 652 
of pinta, 435 
of pityriasis rosea, 112 

rubra pilaris, 93 
of plica, 651 
of pompholyx, 167 
of porokeratosis, 487 
of prurigo, 77 

nodularis, 80 
of psoriasis, 97 
of purpura annularis telangiectodes, 

465 

of radiodermatitis, 224 

of rhinoscleroma, 355 

of ringworm of the body, 412 

of the beard, 410 

of the scalp, 406 
of rubella, 392 

of sclerema neonatorum, 510 
of seborrhcea oleosa, 681 
of scarlatina, 382 
of scrofuloderma, 259 
of scorbutus, 466 
of smallpox, 373 
of sporotrichosis, 333 
of steatoma, 691 

of striae et maculae atrophicae, 524 
subjective, 23 
of sycosis vulgaris, 676 
of syringocystoma, 554 
of telangiectasis, 590 
of tinea imbricata, 431 

versicolor, 540 
of tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, 249 
of trichoepithelioma, 551 
of trichorrhexis nodosa, 647 
of trypanosomiasis cutex, 372 
of uridrosis, 718 
of urticaria, 58 

pigmentosa, 63 
of varicella, 393 
of verruca, 498 
of verruga peruana, 350 
of vitiligo, 534 
of xanthoma diabeticorum, 581 

planum, 580 

tuberosum, 580 
of xeroderma pigmentosum, 613 
Symptomatic premature alopecia, 657 

erythemata, 48 
Symptomatology, general, 17 
Synonyms of acanthosis nigricans, 491 
of acne rosacea, 702 

varioliformis, 706 

vulgaris, 693 
of acnitis, 708 



Synonyms of acrodermatitis hiemalis, 210 
of acrodynia, 371 
of actinomycosis, 335 
of adenoma sebaceum, 557 
of albinismus, 537 
of alopecia, 655 

areata, 662 

congenita, 655 
of angioma serpiginosum, 591 
of angioneurotic oedema, 65 
of ankylostomiasis cutis, 455 
of anthrax, 338 
of aphthous stomatitis, 742 
of asteatosis, 680 
of atrophia cutis senilis, 522 

unguium, 635 
of black tongue, 737 
of blastomycosis cutis, 328 
of bromidrosis, 717 
of bullous syphiloderm, 286 
of callositas, 470 
of canities, 670 
of carbunculus, 230 
of cheilitis exfoliativa, 740 

glandularis, 739 
of chloasma, 531 
of chromidrosis, 715 
of chronic pemphigus, 180 
of cicatrix, 570 
of cimex lectularius, 443 
of circumscribed scleroderma, 506 
of clavus, 469 

of colloid degeneration of the skin, 584 
of comedo, 686 

of condyloma acuminatum, 503 
of cornu cutaneum, 471 
of derman}^ssus avium et gallinas, 456 
of dermatalgia, 631 
of dermatitis exfoliativa epidemica, 71 
neonatorum, 76 

factitia, 221 

a frigore, 209 

gangraenosa, 200 
infantum, 200 
symmetrica, 204 

herpetiformis, 170 

papillaris capillitii, 673 

repens, 197 

seborrhoeica, 149 
of dermatolysis, 518 
of dermatomyoma, 577 
of dracontiasis, 456 
of drug dermatoses, 215 
of eczema, 116 
of ecthyma, 226 
of elephantiasis, 514 
of endothelioma cutis, 556 



INDEX 



799 



Synonyms of epidermolysis bullosa heredi- 
taria, 190 
of epithelioma, 598 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 544 
of equinia, 340 
of erysipelas, 231 
of erysipeloid, 233 
of erythema multiforme, 51 

nodosum, 55 

scarlatiniforme, 73 
of erythematous syphiloderm, 270 
of exfoliatio areata linguae, 733 
of favus, 398 

of fibroma molluscum, 563 
of follicular syphiloderm, 276 
of folliculitis decalvans, 668 
of fragilitas crinium, 645 
of frambcesia, 347 
of gangosa, 352 
of glossy skin, 529 
of grain itch, 450 
of granuloma annulare, 572 

fungoides, 323 

inguinale tropicum, 354 

pyogenicum, 234 
of hasmatidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 154 

zoster, 158 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 165 
of hydrccystoma, 720 
of hyperidrosis, 711 
of hypertrichosis, 642 
of ichthyosis, 493 

congenita, 496 
of impetigo contagiosa, 191 
of ixodes, 454 
of keloid, 566 ' 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 486 

follicularis, 477 

palmas et plantas, 482 

pilaris, 474 

senilis, 472 
of larva migrans, 458 
of lentigo, 530 
of lepothrix, 653 
of leptus, 452 
of leucoplakia, 727 
of lichen planus, 81 

simplex chronica (Vidal), 91 

scrofulosorum. 261 
of lipoma, 575 
of lupus erythematosus, 357 

vulgaris, 236 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 559 
of measles, 388 
of miliaria, 721 

crystallina, 723 



Synonyms of miliar}' fever, 724 
of milium, 689 
of moist papules, 286 
of monilethrix, 648 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 264 
of mycetoma, 342 
of myxcedema, 512 
of naevus pigmentosus, 593 

vascularis, 587 
of neuroma, 578 
of nodular syphiloderma, 289 
of oedema neonatorum, 511 
of oestrus, 455 
of onychia, 637 
of Oriental sore, 344 
of Paget's disease, 607 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 254 
of parapsoriasis, no 
of pediculosis, 437 
of pellagra, 367 
of pemphigus, 178 
of perforating ulcer of the foot, 527 
of perleche, 741 
of phosphoridrosis, 718 
of piedra, 652 
of pinta, 435 
of pityriasis rosea, 112 

rubra pilaris, 93 
of plica, 651 
. of pompholyx, 167 
of porokeratosis, 487 
of prurigo, 77 

nodularis, 80 
of pruritus, 626 

of pseudoxanthoma elasticum, 584 
of psoriasis, 97 
of pulex irritans, 443 

penetrans, 453 
of purpura, 461 

annularis telangiectodes, 465 
of pustular syphiloderm, 278 
of radiodermatitis, 224 
of ringworm of the beard, 410 

of the body, 411 

of the scalp, 406 
of rubella, 391 
of sarcoma cutis, 616 
of scabies, 444 
of scarlatina, 382 
of sclerema neonatorum, 510 
of scleroderma, 505 
of scrofuloderma, 259 
of scurvy, 466 
of seborrhcea, 681 

sicca, 682 
of smallpox, 373 
of steatoma, 691 



800 



INDEX 



Synonyms of striae et maculae atrophicae, 

523 

of sycosis vulgaris, 676 

of syringocystoma, 553 

of tattooing, 539 

of tinea imbricata, 430 
versicolor, 540 

of trichophytosis, 406 

of trichoepithelioma, 551 

of trichorrhexis nodosa, 646 

of trypanosomiasis, 372 

of tuberculosis miliaris cutis, 256 
verrucosa cutis, 249 

of uridrosis, 718 

of urtricaria pigmentosa, 63 

of verruca, 498 
senilis, 500 

of verruga peruana, 350 

of vesicular syphiloderm, 277 

of vitiligo, 534 

of xanthoma, 580 
tuberosum, 580 

of xeroderma pigmentosum, 612 
Syphilid, 270 

pustulo-crustacee, 278 
Syphilide eczemateuse, 277 

herpetiforme of Fournier, 277, 278 
Syphilis, 267 

definition, 267 

diagnosis, 269, 271, 275, 277, 278, 284, 
286, 290, 293, 294, 300 

etiology, 297 

pathology, 298 

congenital, 286 

cutanea congenita, 295 

insontium, 297 

in etiology of leucoplakia, 730 

of mucous membranes, 727 

praecox, 302 
Syphilitic alopecia, 657 

ecthyma, 278 

impetigo, 280 

leukoderma, 285 

lichen, 276 

pemphigus, 286 
Syphilodermata, 269 

bullous, 286 

congenital, 295 

erythematous, 270 

follicular, 276 

gummatous, 293 

macular, 270 

moist papules, 286 

nodular, 289 

papular, 271 

pigmented, 285 

pustular, 278 



Syphilodermata, squamous, 290 

sycosiform, 275 

tertiary, 288 

tuberculosum, 289 

ulcerating, 290 

vesicular, 277 
Systematized naevus, 595 
Syringocystadenoma, 553 
Syringocystoma, 553 

definition, 553 

diagnosis, 555 

etiology, 554 

pathology, 554 

symptoms, 554 

synonyms, 553 

treatment, 556 



Tache de feu, 587 

de rousseur, 530 

scarlatinale, 383 
Taches, 17 

bleuatres, 441 
Tactile corpuscles (Tastkorperchen), 5 
Taenia solium, scolex of, 454 
Talc in eczema, 140 
Tanning of the skin, 48 
Tannoform in hyperidrosis, 714 
Tar in alopecia, 661 

in eczema, 142 

in psoriasis, 109 

in seborrhcea, 685 
Tartaric acid in hyperidrosis, 714 
Tastkorperchen (corpuscles of Meissner 

and Wagner), 5 
Tatouage, 539 
Tatowierung, 539 
Tattooing, 539 
Tea in eczema, 137 

Teeth, focal infection of, in etiology, 27 
Technic of administering salvarsan, 305 

of examination of ringworm fungus, 
409 
Teigne faveuse, 398 

Telangiectasia follicularis annulata, 465 
Telangiectasis, 590 

definition, 590 

etiology, 591 

symptoms, 590 

treatment, 591 
Temporary alopecia, 657 
Tertiary syphiloderma, 288 
Tests, biological, in general diagnosis, 37 
Tetter, 116 
Thallium acetate eruption, 220 

as a cause of alopecia areata, 665 
Therapeutics, general, 38 



INDEX 



801 



Therapy, serum, 42 

vaccine, 42 
Thiol in skin diseases, 41 
Thiosinamin in keloid, 570 
Thoracic zoster, 161 
Thymol in psoriasis, no 
Thyroid extract in psoriasis, 107 

in skin diseases, 41 
Tilbury Fox's disseminated follicular lupus, 
708 
dysidrosis, 167 
hydroa herpetiformis, 170 
lymphangiectodes, 559 
Tinea circinata, 411 
cruris, 412 

(illustration), 415 
favosa, 398 
imbricata, 430 

definition, 430 
diagnosis, 433 
etiology, 431 
pathology, 432 
prognosis, 433 
symptoms, 431 
synonyms, 430 
treatment, 433 
kerion, 408, 409 

nodosa (Morris and Cheadle), 652 
sycosis, 410 
tonsurans, 406 
trichophytina, 406 
versicolor, 540 

definition, 540 
diagnosis, 542 
etiology, 541 
pathology, 541 
symptoms, 540 
synonyms, 540 
treatment, 542 
flava, 541 
Tincture of benzoin in eczema, 147 
of green soap in psoriasis, 108 

in seborrhcea, 684 
of soap bark in psoriasis, 109 
Tokelau ringworm, 430 
Tongue, black, 737 
diseases of, 727 
geographical, 734 
hairy, 737 
ichthyosis of, 727 
inflammation of, 735 
Tonics in acne rosacea, 704 
vulgaris, 698 
in alopecia areata, 666 

prematura, 659 
in comedo, 689 
in dermatitis herpetiformis, 176 

51 



Tonics in eczema, 137, 138 

hair, 660 

in herpes zoster, 165 

in pompholyx, 169 

in seborrhcea, 684 
Tonsils, focal infection of, in etiology, 
27, 163 

in scarlatina, 383 
Touch-cells, Merkel's, 6 
Trade argyria, 538 

eczema, 129 
Traumatic dermatitis, 207 

erythema, 49 
Traumatism in etiology, 28 

in herpes zoster, 162 
Treatment of acanthosis nigricans, 493 

of acne artificialis, 706 
rosacea, 704 
varioliformis, 708 
vulgaris, 697 

of acnitis, 710 

of acrodynia, 372 

of actinomycosis, 338 

of adenoma sebaceum, 559 

of ainhum, 527 

of alopecia areata, 666 
pityrodes, 660 
prematura, 659 

of angiokeratoma, 490 

of angioma serpiginosum, 593 

of angioneurotic oedema, 66 

of anidrosis, 711 

of ankylostomiasis cutis, 455 

of anthrax, 340 

of aphthous stomatitis, 743 

of asteatosis, 681 

of atrophia cutis senilis, 523 
unguium, 637 

of black tongue, 739 

of blastomycosis cutis, 332 

of bromidrosis, 718 

of brown-tail moth dermatitis, 452 

of callositas, 470 

of canities, 672 

of carbunculus, 231 

of carcinoma cutis, 606 

of cheilitis exfoliativa, 741 
glandularis, 739 

of chloasma, 533 

of chromidrosis, 716 

of cicatrix, 571 

of cimex lectularius, 443 

of clavus, 469 

of colloid degeneration of the skin, 586 

of comedo, 689 

of condyloma acuminatum, 504 

constitutional, 39 



802 



INDEX 



Treatment of cornu cutaneum, 471 
of craw-craw, 460 
of dermatalgia, 631 
of dermatitis atrophicans chronica, 
520 

exfoliativa, 71 

epidemica, 73 
neonatorum, 77 

factitia, 224 

gangrenosa adultorum, 203 
infantum, 201 
symmetrica, 206 

herpetiformis, 176 

papillaris capillitii, 676 

repens, 198 

seborrhceica, 154 

venenata, 214 
of dermatomyoma, 578 
of diabetic gangrene, 204 
of discoloration of the hair, 673 
of dracontiasis, 457 
of drug dermatoses, 221 
of ecthyma, 227 
of eczema, 136 
of elephantiasis, 517 
of epithelioma, 606 

(molluscum) contagiosum, 550 
of endothelioma cutis, 557 
of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria, 

191 
of equinia, 342 
of erysipelas, 233 
of erysipeloid, 234 
of erythema, 49 

induratum, 259 

multiforme, 55 

nodosum, 57 

scarlatiniforme, 75 
of erythrasma, 435 
of erythromelalgia, 633 
of exfoliatio areata linguae, 735 
of favus, 404 
of fibroma, 566 
of folliculitis decalvans, 669 
of Fordyce's disease, 744 
of fragilitas crinium, 646 
of frambcesia, 350 
of furunculus, 229 
of gangosa, 353 
of glossy skin, 529 
of granuloma annulare, 574 

fungoides, 327 

inguinale tropicum, 355 

pyogenicum, 235 
of granulosis rubra nasi, 725 
of haematidrosis, 719 
of herpes simplex, 157 



Treatment of herpes zoster, 164 
of hidrocystoma, 721 
of hydroa vacciniformis, 166 
of hyperidrosis, 714 
of hypertrichosis, 644 
of ichthyosis, 498 
of impetigo contagiosa, 196 

herpetiformis, 178 
internal, 39 
of intertrigo, 49 
of keloid, 570 
of keratosis blennorrhagica, 487 

follicularis, 481 

contagiosa, 482 

palmae et plantae, 486 

pilaris, 476 

senilis, 474 
of kraurosis vulvae, 520 
of larva migrans, 460 
of lentigo, 531 
of lepothrix, 655 
of leprosy, 322 
of leukoplakia, 732 
of leukaemia cutis, 624 
of lichen nitidus, 90 

pilaris seu spinulosus, 477 

planus, 89 

simplex chronica, 92 

scrofulosorum, 263 

of lipoma, 577 
local, of skin diseases, 42 
of lupus erythematosus, 365 

vulgaris, 245 
of lymphangioma circumscriptum, 

562 
of measles, 391 
of miliaria, 722 

crystallina, 723 
of milium, 691 
of Moller's glossitis, 736 
of monilethrix, 651 
of multiple benign sarcoid, 267 
of mycetoma, 344 
of myxcedema, 513 
of naevus pigmentosus, 595 

vascularis, 589 
of neuroma, 579 
of oedema neonatorum, 512 
of oestrus, 455 
of onychauxis, 635 
of onychia, 639 
of onychomycosis, 641 
of Oriental sore, 346 
of Paget's disease, 612 
of papulo-necrotic tuberculide, 257 
of paraffinoma, 575 
of parapsoriasis, 112 






INDEX 



803 



Treatment of pediculosis capitis, 438 

corporis, 441 

pubis, 442 
of pellagra, 371 
of pemphigus, 188 
of perforating ulcer of the foot, 528 
of perleche, 742 
of piedra, 653 
of pinta, 436 
of pityriasis rosea, 116 

rubra pilaris, 95 
of plica, 652 
of pompholyx, 169 - 
of porokeratosis, 489 
of prurigo, 79 

nodularis, 81 
of pruritus, 628 

of pseudoxanthoma elasticum, 584 
of psoriasis, 105 
of pulex irritans, 443 

penetrans, 453 
of purpura, 465 

annularis telangiectodes, 466 
of radiodermatitis, 225 
of rhinoscleroma, 357 
of ringworm, 424 

of the beard, 429 

of non-hairy parts, 429 
of rubella, 393 
of sarcoma, 621 
of scabies, 448 
of scarlatina, 388 
of sclerema neonatorum, 511 
of scleroderma, 509 
of scorbutus, 468 
of scrofuloderma, 261 
of seborrhcea, 684 
of skin diseases, baths in, 43 

external, 42 
of smallpox, 380 
of sporotrichosis, 335 
of steatoma, 693 
of straw itch, 451 
of sycosis vulgaris, 679 
of syphilis, 302 
of syringocystoma, 556 
of telangiectasis, 591 
of tinea imbricata, 423 

trichophytosis, 424 

versicolor, 543 
of trichoepithelioma, 553 
of trichorrhexis nodosa, 648 
of trypanosomiasis cutis, 373 
of tuberculosis miliaris cutis, 257 

verrucosa cutis, 252 
of urticaria, 61 

pigmentosa, 65 



Treatment of varicella, 397 

of verruca, 502 

of verruga peruana, 352 

of vitiligo, 537 

of xanthoma, 583 

of xeroderma pigmentosum, 615 
Treponema pallidum, 267, 297 

pertenue, 347 
Trichauxis, 642 

Trichloracetic acid in verruca, 502 
Trichoclasia, 646 
Trichoepithelioma, 551 

definition, 551 

diagnosis, 552 

etiology, 551 

pathology, 552 

symptoms, 551 

synomyms, 551 

treatment, 553 

papillosum multiplex, 551 
Trichomycose nodulaires (Juhel-Renov) , 

652 
Trichomycosis flava, 654 

nigra, 654 

nodosa (Patterson), 653 

palmellina (Pick), 653 

rubra, 654 
Trichonosis discolor, 670 
Trichophytie, 406, 411 

sycosique, 410 
Trichophyton, 424 
Trichophyton acuminatum, 420 

asteroides, 421 

cerebriforme, 421 

crateriforme, 420 

ectoendothrix, 418, 420 

endothrix, 418, 420 

equinum, 421 

neo-endothrix, 421 

ochraceum, 421 

plicatile, 421 

rosaceum, 421 

violaceum, 420 
Trichophytosis, 406 

definition, 406 

diagnosis, 409, 411 

etiology, 418, 422 

pathology, 416, 418, 422 

prognosis, 424 

symptoms, 406, 412 

synonyms, 406 

treatment, 424 

varieties, 406 

barbae, 410 

capitis, 406 

corporis, 411 

profunda, 415 



804 



INDEX 



Trichophytosis unguium, 639 
Trichoptilose (Devergie), 646 
Trichoptilosis, 645 
Trichorrhexis nodosa, 646 
definition, 646 
etiology, 647 
pathology, 647 
symptoms, 646 
synonyms, 646 
treatment, 647 
Trichosporie (Vuillemin), 652 
Trichosporum giganteum, 652 

ovale, 653 
True skin, 4 

Trypanosomiasis cutis, 372 
definition, 372 
symptoms, 372 
synonyms, 372 
treatment, 373 
Tubercle, painful subcutaneous, 579 
Tubercular syphiloderm, 289 
Tubercules, 17, 20 
Tuberculide (Darier), 254 
Tuberculides, 253, 708 
Tuberculin eruption, 220 

in erythema induratum, 259 
in lupus vulgaris, 245 
tests in general diagnosis, 37 
Tuberculosa gummosa, 259 
Tuberculosis colliquativa cutanea, 259 
cutis orificialis, 256 
fungosa, 253 
miliaris cutis, 256 

diagnosis, 257 
symptoms, 256 
synonyms, 256 
treatment, 257 
propria cutis, 256 
verrucosa cutis, 249 

diagnosis, 252 
etiology, 251 
pathology, 251 
symptoms, 249 
synonyms, 249 
treatment, 252 
Tuberculum sebaceum, 689 
Tumeurs, 17 
Tumors, 17, 20 
fatty, 575 
nerve, 578 
turban, 556 
Tunica dartos, 7 
Turban tumors, 556 
Turpentine in psoriasis, 107 
Tyloma, 470 
Tylosis, 470 
linguas, 727 



Tylosis palmae et plantse, 482 
Types of dermatitis exfoliativa, 67 

of eczema, 118 

of favus, 399 

of lichen planus, 87 

of scarlatina, 384 

of smallpox, 376 
Tyroglyphus longior, 451 
Tysonian glands, 1 1 



Ulcer, 20, 22 

chronic leg, 148 

Jacob's, 599 

perforating, of the foot, 527 

rodent, 598 
Ulcera, 20 
Ulcerating granuloma of the pudenda, 354 

syphiloderm, 290, 293 
Ulceration, groin, 354 

in leprosy, 317 
Ulceres, 20 
Ulerythema centrifugum (Unna), 357 

sycosiforme (Unna), 668, 677 
Umbilicated papules, 81 

vesicles in smallpox, 375 
Uncinarial dermatitis, 455 
Underwear in eczema, 137 
Unguentum aqua rosae, 45 

zinci oxidi, 45 
Unguis incarnatus, 638 
Unilateral eruption in herpes zoster, 159 

itching, 628 
Universal eczema, 135 

pruritus, 626 

sweating, 713 
Unnamed granuloma, 253 
Unna's angioma glomeruliforme, 587 

"ballooning colliquation," 163 

eczema seborrhceicum, 149, 682 

eucerin, 45 

gelatine dressing in eczema, 143, 148 

hydroa puerorum, 167 

hyperidrosis oleosa, 681 

lymphangioma superficiale simplex, 

559 
piedra nostras, 652 
" prickle-cell layer of the hair follicle," 

9 

spaces of, in corium, 5 

ulerythema centrifugum, 357 
sycosiforme, 668 

views on psoriasis, 10 1 
Unstriped muscle of the skin, 7 
Uridrose, 718 
Uridrosis, 718 

definition, 718 



INDEX 



805 



Uridrosis, symptoms, 7 1 

synonyms, 718 
Urtica dioica, 212 
Urticae, 17 
Urticaire, 58 
Urticaria, 58 

definition, 58 

diagnosis, 61 

etiology, 60 

pathology, 61 

prognosis, 61 

symptoms, 58 

synonyms, 58 

treatment, 61 

bullosa, 58 

giant, 65 

hemorrhagica, 58 

papulosa, 60 

perstans, 59, 80 

pigmentosa, 63 
definition, 63 
diagnosis, 65 
etiology, 63 
pathology, 63 
prognosis, 65 
symptomalogy, 63 
synonyms, 63 
treatment, 65 

vesiculosa, 58 



Vaccinal eruptions, 381 

Vaccination, 381 

Vaccines in acne vulgaris, 698 

in sycosis vulgaris, 680 

in therapeutics of skin diseases, 42 
Vaccinia generalisata, 381 

generalized, 381 
Varices, papillary, 591 
Vaiuolo, 373 

Varieties of acne vulgaris, 694 
. of alopecia prematura, 656 

of dermatitis exfoliativa, 6; 
epidemica, 72 
herpetiformis, 171 

of drug dermatoses, 216 

of eczema, 118 

of epithelioma, 598 

of erythema multiforme, 51 

of fibroma, 562 

of hair, 8 

of herpes simplex, 154 

of ichthyosis, 493 

of lepra, 308 

of lichen planus, 83 

of nasvus pigmentosus, 593 

of pediculosis, 437 



Varieties of pemphigus, 179 

of psoriasis, 97 

of prurigo, 77 

of pruritus, 626 

of purpura, 461 

of sarcoma cutis, 616 

of scleroderma, 505 

of seborrhcea, 681 

of syphilodermata, 269 

of tricophyton fungus, 420 

of trichophytosis, 406 

of urticaria, 58 

of verruca, 498 

of xanthoma, 580 

of zoster, 160 
Varicella, 393 

definition, 393 

diagnosis, 396 

etiology, 396 

pathology, 396 

prognosis, 397 

symptoms, 393 

synonyms, 393 

treatment, 397 

gangrenosa, 200, 394 
Varicelle, 393 
Variola, 373 

pustulosa hemorrhagica, 376 

sine exanthemata, 376 
Variole, 373 

Varioliform syphiloderm, 280, 282 
Varioloid, 377 
Vascular naevi, 587 
Vater, corpuscles of, 5 
Vegetable parasitic diseases, 398 
erythrasma, 434 
favus, 398 
pinta, 435 
tinea imbricata, 430 
trichophytosis, 406 
Vegetating dermatitis, 199 

pemphigus, 183 

syphiloderm, 275 
Vegetations vasculaires (Rayer), 557 
Venereal wart, 503 
Ver de Guinee, 456 
Vergetures, 524 
Verolette, 393 
Veronal eruption, 220 
Verruca, 498 

definition, 498 

diagnosis, 501 

etiology, 501 

pathology, 501 

prognosis, 502 

symptoms, 498 

synonvms. 498 



806 



INDEX 



Verruca, treatment, 502 

varieties, 498 

acuminata, 503 

plana juvenilis, 500 
seniorum, 500 

necrogenica, 249, 251 

seborrhceica, 500 

senilis, 500 

vulgaris, 498 
Verrucose tuberculosis, 249 
Verrue, 498 
Vermes charnues, 564 

telangiectasique, 489 
Verruga peruana, 350 
definition, 350 
diagnosis, 352 
etiology, 350 
pathology, 351 
prognosis, 352 
"symptoms, 350 
treatment, 352 
Vernix caseosa, 682 
Vesicles, 17, 19 

in dermatitis herpetiformis, 171 

in herpes simplex, 15 
zoster, 158, 163 

in lichen planus, 87 

in pompholyx, 167 
Vesiculae, 17 
Vesicular eczema, 119 

syphiloderm, 277 

urticaria, 58 
Vesiculation, 31 
Vesicules, 17 
Vespertillio, 358 
Vessels of the skin, 4 
Vibices, 461 
Vibrissas, 8 
Vidal's lichen simplex chronica, 91 

naevi vasculaires et papillaires, 557 
Violet ray, 47 
Viruela, 373 
Visceral diseases in causation of skin 

diseases, 26 
Vitiligo, 534 

v definition, 534 

diagnosis, 536 

etiology, 535 

pathology, 535 

prognosis, 537 

symptoms, 534 

synonyms, 534 

treatment, 537 
Vitiligoidea, 580 

Vitreous membrane of the hair follicle, 9 
Vleminckx's solution, 700 
Vogelmilbe, 456 



Voigt's lines, 597 

Von Pirquet test in general diagnosis, 37 
Von Recklinghausen's disease, 33, 563 
Vomer's helodermia simplex et annularis, 

572 
Vuillemin's trichosporie, 652 
Vulva, pruritus of, 627 

W 

Wagner, corpuscles of, 5 
Wandering rash, 733 
Wart, 498 

anatomical, 249 

Peruvian, 350 

post-mortem, 249 

seborrhceic, 523 

senile, 523 

venereal, 503 
Warze, 498 
Wasserpocken, 393 
Wassermann reaction, 301 

test in general diagnosis, 37 
Water in causation of skin diseases, 28 

in the skin, 15 

itch, 455 

pox, 455 

sores, 455 
Weichselzopf, 651 
Weidenreich's view of protoplasmic fibres 

of the rete, 3 
Wen, 691 
Wheals, 17, 18 
"White-spot" disease, 507 
Whitlow, 637 

Wilks' verruca necrogenica, 251 
Willan's prurigo, J7 
Wilson's herpes circinatus bullosus, 170 
Winter itch, 626 
Wood-tick, 454 
Wool-sorter's disease, 338 
Wound infection as a cause of acute pem- 
phigus, 180 
Wright's vaccines, 42 

in acne vulgaris, 698 
Wundrose, 231 



Xanthelasma, 580 
Xanthelasmoidea (Tillbury Fox), 63 
Xanthoma, 580 

definition, 580 

diagnosis, 582 

etiology, 581 

pathology, 582 

prognosis, 583 

symptoms, 580, 581 

synonyms, 580 



INDEX 



807 



Xanthoma, treatment, 583 
varieties, 580 
diabeticorum, 581 
elasticum, 584 
palpebrarum, 580 
planum, 580 
tuberculatum, 580 
tuberosum, 580 

multiplex, 580 
Xanthome, 580 
Xeroderma, 493 

ichthyoides, 493 
pigmentosum, 612 

definition, 612 

diagnosis, 615 

etiology, 614 

pathology, 614 

prognosis, 615 

symptoms, 613 

synonyms, 612 

treatment, 615 
X-ray, 47 

in acne, 701 

rosacea, 705 

vulgaris, 701 
burn, 224 
in bromidrosis, 718 
dermatitis, 224 
in eczema, 143, 146, 148 
in epithelioma, 607 
in favus, 405 

in granuloma fungoides, 327 
in herpes zoster, 165 
in hyperidrosis, 715 
in hypertrichosis, 644 



X-ray in keloid, 570 
in leprosy, 324 
in lichen planus, 90 
in lupus vulgaris, 246, 248 
in nasvus pigmentosus, 598 
in Paget's disease, 612 
in ringworm of the scalp, 424 
in psoriasis, no 
in % sarcoma, 621 
in sycosis vulgaris, 680 
in xeroderma pigmentosum, 615 



Yaws, 347 



Zinc oxide in eczema, 140 

sulphide lotion in dermatitis sebor- 
rhceica, 154 
Zona, 158 
Zoster, 158, 160 

arsenicalis, 162 

brachialis, 160 

capillitii, 160 

cervico-brachialis, 160 

facialis, 160 

femoralis, 160, 16 1 

frontalis, 160 

gangraenosus, 159 

hemorrhagicus, 159 

herpes, 158, 161, 164 

lumbo-abdominalis, 160, 161 

pectoralis, 160, 161 

thoracic. 161 



tMAgTO 



iCjlfeU 





4 






HH 




